Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 3, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

MiX TELEMATICS LIMITED

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

 

South Africa   7372   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Howick Close

Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa 1686

(27) 11-654-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

MiX Telematics North America Inc.

750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100

Boca Raton, Florida 33487

(561) 404-2934

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Kenneth G. Alberstadt, Esq.

Carlos E. Méndez-Peñate, Esq.

Akerman Senterfitt LLP

666 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Telephone: (212) 880-3800

Fax: (212) 880-8965

 

Elliott Wood, Esq.

Werksmans Attorneys

Private Bag 10015

Sandton, 2146

Johannesburg, South Africa

Telephone: +27 (11) 535-8303

Fax: +27 (11) 535-8603

 

Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

Telephone: (212) 468-8000

Fax: (212) 468-7900

  David Yuill, Esq.

Bowman Gilfillan

PO Box 785812

Sandton, 2146

Johannesburg, South Africa

Telephone: +27 (11) 669-9000

Fax: +27 (11) 669-9001

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed maximum

aggregate offering

price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

registration

fee

Ordinary shares, no par value (3)

  $125,000,000   $17,050

 

 

(1) Includes              ordinary shares represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), which the underwriters may purchase solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) A separate registration statement on Form F-6 will be filed for the registration of ADSs issuable upon the deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby. Each ADS represents 25 ordinary shares.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated July 3, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

MiX TELEMATICS LIMITED

(incorporated in South Africa)

Representing                              Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our American Depositary Shares, or “ADSs,” each of which represents 25 of our ordinary shares, no par value. The ADSs will be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or “ADRs.” Of the ADSs to be sold in the offering, we are selling                      ADSs and the selling shareholders are selling              ADSs. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the ADSs being sold by the selling shareholders. We expect the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per ADS.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE Limited), or “JSE,” under the symbol “MIX.” On June 28, 2013, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R 3.50 per ordinary share, which is equivalent to $ 0.35 per ordinary share, based upon an exchange rate of R 9.9655 to $1.00 on that date. We have applied to list the ADSs on The New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the symbol “MIXT.”

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus for certain factors you should consider before investing in the ADSs.

 

 

 

     Per
ADS
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $                

Underwriting discount

   $        $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $        $     

Proceeds to the selling shareholders (before expenses)

   $        $     

 

 

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase from them up to additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor the South African Financial Services Board has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the ADSs will be made on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES    WILLIAM BLAIR

 

CANACCORD GENUITY    OPPENHEIMER & CO.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     47   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     48   

PRICE RANGE OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES

     49   

EXCHANGE RATES

     50   

CAPITALIZATION

     51   

DILUTION

     52   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     53   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     56   

BUSINESS

     79   

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     94   

MANAGEMENT

     96   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     111   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     115   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     117   

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

     127   

EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SHAREHOLDERS

     135   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     137   

TAXATION

     139   

UNDERWRITING

     151   

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

     157   

LEGAL MATTERS

     158   

EXPERTS

     158   

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     158   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     160   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

This offering is being made solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the ADSs. None of the selling shareholders, the underwriters or the Company has authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on our behalf.

 

(i)


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our ADSs. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “MiX,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “Group” mean MiX Telematics Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, the “Company” means MiX Telematics Limited. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 and references to “fiscal year 2011” are to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, references to “fiscal year 2012” are to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 and references to “fiscal year 2013” are to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. References to “R” are to South African rand and references to “U.S. dollars” and “$” are to United States dollars.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. Our solutions deliver a measurable return by enabling our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in commercial fleets or personal vehicles. We generate actionable intelligence that enables a wide range of customers, from large enterprise fleets to small fleet operators and consumers, to reduce fuel and other operating costs, improve efficiency, enhance regulatory compliance, promote driver safety, manage risk and mitigate theft. Our solutions rely on our proprietary, highly scalable technology platform, which allows us to collect, analyze and deliver data from our customers’ vehicles. Using an intuitive, web-based interface, our fleet customers can access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their drivers and vehicles and view a wide selection of reports and key performance indicator dashboards. In fiscal year 2013, we collected data on an average of approximately 57 million trips per month representing as many as 3 billion vehicle locations per month. We have a global presence, with customers located in 112 countries across six continents for whom we collectively tracked and managed over 359,000 vehicles under subscription at March 31, 2013.

We currently serve a highly diverse customer base, including more than 4,000 fleet operators, which represented approximately 64% of our subscription revenue for fiscal year 2013. We have consistently grown our customer base, and from April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2013, we increased the number of vehicles under subscription at a compound annual growth rate of 20.3%. We target sales of our enterprise fleet management solutions to customers who desire a premium solution, generally for large fleets, which we define as fleets of 100 or more vehicles. Large fleets accounted for approximately 74% of our fleet vehicles under subscription at March 31, 2013. We believe we have a satisfied customer base and, among our 224 large fleet operator customers, we experienced an annual customer retention rate in excess of 95% in fiscal year 2013. We have multinational enterprise fleet customer deployments with companies such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, Chevron, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Rio Tinto and Schlumberger. We also offer a range of subscription-based fleet and vehicle management solutions to meet the needs and price points of small fleet operators and consumers. Our safety and security features, including driver performance and vehicle monitoring, are important attributes of our solutions for these customers.

For fiscal year 2013, our subscription revenue was R686.7 million ($74.2 million), total revenue was R1,171.5 million ($126.6 million), Adjusted EBITDA was R290.8 million ($31.4 million) and profit for the year was R128.5 million ($13.9 million), representing 18.9%, 15.0%,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

20.9% and 24.4% growth over the prior year, respectively. See “—Summary Financial and Operating Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year.

Industry Background and Market Opportunity

Fleet managers operate in an increasingly competitive and highly regulated global environment. Timely and accurate decision-making enabled by solutions that provide real-time visibility into vehicle location and driver performance is critical to managing a safe, efficient fleet. In some developing areas of the world, ensuring driver and vehicle safety and security is also particularly challenging given high crime rates which have resulted in automotive insurance mandates and regulatory requirements for vehicle tracking. Consequently, fleet managers and consumers demand solutions that promote driver and passenger safety, mitigate theft, improve stolen vehicle recovery rates and reduce automotive insurance rates. The business environment for fleet managers is further complicated by the large number of transportation-related regulatory and compliance requirements worldwide, and the frequency with which rules and regulations change.

There have been substantial advances in the performance, reliability and affordability of technologies that can be used to collect and disseminate large amounts of vehicle data remotely. GPS positioning and advanced on-board systems generate valuable, objective real-time information, which provides the basis for driver and vehicle management solutions. Similarly, significant advances in the performance, reliability and affordability of fixed and wireless networks, computing power and data storage capabilities have supported the rise of cloud computing. These technological advances and market shifts have helped to foster demand for subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions like ours.

We believe that the addressable market for our fleet management solutions is large, growing and underpenetrated. According to a report by ABI Research, there were more than 333 million commercial vehicles in operation globally at the end of 2012 and commercial telematics market penetration was approximately 4%. The report forecasts that the number of commercial vehicles utilizing commercial telematics will nearly triple by the end of 2017.

In addition to the growing market opportunity in commercial fleet vehicles, we believe there is a large and underpenetrated market to provide a tailored set of safety and security solutions to non-commercial passenger vehicles. We estimate that there are approximately 33 million non-commercial passenger vehicles in operation in South Africa and Brazil, our current geographic focus for passenger vehicle mobile asset management solutions.

Our Solutions

Our subscription-based solutions enable our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in their commercial fleets and personal vehicles efficiently. The key attributes of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Highly scalable solutions. We have built our software solutions to scale and support geographically distributed fleets of any size. We currently provide services to more than 359,000 vehicles under subscription with customers ranging from small fleet operators and consumers to large enterprise fleets with more than 10,000 vehicles under subscription.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust portfolio of features addressing a full range of customer needs. We believe we offer one of the broadest ranges of features for fleet and mobile asset management available. For

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

example, for fleet efficiency, we offer vehicle tracking and analysis, route optimization and enhanced dispatching; for regulatory compliance, we offer compliance monitoring, hours of service, or “HOS,” tracking and fuel tax reporting; for driver improvement, we offer in-vehicle video monitoring and real-time driver feedback; for risk management, we offer driver scoring and analysis; and for safety and security, we offer vehicle tracking, crash notifications and vehicle theft recovery.

 

  Ÿ  

Insightful business intelligence and reporting. Our fleet management software is designed to provide our customers with insightful, actionable business intelligence on demand.

 

  Ÿ  

Easily accessible, intuitive applications. Our web-based solutions are accessible from fixed and mobile computing devices, including Android and iOS mobile devices, and our fleet management solutions can be readily integrated with third-party software systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Software-as-a-service powered by a proven, reliable infrastructure. Our use of a multi-tenant SaaS architecture allows us to deliver fleet management applications that are highly functional, flexible and fast while reducing the cost and complexity associated with customer adoption. We support our SaaS delivered solutions with a proven infrastructure of redundant servers and other hardware located in five secure third-party data centers. Over the last three years, we have consistently maintained overall system uptime of over 99.8%.

Key Competitive Strengths

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and fragmented. We believe that the following attributes differentiate us from our competitors and are key factors to our success:

 

  Ÿ  

Globalized sales, distribution and support capabilities. We currently maintain a direct or indirect sales and support presence, with localized application support for 24 languages, in countries across Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, North America and South America. We believe our global presence gives us an important advantage in competing for business from multinational enterprise fleet customers such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, Chevron, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Rio Tinto and Schlumberger, who often prefer to consolidate disparate fleet management systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Solutions adaptable to multiple customer segments. We believe that by leveraging our common core technologies, personnel and systems, we can cost-effectively develop and sell a range of subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions that are designed to meet the functionality and price needs of multiple customer segments, including fleet operators and consumers. Our fleet management solutions include targeted functionality to address the distinct needs of key industry segments.

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on safety and security. Most of our offerings incorporate safety and security features enabling our customers to enhance their drivers’ personal safety, encourage safe driving behavior and protect their investment in their vehicles. We also offer web-based driver training, proactive journey management and other related services to provide a turnkey safety and security solution. Our differentiated safety and security features have particularly strong appeal to customers in regulated industries, such as oil and gas, customers in industries exposed to liability concerns, such as bus and coach, and customers operating in high crime regions.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Track record of innovation. Since inception, we have made significant investments in product development, and we have routinely been among the first to market with innovative solutions and features that cater to the needs of our customers. For example, in September 2011, we introduced the Beam-e solution, which leverages our large network of vehicles under subscription as a crowdsourcing platform to locate vehicles without the expense of utilizing a traditional cellular network connection. In April 2013, we introduced MiX Vision, which provides customers with a premium subscription-based, in-vehicle video surveillance solution.

 

  Ÿ  

Longstanding, established market position. We have a 17-year history, a geographically diverse sales and marketing footprint, a large established network of distributors and dealers, and a large base of satisfied customers. Our robust and referenceable customer base, including numerous Forbes Global 2000 enterprises, is a critical selling point to both large enterprise fleets and smaller fleet operators and consumers.

Growth Strategy

We intend to expand our leadership in our market by:

 

  Ÿ  

Acquiring new customers and increasing sales to existing customers. We believe the market for fleet and mobile asset management solutions is large and growing, creating a significant opportunity for us to expand our customer base. Additionally, we believe we have the opportunity to expand our fleet management market share among our existing customer base by demonstrating our value proposition, growing with the customer, introducing new and innovative value-added solutions and displacing legacy fleet management solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding our geographic presence. We market and distribute our solutions directly and through a global network of more than 100 distribution partners outside of South Africa. We are expanding our penetration in attractive geographic regions, such as Brazil this year. We also continue to expand our network of strategic and sales distribution partners in other regions of the world.

 

  Ÿ  

Broadening our customer segment focus . We currently have customers across numerous industry segments, with the resources of our direct sales organization focused on premium customers in certain key segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. In the future, we may increase our product development initiatives and sales and distribution efforts in other industry segments, such as service fleets, and in other customer segments, such as small business fleets. We regularly evaluate opportunities to expand our target customer focus.

 

  Ÿ  

Continuing to introduce new, innovative solutions to address market demand . We intend to continue to invest in product development to expand our portfolio of fleet and mobile asset management solutions. We recently introduced MiX Vision, which offers a premium subscription-based, in-vehicle video surveillance solution. We are currently developing other extensions to our solutions portfolio based on our assessment of market demand. For example, following our recent acquisition of Intellichain, a supply chain management software business, we are currently developing elements of integrated transportation management software.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Pursuing strategic acquisitions. Our industry is highly fragmented and, since our inception, we have consummated four acquisitions worldwide. We intend to selectively evaluate acquisition opportunities in certain geographic regions and industry segments.

Risks Factors

You should carefully consider the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13, and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of these risks are:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain our subscription-based relationships with our existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to adapt to rapid technological change in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete effectively;

 

  Ÿ  

the loss of one or more of our key personnel or our failure to attract, train and retain other highly qualified personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to integrate businesses we acquire;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to increase sales of our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on key suppliers and vendors to manufacture our hardware;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on our network of dealers and distributors to sell our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of businesses to adopt fleet management solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

existing and potential new international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of laws and regulations relating to the Internet and data privacy;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies and address any infringement claims;

 

  Ÿ  

significant disruption in service on, or security breaches of, our websites or computer systems;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on third-party technology, including cellular and GPS networks, and any disruption, failure or increase in costs;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in the value of the South African rand;

 

  Ÿ  

economic, social, political and other conditions and developments in South Africa and globally; and

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future.

These risks could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition, which could cause the trading price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares to decline and could result in a loss of your investment.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act or the “JOBS Act.” Thus, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies generally. For example, we may elect not to have our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as would otherwise be required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or “SOX.”

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs;

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more;

 

  Ÿ  

the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of any fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million at the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

Corporate Information

We were founded in South Africa in 1996. In November 2007, we successfully completed an initial public offering on the JSE. The address of our principal executive office is Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa 1686, and our telephone number is +(27) 11-654-8000. Our website address is www.mixtelematics.com . The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference and the information on, or accessible through, our website is not intended to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

ADSs offered by us

             ADSs.

 

ADSs offered by the selling shareholders

             ADSs.

 

Offering price

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per ADS.

 

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering

             ordinary shares will be outstanding immediately upon the completion of this offering.

 

ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering

             ADSs

 

Over-allotment option

The selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional ADSs.

 

The ADSs

Each ADS will represent 25 ordinary shares with no par value.

 

  The depositary will hold ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement.

 

  If we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses.

 

  You may turn in the ADSs to the depositary in exchange for ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange.

 

  We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold the ADSs, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pursue future acquisitions and other strategic investments and for general corporate purposes. We have not yet identified any specific acquisitions or investments, and our

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

management will have broad discretion over how to use the proceeds from this offering. Pending application of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in deposit accounts, money market funds, government-sponsored enterprise obligations and corporate obligations. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Lock-up Agreement

We, our directors, executive officers and certain shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the ADSs or ordinary shares owned by such persons prior to this offering or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the ADSs or ordinary shares until after 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, through a letter agreement, we will instruct The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares from such persons or deliver any ADSs to such persons until after 180 days following the date of this prospectus unless we consent to such deposit or issuance. This letter agreement applies to all of our ordinary shares, options, restricted shares and restricted share units, including shares held by our directors, executive officers and certain shareholders that are parties to the lock-up agreements. We will not provide such consent without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. The foregoing does not affect the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

We have applied to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MIXT.”

 

Payment and settlement

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on                     , 2013.

 

Depositary

The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks that you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

 

Selling restrictions

This offering of ADSs is being made in the United States and elsewhere outside South Africa solely in jurisdictions where such offering is permitted. This prospectus does not constitute an offer or sale of ADSs to the public in South Africa and no offer made in terms of this prospectus may be accepted by, nor any sale in terms of this prospectus made

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

to, persons in South Africa. Offers and sales of ADSs to the public of South Africa may only be made in accordance with the requirements of South African laws and regulations. This prospectus will not be registered with any authority in South Africa.

The number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 660,212,500 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2013 and excludes 63,425,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at June 30, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of R1.38 (or approximately $0.15), per share.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following tables set forth summary financial and operating data at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The summary financial data set forth below at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus and should be read together with such financial statements and with “Selected Financial and Operating Data.” The summary financial data at and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 has been derived from consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

Our fiscal 2012 audited consolidated statements of financial position and statement of cash flows have been restated to correct the classification of in-vehicle devices (installed and uninstalled) and record such devices as property, plant, and equipment. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Restatement of 2012 Financial Statements” and Note 42 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS,” as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the “IASB,” which differ in certain significant respects from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, or “GAAP.”

Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)     2013     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $  126,618      R  1,171,480      R  1,018,482      R 886,604   

Cost of sales

     (45,886     (424,545     (390,926     (340,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     80,731        746,935        627,556        546,436   

Sales and marketing

     (14,359     (132,849     (97,312     (82,805

Administration and other charges (1)

     (46,788     (432,890     (383,856     (346,451
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     19,584        181,196        146,388        117,180   

Finance income/(costs)—net

     (144     (1,330     (2,873     (11,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     19,441        179,866        143,515        105,748   

Taxation

     (5,555     (51,400     (40,275     (34,247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   $ 13,885      R 128,466      R 103,240      R 71,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Includes other income/(expenses)—net.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Other Financial and Operating Data

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands, except vehicle data)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 74,223       R  686,720       R  577,330       R  503,429   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

     31,433         290,821         240,622         201,833   

Vehicles under subscription

     359,266         359,266         275,044         239,073   

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) See “—Adjusted EBITDA” below for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data

 

     At March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,964       R 147,702       R 118,695       R   110,007   

Total assets

     124,597         1,152,788         1,068,416         994,208   

Working capital

     12,349         114,252         56,347         8,914   

Total indebtedness (1)

     6,428         59,477         73,106         103,546   

Total shareholders’ equity (2)

     93,803         867,879         772,090         682,935   

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Total indebtedness includes amounts outstanding at March 31, 2013 for bank overdraft and borrowings. All of our indebtedness is secured and none of our debt is guaranteed.
(2) Excludes non-controlling interest.

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-IFRS, non-GAAP, financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as the profit for the year before income taxes, net interest income/(expense), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including capitalized customer in-vehicle-devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets, and unrealized foreign exchange profits/(losses). We present below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure that our management and Board of Directors intends to use instead of EBITDA to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends; to prepare and approve our annual budget; and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest payments on our debt or any losses on the extinguishment of our debt;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not include unrealized foreign currency transaction gains and losses; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including operating profit, profit for the year and our other results.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Profit for the Year

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   31,433       290,821       240,622       201,833   

Add:

           

Finance income

     218         2,018         2,392         2,193   

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization (1)

     10,612         98,186         89,832         79,831   

Taxation

     5,555         51,400         40,275         34,247   

Impairment (2)

     557         5,158         1,332         3,132   

Finance costs

     362         3,348         5,265         13,625   

Share-based payment costs

     341         3,151         2,001         1,048   

Foreign exchange—unrealized

     326         3,012         639         581   

Non-recurring items (3)

     13         118         430         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   $ 13,885       128,466       103,240       71,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Includes depreciation of property, plant and equipment (including in-vehicle devices) and amortization of intangible assets.
(2) Includes impairment of intangibles and impairment of available-for-sale financial assets.
(3) Includes loss on disposal of subsidiary, loss on sale of intangibles, transaction costs arising from acquisition of a business and (profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if any of the risks described below occurs. As a result, the market price of the ADSs could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. We may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, which may also impair our business. You should carefully consider all of the risk factors set forth below before making an investment decision regarding the ADSs.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We may be unable to maintain our subscription-based relationships with our existing customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We provide our solutions principally on a subscription basis, typically with an initial subscription term of three years and renewal terms of either three years or successive one-year periods, or, for certain of our consumer customers, on a month-to-month basis. However, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial term or any renewal term expires. We may be unable to retain existing customers and, as a result, our revenue would be adversely affected. Customers may choose not to renew their subscriptions for many reasons, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the belief that our solutions are not required for their needs or are not cost-effective;

 

  Ÿ  

a desire to reduce discretionary spending;

 

  Ÿ  

a belief that our competitors’ solutions provide a better value;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our customers’ business or in regulations impacting our customers’ business that may decrease the need for our fleet and mobile asset management solutions; or

 

  Ÿ  

because of a reduction in discounts offered by insurers to vehicle owners who have installed our products.

Our enterprise fleet management customers may also not renew for reasons entirely out of their control, such as the dissolution of their business. Enterprise customers may also decrease the number of vehicles covered by subscription contracts if their fleet sizes decrease.

Our subscription contracts generally do not provide our customers with an early termination option. However, if customers do not honor their subscriptions for the full term, our remedies may be limited to re-negotiation of contract terms or legal recourse through the courts, which may not be successful or cost-effective, and we may not be able to recoup all of our costs.

A significant loss of or failure to renew our subscription-based contracts could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our inability to adapt to rapid technological change in our industry could impair our ability to remain competitive and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The industries in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products and evolving industry standards. In addition to the mobile asset management industry, we are subject to changes in the automotive, mobile handset, GPS navigation device, information technology, telecommunications and work flow software

 

13


Table of Contents

industries. As the technology used in each of these industries evolves, we will face new integration and competition challenges. For example, as truck and automobile manufacturers continue to develop in-vehicle technology, GPS-based tracking solutions may become standard equipment and result in new sources of competition. If we are unable to adapt to rapid technological change, it could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The development of new or improved products, systems or technologies that compete with our products may render our products less competitive and we may not be able to enhance our technology in a timely manner. In addition to the competition resulting from new products, systems or technologies, our future product enhancements may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Industry consolidation may result in increased competition, which could result in a loss of customers and/or a reduction in revenue.

Some of our competitors have made or may make acquisitions or enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer more comprehensive services or achieve greater economies of scale. In addition, new entrants not currently considered competitors may enter our market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. For example, Danaher Corporation, a Fortune 250 science and technology company, recently announced the acquisition of Navman Wireless, which offers fleet tracking services. We expect these trends to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions. Many potential entrants may have competitive advantages over us, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more varied services and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical and other resources. Industry consolidation may result in competitors with more compelling service offerings or greater pricing flexibility than we have or business practices that make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology or service functionality. These pressures could result in a loss of subscribers and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, train and retain other highly qualified personnel, could harm our business.

We depend on the continued service and performance of our key personnel. The loss of one or more key members of our senior management team could materially and adversely affect our operations. In addition, the loss of other key marketing, sales, product development or technology personnel could disrupt our operations and have a materially adverse effect on our ability to grow our business.

To execute our growth plan, we must continue to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these employees is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. We may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. Our failure to attract and train new personnel, or our failure to retain, focus and motivate our current personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

14


Table of Contents

We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our shareholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

We may in the future acquire complementary products, services, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our portfolio of solutions or to expand our ability to provide our solutions in foreign jurisdictions. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control, including anti-takeover and antitrust laws in various jurisdictions. We may seek to acquire other companies or businesses using our shares as consideration. Under the South African Companies Act, 2008, or the “Companies Act,” we are prohibited from issuing shares representing 30% or more of our outstanding equity in connection with an acquisition without stockholder approval by way of special resolution. In terms of JSE listings requirements, an acquisition or disposal constituting 25% or more of the market capitalization of the acquiring entity, will require stockholder approval. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.

An acquisition, investment or new business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, the acquired company’s technology is not easily compatible with ours or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in management or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the development of our business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies we may acquire. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

 

  Ÿ  

issue additional equity securities that would dilute our shareholders;

 

  Ÿ  

use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

 

  Ÿ  

incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay or that may place burdensome restrictions on our operations;

 

  Ÿ  

incur large charges or substantial liabilities; or

 

  Ÿ  

become subject to adverse tax consequences, or substantial depreciation or amortization, deferred compensation or other acquisition-related accounting charges.

Any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to increase sales of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We intend to increase sales of our solutions by increasing penetration in our existing markets and by entering new markets that represent a large potential source of demand for these solutions. Our success in increasing sales may be tied to a wide variety of factors, including demand for our services, price and service competition, our relationships with third party distributors and dealers, the rate of new vehicle sales, general economic conditions and, in the case of our safety and security solutions, the perceived threat of vehicle theft and discounts offered by insurers.

 

15


Table of Contents

Additionally, some car and truck manufacturers have begun installing substitute products and services, such as certain GPS-based products, in new vehicles prior to their initial sale, which may preclude us from increasing sales to subscribers purchasing such vehicles. Our inability to market and sell our solutions to new customers could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on certain key suppliers and vendors to manufacture our hardware and an interruption in the supply of our hardware could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We currently purchase key GSM (Global System for Mobile communications) module components of our hardware from two key suppliers. These modules and many of the other components used in the manufacture of our products have extended lead times on orders. We do not have volume commitments to or from these suppliers, and therefore cannot require them to deliver components to us. Interruption in the supply of components from suppliers would significantly impact our operations and require us to identify and integrate our manufacturing and supply logistics with an alternate supplier or use a substitute component, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we currently depend principally on three vendors in South Africa to manufacture our hardware on a contract basis. Each of these contracts is terminable on 12 months’ written notice. We have no financial control over and limited operational influence on these suppliers and the conduct of their businesses. These suppliers could, among other things, extend delivery times, raise prices and limit supply due to their own shortages and business requirements. Our three contract manufacturers produce different products for us and production capacities at these facilities are not interchangeable in the short term. If the facilities of one of our contract manufacturers were to suffer a major casualty event, it could take as much as three to five months or longer to replace production capacity. Interruption in the supply of hardware from our contract manufacturers could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our network of dealers and distributors to sell our solutions and if our relationship with one or more of these dealers and distributors adversely changes, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently distribute our products to small fleet operators and consumers through various distribution channels, including automobile dealers, aftermarket automotive parts and service suppliers, and automobile insurers and retailers, which we collectively refer to as “distributors.”

We distribute our products to enterprise fleet customers both directly and through third parties who are assigned specific geographic territories in which they can sell, which we refer to as “dealers.”

We sell our solutions both directly and through our global network of independent dealers and distributors. We are dependent on our dealers and distributors, who account for a substantial percentage of our total sales. One group of distributors under common ownership accounts for a substantial portion of our sales in the Africa consumer segment. Additionally, the terms of our agreements with our dealers do not usually include minimum purchase obligations, are specific to a geographic territory and are nonexclusive. Our dealer agreements generally have a fixed initial term, after which they continue indefinitely, subject to the right of either party to terminate on specified notice generally ranging from 90 days to one year, or for breach. Similarly, our distributor agreements do not include minimum purchase obligations and consist principally of a

 

16


Table of Contents

commission agreement applicable to sales generated by the distributor. If our relationships with our dealers and distributors deteriorate, or if a dealer or distributor or group of related dealers and distributors accounting for a material portion of our sales elects not to do business with us in the future, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our cellular network providers for the transmission of data from installed in-vehicle devices to our data centers and we would incur significant costs if the services of these network providers became unavailable to us.

We contract with cellular network providers in each of our markets to provide cellular network services. These cellular networks transmit data from our customers’ in-vehicle devices to our data centers, where it is managed for the benefit of our customers. Each installed in-vehicle device contains a SIM card that is compatible with a specific cellular network provider. If a cellular network provider in one of our markets were to refuse to continue contracting with us for any reason or were to go out of business, we could incur significant costs related to the replacement of SIM cards for our customers and could suffer damage to our reputation and customer relationships. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The markets in which we participate are highly fragmented and competitive, with relatively low barriers to entry. If we do not compete effectively, our operating results may be harmed.

The market for our solutions is highly fragmented, consisting of a significant number of vendors, with relatively low barriers to entry. Competition in our market is based primarily on:

 

  Ÿ  

functionality and reliability;

 

  Ÿ  

total cost of ownership;

 

  Ÿ  

breadth and depth of application functionality for fleet deployments;

 

  Ÿ  

product performance;

 

  Ÿ  

interoperability;

 

  Ÿ  

brand and reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

customer service;

 

  Ÿ  

distribution channels;

 

  Ÿ  

regional geographic expertise, including localized language support, support for applicable government regulations and the ability to comply with local internet and data privacy regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

size of customer base and reference accounts within key industry segments;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to deliver ongoing value and return on investment;

 

  Ÿ  

ease of deployment and use;

 

  Ÿ  

relevant industry domain expertise and functionality; and

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the financial resources of the vendor.

We compete with a number of companies in each of the geographic markets in which we operate. Such competition could result in reduced operating margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and the loss of market share, any of which would harm our operating results. We expect competition to intensify in the future with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants.

The market for safety and security solutions is highly competitive. We compete in the safety and security solutions market primarily on the basis of the technological innovation, value-added services offered, brand recognition, rate of successful recoveries of mobile assets, quality and price of our products and services. Our most competitive market is the vehicle and mobile asset tracking and recovery solutions market, due to the existence of a wide variety of competing products and services and alternative technologies that offer various levels of protection and tracking capabilities. Some of these competing products and services, such as certain GPS-based products, are installed in new cars by vehicle manufacturers prior to their initial sale, which may make it more difficult to compete for such subscribers. Furthermore, providers of competing services or products may extend their offerings to the locations in which we operate or new competitors may enter the safety and security solutions market.

We could be exposed to product liability claims, which could result in significant damage to our reputation and material economic loss.

Our products and the batteries that many of them contain could malfunction and cause damage to our customers’ property. In particular, the rechargeable batteries in our in-vehicle devices may be prone to leaking due to environmental factors such as unusual heat or overuse. Leaks in these batteries could damage our customers’ in-vehicle devices and vehicles. Our safety and security solutions may be disabled or prove to be ineffective as a result of techniques employed by car thieves or the discovery of technological weaknesses by such persons. If there were a systematic failure of any of our products, we could suffer significant damage to our reputation and any product liability insurance we maintain might not be sufficient to prevent us from suffering a material economic loss. Such an event could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure of businesses to adopt fleet management solutions could negatively impact our revenue.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantial revenue from the sale of subscriptions for fleet management solutions to commercial customers. Widespread acceptance and use of fleet management solutions is critical to our future revenue growth and success. If the market for fleet management solutions fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our solutions would be negatively affected.

The market for fleet management solutions is subject to changing customer demand and trends in preferences. Some of the potential factors that could affect interest in and demand for fleet management solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

the effectiveness and reliability of solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in fuel and vehicle maintenance costs, which are significant drivers of customer demand for fleet management solutions;

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

assumptions regarding general mobile workforce inefficiency and the extent to which efficiency can be improved through fleet management solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

the level of governmental and regulatory burdens on the fields of transportation and occupational health and safety;

 

  Ÿ  

the price, performance, features and availability of products and services that compete with ours;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction; and

 

  Ÿ  

the rate of acceptance of web-based solutions generally.

Failure of businesses to adopt fleet management solutions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A decline in vehicle sales in our markets could result in reduced demand for our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A reduction in sales of new vehicles could reduce our addressable market for solutions. New vehicle sales may decline for various reasons, including adverse changes in the general economic environment, a reduction in our customers’ discretionary spending or an increase in new vehicle tariffs, taxes or gas prices. A decline in vehicle production levels or labor disputes affecting the automobile industry in the markets where we operate may also impact the volume of new vehicle sales. A decline in sales of new vehicles in the markets in which we provide our solutions would result in reduced demand for such products and services.

Demand for our fleet management solutions decreases when prices for crude oil and natural gas decrease, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for our fleet management solutions can fluctuate with the prices for crude oil and natural gas, which impacts the attractiveness of our services and also directly affects our customers in the oil and gas industry, from whom we derive a significant portion of our revenues. Generally, lower oil and gas prices reduce the return on investment for many of our customers. Gains in fuel efficiency, including from the use of our solutions, may lead to a relative decrease in the return on investment of our solutions perceived by our customers. The oil and gas industry is complex, and numerous geopolitical, economic, environmental and other factors affect pricing. Expectations for future crude oil and natural gas prices may affect our customers’ spending habits. Prolonged or substantial declines in crude oil and/or natural gas prices, or the perception that such prices will decrease in the future, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in practices of insurance companies in the markets in which we provide our solutions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend in part on the practices of insurance companies in some of our markets to support demand for our products and services. For example, in South Africa, which is currently the largest market for our products and services, insurance companies either mandate the installation of tracking devices as a prerequisite for providing insurance coverage to owners of certain vehicles,

 

19


Table of Contents

or provide insurance premium discounts to encourage vehicle owners to subscribe to vehicle tracking and mobile asset recovery solutions such as ours. We benefit from insurance companies’ continued practice in the South African and certain other markets of:

 

  Ÿ  

accepting mobile asset location technologies such as ours as a preferred security product;

 

  Ÿ  

providing premium discounts for using location and recovery products and services such as ours; and

 

  Ÿ  

mandating the use of our products and services, or similar products and services, for certain vehicles.

If any of these policies or practices change, revenues from sale of our products and services could decline, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face many risks associated with our existing and potential new international operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are a global company with substantial assets located in a number of countries. We provide our services in 112 countries with 12 offices in seven countries. In some international markets, customer preferences and buying behaviors may be different, and we may use business or pricing models that are different from our traditional subscription model to provide fleet management solutions to customers in those markets or we may be unsuccessful in implementing the appropriate business model. Our revenue from new foreign markets may not exceed the costs of establishing, marketing, and maintaining our international offerings.

In addition, expanding international operations into new territories may subject us to risks with which we have limited experience. These risks include:

 

  Ÿ  

lack of familiarity with local markets;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in finding and maintaining, or potentially replacing, local dealers and distributors;

 

  Ÿ  

established local competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

laws favoring local competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

the cost and burden of complying with, lack of familiarity with, and unexpected changes in, legal and regulatory requirements in new territories, including those relating to the Internet and data privacy and security;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates or restrictions on currency exchange;

 

  Ÿ  

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of transfer pricing, value added or other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions and/or taxes on the repatriation of earnings;

 

  Ÿ  

dependence on third parties, including some commercial partners with whom we do not have extensive experience;

 

20


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

  Ÿ  

political, social, and economic instability, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased vulnerability to claims that we have infringed on the intellectual property of third parties.

Operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in additional territories may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

If we are unable to detect and prevent unauthorized use of customer bank account numbers, we could be subject to financial liability, our reputation could be harmed and customers may be reluctant to use our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third-party encryption and authentication technology to provide secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet, including customer bank account numbers. Advances in technological capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect sensitive transaction data. If any such compromise of our security, or the security of our customers, were to occur, it could result in misappropriation of proprietary information or interruptions in operations and have an adverse impact on our reputation or the reputation of our customers. If we are unable to detect and prevent unauthorized use of bank account numbers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our operating results may be harmed if we are required to collect sales, use, services or other related taxes for our solutions in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.

We do not believe that we are required to collect sales, use, services or other similar taxes from our customers in certain jurisdictions. However, one or more countries or states may seek to impose sales, use, services, or other tax collection obligations on us, including for past sales. A successful assertion by one or more jurisdictions that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our solutions could result in substantial tax liabilities, including interest and penalty charges for past sales and decrease our ability to compete for future sales. We review applicable rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe sales and use taxes apply in a particular jurisdiction, we voluntarily engage tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in jurisdictions where we presently believe sales and use taxes are not due. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that we have made sufficient reserves on our financial statements to cover taxes.

Although our client contracts provide that our clients must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes, they may be reluctant to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are unable to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, we will have incurred unplanned expenses that may be substantial.

 

21


Table of Contents

An actual or perceived reduction in vehicle theft and crime rates may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for our vehicle tracking and asset recovery solutions is influenced by prevailing or expected vehicle theft rates. Vehicle theft rates may decline as a result of various factors, such as the availability of improved security systems, implementation of improved or more effective law enforcement measures and improved economic or political conditions in markets that have high theft rates. If vehicle theft rates in our markets decline significantly, or if vehicle owners or insurance companies believe that vehicle theft rates have declined or are expected to decline, demand for some of our products and services may decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to U.S. and other anti-corruption laws, trade controls, economic sanctions and similar laws and regulations, including those in the jurisdictions where we operate. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil, criminal and administrative penalties and harm our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of various foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA,” export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or the “OFAC.” As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations.

The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. It also requires us to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect our transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees of which are considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. In addition, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, or the “Bribery Act,” has been enacted and came into effect on July 1, 2011. The provisions of the Bribery Act extend beyond bribery of foreign public officials and also apply to transactions with individuals not employed by a government. The provisions of the Bribery Act are also more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdiction, non-exemption of facilitation payments and penalties. Some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have higher than normal levels of corruption.

Economic sanctions programs restrict our business dealings with certain sanctioned countries, persons and entities. In addition, because we act through dealers and distributors, we face the risk that our dealers and distributors and customers might further distribute our products to a sanctioned person or entity, or an ultimate end-user in a sanctioned country, which might subject us to an investigation concerning compliance with OFAC or other sanctions regulations.

Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist our compliance with applicable U.S. and international anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act and trade controls and sanctions programs administered by OFAC, and have trained our employees to comply with these laws and

 

22


Table of Contents

regulations. However, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, agents or other associated persons will not take actions in violation of our policies and these laws and regulations, and that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage or provide a defense to any alleged violation. In particular, we may be held liable for the actions that our local, strategic or joint venture partners take inside or outside of the United States, even though our partners may not be subject to these laws. Such a violation, even if our policies prohibit it, could materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Our continued international expansion, including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA, OFAC or Bribery Act violations in the future.

Operating in emerging markets subjects us to greater risks than those we would face if we only operated in more developed markets.

Emerging markets, including Africa, eastern Europe, the Middle East and South America, are subject to greater risks than more developed markets. The political, economic and market conditions in many emerging markets present risks that could make it more difficult to operate our business successfully. These risks include:

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including higher rates of inflation and currency fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

higher levels of corruption, including bribery of public officials;

 

  Ÿ  

loss due to civil strife, acts of war or terrorism, guerrilla activities and insurrection;

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of well-developed legal systems which could make it difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights;

 

  Ÿ  

logistical and communications challenges;

 

  Ÿ  

potential adverse changes in laws and regulatory practices, including import and export license requirements and restrictions, tariffs, legal structures and tax laws;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in staffing and managing operations and ensuring the safety of our employees;

 

  Ÿ  

restrictions on the right to convert or repatriate currency or export assets;

 

  Ÿ  

greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles; and

 

  Ÿ  

introduction or changes to indigenization and empowerment programs.

Laws and regulations relating to the Internet and data privacy in the markets in which we operate are complex and continuously evolving, and compliance costs are high. As these laws and regulations continue to evolve, we may be required to increase our compliance-related expenditures or limit the manner in which collect information, the types of information that we collect, or the solutions we offer, which may harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.

Various laws and regulations associated with the Internet and data privacy are complex and increase our cost of doing business. Furthermore, these laws and regulations expose us to fines and penalties if we fail to comply with them. Although we have implemented procedures designed to

 

23


Table of Contents

comply with international best practices, we have not undertaken a formal legal review to determine our compliance with data privacy and data security laws in jurisdictions outside South Africa. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors and agents will not take actions in violation of any policies we do establish regarding data privacy, particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions. While they may take actions in violation of policies, the company remains responsible for and obligated to implement policies and enter into contracts with service providers that require appropriate protections. Any violations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries, and could also materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, as cloud computing continues to evolve, increased regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely, particularly in the areas of data privacy and data security. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.

Our solutions and products enable us to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to fleet management such as mobile asset location and fuel usage, speed and mileage. We obtain our data from a variety of sources, including our customers and third-party providers. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information, as well as requirements that must be followed if a breach of such personal information occurs. The European Union and the United Kingdom have adopted legislation (including directives, national laws and regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal information in these jurisdictions. Currently, South Africa has proposed legislation that would require us to adhere to certain privacy measures, including with respect to customer confidential information. We are also subject to privacy and data security measures in other countries where we operate.

We may also be subject to costly notification and remediation requirements if we or a third party determines that we have been the subject of a data breach involving personal information of individuals. Data breach notification regulations vary among the countries where we conduct business, and also vary among the states of the United States, and any breach of personal information could be subject to any number of these requirements.

We have sought to implement international best practices regarding data privacy and data security. We updated our website privacy policy in 2013 and we are currently in the process of becoming ISO 27001 certified. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply, or are perceived to fail to comply, with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our clients’ ability to use and share this data or our ability to store, process and share data with our clients over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease and our costs could increase. We might also have to limit the manner in which collect information, the types of information that we collect, or the solutions we offer. Any of these would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial.

 

24


Table of Contents

A governmental challenge to our transfer pricing policies could impose significant costs on us which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Transfer pricing policies are a significant component of the management of our operations across international boundaries. Many countries routinely examine transfer pricing policies of taxpayers subject to their jurisdiction, challenge transfer pricing policies aggressively where there is potential noncompliance and impose significant interest charges and penalties where noncompliance is determined. Although the documentation of and support for our transfer pricing policies have not been the subject of a governmental proceeding beyond examination to date, there can be no assurance that a governmental authority will not challenge these policies more aggressively in the future or, if challenged, that we will prevail. We could suffer significant costs related to one or more challenges to our transfer pricing.

Reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Regulatory compliance and reporting is driven by legislation and requirements, which are often subject to change, from regulatory authorities in nearly every jurisdiction globally. For example, in the United States, fleet operators can face numerous complex regulatory requirements, including mandatory Compliance, Safety and Accountability driver safety scoring, hours of service, compliance and fuel tax reporting. The reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A breach of any of the covenants or other provisions contained in our credit facilities could result in an event of default, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our credit facilities with Standard Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited contain certain covenants, including without limitation, those limiting our and our guarantor subsidiaries’, as applicable, ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, incur liens, or sell or acquire assets or businesses. Our obligations under our credit facility with Standard Bank Limited are secured by a pledge of accounts receivable by us and one of our significant subsidiaries, and our obligations under our credit agreement with Investec Bank Limited are secured by a lien on the customer contracts of one of our significant subsidiaries and a pledge of the shares of another of our subsidiaries.

A breach of any of these covenants or other provisions of our credit facilities could result in an event of default, which if not cured or waived, could result in amounts outstanding under our credit facilities becoming immediately due and payable. In the event that some or all of the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities are accelerated and become immediately due and payable, we may not have the funds to repay, or the ability to refinance, such outstanding amounts under our credit facilities, or our lenders could foreclose upon critical assets, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The cost of healthcare services may increase in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Healthcare services are available to our employees through a variety of plans in different jurisdictions. There is a risk that the cost of providing such services could increase in the future depending on changes in the nature of underlying legislation and the profile of our employees,

 

25


Table of Contents

particularly in South Africa. It is possible that future healthcare reform initiatives could significantly increase our employee healthcare-related costs. These increased costs, should they transpire, are currently indeterminate. We have embarked on a number of interventions focused on improving the quality of life of our work force, however, there can be no guarantee that such initiatives will not be adversely affected by increased costs.

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

We have not traditionally relied on patents to protect our intellectual property, and we rely on trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, which provide only limited protection and may subject us to litigation.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. We rely primarily on trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only limited protection and may not currently or in the future provide us with a competitive advantage. Our confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors and other advisors may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets or develop similar technologies and processes, and, in either event we would not be able to assert trade secret rights. We also rely to a limited extent on patent, trademark and copyright law.

While there are patent applications covering certain aspects of our Beam-e product pending in South Africa and Brazil, and we have an additional patent application pending in South Africa covering a method for driver verification, we have traditionally not sought patent protection over our intellectual property. As a result, we may not be able to successfully defend our intellectual property from third-party infringement.

We cannot assure you that any future trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications, or that any registered trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights, or that any such trademarks will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented.

Effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our solutions are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in Internet-related industries are uncertain and still evolving. The steps we have taken and will take may not prevent unauthorized use, reverse engineering, or misappropriation of our technologies and we may not be able to detect any of the foregoing. Any of the foregoing events could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its intellectual property could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses and our business could be harmed.

The fleet management, mobile asset management and technology industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Much of this litigation involves patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners

 

26


Table of Contents

who have no relevant product revenues of their own, and against whom our own limited patent portfolio may provide little or no deterrence. We have been subject to such claims in the past and may be in the future.

We have not conducted comprehensive prior art searches to determine whether our solutions infringe the patent rights of third parties in our current markets or those we may enter in the future. Third parties may assert that we are infringing patents of which we are currently unaware and that would be disclosed by prior art searches. Our status as a newly public company in the United States will raise our visibility and may invite holders of patents who have not previously sought to enforce them against us to bring or threaten claims for infringement or seek to negotiate royalty or other payments from us. The fact that we have relatively few patents associated with our intellectual property means that we may not be able to successfully defend our intellectual property from third-party infringement. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We cannot assure you that we will prevail in any future intellectual property infringement litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and distracting to management, result in costly litigation or settlement, cause development delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. In addition, we are obligated to indemnify some of our customers and other contract counterparties against third parties’ claims of intellectual property infringement based on our solutions. If our solutions violate any third-party intellectual property rights, we could be required to withdraw those solutions from the market, re-develop those solutions or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any efforts to redevelop our solutions, obtain licenses from third parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Withdrawal of any of our solutions from the market could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our software may contain undetected defects or software errors, which could result in damage to our reputation or harm to our operating results.

We must update our solutions quickly to keep pace with the rapidly changing market including the third-party software and devices with which our solutions integrate, and we have a history of frequently introducing new versions. Our solutions could contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Our software may not be free from errors or defects, which could result in damage to our reputation or harm to our operating results.

We warrant that our hardware will be free of defects for various periods of time. The operation of the hardware is controlled by the firmware loaded on the hardware. We generally provide firmware updates to our fleet customers by “over-the-air” wireless communication of the updated firmware directly to our customers’ in-vehicle devices. If the firmware does not function as expected and it prevents the uploading of updated firmware, then the problem could not be corrected by an the over-the-air update and would require direct servicing of the installed on-board computer by trained personnel, which imposes a very significant cost on us. Variations among communications protocols in the markets in which we operate enhance the risk of error in the remote installation of firmware. Although we attempt to manage this risk by introducing firmware updates in stages so that the success of deployment to a small number of in-vehicle devices can be assessed before the installment risk is expanded to a larger customer base, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in detecting firmware operation and integration

 

27


Table of Contents

problems or otherwise in managing our exposure to remediation expense related to the deployment of firmware updates.

Our “over-the-air” transmission of firmware updates could permit a third party to disable our customers’ in-vehicle devices or introduce malware into our customers’ in-vehicle devices, which could expose us to customer claims and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

“Over-the-air” transmission of our firmware updates potentially provides the opportunity for a third party to modify or disable our customers’ operating systems or introduce malware into our customers’ operating systems. No such incidents have occurred to date but there can be no assurance that they will not occur in the future. For example, a third party could attempt to introduce software modifications providing incorrect location data and functionality or the deletion of data. Damage to our customers’ in-vehicle devices as a result of such incidents could only be remedied through direct servicing of their installed in-vehicle devices by trained personnel, which would impose a very significant cost on us, particularly if the incidents were widespread. Moreover, such incidents could expose us to claims by our customers under various theories of liability, the outcome of which would be uncertain. Third party interference with our over-the-air transmission of firmware or with our customers’ in-vehicle devices during such process could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any significant disruption in service on, or security breaches of, our websites or computer systems could compromise our information, damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain, and serve our customers depend upon the reliable performance of our service and our customers’ ability to access our solutions at all times. Our customers rely on our solutions to make operating decisions related to their fleet, as well as to measure, store and analyze valuable data regarding their businesses. We collect and store sensitive data, including data transmitted from our customers’ in-vehicle devices concerning the location of their mobile assets as well as personally identifiable information concerning our customers and employees. Our solutions are vulnerable to interruption and our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, computer viruses or hackers, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events, any of which could limit our customers’ ability to access our solutions. Prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with adding capacity or upgrading our network architecture may cause our service quality to suffer. Any event that significantly disrupts our service or exposes our data to misuse could damage our reputation and harm our business and operating results, including causing us to issue credits to customers, subjecting us to potential liability, reducing our customer retention rates, or increasing our cost of acquiring new customers, any of which would have the effect of reducing our revenue and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any breach of our data or system security could result in our customer data being accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen, our business and operations being interrupted, a loss of confidence in our products and services and other negative consequences such as civil liability, including under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, any or all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, we store data, host our solutions and serve all of our customers from our network servers, which are located at third-party data center facilities in Amsterdam, Cape Town, Johannesburg, London and Miami. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Third-party operators of our data center could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our secure third-party data center operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

Certain of our customer agreements currently, and may in the future, provide minimum service level commitments regarding items such as uptime, functionality or performance. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments for these customers or suffer extended periods of service unavailability, we are or may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with credits for future subscriptions, provide services at no cost or pay other penalties, which could adversely impact our revenue. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. Our disaster recovery systems are located at our third-party hosting facilities. We use a redundant architecture and are increasing capacity. However, our systems have not been tested under actual disaster conditions and may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage. In the event of a disaster in which our disaster recovery systems are irreparably damaged or destroyed, we would experience interruptions in access to our services. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and may damage our data. Interruptions in our services could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, cause us to issue refunds to customers, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our subscriber retention rates.

Our solutions rely on third-party software and any inability to license such software from third-parties could impede our profitability and harm our financial results.

We rely on software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties, including mapping software and data from MapIt and Google, to develop and provide solutions to our customers. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use software or other intellectual property associated with our solutions. We cannot assure you that these licenses will be available to us on acceptable terms, without significant price increases or at all. Any loss of the right or inability to obtain the right to use any such software or other intellectual property required for the development and maintenance of our solutions could result in interruptions in the provision of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from others, is identified, obtained, and integrated, which could harm our business.

In addition, we incorporate open source software into our platform. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or courts of other jurisdictions, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, to re-develop our solutions, to discontinue sales of our solutions, or to release our proprietary software source code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could adversely affect our business.

 

29


Table of Contents

We depend on third-party technology, including cellular and GPS networks, and any disruption, failure or increase in costs could impede our profitability and harm our financial results.

Two critical links in our current solutions are between in-vehicle devices and GPS satellites and between in-vehicle devices and cellular networks, which allow us to obtain location data and transmit it to our system. Increases in the fees charged by cellular carriers for data transmission or changes in the cellular networks, such as a cellular carrier discontinuing support of the network currently used by our in-vehicle devices, requiring retrofitting of our in-vehicle devices, could increase our costs and impact our profitability. We have initiated activities to migrate new installations to the next generation of cellular network compatibility in order to maximize expected useful life of our in-vehicle devices. However, cellular carriers could in the future discontinue support for our currently utilized cellular technologies. Also, while we have included the ability to store GPS data in our in-vehicle devices in case of temporary cellular network connectivity failure, widespread disruptions or extended failures of the cellular networks would adversely affect our solutions’ functionality and utility and harm our financial results.

GPS is a satellite-based navigation and positioning system consisting of a network of orbiting satellites. These satellites and their ground support systems are complex electronic systems subject to electronic and mechanical failures and possible sabotage and it is not certain that the U.S. government will remain committed to the operation and maintenance of GPS satellites in the future. In addition, technologies that rely on GPS depend on the use of radio frequency bands and any modification of the permitted uses of these bands may adversely affect the functionality of GPS and, in turn, our solutions. The satellites and their ground control and monitoring stations are maintained and operated by the U.S. Department of Defense, which does not currently charge users for access to the satellite signals, but we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future.

Our solutions integrate with third-party technologies and if our solutions become incompatible with these technologies, our solutions would lose functionality and our customer acquisition and retention could be adversely affected.

Our solutions integrate with third-party software and devices to allow our solutions to perform key functions. Although to date this integration has been accomplished using open software interfaces and simple physical linkages, we cannot guarantee that this ease of integration will continue or that we will be able to integrate with other products at all or without additional cost. Additionally, errors, viruses or bugs may also be present in third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions. Changes to third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions could also render our solutions inoperable. Customers may conclude that our software is the cause of these errors, bugs or viruses and terminate their subscriptions. The inability to easily integrate with, or any defects in, any third-party software could result in increased costs, or in delays in software releases or updates to our products until such issues have been resolved, which could damage our reputation and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to South Africa

Fluctuations in the value of the South African rand have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations, which may make it difficult to evaluate our business performance between reporting periods and may also adversely affect the price of the ADSs.

The South African rand is the primary operating and financial reporting currency for our business operations. Depreciation in the South African rand may negatively impact the prices at

 

30


Table of Contents

which the ADSs trade. The U.S. dollar/South African rand, euro/South African rand, Australian dollar/South African rand and British pound/South African rand exchange rates have historically been volatile and we expect this volatility to continue. We provide detailed information about historical U.S. dollar/South African rand exchange rates in “Exchange Rates.”

Due to the significant fluctuation in the value of the South African rand and its impact on our results, you may find it difficult to compare our results of operations between financial reporting periods. This difficulty may have a negative impact on the price of the ADSs and/or increase their volatility.

We also operate internationally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposure, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollar, the euro, the Australian dollar and the British pound. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows. Fluctuation in currency exchange rates impacts our operating results. We have implemented a foreign currency hedging policy to reduce our net exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies which is primarily based on economic hedging principles, as opposed to using derivative financial instruments, to protect against fluctuation in cash flow. We do not attempt to hedge currency translation risk. Our future attempts to hedge against foreign currency risk could be unsuccessful and expose us to losses.

If we do not achieve applicable black economic empowerment objectives in our South African businesses, we risk losing certain of our government and corporate contracts, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The South African government, through the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003, the codes of good practice and industry charters published pursuant thereto, collectively “BBBEE,” has established a legislative framework for the promotion of broad-based black economic empowerment. Achievement of BBBEE objectives is measured by a scorecard which establishes a weighting for the various components of BBBEE. This scorecard is in the process of being revised and the changes, which have not yet been finalized, could have a material impact on our business.

One component of BBBEE scoring is based on achieving a certain percentage of share ownership by black South Africans in South African businesses. This shareholding component carries the highest BBBEE scorecard weighting. Other components include procuring goods and services from black-owned businesses (or from businesses that have earned good BBBEE scores) and achieving certain levels of black South African employment and management participation. Compliance with the BBBEE is not enforced through civil or criminal sanction, but compliance does affect the ability of a company to secure contracts in the public and private sectors. We do not have any material contracts requiring us to maintain a BBBEE rating level as measured under a BBBEE scorecard, but are required to meet certain specific BBBEE targets for contracts with certain of our larger government and quasi-government customers in South Africa, such as Eskom.

It will be important for us to achieve applicable BBBEE objectives. We have taken a number of actions as a company to increase empowerment of black South Africans, including in the areas of equity ownership, employment equity, preferential procurement from businesses with significant black ownership, training and corporate social development. However, it is possible that these actions may not be sufficient to enable us to achieve applicable BBBEE objectives under the new scorecard when it is promulgated. Failing to achieve applicable BBBEE objectives could jeopardize our ability to maintain existing business or to secure future business from corporate customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

W e face the risk of disruption from labor disputes and changes to South African labor laws, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations may be materially affected by changes to labor laws. South African laws relating to labor regulate work time, provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons, and impose monetary penalties for non-compliance with administrative and reporting requirements in respect of affirmative action policies, could result in significant costs. In addition, future changes to South African legislation and regulations relating to labor may increase our costs or alter our relationship with our employees. Resulting disruptions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Socio-economic inequality in South Africa or regionally may have an adverse effect on our operations and profits.

We are incorporated and own significant operations in South Africa. As a result, we are subject to political and economic risks relating to South Africa, which could affect your investment in us. South Africa was transformed into a democracy in 1994, with successful rounds of democratic elections held during 1994, 1999, 2004 and 2009. We fully support government policies aimed at redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under previous governments and recognize that in order to implement these policies, our operations and profits may be impacted. In addition to political issues, South Africa faces many challenges in overcoming substantial differences in levels of economic and social development among its people. While South Africa features highly developed and sophisticated business sectors and financial and legal infrastructure at the core of its economy, large parts of the population, particularly in rural areas, do not have access to adequate education, health care, housing and other services, including water and electricity. In addition, South Africa also has higher levels of crime and unemployment than the United States.

The South African government has committed itself to creating a stable, democratic, free market economy, which it has achieved to a great extent in the 19 years since the first democratic elections in 1994. It remains difficult however, to predict the future political, social and economic direction of South Africa or the manner in which government will attempt to address the country’s inequalities. It is also difficult to predict the impact of addressing these inequalities on our business. Furthermore, there has been regional political and economic instability in countries neighboring South Africa, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Although political conditions in South Africa are generally stable, changes may occur in its political, fiscal and legal systems which might affect the ownership or operation of our business, which may, in turn, materially and adversely affect our financial position. These risks may include changes in legislation, arbitrary interference with private ownership of contract rights, and changes to exchange controls, taxation and other laws or policies affecting foreign trade or investment. Any changes in investment regulations and policies or a shift in political attitudes in South Africa are beyond our control and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The economy of South Africa is exposed to high inflation and interest rates which could increase our operating costs and thereby reduce our profitability.

The economy of South Africa in the past has been, and in the future may continue to be, characterized by rates of inflation and interest rates that are substantially higher than those

 

32


Table of Contents

prevailing in the United States and other highly developed economies. High rates of inflation could increase our South African-based costs and decrease our operating margins.

Although higher interest rates would increase the amount of income we earn on our cash balances, they would also adversely affect our ability to obtain cost-effective debt financing in South Africa.

Our financial flexibility could be constrained by South African currency restrictions, which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

South African companies are subject to exchange control limitations, which could hinder our normal corporate functioning, particularly given our significant expansion outside of South Africa in recent years. While exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years and may continue to be relaxed, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to raise and deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area, which includes South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. These restrictions have affected the manner in which we have financed our acquisitions outside South Africa and the geographic distribution of our debt. These restrictions or any adverse changes to these restrictions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to the Offering

The price of the ADSs may be volatile, and the market price of the ADSs after this offering may drop below the price you pay which could reduce the value of your investment.

Market prices for securities of companies that are newly public in the United States have historically been particularly volatile in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell the ADSs at or above the public offering price in this offering. Some of the factors that may cause the market price for the ADSs to fluctuate include:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial results or the financial results of our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

loss of existing customers or inability to attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate;

 

  Ÿ  

our announcement of results for a financial reporting period that are lower than expected, whether caused by our results of operations or by currency fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

failure of any of our solutions to achieve or maintain market acceptance;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our capital structure, including issuances or repurchases of securities or the incurrence of debt;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, technologies, services, contracts, acquisitions, or strategic alliances;

 

33


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

success of competitive products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

regulatory developments in South Africa, the U.S. or other countries;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or threatened litigation involving us or our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

general perception of the future of the fleet and mobile asset management market or our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of ADSs or ordinary shares by our shareholders;

 

  Ÿ  

ADS price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of the ADSs; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic, industry, and market conditions.

Following the closing of the offering, we intend to issue quarterly press releases or other disclosure of our financial results. The semiannual operating results we have released historically have fluctuated and our quarterly operating results will fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses, long sales cycles for our enterprise fleet management solutions, service outages or security breaches and any related occurrences which could impact our reputation and fluctuations in currency exchange rates. If our quarterly operating results or guidance fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs could decline substantially.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for the ADSs shortly following this offering. If the market price of the ADSs after this offering does not exceed the offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Exchange rate volatility may adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and the dividends payable to ADS holders.

As discussed above and further discussed below, there have been significant fluctuations in the exchange rate between the South African rand and the U.S. dollar. Unforeseen events in international markets, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in capital flows, political developments or inflation rates may cause exchange rate instability that could, in turn, depress the value of the South African rand, thereby decreasing the U.S. dollar value of the ADSs and any dividends or distributions paid on the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs.

There has been no prior public market in the United States for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States may not develop, which may impair your ability to sell ADSs at any given time.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market in the U.S. for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. An active trading market for the ADSs in the United States may not develop following

 

34


Table of Contents

completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of capital stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the ADSs adversely, the price of the ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the price of the ADSs and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding the ADSs adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of the ADSs would likely decline. If any of the analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of the ADSs or trading volume to decline.

Our ordinary shares will be traded on more than one market and this may result in price variations.

Our ordinary shares have been traded on the JSE since 2007, and we have applied to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. Trading in our ordinary shares and ADSs on these markets will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the NYSE and South African rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, trading days and public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our ordinary shares on the JSE could cause a decrease in the trading price of the ADSs on the NYSE.

Our management will have broad discretion over how to use the proceeds from this offering including using the proceeds in ways that might not improve our operating results or in ways with which investors may not agree.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pursue future acquisitions and other strategic investments and for general corporate purposes. However, depending on future developments and circumstances, we may use some of the proceeds for other purposes. Our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds we receive from this offering. The net proceeds could be applied in ways that do not improve our operating results or in ways with which you may not agree. The actual amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash used in or generated by our operations and the market response to the introduction of any new product offerings.

The requirements of being a public company in the United States may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business and could have a negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the SEC. Complying with these

 

35


Table of Contents

reporting and regulatory requirements will be time consuming, result in increased costs to us and could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a public company in the United States, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and the requirements of SOX. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual reports (and we must file or make public certain additional information reports in our home country) with respect to our business and financial condition. SOX requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we may need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies in the United States. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of SOX (and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

Certain provisions of South African law may limit or otherwise discourage a takeover or business combination that could otherwise benefit our shareholders.

Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person, or a group of persons acting in concert, holding shares entitled to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% of more of the voting rights at meetings of our shareholders will be subject to the Fundamental Transactions and Takeover Regulations, or the “Takeover Regulations,” promulgated in terms of the Companies Act, which are regulated by the Takeover Regulation Panel. The Takeover Regulations impose various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders.

A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities in terms of the Competition Act No 89 of 1998, as amended, or the “Competition Act,” if it results in the acquisition of “control,” as defined in the Competition Act and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prohibits a transaction (falling within its scope) from being implemented without the necessary approvals.

To the extent applicable, a transaction may be subject to JSE listings requirements as well as the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank, and other applicable regulatory bodies. In addition, certain fundamental transactions such as mergers, amalgamations, schemes of arrangement and sales of a majority of a company’s assets, require the approval of shareholders exercising 75% of the voting rights, and if 15% or more of a company’s shareholders vote against the transaction, any dissenting shareholder may, within five days, require the company, at its expense, to obtain court approval before implementing the resolution. Even if less than 15% of the shareholders vote against the resolution, any dissenting shareholder may apply to court for a review of the transaction. Such regulations, including the Takeover Regulations and the Competition Act, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer,

 

36


Table of Contents

scheme of arrangement or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might provide a premium price for our shareholders.

The concentration of ownership of our capital stock limits your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater shareholders and entities affiliated with them beneficially owned (as determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC) approximately 63% of our ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2013. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares and the ADSs because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated share ownership. Also, these shareholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Shareholders owning greater than 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares will have the ability to block certain corporate actions, including the issuance of additional equity securities for cash. See “—Certain provisions of South African law may limit our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future.” Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of preventing us from financing or completing an acquisition, delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders.

Certain provisions of South African law may limit our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future, which could impact our ability to raise capital in the future and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The authority of our Board of Directors to issue additional securities is limited by JSE listings requirements and certain provisions of the Companies Act and Memorandum of Incorporation, and as a result we may be unable to access the capital markets on a timely basis when it is opportune to do so. Under the JSE listings requirements, the issuance of equity securities, or securities convertible into equity securities, for cash by our Board of Directors requires shareholder approval, either by means of a specific authority for a specific transaction or by way of a general authority, for a limited time period. If a general authority is not in place, we may experience extended delays and uncertainty in seeking shareholder approval of financing transactions and as a result may be unable to execute financings with available investors, on advantageous terms or at all. Moreover, while a general authority could allow our Board of Directors to issue for cash additional ordinary shares representing up to 15% of the ordinary shares outstanding at the time of the general authorization, as a practical matter, shareholders in the South African market are often reluctant to grant general authorities up to the 15% threshold. A general authorization would not permit our Board of Directors to issue ordinary shares for cash with a greater than 10% discount to the 30-day volume-weighted average price, or “VWAP,” as of the issuance date, which, if we were to experience significant financial difficulties in the future, could prevent us from obtaining funds when needed. Shareholders owning greater than 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares have the ability to block an issuance of ordinary shares for cash or any approval of a general authorization to our Board of Directors. Our concentrated ownership structure exacerbates the delays and limitations on capital markets transactions described above and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. While we will be able to issue non-convertible debt securities without shareholder approval, we will not be able to grant any voting rights to debt holders, which would be likely to increase the cost of any such debt issuance to the Company.

 

37


Table of Contents

Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market, either on the JSE or the NYSE, after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  ordinary shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options at                     , 2013.

Following the completion of this offering, except for the                  ordinary shares that are the subject of lock-up agreements and shares held by our affiliates as contemplated by Rule 144 and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” all of the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the United States without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act. Following the completion of this offering, approximately         % of our outstanding ordinary shares will be beneficially owned by affiliates. These entities could resell the shares into the public markets in the United States in the future in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144, which include certain limitations on volume. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We and our executive officers, directors and certain shareholders, who collectively hold         % of our outstanding ordinary shares prior to this offering, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of ordinary shares, or cause a registration statement covering any ordinary shares to be filed, without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., which may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements. After these lock-up agreements have expired and holding periods have elapsed, additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market.

You may not be able to sell your ADSs at the time or the price you desire because an active or liquid market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE. A liquid market may not develop for the ADSs, which may reduce the price at which the ADSs may be sold. Also, the liquidity and the market for the ADSs may be affected by a number of factors, including variations in interest rates, the deterioration and volatility of the markets for similar securities and any changes in our liquidity, financial condition, creditworthiness, results of operations and profitability.

The relative volatility and illiquidity of the South African securities markets may substantially limit your ability to sell the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs at the price and time you desire.

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the JSE. Investing in securities that trade in emerging markets, such as South Africa, often involves greater risk than investing in securities of issuers in the United States, and such investments are generally considered to be more speculative in nature. The South African securities market is substantially smaller, less liquid, more concentrated and can be more volatile than major securities markets in the United States. There is also significantly greater concentration in the South African securities markets than in major securities markets in the United States. At June 30, 2013, total market capitalization amounted to

 

38


Table of Contents

R8,028.9 billion ($867.8 billion) and the majority of this market capitalization was represented by only 10 companies. Accordingly, although you are entitled to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs from the ADR depositary at any time, your ability to sell such shares at a price and time you desire may be substantially limited.

Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against us, our directors and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We are incorporated in South Africa. Most of our directors and senior management (and certain experts named herein) reside outside of the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce against these persons or us a judgment obtained in a United States court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the Unites States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:

 

  Ÿ  

the court that pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment is final and conclusive (that is, it cannot be altered by the court which pronounced it);

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment has not lapsed;

 

  Ÿ  

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the United States proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment was not obtained by fraudulent means;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and

 

  Ÿ  

the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the South African Protection of Businesses Act 1978, as amended.

It is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system, that does not mean that such awards are necessarily contrary to public policy. Whether a judgment was contrary to public policy depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. South African courts cannot enter into the merits of a foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign court. South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract will usually be determined in accordance with South African law.

It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws may be brought before South African courts. A plaintiff who is not a resident in South Africa may be

 

39


Table of Contents

required to provide security for costs in the event of proceedings being initiated in South Africa. Furthermore, the Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents executed outside South Africa must be authenticated for the purpose of use in South Africa. See “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our ADSs less attractive to investors and, as a result, adversely impact the price of our ADSs and result in a less active trading market for our ADSs.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 for an extended period of time.

We may take advantage of these disclosure exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We cannot predict whether investors will find our ADSs less attractive because of our reliance on some or all of these exemptions. If investors find our ADSs less attractive, as a result, it may adversely impact the price of our ADSs and there may be a less active trading market for our ADSs.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs;

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more;

 

  Ÿ  

the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of any fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We are a “foreign private issuer” and have disclosure obligations that are different from those of U.S. domestic listed companies, and are permitted in some cases to follow corporate governance standards applicable to South African companies, which may limit the protections afforded to investors.

We are a “foreign private issuer” for purposes of SEC rules and within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that are less frequent and in certain respects less detailed than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We will also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and will not be required to file current reports on the same basis as U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the requirements to report short-swing profit recovery contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

40


Table of Contents

In addition, under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a foreign private issuer may elect to comply with the practices of its home country and not to comply with most corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies with securities listed on the NYSE. We currently follow South African practices concerning corporate governance and intend to continue to do so. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of domestic companies that are subject to all NYSE corporate governance requirements. For example, NYSE-listed companies that are not foreign private issuers are required to have a board of directors a majority of which satisfy NYSE listing standards for independence and to have fully independent audit, compensation and nominating committees of the board of directors. Although our Audit and Risk Committee members will be required to meet independence standards established by SEC rules, our independent directors will otherwise be subject to applicable South African standards for independence, which are different, and our Nominations and Remuneration Committee will not be required to be composed solely of independent directors.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b) (i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lost this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NYSE rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors.

We have not yet completed our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of SOX and if we fail, for any reason, to effectively or efficiently implement new internal control procedures for compliance with Section 404 of SOX, such failure could materially and adversely affect of business, results of operations and financial condition.

We will be required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of SOX by the end of our 2015 fiscal year. While we intend to achieve compliance within the time required, we may not be able to meet the Section 404 requirements in a timely manner. If it is determined that we are not in compliance with Section 404, we will be required to implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our financial reporting. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses as well as outside auditor fees during

 

41


Table of Contents

the implementation of these changes and thereafter. We will need to hire additional qualified personnel in order for us to be compliant with Section 404. If we fail, for any reason, to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, such failure could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in our conclusion that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective.

Holders of the ADSs may not receive dividend payments, which could reduce the value of your investment.

Under the terms of our deposit agreement with the depositary for the ADSs, the ADR depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If this conversion is not possible or if any government approval becomes necessary and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the ADR depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is permissible to do so. If the exchange rate fluctuates significantly during a time when the ADR depositary cannot convert the foreign currency or distribute a payment to you, you may lose some or all of the value of any dividend distribution.

ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than ordinary shares.

ADS holders do not hold ordinary shares directly and thus are subject to, among others, the following additional risks:

 

  Ÿ  

as an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights, except through the ADR depositary as permitted by the deposit agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

distributions on the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs will be paid to the ADR depositary, and before the ADR depositary makes a distribution to you on behalf of your ADSs, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. Additionally, if the exchange rate fluctuates during a time when the ADR depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution; and

 

  Ÿ  

we and the ADR depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders.

You must act through the ADR depositary to exercise your voting rights, as a result of which you may be unable to exercise your voting rights on a timely basis.

As a holder of ADSs (and not the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs), we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights. The ADR depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs and ADS holders will be able to exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs. There are practical limitations on the ability of ADS holders to exercise their voting rights due to the additional procedural steps involved in communicating with these holders. For example, holders of our ordinary shares will receive notice of shareholders’ meetings by mail and through publication of a notice in a South African newspaper of general circulation and the securities exchange news service of the JSE, and will be able to exercise their voting rights by either attending the meeting in person or voting by proxy. ADS holders, by comparison, will not receive notice directly from us. Instead, in accordance with the deposit agreement, we will provide notice to the ADR depositary as soon as

 

42


Table of Contents

practicable of any applicable meeting date. If we ask it to do so, the ADR depositary will mail to holders of ADSs the notice of the meeting and a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given by holders as soon as practicable after receiving notice from us of any such meeting. Subject to satisfaction of the foregoing standard, there is no specified number of days within which the depositary must mail ADS holders the notice of meeting and voting instructions. To exercise their voting rights, ADS holders must then instruct the ADR depositary as to voting the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs. Due to these procedural steps involving the ADR depositary, the process for exercising voting rights may take longer for ADS holders than for holders of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares represented by ADSs for which the ADR depositary fails to receive timely voting instructions may not be voted at all.

Our Memorandum of Incorporation provides that shareholder votes shall be taken by show of hands unless a poll (i.e., written ballot) is demanded by the chairman of the meeting, by at least five shareholders present in person or by proxy at the meeting who are entitled to vote on a particular matter, or by one or more shareholders present in person or by proxy representing at least 10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting on a particular matter. When voting is conducted by show of hands, only the shareholders present in person at the meeting are entitled to vote and each of these shareholders may only cast one vote regardless of the total number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by him or her. When voting is conducted by poll, each shareholder present in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote for each ordinary share held by that shareholder. There is no mechanism in our agreement with the ADR depositary that would permit the ordinary shares represented by the ADRs to be voted in a show of hands vote. We have approved, and recommended to our shareholders for approval, an amendment to our Memorandum of Incorporation to eliminate voting by show of hands. If the amendment is not approved, and, until the amendment (if approved) is registered with the South Africa Companies and Intellectual Property Commission, the ordinary shares represented by the ADRs will not be voted in any shareholder vote for which a poll vote is not properly demanded.

Judgments of South African courts with respect to the ADSs will be payable only in South African rand, which could expose any prevailing party to exchange rate risk until the judgment is collected.

If proceedings are brought in a South African court seeking to enforce the rights of holders of the ADSs, any judgment made in favor of such holders, even if the judgment is on an obligation deemed to be denominated in U.S. dollars, could only be made or awarded in South African rand based on the exchange rate in effect at the time the judgment is entered. The prevailing party in such proceeding would therefore bear exchange rate risk until the judgment could be collected and converted into another currency.

By purchasing ADSs, holders will irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of state or federal courts in New York, New York in connection with any legal suit, action or proceeding relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs.

By purchasing ADSs or an interest therein, holders of ADSs irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the ADR depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the ADSs, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by purchasing ADSs or an interest therein holders irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such proceeding. We have agreed to indemnify the ADR depositary and its agents under certain circumstances. Neither the ADR depositary nor any of its agents will be liable to holders or beneficial owners of ADSs or interests in ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.

 

43


Table of Contents

There is a risk that we will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or the ADSs.

We will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which either (i) at least 75% of our gross income is “passive income” or (ii) on average, at least 50% of our assets by value produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, certain dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. Passive income also includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds, including those raised in a public offering. In determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account. Based on the expected composition of our assets and income, including our subsidiaries, it is not anticipated that we will be treated as a PFIC for the taxable year that includes the offering. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until the conclusion of our taxable year, and accordingly there can be no assurance as to our status as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for the taxable year that includes the offering, or any subsequent year, and a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) does not make an election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund,” or “QEF,” or make a “mark-to-market” election, then “excess distributions” to a U.S. Holder and any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to special rules resulting in increased U.S. federal income tax liability and additional reporting requirements. In addition, if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service determines that we are a PFIC for a year with respect to which we have determined that we were not a PFIC, it may be too late for a U.S. Holder to make a timely QEF or mark-to-market election. U.S. Holders who hold our ordinary shares or ADSs during a period when we are a PFIC will be subject to the foregoing rules, even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years, subject to exceptions for U.S. Holders who made a timely QEF or mark-to-market election. Currently, we do not intend to furnish U.S. Holders with information needed in order to make and maintain a valid QEF election for any year in which we are a PFIC. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

 

44


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information and include, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial condition and results of operations, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations. Forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events. The words “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “estimate” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions made by us or our officials that, although believed to be reasonable, are subject to certain known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially and adversely as compared to those contemplated or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract, sell to and retain customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated growth strategies, including our ability to increase sales to existing customers, the introduction of new solutions and international expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to adapt to rapid technological change in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

competition from industry consolidation;

 

  Ÿ  

loss of key personnel or our failure to attract, train and retain other highly qualified personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to integrate any businesses we acquire;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on our network of dealers and distributors to sell our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on key suppliers and vendors to manufacture our hardware;

 

  Ÿ  

businesses may not continue to adopt fleet management solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;

 

  Ÿ  

expected changes in our profitability and certain cost or expense items as a percentage of our revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the practices of insurance companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of laws and regulations relating to the Internet and data privacy;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies and address any infringement claims;

 

  Ÿ  

significant disruption in service on, or security breaches of, our websites or computer systems;

 

  Ÿ  

our dependence on third-party technology;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in the value of the South African rand;

 

45


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

economic, social, political and other conditions and developments in South Africa and globally;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future; and

 

  Ÿ  

the use of proceeds from this offering.

All forward-looking statements involve risks, assumptions and uncertainties. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictors of future events. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. See the sections “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. All of the forward-looking statements we have included in this prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive total estimated net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        , based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of this offering that are payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, by $         million.

The principal reasons for this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our ADSs. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pursue future acquisitions and other strategic investments and for general corporate purposes. We have not yet identified any specific acquisitions or investments, and our management will have broad discretion over how to use the proceeds from this offering. Pending application of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in deposit accounts, money market funds, government-sponsored enterprise obligations and corporate obligations.

We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares in the form of ADSs being offered by the selling shareholders.

 

47


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend to pay regular dividends following the completion of this offering. We intend to discontinue our policy of declaring regular dividends in order to increase the funds available to pursue opportunities for more rapid growth.

Our Board of Directors has historically declared, at its discretion, dividends to holders of our ordinary shares from time to time. Our current dividend policy guidelines limit annual dividends to no more than 50% of headline earnings and no more than 33.33% of cash generated from operating activities. Headline earnings is a profit measure required for JSE-listed companies as defined by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants. The profit measure is determined by taking the profit for the year prior to separately identifiable re-measurements of the carrying amount of an asset or liability that arose after the initial recognition of such asset or liability net of related tax (both current and deferred) and related non-controlling interest.

In addition, under South African law, in order for our Board of Directors to declare a dividend, it must apply solvency and liquidity tests and our Board of Directors must conclude, and it must reasonably appear, that such tests will be satisfied immediately following the distribution.

Dividends are subject to a dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15% to those shareholders who are not exempt under Section 64F of the South African Income Tax Act or any applicable double taxation agreement.

Prior to fiscal year 2013, our dividend policy was to make one annual dividend payment. The following table summarizes dividends that we have paid or declared since 2008:

 

Month paid/payable

   Amount per
ordinary share
     Total 
dividend
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

July 2013

     R 0.06         R 39,613   

December 2012

     0.04         26,378   

July 2012

     0.08         52,576   

August 2011

     0.06         39,420   

August 2010

     0.05         32,850   

August 2009

     0.04         26,280   

August 2008

     0.02         9,600   

 

48


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the ADSs, or that the ADSs will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering at or above the initial public offering price. Each ADS will represent 25 ordinary shares. We have applied to list the ADSs for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “MIXT.”

Trading History of our Ordinary Shares

Our ordinary shares are traded on the JSE under the symbol “MIX.” The table below shows the high and low closing prices in South African rand and the U.S. dollar equivalent per ADS for our ordinary shares on the JSE for the periods indicated:

 

     JSE      $ equivalent per ADS (1)      Average daily
trading volume (2)
 
           High                  Low                  High                  Low           
     (in South African rand)      (in U.S. dollars)      (in shares)  

Fiscal year ended March 31,

              

2013

     4.00         1.65         10.81         4.46         135,384   

2012

     1.75         1.20         4.72         3.24         171,993   

2011

     1.53         1.03         4.13         2.78         133,691   

2010

     1.25         0.42         3.38         1.13         1,028,215   

2009

     1.45         0.33         3.92         0.89         642,074   

Fiscal quarter ended

              

June 30, 2013

     3.80         3.10         10.27         8.38         66,710   

March 31, 2013

     4.00         2.90         10.81         7.84         119,127   

December 31, 2012

     3.10         2.20         8.38         5.94         136,940   

September 30, 2012

     2.70         2.20         7.30         5.94         212,119   

June 30, 2012

     2.83         1.65         7.65         4.46         70,783   

March 31, 2012

     1.75         1.25         4.73         3.38         215,046   

December 31, 2011

     1.63         1.41         4.40         3.81         62,090   

September 30, 2011

     1.55         1.25         4.19         3.38         220,617   

Month

              

June 2013

     3.80         3.10         10.27         8.38         78,786   

May 2013

     3.80         3.20         10.27         8.65         56,295   

April 2013

     3.70         3.40         10.00         9.19         66,694   

March 2013

     4.00         3.40         10.81         9.19         121,080   

February 2013

     3.50         3.16         9.46         8.54         44,081   

January 2013

     4.00         2.90         10.81         7.84         185,665   

 

Source: Johannesburg Stock Exchange
(1) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(2) Calculated based on the total volume traded over the number of trading days during the respective period.

On June 28, 2013, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R3.50 per ordinary share.

 

49


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

The following table shows the exchange rate (published by the South African Reserve Bank) of South African rand for U.S. dollars (per $1.00) for the periods and dates indicated. Since exchange rates are determined by the market, there can be no assurance that the exchange rate will be maintained at current levels. The average rate is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on each day during a monthly period and on the last day of each month during an annual or six-month period.

 

     High      Low      Average      Period-end  
     (in South African rand)  

Year ended March 31,

  

2013

     9.3247         7.6268         8.5319         9.2521   

2012

     8.5423         6.5962         7.4521         7.6820   

2011

     7.9704         6.6224         7.1938         6.7820   

2010

     9.5260         7.2439         7.8099         7.3273   

2009

     11.474         7.2210         8.8684         9.6266   

Six months ended

           

September 30, 2012

     8.5909         7.6268         8.2066         8.2222   

September 30, 2011

     8.2825         6.5962         6.9762         8.0268   

Month ended

           

June 30, 2013

     10.2832         9.7660         10.0326         9.9655   

May 31, 2013

     10.1985         8.9527         9.3675         10.1985   

April 30, 2013

     9.3004         8.8762         9.1117         8.9686   

March 31, 2013

     9.3247         9.0296         9.1745         9.2521   

February 28, 2013

     8.9690         8.8109         8.8852         8.8410   

January 31, 2013

     9.0908         8.4478         8.8227         9.0582   

On June 28, 2013, the exchange rate of South African rand for U.S. dollars, as reported by the South African Reserve Bank, was R9.9655 per $1.00.

Exchange rate fluctuations will affect the market price of the ADSs and the U.S. dollar value of any dividends or distributions we make with respect to the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Offering—Exchange rate volatility may adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and the dividends payable to ADS holders.”

 

50


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our consolidated capitalization at March 31, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

on a historical basis; and

 

  Ÿ  

as adjusted to give effect to the sale of ADSs by us in this offering and the receipt of approximately $         in estimated net proceeds, assuming an offering price of $         per ADS, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

You should read this table together with our audited consolidated financial statements, which we include elsewhere in this prospectus, and with the information under “Selected Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

There have been no significant adjustments to our capitalization since March 31, 2013.

 

     At March 31, 2013  
     Actual (*)     Actual     As Adjusted (*)      As Adjusted  
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,964      R 147,702      $                    R                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total indebtedness (1)

     6,428        59,477        

Stated capital

     85,439        790,491        

Other reserves

     (12,036     (111,362     

Retained earnings

     20,401        188,750        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (2)

     93,803        867,879        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 100,232      R 927,356        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Total indebtedness includes amounts outstanding at March 31, 2013 for bank overdraft and borrowings. All of our indebtedness is secured and none of our debt is guaranteed.
(2) Excludes non-controlling interest.

 

51


Table of Contents

DILUTION

At March 31, 2013, we had net tangible book value of R222.1 million, corresponding to a net tangible book value of R0.337 per ordinary share or $0.91 per ADS (using the rate as reported by the South African Reserve Bank at March 31, 2013 of South African rand for U.S. dollars of R9.2521 per $1.00 and the ratio of 25 ordinary shares to one ADS). Net tangible book value per share or per ADS represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by 659,962,500, the total number of ordinary shares outstanding at March 31, 2013 , or 26,398,500, the total number of ADSs that would represent such total number of shares based on a share-to-ADS ratio of 25-to-one.

After giving effect to the sale of the ADSs representing ordinary shares offered by us in this offering and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value estimated at March 31, 2013 would have been approximately R        , representing R         per ordinary share or $         per ADS. At the assumed initial public offering price for this offering of $         per ADS, the midpoint of the price range per ADS set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of R         per ordinary share or $         per ADS to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of R         per ordinary share or $         per ADS to purchasers of ADSs in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per ADS paid by these purchasers and net tangible book value per ADS immediately after the completion of this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution of $         per ADS to purchasers of ADSs in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

   $                

Net tangible book value per ADS at March 31, 2013

  

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributable to new investors

  

Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after this offering

  

Dilution per ADS to new investors (1)

  

Percentage of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS for new investors (2)

  

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after this offering by $         and the dilution per ADS to new investors by $        , assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Percentage of dilution for new investors is calculated by dividing the dilution in net tangible book value for new investors by the price of the offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following tables set forth selected financial and operating data at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The selected financial data set forth below at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus and should be read together with such financial statements. The selected financial data at and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 has been derived from consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

Our fiscal 2012 audited consolidated statements of financial position and statement of cash flows have been restated to correct the classification of in-vehicle devices (installed and uninstalled) and record such devices as property, plant, and equipment. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Restatement of 2012 Financial Statements” and Note 42 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

Our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and certain data derived therefrom are presented in South African rand.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which differ in certain significant respects from GAAP.

Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)     2013     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $  126,618      R  1,171,480      R  1,018,482      R 886,604   

Cost of sales

     (45,886     (424,545     (390,926     (340,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     80,731        746,935        627,556        546,436   

Sales and marketing

     (14,359     (132,849     (97,312     (82,805

Administration and other charges (1)

     (46,788     (432,890     (383,856     (346,451
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     19,584        181,196        146,388        117,180   

Finance income/(costs)—net

     (144     (1,330     (2,873     (11,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     19,441        179,866        143,515        105,748   

Taxation

     (5,555     (51,400     (40,275     (34,247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   $ 13,885      R 128,466      R 103,240      R 71,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Includes other income/(expenses)—net.

 

53


Table of Contents

Other Financial and Operating Data

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands, except vehicle data)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 74,223         R 686,720         R 577,330         R 503,429   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 31,433         R 290,821         R 240,622         R 201,833   

Vehicles under subscription

     359,266         359,266         275,044         239,073   

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) See “—Adjusted EBITDA” below for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data

 

     At March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,964       R 147,702       R 118,695       R 110,007   

Total assets

     124,597         1,152,788         1,068,416         994,208   

Working capital

     12,349         114,252         56,347         8,914   

Total indebtedness (1)

     6,428         59,477         73,106         103,546   

Total shareholders’ equity (2)

     93,803         867,879         772,090         682,935   

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Total indebtedness includes amounts outstanding at March 31, 2013 for bank overdraft and borrowings. All of our indebtedness is secured and none of our debt is guaranteed.
(2) Excludes non-controlling interest.

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-IFRS, non-GAAP, financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as the profit for the year before income taxes, net interest income/(expense), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including capitalized customer in-vehicle-devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets, and unrealized foreign exchange profits/(losses). We present below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure that our management and Board of Directors intends to use instead of EBITDA to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends; to prepare and approve our annual budget; and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest payments on our debt or any losses on the extinguishment of our debt;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not include unrealized foreign currency transaction gains and losses; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including operating profit, profit for the year and our other results.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Profit for the Year

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 (*)      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     ($ and R in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $  31,433       R  290,821       R  240,622       R  201,833   

Add:

           

Finance income

     218         2,018         2,392         2,193   

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization (1)

     10,612         98,186         89,832         79,831   

Taxation

     5,555         51,400         40,275         34,247   

Impairment (2)

     557         5,158         1,332         3,132   

Finance costs

     362         3,348         5,265         13,625   

Share-based payment costs

     341         3,151         2,001         1,048   

Foreign exchange—unrealized

     326         3,012         639         581   

Non-recurring items (3)

     13         118         430         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   $  13,885       R  128,466       R  103,240       R 71,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Includes depreciation of property, plant and equipment (including in-vehicle devices) and amortization of intangible assets.
(2) Includes impairment of intangibles and impairment of available-for-sale financial assets.
(3) Includes loss on disposal of subsidiary, loss on sale of intangibles, transaction costs arising from acquisition of a business and (profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus, and the financial information set forth under “Selected Financial and Operating Data” at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included in this prospectus.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make certain assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts we record as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the years and periods addressed and these are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Our future results may vary substantially from those indicated as a result of the risks that affect our business, including, among others, those identified in “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading global provider of fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. Our solutions deliver a measurable return by enabling our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in commercial fleets or personal vehicles. We generate actionable intelligence that allows a wide range of customers, from large enterprise fleets to small fleet operators and consumers, to reduce fuel and other operating costs, improve efficiency, enhance regulatory compliance, promote driver safety, manage risk and mitigate theft. Our solutions rely on our proprietary, highly scalable technology platform, which allows us to collect, analyze and deliver data collected from our customers’ vehicles. Using an intuitive, web-based interface, our fleet customers can access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their drivers and vehicles and view a wide selection of reports and key performance indicator dashboards. In fiscal year 2013, we collected data on an average of approximately 57 million trips per month representing as many as 3 billion vehicle locations per month. We have a global presence, with customers located in 112 countries across six continents for whom we collectively tracked and managed over 359,000 vehicles under subscription at March 31, 2013.

We were founded in 1996 in Johannesburg, South Africa as Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited, and since that time, we have grown both organically and through acquisitions. In 2007, we acquired Control Instruments OmniBridge Proprietary Limited and certain affiliated entities (which we refer to collectively as “OmniBridge”), which provided fleet management services in both the South African and international markets. In November 2007, we listed our shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, or “JSE,” in order to facilitate the OmniBridge stock acquisition. In 2008, we acquired Tripmaster Corporation, located in the United States and Safe Drive, which included both Safe Drive International Proprietary Limited, located in Australia; and Safe Drive FZE, located in the United Arab Emirates. These acquisitions extended our geographic reach, broadened our customer relationships and expanded our driver safety and training solution offerings. In May 2012, we acquired Intellichain (located in South Africa), as part of our strategy to broaden our transportation management software functionality.

We derive the majority of our revenues from subscriptions to our fleet and mobile asset management solutions. Our subscriptions generally include access to our SaaS solutions, connectivity, and in many cases, use of an in-vehicle device. We also generate revenues from the sale of in-vehicle devices, which enable customers to use our subscription-based solutions. We generate sales through the efforts of our direct sales teams, staffed in our regional sales offices, and

 

56


Table of Contents

through our global network of distributors and dealers. Our direct sales teams focus on marketing our fleet solutions to multinational enterprise accounts and to other large customer accounts located in regions of the world where we maintain a direct sales presence. Our direct sales teams have industry expertise across multiple industries, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. In some markets, we rely on a network of distributors and dealers to sell our solutions on our behalf. Our distributors and dealers also install our in-vehicle devices and provide training, technical support and ongoing maintenance for the customers they support.

We have achieved significant revenue growth historically. For fiscal year 2013, we generated subscription revenue, total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and profit for the year of R686.7 million, R1,171.5 million, R290.8 million, and R128.5 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 18.9%, 15.0%, 20.9%, and 24.4% respectively. For fiscal year 2012, we generated subscription revenue, total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, and profit for the year of R577.3 million, R1,018.5 million, R240.6 million and R103.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 14.7%, 14.9%, 19.2% and 44.4%, respectively. For fiscal year 2011, we generated subscription revenue, total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, and profit for the year of R503.4 million, R886.6 million, R201.8 million, and R71.5 million, respectively. Our growth is attributable to a combination of sales to new customers and additional sales to existing customers due to increased penetration of their fleets. In fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, our top 10 customers represented 24.5%, 23.6% and 22.6%, respectively, of our subscription revenue.

We believe the large and growing market for fleet and mobile asset management solutions will provide us with significant growth opportunities going forward. We seek to capitalize on these growth opportunities and manage the factors affecting our performance, including subscription revenue accounting for a greater component of revenue, a gradual decline of in-vehicle hardware prices, an evolving mix of subscribers with different revenue and cost economics, varying economic conditions in our markets and long sales cycles for our enterprise fleet management solutions. See “—Factors Affecting Our Performance,” for more information on these factors.

We intend to grow our revenue by adding new customers, selling more subscriptions to existing customers, and expanding our customer base to include industry sectors, customer segments and geographic regions beyond those that we currently serve. As part of our growth strategy, we intend to pursue strategic acquisitions to enhance our fleet management leadership in certain geographic regions or industry segments.

Restatement of 2012 Financial Statements

Following a May 2013 review of our financial accounting policies and the financial accounting policies of comparable U.S. public companies, we made the determination to correct certain aspects of our accounting relating to in-vehicle devices. As a result, we have restated our consolidated statements of financial position and statement of cash flows at and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to change the classification of in-vehicle devices (installed and uninstalled) to property, plant and equipment. We previously accounted for these assets as current assets in our consolidated statements of financial position. The restatement has had no impact on our net cash flow or income statement for any period. See Note 42 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

57


Table of Contents

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

In addition to financial metrics based on our consolidated financial statements, we monitor our business operations using various financially and non-financially derived metrics. The following table presents these metrics.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
     2013      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 74,223       R  686,720       R  577,330       R  503,429   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 31,433       R  290,821       R  240,622       R  201,833   

Vehicles under subscription

     359,266         359,266         275,044         239,073   

Subscription Revenue

Subscription revenue represents subscription fees for our solutions, which include the use of our SaaS fleet management solutions, connectivity, and in many cases our in-vehicle devices. Our revenue is driven primarily by the number of vehicles under subscription and the monthly price per vehicle under subscription.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as the profit for the year before income taxes, net interest income/(expense), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including depreciation of in-vehicle-devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets and unrealized foreign exchange profits/(losses). See “—Selected Financial and Operating Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year.

Vehicles under Subscription

Vehicles under subscription represent the total number of vehicles using our solutions at the end of the period.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Subscription Revenue Accounting for a Greater Component of Revenue.

We are focused on growing our recurring subscription revenue base. As a result, subscription revenue is increasing as a percentage of revenue. In fiscal 2013, subscription-based revenues accounted for 58.6% of our total revenues, up from 56.7% in 2012. We expect to see this trend continue as we grow our base of vehicles under subscription.

Gradual Decline of In-Vehicle Hardware Prices.

Our in-vehicle hardware enables us to capture and report on key attributes related to our vehicles under subscription. Lower hardware prices allow us to reduce the upfront investment required by us and by our customers, helping to drive increases in our subscriber base. As the hardware components of our solutions become more commoditized, we expect the price and cost of hardware components to continue to decline.

 

58


Table of Contents

Mix of Subscribers with Different Revenue and Cost Economics.

We offer services to a wide range of customers, from large enterprise vehicle fleets to small fleet operators and consumers. The subscription revenue and cost per subscriber and the subscriber retention pattern differ by type of subscriber. For example, we recently launched our entry-level consumer solution, Beam-e, in South Africa and this has driven accelerated subscriber growth. Beam-e is characterized by lower revenue and lower cost per subscriber compared to our large enterprise solutions. Small fleet and consumer customers will enter into and terminate contracts much more frequently than our enterprise customers, thereby affecting subscriber retention. As the mix of our subscriber base evolves, the average revenue per subscriber and average cost per subscriber is likely to change.

Varying Economic Conditions in our Markets

We seek to capitalize on opportunities and manage risks in our key markets, which are geographically dispersed with customers located in 112 countries worldwide. Overall, we believe that our presence across multiple geographic markets and our exposure to multiple economies provides us with diversification from the risk of changing economic conditions in any one country or region. However, performance in a given region may vary due to multiple factors, including changes in macroeconomic conditions. For example, in recent periods, performance in Europe has been adversely impacted by economic uncertainty in the region.

The following table presents our subscription revenue by geographic region.

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013*      2013      2012      2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Africa

   $ 53,079       R  491,092         R 440,608       R  398,824   

Europe

     5,902         54,607         56,678         59,268   

North America

     6,247         57,801         30,148         14,618   

Middle East and Australasia

     8,288         76,682         40,233         25,796   

Rest of World

     707         6,538         9,663         4,923   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,223       R  686,720       R  577,330       R  503,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.

For a discussion of material changes in our segment revenue that have impacted our financial results for the periods presented, see “—Results of Operations.”

Long Sales Cycle for Our Enterprise Fleet Management Solutions

From period to period, our revenues may fluctuate depending upon the customer contracts we have secured. The typical sales cycle for large enterprise fleet management solutions contracts may be long, especially by comparison to the sales cycle for our consumer solutions. It may also be difficult for us to predict the timing of when we will enter into enterprise fleet management contracts. Our revenue, especially in certain of our geographic segments, may be impacted by a small number of customer contracts of significant magnitude. For example, our 2013 and 2012 fiscal year revenue in our North America segment was impacted positively by revenue from two large oil and gas sector contracts, which were contracted in prior periods. These longer sales cycles

 

59


Table of Contents

may affect the comparability of our period to period financial results in certain segments, or cause our revenue to fluctuate from period to period, including our hardware revenue attributable to contracts under which our customers elect to purchase in-vehicle devices.

Basis of Presentation and Key Components of Our Results of Operations

We manage our business in seven segments: Africa consumer solutions, Africa fleet solutions, Europe fleet solutions, North America fleet solutions, Middle East and Australasia fleet solutions, Brazil fleet solutions and International fleet solutions and development. We evaluate segment performance based on revenue, EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, impairment of assets and negative goodwill), vehicles under subscription and subscriber growth. Costs associated with our holding company and consolidation accounting entries are not allocated to our segments.

Revenue

The majority of our revenue is subscription-based. We also derive revenue from the sale of our in-vehicle devices which are used to collect, generate and transmit the data used to enable our software-based solutions.

Our customer contracts typically have a three-year initial term. Following the initial term, most fleet customers elect to renew for fixed terms ranging from one to three years. Some of our customer agreements, including our consumer subscriptions, provide for automatic monthly or yearly renewals unless the customer elects not to renew its subscription. Our consumer contracts in South Africa are governed by the Consumer Protection Act, which allows customers to cancel without paying the full balance of the contract amount. Our fleet contracts and our customer contracts outside of South Africa are non-cancelable.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales associated with our subscription revenue consists primarily of costs related to cellular communications, infrastructure hosting, third-party data providers, amortization of capitalized software development costs and depreciation of our capitalized installed in-vehicle devices. Cost of sales associated with our hardware revenue includes the cost of the in-vehicle device, cost of hardware warranty, shipping costs and amortization of capitalized hardware development costs. We capitalize the cost of in-vehicle devices utilized to service customers who do not purchase the unit initially, and we depreciate these costs from the date of installation over their expected useful lives.

We expect that cost of sales as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period depending on our revenue mix, including the proportion of our revenue attributable to our subscription-based services. The cost of sales related to hosting our infrastructure and the amortization of capitalized development costs are relatively fixed in nature and not directly related to the number of vehicles under subscription. However, most of the other components of our cost of sales are variable costs that are affected by the number of vehicles under subscription and the number of new subscriptions sold.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and wages, commissions, travel-related expenses, and advertising and promotional costs. We pay our sales employees commissions

 

60


Table of Contents

based on achieving subscription targets and we expense commission costs as incurred. Advertising costs consist primarily of costs for print, radio and television advertising, promotions, public relations, customer events, tradeshows and sponsorships. We expense advertising costs as incurred. We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing in order to grow our sales and build brand and category awareness. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute terms, although they may vary as a percentage of revenue.

Administration and Other Charges

Administration and other charges consist primarily of salaries and wages for administrative staff, travel costs, professional fees (including audit and legal fees), real estate leasing costs, and depreciation of fixed assets including vehicles and office equipment. We expect that administration and other charges will increase in absolute terms as we continue to add personnel as we grow our business. In addition, we anticipate that we will incur additional personnel expenses, professional fees and insurance costs related to operating as a public company in the United States.

Taxes

Taxation mainly consists of normal statutory income tax paid or payable and deferred tax on any timing differences. Our effective tax rate varies according to the mix of profits made in various jurisdictions and will continue to vary. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 our effective tax rates were 28.6%, 28.1% and 32.4%, respectively.

Our European operations have generated losses historically for which we have not recognized a deferred tax asset. These losses will be utilized going forward against any taxable profits generated in our European business. The losses available to be utilized at March 31, 2013 are R91.7 million, of which R74.4 million relate to our European operations.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain consolidated income statement data:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013 *     2013     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $  126,618      R  1,171,480      R  1,018,482      R 886,604   

Cost of sales

     (45,886     (424,545     (390,926     (340,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     80,731        746,935        627,556        546,436   

Sales and marketing

     (14,359     (132,849     (97,312     (82,805

Administration and other charges (1)

     (46,788     (432,890     (383,856     (346,451
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     19,584        181,196        146,388        117,180   

Finance income/(costs)–net

     (144     (1,330     (2,873     (11,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     19,441        179,866        143,515        105,748   

Taxation

     (5,555     (51,400     (40,275     (34,247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   $ 13,885      R 128,466      R 103,240      R 71,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Includes other income/(expenses)—net.

 

61


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for Fiscal Year 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year 2012

Revenue

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013      2013      2012      % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 74,223       R 686,720       R 577,330         18.9

Hardware revenue

     40,863         378,070         328,386         15.1

Other revenue

     11,531         106,690         112,766         (5.4 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $  126,618       R  1,171,480       R  1,018,482         15.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our total revenue increased by R153.0 million, or 15.0%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. The principal factors affecting our revenue growth included:

 

  Ÿ  

Subscription revenue, which grew by R109.4 million, or 18.9%. This was the primary factor driving our total revenue growth. Subscription revenue represented 58.6% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2013 compared to 56.7% for the prior year. The increase in subscription revenue was due to an increase in vehicles under subscription from 275,044 at March 31, 2012 to 359,266 at March 31, 2013.

 

  Ÿ  

Hardware revenue increased by R49.7 million, or 15.1%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. During fiscal 2013, we successfully entered into two substantial fleet customer subscription agreements that included the up-front purchase by the customer of in-vehicle devices, and we also had increased hardware sales to our dealer network in the Middle East and Australasia.

 

  Ÿ  

Connection incentive revenue, a component of other revenue, declined by R25.2 million to R10.7 million for fiscal year 2013 as a result of the modification of MiX Africa’s carrier arrangements. As a result of our renegotiation of contracts with certain cellular providers to provide us with reduced cost of sales, we do not expect to receive connection incentive revenue in the future.

The performance of our Africa fleet and Middle East and Australasia business segments were important contributors to our revenue growth in fiscal year 2013. Africa fleet revenue increased by R49.4 million, or 21.2%, and Middle East and Australasia revenue increased by R134.2 million, or 102.1%, of which R40.3 million, or 30.7%, was due to the transfer of 16 dealers from our International segment to the Middle East and Australasia segment during fiscal year 2013.

Cost of Sales

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013     2013     2012     % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Cost of sales

   $   45,886        R  424,545        R  390,926        8.6

Gross profit margin

     63.8     63.8     61.6  

Cost of sales increased by R33.6 million, or 8.6%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013, which was less than the rate of revenue growth, and resulted in an increased gross profit margin of 63.8%. The margin increase resulted primarily from a decrease in data costs related to the Africa consumer business during the period as a result of the renegotiation of MiX Africa’s arrangements with its carrier.

 

62


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing costs increased by R35.5 million, or 36.5%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. The increase resulted principally from increases in employee costs, and increases in advertising and travel costs. Employee costs increased by R18.6 million, or 31.6%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013, principally as a result of a 25.7% increase in headcount and weighted combined average salary increases of 5.4%. Advertising costs increased by R11.8 million, or 55.4%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013 as a result of increases in advertising expenditures related to the launch of Beam-e and expenditures for dealer events. Travel costs increased by R4.1 million, or 61.9%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013 as a result of increased staff travel related to sales.

Administration and Other Charges (Including Other (Expenses)/Income—Net)

Administration and other charges (including other (expenses)/income—net) increased by R49.0 million, or 12.8%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. The increase in costs was primarily a result of employee costs increasing by R32.0 million, or 13.9%, principally due to a 9.8% increase in headcount and weighted combined average salary increases of 5.4%. Information and technology costs increased by R5.9 million or 38.6% from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. Additionally, other (expenses)/income—net declined due to a decrease in Motor Industry Development Program incentive income of R5.4 million, or 67.6%.

Finance Income/(Costs)—Net

Finance costs decreased by R1.9 million, or 36.4%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. Interest on other long-term loans decreased by R2.8 million, or 81.1%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013 because we paid off term loans in November 2012. Finance income decreased by R0.4 million, or 15.6%, from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. We manage interest as a net cost and when we have surplus cash available we prepay our debt facilities, when permissible, or deposit the cash in interest-bearing accounts. We generally do not repatriate cash earned outside of South Africa.

Taxation

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013     2013     2012     % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Taxation

   $ 5,555      R 51,400      R 40,275        27.6

Effective tax rate

     28.6     28.6     28.1  

Our effective tax rate varies according to the mix of profits made in various jurisdictions and will continue to vary. Taxation cost increased by R11.1 million or 27.6% from fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013. Our effective tax rate increased from 28.1% to 28.6% for fiscal year 2013.

 

63


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for Fiscal Year 2012 Compared to Fiscal Year 2011

Revenue

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011
(Unaudited)
     % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription revenue

   R 577,330       R 503,429         14.7

Hardware revenue

     328,386         262,781         25.0

Other revenue

     112,766         120,395         (6.3 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   R  1,018,482       R  886,604         14.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our total revenue increased by R131.9 million, or 14.9%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. Principal factors affecting our revenue growth included:

 

  Ÿ  

Subscription revenue, which grew by R73.9 million, or 14.7% from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. This represented the largest source of growth (in terms of South African rand) during the year. The subscription revenue increase was due to an increase in vehicles under subscription from 239,073 at March 31, 2011 to 275,044 at March 31, 2012.

 

  Ÿ  

Hardware revenue increased by R65.6 million, or 25.0%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. During fiscal 2012, we successfully entered into two substantial fleet customer subscription agreements that included the up-front purchase by the customer of in-vehicle devices.

We experienced strong performance in our North America, Middle East and Australasia and Africa fleet business segments during fiscal year 2012. North America fleet revenue increased by R104.3 million, or 201.8%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 due to the recognition of revenue during fiscal year 2012 from two recently won multinational fleet customer contracts. Middle East and Australasia fleet revenue increased by R21.4 million, or 19.5%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 primarily as a result of increased sales resulting in subscriber growth. Africa fleet revenue increased by R32.6 million, or 16.3%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 comprising a R37.0 million increase in subscription revenue and a decrease in Africa fleet hardware and other revenue.

Our results during fiscal year 2012 were adversely impacted by a R27.6 million decrease in revenue from our Europe fleet business. This decrease was primarily the result of our sale of a non-core division in Europe during fiscal year 2012, which resulted in a R19.9 million decrease in revenues. Our planned migration of certain legacy fleet customers in Europe and, more generally, adverse market conditions in the region also adversely impacted results in the region.

Cost of Sales

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
    % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Cost of sales

   R  390,926      R  340,168        14.9

Gross profit margin

     61.6     61.6  

 

64


Table of Contents

Cost of sales increased by R50.8 million, or 14.9%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012, consistent with revenue growth. As a result, the gross profit margin remained unchanged from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. The increase in cost of sales was primarily the result of an increase in hardware cost of sales due to an increase in the volume of in-vehicle devices supplied in connection with the entry into two substantial customer subscription agreements in North America.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing costs increased by R14.5 million, or 17.5%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 as a result of increased employee costs, and increased advertising and travel costs. Employee costs increased by R12.5 million, or 26.9%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 due to a 3.1% increase in headcount, weighted combined average salary increases of 5.3% and increased bonus and commission expenses. In total, bonus and commissions, included in employee costs increased by R6.5 million, or 225.5%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. Advertising costs and travel costs also increased as a result of increased sales activity.

Administration and Other Charges (Including Other (Expenses)/Income—Net)

Administration and other charges (including other (expenses)/income—net) increased by R37.4 million, or 10.8%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. This increase was primarily a result of a R51.1 million, or 28.5%, increase in employee costs from a 6.8% increase in headcount, weighted combined average salary increases of 5.3% and an increase of R15.6 million, or 77.7%, in the bonus expense from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. These increases were offset by decreases in depreciation and amortization of R5.0 million, or 12.0%, and decreases in communication, administration and other costs of R4.5 million, or 8.9%.

Finance Income/(Costs)—Net

Finance costs decreased by R8.4 million, or 61.4%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. Interest on other long-term loans decreased by R5.6 million, or 61.8%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. Finance income increased by R0.2 million, or 9.1%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012.

Taxation

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
    % Change  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Taxation

   R  40,275      R  34,247        17.6

Effective tax rate

     28.1     32.4  

Taxation expense increased by R6.0 million, or 17.6%, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012. Our effective tax rate in fiscal year 2012 of 28.1% decreased by 4.3% compared to fiscal year 2011 due to our North America operation recognizing profit and utilizing previously unrecognized deferred tax assets.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated statements of operations data and other financial data for each of the last eight quarters through the period ended March 31, 2013. We have prepared the consolidated statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In

 

65


Table of Contents

management’s opinion, each consolidated statement of operations includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of this data for the periods presented. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

 

    For the Quarter Ended,  
    Mar 31,
2013
    Dec 31,
2012
    Sep 30,
2012
    Jun 30,
2012
    Mar 31,
2012
    Dec 31,
2011
    Sep 30,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
 
    (In thousands)  

Revenue

  R 308,540      R 298,599      R 283,963      R 280,378      R 276,754      R 272,754      R 248,129      R 220,845   

Cost of sales

    (101,566     (112,035     (98,507     (112,437     (98,231     (109,875     (95,836     (86,985
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    206,974        186,564        185,456        167,941        178,523        162,879        152,293        133,860   

Operating expenses (1)

    (143,984     (144,703     (143,895     (133,156     (119,970     (122,511     (119,070     (119,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

    62,990        41,861        41,561        34,785        58,553        40,368        33,223        14,244   

Finance income/(costs)—net

    125        (551     (862     (42     (262     (103     (933     (1,576
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

    63,115        41,310        40,699        34,743        58,291        40,265        32,290        12,668   

Taxation

    (17,532     (11,896     (11,853     (10,119     (15,109     (10,415     (10,723     (4,028
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

  R 45,583      R 29,414      R 28,846      R 24,624      R 43,182      R 29,850      R 21,567      R 8,640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription revenue

    186,294        176,032        164,995        159,399        151,350        149,675        141,758        134,546   

Adjusted EBITDA

    91,735        69,205        69,311        60,570        84,581        61,804        58,923        35,314   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes sales and marketing, administration and other charges and other income/(expenses)—net.

Revenue increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented primarily due to an increase in subscription revenue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table sets forth certain statement of cash flows data:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2013     2013     2012     2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  

Cash generated from operating activities

   $ 22,905      R 211,918      R 153,076      R 169,068   

Cash used in investing activities

     (10,382     (96,054     (82,085     (81,117

Cash used in finance activities

     (10,342     (95,686     (80,686     (136,300

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     323        2,989        8,186        (1,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 2,504      R 23,167      R (1,509   R (49,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2013 increased to R211.9 million from R153.1 million in the prior year due to continued growth in profitability of the business. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2013 consisted of our operating profit

 

66


Table of Contents

(after excluding non-cash charges) of R311.1 million, net investments in working capital of R23.1 million, net interest paid of R1.5 million and taxes paid of R74.4 million.

Net cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2012 decreased to R153.1 million from R169.1 million in the prior year primarily due to increased investments required in working capital. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2012 consisted of our operating profit (after excluding non-cash charges) of R257.8 million, net investments in working capital of R65.3 million, net interest paid of R3.6 million and taxes paid of R35.8 million.

Net cash generated from operating activities was R169.1 million for fiscal year 2011. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2011 consisted of our operating profit (after excluding non-cash charges) of R232.6 million, net investments in working capital of R18.0 million, net interest paid of R9.9 million and taxes paid of R35.6 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2013 increased to R96.1 million from R82.1 million in the prior year. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2013 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R94.1 million. Capital expenditures during the year included capitalized development costs of R31.2 million and cash paid to purchase property, plant, and equipment of R51.5 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R33.9 million.

Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2012 increased to R82.1 million as compared to R81.1 million in the prior year. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2012 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R77.5 million. Capital expenditures during the year included capitalized development costs of R32.6 million and cash paid to purchase property, plant and equipment of R41.6 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R26.7 million. In fiscal year 2012, we also used R5.5 million to grant a loan to Intellichain, which we extinguished when we subsequently acquired the business of Intellichain during fiscal year 2013.

Net cash used in investing activities was R81.1 million for fiscal year 2011. During fiscal year 2011, net cash used in investing activities primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R81.7 million. Capital expenditures during the year included capitalized development costs of R37.8 million and cash paid to purchase property, plant, and equipment of R39.9 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R24.8 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was R95.7 million, R80.7 million and R136.3 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of dividend payments of R78.9 million, R39.4 million and R32.8 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as well as net repayment of borrowings of R19.7 million, R41.5 million and R103.5 million over the same periods.

Credit Facilities

At March 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity were net cash balances (consisting of cash and cash equivalents less bank overdraft and borrowings) of R88.2 million ($9.5 million) and unutilized borrowing capacity of R79.2 million ($8.6 million) available through our credit facilities. Our principal sources of credit are our facilities with Investec Bank Limited and Standard Bank Limited. We believe that our cash and borrowings available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

67


Table of Contents

We have a R70 million overdraft facility with Standard Bank Limited that bears interest at the South African prime rate less 1.2%. At March 31, 2013, R23.7 million was outstanding under this facility. We use this facility as part of our currency hedging strategy. We draw down on this facility in the applicable currency in order to fix the exchange rate, in anticipation of settling a future transaction in that currency. Our obligations under the overdraft facility with Standard Bank Limited are guaranteed by our wholly-owned subsidiaries, MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited, and secured by a pledge of accounts receivable by us and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited.

Our Investec credit facility includes an overdraft facility, and two term loan facilities. Our R50 million overdraft facility matures in February 2015 and bears interest at the South African prime rate less 0.5%. At March 31, 2013, we had borrowed R32.3 million under this facility, which we use to meet the working capital requirements of our Africa consumer operation. One of the term loan facilities matures in September 2013 and bears interest at the South African prime rate less 0.5%. At March 31, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility and R3.5 million was available for draw downs. The other term loan facility matures in September 2015 and bears interest at the South African prime rate less 0.5%. At March 31, 2013, R3.5 million was outstanding under this loan. There is currently R11 million of unutilized capacity under this loan, which we use for working capital purposes.

Our obligations under the overdraft facility with Investec Bank Limited are guaranteed by MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited and are secured by a lien on all of rights, title and interest in and to the subscriber contracts of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited. Our obligations under the term loan and term loan facility with Investec Bank Limited are guaranteed by us and MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited and are secured by a lien on all rights, title and interest in and to the customer contracts of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited, and a pledge of 100% of the shares of MiX Telematics Australasia Proprietary Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary.

After the end of fiscal year 2013, we entered into a R10 million facility from Nedbank that bears interest at South African prime less 2%. This facility has not been drawn down to date. We plan to use this facility for working capital purposes in our Africa consumer operation.

Our credit facilities with Standard Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited contain certain covenants, including without limitation, those limiting our and our guarantor subsidiaries’, as applicable, ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, incur liens, or sell or acquire assets or businesses.

Leverage

Our Board of Directors regularly monitors our financial leverage, including, without limitation, the levels of our indebtedness. Among other factors, our Board of Directors considers our level of net debt, which it calculates as total borrowings less net cash and cash equivalents, and a leverage ratio, which we refer to as a gearing ratio in our consolidated financial statements. This leverage ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Since fiscal year 2011, our Board of Directors has maintained a target leverage ratio of 60%. A leverage ratio of 60% at March 31, 2013 would imply net debt of R 520,724 ($56,282). As of March 31, 2013, we held cash and cash equivalents in excess of our total borrowings and had a leverage ratio below our target. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will continue to be below our target leverage ratio as we pursue future acquisitions and other strategic investments. Our Board of Directors will continue to re-assess our target leverage ratio based on market conditions, our financial position, and the range of strategic options available to us.

 

68


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual cash obligations at the end of fiscal year 2013 are summarized in the following table:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 – 3
Years
     3 – 5
Years
     More
than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loan

   R 3,707       R 3,707                           

Operating lease obligations

     41,013         15,337       R 25,676                   

Approved and committed capital commitments

     11,705         11,705                           

Outstanding purchase obligations

     29,143         29,143                           

Data center commitments

     4,199         4,199                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   R 89,767       R 64,091       R 25,676                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013 were R89.8 million ($9.7 million).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing activities. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which include special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

Repatriation of Proceeds

The South African Reserve Bank requires that the net proceeds from this offering be maintained in South Africa in rand pending registration with the South African Reserve Bank of a special subsidiary to hold the proceeds. We are in the process of forming and registering such a subsidiary, which, once registered, will not be subject to any exchange control restrictions. Once this subsidiary is registered, the funds will be transferred to and held by this subsidiary. The subsidiary will have discretion as to the denomination of the funds. The ability to register such a subsidiary is available only to listed companies.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We face exposure to the risk of adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. Portions of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than the rand, primarily the U.S. dollar, the euro, the British pound, and the Australian dollar with respect to revenues, expenses and intercompany payables and receivables. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Foreign currency transaction exposure results primarily from intercompany transactions and customer and vendor transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the legal entity entering into the transaction. Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or date of valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement. We recorded net foreign currency transaction losses of R4.7 million in fiscal year 2013.

 

69


Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation exposure also results from the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the rand into rand for consolidated reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into rand using period-end exchange rates and their income statements are translated into rand using the weighted average exchange rate over the period. We record resulting currency translation adjustments in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and as part of reserves on the consolidated statement of financial position. We recorded net foreign currency translation gains of R37.1 million in fiscal year 2013.

For fiscal year 2013, approximately 50.5% of our revenues were denominated in a currency other than the rand, and 37.1% of our operating expenses were generated by subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the rand and, therefore, are subject to foreign currency translation exposure.

Currently, our largest foreign currency exposures are those with respect to the U.S. dollar, Australian dollar, the euro and British pound. An unfavorable exchange rate movement with respect to any of these currencies against the rand would expose us to losses. For fiscal 2013, based on our financial position at March 31, 2013, we estimated that a 10% unfavorable movement in foreign currency exchange rates would have resulted in a decline of R1.7 million in pre-tax income. For purposes of this sensitivity analysis, we assume that all currencies move in the same direction at the same time.

We have experienced and expect to experience fluctuations in our net profit as a result of revaluing monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the entity that recorded the asset or liability. We do not hedge our foreign currency translation risk. However, we have a policy in place to hedge transaction risks that takes into account all foreign currency debits, credits, purchase and sales orders and determines a net position. This net position is then drawn down in a foreign currency bank account in anticipation of the expenditure or receipt of cash. Our policy is in effect primarily in our South African and European operations and has not yet been implemented for our Middle East and Australasian operations. We do not plan to implement this policy in our U.S. operation as all trading income and expenses and resulting debits and credits are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in respect of our net cash balances that earn interest at variable rates. Amounts outstanding under our credit facilities accrue interest at variable rates linked to the South African prime rate and expose us to interest rate risk. An increase of 100 basis points at March 31, 2013 would have resulted in R0.5 million additional interest income.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last two fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset these higher costs through price increases. Our inability to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an “emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, provide an

 

70


Table of Contents

auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Certain of our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates are summarized below. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of our activities. Revenue includes amounts earned on the sale of hardware, subscription sales, installation revenue and cellular network connection and upgrade incentives. Revenue is shown net of discounts, value added tax, returns and after eliminating inter-company sales within the Group.

We offer certain arrangements whereby the customer can purchase a combination of the products and services as referred to above. Where such multiple element arrangements exist, the amount of revenue allocated to each element is based on the relative fair values of the various elements offered in the arrangement. When applying the relative fair value approach, the fair values of each element are determined based on the current market price of each of the elements when sold separately.

We recognize revenue when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that we will receive future economic benefits at the time when specific criteria have been met for each of our activities, as we discuss below. We base our estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

Subscription Revenue

Subscription revenue for our consumer products is invoiced in accordance with the terms of the respective contractual arrangements and is generally invoiced monthly in advance. Revenue is initially deferred and only recognized in the period in which the service is performed, which for the majority of contracts is the following month.

Subscription revenue for our fleet products are provided on a contracted price basis. Our fleet contracts typically have a three-year initial term and renewal terms ranging from one to three years. Subscription revenue for fleet products is either billed in arrears or in advance. When billed in arrears, revenue is recognized in the month that the service is performed and when billed in advance, the revenue is initially deferred and only recognized in the period in which the service is provided.

Hardware Sales

We recognize revenue from hardware sales once the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the purchaser. The risks and rewards of ownership typically transfer when legal title and possession is transferred to the buyer. Certain contractual arrangements require customer

 

71


Table of Contents

acceptance of the hardware after the hardware devices have been installed, and, in these cases, we recognize hardware revenue when customer acceptances have been received.

Hardware is invoiced when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the purchaser or in arrangements where customer acceptance is required, invoices are issued upon receipt of customer acceptances.

Driver training and other services

We recognize revenue at the contractual hourly/daily rate in the period during which the training is performed. Customers are typically invoiced in the month in which the service has occurred.

Installation revenue

We recognize revenue earned from the installation of hardware in customer vehicles and invoice it separately once the installation has been completed. Due to the short timeframe between delivery and installation (installation may occur on the delivery date), invoicing of the hardware and installation elements may occur at the same time.

Connection and upgrade incentive revenue

Until June 2012, we recognized revenue from cellular network connection and upgrade incentives. This revenue was invoiced in the month of installation of a unit in a vehicle, which was considered to be the point at which we had substantially completed our service obligation to the cellular network.

Where a combination of our products and services are included in a multiple element revenue arrangement, these are invoiced in accordance with the contractual terms and for the amounts per the agreement.

Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of our entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). Our consolidated financial statements are presented in South African rand, which is the Group’s presentation currency.

Transactions and Balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective entity’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates or valuation date where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from year-end currency translations of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

The results and financial position of all of our entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into South African rand as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position;

 

72


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the transaction dates);

 

  Ÿ  

all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income; and

 

  Ÿ  

equity items are measured in terms of historical cost at the time of recording, translated at the rate on the date of recording and are not retranslated to closing rates at reporting dates.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations are taken into other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is fully disposed of or sold (i.e., control is lost), exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising in connection with the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in equity.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Historical cost includes all expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to us and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement in the financial period in which they are incurred.

The cost of in-vehicle devices installed in vehicles (including installation and shipping costs) as well as the cost of uninstalled in-vehicle devices are capitalized as property, plant and equipment. We depreciate installed in-vehicle devices on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, commencing upon installation whereas uninstalled in-vehicle devices are not depreciated until installation. The related depreciation expense is recorded as part of cost of sales in the income statement.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to reduce their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful life.

Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of consideration transferred over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interests in the acquiree. Goodwill on acquisition of the subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Gains and losses on the disposition of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.

We test goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. We compare the carrying amount of goodwill to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses recognized as an

 

73


Table of Contents

expense in relation to goodwill are not subsequently reversed. For the purpose of impairment testing, we allocate goodwill to those cash-generating units or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. We monitor goodwill at the operating segment level.

Computer Software, Technology, In-House Software and Product Development

Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring the software into use. The acquired computer software licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (3-5 years). In-house software and product development costs that are directly attributable to the design, testing and development of identifiable and unique software and products controlled by us are capitalized as intangible assets when it is feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use, management intends to complete the software product and use it or sell it, there is an ability to use or sell the software product, it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits, adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the software product are available and the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of intangible assets include software and product development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overhead.

Other development expenditures that do not meet the criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period if the criteria are subsequently met. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Computer software and product development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives (3-8 years).

Writedown of Intangible Assets

An intangible asset is written down on disposition or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposition. Gains or losses arising from the write-down of an intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net disposition proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, are recognized in the income statement when the asset is written down. We review annually the useful life of intangible assets to assess whether there is a change in economic patterns.

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life, such as goodwill, are not subject to amortization or depreciation but are tested annually for impairment or whenever there is an indication of impairment. Assets subject to amortization or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

We recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell, and value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value.

 

74


Table of Contents

For purposes of assessing impairment, we group assets at the operating segment level. At each reporting date, we review non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered an impairment for possible reversal of the impairment.

Trade Receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed. If collection is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets. Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies

We continually evaluate estimates and judgments, which are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. We outline below the estimates and assumptions that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Warranty Claims

We generally offer warranties on our hardware. We estimate the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past claim information may differ from future claims.

Maintenance Provision

In some instances, we offer maintenance services as part of our subscription contracts. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per vehicle when the obligation to repair occurs.

Decommissioning Provision

We estimate decommissioning costs based on best estimates of the costs to restore the property to its original condition. Costs are discounted to present value where the obligation extends beyond 12 months, using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

Income Taxes

Where applicable tax legislation is subject to interpretation, management makes assessments, based on expert tax advice, of the relevant tax that is likely to be paid and provides accordingly. When the final outcome is determined, any difference is recognized in the period in which the final outcome is determined.

Estimated Impairment of Goodwill

We test annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount of cash generating units has been based on value in use calculations that require the use of estimates. No impairment was recorded during fiscal 2013.

 

75


Table of Contents

The calculation of each segment’s discounted net present value requires extensive use of estimates and assumptions about discount rates and forecasted cash flows. Actual results could be different. Future changes in assumptions or market conditions may negatively affect these discounted cash flows.

Product Development Cost

We record product development cost directly attributable to the design and testing of software products as intangible assets when the criteria discussed above have been met. Determining when these criteria have been met is subjective and based on management’s best judgment.

Receivables Allowance

The valuation allowance for trade receivables reflects our estimates of losses arising from the failure or inability of our customers to make required payments. The allowance is based on the aging of customer accounts, customer creditworthiness and our historical write-off experience. Changes to the allowance may be required if the financial condition of our customers improves or deteriorates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no IFRS or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, or “IFRIC,” interpretations that are effective for the first time during fiscal 2013 that had a material impact on our results. Certain IFRSs and amendments and interpretations of IFRS have been issued but are not effective for fiscal 2013. We will apply the standards and interpretations when they become effective (effective date is defined as financial years beginning on or after the stated date), the impact of which is still in the process of being assessed and finalized by management. There are no other IFRS or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that we expect to have a material impact on us.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective January 1, 2015)

IFRS 9 is part of the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The statement addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39 with a single model that requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument. IFRS 9 has amended the classification and measurement of financial liabilities to account for changes in the fair value of a financial liability (designated as at fair value through profit or loss) attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability’s credit risk are accounted for in other comprehensive income unless such recognition would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch and are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective January 1, 2013)

This standard replaces the parts of IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements that address consolidated financial statements. SIC-12, Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities , has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 10. Under IFRS 10, control is based on whether an investor has: (a) power over an investee, (b) exposure or rights to variable returns from its investment with the investee and (c) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns. The standard also provides additional guidance to assist in the

 

76


Table of Contents

determination of control where it is difficult to assess. In a subsequent amendment, it was also clarified that the date of initial application is the first day of the annual period in which IFRS 10 is adopted. Entities adopting IFRS 10 should assess control at the date of initial application as the treatment of comparative figures depends on this assessment.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (effective January 1, 2013)

This standard replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures . The standard provides for a more realistic reflection of joint ventures by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. SIC-13, Jointly Controlled Entities—Non-Monetary Contributions by Ventures , has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 11. Two types of joint arrangements are defined under this standard: joint operations (rights to assets and obligations) and joint ventures (rights to net assets). Proportional consolidation of joint ventures is no longer allowed.

IFRS 12 Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities (effective January 1, 2013)

This standard includes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint ventures, associates, special purpose entities and other off-balance sheet vehicles. In June 2012, the amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 were issued to clarify certain transitional guidance on the application of these IFRS’ for the first time.

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (effective January 1, 2013)

IFRS 13 aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across all IFRS standards. The requirements do not extend the use of fair value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within IFRS.

IAS 19 (revised 2011) Employee Benefits (effective date: 1 January 2013)

IAS 19 has made significant changes to the recognition and measurement of defined benefit plans and termination benefits, and to the disclosures for all employee benefits.

IAS 27 (revised 2011) Separate Financial Statements (effective January 1, 2013)

This standard will only deal with the requirements for separate financial statements as the requirements for consolidation are now contained in IFRS 10. The standard requires that when an entity prepares separate financial statements, investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for either at cost or in accordance with IFRS 9.

IAS 28 (revised 2011) Associates and Joint Ventures (effective January 1, 2013)

This standard includes the requirements for joint ventures, as well as associates, to be equity accounted following the guidance of IFRS 11.

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, on changes in accounting policies (effective January 1, 2013)

IAS 1 requires an entity that changes accounting policies retrospectively, or makes a retrospective restatement or reclassification, to present a statement of financial position as at the beginning of the preceding period. The amendments clarify that an entity is required to present a third statement of financial position only when the retrospective application, restatement or

 

77


Table of Contents

reclassification has a material effect on the information in the third statement of financial position and that related notes are not required to accompany the third statement of financial position.

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, on presentation of items of OCI (effective July 1, 2012)

The amendments to IAS 1 introduce new terminology for the statement of comprehensive income and income statement. The amendments retain the option to present profit or loss and other comprehensive income in either a single statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. However, the amendments to IAS 1 require items of other comprehensive income to be grouped into two categories in the other comprehensive income section: (a) items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss and (b) items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met. Income tax on items of other comprehensive income is required to be allocated on the same basis. The amendments do not address which items are presented in other comprehensive income.

Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments—Disclosures and IAS 32 Financial Instruments—Presentation, regarding the offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities and the related disclosures (effective January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2014 respectively)

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the statement of financial position. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realization and settlement.” The amendments to IFRS 7 require entities to disclose information about rights of offset and related arrangements (such as collateral requirements) for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement. The amendments to IFRS 7 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and are effective for IAS 32 for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (effective January 1, 2013)

The amendments to IAS 16 clarify that spare parts, stand-by equipment and servicing equipment should be classified as property, plant and equipment when they meet the definition of property, plant and equipment in IAS 16. Otherwise these items should be classified as inventory.

Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (effective January 1, 2013)

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify the treatment of income tax relating to distributions and transaction costs. The amendments clarify that the treatment is in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxe s. Income tax related to distributions is recognized in the income statement, and income tax related to the costs of equity transactions is recognized in equity.

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading global provider of fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as SaaS. Our solutions deliver a measurable return by enabling our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in commercial fleets or personal vehicles. We generate actionable intelligence that enables a wide range of customers, from large enterprise fleets to small fleet operators and consumers, to reduce fuel and other operating costs, improve efficiency, enhance regulatory compliance, promote driver safety, manage risk and mitigate theft. Our solutions rely on our proprietary, highly scalable technology platform, which allows us to collect, analyze and deliver data from our customers’ vehicles. Using an intuitive, web-based interface, our fleet customers can access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their drivers and vehicles and view a wide selection of reports and key performance indicator dashboards. In fiscal year 2013, we collected data on an average of approximately 57 million trips per month representing as many as 3 billion vehicle locations per month. We have a global presence, with customers located in 112 countries across six continents for whom we collectively tracked and managed over 359,000 vehicles under subscription at March 31, 2013.

We currently serve a highly diverse customer base, including more than 4,000 fleet operators, which represented approximately 64% of our subscription revenue for fiscal year 2013. We have consistently grown our customer base, and from April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2013, we increased the number of vehicles under subscription at a compound annual growth rate of 20.3%. We target sales of our enterprise fleet management solutions to customers who desire a premium solution, generally for large fleets, which we define as fleets of 100 or more vehicles. Large fleets accounted for approximately 74% of our fleet vehicles under subscription at March 31, 2013. We believe we have a satisfied customer base and, among our 224 large fleet operator customers, we experienced an annual customer retention rate in excess of 95% in fiscal year 2013. We have multinational enterprise fleet customer deployments with companies such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, Chevron, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Rio Tinto and Schlumberger. We also offer a range of subscription-based fleet and vehicle management solutions to meet the needs and price points of small fleet operators and consumers. Our safety and security features, including driver performance and vehicle monitoring, are important attributes of our solutions for these customers.

For fiscal year 2013, our subscription revenue was R686.7 million ($74.2 million), total revenue was R1,171.5 million ($126.6 million), Adjusted EBITDA was R290.8 million ($31.4 million) and profit for the year was R128.5 million ($13.9 million), representing 18.9%, 15.0%, 20.9% and 24.4% growth over the prior year, respectively. See “—Summary Financial and Operating Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year.

Industry Overview

Challenges Facing Fleet Operators Worldwide

Fleet managers operate in an increasingly competitive and highly regulated global environment. Timely and accurate decision-making enabled by solutions that provide real-time visibility into vehicle location and driver performance is critical to managing a safe, efficient fleet. In some developing areas of the world, ensuring driver and vehicle safety and security is also particularly challenging given high crime rates, which have resulted in automotive insurance mandates and regulatory requirements for vehicle tracking. Consequently, fleet managers and consumers demand solutions that promote driver and passenger safety, mitigate theft, improve

 

79


Table of Contents

stolen vehicle recovery rates and reduce automotive insurance rates. The business environment for fleet managers is further complicated by the large number of transportation-related regulatory and compliance requirements worldwide, and the frequency with which rules and regulations change.

Legacy fleet management solutions inadequately address industry needs as many use discrete manual processes, such as spreadsheet- and paper-based systems and mobile phones, to monitor fleets. These approaches are labor intensive, do not provide continuous monitoring of fleets, make it difficult to optimize fleet utilization and manage operating costs and generate minimal business intelligence. Additionally, legacy fleet management technology frequently provides limited functionality beyond basic location-based tracking and makes it difficult for fleet operators to fully benefit from the cost savings and efficiency improvements associated with more robust fleet management offerings.

Fleet operators face many significant challenges, which can include:

 

  Ÿ  

Significant operating costs. Fuel costs represent a significant cost for fleet operators. For example, the American Transportation Research Institute estimates that fuel and oil, driver wages and benefits, repair and maintenance and truck insurance premium costs collectively represented approximately 84% of total trucking operational costs per mile in 2011. Certain driving behaviors, such as speeding, harsh acceleration and excessive idling can contribute to poor fuel efficiency as well as increased wear and tear and maintenance costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Poor visibility into fleet operations. Fleet operators often maintain vehicles across multiple geographic regions and often lack visibility into their fleets and oversight of their drivers. Poor fleet visibility makes it challenging to optimize fleet utilization, vehicle fleet size and miles driven while still meeting core business and customer servicing requirements. Poor driver oversight makes it difficult for operators to validate hours worked or customers visited, incentivize greater efficiency and discourage unproductive, undesirable or dangerous worker behavior.

 

  Ÿ  

Challenges in maintaining regulatory compliance. Internal compliance and reporting is driven by legislative and regulatory requirements, which are often subject to change, from regulatory authorities in nearly every jurisdiction globally. This can be particularly burdensome for fleet operators managing large vehicle fleets in multiple jurisdictions. For example, in the U.S., fleet operators can face numerous complex regulatory requirements, including mandatory Compliance, Safety and Accountability driver safety scoring, hours of service compliance and fuel tax reporting.

 

  Ÿ  

Challenges in managing risk . Fleet operators are responsible for hiring, training and identifying risks associated with their fleet drivers. Vehicle crashes are a leading cause of workplace injury and lead to significant costs for fleet operators, including financial liability and increased insurance premiums. Fleet operators face difficulties gaining visibility into driving behavior to proactively identify or remediate drivers with poor driving habits.

 

  Ÿ  

Inefficient data management. Fleet operators receive operational information from many disparate sources, including communications from their technicians and customers, paper-based reports, third-party receipts for items such as fuel purchases, vehicle maintenance logs and customer invoices. While simply collecting this unstructured data is burdensome, organizing and analyzing the data to identify trends and other actionable business intelligence can be even more challenging.

 

80


Table of Contents

Challenges Facing Fleet Operators and Consumers in Developing Markets

In certain developing regions of the world, driver safety and vehicle security are significant concerns given high crime rates and the impact these higher crime rates have on consumers, insurance costs and regulatory requirements. More specifically, fleet operators and consumers often need to address challenges including:

 

  Ÿ  

Managing the impact of crime. Vehicle crime rates in developing regions of the world often far exceed those in the U.S. and Western Europe, incurring potentially significant costs for fleet operators and consumers. For example, we estimate that the rate of vehicle theft in South Africa is approximately three times higher than that in the U.S.

 

  Ÿ  

Reducing insurance costs. In developed and developing regions, insurers often provide incentives for fleet operators and consumers who subscribe to a safety and security mobile asset management solution. Some insurance providers in developing markets will not insure vehicles that lack a tracking solution or will make the insurance premium cost prohibitive without one. Furthermore, insurance provider interest in safety and security solutions has increased following the introduction of driver performance monitoring solutions, which can enable innovative usage-based insurance and claims management initiatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Complying with regulatory mandates. Some emerging economies, such as Brazil, are enacting or considering enacting regulations that would require the installation of vehicle tracking devices in all new automobiles.

Industry Trends

There have been substantial advances in the performance, reliability and affordability of technologies that can be used to cost-effectively collect and disseminate large amounts of vehicle data. GPS positioning and advanced on-board systems generate valuable, objective real-time information, which provides the basis for driver and vehicle management solutions. Similarly, significant advances in the performance, reliability and affordability of fixed and wireless networks, computing power and data storage capabilities have supported the rise of cloud computing that enables the delivery of SaaS. These technological advances and market shifts have helped to foster demand for subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions like ours.

While fleet and mobile asset management solutions can offer a wide range of features and benefits, the reasons for adopting these solutions often vary by customer type and geography. In developed regions, including North America and Western Europe, many fleet operators adopt fleet management software solutions in order to obtain greater visibility over their vehicles and mobile workforces, to achieve cost savings through efficiency improvements, including reduced fuel consumption, and to reduce regulatory compliance burdens. In many developing regions, including Eastern Europe, Latin America, Africa and parts of Asia, the security and asset protection features afforded by vehicle tracking and monitoring, resulting in greater asset visibility and a lower impact of theft, are also important reasons for the adoption of fleet and mobile asset management solutions. In Australia, Asia, parts of Europe and the Middle East, compliance with health and safety standards and policies are a key reason for adoption of these systems. Recognizing the variety of motivations influencing our existing and potential customers is an important aspect of developing and marketing our solutions.

 

81


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

We believe that the addressable market for our fleet management solutions is large, growing and underpenetrated. According to a report by ABI Research, there were more than 333 million commercial vehicles in operation globally at the end of 2012 and commercial telematics market penetration was approximately 4%. The report forecasts that the number of commercial vehicles utilizing commercial telematics will nearly triple by the end of 2017.

In addition to the growing market opportunity in commercial fleet vehicles, we believe there is a large and underpenetrated market to provide a tailored set of safety and security solutions to non-commercial passenger vehicles. Worldwide, the pool of motor vehicles is large and growing, particularly in developing markets. We estimate that there are approximately 33 million non-commercial passenger vehicles in operation in South Africa and Brazil, our current geographic focus for passenger vehicle mobile asset management solutions. We believe the potential rate of consumer adoption of mobile asset management solutions is highest in developing regions where vehicle tracking and monitoring features can help to improve driver and passenger safety, reduce the impact of theft by improving stolen vehicle recovery rates and reduce consumer automotive insurance rates.

Our Solutions

Our subscription-based solutions enable our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in their commercial fleets and personal vehicles efficiently. Our highly scalable multi-tenant architecture leverages GPS and other data transmitted from in-vehicle devices, primarily over cellular networks, and in fiscal year 2013, we have collected data on an average of approximately 57 million trips per month representing as many as 3 billion vehicle locations per month.

The key attributes of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Highly scalable solutions. We have built our software solutions to scale and support geographically distributed fleets of any size. We currently provide services to more than 359,000 vehicles under subscription with customers ranging from small fleet operators and consumers to large enterprise fleets with more than 10,000 vehicles under subscription.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust portfolio of features addressing a full range of customer needs. We believe we offer one of the broadest ranges of features for fleet and mobile asset management available. For example, for fleet efficiency, we offer vehicle tracking and analysis, route optimization and enhanced dispatching; for regulatory compliance, we offer compliance monitoring, hours of service tracking and fuel tax reporting; for driver improvement, we offer in-vehicle video monitoring and real-time driver feedback; for risk management, we offer driver scoring and analysis; and for safety and security, we offer vehicle tracking, crash notifications and vehicle theft recovery.

 

  Ÿ  

Insightful business intelligence and reporting. Our fleet management software is designed to provide our customers with insightful, actionable business intelligence on demand. For example, our FM-Web fleet management solution includes data reporting and analysis tools with more than 45 standard reports and the ability of customers to generate custom fleet, vehicle and driver reports. We also offer a premium web-based business intelligence engine with enhanced analytics, reporting and data visualization tools for those customers seeking to perform highly granular analyses of large quantities of historical and real-time data.

 

82


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Easily accessible, intuitive applications. Our web-based solutions are accessible from fixed and mobile computing devices, and provide vehicle and fleet information, dashboard views and alerts and the ability to generate analytical reports from an office or a remote location. Our customers can choose to access our solution via an intuitive web-based interface or through our custom mobile applications developed for the Android and iOS mobile platforms. Fleet operators can also use our software development kits and application program interfaces to integrate our solution directly with their software systems, such as transportation management software, route planning systems and enterprise resource management software.

 

  Ÿ  

Software-as-a-service powered by a proven, reliable infrastructure. Our use of a multi-tenant SaaS architecture allows us to deliver fleet management applications that are highly functional, flexible and fast while reducing the cost and complexity associated with customer adoption. We support our SaaS delivered solutions with a proven infrastructure of redundant servers and other hardware located in five secure third-party data centers. Over the last three years, we have consistently maintained overall system uptime of over 99.8%.

Our Offerings

We offer a range of solutions to address the needs of diverse customer segments. Our primary subscription-based offerings are:

 

  Ÿ  

FM-Web. FM-Web is our premiere commercial fleet management system. It is a highly scalable SaaS platform for managing enterprise vehicle fleets ranging from 10 to 15,000 or more vehicles. Fleet management systems provide a wide variety of complex data pertaining to driver behavior and the location, status and operational cost of vehicles and fleets. FM-Web is an interactive, web-based and mobile device-accessible system providing secure access to this complex data in a simple, intuitive manner. Live and historical views of driver and vehicle performance information, including vehicle tracking and status information as well as alerts and notifications are the foundation of FM-Web. Together with our integrated Insight Reports, FM-Web provides fleet managers with actionable business intelligence in the form of reports and fleet analytics. Customers can also subscribe to premium subscription-based applications associated with FM-Web, such as:

 

  Ÿ  

MiX Insight Analyzer, a sophisticated business intelligence suite that allows for the potential discovery of hidden trends and the implementation of innovative decisions. Our customers are able to annotate and collaborate on findings in real-time using MiX Insight Analyzer’s social business discovery capabilities, which include items such as screenshots and annotations, shared bookmarks and Microsoft Office ® integration.

 

  Ÿ  

MiX Vision, an on-road and in-vehicle video surveillance solution, that allows fleet managers to record and monitor driver behavior and events. We believe MiX Vision, which we introduced in April 2013, addresses an important market need for in-vehicle surveillance, and MiX Vision is fully integrated with our premium fleet management solutions to enable event-driven monitoring.

 

  Ÿ  

MiX Rovi, an in-vehicle display and communications system allowing fleet operators to streamline their fleet operations through improved communication between drivers and their back offices. Customized data inputs are configured in FM-Web and can be updated locally or remotely via the Internet. For example, a fleet operator of delivery vehicles can

 

83


Table of Contents
 

set custom data inputs for information relating to deliveries, such as quantities delivered and collected, times of arrival and departure or time spent at unscheduled stops.

 

  Ÿ  

MiX RIBAS, an in-cab driving aid that helps drivers improve their driving style. Using an unobtrusive system of symbols with red, amber and green status lights accompanied by audible warning tones, drivers receive feedback on their driving style in real-time, enabling customers to manage improvements in driver and vehicle performance and reductions in fuel consumption and accident rates.

 

  Ÿ  

MiX Trailer Tracking, an in-trailer tracking solution introduced in July 2012 that delivers data directly to FM-Web allowing fleet managers to track and manage trailers independently from their truck tractors.

 

  Ÿ  

MiX Locate. MiX Locate is our mid-range fleet management system designed to provide vehicle and fleet tracking, location, driver event and status information without the complexity of a full enterprise fleet management system. By providing real-time information in an intuitive and user-friendly format, MiX Locate provides fleet operators with the essential information needed to efficiently and effectively manage and operate their vehicle fleets. Customers can access MiX Locate data and reporting functionality via a web-based interface or our mobile applications.

 

  Ÿ  

Matrix. Our Matrix suite of mobile asset management solutions is designed for entry-level fleets and consumers. The Matrix range of solutions can provide real-time and historical vehicle tracking and positioning, unauthorized vehicle use alerts, panic emergency response, crash alerts, fuel tax logbooks and vehicle maintenance notifications. Users can access their Matrix subscription functionality via a web-based interface or our mobile applications.

 

  Ÿ  

Beam-e. Beam-e leverages our large network of vehicles under subscription as a crowdsourcing platform to locate vehicles without the expense of utilizing a traditional cellular network connection. Each Beam-e device communicates with other nearby devices in order to form a crowdsourced network that interfaces with our systems. Rental car companies, consumers and owners of high-value mobile assets can use Beam-e to provide entry-level tracking and recovery services at an upfront cost and monthly subscription price point that is well below the cost of traditional vehicle tracking solutions. We currently offer Beam-e in South Africa and we intend to introduce a Beam-e solution in other countries in the future.

Customers deploy our devices to collect real-time data from their vehicles and transmit this information to our secure third-party data centers for processing. We generally design our hardware and firmware in order to ensure their modularity and interoperability with our core subscription offerings. We outsource the manufacturing of these devices and seek to drive device costs down over time in order to reduce the upfront investment required by our customers. In addition to sales of these devices to customers, we offer customers the option of leasing our devices, further reducing the capital investment required to access our solutions.

We believe our modular, proprietary designs give us an advantage over competitors who rely on third-party commodity in-vehicle devices because we are able to provide more customized solutions through our proprietary devices. Currently, our primary in-vehicle devices are the FM Communicator and FM Tracer for enterprise fleet management, MX1000 for consumer vehicle management and Beam-e for entry-level vehicle and asset tracking and recovery. We are in the process of introducing the MX2000 for consumer and small fleet vehicle management.

 

84


Table of Contents

Principal features associated with our subscription-based offerings include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Vehicle tracking alerts. Our vehicle tracking alerts allow our customers to pinpoint the exact locations of vehicles using real-time data. Notifications about vehicle activity and status are accessed through a web-based interface or our mobile applications. Our customers also have the ability to access historical tracking data for analysis.

 

  Ÿ  

Location management. Our location management and geofencing features allow customers to easily designate geographic areas in which vehicles are allowed or not allowed to travel or areas deemed dangerous or high risk. Customers receive notifications when a vehicle enters or exits unauthorized regions or locations.

 

  Ÿ  

Vehicle security. Our vehicle security solution provides our customers with security options tailored to individual requirements. We offer vehicle tracking and recovery features, providing safety and security for our customers and their vehicles and helping to reduce the costs associated with theft.

 

  Ÿ  

Reporting. We provide our customers with on demand reports enabling access to a wide range of fleet data. Our reports contain detailed information about driver behavior, vehicle location, idle time, miles and hours driven, average speed, acceleration, crash analysis and vehicle diagnostics. We also offer premium data visualization and business intelligence tools.

 

  Ÿ  

Regulatory compliance. Customers can use our solutions to assist in regulatory compliance, including compliance monitoring, hours of service and fuel tax reporting.

 

  Ÿ  

Vehicle and driver management . We provide functionality for customers to manage licenses, registrations, certifications and other vehicle and driver requirements.

 

  Ÿ  

Messaging . With the addition of MiX Rovi to our fleet solutions portfolio, fleet operators can now communicate more efficiently and effectively with their drivers. Custom menus direct driver workflow, jobs and navigation, ensuring drivers arrive at the correct destination and improving communication between fleet operators and their drivers.

 

  Ÿ  

Mobile access. Our applications are available on a variety of mobile platforms, including iOS and Android, and provide our customers with access to actionable business intelligence on their vehicles and mobile assets from the office or remotely.

 

  Ÿ  

Application integration. Our software development kits allow our customers to integrate our applications with their existing enterprise software systems and allow for increased customization of our fleet reports, vehicle tracking alerts and location management features.

Following our acquisition of Intellichain during fiscal year 2013, we offer our customers supply chain transportation management features for advanced routing, bulk transport management and field service management. Integrated transportation management software capabilities will provide our customers with functionality for managing their investments in fleet assets, fuel management, stock management, maintenance optimization, route optimization and compliance and financial reporting integration, among other features. These software solutions will allow our customers to increase their transportation management efficiency by leveraging the real-time visibility provided by our fleet management solutions.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our Key Competitive Strengths

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and fragmented. We believe that the following attributes differentiate us from our competitors and are key factors to our success:

 

  Ÿ  

Globalized sales, distribution and support capabilities. We currently maintain a direct or indirect sales and support presence, with localized application support for 24 languages, in countries across Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, North America and South America. We believe our global presence gives us an important advantage in competing for business from multinational enterprise fleet customers such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, Chevron, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Rio Tinto and Schlumberger, who often prefer to consolidate disparate fleet management systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Solutions adaptable to multiple customer segments. We believe that by leveraging our common core technologies, personnel and systems, we can cost-effectively develop and sell a range of subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions that are designed to meet the functionality and price needs of multiple customer segments, including fleet operators and consumers. Our fleet management solutions include targeted functionality to address the distinct needs of key industry segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing, as well as for the needs of consumers. We believe that offering a range of subscription-based solutions maximizes our ability to serve the addressable market and offers an appealing value proposition to our customers, while distinguishing ourselves from competitors that offer a single, one-size-fits-all solution.

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on safety and security. Most of our offerings incorporate safety and security features enabling our customers to enhance their drivers’ personal safety, encourage safe driving behavior, and protect their investment in their vehicles. We also offer web-based driver training, proactive journey management and other related services to provide a turnkey safety and security solution. Our differentiated safety and security features have particularly strong appeal to customers in regulated industries, such as oil and gas, customers in industries exposed to liability concerns, such as bus and coach, and customers operating in high crime regions. We perform training and land transport assessments for customers to assist them in establishing and maintaining safety levels. We believe our safety and security offerings also help our customers to reduce operating costs associated with the training of drivers.

 

  Ÿ  

Track record of innovation. Our investment in software development is core to our business strategy. Our software teams employ an agile software development methodology, which we believe gives us a time-to-market advantage as compared to many of our competitors. We also recently launched a separate development incubator office to develop our next-generation fleet and mobile asset management platform. Since inception, we have made significant investment in product development, and we have routinely been among the first to market with innovative solutions and features that cater to the needs of our customers. For example, in September 2011, we introduced the Beam-e solution, which leverages our large network of vehicles under subscription as a crowdsourcing platform to locate vehicles without the expense of utilizing a traditional cellular network connection. In April 2013, we introduced MiX Vision, which provides customers with a premium subscription-based, in-vehicle video surveillance solution.

 

  Ÿ  

Longstanding, established market position. We have a 17-year history, a geographically diverse sales and marketing footprint, a large established network of distributors and

 

86


Table of Contents
 

dealers, and a large base of satisfied customers. Our robust and referenceable customer base, including numerous Forbes Global 2000 enterprises, is a critical selling point to both large enterprise fleets and small fleet operators and consumers.

Growth Strategy

We intend to expand our leadership in our market by:

 

  Ÿ  

Acquiring new customers and increasing sales to existing customers. We believe the market for fleet and mobile asset management solutions is large and growing, creating a significant opportunity for us to expand our customer base. Additionally, we believe we have the opportunity to expand our fleet management market share among our existing customer base by demonstrating our value proposition, growing with the customer, introducing new and innovative value-added solutions and displacing legacy fleet management solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding our geographic presence. We market and distribute our solutions directly and through a global network of more than 100 distribution partners outside of South Africa. We are expanding our penetration in attractive geographic regions, such as Brazil this year. We also continue to expand our network of strategic and sales distribution partners in other regions of the world.

 

  Ÿ  

Broadening our customer segment focus . We currently have customers across numerous industry segments, with the resources of our direct sales organization focused on premium customers in certain key segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. In the future, we may increase our product development initiatives and sales and distribution efforts in other industry segments, such as service fleets, and in other customer segments, such as small business fleets. We regularly evaluate opportunities to expand our target customer focus.

 

  Ÿ  

Continuing to introduce new, innovative solutions to address market demand . We intend to continue to invest in product development to expand our portfolio of fleet and mobile asset management solutions. We recently introduced MiX Vision, which offers a premium subscription-based, in-vehicle video surveillance solution. We are currently developing other extensions to our solutions portfolio based on our assessment of market demand. For example, following our recent acquisition of Intellichain, a supply chain management software business, we are currently developing elements of integrated transportation management software.

 

  Ÿ  

Pursuing strategic acquisitions. Our industry is highly fragmented and, since our inception, we have consummated four acquisitions worldwide. We intend to selectively evaluate acquisition opportunities in certain geographic regions and industry segments.

Sales and Marketing

We offer our solutions in 112 countries through a combination of our direct and indirect selling efforts. Our sales and marketing strategy is segmented by geographic region and customer type in order to cost effectively target and acquire new customers. In certain regions, we sell subscriptions of our fleet management solutions to large enterprise fleets through our direct sales force. In other regions, and for sales to small fleet operators and consumers, we work with an extensive distribution network of regional partners and national distribution dealers. Through our central services organization headquartered in South Africa, we provide common marketing, product management support and distribution support to each of our regional sales and marketing operations.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following is a brief description of the main categories of our sales efforts.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct Sales—Enterprise Fleet . We focus our direct selling efforts on targeting, acquiring, servicing and upselling our premium solutions to large enterprise fleet operators. We maintain sales offices in Australia, Brazil, South Africa, Uganda, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and the United States. These offices sell directly to large enterprise fleet operators in their respective regions and are also responsible for channel management for fleet solution distribution partners throughout their regions. Our sales and marketing approach with these customers is generally based on a combination of return on investment and the improvements in safety and security delivered by our solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Indirect Sales—Enterprise Fleet. We have approximately 135 fleet sales and distribution partners located across 112 countries worldwide. These partners are responsible for sales, marketing, technical support, installation and training of customers in their regions. We are introducing a partner accreditation program in order to assure a consistent customer experience across our distribution partners worldwide. We also offer marketing and support services to our distribution partners in order to enhance their selling success. We believe our large network of distribution partners provides us with a geographically diverse, highly effective channel for reaching local customers in countries where we do not currently have a direct presence.

 

  Ÿ  

Indirect Sales—Small Fleet Operators and Consumers. We currently manage a network of nearly 600 distribution partners for our small fleet operator and consumer customers. Our distribution partners include automobile dealers, aftermarket automotive parts and service suppliers, automobile insurers and retailers. We believe our indirect distribution strategy for the small fleet operator and consumer markets provides us with a differentiated, cost-effective customer acquisition and sales model.

Our global network of independent dealers and distributors is an important component of our sales strategy. Our dealers and distributors account for a substantial percentage of our total sales, and sales generated by certain dealers and distributors individually represent a meaningful percentage of our revenue. One group of distributors under common ownership accounts for a substantial portion of our sales in the Africa consumer segment. The terms of our agreements with our dealers do not usually include minimum purchase obligations, are specific to a geographic territory and are nonexclusive. They generally have a fixed initial term, after which they continue indefinitely, subject to the right of either party to terminate on specified notice generally ranging from 90 days to one year, or for breach. Similarly, our distributor agreements do not include minimum purchase obligations and consist principally of a commission agreement applicable to sales generated by the distributor.

Customers

We currently serve a highly diverse customer base, including more than 4,000 fleet operators, which represented approximately 64% of our subscription revenue for fiscal 2013, and consumers.

 

88


Table of Contents

We target sales of our enterprise fleet management solutions to customers who desire a premium solution, generally for large fleets, which we define as being fleets of 100 or more vehicles. Large fleets comprised approximately 74% of our fleet customer vehicles under subscription as of March 31, 2013. We also offer a range of subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions optimized for the needs and price points demanded by small fleet operators and consumers.

Our current customer base spans numerous industry categories and customer segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. No individual customer represented more than 6.2% of our subscription revenues for fiscal year 2013. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, our top 10 customers represented approximately 24.5%, 23.6% and 22.6%, respectively, of our total subscription revenue.

The following is a representative list of some of our larger customers:

 

Ÿ      Baker Hughes

 

Ÿ      Bechtel Corporation

 

Ÿ      Chevron

 

Ÿ      Daimler Fleet Management

 

Ÿ      Eskom

 

Ÿ      Europcar

  

Ÿ      Go Ahead Group

 

Ÿ      Nestlé

 

Ÿ      PepsiCo

 

Ÿ      Rio Tinto

 

Ÿ      Scania

 

Ÿ      Schlumberger

We believe that we have a satisfied customer base as evidenced by our customer retention rate and the favorable results of our customer surveys. In fiscal year 2013, among our 224 large fleet operator customers, we experienced an annual customer retention rate in excess of 95%. Across our entire subscriber base, including our range of smaller fleet and consumer subscribers, we experienced a subscriber retention rate in excess of 87% during fiscal year 2013. We maintain a strong focus on monitoring and continuously enhancing our customer satisfaction levels.

Service and Support

Installation of our solutions in our customers’ vehicles is generally provided by us or our third-party network, which includes dealers and distributors and installation partners. Customer care and technical support services are provided by our offices in Australia, Brazil, South Africa, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and the United States. In many cases, our dealers and distributors also provide customers with tier-one customer support services. Our regional offices and dealers and distributors are, in turn, supported by our central technical support team in South Africa that handles any escalated issues. Existing customers can also access customer and technical support directly through our web or mobile applications. Our technical support department is composed of a team of highly skilled staff who are familiar with all of our products, including our entire range of software and service solutions as well as our hardware.

We offer warranties of varying duration on our products. Product warranties are predominantly for a one-year period but periods of up to three years are provided in certain geographic locations. Our Beam-e product carries a lifetime warranty (to the extent that the unit is located in the vehicle into which it was installed for the original subscriber). Warranty expenses are not a significant portion of our total costs.

 

89


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Our development group consists of 90 full-time staff responsible for software, hardware and firmware development and quality assurance. Our primary development group is based in Stellenbosch, South Africa and we have additional local development resources in the United States and the United Kingdom. Our software development teams employ an agile development methodology, which we believe gives us a time-to-market advantage against many of our competitors. During fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, we invested approximately R61.1 million ($6.6 million) R57.1 million and R57.0 million, respectively, in research and development.

Our investment in development is core to our business strategy. Our research and development efforts principally involve software development, firmware development, hardware design and related test equipment. In addition, over the last 18 months, we have redesigned certain of our hardware components to extend their functionality and reduce manufacturing costs. We also recently launched a separate software development incubator office to develop our next-generation fleet and asset management platform.

We have been successful in expanding our product offerings over time through internal development and select acquisitions. During fiscal years 2013 and 2012, we introduced six new, distinct solutions and many incremental features.

We are ISO 9001 certified with a formalized quality policy and consistent monitoring of internal processes, supplier and solution performance. We are currently in the process of being ISO 27001 certified. We outsource all hardware manufacturing to third parties.

Technology

Our solutions are offered using a multi-tenant SaaS architecture that scales rapidly to support additional new subscribers through the addition of incremental data processing and storage hardware. This architecture flexibility allows us to sustain high levels of uptime without degradation of system performance, despite significant subscriber growth. Our existing architecture and infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and anticipated future needs. Our subscription-based fleet and consumer service offerings are designed to be accessible via a standard web browser or mobile device application.

Our solutions include a proprietary in-vehicle device that incorporates off-the-shelf components, generally including a cellular modem, GPS receiver and memory capacity sufficient to run our firmware, which gathers vehicle location, time, speed, ignition status, miles driven and various vehicle and driver statistics. This information is collected at a predefined frequency and then sent to our receivers at secure third-party data centers, generally via a commercial cellular network. The information is then processed and delivered to our customers through our web-based and mobile device applications. Our solutions enable our fleet customers to access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their fleet vehicles and drivers, view a wide selection of reports and key performance indicator dashboards and generate valuable, actionable business intelligence.

We host our solutions for our customers in five secure third-party data centers located in Amsterdam, Cape Town, Johannesburg, London and Miami. Our data management facilities provide us with both physical security, including manned security, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls. We believe that our third-party hosting facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional capacity will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

 

90


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We rely primarily on trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We also rely to a limited extent on patent, trademark and copyright law. Patent applications covering certain aspects of our Beam-e product are pending in South Africa and Brazil, and we have an additional patent application pending in South Africa covering a method for driver verification.

We typically enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants. We also seek these protective agreements from some of our suppliers and subcontractors who have access to sensitive information regarding our intellectual property.

Competition

The rapidly evolving market for our solutions is competitive and highly fragmented, particularly by geography and customer segment. We currently compete with numerous providers of fleet and mobile asset management solutions that range from small, regional providers to midsized multinational providers, such as NavMan Wireless, to large global providers, such as Trimble and Qualcomm. While we currently only compete with Trimble and Qualcomm on a limited basis, these two competitors are well established companies with significantly greater financial and other resources than we have. Many of our competitors offer fleet or mobile asset management software solutions to particular industry segments or in limited geographic regions. For example, we compete with Masternaut in Europe, we compete with inthinc for oil and gas fleet opportunities, and we compete with Tracker and NetStar for consumer and small fleet mobile asset management deployments in South Africa.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

functionality and reliability;

 

  Ÿ  

total cost of ownership;

 

  Ÿ  

breadth and depth of application functionality for fleet deployments;

 

  Ÿ  

product performance;

 

  Ÿ  

interoperability;

 

  Ÿ  

brand and reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

customer service;

 

  Ÿ  

distribution channels;

 

  Ÿ  

regional geographic expertise including localized language support and support for applicable government regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

size of customer base and reference accounts within key industry segments;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to deliver ongoing value and return on investment;

 

  Ÿ  

ease of deployment and ease of use;

 

91


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

relevant industry domain expertise and functionality; and

 

  Ÿ  

the financial resources of the vendor.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment

The South African government, through the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003, the codes of good practice (the “BBBEE Codes”) and industry charters published pursuant thereto (collectively, “BBBEE”) has established a legislative framework to promote broad-based black economic empowerment in South Africa. Achievement of BBBEE objectives is measured by a scorecard which establishes a weighting for the various components of BBBEE under the applicable BBBEE Code.

BBBEE objectives are pursued in significant part by requiring parties who contract with governmental or quasi-governmental entities in South Africa to achieve BBBEE compliance through satisfaction of an applicable scorecard. Parties improve their BBBEE score when contracting privately with black-owned businesses or businesses that have earned good BBBEE ratings in relation to their scorecards. The significance of government contracting opportunities to the private sector in South Africa drives BBBEE compliance both directly and indirectly through this scoring mechanism. We do not have any material contracts requiring us to maintain a BBBEE rating level as measured under a BBBEE scorecard but are required to meet certain specific BBBEE targets under contracts with certain of our larger government and quasi-government customers in South Africa, such as Eskom.

The BBBEE Codes and associated scorecards are currently under review by the South African Department of Trade and Industry. We are unable to estimate when revised BBBEE Codes will be implemented or the nature of its impact on us. It is expected that upon implementation, there will be a transitional period of at least one year. The revision of the BBBEE Codes is not expected to impact on our existing contracts but could materially impact our ability to secure new contracts, or renew existing contracts, if we are unable to maintain our BBBEE rating level following the changes to the BBBEE Codes, particularly when contracting with governmental or quasi-governmental organizations.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we had 873 full-time permanent employees and 64 part-time employees. The following table presents the breakdown of our employees at the date indicated by geographic location:

 

     As of March 31, 2013  

South Africa

     727   

United States

     59   

United Kingdom

     55   

United Arab Emirates

     53   

Australia

     39   

Brazil

     3   

Uganda

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

     937   
  

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Properties

As of March 31, 2013, we owned or leased the following properties, used primarily for office space:

 

Property

  Owned or
Leased
   Square
Footage
 

South Africa

    

Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa

  Leased      45,100   

Blaauwklip Office Development & Park, Stellenbosch, South Africa

  Owned      17,158   

Blaauwklip Office Development & Park, Stellenbosch, South Africa

  Leased      15,834   

Unit B6, Arden Grove, Montague Gardens, Cape Town, South Africa

  Leased      2,196   

8 Caefron Avenue, Westville, Durban, South Africa

  Leased      1,550   

Office 3B, The Woodmill, Stellenbosch, Cape Town, South Africa

  Leased      1,076   

Australia

    

Ground Floor, 1 Alvan Street, Subiaco, Australia

  Leased      2,146   

28 Fortescue Street, Spring Hill, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia

  Leased      1,679   

12 – 20 Railway Road, Subiaco, Australia

  Leased      1,023   

HWT Tower, Southbank, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia

  Leased      196   

United States

    

750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100 and 105, Boca Raton, Florida, USA

  Leased      7,390   

401 E Corp Drive, Office 144, Suite 100, Lewisville, Texas, USA

  Leased      200   

United Kingdom

    

Ground Floor, Unit 17, Wiltshire House, County Park Business Centre, Swindon, UK

  Leased      5,382   

6180 Knights Court, Birmingham Business Park, Birmingham, UK

  Leased      3,498   

United Arab Emirates

    

Dubai Airport, Freezone, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

  Leased      2,770   

Brazil

    

Salas 1505, 1506 & 1507, Av. Marquês de São Vicente 446, São Aqulo, Brazil

  Leased      1,722   

Uganda

    

3rd Floor, Diamond Trust Building, Kampala Road, Uganda

  Leased      185   

We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as needed to accommodate any potential expansion.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have been and may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

93


Table of Contents

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to our business operations, including laws applicable to providers of Internet and mobile services both domestically and internationally, as we collect data, including personal data, disseminate data and, in some cases, sell data. The application of existing domestic and international laws and regulations relating to issues such as user privacy and data protection, marketing, advertising, inadvertent disclosure and consumer protection in many instances is unclear or unsettled.

The transmission of data over the Internet and cellular networks is a critical component of our SaaS business model. We believe that as cloud computing continues to evolve, increased regulation by federal, state and foreign agencies becomes more likely, including in the areas of data privacy and data security. In particular, we believe that the dynamic regulatory environment in the United States and the European Union is likely to result in additional and increasingly complex regulation in these areas and that new laws governing data privacy and data security will be enacted in many other regions. Laws governing the solicitation, collection, processing or use of data could impair our ability to manage and report on customer data, which is integral to the delivery of our SaaS solutions. Increased regulation will require us to devote legal and other resources to address this regulation. To date, we have not undertaken a formal legal review to determine our compliance with data privacy and data security laws in jurisdictions outside South Africa. As we expand our business and operations, we will be required to devote increased resources to regulatory compliance.

Data privacy regulations and applicable laws in the U.S., the European Union or elsewhere could limit our ability to use the data we gather from our customers, increase the cost of doing business and result in claims brought by our customers or third parties. As discussed below, South Africa, which is currently our largest market, is expected to adopt data privacy legislation in the near future.

South African Regulatory Environment

The Protection of Personal Information Bill, or “POPI,” is pending in South Africa and is expected to be enacted during 2013. If POPI becomes law, we anticipate being subject to a variety of obligations thereunder to take steps to protect personal information. Although we are continuing to evaluate the potential impact of POPI, taking into account our existing privacy and data security practices and procedures, we do not believe its implementation will have a material impact on our business.

A number of existing South African statutes regulate electronic communications, including the Electronic Communications Act No 36 of 2005 and the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act No 25 of 2002, which apply to a number of aspects of our business. These statutes regulate the generation, communication, production, processing, sending, receiving, recording, retaining, storing, displaying and use of any information, document or signature by or in electronic form. The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act requires us to implement reliable and auditable procedures relating to records maintained in electronic form.

U.S. Regulatory Environment

In addition to its regulation of Internet and, by extension, SaaS providers, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has been asked by consumer groups to identify practices that may compromise privacy and consumer welfare; examine opt-in procedures to ensure consumers are aware of the type of data being collected and how it will be used; and create policies to halt

 

94


Table of Contents

abusive practices. The FTC has expressed interest in particular in the mobile environment and services that collect sensitive data, such as location-based information, which could conceivably be expanded to include transceiver products such as our in-vehicle devices.

Our business is affected by U.S. federal and U.S. state laws and regulations governing the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our users. In recent years, regulation has focused on the collection, use, disclosure and security of information that may be used to identify or that actually identifies an individual, such as a name, address and/or email address. Although mobile and Internet advertising privacy practices are currently largely self-regulated in the U.S., the FTC has conducted numerous discussions on this subject and suggested that more rigorous privacy regulation is appropriate, possibly including regulation of non-personally identifiable information which could, with other information, be used to identify an individual.

Finally, we use GPS satellites to obtain location data for our in-vehicle devices. The satellites and their ground control and monitoring stations are maintained and operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. The Department of Defense does not currently impose regulations in connection with our ability to access location data from the GPS satellite constellation. However, it could do so in the future.

European Regulatory Environment

We are subject to regulation under the laws of the European Union. Of particular relevance with regard to the regulation of our solutions are matters of data protection and privacy. More broadly, any processing of personal data in the course of the provision of services is governed by the European Union data protection regime. The framework legislation at a European Union level in respect of data protection is Directive 95/46/EC, which we refer to as the Data Protection Directive. The Data Protection Directive protects the individual’s right to privacy with respect to the processing of personal data. Each European Union member state is obligated to implement the principles contained in the Data Protection Directive.

Australian Regulatory Environment

The National Privacy Principles contained in the Privacy Act 1988 regulate the collection, use, retention, disclosure and security of personal information. Personal information is defined as “information or an opinion (including information or an opinion forming part of a database), whether true or not, and whether recorded in a material form or not, about an individual whose identity is apparent, or can reasonably be ascertained, from the information or opinion.” Personal information includes location-based information where the information enables the location of an individual to be ascertained. Australian privacy laws in general prohibit the transfer of personal information outside Australia unless the individual to whom the information relates has consented to the transfer or there is a data transfer agreement in place between the transferor and the transferee under which the transferee agrees to offer the same protections as are provided under Australian privacy laws. Amendments to these laws imposing stricter regulation will become effective in March 2014. These amendments include a provision making an organization which transfers data outside Australia responsible for any breaches of Australian privacy laws when personal information is transferred outside Australia, regardless of whether there is consent or a data transfer agreement in place. There are also proposals to introduce privacy breach reporting which have not yet been enacted.

We have not conducted a legal review in Australia to determine whether data generated by our solutions and managed by us is subject to the National Privacy Principles or other Australian privacy laws and, if so, whether it falls within applicable exemptions from regulation.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The names of the senior management and directors of MiX Telematics Limited, their ages at June 30, 2013 and their positions are set forth in the table below. The business address of each of our members of senior management and directors is c/o MiX Telematics Limited, Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa 1686. Effective upon the closing of the offering, Messrs. Shough, Buzer and Scott and Ms. Botha will resign as directors.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Stefan Joselowitz

   54    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Megan Pydigadu

   38    Group Financial Director

Charles Tasker

   49    Executive—Fleet Solutions and Director

Brendan Horan

   38    Executive—Consumer Solutions

Gert Pretorius

   45    Executive—Africa Fleet Solutions

Terence Buzer

   64    Executive—Development and Engineering and Director

Riëtte Botha

   45    Executive—Special Projects and Director

Howard Scott

   54    Executive—Strategy and Acquisitions and Director

Richard Bruyns

   60    Chairman

Hubert Brody

   49    Director

Robin Frew

   53    Director

Christopher Ewing

   64    Director

Royston Shough

   62    Director

Anthony Welton

   65    Director

Enos Banda

   48    Director

Fundiswa Roji

   37    Alternate Director to Hubert Brody

Senior Management

Stefan Joselowitz  has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since he founded the Group in 1996. Since founding MiX, Mr. Joselowitz has overseen four acquisitions and successfully orchestrated the Company’s listing on the JSE. In 2008, he relocated to the United States as part of our global expansion strategy. Prior to MiX, from 1984 to 1995, he served as Chief Executive Officer, and previously, Sales Director, of Shurlok (Pty) Ltd, a developer of electronic systems for the automotive industry, helping to build the company into a leader in the field of vehicle safety and security.

Megan Pydigadu has served as our Group Financial Director and as a member of our Board of Directors since 2010. Previously, Ms. Pydigadu served as our Financial Controller. From 2005 until joining MiX in 2010, Ms. Pydigadu served as financial controller for Bateman Engineering, an international project management business based in South Africa. Ms. Pydigadu previously was an accountant with Deloitte & Touche and she is a registered accountant in South Africa.

Charles Tasker has served as the Executive responsible for Fleet Solutions world-wide since our acquisition of Omnibridge in 2007 and has served as a member of our Board of Directors since August 2007. Prior to MiX, Mr. Tasker founded DataPro in 1986, an internet service provider & software development company, which was acquired by Control Instruments Group Limited in 1996. As part of that acquisition, Mr Tasker joined Control Instruments to lead its fleet management business, which became OmniBridge. Mr. Tasker has more than 25 years of entrepreneurial and management experience working with companies in the technology sector.

 

96


Table of Contents

Brendan Horan has served as the Executive responsible for Consumer Solutions since January 2012. From September 2008 until December 2011, Mr. Horan served as General Manager—Sales and Marketing of MiX Telematics Africa Pty Ltd. Previously, Mr. Horan served as our General Manager—RSA and Africa Fleet from March 2007 until September 2008. Mr. Horan is a registered accountant with previous accounting experience in South Africa and the United Kingdom.

Gert Pretorius has served as the Executive responsible for Africa Fleet Solutions since January 2012. He served in various other senior sales and operations roles at MiX before being appointed chief operating officer for MiX Africa in 2010. Previously, Mr. Pretorius served as operations manager for Omnibridge. From 1998 until joining Omnibridge, Mr. Pretorius held senior executive roles at fleet management companies including Super Group and Daimler Fleet Management and in the security industry at Coin Security Group.

Terence Buzer has served as the Executive of Development and Engineering since January 2011 and has served on our Board of Directors since August 2007. Previously, Mr. Buzer was the executive responsible for our European business from February 2008 until January 2011. Mr. Buzer has extensive international experience in the automotive component and fleet management businesses. He served as an executive on the board of directors of Control Instruments Group Limited from 1987 until joining MiX.

Riëtte Botha has served as the Executive of Special Projects since 2011 with a focus on developing our strategy to globalize our consumer business. Ms. Botha joined our predecessor company in 1999 as Financial Manager and she has been a member of the Board of Directors since October 2002. Ms. Botha has held a number of positions with the Company including Financial Director and Managing Director of MiX Telematics Africa Pty Ltd. Ms. Botha has been involved in most aspects of the MiX business during her tenure including roles in finance, operational management, product management, strategic planning and business development.

Howard Scott has served as the Executive of Strategy and Acquisitions since September 2010 and as a member of our Board of Directors since November 2010. Mr. Scott served as a consultant to us from March 2008 until November 2010 and served as our Financial Director from August 2007 until February 2008. Previously, Mr. Scott has held senior finance and accounting roles including as the financial director of a JSE-listed company and as the non-executive director of a JSE-listed accounting software provider.

Directors

Richard Bruyns has served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors since October 2007. Mr. Bruyns is also a member of our Audit and Risk Committee, our Nominations and Remuneration Committee and our Social and Ethics Committee. Mr. Bruyns serves as non-executive director on the board of directors of Conduit Capital Ltd., a publicly traded financial services company. Mr. Bruyns served as Chairman of New Africa Investments from 2009 until 2013.

Hubert Brody has served as a member of our Board of Directors since August 2010. Mr. Brody is also Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Executive Board of Imperial Holdings Limited, a leading vehicle distributor and retailing group and our largest indirect shareholder, since 2007.

Robin Frew has served as a member of our Board of Directors since November 1997. Mr. Frew serves as the Chairman of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Frew has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited, a private investment partnership, since 2002.

 

97


Table of Contents

Christopher Ewing has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 2012. Mr. Ewing serves a member of our Audit and Risk Committee and will assume the role of chairman of our Audit and Risk Committee upon Mr. Shough’s resignation effective as of the closing of the offering. Mr. Ewing serves as the chairman of the law firm of Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr and a director in the Corporate and Commercial practice. Mr. Ewing has practiced corporate law for more than 30 years, specializing in mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Ewing serves on the board of directors and audit committee of BetterGroup Limited, a mortgage servicing company.

Royston Shough has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2012. Mr. Shough serves as the chairman of our Audit and Risk Committee. Mr. Shough served as a consultant and most recently, as a director in risk advisory, for Deloitte & Touche from 1971 until 2012. At Deloitte & Touche, Mr. Shough was responsible for the outsourced internal audit services to MiX. Mr. Shough serves as a director and on the audit and compliance, remuneration, and enterprise risk and capital management committees of the South African Bank of Athens Limited.

Anthony Welton has served as a member of our Board of Directors since February 2008. Mr. Welton serves as the chairman of our Social and Ethics Committee and a member of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Welton served as a financial consultant from 2003 until 2009 and as the Financial Director of Malbak Ltd., an industrial holding company, from 1997 until 2002.

Enos Banda has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 2013. Mr. Banda is also a member of our Audit and Risk Committee. Mr. Banda has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Freetel Capital (Pty) Ltd., a private investment partnership, since 2006.

Fundiswa Roji served as a member of our Board of Directors from August 2007 until her resignation in May 2013, which resulted in her ceasing to be an independent director for JSE purposes by reason of her affiliation with Imperial Holding Limited. Ms. Roji continues to serve as an alternate director to Hubert Brody in order to afford us the benefit of her nine years of extensive experience with us in various non-executive roles. As an alternate director, Ms Roji has no power to act or vote unless Mr. Brody is absent. Ms. Roji is also a member of our Social and Ethics Committee. Ms. Roji has served as a Senior Manager—Strategy and Investor Relations at Imperial Holdings Limited, our largest indirect shareholder, since January 2013. Ms. Roji served as Director of Investments at Kagiso Tiso Holdings (Pty) Ltd., from 2001 until 2012.

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is composed of seven non-executive directors and six executive directors. Our Memorandum of Incorporation requires that our Board of Directors must be comprised of at least four directors. At least one-third of the non-executive directors retire by rotation each year and stand for re-election at each annual general meeting in accordance with our Memorandum of Incorporation. Director appointments during the year are ratified at the next annual general meeting. The expiration of our directors’ terms of office is set forth in the table below. As noted above, Messrs. Shough, Buzer and Scott and Ms. Botha will resign from our Board of Directors effective upon the closing of the offering.

 

Director

   Year Current Term Expires

Enos Banda

   2015

Richard Bruyns

   2015

Robin Frew

   2015

Christopher Ewing

   2014

Royston Shough

   2014

Hubert Brody

   2013

Anthony Welton

   2013

 

98


Table of Contents

Directors are appointed on the basis of skill, experience and their contribution and impact on our activities. Apart from the statutory requirements relating to eligibility and qualification, no additional eligibility requirements or qualifications are stipulated in our Memorandum of Incorporation. In accordance with its annual meeting plan, our Board of Directors meets at least quarterly.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors has established committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. Each committee operates in accordance with an approved charter and the performance of each committee is reviewed annually by our Board of Directors. The following is a brief description of each of the committees and their respective duties.

Audit and Risk Committee

Our Audit and Risk Committee assists our Board of Directors in matters relating to internal controls, financial reporting, external audit, internal audit, risk management and regulatory compliance. As of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our Audit and Risk Committee will operate under a written charter meeting the requirements of SOX. Among other things, our Audit and Risk Committee:

 

  Ÿ  

reviews internal control systems manuals developed by management;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluates the effectiveness of the internal control frameworks and reviews whether recommendations made by the external auditors have been implemented;

 

  Ÿ  

considers the adequacy of, and security of, our computer systems and evaluates contingency plans in the event of systems breakdowns and disasters;

 

  Ÿ  

oversees the financial reporting process and reviews the interim financial statements, annual financial statements, preliminary announcements and special documents prior to release;

 

  Ÿ  

reviews with management and the external auditor the financial statements, key accounting policies, practice and estimates, any changes to accounting policies and estimates and judgments, significant adjustments, unadjusted differences and any disagreements;

 

  Ÿ  

annually reviews the performance of the external auditor and nominates for appointment an independent registered auditor;

 

  Ÿ  

reviews processes to ensure that reliable and efficient risk management strategies, policies and risk insurance programs are in place; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviews the process for monitoring compliance with laws, regulations and our Code of Ethics and Conduct.

Members of our Audit and Risk Committee consist only of non-executive directors, each of whom is expected to be financially literate and at least one member is required to have expertise in financial reporting. As of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our Audit and Risk Committee will be comprised solely of independent board members within the meaning of SEC and NYSE rules for purposes of the audit committee. This composition is also in accordance with the Companies Act and JSE listing requirements. A representative from the outsourced internal audit function and the external auditors attend meetings. The Group

 

99


Table of Contents

Financial Director attends all meetings, with the Chief Executive Officer attending the half-year and year-end results meetings. The Chairman of our Social and Ethics Committee is also invited to all Audit and Risk Committee meetings. The committee meets at least four times a year, with two meetings a year focused on risk management. The current members of our Audit and Risk Committee are Enos Banda, Richard Bruyns, Christopher Ewing and Royston Shough (Chair). Mr. Shough is our audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules.

Nominations and Remuneration Committee

This committee is responsible for:

 

  Ÿ  

setting the compensation and benefits of senior executives and executive directors;

 

  Ÿ  

advising on the fees of committee members and non-executive directors, which are approved by shareholders at the annual general meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

advising on senior executive and executive director appointments;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing succession planning at the executive level;

 

  Ÿ  

confirming the share incentive plan and the allocation of awards under the plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and recommending candidates for appointment to our Board of Directors.

The committee meets at least four times a year. The current members of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee are Richard Bruyns, Robin Frew (Chair) and Anthony Welton. Our Nominations and Remuneration Committee is composed solely of independent directors within the meaning of SEC and NYSE rules of independence.

Social and Ethics Committee

In accordance with the Companies Act, we established this committee in fiscal year 2012. Our Social and Ethics Committee monitors our activities, particularly with respect to any relevant legislation, other legal requirements or prevailing codes of best practice, regarding matters relating to:

 

  Ÿ  

social and economic development, including the Company’s standing in terms of the goals and purposes of (a) the ten principles set out in the United Nations Global Compact Principles; (b) the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development recommendations regarding corruption; (c) South African Employment Equity Act; and (d) BBBEE;

 

  Ÿ  

good corporate citizenship;

 

  Ÿ  

the environment, health and public safety, including the impact of our activities, products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer relationships, including our advertising, public relations and compliance with consumer protection laws;

 

  Ÿ  

reviews the process for monitoring compliance with laws, regulations and our Code of Ethics and Conduct; and

 

  Ÿ  

labor and employment, including our standing in terms of the International Labour Organisation Protocol on decent work and working conditions and our employment relationships and our contribution toward the educational development of our employees.

 

100


Table of Contents

The Chief Executive Officer and Group Financial Director are invited to attend all meetings. The committee meets at least four times a year. The current members of our Social and Ethics Committee are Riëtte Botha, Richard Bruyns, Fundiswa Roji and Anthony Welton (Chair).

Executive Committee

We have also established an Executive Committee that is responsible for devising our strategy for recommendation to our Board of Directors and to implement the strategies and policies approved by our Board of Directors. Our Executive Committee is also responsible for our day-to-day business and affairs. The current members of our Executive Committee are Stefan Joselowitz, Riëtte Botha, Terence Buzer, Megan Pydigadu, Howard Scott, Charles Tasker, Brendan Horan and Gert Pretorius.

Internal Auditor

Our internal audit function is outsourced to Deloitte & Touche, who works closely with our Group Financial Director but reports to our Audit and Risk Committee. The outsourced internal auditor has unrestricted access to our Chairman and members of our Audit and Risk Committee. The outsourced internal auditor is tasked with reviewing critical risk areas of our business. The outsourced internal auditor focuses on value-added operational controls and the adequacy thereof as opposed to the review of the effectiveness of financial controls, which is currently reviewed by management. However, we expect that as the role of the outsourced internal auditor develops, it will encompass review of the effectiveness of financial controls.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

Non-Executive Director Compensation

Fees payable to non-executive directors are proposed and reviewed bi-annually by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee and recommended to our Board of Directors, which in turn makes recommendations to shareholders with reference to the fees paid by comparable companies, responsibilities taken by the non-executive directors and the importance attached to the retention and attraction of high-caliber individuals. At the most recent annual meeting of shareholders held on September 11, 2012, our shareholders approved non-executive director fees for fiscal year 2013 according to the following table.

 

Description

   Annual Fee  

Director’s fee

   R 240,000   

Chairman’s Fee (in addition to director’s fee)

  

Board

     300,000   

Audit and Risk Committee

     150,000   

Nominations and Remuneration Committee

     85,000   

Social and Ethics

     80,000   

Committee Fees (in addition to director’s fee)

  

Audit and Risk Committee

     125,000   

Nominations and Remuneration Committee

     56,000   

Social and Ethics

     30,000   

Non-executive directors do not participate in any incentive programs. Non-executive directors are not provided with bonuses or share option plans. We do not set aside or accrue any amounts to provide pension, retirements or similar benefits for our non-executive directors. The aggregate compensation we have paid or accrued for payment to our non-executive directors in fiscal year 2013 was approximately R3,181,000 ($344,000).

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts paid to our non-executive directors for fiscal year 2013.

 

     Year ended March 31,  

Non-Executive Directors

   2013 (*)      2013  

Richard Bruyns

   $ 81,495       R 754,000   

Hubert Brody (1)

     25,940         240,000   

Christopher Ewing (1)

     39,451         365,000   

Robin Frew (1)

     31,993         296,000   

Richard Friedman (2)

     31,993         296,000   

Fundiswa Roji (1) (3)

     40,639         376,000   

Royston Shough (4)

     35,127         325,000   

Anthony Welton

     37,829         350,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub-total

     324,467         3,002,000   

Value-added tax (1)

     19,347         179,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 343,814       R 3,181,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Value-added tax included as part of invoice received. Directors’ fees shown exclude value-added tax.
(2) Richard Friedman resigned from our Board of Directors effective March 31, 2013.
(3) Fundiswa Roji resigned from our Board of Directors effective May 13, 2013 but continues to serve as an Alternate Director to Hubert Brody.
(4) Royston Shough was appointed to our Board of Directors effective June 1, 2012.

Executive Director and Other Senior Management Compensation

Our remuneration policy is formulated to attract and retain high-caliber executives and motivate them to develop and implement our business strategy in order to optimize long-term shareholder value. Our objective is to have our remuneration policy conform to best practice standards. Our remuneration policy is based on the following key principles:

 

  Ÿ  

total rewards are set at levels that are considered to be responsible and competitive within the relevant market;

 

  Ÿ  

total incentive-based rewards are earned through the achievement of demanding growth and return targets consistent with shareholder interests over the short-, medium- and long-term;

 

  Ÿ  

incentive plans, performance measures and targets are structured to operate soundly throughout the business cycle; and

 

  Ÿ  

the design of long-term incentive plans is prudent and does not expose shareholders to unreasonable financial risk.

Executive compensation is comprised of the following four principal elements:

 

  Ÿ  

basic salary and living and travel allowances;

 

  Ÿ  

bi-annual incentive bonuses;

 

102


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

share incentive plans; and

 

  Ÿ  

retirement and other benefits including group life and health insurance.

The aggregate compensation, including benefits in kind, we paid or accrued for payment to our executive directors and other senior management for fiscal year 2013, was approximately R35,068,000 ($3,790,000).

The following table sets forth the amounts paid to our executive committee members for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Year ended March 31, 2013 (*)  

Executives (1)

  Salary and
Allowances (2)
    Other
Benefits (3)
    Retirement
Benefits
    Performance
Bonuses (4)
    Total  
    (In thousands)  

Stefan Joselowitz (5)

  R 3,678                    R 3,798      $ 808      R 7,476   

Megan Pydigadu

    1,746      R 91      R 71        1,632        383        3,540   

Charles Tasker

    2,199        40        189        2,285        509        4,713   

Brendan Horan

    1,662        97        68        1,544        364        3,371   

Gert Pretorius

    1,587        96        150        2,154        431        3,987   

Terence Buzer

    1,898        19        150        2,013        441        4,080   

Riëtte Botha

    2,326        11        90        704        338        3,131   

Howard Scott (5)

    2,636                      2,134        516        4,770   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  R 17,732      R 354      R 718      R 16,264      $ 3,790      R 35,068   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) We have translated U.S. dollar amounts from South African rand at the exchange rate of R9.2521 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by the South African Reserve Bank for March 31, 2013.
(1) Each of the listed executives is party to an employment contract with us as described in “—Executive employment contracts.”
(2) Allowances include cost of living and travel allowances.
(3) Other benefits represent group life and health insurance.
(4) Performance bonuses are based on actual amounts paid during the financial year.
(5) Individuals paid in U.S. dollars. The amounts paid to individuals in U.S. dollars have been translated into South African rand at the exchange rate applicable at the time of payment.

Basic Salary

The basic salary of each executive is subject to annual review and is set to be responsible and competitive with external market practice in similar companies, which are comparable in terms of size, market sector, business complexity and international scope. Company performance, individual performance and changes in responsibilities are also taken into account when determining annual basic salaries.

Bi-Annual Incentive Bonus

All executives are eligible to receive a discretionary performance-related bi-annual bonus. Our Nominations and Remuneration Committee reviews bonuses at the half-year and at year-end, and determines the bonus level based on performance criteria set at the start of the performance period. The criteria include targets relating to subscriber revenue growth, cash generated, adjusted headline earnings and divisional operating profit growth and certain discretionary elements. The short-term incentive program is available to executive directors, senior executives and selected employees. Cash bonuses to senior executives and executive directors are approved by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee.

 

103


Table of Contents

Share Incentive Plans

The long-term share incentive program is administered through the Group Executive Incentive Scheme, which is a share option plan. The share option plan and the award of share options to executive directors and senior executives are controlled by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Option awards for executive directors and senior executives are proposed by the executive directors to our Nominations and Remuneration Committee which, after review and consideration, recommends the award of such options as it deems appropriate to the full Board of Directors for approval. Selected participants will receive grants of share options which are conditional rights to receive our ordinary shares at prices equal to the exercise price. Options vest based on time and performance conditions. The performance conditions and time-based vesting schedules are determined by our Board of Directors on a grant-by-grant basis in respect of each new grant of options.

Performance targets and measuring terms relating to each option grant are detailed in a letter of grant issued to the plan participant. Options become exercisable upon vesting. Options vest over five years and are additionally subject to the achievement of either of the following performance conditions: (i) the price of our ordinary shares shall have reached a certain threshold level at any time prior to the expiration of the option, or (ii) the increase in share price less dividends paid shall have reached a certain threshold level for the period from the grant date to the exercise date. Upon exercise by a participant, we settle the options by delivering ordinary shares issued from authorized but unissued ordinary shares. Our options are treated as equity-settled instruments for accounting purposes.

Any senior employee with significant managerial or other responsibility, including any director holding a salaried position with us, is eligible to participate in the share incentive plan. As of March 31, 2013, options to purchase 63,675,000 of our ordinary shares with a weighted average exercise price of R1.38 ($0.15) per share were outstanding, and options for the purchase of 11,512,500 such shares were fully vested.

The following table sets forth the outstanding stock-based compensation benefits for executives at March 31, 2013.

 

    Grant Date     Number of
Options

(in thousands)
    Option
Strike Price
(cents per
share)
    JSE Share
Price on
Grant Date
(cents per
share)
    Expiry
Date
    Performance Conditions  
              Share
Price of
  (rand)  
    Minimum
Shareholder
  Return of  
 

Stefan Joselowitz

    3/17/08        1,500        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10
    3/17/08        2,000        118        118        03/17/14      R 10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08        500        70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10
    12/09/08        1,000        70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5
    06/04/10        3,000        112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12               154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10
    11/07/12        2,500        246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10

 

104


Table of Contents
    Grant Date     Number of
Options

(in thousands)
    Option
Strike Price
(cents per
share)
    JSE Share
Price on
Grant Date
(cents per
share)
    Expiry
Date
    Performance Conditions  
              Share
Price of
  (rand)  
    Minimum
Shareholder
  Return of  
 

Megan Pydigadu

    3/17/08               118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08               118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10        1,000        112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12               154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12        1,000        246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Charles Tasker

    3/17/08        1,500        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08        2,000        118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08        500        70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08        1,000        70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10               112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12        2,000        154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12        2,000        246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Brendan Horan

    3/17/08        200        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08        100        118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08        150        70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08        50        70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10               112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12        1,000        154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12        1,500        246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Gert Pretorius

    3/17/08        500        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08        200        118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10               112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12        1,000        154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12        1,500        246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

 

105


Table of Contents
    Grant Date     Number of
Options

(in thousands)
    Option
Strike Price
(cents per
share)
    JSE Share
Price on
Grant Date
(cents per
share)
    Expiry
Date
    Performance Conditions  
              Share
Price of
  (rand)  
    Minimum
Shareholder
  Return of  
 

Terence Buzer

    3/17/08        1,500        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08        2,000        118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08        250        70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08        1,000        70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10               112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12               154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12               246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Riëtte Botha

    3/17/08        375        118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08        2,000        118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08        250        70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08        1,000        70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10               112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12               154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12               246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Howard Scott

    3/17/08               118        118        03/17/14        n/a        10%   
    3/17/08               118        118        03/17/14        10.00        n/a   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        n/a        10%   
    12/09/08               70        58        12/09/14        5.00        n/a   
    06/04/10        1,500        112        104        06/04/16        n/a        5%   
    06/04/10        1,000        112        104        06/04/16        5.00        n/a   
    01/03/12               154        160        01/03/18        n/a        10%   
    11/07/12               246        300        11/07/18        n/a        10%   

Retirement Benefits

We provide retirement benefits to all our employees in South Africa, the United Kingdom and Australia. All of these retirement benefits are defined contribution plans and are held in separate trustee-administered funds. These plans are generally funded by both employee and company contributions. The South African plan is subject to the Pension Funds Act of 1956, the UK plan is subject to the United Kingdom Pensions Act 2011 (Commencement No. 3) and the Australian plan is subject to the Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act of 1992. For our United States employees, we offer a 401(k) plan. We currently do not match any employee contributions to the 401(k) plan.

The full extent of our liability is the contributions made, which are charged to the income statement as they are incurred. For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, we contributed an aggregate of R14.5 million and R12.8 million, respectively, in connection with these retirement benefits.

 

106


Table of Contents

Life Insurance

We offer group life insurance coverage up to seven times the basic annual salary of each eligible employee and temporary absence cover for eligible employees who are long-term absentees for up to age 65 if the absence is due to illness or injury or for up to three years if the absence is due to any other reason.

Health Care

We offer health care insurance for certain employees and their dependents. The health plan provides coverage for in-patient, day-patient and out-patient treatments and employees have the option of adding the following enhancements to their plans: psychiatric cover, general practitioner referred services, hospital visits and dental and optical.

Other Benefits

Executives are compensated on a cost-to-company basis and as part of their package are entitled to a car allowance, provident fund contributions, medical, and death and disability insurance. The provision of these benefits is considered to be market competitive for executive positions.

We also provide childcare vouchers for employees with children. Vouchers are administered as a payroll deduction.

Executive Employment Contracts

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our key employees, which are described below.

Stefan Joselowitz . Mr. Joselowitz is paid an annual cost to company salary package of $450,000 and is eligible to receive a bi-annual bonus of an amount to be determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Joselowitz’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Joselowitz’s employment may be terminated at any time if he is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement. Mr. Joselowitz is also entitled to participate in our share option plan and his mobile phone and certain broadband communication costs are paid by us. The employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Riëtte Botha . Mrs. Botha is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,427,400 ($262,362) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mrs. Botha’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mrs. Botha’s employment may be terminated at any time if she is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement. Mrs. Botha is entitled to participate in our share option plan and is provided with free use of a mobile phone. Mrs. Botha’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Terence Buzer . Mr. Buzer is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,210,000 ($238,865) and is eligible to receive an annual bonus. The amount of the bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Buzer’s

 

107


Table of Contents

employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Buzer’s employment may be terminated at any time if he is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement or if he consistently performs poorly, he is incompatible with our culture or he becomes incapacitated and unable to perform. Mr. Buzer is entitled to participate in our share incentive plan and is provided with free use of a mobile phone. Mr. Buzer’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Megan Pydigadu . Ms. Pydigadu is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,100,000 ($226,975) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Ms. Pydigadu’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Ms. Pydigadu’s employment may be terminated at any time if she is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement or if she consistently performs poorly, she is incompatible with our culture or she becomes incapacitated and unable to perform. Ms. Pydigadu is entitled to participate in our share incentive plan and is provided with free use of a mobile phone. Ms. Pydigadu’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Howard Scott . Mr. Scott is paid an annual cost to company salary package of $255,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Scott is entitled to participate in our share incentive plan and is provided with a mobile phone. Mr. Scott’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Scott’s employment may be terminated at any time for justifiable and/or persistent breach of employment duties due to incapacity or poor performance, due to abscondment, if he is convicted of a criminal offense, if he fails to disclose relevant material information pertinent to the job requirements, if he is found guilty of any other conduct which will justify a dismissal at common law or due to misrepresentation in the employees resume. Mr. Scott’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Charles Tasker . Mr. Tasker is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,750,000 ($297,230) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Tasker is entitled to participate in our share incentive plan and is provided with free use of a mobile phone. Mr. Tasker’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Tasker’s employment may be terminated at any time if he is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement or if he consistently performs poorly, he is incompatible with our culture or he becomes incapacitated and unable to perform. Mr. Tasker’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

Brendan Horan . Mr. Horan is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,000,000 ($216,167) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our

 

108


Table of Contents

Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Horan is also provided with a mobile phone for business purposes. Mr. Horan’s employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Horan’s employment may be terminated at any time if he is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of material obligation under the employment agreement or if he consistently performs poorly, he is incompatible with our culture or he becomes incapacitated and unable to perform. Mr. Horan’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions, restraint of trade and non-solicitation agreements.

Gert Pretorius . Mr. Pretorius is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,000,000 ($216,167) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus that will paid out on a bi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Pretorius is also provided with a mobile phone for business purposes. Mr. Pretorius’ employment agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party. However, Mr. Pretorius’ employment may be terminated at any time if he is found guilty of misconduct or has committed a breach of material obligation under the employment agreement or if he consistently performs poorly, he is incompatible with our culture or he becomes incapacitated and unable to perform. Mr. Pretorius’ employment agreement also contains confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

External Appointments

Executive directors are not permitted to hold external directorships or offices, other than those of a personal nature, without the approval of our Board of Directors.

Indemnification Agreements and Policies; Insurance

Our Memorandum of Incorporation provides that we may:

 

  Ÿ  

advance expenses to a director or directly or indirectly indemnify a director in respect of the defense of legal proceedings, as set forth in Section 78(4) of the Companies Act;

 

  Ÿ  

indemnify a director in respect of liability as set forth in Section 78(5) of the Companies Act; and

 

  Ÿ  

purchase insurance to protect us or a director as set forth in Section 78(7) of the Companies Act.

These indemnification provisions also apply to any former director, prescribed officer or member of any committee of our Board of Directors. We have proposed to our shareholders for their approval an amendment to our Memorandum of Incorporation that would automatically extend the indemnification provisions to all directors.

In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent allowed under South African law. These agreements will, among other things, indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on our behalf or that person’s status as a member of our Board of Directors.

 

109


Table of Contents

Related Party Transaction Policy

Certain related party transactions (such as a transaction involving the acquisition or disposition of assets) are subject to JSE listings requirements, which, among other things, may require stockholder approval. A related party includes a material shareholder; a director or any person that was within the prior 12 months a director; an adviser that has or within the prior 12 months had a beneficial interest in the company; a principal executive officer or any person that was within the prior 12 months a principal executive officer; and certain other persons. Shareholder approval is required for a transaction where the ratio of cash consideration to market capitalization, or acquisition consideration comprised of equity securities to issued equity securities, is (i) more than 5% or (ii) less than or equal to 5%, but exceeds 0.25% and the independent professional expert appointed under the provisions of the JSE listings requirements states that the transaction is not fair. Under the Companies Act, intra-group loans and loans or issues of shares to directors require a special resolution of shareholders.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have adopted a related party transaction policy that provides that our Board of Directors, acting through our Audit and Risk Committee, is responsible for the review, approval, or ratification of related party transactions between us and related persons. The following is a summary of this policy:

We have adopted written policies and procedures that apply to any transaction or series of transactions in which we or a subsidiary are a participant and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” is defined under our policy as a director, officer, nominee for director, or 5% stockholder of the company since the beginning of the last fiscal year and their immediate family members. It is our practice to enter into or ratify related party transactions only when it is determined that the transaction in question is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, including but not limited to situations where we may obtain products or services of a nature, quantity or quality, or on other terms, that are not readily available from alternative sources or when we provide products or services to related persons on an arm’s length basis on terms comparable to those provided to unrelated third parties or on terms comparable to those provided to employees generally.

Transactions involving related persons are reviewed by the Group Financial Director. The Group Financial Director determines whether a related person could have a direct or indirect material interest in such a transaction, and any such transaction is forwarded to our Audit and Risk Committee for review. Our Audit and Risk Committee then considers the transaction for approval under the above standard.

Disclosure of Interest

The Companies Act requires that a director who has a personal financial interest in a matter to be considered at a board meeting, or knows that a related person has a personal financial interest in the matter, must, among other things, disclose the interest and its general nature, disclose any material information relating to the matter and known to the director, and must recuse himself from the meeting and not take part in the consideration of the matter.

 

110


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares at the date of this prospectus and after this offering by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors and executive officers individually;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each selling shareholder.

The beneficial ownership of ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any ordinary shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the table below, we deem shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2013, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 660,212,500 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2013. We have also set forth below information known to us regarding any significant change in the percentage ownership of our ordinary shares by any major shareholders during the past three years.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, the selling shareholders will sell ordinary shares in the form of ADSs to the underwriters at the same price as the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs sold by us to the underwriters. The following table identifies certain information regarding the ordinary shares owned by the selling shareholders. In the event the option to purchase additional ordinary shares in the form of ADSs is not exercised in full by the underwriters, additional ordinary shares in the form of ADSs offered by the selling shareholders pursuant to such option will be reduced on a pro rata basis.

 

111


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
Offering
    Percentage
of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Before this
Offering
    Number of
Ordinary
Shares to
be Sold
Pursuant
to this
Prospectus
  Shares
Subject to
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
  Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After this
Offering
  Percentage
of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After this
Offering
  Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned if
the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares is
Exercised
in Full
  Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
(Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
Exercised in
Full)

5% Shareholders

               

Imperial Holdings Limited (1)

    189,803,260        28.8            

GAF Trust (2)

    90,261,440        13.7            

Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited (3)

    72,410,880        11.0            

Directors and Executive Officers

  

             

Richard Bruyns (4)

    3,931,276        *               

Hubert Brody

                         

Robin Frew (5)

    165,471,686        25.1            

Christopher Ewing

                         

Fundiswa Roji

    250,000        *               

Royston Shough

                         

Anthony Welton (6)

                         

Stefan Joselowitz (7)

    30,865,057        4.7            

Riëtte Botha (8)

    9,173,040        1.4            

Terence Buzer (9)

    5,976,570        *               

Megan Pydigadu (10)

    783,333        *               

Howard Scott (11)

    14,214,820        2.2            

Charles Tasker (12)

    3,763,320        *               

Brendan Horan (13)

    562,500        *               

Gert Pretorius (14)

    750,000        *               

Enos Banda

                         

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons) (15)

    235,741,602        35.1            

Additional Selling Shareholders

  

             

Masalini Investments No.3 Prorietary Limited (16)

    2,799,366        *               

Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited (17)

    13,911,040        2.1            

Q&J Baille

    26,400,000        4.0            

Richard Friedman (18)

    13,974,684        2.1            

Pauline Friedman (19)

    5,725,135        *               

Susan Huxter (20)

    4,344,906        *               

Eveanne Friedman (21)

    2,779,184        *               

RFAI Services CC (22)

    1,656,200        *               

The Josam Trust (23)

    641,826        *               

Peter & Marie Welgemoed

    600,000        *               

IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns (24)

    3,931,276        *               

Insight Consulting CC (25)

    353,177        *               

Carol Rangecroft

    300,000        *               

 

* Ownership percentage is less than 1%.

 

112


Table of Contents
(1) Includes 109,803,260 ordinary shares owned by Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited (“Imperial Corporate”) and 80,000,000 ordinary shares owned by Three Diamonds Trading 564 Proprietary Limited (“Three Diamonds”). Imperial Holdings Limited owns Imperial Corporate and a majority of Three Diamonds. Voting and investment power over the foregoing shares is exercised by the Board of Directors of Imperial Holdings Limited.
(2) Gordon Frew, an immediate family member of Robin Frew, is one of three trustees of the GAF Trust. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by the GAF Trust is exercised by Gordon Frew after consultation with and agreement by the other trustees.
(3) Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is 100% owned by the Robin Frew Family Trust, of which Robin Frew is one of two trustees and a beneficiary. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is exercised by Mr. Frew after consultation with and agreement by the other trustee, Gordon Frew.
(4) Includes 3,931,276 ordinary shares held by IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns. Excludes 300,000 ordinary shares held by Carol Rangecroft Mr. Bruyn’s spouse, and 353,177 ordinary shares held by Insight Consulting CC (an entity owned by Ms. Rangecroft), as to which Mr. Bruyns disclaims beneficial ownership.
(5) Includes 90,261,440 ordinary shares held by the GAF Trust; 72,410,880 ordinary shares held by Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited; and 2,799,366 ordinary shares held by Masalini Investments No. 3 Proprietary Limited. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Investments No. 3 Proprietary Limited is exercised by Robin Frew. Excludes 13,911,039 ordinary shares held by Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited (“Thynk”), as to which Mr. Frew disclaims beneficial ownership. Thynk is owned in equal parts by three individuals, one of which is Mr. Frew. Voting and investment power over such shares is exercised by the directors of Thynk, Mr. Frew and Neil William Macdonald, subject to ultimate control by the owners of Thynk.
(6) Excludes 200,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Welton’s spouse, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
(7) Includes options to purchase 2,625,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(8) Includes 125,000 ordinary shares owned by an immediate family member and options to purchase 1,000,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(9) Includes options to purchase 2,375,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(10) Includes options to purchase 750,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(11) Includes options to purchase 750,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(12) Includes 1,138,320 ordinary shares owned by a family trust of which Mr. Tasker, his spouse and Johan Pretorius are trustees and options to purchase 2,625,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by such trust are exercised by Mr. Tasker and his spouse.
(13) Represents options to purchase 562,500 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013. Excludes 78,100 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Horan’s spouse, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
(14) Represents options to purchase 750,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(15) Includes options to purchase 11,437,500 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2013.
(16) Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Investments No. 3 Proprietary Limited is exercised by Robin Frew.
(17) See note (5) above.
(18) Includes 12,318,484 ordinary shares held by Mr. Friedman and 1,656,200 ordinary shares held by RFAI Services CC. Excludes 12,849,225 ordinary shares held by immediate family members, as to which Mr. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership.
(19) Excludes 21,098,774 ordinary shares held by immediate family members, as to which Ms. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership.
(20) Excludes 22,479,003 ordinary shares held by immediate family members, as to which Ms. Huxter disclaims beneficial ownership.
(21) Excludes 24,044,725 ordinary shares held by immediate family members, as to which Ms. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership
(22) RFAI Services CC is owned by Richard Friedman and his spouse. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by RFAI Services CC is exercised by Mr. Friedman.
(23) Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by The Josam Trust is exercised by Douglas Jeffery and Jean Jeffery after consultation and agreement with a third independent trustee.
(24) IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns is an endowment policy entity owned by Richard Bruyns. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns is exercised by Mr. Bruyns.
(25) Insight Consulting CC is a company owned by Carol Rangecroft, who is the spouse of Richard Bruyns. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Insight Consulting CC is exercised by Ms. Rangecroft.

 

113


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2013, we had four holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States. Such holders of record currently hold less than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

A description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past three years is included under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

114


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of the material transactions we entered into with related parties since the beginning of fiscal year 2012. We believe that we have executed all of our transactions with related parties on terms no less favorable to us than those we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have adopted a related party transaction policy that provides that our Board of Directors, acting through our Audit and Risk Committee, is responsible for the review, approval, or ratification of related party transactions between us and related persons. In addition, all related party transactions are subject to JSE listings requirements which, among other things, require stockholder approval for related party transactions of a certain size. See “Management—Related Party Transaction Policy.”

One Stop Shop

In June 2011, we disposed of One Stop Shop, the vehicle conversion business unit forming part of our MiX Telematics Europe business, to Imperial Commercials Limited for approximately R2.3 million ($248,592). Imperial Commercials Limited is owned by Imperial Holdings Limited. The sale did not require board approval due to its size.

Control Instruments Group Limited

Control Instruments Group Limited and its subsidiaries provide contract manufacturing services to us. One of our former non-executive directors, Richard Friedman, sat on the board of Control Instruments Group Limited until resigning in June 2012. Richard Friedman resigned from our Board of Directors effective March 31, 2013. In addition, while Mr. Friedman was on the board of Control Instruments Group Limited, PI Shurlok Proprietary Limited, a subsidiary of Control Instruments Group Limited, sold us certain inventory. From April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013, and in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 we paid PI Shurlok Proprietary Limited approximately R0 ($0), R11.9 million ($1.3 million), R91.5 million ($9.9 million) and R85.9 million ($9.3 million), respectively, for these services and inventory. We received R0 ($0), R236,000 ($25,508), R213,000 ($23,022) and R0 ($0), respectively, from April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013 and for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 from Control Instruments Automotive Proprietary Limited for sales of our services in the ordinary course of business.

Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited

In November 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited (“Thynk”) for our Midrand, South Africa office. At the time we entered into the lease, each of Stefan Joselowitz, our Chief Executive Officer, Riëtte Botha, our Executive—Special Projects, Robin Frew, a non-executive director, and Howard Scott, our Executive—Strategy and Acquisitions, either directly or indirectly held an equity interest in Thynk. Stefan Joselowitz, Riëtte Botha and Howard Scott each disposed of their interests in Thynk during fiscal year 2012 and no longer hold any equity interests in Thynk. GAF Trust, of which an immediate family member of Mr. Frew’s is a trustee, owns all the equity interests in Thynk. From April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013, and in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 we paid Thynk approximately R1.5 million ($162,125), R5.8 million ($626,885), R6.2 million ($670,118) and R5.6 million ($602,998), respectively.

Imperial Group Limited

Imperial Group Limited beneficially owned approximately 28.8% of our outstanding shares at May 20, 2013. One of our non-executive directors, Hubert Brody, is the Chief Executive Officer of Imperial Group Limited. In addition, an alternate director, Fundiswa Roji, became an employee of

 

115


Table of Contents

Imperial Holdings Limited in January 2013. Ms. Roji resigned from our Board of Directors in May 2013 but continues to serve as an alternate director to Mr. Brody. Imperial Holdings Limited distributes our products through its motor vehicle dealership and car rental distribution channels. From April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013 and in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, we paid Imperial Holdings Limited through certain of its subsidiaries R4.3 million ($464,759), R7.7 million ($832,243), R432,000 ($46,692) and R596,000 ($64,418), respectively, as commissions for sales made by its subsidiaries acting in its capacity as a distributor. We received R9.1 million ($983,560), R41.9 million ($4.5 million), R20.5 million ($2.2 million) and R1.4 million ($154,884), respectively, from April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013 and for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 from Imperial Holdings Limited’s subsidiaries for sales of our products and services in the ordinary course of business.

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

We are a public company incorporated in South Africa with registration number 1995/013858/06.

The following description is a summary of our share capital and the various provisions of our Memorandum of Incorporation, the Companies Act and the JSE listings requirements, which does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources.

Share Capital

Our authorized share capital consists of a single class of 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares, no par value, each ranking pari passu in all respects.

Voting Rights

Each shareholder is entitled to vote on any matter to be decided by the shareholders and to one vote in respect of each share held in the case of a vote by means of a poll, and to vote at every general meeting or annual general meeting, in person or by proxy.

Issuance of Additional Shares and Pre-emption Rights

Our Board of Directors may resolve at any time to issue additional shares provided that:

 

  Ÿ  

our Board of Directors may only issue shares within the classes and to the extent that those shares have been authorized by or in terms of the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to a general authorization, our Board of Directors may only issue for cash additional ordinary shares representing up to 15% of the ordinary shares outstanding at the time of the general authorization and not with a greater than 10% discount to the 30-day VWAP as of the issuance date; and

 

  Ÿ  

if the voting power of the class of shares that are issued or issuable as a result of the transaction or series of integrated transactions will be equal to or exceed 30% of the voting power of all the shares of that class held by shareholders immediately before that transaction or series of integrated transactions, the approval of the shareholders by special resolution will also be required.

Although holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Companies Act, the JSE listing requirements and our Memorandum of Incorporation require that any of our unissued equity securities must first be offered to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares unless these securities are issued (i) for the acquisition of assets or (ii) upon receipt of shareholder approval. Subject to shareholder approval at the shareholder meeting to be held prior to the completion of the offering, pre-emptive rights will not apply to shares deposited with the depository for issuance of ADSs because this offering involves a specific issuance of shares for cash.

Variation of Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, we may from time to time, by way of a special resolution of shareholders (i.e., a resolution supported by the holders of at least 75% of the voting rights exercised on the resolution) and an amendment to the Memorandum of Incorporation, vary

 

117


Table of Contents

the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms of any shares; provided that if any amendment of the Memorandum of Incorporation relates to the variation of any preferences, rights, limitation and other share terms attaching to any other class of shares already in issue, that amendment must not be implemented without a special resolution of the holders of the shares of that class at a separate meeting. In such instances, the holders of such shares will be allowed to vote at the meeting of ordinary shareholders, subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation dealing with “affected shareholders.”

Distributions of Assets on Liquidation

If we are liquidated, shareholders are entitled to receive their proportionate share of our net assets after the payment of creditors.

Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and JSE listings requirements, we may from time to time, by way of a special resolution of the shareholders (i.e., a resolution supported by the holders of at least 75% of the voting rights exercised on the resolution) and an amendment to the Memorandum of Incorporation:

 

  Ÿ  

increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any class of shares;

 

  Ÿ  

consolidate and reduce the number of issued and authorized shares of that class without an increase of its capital;

 

  Ÿ  

subdivide its shares of any class by increasing the number of its issued and authorized shares of that class without an increase of its capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reclassify any classified shares that have been authorized but not issued; or

 

  Ÿ  

classify any unclassified shares that have been authorized but not issued.

Rights of Minority Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties

Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary duties to minority shareholders. However the Companies Act provides certain relief and protection for minority shareholders, including access to the court in instances where such minority shareholder has been unfairly prejudiced. The provisions of the Companies Act are designed to provide some protection and relief for minority shareholders without overly restricting the powers of any majority shareholder. There may also be common law personal actions available to a minority shareholder of a company.

The fiduciary obligations of directors may differ from those in the United States and certain other countries. In South Africa, the common law imposes on directors a duty to act with care, skill and diligence and a fiduciary duty to conduct the company’s affairs honestly and in the best interests of the company. These common law fiduciary duties have also been codified in the Companies Act and include acting in good faith and for a proper purpose.

General Meetings of Shareholders

We are required to convene an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year, but not more than fifteen months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. Our Board of

 

118


Table of Contents

Directors is required to call a meeting of shareholders if one or more demands are delivered to us and each such demand describes the specific purpose for which the meeting is proposed and, in the aggregate, demands for substantially the same purpose are made by holders, as of the earliest time specified in any such demands, of at least 10% of the voting rights entitled to be exercised in relation to the matter proposed to be considered at the meeting. All meetings (whether called for the passing of special or ordinary resolutions) shall be called on not less than fifteen business days’ notice. Annual general meetings may be held by way of electronic communication, but may not be held by way of signed written resolutions.

Change of Control

Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person or a group of persons acting in concert, holding shares entitled to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% of more of the voting rights at meetings of our shareholders, will be subject to the Takeover Regulations, which are regulated by the Takeover Regulation Panel. The Takeover Regulations impose various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders.

A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities in terms of the Competition Act if it results in the acquisition of “control,” as defined in the Competition Act and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prohibits a transaction falling within its scope from being implemented without the necessary approvals.

To the extent applicable, a transaction may be subject to JSE listing requirements as well as the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank, and other applicable regulatory bodies.

Certain fundamental transactions, such as a merger, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement and sale of a majority of the company’s assets, require a special resolution of shareholders, and if 15% or more of shareholders vote against such a resolution, any dissenting shareholder may, within five days, require the company, at its expense, to obtain court approval before implementing the resolution. Even if less than 15% of the shareholders vote against the resolution, any dissenting shareholder may apply to court for a review of the transaction.

Non-South African Shareholders

There are no limitations in the Memorandum of Incorporation or under South African law on the right of non-South African shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attaching to any of our ordinary shares.

Amendment of the Memorandum of Incorporation

The Memorandum of Incorporation may only be amended by a special resolution approved by the shareholders, or in compliance with a court order.

Differences in Corporate Law

You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. In order to highlight these differences, set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us which differ in certain respects from provisions of the Delaware corporate law. As the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of South

 

119


Table of Contents

African law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders. Before investing, you should consult your legal advisor regarding the impact of South African corporate law on your specific circumstances and reasons for investing.

Duties of Directors

The fiduciary obligations of directors may differ from those in the United States. In South Africa, common law imposes on directors a duty to act with care, skill and diligence and a fiduciary duty to conduct the company’s affairs honestly and in the best interests of the company. These common law fiduciary duties have also been codified in the Companies Act and require that when acting as a director, a person must exercise the powers perform the functions of a director:

 

  Ÿ  

in good faith and for a proper purpose;

 

  Ÿ  

in the best interests of the company; and

 

  Ÿ  

with the degree of care, skill and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person:

 

  Ÿ  

carrying out the same functions in relation to the company as those carried out by that director; and

 

  Ÿ  

having the general knowledge, skill and experience of that director.

A director will be seen to have complied with these requirements, if the director has taken reasonably diligent steps to become informed about the matter; had a rational basis for believing the decision was in the best interests of the company; and either had no material financial interest in the matter (and had no reasonable basis to know that any related person had a financial interest in the matter) or complied with the requirements of the Companies Act in relation to disclosure of such interest and recusal from decisions relating to the matter.

A director is entitled to rely on one or more employees of the company whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed or the information, opinions, report or statements provided. In addition, directors may rely on legal counsel, accountants or other professional persons where required.

Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its stockholders.

The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the stockholders.

A party challenging the propriety of a decision of a board of directors bears the burden of rebutting the applicability of the presumptions afforded to directors by the “business judgment rule.” If the presumption is not rebutted, the business judgment rule attaches to protect the directors and their decisions, and their business judgments will not be second guessed. Where,

 

120


Table of Contents

however, the presumption is rebutted, the directors bear the burden of demonstrating the entire fairness of the relevant transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Delaware courts subject directors’ conduct to enhanced scrutiny in respect of defensive actions taken in response to a threat to corporate control and approval of a transaction resulting in a sale of control of the corporation.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We may advance expenses to a director or directly or indirectly indemnify a director in respect of the defense of legal proceedings or liability arising out of his service to us (or purchase insurance to protect us or the director) save in certain instances including bad faith, actual knowledge that conduct was outside the scope of the memorandum of incorporation or willful misconduct or willful breach of trust on the part of the director.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful.

Liability of Directors and Officers

South African law specifies a number of instances where a director may be held personally liable for his actions, such as instances where he has breached his duties, where he has acted without authority (where he has knowledge of his incapacity), where he has been party to any act or omission by the company despite knowing that the act or omission was calculated to defraud a creditor, employee or shareholder of the company or had another fraudulent purpose, as well as instances where he has been present at a meeting or participated in a decision and failed to vote against the decision, which decision contravened the provisions of the Companies Act (including the solvency and liquidity test).

Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or stock redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Interested Directors

The Companies Act requires that a director who has a personal financial interest in a matter to be considered at a board meeting, or knows that a related person has a personal financial interest in the matter, must, amongst other things, disclose the interest and its general nature, disclose any material information relating to the matter and known to the director, and must recuse himself from the meeting and not take part in the consideration of the matter. Non-compliance with these requirements can, however, be ratified by an ordinary resolution of shareholders. Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board of directors in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the

 

121


Table of Contents

disinterested directors, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Companies Act provides that except to the extent that the company’s Memorandum of Incorporation provides otherwise, the board may appoint any number of committees of directors and delegate to any committee any of the authority of the board. Our Memorandum of Incorporation does not restrict this provision and we have a number of committees, including an Executive Committee, an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration and Nominations Committee and a Social and Ethics Committee.

Delaware law allows the board of directors of a corporation to delegate many of its powers to committees, but those committees may consist only of directors.

Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements

Under South African law, the meeting, voting and quorum requirements are governed by a company’s memorandum of incorporation and the Companies Act, except in certain circumstances. The quorum for a shareholders’ meeting of ours to begin or for a matter to be considered, is at least three shareholders entitled to attend and vote. In addition, a shareholders’ meeting may not begin and no matter may be decided until sufficient persons are present to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% of the voting rights. If a quorum is not achieved, the meeting will be postponed by one week and if at the adjourned meeting, a quorum is still not achieved, those present will be deemed to constitute a quorum.

For an ordinary resolution to be approved it must be supported by more than 50% of the voting rights exercised in relation to such resolution. For a special resolution to be approved, it must be supported by the holders of at least 75% of the voting rights exercised in relation to such resolution. The Companies Act sets out a number of matters where the approval of a special resolution is required (e.g., amendment of charter documents, granting of financial assistance, winding up of the company). Companies may add further matters to this list specified in the Companies Act. In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act and in compliance with the JSE listings requirements, we have included a requirement that an increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares and the classification and reclassification of shares may not be undertaken by our Board of Directors and requires approval of 75% of the votes represented, of our shareholders. Furthermore, any share repurchase by us requires the same level of shareholder approval. In addition, JSE listings requirements requires a special majority of 75% of the voting rights for an ordinary resolution relating to certain matters including the issuance of equity securities for cash.

Shareholders are entitled to one vote on a show of hands, irrespective of the number of voting rights held, or where voting takes place on a poll, the shareholders shall have such number of voting rights as equates to the securities held by that shareholder. We have proposed to our shareholders for their approval an amendment to our Memorandum of Incorporation providing that all votes shall be taken by way of poll.

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the company’s certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the stockholder. Delaware

 

122


Table of Contents

law provides that a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote is required for stockholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares is required for the election of directors.

Dividends

Under South African law, a company may not make any proposed distribution unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the distribution:

 

  Ÿ  

is pursuant to an existing legal obligation of the company, or a court order; or

 

  Ÿ  

the board of the company, by resolution, has authorized the distribution;

 

  Ÿ  

it reasonably appears that the company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test (set out in the Companies Act) immediately after completing the proposed distribution; and

 

  Ÿ  

the board, by resolution, has acknowledged that it has applied the solvency and liquidity test, and reasonably concluded that the company will satisfy the test immediately after completing the proposed distribution.

Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements and Takeovers

Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person or a group of persons acting in concert, holding shares entitling the holder(s) to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% of more of the voting rights at meetings of shareholders of the company, will be subject to the Takeover Regulations, which are regulated by the Takeover Regulation Panel. The Takeover Regulations impose various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders.

Two or more companies may amalgamate or merge under South African law, if upon the implementation of the amalgamation or merger, each amalgamated or merged company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test set out in the Companies Act. The boards of each company are required to consider the solvency and liquidity test and if the boards reasonably believe that each proposed amalgamated or merged company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test, the agreement may be submitted for consideration at a shareholders meeting. The amalgamation or merger will need to be approved by way of special resolution of the shareholders and in certain circumstances, a compliance certificate will need to be obtained from the Takeover Regulation Panel.

A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities in terms of the Competition Act if it results in the acquisition of “control”, as defined in the Competition Act and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prohibits a transaction (falling within its ambit) from being implemented without the necessary approvals.

 

123


Table of Contents

To the extent applicable, a transaction may be subject to JSE listings requirements, as well as the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank, and other applicable regulatory bodies.

Certain fundamental transactions (such as a merger, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement and sale of a majority of the company’s assets) require a special resolution of shareholders, and if 15% or more of shareholders vote against such a resolution, any dissenting shareholder may (within five days) require the company, at its expense, to obtain court approval before implementing the resolution. Even if less than 15% of the shareholders vote against the resolution, any dissenting shareholder may apply to court for a review of the transaction.

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive payment in the amount of the fair market value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

In respect of takeover transactions, under Delaware law, the board of directors may take defensive actions against a takeover if the directors believe in good faith that the takeover is a threat to the company’s interests and if the response is reasonable in light of the threat posed by the takeover. However, the board may not use such measures for its own personal interests. For example, a board may institute defensive measures to allow it to negotiate a higher price with the acquirer or prevent shareholders from being coerced into selling at a price which is clearly too low. However, the board may not use such measures just to keep itself in control of the company. This is different from South African law, where the board may not, without shareholder and Takeover Regulation Panel approval, do anything which may result in the frustration of a genuine offer.

In addition, the completion of certain merger or acquisition arrangements above a statutory threshold level is also subject to the receipt of competition and antitrust clearances in the United States. Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder, such merger or acquisition transactions may not be completed until notification and report forms have been filed with the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice and the applicable waiting periods have expired.

Shareholders’ Suits

Generally, shareholders in South Africa may not sue for wrongs suffered by the company (derivative actions) and any such action would instead be implemented in the name of the company, under the direction of the board. The Companies Act does, however, afford shareholders (and certain other interested persons) the right to serve a demand on the company to commence or continue legal proceedings, or take related steps, to protect the legal interests of the company. Shareholders would also be entitled to sue in their own names for prejudices or wrongs that they have suffered through the actions of the company and/or the directors.

A shareholder or a director may apply to court for relief if any act of omission of the company has had a result that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to, or that unfairly disregards the interests of, such person.

 

124


Table of Contents

Further, even if a resolution (in relation to a fundamental transaction) has been adopted by way of a special resolution, the company may not proceed to implement the resolution without the approval of a court if the resolution was opposed by at least 15% of the voting rights that were exercised on that resolution and any person who voted against the resolution has required the company to seek court approval; or the court, on an application by any person who voted against the resolution, grants that person leave to apply to court for a review of the transaction.

In certain circumstances (namely resolutions relating to the alteration of the company’s memorandum of incorporation that prejudicially alter the rights of a particular class of shares, or any fundamental transaction, such as a takeover or merger), the Companies Act allows dissenting shareholders to lodge a written objection to the resolution prior to the vote being cast, and if the resolution is then adopted such shareholders may demand that the company pay them the fair value for all of the shares of the company held by that person.

Delaware law generally allows a shareholder to sue for wrongs suffered by the company if the shareholder first demands that the company sue on its own behalf and the company declines to do so, but allows the shareholder to. In certain situations, such as when there are specific reasons to believe that the directors are protecting their personal interests, the shareholder may sue directly without first making the demand.

Inspection of Corporate Records

Rights of access to information (including access to inspect and copy the company’s memorandum of incorporation, directors’ reports, reports of annual meetings, notices and minutes of annual meetings and the securities register) are granted to persons who hold or have a beneficial interest in any securities in South African companies, under the Companies Act.

Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation’s shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.

Shareholder Proposals

The Companies Act provides that any two shareholders of a company may propose a resolution concerning any matter in respect of which they are each entitled to exercise voting rights and may require that the resolution be submitted to shareholders for consideration at a special meeting demanded in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, at the next meeting of shareholders or by way of written vote.

Under Delaware law, a corporation’s bylaws may provide that if the corporation solicits proxies with respect to an election of directors, it may be required, to the extent and subject to such procedures or conditions as may be provided in the bylaws, to include in its proxy solicitation materials, in addition to individuals nominated by the board of directors, one or more individuals nominated by a shareholder. Furthermore, the corporation’s bylaws may provide for the reimbursement by the corporation of expenses incurred by a shareholder in soliciting proxies in connection with an election of directors, subject to certain procedures and conditions. Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which other business may be brought before a meeting.

Calling of Special Shareholders’ Meetings

The board of a company is required to call a shareholders meeting if one or more written and signed demands for such meeting are delivered to the company, and each such demand described

 

125


Table of Contents

the specific purposed for which the meeting is proposed; and in aggregate, demands for substantially the same purpose are made and signed by holders of at least 10% of the voting rights entitled to be exercised in relation to the matter proposed to be considered at the meeting.

Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

Staggered Board of Directors

In accordance with our Memorandum of Incorporation, no directors are appointed for life or for an indefinite period and at least one-third of the non-executive directors retire by rotation each year and stand to re-election at the annual general meeting in accordance with the Memorandum of Incorporation.

Delaware law permits corporations to have a staggered board of directors.

Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent

Except in respect of annual general meetings or, in the case of a listed company, any meetings required in terms of the JSE listings requirements, any matter that could be voted on by shareholders at a meeting may instead be submitted for consideration to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and voted on in writing by the shareholders within 20 business days thereafter.

In addition, South African company law also provides for electronic communication at shareholders meetings and for meetings to be conducted entirely by way of electronic communication; provided that the electronic communication employed ordinarily enables all persons participating in the meeting to communicate concurrently with each other without an intermediary, and to participate reasonably effectively in the meeting.

Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of stockholders at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Amendment of Constitutional Documents

Under South African law, a company’s memorandum of incorporation may only be amended by way of a special resolution approved by the shareholders, or in compliance with a court order.

Under Delaware law, a company’s certificate of incorporation may be amended if the amendment is approved by both the board of directors and the shareholders. Unless a different percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the voting power of the shareholders of the corporation is required to approve an amendment. Under Delaware law, the certificate of incorporation may limit or remove the voting power of a class of the company’s stock. However, if the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the rights or preference of a class of stock, the holders of shares of that class are entitled to vote, as a class, upon the proposed amendment, without regard to the restriction in the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, Delaware law allows the bylaws of the corporation to be amended either by the shareholders or, if allowed in the certificate of incorporation, by the board of directors.

 

126


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent 25 shares (or a right to receive 25 shares) deposited with the principal Johannesburg office of any of Standard Bank of South Africa, FirstRand Bank Ltd or Societe Generale (ZA), as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having ADSs registered in your name in the Direct Registration System, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership is confirmed by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. South African law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and all other persons indirectly holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for instructions on how to obtain copies of those documents.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of Shares your ADSs represent.

Cash . The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to

 

127


Table of Contents

those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation.” The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

Shares . The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares . If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to ADS holders. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to ADS holders, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver ADSs to the persons entitled to them. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

Other Distributions . The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you .

 

128


Table of Contents

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, if feasible.

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. The depositary will notify ADS holders of shareholders’ meetings and arrange to deliver our voting materials to them if we ask it to. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they much reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary.

Otherwise, you won’t be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares.

The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of South Africa and of our Memorandum of Incorporation or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed or as described in the following sentence. If we request the depositary to solicit your instructions but the depositary does not receive instructions by the specified date, the depositary will give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the shares as to each matter to be voted on, unless we notify the depositary that (i) we do not wish to receive a proxy, (ii) substantial opposition to the matter exists or (iii) the matter would materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of ADSs.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

 

129


Table of Contents

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon as soon as practicable in advance of the meeting date.

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders
must pay:

  

For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per ADS    Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
$.05 (or less) per ADSs per calendar year    Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary   

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash

 

130


Table of Contents

distribution payable to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse and / or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:

  

Then:

Change the nominal or par value of our shares;

 

Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities;

 

Distribute securities on the shares that are not distributed to you; or,

 

Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

  

The cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities. Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities;

 

and,

 

The depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended .

 

131


Table of Contents

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement at our direction by mailing notice of termination to the ADS holders then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement by mailing notice of termination to us and the ADS holders if 60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property, and deliver shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs. Four months after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination our only obligations will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

  Ÿ  

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

  Ÿ  

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person; and

 

  Ÿ  

may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

132


Table of Contents

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

  Ÿ  

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

  Ÿ  

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

  Ÿ  

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

  Ÿ  

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver shares before surrender of ADSs if the shares are delivered to a South African bank. This is called a pre-release of the shares. Pre-release of ADSs and pre-release of shares is referred to generally as pre-release. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release of ADSs is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release of ADSs. The depositary may pre-release only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be remitted; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate and, in the case of a pre-release of shares, preceded or accompanied by an unconditional guaranty by a South-African bank to deliver ADSs for cancellation on the same calendar day on which the shares are delivered to the South-African bank (or, if such ADSs are not so delivered, to return the shares) and (3) the depositary

 

133


Table of Contents

must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC under which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership will be evidenced by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs. Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder communications; inspection of register of holders of ADSs; disclosure of interests

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

In the deposit agreement, each ADS holder agrees to comply with requests from us pursuant to applicable law or the rules of any applicable stock exchange or clearing system, or our Memorandum of Incorporation, as to the capacity in which the ADS holder owns ADSs (and the ordinary shares as the case may be) and regarding the identity of any other persons interested in those ADSs (and the ordinary shares, as the case may be) and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADSs holders at the time of such request.

 

134


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SHAREHOLDERS

The following summary describes certain exchange control consequences of acquiring and disposing of shares. Investors should consult their own advisors as to the exchange control consequences of acquiring and disposing of shares.

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Shareholders

Currency and shares are not freely transferable from South Africa to any jurisdiction falling outside the geographical borders of the Republic of South Africa, other than jurisdictions falling within the Common Monetary Area (South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland and Namibia), and must be dealt with in terms of the South African exchange control regulations as described below. The South African exchange control regulations also regulate the acquisition by former residents (i.e., emigrants) and non-residents of shares.

Applicants who are resident outside the Common Monetary Area should seek advice as to whether any governmental and/or other legal consent is required and/or whether any other formality must be observed to enable an acquisition to be made.

The following summary is intended as a guide and is therefore not comprehensive. If investors are in any doubt regarding South African exchange control regulations, they should consult their professional advisors.

Applicants Resident outside the Common Monetary Area

 

  Ÿ  

A person who is not resident in the Common Monetary Area, including an emigrant not using emigrant blocked funds, should obtain advice as to whether any governmental and/or other legal consent is required and/or whether any other formality must be observed to enable an acquisition of ADSs.

 

  Ÿ  

In the case of a dematerialized share held by a shareholder, all shares issued will be credited directly to the ordinary shareholder’s non-resident share account held by his duly appointed CSDP. The CSDP or broker through whom the company’s shareholders have dematerialized their shares will ensure that they adhere to the South African exchange control regulations.

 

  Ÿ  

Applicants resident outside the Common Monetary Area should note that, where shares are subsequently re-materialized and issued in certificated form, such share certificates will be endorsed “Non-Resident” in terms of the South African exchange control regulations.

Investments in South African Companies

A non-resident investor may invest freely in ordinary shares (including ADSs) in a South African company, provided that such transactions are concluded at arm’s length, at fair market-related prices and are financed in an approved manner. In this regard, such financing must be in the form of the introduction of foreign currency, South African rand from a non-resident account or in terms of approved local borrowings that comply with exchange control regulations. The creation of any loan account between a resident and a non-resident would require prior exchange control approval.

Acquisitions of shares or assets of South African companies by non-South African purchasers are not generally subject to review by the South African Reserve Bank, or the “SARB,” when the

 

135


Table of Contents

consideration is in cash, but may require SARB review in certain circumstances, including when the consideration is equity in a non-South African company or when the acquisition is financed by a loan from a South African lender.

Any foreign investor may also sell shares in a South African company and transfer the proceeds out of South Africa without restriction, provided that such transactions are concluded at arm’s length and at market-related prices.

Dividends

Dividends declared to non-resident shareholders are not subject to approval by the SARB and are freely transferable to non-resident shareholders by publicly listed companies. The transfer of funds abroad in respect of the declaration of a dividend in specie or special dividend by a publicly listed company requires prior SARB approval.

Interest

Interest on foreign loans is freely transferable abroad, provided the introduction of the loans received prior SARB approval.

Voting Rights

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our Memorandum of Incorporation on the rights of non-South African shareholders to vote the ordinary shares.

 

136


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  outstanding ordinary shares, including ordinary shares represented by ADSs, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, the                  shares sold in this offering in the form of ADSs will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any ordinary shares purchased by our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (as in effect on the date of this prospectus), beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, an “affiliate” who has beneficially owned our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs for a period of at least six months is entitled to sell upon expiration or waiver of the lock-up arrangements described below within any three-month period a number of ordinary shares in the form of ADSs that does not exceed the greater of either 1% of the then outstanding shares, or the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. Such sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act are also subject to prescribed requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior holder other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such ordinary shares in the form of ADSs without restriction, provided we have been in compliance with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act for the six months following satisfaction of the six-month holding period. To the extent that our affiliates sell their ordinary shares in the form of ADSs, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this prospectus, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who acquires our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written in the form of ADSs agreement executed prior to the closing of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Lock-up Agreements

We and our directors, executive officers and certain shareholders representing                  ordinary shares have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., will not, during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days thereafter:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any of our ordinary shares or ADSs, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or

 

137


Table of Contents
 

exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, any of our ordinary shares or ADSs held by such persons or acquired by such persons after the date of this prospectus, or that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such persons; or

 

  Ÿ  

exercise or seek to exercise or effectuate in any manner any rights of any nature that such persons have or may have to require us to register under the Securities Act the undersigned’s sale, transfer or other disposition of any of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities held by such persons, or to otherwise participate as a selling security holder in any manner in any registration effected by us under the Securities Act.

Each of these agreements is subject to certain exceptions, as set forth in “Underwriting.”

Share Incentive Plan

As of June 30, 2013, options to purchase 63,425,000 of our ordinary shares granted under our share incentive plan were outstanding, and options for the purchase of 11,512,500 such shares were fully vested.

 

138


Table of Contents

TAXATION

South African Tax Considerations

The following summary provides relevant tax information in relation to South African fiscal laws and describes the material South African tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of shares and ADSs. It is not a complete description of all the tax issues and of all possible tax consequences of such purchase, ownership or disposal. To the extent that such summary sets forth specific legal conclusions under South African income tax law, it represents the opinion of Werksmans Attorneys, Johannesburg, South Africa. This summary is based on the laws as in force and as applied in practice on the date of this prospectus and is subject to changes to those laws and practices subsequent to the date of this prospectus. Investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of the ADSs and shares in light of their particular circumstances, including, in particular, the effect of any state, regional, local or other tax laws.

Residence-based System of Taxation

Residents of South Africa are taxed on their worldwide income and capital gains, whereas non-residents are taxed only on income and certain capital gains arising from a South African source. Listed shares held by a non-resident would generally not be subject to capital gains tax, or “CGT.”

Individuals

An individual will be a resident of South Africa for tax purposes if either of the following applies:

 

  Ÿ  

Such individual is “ordinarily resident” in South Africa. This expression is not defined in the Income Tax Act No 58 of 1962, or the “Income Tax Act,” and therefore its meaning is determined according to guidelines established by the courts. Generally, a person’s ordinary residence will be “the country to which he would naturally and as a matter of course return from his wandering; as contrasted with other lands it might be called his usual or principal residence and it would be described more aptly than other countries as his real home.”

 

  Ÿ  

The requirements of the physical presence test are met. This is generally determined with reference to the number of days spent by the individual in South Africa during a five-year period, and applies only if he or she is not ordinarily resident in South Africa.

Legal Persons (Company, Close Corporation and Trust)

As regards legal persons (and for these purposes, a trust is deemed to be a person), a resident is defined in the Income Tax Act as any person which is incorporated, established or formed in South Africa or which has its place of effective management in South Africa.

General Proviso Regarding Treaty Resident Persons

The Income Tax Act excludes from the definition of “resident” any person (legal or natural) that is deemed to be exclusively resident in another country in terms of an agreement for the avoidance of double taxation to which South Africa and that other country are parties. Such a treaty exists between the United States and South Africa effective December 28, 1997.

Dividend Income

Dividends declared by a South African-resident company are exempt from income tax in the hands of the recipient. A withholding tax, known as dividends tax, is levied at the rate of 15% on

 

139


Table of Contents

dividends distributed by a South African-resident company to its shareholders, whether those shareholders are South African residents or non-residents. In addition, a non-resident company listed on the JSE is also liable to withhold the tax in respect of those of its shares which are on the South African register. However, a rebate/credit against the dividends tax is granted in respect of any foreign withholding tax paid on that dividend.

Dividends tax is a final tax withheld by the company declaring the dividend, and applies to any distribution that is made by the company other than a distribution out of contributed tax capital (a defined term which generally means the share capital of a company). The definition of “dividend” is very broad and means any amount transferred or applied by a company for the benefit or on behalf of any person in respect of any share in that company. Because the definition is so broad, and therefore is likely to cover any transaction other than a formal dividend which represents a distribution of profits to a shareholder, there is only one deemed dividend rule which applies where a company makes a loan at less than a market-related rate of interest to any person (but a company resident in South Africa is not subject to this rule because company to company dividends are in any event exempt from the tax). There are also other deemed dividends which apply where there are attempts to avoid the tax by means of dividend swaps, or by means of scrip loans, or by means of repo arrangements.

Where a company buys back its own shares, the proceeds, to the extent that they are not out of contributed tax capital, are treated as a dividend. The exception to this rule is where a listed company buys back its shares on the market (i.e., effectively only off-market deals are treated as giving rise to dividends).

Certain shareholders are exempt from the dividends tax, including South African-resident companies, public benefit organizations and other tax-exempt bodies, such as a pension fund. Except where a corporate shareholder forms part of the same group (for tax purposes) as the company declaring a dividend, the aforementioned exemptions are only available if the shareholder has timely submitted to the company (or the regulated intermediary) a prescribed declaration and undertaking confirming its entitlement to the exemption.

A similar declaration and undertaking must be submitted by a non-resident who finds that a lower rate of withholding tax is applicable in terms of any relevant double tax agreement entered into between South Africa and the shareholder’s country of residence.

The predecessor to dividends tax was secondary tax on companies, or “STC,” which was a corporate tax paid on the excess of dividends distributed over dividends received. To the extent that, at the date of change-over on April 1, 2012 from STC to dividends tax, there was an “STC credit”, being an excess of dividends received over dividends distributed, a company may, by no later than March 31, 2015, distribute dividends up to the amount of this STC credit without having to withhold dividends tax.

If dividends tax is withheld in circumstances where it need not have been ( e.g. the required declaration and undertaking was not submitted timely), it is possible for the shareholder to obtain a refund, either from the company when it next distributes a dividend, or from the South African Revenue Service where the company is not in a position to do so.

It should be noted that certain types of shares could be categorized as either hybrid equity instruments or third-party backed shares (though these usually occur in the case of certain redeemable preference shares), and if they are so classified, the dividends are no longer exempt from income tax (i.e. they remain fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates), and in such case, not being dividends exempt from income tax, they will not be subject to dividends tax.

 

140


Table of Contents

Disposal of Shares

The disposal of shares will give rise either to a capital or revenue receipt or accrual in the hands of a taxpayer. In determining whether the income derived from the disposal of such shares is of a capital or revenue nature, the South African tax authorities and courts look at, among other things, the intention of the holder of the shares to determine whether the disposal gave rise to a capital or revenue profit. Profits derived from the disposal of South African shares held as long-term investments are generally regarded as profits of a capital nature and are not subject to South African income tax, but rather to CGT. The burden of proof of a capital intent is on the taxpayer.

If a non-resident shareholder trades (that is, conducts business or speculates) in South African shares, such non-resident shareholder could be subject to South African income tax if the proceeds from the disposal are considered to be from a South African source, which would only be the case where the shares are attributable to the non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa.

Where, however, the shares have been held for more than three years and such shares qualify as equity shares, the proceeds from the disposal will most likely be deemed to be capital if the provisions of section 9C of the Income Tax Act are met.

Capital Gains Tax

Residents of South Africa are subject to CGT in respect of gains made on the disposal of their world-wide assets. Non-residents are generally not liable for CGT on disposals of South African assets, but there are two exceptions to this rule: (a) the gain on the disposal of a direct or indirect interest in immovable property in South Africa; and (b) any gain on disposal of an asset attributable to a permanent establishment which the non-resident has in South Africa.

CGT was introduced into the Income Tax Act effective October 1, 2001 by way of the incorporation of the Eighth Schedule thereto. In terms of this Eighth Schedule, all South African tax residents are liable to pay CGT on the gains realized from the disposal of capital assets (including a share held for more than three years, as described above). An asset is widely defined and includes movable and immovable property, corporeal and incorporeal property, and rights or interests in such property, but excludes certain limited items.

 

141


Table of Contents

The following table sets out the prescribed portion of a capital gain that would be included in a taxpayer’s taxable income, the normal tax rates applicable to certain taxpayers and, consequently, the effective rate at which capital gains are taxed.

 

Type of Taxpayer

   Prescribed
Portion of the
Capital Gain
Included in
Taxable Income
     Statutory
Income
Tax Rate
     Effective
Rate
 
     (%)      (%)      (%)  

Individuals

     33.3         0-40         0-13.3   

Trusts

        

Special

     33.3         0-40         0-13.3   

Other

     66.6         40         26.6   

Life assurers

        

Individual policyholder fund

     33.3         30         10   

Company policyholder fund

     66.6         28         18.6   

Corporate fund

     66.6         28         18.6   

Untaxed policyholder fund

     0         0         0   

Most companies

     66.6         28         18.6   

Permanent establishments (branches) of non-resident companies

     66.6         28         18.6   

Collective investment schemes

     0         0         0   

A natural person’s death triggers a deemed sale at market value for CGT purposes. Giving up South African residence by any type of person also triggers such a deemed sale.

As discussed above, non-residents would generally not be liable for CGT in South Africa on disposal of shares in a South African company.

Corporate Tax

The corporate tax rate is 28% of taxable income.

Withholding Tax on Interest

There is currently no withholding tax on interest. Moreover, except where any natural person is physically present in South Africa for more than 183 days in any 12-month period, or except where any natural or legal person carries on business in South Africa through a permanent establishment, non-residents are exempt from tax on interest (and even in those cases where the exemption does not apply, a relevant double tax agreement might provide relief).

Effective March 1, 2014 a withholding tax on interest payable to non-residents will be introduced at the rate of 15%. Certain exemptions apply including on interest paid by the South African Government (including provincial or local government) and by banks (unless there is a back-to-back loan through the bank designed to avoid the withholding tax). In addition, interest on any listed debt is exempt.

A non-resident entitled to a lower rate of interest (even zero) in terms of a relevant double tax agreement will be entitled to submit to the borrower a prescribed declaration which will entitle the borrower to withhold the lower (or zero) rate of tax.

 

142


Table of Contents

Other Withholding Taxes

There are also withholding taxes on royalties and on foreign sportspersons and entertainers, all at the rate of 15% (subject to any relevant double tax agreement), as well as, in certain circumstances, a withholding tax on proceeds payable to a non-resident seller of immovable property in South Africa, the latter being on account of the non-resident’s liability for CGT.

Securities Transfer Tax

Securities Transfer Tax is imposed in respect of the transfer of securities (except where there is no change in beneficial ownership) at the rate of 0.25% of the taxable amount of such securities being the value or consideration given for the securities or (effectively) the market value, whichever is the higher, determined according to the Securities Transfer Tax Act. The company (if the securities are unlisted) or the central securities depositary participant (if the securities are listed) is liable for the Securities Transfer Tax, but it has a right of recovery against the transferee.

Estate Duty

A natural person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa is liable for estate duty, at the rate of 20%, on his or her worldwide estate. There are certain exemptions and deductions available. The most important deductions are bequests to a surviving spouse and also bequests to public benefit organizations. Any CGT triggered by death (see above) will also be allowed as a deduction. Thereafter, and after deducting liabilities of the estate, the estate duty will be taxable on any amount in excess of R3.5 million ($0.4 million). To the extent that the first-dying spouse has not availed of the exemption of R3.5 million in full, the unutilized portion may be added to the exemption available to the estate of the surviving spouse on the latter’s death. Non-residents are subject to estate duty on the same basis, but limited to assets located in South Africa.

Value Added Tax

South Africa levies a value added tax at the rate of 14% on the consideration for supplies of goods and services, with exports being zero-rated. Financial services (including transfers of shares and debt instruments and the making available of credit) are exempt from value added taxes.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ordinary shares or ADSs. To the extent that such description sets forth specific legal conclusions under United States federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided, it represents the opinion of Akerman Senterfitt LLP, New York, New York. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that owns ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as, but not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

certain financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

insurance companies;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

143


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

  Ÿ  

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

  Ÿ  

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt entities, including “individual retirement accounts” or “Roth IRAs”;

 

  Ÿ  

persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States; or

 

  Ÿ  

persons who own directly, indirectly, or constructively 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our ordinary shares and/or ADSs.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares or ADSs, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations and the Convention Between the Republic of South Africa and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains (the “Treaty”), all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. It is also based in part on the provisions of the deposit agreement entered into with the ADR depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

A “U.S. Holder” is a person who is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision for the administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has validly elected under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

  Ÿ  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

In general, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.

 

144


Table of Contents

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before the underlying shares are delivered to the ADR depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of American depositary shares and the issuer of the security underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of American depositary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of South African taxes, if any, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (each of which is described below) could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the PFIC rules, described below (i.e., if we are not a PFIC during a U.S. Holder’s holding period or we cease to be a PFIC and a “purging election” is made, as discussed below), distributions paid on our ordinary shares or ADSs (including amounts withheld to reflect South African withholding taxes), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, to be recognized by a U.S. Holder on a subsequent disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares), and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. Consequently, such distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would generally not give rise to foreign source income and you would generally not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any withholding tax imposed on such distributions unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. federal income tax due on other foreign source income in the appropriate category for foreign tax credit purposes. However, because we do not maintain calculations of earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Dividends will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt, or in the case of ADSs, the ADR depositary’s receipt, of the dividend. In addition, with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on unearned income. For individual U.S. Holders, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by the deductions that are allocable to such income. Investment income generally includes passive income such as interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, rents, and capital gains. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in the ADSs.

Subject to applicable limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), the PFIC rules, described below, and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S.

 

145


Table of Contents

Treasury, dividends paid by qualified foreign corporations to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income. Under these rules, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on stock (or ADSs backed by stock) that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, such as the NYSE, where the ADSs are expected to be listed. However, there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years. A qualified foreign corporation also includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of certain income tax treaties with the United States. We believe we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and if we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rates regardless of whether such shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether a preferential rate will apply to dividends they receive in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs and whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate.

The amount of any dividend paid in South African rand will equal the U.S. dollar value of the South African rand received calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the ADR depositary, in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the South African rand are converted into U.S. dollars. If the South African rand received as a dividend are converted into U.S. dollars on the date they are received, a U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. If the South African rand received as a dividend are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt (by the U.S. Holder or the ADS depositary, respectively), the U.S. Holder will have a basis in the South African rand equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the South African rand will be treated as U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

As described in “—South African Tax Considerations,” dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs are generally subject to South African withholding taxes. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of a dividend would include any amounts withheld by us in respect of South African taxes. Subject to applicable limitations, the PFIC rules, described below, and in the case of ADSs subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, any South African income taxes withheld from dividends at a rate not exceeding any applicable Treaty rate would be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on our ordinary shares or ADSs will generally constitute foreign source income and will generally constitute passive category income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may, at the U.S. Holder’s election, deduct such creditable South African taxes, if any, in computing taxable income. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States. Special rules limiting foreign tax credits apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders who receive dividends eligible for the reduced rates discussed above, and to U.S. Holders of equity in a PFIC. Furthermore, in certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for any foreign taxes imposed on dividends if such U.S. Holder has held its ordinary shares or ADSs for less than a specified minimum period during which it is not protected from risk or loss, or if such U.S. Holder is obligated to make payments related to the dividends. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the creditability or deductibility of foreign taxes and their eligibility for benefits under the Treaty in their particular circumstances.

 

146


Table of Contents

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the relevant ordinary shares or ADSs and the amount realized on the disposition, each as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, a U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any South African tax imposed on the disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against tax due on other income treated as derived from foreign sources. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Long-term capital gains earned by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income and, with respect to individuals with modified adjusted gross income above certain thresholds, an additional Medicare tax will apply to certain types of income, including long-term and short-term capital gains arising from the sale of stock, as described above.

PFIC Rules

Based on the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares, the value of our assets, and the composition of our income and assets, although not free from doubt, we do not believe that we were a passive foreign investment company, or a “PFIC,” for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended March 30, 2013. The application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” will not assert that we are a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either:

 

  Ÿ  

at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income; or

 

  Ÿ  

at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

We must make a separate determination after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Because the value of our assets (including goodwill and unbooked intangibles) for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable. If such election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold the ADSs or ordinary shares such U.S. Holder holds at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described below. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s ADSs or ordinary shares with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

 

147


Table of Contents

For each taxable year that we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives and any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless such U.S. Holder makes a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions the U.S. Holder receives in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions such U.S. Holder received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

  Ÿ  

the excess distribution or recognized gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to taxable years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) from a sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if the U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets.

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs or we make direct or indirect equity investments in other entities that are PFICs, such U.S. Holder may be deemed to own shares in such lower-tier PFICs that are directly or indirectly owned by us in that proportion which the value of the ADSs or ordinary shares such U.S. Holder owns bears to the value of all of the ADSs and ordinary shares, and such U.S. Holder may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs that such U.S. Holder would be deemed to own. Potential investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

If we are a PFIC and if the ordinary shares or ADSs are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. The ordinary shares or ADSs would be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The NYSE, where the ADSs are expected to be listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. Further, our ordinary shares are listed on the JSE. Such exchange will be treated as a “qualified exchange” if (a) it is regulated or supervised by a governmental authority in its country, (b) the exchange is subject to requirements (which requirements are actually enforced) designed to prevent fraud, remove impediments to a free and open market, and protect investors, and (c) the rules of the exchange promote active trading of listed stocks. In addition, no assurance can be given that the ordinary shares or ADSs will be “regularly traded” on their respective exchanges for purposes of the mark-to-market election. U.S. Holders will not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to any lower-tier PFICs (discussed above).

 

148


Table of Contents

A U.S. Holder generally makes a mark-to-market election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election first relates. The mark-to-market election cannot be made unless a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares or ADSs on the last day of the U.S. Holder’s taxable year during which we are a PFIC. A timely mark-to-market election will apply to the tax year for which such election is made and to all subsequent tax years, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs, as the case may be, are no longer “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or the IRS consents to revocation of such election.

If the mark-to-market election is available, and a U.S. Holder makes such election, the U.S. Holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares or ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. In addition, if a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, any gain that the U.S. Holder recognizes on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their own advisors about the availability and advisability of the mark-to-market election.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock of a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such corporation to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. A U.S. Holder that makes a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the taxable year. However, you may make a qualified electing fund election with respect to your ADSs or ordinary shares only if we agree to furnish you annually with certain tax information, and we currently do not intend to prepare or provide such information.

U.S. shareholders of PFICs are required to file certain information with U.S. taxing authorities relating to their PFIC investments for years in which they receive distributions from the PFIC, recognized gain on a disposition of the PFIC stock, or make certain elections. If we are classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder should consult such U.S. Holder’s tax advisors regarding any reporting requirements that may apply.

The PFIC rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the PFIC rules and how the PFIC rules may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our ordinary shares or ADSs that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (1) the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient or (2) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders that are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification.

 

149


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders are also required to file IRS Form 926, Return by U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation, and certain U.S. Holders may be required to file IRS Form 5471, Information Return of U.S. Persons With Respect to Certain Foreign Corporations, reporting transfers of cash or other property to us and information relating to the U.S. Holder and us. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding these requirements.

Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to file IRS Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” generally include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-U.S. persons, which may include the ADSs or ordinary shares, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-U.S. issuers or counterparties and (iii) interests in foreign entities. The IRS has issued guidance exempting “specified foreign financial assets” held in a financial account from reporting under this provision (although the financial account itself, if maintained by a foreign financial institution, may remain subject to this reporting requirement). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of this legislation to their ownership of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

150


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2013, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us and from the selling shareholders the following respective number of ADSs:

 

Underwriter

   Number of ADSs

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Total

  

The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to acceptance of the ADSs and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to approval by their counsel of legal matters and to certain other conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters are obligated to purchase and accept delivery of all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus, if any are purchased, other than those covered by the option to purchase additional ADSs described below.

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

Certain of the selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase in whole or in part at any time up to an aggregate of                  additional ADSs, at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If purchased, these additional ADSs will be sold by the underwriters on the same terms as those on which the ADSs offered by this prospectus are sold.

Commission and Discounts

The underwriters propose to offer ADSs directly to the public at the public offering price indicated on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per ADS. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $         per ADS to other dealers. If all of the ADSs are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the public offering price and the other selling terms.

The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discount that we and the selling shareholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

     Per ADS      Total
Without
Over-
Allotment
     Total
With
Over-
Allotment
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   $         $         $     

We and the selling shareholders, severally and not jointly, estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $                .

 

151


Table of Contents

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against various liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors, our executive officers and certain of our existing shareholders have agreed for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to directly or indirectly: (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or take any other action, whether through derivative contracts, options or otherwise to reduce their financial risk of holding any of our securities, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, any securities held or deemed to be beneficially owned by the person or entity without the prior written consent of the underwriters or (b) exercise or seek to exercise or effectuate in any manner any rights of any nature that the person or the entity has or may have hereafter to require us to register under the Securities Act, the sale, transfer or other disposition of any of the securities held or deemed to be beneficially owned by the person or entity, or to otherwise participate as a selling security holder in any manner in any registration by us under the Securities Act. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to the securities being offered in this prospectus.

In addition we have agreed that for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the underwriters, (a) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs (other than the ordinary shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans existing on the date hereof or pursuant to currently outstanding options), or sell or grant options with respect to any ordinary shares or ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs (other than the grant of options pursuant to option plans existing on the date hereof), (b) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such ordinary shares or ADSs, (c) file or cause to be filed a registration statement with respect to the registration of any ordinary shares or ADSs or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into our ordinary shares or ADSs or any other securities or (d) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until this offering is completed, SEC rules may limit the ability of the underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase ADSs. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the ADSs. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and passive market making. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional ADSs. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional ADSs. The underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of the option to purchase additional ADSs, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short

 

152


Table of Contents

position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ADSs in the open market to stabilize the price of the ADSs. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the ADSs in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed ADSs to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the ADSs. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ADSs.

In connection with this transaction, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the ADSs, prior to the pricing and completion of this offering. Passive market making is permitted by Regulation M of the Securities Act and consists of displaying bids no higher than the bid prices of independent market makers and making purchases at prices no higher than these independent bids and effected in response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in the ADSs during a specified period and must be discontinued when such limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of the ADSs to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of such transactions.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriter a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased ADSs sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters without notice at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters of the offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacity as underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Listing

Our ordinary shares are quoted on the JSE under the symbol “MIX.” We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “MIXT.” We expect the listing to occur concurrently with the closing of this offering. No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.

Affiliations

The underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, financial advisory and other financial services to us and our affiliates for

 

153


Table of Contents

which it has received, and in the future may receive, advisory or transaction fees, as applicable, plus out-of-pocket expenses of the nature and in amounts customary in the industry for these financial services. In addition to investment banking services that the underwriters and their affiliates provide from time to time, we have banking and brokerage transactions in the ordinary course of business with the underwriters and their affiliates. It is expected that we will continue to use the underwriters and their affiliates for various services in the future.

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the ADSs in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling shareholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of ADSs are made. Any resale of the ADSs in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the ADSs.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing ADSs in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling shareholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

  Ÿ  

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the ADSs without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

 

  Ÿ  

where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent;

 

  Ÿ  

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under “Resale Restrictions”; and

 

  Ÿ  

the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the ADSs to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the ADSs, for rescission against us and the selling shareholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the ADSs. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the ADSs. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling shareholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the ADSs were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling shareholders will have no liability. In the case of an action

 

154


Table of Contents

for damages, we and the selling shareholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the ADSs as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling shareholders are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of ADSs should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the ADSs for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the “Relevant Implementation Date,” it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  Ÿ  

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  Ÿ  

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  Ÿ  

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of our ADSs shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or the underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any

 

155


Table of Contents

means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

  Ÿ  

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

156


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discount, which are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs. With the exception of the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or “FINRA,” filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $               

NYSE listing fee

  

FINRA filing fee

  

Printing expenses

  

ADR depositary fees and expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous expenses

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

The selling shareholders will pay the underwriting discounts and commissions in respect of their ordinary shares to be sold as ADSs in this offering.

 

157


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our ordinary shares and the ADSs and certain other legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for us, as to South African law, by Werksmans Attorneys, Johannesburg, South Africa, and, as to U.S. federal and New York state law, by Akerman Senterfitt LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters of South African law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Bowman Gilfillan Inc., Johannesburg, South Africa and, as to U.S. federal and New York state law, by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements at March 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the two fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

Substantially all of our assets and the assets of our directors and executive officers and some of the experts named in this prospectus are located outside the United States. In addition, all of the members of our Board of Directors, most of our executive officers and several of our experts named in this prospectus are residents of South Africa or other foreign countries. As a result, it will only be possible for you to effect service of any South African process instituting proceedings, within the United States or elsewhere outside South Africa, upon our directors, our officers or several of our experts, where leave is obtained from a South African court to sue such person by edict. In addition, service of non-South African civil processes, within South Africa, on our directors, officers or experts, may be effected in South Africa, where a request for such service is submitted to South Africa’s Department of Justice and Constitutional Development, who will thereafter transmit such request to a registrar of a South African High Court, who will in turn instruct the relevant Sheriff to serve such process.

Moreover, any judgment obtained against us or any of these foreign persons in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may be enforced by a South African court, subject to the provisions more fully set out below. South African courts have the power to grant a judgment in foreign currency and accordingly, if a foreign judgment is enforced by a South African court, the judgment debt may be satisfied by payment in a foreign currency (or by payment of its equivalent in rand when it is paid). Payment of such a judgment debt, specifically if it is to result in a flow of funds out of South Africa, may be subject to South Africa’s exchange control laws and it will be the responsibility of the successful litigant to apply to the relevant exchange control authority for permission to transmit the relevant funds. It may also be difficult for you to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in South Africa.

A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:

 

  Ÿ  

the court which pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment is final and conclusive (that is, it cannot be altered by the court which pronounced it);

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment has not lapsed;

 

158


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which include that no award is enforceable unless the defendant was duly served with documents initiating proceedings, that he was given a fair opportunity to be heard and that he enjoyed the right to be legally represented in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment was not obtained by fraudulent means;

 

  Ÿ  

the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and

 

  Ÿ  

the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Businesses Act, 1978 (as amended), of South Africa (the “POB Act”).

The POB Act requires, inter alia , that in order to enforce a foreign judgment requesting information in relation to a business, the permission of South Africa’s Minister of Trade and Industry (“the Minister”) must be obtained. Ministerial consent is also required to enforce a foreign judgment in connection with civil proceedings arising from certain types of transactions, and even if ministerial consent is obtained, it can’t be enforced, inter alia , if the judgment requires payment of multiple or punitive damages. However, the scope of the latter restrictions has been limited by the South African courts – they only apply to transactions relating to raw materials or substances, and accordingly would be unlikely to apply to a cause of action based on or relief sought pursuant to U.S. securities laws. Accordingly, in respect of the enforcement of a foreign judgment based on U.S. securities laws the POB Act is only likely to be of application if enforcement is required of a judgment requiring disclosure of information in relation to a business (which is still possible with ministerial consent).

It is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system, that does not mean that such awards, where based on a foreign judgment, are necessarily contrary to South African public policy. Whether a judgment is contrary to South African public policy would depend on the facts of the case. Exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive awards will generally be contrary to South African public policy. South African courts cannot review the merits of a foreign judgment and, accordingly, cannot act as a court of appeal or review. When recognizing and enforcing foreign judgments, South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract may under certain circumstances be determined in accordance with South African law. It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws may be brought before South African courts. A plaintiff who is not resident in South Africa may be required to provide security for costs where proceedings are instituted in South Africa. Furthermore, the Uniform Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents executed outside South Africa be authenticated in a prescribed manner for the purpose of use in South African courts. It is highly unlikely that an investor will be able to successfully seek to impose criminal liability in a South African court arising from a violation of United States federal securities laws.

 

159


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information to be filed with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website at http://www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act, including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports, or the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors and to make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. We will file annual reports on Form 20-F within the time period required by the SEC, which is currently four months from March 31, the end of our fiscal year, and will file interim reports on Form 6-K containing a copy of any reports we file with South African securities regulators or stock exchanges.

We will send the ADR depositary a copy of all notices that we give relating to meetings of our shareholders or to distributions to shareholders or the offering of rights and a copy of any other report or communication that we make generally available to our shareholders. The ADR depositary will make all these notices, reports and communications that it receives from us available for inspection by registered holders of ADSs at its office. The ADR depositary will mail copies of those notices, reports and communications to you if we ask the ADR depositary to do so and furnish sufficient copies of materials for that purpose.

 

160


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Statement of Financial Position at March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012 and April 1, 2011

     F-3   

Income Statement for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended  March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of MiX Telematics Limited:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MiX Telematics Limited and its subsidiaries at March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012 and April 1, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in note 42 to the consolidated financial statements, the 2012 consolidated statements of financial position and statement of cash flows have been restated to correct a misstatement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

Johannesburg, South Africa

May 24, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

at March 31, 2013; March 31, 2012; and April 1, 2011

 

 

     Notes      March  31,
2013

R’000
    March 31,
2012
(Restated)
R’000
    April  1,
2011

(Restated)
R’000
 

ASSETS

         

Non-current assets

         

Property, plant and equipment

     6         96,547        85,207        81,038   

Intangible assets

     7         645,736        643,086        647,013   

Investment in joint venture

     8                         

Available-for-sale financial asset

     9                         

Finance lease receivable

     10         6,359                 

Deferred tax assets

     21         13,868        13,266        11,302   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        762,510        741,559        739,353   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

         

Inventory

     11         38,927        35,903        26,355   

Trade and other receivables

     12         186,987        163,125        114,744   

Loan to external party

     13                6,001          

Finance lease receivable

     10         3,604                 

Taxation

        4,823               1,897   

Restricted cash

     14         8,235        3,133        1,852   

Cash and cash equivalents

     15         147,702        118,695        110,007   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        390,278        326,857        254,855   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        1,152,788        1,068,416        994,208   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

         

Stated capital

     16         790,491                 

Share capital

     16                13        13   

Share premium

     16                787,589        787,353   

Other reserves

     17         (111,362     (154,745     (179,844

Retained earnings

        188,750        139,233        75,413   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders of the parent

        867,879        772,090        682,935   

Non-controlling interest

        (5              
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        867,874        772,090        682,935   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

         

Non-current liabilities

         

Borrowings

     18                       36,070   

Deferred tax liabilities

     21         8,605        25,816        28,170   

Provisions

     22         283               1,092   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        8,888        25,816        65,332   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

         

Trade and other payables

     19         184,397        157,038        133,190   

Borrowings

     18         3,472        22,941        27,508   

Taxation

        10,691        11,403        4,669   

Provisions

     22         21,461        28,963        40,606   

Bank overdraft

     15         56,005        50,165        39,968   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        276,026        270,510        245,941   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        284,914        296,326        311,273   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        1,152,788        1,068,416        994,208   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

INCOME STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

     Notes      2013
R’000
          2012
R’000
 

Revenue

     23         1,171,480            1,018,482   

Cost of sales

        (424,545         (390,926
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Gross profit

        746,935            627,556   

Other (expenses)/income—net

     24         (421         7,008   

Operating expenses

        (565,318         (488,176

—     Sales and marketing

        (132,849         (97,312

—     Administration and other charges

        (432,469         (390,864

Operating profit

     25         181,196            146,388   

Finance income

     26         2,018            2,392   

Finance costs

     27         (3,348         (5,265
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

        179,866            143,515   

Taxation

     30         (51,400         (40,275
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        128,466            103,240   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Shareholders of the parent

        128,471            103,240   

Non-controlling interests

        (5           
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        128,466            103,240   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Earnings per share

           

Basic (cents)

     31         19.5            15.7   

Diluted (cents)

     31         19.0            15.6   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

     Notes      2013
R’000
    2012
R’000
 

Profit for the year

        128,466        103,240   

Other comprehensive income/(losses):

       

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     17         37,090        29,816   

Exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations

     17         3,142        (6,718

Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income

     30                  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

        40,232        23,098   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        168,698        126,338   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

       

Shareholders of the parent

        168,703        126,338   

Non-controlling interests

        (5       
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        168,698        126,338   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

          Attributable to shareholders of the parent              
    Notes     Stated
capital
R’000
     Share
capital
R’000
    Share
premium
R’000
    Other
reserves**
R’000
    Retained
earnings
R’000
    Total
R’000
    Non-
controlling
interest
R’000
    Total
equity
R’000
 

At April 1, 2011

              13        787,353        (179,844     75,413        682,935          —        682,935   

Total comprehensive income

                            23,098        103,240        126,338               126,338   

—    Profit for the year

                                        103,240        103,240          —        103,240   

—    Other comprehensive income

                                 23,098               23,098               23,098   

Transactions with shareholders

                  

—    Shares issued in relation to share options exercised

    16                      236                      236               236   

—    Share-based payment

    17                              2,001               2,001               2,001   

—    Dividend declared of 6 cents per share

    32                                     (39,420     (39,420            (39,420

Total transactions with shareholders

                    236        2,001        (39,420     (37,183            (37,183
   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

              13        787,589        (154,745     139,233        772,090               772,090   

Total comprehensive income

                            40,232        128,471        168,703        (5     168,698   

—    Profit for the year

                                        128,471        128,471        (5     128,466   

—    Other comprehensive income

                                 40,232               40,232               40,232   

Transactions with shareholders

                  

—    Shares issued in relation to share options exercised

    16        464               2,425                      2,889               2,889   

—    Share-based payment

    17                              3,151               3,151               3,151   

—    Dividend declared of 8 cents per share

    32                                     (52,576     (52,576            (52,576

—    Interim dividend declared of 4 cents per share

    32                                     (26,378     (26,378            (26,378

Total transactions with shareholders

      464               2,425        3,151        (78,954     (72,914            (72,914

Transfer from share capital and share premium to stated capital

    16        790,027         (13     (790,014                            —          
   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

      790,491                       (111,362     188,750        867,879        (5     867,874   
   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Amount less than R1,000
** See note 17 for a composition of and movements in other reserves.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

     Notes      2013
R’000
    2012
(Restated)
R’000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Cash generated from operations

     33.2         287,847        192,477   

Interest received

        1,880        1,917   

Interest paid

     27         (3,421     (5,549

Taxation paid

        (74,388     (35,769
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        211,918        153,076   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     6         (51,499     (41,593

Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

        966        867   

Purchases of intangible assets

     7         (42,648     (35,873

Loan granted to external party

               (5,486

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     34         23          

Government grant received with regards to development of intangible assets

     7         2,207          

Increase in restricted cash

        (5,103       
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (96,054     (82,085
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

     16         2,889        236   

Dividends paid to company’s shareholders

        (78,874     (39,374

Repayments of borrowings

        (19,701     (41,548
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

        (95,686     (80,686
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        20,178        (9,695

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

        68,530        70,039   

Exchange gains on cash and cash equivalents

        2,989        8,186   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

     15         91,697        68,530   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

1. General information

MiX Telematics Limited (the “Company”) is a public company which is listed on the JSE Limited and is incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) focus on fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as software-as-a-service. The address of the Company’s registered office is Matrix Corner, Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, 1686. The annual financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on May 24, 2013.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting polices applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1. Basis of preparation

The annual financial statements of the Group for the year ended March 31, 2013 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IFRS”), and IFRIC Interpretations.

The financial statements have been prepared in thousands of Rands (R’000) under the historical cost convention except for available-for-sale financial assets, which are measured at fair value. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of consideration paid in exchange for assets.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions or estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in note 4.

2.1.1 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

Other than as explained below, there are no IFRS or IFRIC Interpretations that were effective for the first time during the 2013 fiscal year that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

2.1.1.1 Amended standards adopted by the Group

Amendments to IFRS 7, Disclosures -Transfers of Financial Assets

The Group has adopted the amendments to IFRS 7 in the year under review. The amendments increase the disclosure requirements for transactions involving transfers of financial assets and are intended to provide greater transparency around risk exposures when a financial asset is transferred but the transferor retains some level of continuing exposure in the asset; and also require disclosures where transfers of financial assets are not evenly distributed throughout the period. This has had no impact on the Group during the year under review.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.1.1.2 Standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective

Certain IFRS and amendments and interpretations of IFRS have been issued but are not effective for the year ended March 31, 2013. The Group will apply the standards and interpretations when they become effective (effective date is defined as fiscal years beginning on or after the stated date), the impact of which is still in the process of being assessed and finalized by management.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective date: January 1, 2015)

IFRS 9 is part of the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The statement addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39 with a single model that requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured as at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument.

IFRS 9 has amended the classification and measurement of financial liabilities to account for changes in the fair value of a financial liability (designated as at fair value through profit or loss) attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability’s credit risk are accounted for in other comprehensive income unless such recognition would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch and are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective date: January 1, 2013)

This standard replaces the parts of IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements that deal with consolidated financial statements. SIC-12, Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities , has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 10. Under IFRS 10, control is based on whether an investor has: (a) power over an investee, (b) exposure or rights to variable returns from its investment with the investee, and (c) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns. The standard also provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where it is difficult to assess.

In a subsequent amendment, it was also clarified that the date of initial application is the first day of the annual period in which IFRS 10 is adopted. The Group when adopting IFRS 10 will assess control at the date of initial application as the treatment of comparative figures depends on this assessment.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (effective date: January 1, 2013)

This standard replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures . The standard provides for a more realistic reflection of joint arrangements by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. SIC-13, Jointly Controlled Entities—Non-Monetary Contributions by Ventures , has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 11. Two types of joint arrangements are

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

defined under this standard: joint operations (rights to assets and obligations) and joint ventures (rights to net assets). Proportional consolidation of joint ventures is no longer allowed.

IFRS 12 Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities (effective date: January 1, 2013)

This standard includes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off balance sheet vehicles.

In June 2012, the amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 were issued to clarify certain transitional guidance on the application of these IFRS for the first time.

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (effective date: January 1, 2013)

IFRS 13 aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across all IFRS standards. The requirements do not extend the use of fair value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within IFRS.

IAS 19 (revised 2011) Employee Benefits (effective date: January 1, 2013)

IAS 19 has made significant changes to the recognition and measurement of defined benefit plans and termination benefits, and to the disclosures for all employee benefits.

IAS 27 (revised 2011) Separate Financial Statements (effective date: January 1, 2013)

This standard will only deal with the requirements for separate financial statements as the requirements for consolidation are now contained in IFRS 10. The standard requires that when an entity prepares separate financial statements, investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for either at cost or in accordance with IFRS 9.

IAS 28 (revised 2011) Associates and Joint Ventures (effective date: January 1, 2013)

This standard includes the requirements for joint ventures, as well as associates, to be equity accounted following the issue of IFRS 11.

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, on presentation of items of OCI (effective date: July 1, 2012)

The amendments to IAS 1 introduce new terminology for the statement of comprehensive income and income statement. The amendments retain the option to present profit or loss and other comprehensive income in either a single statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. However, the amendments to IAS 1 require items of other comprehensive income to be grouped into two categories in the other comprehensive income section: (a) items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss and (b) items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met. Income tax on items of other comprehensive income is required to be allocated on the same basis. The amendments do not address which items are presented in other comprehensive income.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, on changes in accounting policies (effective date: January 1, 2013)

IAS 1 requires an entity that changes accounting policies retrospectively, or makes a retrospective restatement or reclassification, to present a statement of financial position at the beginning of the preceding period. The amendments clarify that an entity is required to present a third statement of financial position only when the retrospective application, restatement or reclassification has a material effect on the information in the third statement of financial position and that related notes are not required to accompany the third statement of financial position.

Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments—Disclosures and IAS 32 Financial Instruments—Presentation, regarding the offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities and the related disclosures (effective date: January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2014 respectively)

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the statement of financial position. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realization and settlement”.

The amendments to IFRS 7 require entities to disclose information about rights of offset and related arrangements (such as collateral requirements) for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement.

The amendments to IFRS 7 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and are effective for IAS 32 for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (effective date: January 1, 2013)

The amendments to IAS 16 clarify that spare parts, stand-by equipment and servicing equipment should be classified as property, plant and equipment when they meet the definition of property plant and equipment in IAS 16 otherwise these items should be classified as inventory.

Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (effective date: January 1, 2013)

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify the treatment of income tax relating to distributions and transaction costs. The amendment clarifies that the treatment is in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxe s. So, income tax related to distributions is recognized in the income statement, and income tax related to the costs of equity transactions is recognized in equity.

There are no other IFRS or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

2.2. Consolidation

 

  (a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity. The Group also assesses existence of control where it does not have more than 50% of the voting power but is able to govern the financial and operating policies by virtue of de-facto control. De-facto control may arise in circumstances where the size of the Group’s voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders give the Group the power to govern the financial and operating policies, etc.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity instruments issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at acquisition date. The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognized amounts of acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired the difference is recognized in profit or loss.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized income/expenses on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Profits and losses resulting from intercompany transactions that are recognized as assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Business combinations that took place prior to January 1, 2010 were accounted for in accordance with the previous version of IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

 

  (b) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without a change of control

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between the fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

 

  (c) Disposal of subsidiaries

When the Group ceases to have control in an entity, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value at the date when control is lost, with the change in the carrying

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

amount recognized in profit and loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets and liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to income statement.

 

  (d) Joint venture

A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in joint venture includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment loss.

The Group’s share of its joint venture’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the joint venture, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value and recognizes the amount adjacent to its share of profit/(loss) of the joint venture in the income statement.

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint venture. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint venture have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

2.3. Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified collectively as the Executive Committee and the Chief Executive Officer who make strategic decisions.

Sales between segments are carried out at cost plus a margin.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.4. Foreign currency translation

 

  (a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in South African Rands (“R”), which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

 

  (b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or date of valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the income statement within ‘Other income/(expenses)—net’.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities classified as available for sale, are included in other comprehensive income.

 

  (c) Group companies

The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

  (i) assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position;

 

  (ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions);

 

  (iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income; and

 

  (iv) equity items are measured in terms of historical cost at the time of recording, translated at the rate on the date of recording and are not retranslated to closing rates at reporting dates.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations are taken to other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is fully disposed of or sold (i.e., control is lost), exchange differences that were recorded in

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

equity are recognized in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. A repayment/capitalization of a net investment loan therefore does not result in any exchange differences being transferred from equity to the income statement unless it is part of a transaction resulting in a loss of control. However, upon such conversion/repayment, the amount previously recognized in the shareholder’s loan revaluation reserve is transferred to the foreign currency translation reserve in the statement of changes in equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in equity.

2.5. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Historical cost includes all expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement in the financial period in which they are incurred.

The cost of in-vehicle devices installed in vehicles (including installation and shipping costs) as well as the cost of uninstalled in-vehicle devices are capitalized as property, plant and equipment. The Group depreciates installed in-vehicle devices on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, commencing upon installation whereas uninstalled in-vehicle devices are not depreciated until installed. The related depreciation expense is recorded as part of cost of sales in the income statement.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight line method to reduce their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful life, as follows:

 

Buildings

   50 years

Plant & equipment

   4—20 years

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Furniture, fittings & equipment

   2—10 years

Computer & radio equipment

   3—5 years

In-vehicle devices installed

   2—5 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (note 2.7).

Gains and losses on disposals of an asset are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within “Other income/(expenses)—net” in the income statement.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.6. Intangible assets

 

  (a) Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of consideration transferred over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interests in the acquiree. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The carrying amount of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses recognized as an expense in relation to goodwill are not subsequently reversed. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.

 

  (b) Patents and trademarks

Separately acquired patents and trademarks are shown at historical cost. Patents and trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Patents and trademarks have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight line method to allocate the cost of patents and trademarks over their estimated useful lives (4—20 years).

 

  (c) Customer relationships

Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. The contractual customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight line method over the expected life of the customer relationship (3—5 years).

 

  (d) Computer software, technology, in-house software and product development

Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring the software into use. The acquired computer software licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (3—5 years).

In-house software and product development costs that are directly attributable to the design, testing and development of identifiable and unique software and products, controlled by the Group, are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

It is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;

 

  Ÿ  

Management intends to complete the software product and use it or sell it;

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

  Ÿ  

There is an ability to use or sell the software product;

 

  Ÿ  

It can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

  Ÿ  

Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the software product are available; and

 

  Ÿ  

The expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the intangible assets include software and product development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Other development expenditures that do not meet the criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period if the criteria are subsequently met.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred.

Computer software and product development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives (3-8 years).

2.7. Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortization or depreciation but are tested annually for impairment or whenever there is an indication of impairment. Assets that are subject to amortization or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell, and value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments on the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units i.e. operating segments). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

2.8. Financial assets

2.8.1. Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: loans and receivables and available-for-sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period, which are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables, loans to external parties, finance lease receivables, restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

2.8.2. Recognition

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date (the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset). Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit and loss. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

2.8.3. Measurement

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value.

Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized in other comprehensive income.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement as gains or losses on the investments.

Dividends on available for sale equity instruments are recognized in the income statement as part of other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.8.4. Impairment

Loans and receivables

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

The criteria that the Group uses to determine if there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include:

 

  Ÿ  

Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

  Ÿ  

A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

  Ÿ  

It becomes probable the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; and

 

  Ÿ  

Where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The asset’s carrying amount is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.

Available-for-sale financial assets

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists, the cumulative impairment loss—measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in the income statement—is removed from equity and recognized in the income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.

2.9. Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.10. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined on a First-in, First-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost basis, depending on the nature of the group entity in which it is held. The cost of finished goods includes the cost of manufacturing as charged by third parties. It excludes borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

2.11. Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

2.12. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flows include cash on hand, deposits held on call with banks and bank overdrafts; all of which are available for use by the Group and have an original maturity of less than three months. Bank overdrafts are included within current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

2.13. Restricted Cash

Restricted cash are short-term deposits and amounts held in trusts that are not highly liquid and are accounted for as loans and receivables.

2.14. Stated capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or the exercise of share options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

2.15. Trade and other payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.16. Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

2.17. Borrowing Costs

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction, or production of a qualifying asset, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset until such time as the asset is substantially ready for its intended use or sale. The amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Actual borrowing costs on funds specifically borrowed for the purpose of constructing or producing a qualifying asset less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings.

 

  Ÿ  

Weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the entity on funds generally borrowed.

The borrowing costs capitalized do not exceed the total borrowing costs incurred.

The capitalization of borrowing costs commences when:

 

  Ÿ  

Expenditures for the asset have occurred;

 

  Ÿ  

Borrowing costs have been incurred; and

 

  Ÿ  

Activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale are in progress.

Capitalization is suspended during extended periods in which active development is interrupted.

Capitalization ceases when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are completed.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

2.18. Taxation

2.18.1. Current and deferred income taxes

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantially enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax assets are not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.18.2. Dividends tax/Secondary tax on companies (“STC”)

During the year under review, STC had been replaced by dividend withholding tax, which is a tax on the shareholder as opposed to the Company. South African resident companies were subject to STC on distributed income in the previous fiscal year. A company incurred STC charges on the declaration or deemed declaration of dividends (as defined under tax law) to its shareholders. STC was not a withholding tax on shareholders, but a tax on companies.

The STC tax was recognized as a taxation charge in the income statement in the same period that the related dividend was paid. The STC liability was reduced by external dividends received during the dividend cycle. Where dividends declared exceeded external dividends received during a cycle, STC was payable at the current STC rate on the net amount. Where dividends received exceeded dividends declared within a cycle, there was no liability to pay STC.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Dividend withholding tax is payable at a rate of 15% on dividends distributed to shareholders. This tax is not attributable to the Company but rather paid to the tax authorities on behalf of the shareholders through use of regulatory intermediaries, with only the net amount of the dividend being remitted to the shareholder.

2.19. Employee benefits

 

  (a) Short-term benefits

Remuneration to employees in respect of services rendered during a reporting period is recognized as an expense in that reporting period. Provision is made for accumulated leave and for short-term benefits when there is no realistic alternative other than to settle the liability, and at least one of the following conditions is met:

 

  Ÿ  

There is a formal plan and the amounts to be paid are determined before the time of issuing the financial statements; or

 

  Ÿ  

Achievement of previously agreed bonus criteria has created a valid expectation by employees that they will receive a bonus and the amount can be determined before the time of issuing the financial statements.

 

  (b) Defined contribution plan

The Group operates defined contribution plans. A defined contribution plan is one under which the Group pays a fixed percentage of employees’ remuneration as contributions into a separate fund, and the Group will have no further legal or constructive obligations to pay additional contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Contributions to defined contribution plans in respect of services rendered during a period are recognized as staff costs when they are due.

 

  (c) Short-term incentives — bonus

The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses based on the achievement of defined key performance criteria. An accrual is recognized where the Group is contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

 

  (d) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either: terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits, calculated on the number of employees expected to accept, as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.20. Share-based payment

The Group operates a number of equity-settled share based compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (share options) of the Group. The fair value, determined at grant date, of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share options is recognized as an expense at a Group level with a corresponding credit to equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the grant date fair value of the options issued:

 

  Ÿ  

Including any market performance conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

Excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period); and

 

  Ÿ  

Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

Non-market performance and service conditions are included in the assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding entry to equity.

When the options are exercised, the Company issues new shares. Prior to the amendment of the Memorandum of Incorporation (“MOI”) of the Company, the proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs, were credited to share capital (par value) and share premium. Subsequent to the amendment of the MOI of the Company, all proceeds received are credited to stated capital (as there are no par value shares).

2.21. Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event for which it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

Provisions which are expected to be settled in a period greater than 12 months are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as an interest expense.

Provision for the estimated liability on all products under warranty is made on the basis of claims experience.

Provision for the estimated liability for maintenance costs is made on a per unit basis when the obligation to repair occurs.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Provision for the anticipated costs associated with the restoration of leasehold property is based on the Group’s best estimate of those costs required to restore the property to its original condition.

2.22. Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue includes amounts earned on the sale of hardware units, subscription service sales to customers, installation revenue and cellular network connection and upgrade incentives. Revenue is shown net of discounts, value added tax, returns and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group offers certain arrangements whereby the customer can purchase a combination of the products and services as referred to above. Where such multiple element arrangements exist, the amount of revenue allocated to each element is based on the relative fair values of the various elements offered in the arrangement. When applying the relative fair value approach, the fair values of each element are determined based on the current market price of each of the elements when sold separately.

The Group recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities, as outlined below. The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

Invoicing for the various products and services, when sold separately or as part of a multiple element arrangement, occurs based on the specific contractual terms and conditions.

 

  (a) Subscription revenue

Subscription revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement as it is earned. When contracted services are performed through a number of repetitive acts over the contract period, revenue is recognized on a straight line basis over the contract period.

 

  (b) Hardware sales

All hardware has value on a standalone basis.

Revenue from hardware sales is recognized once the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred.

 

  (c) Driver training and other services

Revenue is recognized at the contractual hourly/daily rate in the period during which the training is performed.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

  (d) Connection and upgrade incentive revenue

Revenue from cellular network connection and upgrade incentives is recognized on the date of installation of a unit in a vehicle, which is considered to be the point at which the Group has substantially completed its service obligation to the cellular network.

 

  (e) Rental revenue

Where hardware is provided as part of a service contract the risk and rewards of ownership do not transfer and service revenue from the rental unit is recognized over the period of the service and included in subscription revenue.

 

  (f) Installation revenue

Revenue earned from the installation of hardware in customer vehicles is recognized once the installation has been completed.

 

  (g) Extended product warranties

The fair value of the consideration relating to extended warranty periods is deferred and recognized over the extended warranty period. During the periods presented, the Group did not offer extended warranties. However, repair services are provided. Revenue in respect of repair services, which forms part of the monthly subscription, is recognized on a monthly basis over the period of the service arrangement.

2.23. Interest income

Interest income is recognized on a time proportion basis with reference to the principal amount receivable and the effective interest rate applicable.

2.24. Dividend income

Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

2.25. Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

2.25.1. The Group as a lessor

When assets are leased out under a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognized as unearned finance income. The method for allocating gross earnings to accounting periods is referred to as the “actuarial method”. The actuarial method allocates rentals between finance income and repayment of capital in each accounting period in such a way that finance income will emerge as a constant rate of return on the lessor’s net investment in the lease. When assets are leased out under an operating lease, the asset is included in the statement of financial position based on the nature of the asset. Lease income on operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight line basis.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

2.25.2. The Group as a lessee

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in borrowings. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

2.26. Dividend distribution

Any dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

2.27. Government grants

Grants from the government are recognized at their fair value where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants related to non-current assets are deducted in arriving at the carrying value of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of the asset as a reduced depreciation expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

3. Financial risk management

3.1. Financial risk factors

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk, and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets as it relates to foreign exchange risk and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The board has provided a written policy covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk.

 

  (a) Market risk

 

  (i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the United States dollar, the South African Rand, the Euro, the Australian dollar and the British pound. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

The Group has implemented a foreign currency hedging policy to limit the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies which is mainly based on economic hedging principles as opposed to using derivative financial instruments.

 

  (ii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates.

The Group’s cash flow interest rate risk arises from borrowings, loans to external parties, restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents and the bank overdraft. Borrowings and bank overdrafts issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partly offset by financial assets held at variable rates (i.e., cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash).

The Group is not exposed to fair value interest rate risk as the Group does not have any interest bearing financial instruments carried at fair value.

Interest rates are constantly monitored and appropriate steps are taken to ensure that the Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited. This includes obtaining approval from the board for all changes to and new borrowing facilities entered into during the year.

 

  (iii) Price risk

Currently the Group does not have significant price risk. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

  (b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the Group to incur a financial loss. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents as well as credit exposures to customers and in respect of loans provided to external parties. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the statement of financial position, net of impairment losses where relevant.

Credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances is managed by each local entity which is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered.

Cash investments are only placed with high quality financial institutions rated BBB and above (note 18). All changes in or new banking arrangements entered into are approved by the board.

 

  (c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that there will be insufficient funds available to settle obligations when they are due.

The Group has limited risk due to the recurring nature of its income thereby generating strong cash inflows. The level of cash balances in the Group is monitored weekly and cash generated from operations is reviewed against budgeted cash flows on a monthly basis. In addition, working capital reviews are performed monthly.

In addition, the Group maintains headroom on its undrawn borrowing facilities to ensure that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on its borrowing facilities.

3.2. Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure. The Board of Directors monitors capital by reviewing the net debt position and the net gearing ratio. Gearing is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings as shown in the statement of financial position) less net cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘total equity’ as shown in the statement of financial position.

During the 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, the Group’s target gearing ratio was 60%. Currently all excess cash has been allocated to outstanding borrowing facilities.

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year. The Group was subject to financial covenants on its borrowings in the 2012 fiscal year. During the 2013 and 2012 fiscal years the Group did not transgress any of the financial covenants.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during the 2014 fiscal year are outlined below:

 

  (a) Warranty claims

The Group generally offers warranties on its hardware units. Management estimates the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical warranty claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims.

 

  (b) Maintenance provision

The Group, in some instances, offers maintenance services as part of its revenue contracts. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per vehicle when the obligation to repair occurs.

 

  (c) Decommissioning provision

The Group estimates the costs based on best estimates of the costs to restore the property to its original condition. The costs are discounted to present value, where the obligation extends beyond twelve months, using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

 

  (d) Income taxes

Where applicable tax legislation is subject to interpretation, management makes assessments, based on expert tax advice, of the relevant tax that is likely to be paid and provides accordingly. When the final outcome is determined and there is a difference this is recognized in the period in which the final outcome is determined.

 

  (e) Estimated impairment of goodwill

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.7. The recoverable amount of cash generating units has been based on value in use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

 

  (f) Product development cost

Product development cost directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recorded as intangible assets by the Group when the criteria in note 2.6 have been met. The assessment as to when these

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

criteria have been met is subjective and capitalization has been based on management’s best judgement of facts and circumstances in existence at year end.

 

  (g) Receivables allowance

The valuation allowance for trade receivables reflects the Group’s estimates of losses arising from the failure or inability of the Group’s customers to make required payments. The allowance is based on the ageing of customer accounts, customer credit worthiness and the Group’s historical write-off experience. Changes to the allowance may be required if the financial condition of the Group’s customers improves or deteriorates. An improvement in financial condition may result in lower actual write-offs. Historically, changes to the estimate of losses have not been material to the Group’s financial position and results.

5. Segment Information

Segments are organized by geography and by product type. Our products and services revolve around our brands and the customers that we serve and hence we split the segments based on the geography from which the customer is serviced and between fleet and consumer from a product offering perspective, which takes into account the types of products and services provided by each segment.

Consumer solutions include our Matrix and Beam-e branded products and are sold to individual consumers and fleet owners who require basic vehicle tracking and recovery and entry-level fleet management functionality. Our fleet solutions include our MiX branded products and are sold to small fleet owners and larger enterprise fleet customers.

The segment information provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

        Total
revenue
R’000
    Inter—
segment
revenue

R’000
    EBITDA
R’000
    Assets
R’000
 

Africa

  Consumer solutions     343,578        (11,910     86,580        279,239   
 

Fleet solutions

    281,937        (5,838     92,429        83,047   

Europe

  Fleet solutions     128,116        (576     (4,796     60,078   

North America

  Fleet solutions     155,657               2,271        53,067   

Middle East and Australasia

  Fleet solutions     265,598               32,445        129,133   

Brazil

  Fleet solutions                   (2,062     4,529   

International

  Fleet solutions and development     330,755        (315,837     92,728        243,284   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      1,505,641        (334,161     299,595        852,377   

Corporate and consolidation entries

                    (15,055     415,493   

Inter-segment elimination

      (334,161     334,161               (115,082
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      1,171,480               284,540        1,152,788   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The segment information provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

        Total
revenue
R’000
    Inter—
segment
revenue

R’000
    EBITDA
R’000
    Assets
R’000
 

Africa

  Consumer solutions     342,324        (8,546     73,523        253,162   
 

Fleet solutions

    232,542        (2,953     79,040        79,082   

Europe

  Fleet solutions     126,782               (6,541     71,110   

North America

  Fleet solutions     156,013        (298     13,532        54,365   

Middle East and Australasia

  Fleet solutions     131,393               14,528        72,333   

International

  Fleet solutions and development     286,433        (245,208     83,450        258,692   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      1,275,487        (257,005     257,532        788,744   

Corporate and consolidation entries

                    (19,980     408,349   

Inter-segment elimination

      (257,005     257,005               (128,677
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      1,018,482               237,552        1,068,416   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There are no material non-cash items provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker other than disclosed in the reconciliation of operating profit to EBITDA below.

The additions to non-current assets which are included in the measure of segment assets provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

          Property,
plant and
equipment
R’000
     Intangible
assets
R’000
 

Africa

   Consumer solutions      36,721         7,394   
   Fleet solutions      5,409         2,128   

Europe

   Fleet solutions      2,288           

North America

   Fleet solutions      592         1,227   

Middle East and Australasia

   Fleet solutions      890         13   

Brazil

   Fleet solutions      319           

International

   Fleet solutions and development      5,280         31,827   

Corporate and consolidation entries

                59   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        51,499         42,648   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The additions to non-current assets which are included in the measure of segment assets provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2012 (restated) are as follows:

 

          Property,
plant and
equipment
R’000
     Intangible
assets
R’000
 

Africa

   Consumer solutions      25,042         8,636   
   Fleet solutions      6,830           

Europe

   Fleet solutions      2,028           

North America

   Fleet solutions      841         494   

Middle East and Australasia

   Fleet solutions      856           

International

   Fleet solutions and development      5,996         26,693   

Corporate and consolidation entries

                50   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        41,593         35,873   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. The Group’s chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified collectively as the executive committee and the Chief Executive Officer.

The MiX Telematics businesses are managed primarily on a geographic and also on a product basis. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, impairment of assets and negative goodwill. Due to the reclassification of inventory held in client vehicles to property, plant and equipment during the year, amortization of inventory held in client vehicles is no longer added back separately as the impact is already included as part of the depreciation expense for the year (note 42).

The revenue from external parties reported to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker is measured in a manner consistent with that in the income statement. The amounts provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker with respect to total assets are measured in a manner consistent with that of the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the physical location of the asset.

 

     March 31,
2013
R’000
     March  31,
2012

(Restated)
R’000
 

Reconciliation of operating profit to EBITDA

     

Operating profit

     181,196         146,388   

Add

     

Depreciation and amortization

     87,765         71,332   

Amortization of intangible assets arising out of business combinations

     10,421         18,500   

Impairment of product development costs capitalized (note 7, 25, 33.2)

     5,158         1,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA per segment analysis

     284,540         237,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Revenue generated by the South African-based operating segments of the Group (i.e., Africa and International) to its local and foreign-based customers amounted to R615.2 million (2012: R601.3 million) for the year under review, whereas revenue generated by the foreign-based segments of the Group (i.e., Europe, North America, East Africa, Middle East and Australasia) to its local and foreign-based customers amounted to R556.2 million (2012: R417.2 million).

Total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets located in South Africa is R318.5 million (2012: R314.7 million), and the total of these non-current assets located in foreign countries is R14.1 million (2012: R13.5 million).

6. Property, plant and equipment

 

    Property
owned
R’000
    Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
owned
R’000
    Computer
and radio
owned
R’000
    In-vehicle
devices
uninstalled
R’000
    In-vehicle
devices
installed
R’000
    Total
owned
R’000
    Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
leased
R’000
    Computer
and radio
leased
R’000
    Total
leased
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

At April 1, 2011 (restated)

                   

Cost

    22,863        33,582        41,838        8,194        87,793        194,270               2,936        2,936        197,206   

Accumulated depreciation

    (2,384     (21,480     (29,822            (59,754     (113,440            (2,728     (2,728     (116,168
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    20,479        12,102        12,016        8,194        28,039        80,830               208        208        81,038   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2012 (restated)

                   

Opening net book amount

    20,479        12,102        12,016        8,194        28,039        80,830               208        208        81,038   

Additions

           9,396        5,422        26,727               41,545        48               48        41,593   

Transfers

    (545     (3,271     3,816        (24,809     24,809                                      

Disposals

           (1,059     (201                   (1,260                          (1,260

Depreciation charge (note 25, 33.2)

    (447     (5,487     (7,396            (23,249     (36,579     (5     (208     (213     (36,792

Currency translation differences

           294        222               110        626        2               2        628   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

    19,487        11,975        13,879        10,112        29,709        85,162        45               45        85,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 (restated)

                   

Cost

    22,014        37,342        39,883        10,112        112,817        222,168        50        1,999        2,049        224,217   

Accumulated depreciation

    (2,527     (25,367     (26,004            (83,108     (137,006     (5     (1,999     (2,004     (139,010
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    19,487        11,975        13,879        10,112        29,709        85,162        45               45        85,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

    Property
owned
R’000
    Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
owned
R’000
    Computer
and radio
owned
R’000
    In-vehicle
devices
uninstalled
R’000
    In-vehicle
devices
installed
R’000
    Total
owned
R’000
    Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
leased
R’000
    Computer
and radio
leased
R’000
    Total
leased
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

Year ended March 31, 2013

                   

Opening net book amount

    19,487        11,975        13,879        10,112        29,709        85,162        45               45        85,207   

Additions

           6,205        11,388        33,854               51,447        52               52        51,499   

Business combination
(note 34)

           72        110                      182                             182   

Transfers

                         (34,657     34,657                                      

Disposals

           (32     (19                   (51                          (51

Depreciation charge (note 25, 33.2)

    (447     (4,889     (7,793            (28,047     (41,176     (25            (25     (41,201

Currency translation differences

           407        270               223        900        11               11        911   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

    19,040        13,738        17,835        9,309        36,542        96,464        83               83        96,547   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2013

                   

Cost

    22,014        41,500        51,525        9,309        148,104        272,452        117        770        887        273,339   

Accumulated depreciation

    (2,974     (27,762     (33,690            (111,562     (175,988     (34     (770     (804     (176,792
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    19,040        13,738        17,835        9,309        36,542        96,464        83               83        96,547   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of R30.9 million (2012: R26.5 million) has been charged to cost of sales. The remainder has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.

During the 2013 fiscal year it was resolved that all inventory installed and designated for installation in vehicles be classified as property, plant and equipment, as opposed to being included under inventory held in client vehicles and inventory, respectively. The comparatives were amended accordingly (note 42).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

7. Intangible assets

 

    Goodwill
R’000
    Patents and
trademarks
R’000
    Customer
relationships
R’000
    Product
development
costs

R’000
    Technology,
software  and
other

R’000
    Total
R’000
 

At April 1, 2011

           

Cost

    532,609        6,621        46,825        104,842        87,958        778,855   

Accumulated amortization

           (4,496     (31,494     (36,441     (59,411     (131,842
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    532,609        2,125        15,331        68,401        28,547        647,013   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2012

           

Opening net book amount

    532,609        2,125        15,331        68,401        28,547        647,013   

Additions

           50               32,578        3,245        35,873   

Capitalization of borrowing cost

                         837               837   

Transfers

                         (8,094     8,094          

Disposals

                                (37     (37

Amortization charge (notes 25, 33.2)

           (1,018     (7,444     (26,295     (18,283     (53,040

Impairment loss (notes 5, 25, 33.2)

                         (1,332            (1,332

Currency translation differences

    12,100        185        1,063        3        421        13,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

    544,709        1,342        8,950        66,098        21,987        643,086   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012

           

Cost

    544,709        7,435        47,109        128,833        84,024        812,110   

Accumulated amortization

           (6,093     (38,159     (62,735     (62,037     (169,024
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    544,709        1,342        8,950        66,098        21,987        643,086   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2013

           

Opening net book amount

    544,709        1,342        8,950        66,098        21,987        643,086   

Additions

           59               31,220        11,369        42,648   

Business combination (note 34)

                                5,739        5,739   

Capitalization of borrowing cost

                         304               304   

Government grant received

                         (2,207            (2,207

Transfers

                         (4,839     4,839          

Disposals

                         (600            (600

Amortization charge (notes 25, 33.2)

           (951     (5,660     (33,501     (16,873     (56,985

Impairment loss (notes 5, 25, 33.2)

                         (5,158            (5,158

Currency translation differences

    17,554        116        893        6        340        18,909   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

    562,263        566        4,183        51,323        27,401        645,736   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2013

           

Cost

    562,263        8,609        51,591        142,489        104,961        869,913   

Accumulated amortization

           (8,043     (47,408     (91,166     (77,560     (224,177
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

    562,263        566        4,183        51,323        27,401        645,736   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Staff costs of R23.8 million (2012: R22.0 million) have been capitalized to product development costs during the year.

Amortization expense of R33.5 million (2012: R26.5 million) has been charged to cost of sales. The remainder has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.

An impairment loss amounting to R5.2 million (2012: R1.3 million) in the International operating segment (notes 5, 25, 33.2) arose due to the recoverable amount being less than the carrying value of certain identified intangible assets. The impairment loss has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.

The Group has capitalized borrowing costs amounting to R0.3 million (2012: R0.8 million) on qualifying assets during the 2013 fiscal year. Borrowing costs were capitalized at the weighted average rate of its general borrowings of 7.3% (2012: 7.8%).

The Group received a government grant from the Department of Trade and Industry in South Africa during the 2013 fiscal year of R2.2 million (2012: 0) relating to certain technology developed. As of March 31, 2013, all conditions attached to the grant have been met.

Impairment tests for goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (“CGU”) identified within its operating segments. A summary of the goodwill at operating segment level is presented below:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

International fleet solutions and development

     100,463         100,463   

Europe fleet solutions

     91,907         80,491   

Middle East and Australasia fleet solutions

     36,583         30,445   

Africa fleet solutions

     333,310         333,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     562,263         544,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value in use calculations, which use pre-tax cash flow projections based on approved financial budgets covering a three to five year period. A five-year period was used to ensure that in respect of the Europe fleet solutions segment, stable cash flows are used for purposes of calculating terminal values included in the value in use calculations. These cash flows are based on the current market conditions and near-term expectations.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations are as follows:

 

    International
fleet
solutions and
development
and Africa
fleet
solutions
    Europe
fleet
solutions
    Middle
East and
Australasia
fleet
solutions
 

Discount rate

     

—     pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections (%)

    15.2 – 16.8        9.7        11.9   

Growth rate

     

—     growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow beyond the budget period (%)

    4.8        2.0        0.7   

The discount rates were calculated using the capital asset pricing model. These rates are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant CGUs. The growth rate has been determined based on the expected long-term inflation outlook.

Europe Fleet Solutions Goodwill Sensitivity

To determine the recoverable amount of its investment in the Europe fleet solutions CGU, the Group calculated future net cash flows of the CGU and discounted them to their present value using the rates as indicated above. The calculation of the CGU’s discounted net present value requires extensive use of estimates and assumptions about discount rates and forecasted cash flows. Actual cash flows have historically approximated forecasted cash flows. However, in fiscal 2013, we incurred negative EBITDA compared to forecasted positive EBITDA as the forecasted level of revenue growth failed to materialize. The forecast cash flows at March 31, 2013 reflect the current market conditions for the European economy and near-term expectations. To the extent that anticipated new contracts do not materialize and the business strategy does not come to fruition, or key personnel are not retained, the forecasts could be negatively impacted.

At March 31, 2013, the date at which the impairment testing was performed, Europe fleet solutions’ recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount by 161.4%.

An 18.3% pre-tax discount rate, or a 59.7% decrease of the projected cash flows would reduce the headroom for the Europe Fleet Solutions CGU to nil. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

8. Investment in joint venture

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Beginning of the year

       —           —   

Share of joint venture losses

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of the year

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment in joint venture includes the Group’s 60% interest held in Matrixvtrack Nig. Limited, an unlisted company incorporated in Nigeria. The investment is denominated in Nigerian Naira (NGN).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The Group’s share of the results of the joint venture and its aggregated assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Assets

     1,670         1,641   

Liabilities

     1,299         1,549   

Revenue

     1,054         613   

Profit/(Loss) for the year

     196         (147

Limited to

               

The Group has not recognized its portion of the profit for the year amounting to R0,2 million (2012: loss of R0.1 million) due to the existence of accumulated losses not yet recovered at year end. The accumulated losses not yet recovered amounted to R0.2 million at March 31, 2013 (2012: R0.4 million). There are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture and no contingent liabilities of the venture itself.

9. Available-for-sale financial asset

Available-for-sale financial assets include the following listed securities:

 

  1,288,920 ordinary shares in Datatrak Malta Limited, which is denominated in Euro.

The Group impaired the available-for-sale financial asset in full in the 2011 fiscal year as there was no demonstrable active market for trading these shares and no income is expected to be derived from this investment in the foreseeable future. The position remained unchanged at the end of the 2013 fiscal year.

There were no additions or disposals of available-for-sale financial assets during the 2013 or 2012 fiscal years.

10. Finance lease receivable

 

Total finance lease receivable

     9,963           —   

Short-term portion receivable within 12 months

     3,604           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion receivable after 12 months

     6,359           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group entered into a finance lease arrangement with a customer to supply fleet management products and services. The term of the lease is 36 months and the lease is denominated in Euros. The unguaranteed residual values of the assets leased under finance lease are considered negligible.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The finance lease receivables are neither past due nor impaired.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Gross finance lease receivable—minimum lease payments:

     

Not later than one year

     4,238           —   

Later than one year but not later than 5 years

     6,549           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,787           

Unearned finance income

     824           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment in finance leases

     9,963           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:

 

                                     

Not later than one year

     3,604           —   

Later than one year but not later than 5 years

     6,359           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment in finance leases

     9,963           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. Inventory

 

                                     

Inventory—finished goods

     38,927         35,903   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the current year an amount of R4.8 million (2012: R3.1 million) was recognized as a charge in cost of sales as a result of the write down of inventory to net realisable value (note 25, 33.2).

During the 2013 fiscal year it was resolved that all inventory installed and designated for installation in vehicles be classified as property, plant and equipment. As a result the inventory held in client vehicles and a portion of inventory, respectively, was reclassified to property, plant and equipment. The comparatives were amended accordingly (note 42). The 2011 restated inventory—finished goods balance was R26.4 million.

12. Trade and other receivables

 

Trade receivables

     164,904        144,997   

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

     (7,356     (7,569
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables—net

     157,548        137,428   

Pre-payments

     12,209        10,900   

Sundry debtors

     17,230        14,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     186,987        163,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date is as follows:

 

     Gross
R’000
     Provision for
impairment
R’000
 

2013

     

Not past due

     99,616         (447

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     33,934         (361

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     9,251         (1,332

Past due by more than 60 days

     22,103         (5,216
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     164,904         (7,356
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Gross
R’000
     Provision for
impairment
R’000
 

2012

     

Not past due

     96,323         (1,155

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     25,837         (803

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     7,833         (900

Past due by more than 60 days

     15,004         (4,711
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     144,997         (7,569
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The trade receivables above, which are past due and not impaired and fully performing trade receivables, relate to customers for whom there is no recent history of default.

Sundry debtors are neither past due nor impaired.

The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

South African Rand

     37,124         50,898   

UK Pound

     17,965         15,042   

US Dollar

     77,678         62,825   

AU Dollar

     28,972         17,137   

Euro

     19,723         14,625   

Other

     5,525         2,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     186,987         163,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Opening balance

     (7,569     (11,709

Increase in provision for impairment (note 33.2)

     (6,159     (7,050

Receivables written off during the year as irrecoverable

     6,585        11,311   

Foreign currency translation differences

     (213     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

     (7,356     (7,569
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The creation of the provision for impairment of trade receivables has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement. In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted until the end of the reporting year. Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

Trade receivables of R20.3 million (2012: R12.3 million) are pledged as security for the Group’s overdraft facilities (note 15) and were previously pledged as security for long-term loans (note 18).

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their book values as the impact of discounting is not considered material due to the short-term nature of the receivables. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. Other than 12% of the gross receivable balance relating to one debtor at the end of the 2013 fiscal year (2012: 18% of the gross receivable balance relating to two debtors), the Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, due to its spread of customers across various operations and geographical locations. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

13. Loan to external party

 

                                                 

Intellichain Proprietary Limited (“Intellichain”)

       —         6001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intellichain is a supply chain management software business that focuses on fleet management and supply execution. MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited advanced a convertible loan of R5.5 million to Intellichain during the 2012 fiscal year, convertible at the option of the lender within 30 days after issuance of the audit certificate for the 2012 fiscal year into a minimum of 26% share. In terms of the agreement entered into, MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited also had options to take up additional shareholding in Intellichain from April 2012 onwards, with the ultimate ability to own 100% of the company.

At March 31, 2012 the loan was ceded from MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited to MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited with all the terms and conditions of the agreement remaining unchanged.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The loan was denominated in South African Rands and was secured by the software (inclusive of all source code and object code comprised thereby). The fair value of the loan was deemed to approximate its book value at prior year-end and the maximum exposure to credit risk at that reporting date was the carrying value of the loan with interest being charged at a fixed 9% per annum.

In the 2013 fiscal year the business of Intellichain (constituting employees and specific assets and liabilities) was acquired for an amount equal to the outstanding loan balance at the effective date (note 34).

14. Restricted cash

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Cash securing guarantee issued in terms of the Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited incentive agreement (denominated in South African Rand)

     1,000         1,000   

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of lease agreements entered into (denominated in South African Rand)

     393           

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of employee visas in the UAE (denominated in US Dollar)

     3,076         2,133   

Cash held for purposes of distribution to MiX Telematics Enterprise BEE Trust and MiX Telematics Fleet Support Trust beneficiaries (denominated in South African Rand)

     3,766           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,235         3,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. Net cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents included in the cash flow statement comprise the following amounts included in the statement of financial position:

 

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

     147,702        118,695   

Bank overdraft

     (56,005     (50,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     91,697        68,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the bank overdraft are overdraft facilities from Investec Bank Limited and Standard Bank Limited which are secured by the following at March 31, 2013:

Investec Bank Limited

 

  cession of all rights, title and interest in and to the subscriber contracts of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited;

 

  joint and several suretyships between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

 

Standard Bank Limited

 

  cross suretyships between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Limited

 

  an unrestricted cession of book debts by the following entities (note 12):

 

  MiX Telematics Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited.

At March 31, 2012 the overdraft facilities from Investec Bank Limited and Standard Bank Limited were secured by the following:

Investec Bank Limited

 

  cession of all rights, title and interest in and to the subscriber contracts of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited;

 

  joint and several suretyships between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited.

Standard Bank Limited

 

  cross suretyships and cession of claims between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics Europe Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics Technology Holdings Proprietary Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Limited

 

  the MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited subscriber contracts

 

  a reversionary right to the MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited subscriber contracts

 

  an unrestricted cession of book debts by the following entity (note 12):

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The credit quality of cash and cash equivalents, that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

A

     36,124         45,576   

AA

     5,989         4,962   

BBB

     105,589         68,157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     147,702         118,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16. Stated capital/share capital and premium

 

     Number of
shares
‘000
    Ordinary
share capital
R’000
    Share
premium
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

At April 1, 2011:

     657,000        13        787,353        787,366   

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised

     200              236        236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

     657,200        13        787,589        787,602   

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised

     2,250              2,425        2,425   

Share capital and share premium transferred to stated capital

     (659,450     (13     (790,014     (790,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Amount less than R1, 000

The ordinary shares with a par value of 0.002 cent were converted to ordinary shares with no par value on October 25, 2012, the date that the new Memorandum of Incorporation was accepted by the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in South Africa.

 

     Number of
shares
000’s
     Stated capital
R’000
 

Balance at March 31, 2012

               

Share capital and share premium transferred to stated capital

     659,450         790,027   

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised

     513         464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

     659,963         790,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total authorised number of ordinary shares at the end of the 2013 fiscal year amounted to 1 billion shares (2012: 1 billion) with no par value (2012: par value of 0.002 cent per share). All issued shares are fully paid up and carry one vote per share and the right to dividends. There were no changes to the authorized number of ordinary shares during the 2013 or 2012 fiscal year.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Share options

Share options are granted to directors and certain key employees within the Group. The exercise price of the options granted is equal to the weighted average market value of ordinary shares for the 20 days preceding the date of the grant. The options vest in tranches of 25% per annum, commencing on the second anniversary of the grant date and expire six years after the grant date. In addition to these vesting periods, the vesting of the share options granted are conditional on certain performance conditions being met, namely the share price on the associated measurement date being in excess of the target, after being reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends paid, or an annual total shareholder return in excess of 10% and 5%, taking into account any dividends paid during the vesting period, being achieved. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Movements in the total number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

     Weighted
average
exercise  price

2013
cents per share
     Number  of
options

2013
000’s
    Weighted
average
exercise  price

2012
cents per share
     Number  of
options

2012
000’s
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

     113         57,250        107         47,350   

Granted on September 13, 2011

                    130         6,800   

Granted on January 3, 2012

                    154         4,000   

Granted on November 7, 2012

     246         12,350                  

Exercised

     105         (2,763     118         (200

Forfeited

     131         (3,162     118         (700
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

     138         63,675        113         57,250   
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

        11,513           8,113   
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life on share options outstanding at year end is 3.11 years (2012: 3.53 years).

Options exercised in 2013 resulted in 2,762,500 shares (2012: 200,000 shares) being issued at a weighted average exercise price of 105.0 cents per share (2012: 118.0 cents per share). The related weighted average share price at the time of exercise was 245.0 cents per share (2012: 150.0 cents per share).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Share options outstanding at the end of the fiscal year have the following exercise prices:

 

               March 31,  2013
000’s
     March 31,  2012
000’s
 

Annual shareholder return:

    Exercise price      
    5   112 cents      12,025         12,650   
    5   130 cents      2,200         3,200   
    10   118 cents      6,550         8,250   
    10   70 cents      2,700         3,550   
    10   125 cents      250         400   
    10   154 cents      4,000         4,000   
    10   246 cents      12,100           

Target share price:

         
    R5      70 cents      4,500         4,650   
    R5      112 cents      7,600         7,600   
    R5      130 cents      2,600         3,600   
    R10      118 cents      8,950         9,150   
    R10      125 cents      200         200   
      

 

 

    

 

 

 
         63,675         57,250   
      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of the options in issue, none have expired during the 2013 or 2012 fiscal year.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the current and prior year was determined using a combination of the Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing model and the Binomial Tree option pricing model. The key drivers and assumptions input into the valuation models used to determine these values are disclosed below.

As the shares were only listed on the JSE on November 12, 2007, the volatility was calculated using a mixture of the Group’s historical share data as well as the share data of comparable companies.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The salient details of options granted during the 2013 fiscal year are provided in the table below:

 

     Total
shareholder
return
 

Grant date

    
 
November 7,
2012
  
  

Fair value (cents per share)

     114.4   

Option strike price (cents per share)

     246.0   

JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)

     300.0   

Expiry date

    
 
November 7,
2018
  
  

Performance conditions

  

—     Total shareholder return of (%)

     10.0   

Remaining contractual life

     5.61   

Valuation assumptions and drivers

  

Volatility (%)

     42.7   

Anticipated forfeiture rate (%)

     5.0   

Anticipated dividend streams (cents per share)

  

—     year ending March 31, 2014

     11.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2015

     13.5   

—     year ending March 31, 2016

     16.5   

—     year ending March 31, 2017

     20.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2018

     24.5   

Anticipated dividend yield (%)

     5.5   

Annual risk-free interest rate (%)

     6.3   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The salient details of options granted during the 2012 fiscal year are provided in the table below:

 

       Total  Shareholder
Return
     Target Share Price      Total  Shareholder
Return
 

Grant date

    

 

September 13,

2011

  

  

    

 

September 13,

2011

  

  

    

 

January 3,

2012

  

  

Fair value (cents per share)

     33.7         18.7         42.7   

Option strike price (cents per share)

     130.0         130.0         154.0   

JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)

     134.0         134.0         160.0   

Expiry date

    

 

September 13,

2017

  

  

    

 

September 13,

2017

 

  

    

 

January 3,

2018

  

  

Performance conditions

        

—     Target share price of (Rand)

       —         5.0           —   

—     Total shareholder return of (%)

     5.0           —         10.0   

Remaining contractual life

     5.45         5.45         5.76   

Valuation assumptions and drivers :

        

Volatility (%)

     33.5         33.5         32.2   

Anticipated forfeiture rate (%)

     5.0         5.0         5.0   

Anticipated dividend streams (cents per share)

        

—     year ending March 31, 2013

     7.0         7.0         7.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2014

     8.0         8.0         8.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2015

     9.0         9.0         9.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2016

     10.0         10.0         10.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2017

     11.0         11.0         11.0   

—     year ending March 31, 2018

     12.0         12.0         12.0   

Anticipated dividend yield (%)

     6.8         6.8         6.8   

Annual risk-free interest rate (%)

     7.1         7.1         7.1   

Refer to note 25 for the total expense recognized in fiscal years 2013 and 2012 in respect of share options granted to employees and directors.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

MiX Telematics Group Executive Incentive Plan

Group executives held the following share options at March 31, 2013:

 

    March 17,
2008
000’s
    March 17,
2008
000’s
    December 9,
2008
000’s
    December 9,
2008
000’s
    June 4,
2010
000’s
    June 4,
2010
000’s
    January 3,
2012
000’s
    November 7,
2012
000’s
    Total
000’s
 

S Joselowitz (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500        3,000               2,500        12,000   

R Botha (1)

    375        2,000        250        1,000        1,500                             5,125   

T Buzer (1)

    1,500        2,000        250        1,000        1,500                             6,250   

M Pydigadu (1)

                                1,500        1,000               1,000        3,500   

H Scott (1)

                                1,500        1,000                      2,500   

C Tasker (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500               2,000        2,000        10,500   

B Horan

    200        100        150        50        500               1,000        1,500        3,500   

G Pretorius

    500        200                      500               1,000        1,500        3,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    5,575        8,300        1,650        4,050        10,000        5,000        4,000        8,500        47,075   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Option strike price (cents per share)

    118        118        70        70        112        112        154        246     

JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)

    118        118        58        58        104        104        160        300     

Expiry date

   
 
March 17,
2014
  
  
   
 
March 17,
2014
  
  
   
 
December 9,
2014
  
  
   
 
December 9,
2014
  
  
   
 
June 4,
2016
  
  
   
 
June 4,
2016
  
  
   
 
January 3,
2018
  
  
   
 
November 7,
2018
  
  
 

Performance conditions:

                 

Share price of (Rand)

    n/a        10        n/a        5        n/a        5        n/a        n/a     

Minimum shareholder return of

    10     n/a        10     n/a        5     n/a        10     10  

The following share options were exercised by members of the executive committee during the 2013 fiscal year:

 

     Date of
exercise
     Options
exercised
     Grant date      Strike price
(cents per
share)
     Performance
condition
    Exercise date
share price
 

R Botha (1)

     25/09/2012         1,125,000         17/03/2008         118         10     230   
     25/09/2012         250,000         09/12/2008         70         10     230   

T Buzer (1)

     01/10/2012         250,000         09/12/2008         70         10     221   

 

(1) Executive director

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Group executives held the following share options at March 31, 2012:

 

    March 17,
2008
000’s
    March 17,
2008
000’s
    December 9,
2008
000’s
    December 9,
2008
000’s
    June 4,
2010
000’s
    June 4,
2010
000’s
    January 3,
2012
000’s
    Total
000’s
 

S Joselowitz (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500        3,000               9,500   

R Botha (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500                      6,500   

T Buzer (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500                      6,500   

M Pydigadu (1)

                                1,500        1,000               2,500   

H Scott (1)

                                1,500        1,000               2,500   

C Tasker (1)

    1,500        2,000        500        1,000        1,500               2,000        8,500   

B Horan

    200        100        150        50        500               1,000        2,000   

G Pretorius

    500        200                      500               1,000        2,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    6,700        8,300        2,150        4,050        10,000        5,000        4,000        40,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Option strike price (cents per share)

    118        118        70        70        112        112        154     

JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)

    118        118        58        58        104        104        160     

Expiry date

   

 

March 17,

2014

  

  

   

 

March 17,

2014

  

  

   

 

December 9,

2014

  

  

   

 

December 9,

2014

  

  

   

 

June 4,

2016

  

  

   

 

June 4,

2016

  

  

   

 

January 3,

2018

  

  

 

Performance conditions:

               

Share price of (Rand)

    n/a        10        n/a        5        n/a        5        n/a     

Minimum shareholder return of

    10     n/a        10     n/a        5     n/a        10  

 

(1) Executive director

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

17. Other reserves

 

    March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Opening balance

    (154,745     (179,844

Foreign currency translation:

    36,900        7,057   

—     Movement for the year

    37,090        29,816   

—     Transfer from shareholder loan revaluation **

    (190     (22,759

Shareholder loan revaluation: *

    3,332        16,041   

—     Movement for the year

    3,142        (6,718

—     Transfer to foreign currency translation **

    190        22,759   

Share-based payments (note 25, 33.2)

    3,151        2,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

    (111,362     (154,745
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprised as follows:

   

Foreign currency translation

    13,426        (23,474

Reserve on transaction with non-controlling interest

    (137,895     (137,895

Share-based payments

    10,350        7,199   

Shareholder loan revaluation *

    2,757        (575
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (111,362     (154,745
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Shareholder loan revaluation relates to the unrealized foreign exchange gains/(losses) on loans viewed as part of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations.
** Upon capitalization/settlement of certain net investment loans, amounts that were previously recognized in the shareholder’s loan revaluation reserve have been transferred to the foreign currency translation reserve.

18. Borrowings

 

Secured loans

   

—     Long-term loans

    3,472        22,941   

Short-term portion payable within 12 months

    (3,472     (22,941
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion payable after 12 months

             
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movement for the year

   

Opening balance

    22,941        63,578   

Net payments made

    (19,469     (40,647

Foreign currency translation differences

           10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

    3,472        22,941   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The Group and its subsidiaries have unlimited borrowing capacity as specified in their respective memoranda of incorporation.

No new borrowings were raised by the Group during the 2013 or 2012 fiscal years.

The Group however, has access to revolving credit facilities on which payments of R26.0 million (2012: R69.2 million) were made, and draw downs on the borrowing facilities of R6.5 million (2012: R28.6 million) were raised in the 2013 fiscal year. The net of these amounts have been included in the movement above.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Long-term loans

    

Loans from Standard Bank Limited:

    

—     Loan 1

            2,645   

—     Loan 2

            9,097   

Loans from Investec Bank Limited:

    

—     Loan 1

           4,735   

—     Loan 2

     3,472        6,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term loans

     3,472        22,941   

Short-term portion payable within 12 months

     (3,472     (22,941
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion payable after 12 months

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Amounts less than R1,000.

The Standard Bank Loan 1 was repaid in full during the 2013 fiscal year. Interest was previously charged at prime less 1.2% and the loan was repayable in monthly instalments of R0.3 million.

The Standard Bank Loan 2 was repaid in full during the 2013 fiscal year. Interest was previously charged at prime less 1.2% and the loan was repayable in monthly instalments of R1.2 million.

The Standard Bank loans were denominated in South African Rand.

The Standard Bank loans and overdraft facility (note 15) previously contained financial covenants in respect of Group “Debt:EBITDA” and “value of subscriber base:debt” ratios. The Group met all required covenants during the 2012 fiscal year. During the 2013 fiscal year, these covenants were waived.

The above Standard Bank loans were secured by:

 

  cross suretyships and cession of claims between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited;

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

  MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics Europe Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics Technology Holdings Proprietary Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Limited.

 

  the MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited subscriber contracts

 

  a reversionary right to the MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited subscriber contracts

 

  an unrestricted cession of book debts by the following entities (note 12):

 

  MiX Telematics Limited;

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited.

The Investec Loan 2 bears interest at prime less 0.5% and is repayable in monthly instalments of R0.6 million (2012: R0.6 million). The facility matures in September 2015.

The above Investec loan is secured by:

 

  cession of all rights, title and interest in and to the subscriber contracts of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited.

 

  joint and several suretyships between the following Group companies:

 

  MiX Telematics Limited; and

 

  MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited.

The Investec Loan 1 bears interest at prime less 0.5% and is repayable in monthly instalments of R0.5 million (2012: R0.5 million). The facility matures in September 2013.

The above Investec loan is secured by the cession and pledge of 100% of the shares held in MiX Telematics Australasia Proprietary Limited.

The Investec loans are denominated in South African Rand.

The carrying values of the variable rate loans are considered to be a reasonable approximation of the fair values of the respective loans as the variable interest rates approximate the market rate.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The Group did not default on any payments or breach any loan agreement term during the 2013 or 2012 fiscal years.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Undrawn borrowing facilities are:

     

—     Standard Bank Limited:

     

Overdraft

     46,289         19,174   

Vehicle and asset finance

     8,500         8,500   

—     Investec Bank Limited

     32,931         48,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     87,720         75,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent to year end the Group obtained an overdraft facility of R10 million from Nedbank Limited. The facility is unsecured and bears interest at prime less 2% (note 38).

19. Trade and other payables

 

Trade payables

     57,026         54,128   

Accruals

     96,176         74,348   

Revenue received in advance

     22,996         19,896   

Value-added taxes

     7,167         6,745   

Other

     1,032         1,921   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     184,397         157,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of trade payables, accruals and other payables approximate their book values as the impact of discounting is not considered material due to the short-term nature of the payables.

20. Retirement benefits

It is the policy of the Group to provide retirement benefits to all its South African, United Kingdom, United States and Australian employees.

All these retirement benefits are defined contribution plans and are held in separate trustee-administered funds. These plans are generally funded by both member and company contributions. The South African plan is subject to the Pension Funds Act of 1956, the UK plan is subject to the United Kingdom Pensions Act 2011 (Commencement No. 3) and the Australian plan is subject to the Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act of 1992. For the United States employees a voluntary Internal Revenue Service section 401(k) tax-deferred defined contribution plan is offered. No Group contribution is currently being made towards such plan. The full extent

 

F-55


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

of the Group’s liability is the contributions made, which are charged to the income statement as they are incurred. The total Group contribution to such plans in 2013 was R14.5 million (2012: R12.8 million) (note 25).

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
(Restated)
‘000
    April 1,  2011
(Restated)
R’000
 

 

21. Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

      

Capital allowances for tax purposes

     8,957        5,463        5,278   

Intangible assets

     12,755        17,570        21,050   

Prepayments

     796        477        426   

Section 24C—future expenditure

            9,748        9,748   

Other

     3,118        3,991        2,414   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     25,626        37,249        38,916   

Set-off of deferred tax balances

     (17,021     (11,433     (10,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     8,605        25,816        28,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Deferred tax assets         

 

Revenue received in advance

     4,763        3,151        2,204   

Capital allowances for tax purposes

     8,577        6,913        4,414   

Provisions and lease straight-lining

     15,799        14,294        14,556   

Other

     1,750        341        874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     30,889        24,699        22,048   

Set-off of deferred tax balances

     (17,021     (11,433     (10,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     13,868        13,266        11,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

     5,263        (12,550     (16,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The gross movement in net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) is as follows:

      

Beginning of the year

     (12,550     (16,868     (18,858

Foreign currency translations

     361        193        (7

Income statement charge (note 30)

     17,452        4,125        1,997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of the year

     5,263        (12,550     (16,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the current fiscal year it was resolved that all inventory installed and designated for installation in vehicles be classified as property, plant and equipment as opposed to being included under inventory held in client vehicles and inventory, respectively, as previously

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

disclosed. This resulted in the portion of deferred tax liabilities previously classified as being attributable to inventory held in client vehicles being reclassified to capital allowances (note 42).

Deferred tax at year-end has been recognized using the following corporate tax rates:

 

  South Africa 28%

 

  United Kingdom 24% (2012: 26%)

 

  Germany 15%

 

  United States of America 34%

 

  Australia 30%

 

  Dubai 0%

 

  Brazil 34%

Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The Group did not recognize deferred tax assets of R22.9 million (2012: R18.7 million) in respect of losses amounting to R91.7 million (2012: R61.1 million) at year-end.

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, prior to taking into account the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

 

          Charged/
(credited) to the
income statement
(note 30)

R’000
    Foreign currency
translation
differences

R’000
       
    March 31,  2012
(Restated)
R’000
        March 31,  2013
R’000
 

Deferred tax liabilities

       

Capital allowances for tax purposes

    5,463        3,494               8,957   

Intangible assets

    17,570        (4,824     9        12,755   

Prepayments

    477        319               796   

Section 24C—future expenditure allowance

    9,748        (9,748              

Other

    3,991        (873            3,118   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    37,249        (11,632     9        25,626   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

       

Revenue received in advance

    (3,151     (1,612            (4,763

Capital allowances for tax purposes

    (6,913     (1,549     (115     (8,577

Provisions and lease straight-lining

    (14,294     (1,250     (255     (15,799

Other

    (341     (1,409            (1,750
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (24,699     (5,820     (370     (30,889
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the prior year, prior to taking into account the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

 

          Charged/
(credited) to the
income statement
(note 30)

R’000
    Foreign currency
translation
differences

R’000
       
    April 1,  2011
(Restated)
R’000
        March 31,  2012
(Restated)
R’000
 

Deferred tax liabilities

       

Capital allowances for tax purposes

    5,278        185               5,463   

Intangible assets

    21,050        (3,491     11        17,570   

Prepayments

    426        51               477   

Section 24C—future expenditure allowance

    9,748                      9,748   

Other

    2,414        1,577               3,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    38,916        (1,678     11        37,249   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

       

Revenue received in advance

    (2,204     (947            (3,151

Capital allowances for tax purposes

    (4,414     (2,414     (85     (6,913

Provisions and lease straight-lining

    (14,556     382        (120     (14,294

Other

    (874     532        1        (341
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (22,048     (2,447     (204     (24,699
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 
22. Provisions     

Product warranties

    

Beginning of the year

     9,342        8,975   

Income statement charge

     2,218        975   

Utilised

     (2,228     (1,142

Foreign currency translation differences

     840        534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of the year

     10,172        9,342   

Non-current portion

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

     10,172        9,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The Group provides warranties on certain products and undertakes to repair or replace items that fail to perform satisfactorily. Management estimates the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical warranty claim information, the product lifetime, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Maintenance provision

    

Beginning of the year

     16,663        18,205   

Income statement charge

     7,642        11,184   

Utilised

     (15,626     (12,726

Foreign currency translation differences

     23          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of the year

     8,702        16,663   

Non-current portion

     (283       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

     8,419        16,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group provides for maintenance required, related to ongoing contracts when the obligation to repair occurs. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per unit based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred to repair the respective units.

 

                                         

Decommissioning provision

    

Beginning of the year

     2,958        14,518   

Income statement charge—unwinding of discount reflected as finance cost (note 27)

            221   

Income statement reversal

     (263     (4,743

Utilised

     (224     (8,327

Foreign currency translation differences

     399        1,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of the year

     2,870        2,958   

Non-current portion

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

     2,870        2,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The Group provides for the anticipated costs associated with the restoration of leasehold property to its condition at inception of the lease, including the removal of items included in plant and equipment that is erected on leased land. The final cash outflow of these costs is expected to occur in the 2014 fiscal year.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Total provisions

    

Product warranties

     10,172        9,342   

Maintenance provision

     8,702        16,663   

Decommissioning provision

     2,870        2,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

     21,744        28,963   

Non-current portion

     (283       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current provision

     21,461        28,963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23. Revenue      

Subscription revenue

     686,720         577,330   

Hardware sales

     378,070         328,386   

Other

     106,690         112,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,171,480         1,018,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

24. Other (expenses)/income—net

 

MIDP incentives

     2,603        8,030   

Foreign exchange loss

     (4,681     (1,602

Rental income

            113   

Foreign currency translation reserve released due to liquidation of intermediary subsidiary holding company (note 33.2)

     (394       

Profit/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note 33.2)

     314        (430

Other

     1,737        897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (421     7,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

25. Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after accounting for the following charges:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Amortization (note 7, 33.2)

     56,985         53,040   

Depreciation (note 6, 33.2)

     41,201         36,792   

Impairment of intangible assets (note 5, 7, 33.2)

     5,158         1,332   

Operating lease charges—premises and equipment

     15,946         17,629   

Write-down of inventory to net realisable value (note 11, 33.2)

     4,785         3,153   

Research expenditure

     1,300         817   

Professional fees

     15,707         12,795   

Staff costs

     347,103         294,764   

—     Salaries, wages and other costs

     329,424         280,013   

—     Pension costs (note 20)

     14,528         12,750   

—     Share based payments (note 17, 33.2)

     3,151         2,001   

Number of employees at the end of the year

     937         824   

26. Finance income

 

                                                         

Cash

     

—     Current accounts and short-term bank deposits

     1,788         1,706   

—     Other

     96         171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,884         1,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash

     

—     External loans

             515   

—     Finance lease receivable income

     134           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     134         515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,018         2,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 
27. Finance costs     

Cash

    

—     Overdraft

     (2,507     (2,316

—     Finance leases

            (12

—     Other long-term loans

     (425     (3,148

—     Other

     (489     (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3,421     (5,549

—     Capitalization of borrowing cost

     304        837   
     (3,117     (4,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash

    

—     Decommissioning provision (note 22)

            (221

—     Long-term loans

     (231     (332
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (231     (553
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3,348     (5,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

28. Auditors’ remuneration

 

                                             

Auditors’ remuneration

     4,207         3,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

29. Directors’ and executive committee emoluments

 

Group

   Directors’
fees
R’000
     Salary and
allowances
R’000
     Other
benefits
R’000
     Retirement
fund
R’000
     Performance
bonuses (1)
R’000
     12 months
R’000
 

2013

                 

Non-executive directors

                 

R Bruyns

     754                                         754   

H Brody (2)

     240                                         240   

C Ewing (2)

     365                                         365   

R Frew (2)

     296                                         296   

R Friedman

     296                                         296   

F Roji (2)

     376                                         376   

R Shough (3)

     325                                         325   

A Welton

     320                 30                         350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,972                 30                         3,002   

Value-Added Tax (2)

     179                                         179   

 

F-62


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Group

   Directors’
fees
R’000
     Salary and
allowances
R’000
     Other
benefits
R’000
     Retirement
fund
R’000
     Performance
bonuses (1)
R’000
     12 months
R’000
 

Executive committee (4)

                 

S Joselowitz (6)

             3,678                         3,798         7,476   

R Botha (6)

             2,326         11         90         704         3,131   

T Buzer (6)

             1,898         19         150         2,013         4,080   

M Pydigadu (6)

             1,746         91         71         1,632         3,540   

H Scott (6)

             2,636                         2,134         4,770   

C Tasker (6)

             2,199         40         189         2,285         4,713   

B Horan

             1,662         97         68         1,544         3,371   

G Pretorius

             1,587         96         150         2,154         3,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,151         17,732         384         718         16,264         38,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

                 

Non-executive directors

                 

R Bruyns

     771                                         771   

H Brody (2)

     240                                         240   

C Ewing (2)

     61                                         61   

R Frew (2)

     296                                         296   

R Friedman

     296                                         296   

A Patel (2)

     304                                         304   

F Roji (2)

     389                                         389   

A Welton

     328                                         328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,685                                         2,685   

Value-Added Tax (2)

     181                                         181   

Executive committee (4)

                 

S Joselowitz (6)

             2,972                         2,816         5,787   

R Botha (6)

             2,069         125         96         1,096         3,386   

T Buzer (6)

             1,770         25         245         1,001         3,041   

M Pydigadu (6)

             1,616         75         72         700         2,463   

H Scott (6)

             1,856         458                 371         2,686   

C Tasker (6)

             2,160         37         152         1,297         3,646   

B Horan (5)

             401         34         15                 450   

G Pretorius (5)

             382         22         46                 450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,866         13,226         776         626         7,281         24,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Performance bonuses are based on actual amounts paid during the fiscal year.
(2) Value-added tax (“VAT”) included as part of invoice received. Directors’ fees shown exclude VAT.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

(3) Appointed to the Board with effect from June 1, 2012.
(4) All prescribed officers of the Company are included as part of the executive committee as noted above.
(5) Appointed to the executive committee with effect from January 1, 2012. Emoluments disclosed only include amounts paid from January 1, 2012 to March 31, 2012.
(6) Executive Director.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
         March 31,  2012
R’000
 
30. Taxation        

Major components of taxation expense

       

Normal taxation

     (68,852          (44,400

—     Current

     (67,641        (40,520

—     (Under)/over-provision prior years

     (76        428   

—     Foreign tax paid

     (702          

—     Withholding tax

     (433          

—     Secondary taxation on companies

                 (4,308

Deferred taxation (note 21)

     17,452             4,125   

—     Current year

     18,505           4,125   

—     Under-provision prior years

     (1,053            
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     (51,400        (40,275
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Taxation recognized in other comprehensive income

 

     Before tax
R’000
     Tax impact
R’000
     After tax
R’000
 

2013

        

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     37,090           —         37,090   

Exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations

     3,142                 3,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     40,232                 40,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxation recognized in other comprehensive income

 

     Before tax
R’000
    Tax impact
R’000
     After tax
R’000
 

2012

       

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     29,816          —         29,816   

Exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations

     (6,718             (6,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     23,098                23,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

     March 31, 2013
R’000
   March 31,  2012
R’000

Tax rate reconciliation

The tax on the Group’s profit before taxation differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the entities as follows:

 

Profit before taxation

     179,866           143,515   

Tax at the applicable tax rate of 28%

     50,362           40,184   

Tax effect of:

     1,038           91   

—     Income not subject to tax

     (423        (107

—     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     3,362           2,639   

—     Secondary tax on companies

               4,308   

—     Withholding tax

     433             

—     Utilisation of prior year assessed losses

     (190        (4,005

—     Foreign tax paid

     702           34   

—     Foreign tax rate differential

     (3,153        (501

—     Deferred tax not recognized on assessed losses

     3,405           4,079   

—     Deferred tax previously not recognized

     7             

—     Under/(over) provision prior years

     1,129           (428

—     Tax incentives in addition to incurred cost

     (4,485        (5,968

—     Other

     251           40   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     51,400           40,275   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

The Group’s weighted average tax rate is 28,6% (2012: 28,1%).

31. Earnings per share

Basic

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

 

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent

     128,471         103,240   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000’s)

     658,456         657,045   

Basic earnings per share (cents)

     19.5         15.7   

 

F-65


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Diluted

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the diluted profit attributable to shareholders of the parent by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The Group has one category of diluted potential ordinary shares—share options, for which a calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined at the closing market share price) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent

     128,471         103,240   

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000’s)

     674,772         662,322   

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

     19.0         15.6   

32. Dividend per share

 

Final dividend declared

     52,576         39,420   

Shares in issue at dividend date (000’s)

     657,200         657,000   

Final dividend per share (cents)

     8.0         6.0   

Interim dividend declared

     26,378           

Shares in issue at dividend date (000’s)

     659,450           

Interim dividend per share (cents)

     4.0           

33. Cash flow statement

 

33.1. The following convention applies to figures other than adjustments:

Outflows of cash are represented by figures in brackets. Inflows of cash are represented by figures without brackets.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

33.2. Reconciliation of profit for the year before taxation to cash generated from operations:

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
         March 31,  2012
R’000
(Restated)
 

Profit before income taxation

     179,866           143,515   

Adjustments

     131,123           114,294   

—     (Profit)/Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note 24)

     (314        430   

—     Depreciation (note 6, 25)

     41,201           36,792   

—     Amortization (note 7, 25)

     56,985           53,040   

—     Impairment of intangible assets (note 5, 7, 25)

     5,158           1,332   

—     Finance income—cash (note 26)

     (1,884        (1,877

—     Finance income—non-cash (note 26)

     (134        (515

—     Finance costs—cash (note 27)

     3,117           4,712   

—     Finance costs—non-cash (note 27)

     231           553   

—     Share-based payments (note 17, 25)

     3,151           2,001   

—     Unrealized foreign exchange loss

     3,012           639   

—     Impairment of receivables (note 12)

     6,159           7,050   

—     Write-down of inventory to net realisable value (note 11, 25)

     4,785           3,153   

—     Foreign currency translation reserve released due to liquidation of intermediary subsidiary holding company (note 24)

     394             

—     Increase in provisions

     8,986           7,415   

—     Other

     (76        (11

—     Lease straight-line adjustment

     352           (420

Cash generated from operations before working capital changes

     310,989           257,809   

Changes in working capital

     (23,142        (65,332

—     Increase in inventories

     (7,810        (12,698

—     Increase in trade and other receivables

     (30,844        (54,877

—     Increase in finance lease receivable

     (9,829          

—     Increase in trade and other payables

     24,876           23,571   

—     Decrease in provisions

     (16,205        (20,371

—     Foreign currency translation differences on working capital

     16,670           324   

—     Increase in restricted cash

               (1,281
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     287,847           192,477   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

During the 2013 fiscal year, it was resolved that all inventory installed and designated for installation in vehicles be classified as property, plant and equipment. As a result, cash flows relating to the above have been moved from operating to investing activities. The comparatives were amended accordingly (note 42).

34. Business combinations

On May 1, 2012, the Group acquired the business of Intellichain Proprietary Limited, or “Intellichain” (constituting employees and specific assets and liabilities), a supply chain management software business. The services offered by Intellichain are compatible with the Group’s existing fleet management solutions and the acquisition broadens the array of services offered to current and future fleet management customers. The purchase consideration of the acquisition consisted of the outstanding loan advanced to Intellichain in the 2012 fiscal year including interest accrued (note 13).

No material acquisition related expenses were incurred in relation to the acquisition of the business.

The post-acquisition revenue earned during the year of R6.6 million and the post-acquisition loss of R1.6 million have been included in the consolidated results. Had Intellichain been consolidated from April 1, 2012, the consolidated income would show pro-forma revenue of R7.1 million and a net loss of R1.8 million in respect of this business.

The fair values of the assets and liabilities arising from the acquisition are as follows:

 

     Note      Fair  value
R’000
 

Property, plant and equipment

     6         182   

Software

     7         5,739   

Trade receivables

     12         756   

Cash and cash equivalents

     15         23   

Trade and other payables

     19         (654
     

 

 

 
        6,046   
     

 

 

 

Acquisition date fair value of consideration paid

        6,046   
     

 

 

 

The Group has finalized the identification and allocation of fair values to all assets and liabilities acquired.

The at acquisition fair value of trade receivables was R0.8 million of which none is expected to be uncollectible at March 31, 2013.

 

                                     

Net cash inflow on acquisition of business

     

Consideration paid in cash

          

Cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

        23   
     

 

 

 
        23   
     

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

35. Related party transactions

Directors’ and Executive Committee Members Interest

The list of directors and executive committee and their beneficial interests declared in the Company’s share capital at year end held directly, indirectly and by associates were:

 

     March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  
     Direct
000’s
     Indirect
000’s
     Associate
000’s
     Direct
000’s
     Indirect
000’s
     Associate
000’s
 

Non-executive

                 

H Brody

                                               

R Bruyns

             3,931         653                 3,931         653   

C Ewing

                                               

R Frew

             79,847         90,261                 79,847         90,262   

R Friedman (1)

     12,318         1,656         2,779         12,318         1,656         3,279   

A Patel (2)

                             282                   

F Roji

     250                         250                   

R Shough

                                               

A Welton

                     200                         100   

Executive

                 

S Joselowitz

     28,240                         28,240                   

R Botha

     7,798                 125         6,423                 125   

T Buzer

     3,602                         3,352                   

M Pydigadu

     33                         33                   

H Scott

     13,465                         13,465                   

C Tasker

             1,138                         638           

G Pretorius

                                               

B Horan

                     78                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     65,706         86,572         94,096         64,363         86,072         94,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Resigned with effect from March 31, 2013.
(2) Resigned with effect from January 30, 2012.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Interests in contracts

During the year under review, the following were disclosed as contractual arrangements that existed between the Group and companies outside of the Group, in which certain of the directors and executive committee members had interests:

 

Name of director

  

Related company

  

Nature of relationship with the Group

R Friedman (3)

   Control Instruments Group Limited and subsidiaries    Provides contract manufacturing services to the Group

R Frew

   Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited    Lease agreement: Midrand office

R Frew

   Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited    Fees in respect of rental unit financing

R Frew (5)

   Radiospoor Management Services Proprietary Limited    Fees in respect of rental unit financing

R Frew

   Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited    Provides directors’ services

H Brody

   Imperial Group Limited    Shareholder and distribution outlet through motor dealer channel and provides director services

F Roji (4)

   Imperial Group Limited    Shareholder and distribution outlet through motor dealer channel and provides director services

C Ewing

   DLA Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr Incorporated    Provides director services

B Horan

   Creative Space Media    Provides media-related services

 

(3) As at 30 June 2012, R Friedman resigned as a director of Control Instruments Group Limited and as such the group and its subsidiaries are no longer considered a related party to the Group. The major subsidiaries include PI Shurlok Proprietary Limited and Control Instruments Automotive Proprietary Limited. Furthermore, R Friedman resigned as director of the MiX Telematics Limited on March 31, 2013.
(4) As of January 1, 2013, F Roji was appointed as an employee of Imperial Group Limited.
(5) As of March 31, 2013, the company is no longer considered a related party to the Group.

A list of subsidiaries has been included in note 44.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

    March 31, 2013
R’000
        March 31,  2012
R’000

Transactions with related parties and balances outstanding at year end are as follows (excluding key management personnel emoluments):

 

Sales of goods and services

     42,155           20,693   

—     Control Instruments Automotive Proprietary Limited

     236           213   

—     Imperial Group Limited

     41,919           20,480   

Purchases of goods and services

     25,516           98,463   

—     PI Shurlok Proprietary Limited

     11,917           91,543   

—     Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited

     27           42   

—     Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited

     40           59   

—     Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited

     5,796           6,208   

—     Imperial Group Limited

     7,675           432   

—     Creative Space Media

     61           179   

Year-end balance of receivables

     3,194           4,184   

—     Control Instruments Automotive Proprietary Limited

              123   

—     Imperial Group Limited

     3,194           4,061   

Year-end balance of payables

     124           10,777   

—     PI Shurlok Proprietary Limited

              10,770   

—     Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited

     2           3   

—     Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited

     3           4   

—     Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited

     74             

—     Imperial Group Limited

     45             

 

* No longer a related party at March 31, 2013.

Refer to note 29 for key management personnel emoluments disclosure. Key management personnel include executive committee members.

The related parties included above are related to the Group due to certain shares in these entities being held by the executive and non-executive directors of the Company or due to common directorships held.

The receivables from related parties arise from sales transactions and are unsecured and bear no interest. No provisions are held against receivables from related parties (2012: 0).

 

F-71


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

The payables to related parties arise mainly from purchase transactions and the payables bear no interest.

In June 2011, MiX Telematics Europe and Imperial Commercials Limited, a subsidiary of a significant shareholder, entered into an agreement whereby Imperial Commercials Limited purchased the business and assets of MiX Telematics Europe’s vehicle conversion business, One Stop Shop. The business and related assets were sold to Imperial Commercials Limited for R2.3 million.

36. Contingencies

Service agreement

In terms of an amended network services agreement with Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited (“MTN”), MTN is entitled to claw back payments from MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited in the event of early cancellation of the agreement or certain base connections not being maintained over the term of the agreement. Furthermore, no connection incentives will be received going forward. The maximum potential liability under the arrangement is R65.1 million. No loss is considered probable under this arrangement.

Taxation

During the previous fiscal year, MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited, received a query and a subsequent reassessment of its tax liability relating to the claiming of tax allowances in respect of Section 24C of the South African Income Tax Act of 1962. In terms of this assessment, the South African Revenue Services (“SARS”) disallowed the Section 24C allowance going back to 2008 and charged interest thereon of approximately R4 million. MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited had been claiming the Section 24C allowance on the basis of a legal opinion obtained from a prominent South African law firm. The Section 24C allowance had always been fully disclosed in its tax return and had been previously allowed by SARS. At March 31, 2013, after a successful appeal of the revised assessment, SARS issued a letter informing the company that they will waive the amount of interest charged. As no connection incentives are received going forward, the Section 24C allowance is not claimed any longer. The deferred tax liability in respect of the Section 24C allowance was transferred to current tax payable and paid over to SARS during the fiscal year.

 

     March 31, 2013
R’000
   March 31,  2012
R’000

37. Commitments

Capital commitments

At March 31, the Group had approved, but not yet contracted, capital commitments for:

 

Property, plant and equipment

     1,451         413   

Intangible assets

     31,341         26,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32,792         26,809   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

At March 31, the Group had approved and contracted capital commitments for:

 

Property, plant and equipment

     2,240         1,330   

Intangible assets

     9,465         9,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,705         10,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital commitments will be funded out of a mixture of working capital and available banking facilities.

Operating leases

The Group leases various offices under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have various terms and escalation clauses and renewal rights.

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Land and buildings

 

Within one year

     12,653         8,316   

One to five years

     23,971         7,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     36,624         16,256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group leases various office equipment and vehicles under cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are between one and five years with annual escalations between zero and 10% per annum The Group is required to give up to three months’ notice for the termination of these agreements.

The future minimum lease payments under cancellable operating leases are as follows.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
     March 31,  2012
R’000
 
Office equipment      

Within one year

     882         1,230   

One to five years

     490         1,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,372         2,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vehicles

                                                 

Within one year

     1,802         1,362   

One to five years

     1,215         1,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,017         2,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 25.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

38. Events after the reporting period

Banking facilities

Subsequent to year end the Group obtained an overdraft facility of R10 million from Nedbank Limited. The facility is unsecured and bears interest at prime less 2%.

Directors

On May 13, 2013, E Banda was appointed as an independent non-executive director and as a member of the audit and risk committee. F Roji has resigned as non-executive director of the Board of Directors and has been appointed as an alternate director to H Brody with effect from May 13, 2013.

Restructuring

Subsequent to year end, the Europe fleet solutions segment announced a restructuring plan. The total expected cost of the restructuring is approximately R2.7 million. The restructuring will result in operating cost savings for the segment.

39. Financial risk sensitivity analysis

Interest rate sensitivity

A change of 100 basis points in the interest rate at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

     March 31,  2013
R’000
    March 31,  2012
R’000
 

Increase of 100 basis points

     517        123   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (517     (123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency sensitivity

The Group has used a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated change to profit or loss and equity of an instantaneous 5% strengthening or weakening in the functional currency against all other currencies, from the rate applicable at March 31, 2013, for each class of financial instrument with all other variables remaining constant. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only as, in practice, market rates rarely change in isolation.

The Group is exposed mainly to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates in respect of the South African Rand, Australian dollar, US dollar, the UK pound and the euro. This analysis considers the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on profit or loss or equity, excluding foreign exchange translation differences resulting from the translation of the group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency, into the Group’s presentation currency (and recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve).

 

F-74


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

A change in the foreign exchange rates to which the Group is exposed at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit before taxation/equity by the amounts shown below.

The analysis has been performed on the basis of the change occurring at the end of the reporting period.

 

            Increase/(decrease) in profit
before taxation
    Increase/(decrease) in equity  
     Change  in
exchange
rate

%
     Result of
weakening in
functional
currency
R’000
    Result of
strengthening
in functional
currency
R’000
    Result of
weakening in
functional
currency
R’000
    Result of
strengthening
in functional
currency
R’000
 

2013

           

Denominated currency: Functional currency

           

EUR:GBP

     5         380        (380    

USD:GBP

     5         (35     35       

USD:ZAR

     5         (61     61       

EUR:ZAR

     5         147        (147    

GBP:ZAR

     5         11        (11     (361     361   

ZAR:USD

     5         (84     84        (779     779   

EUR:USD

     5         603        (603    

USD:AUD

     5         (52     52       

AUD:USD

     5         (42     42       

EUR:AUD

     5         (2     2       

ZAR:GBP

     5         (20     20       

2012

           

Denominated currency: Functional currency

           

EUR:GBP

     5         629        (629    

USD:GBP

     5         (40     40        38        (38

USD:ZAR

     5         (595     595       

EUR:ZAR

     5         (183     183       

GBP:ZAR

     5         19        (19    

ZAR:USD

     5         (21     21        (754     754   

EUR:USD

     5         39        (39    

USD:AUD

     5         (247     247       

AUD:USD

     5         (53     53       

ZAR:GBP

     5         (21     21       

 

F-75


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

40. Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that there will be insufficient funds available to settle obligations when they are due.

The Group has limited risk due to the recurring nature of its income. The Group meets its financing requirements through a mixture of cash generated from its operations and short- and long-term borrowings. In addition, the Group has access to undrawn borrowing facilities (note 18).

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:

 

     Payable
within 1
month or on
demand
R’000
     Between 1
month and 1
year
R’000
     Between 1
year and 2
years
R’000
     Between 2
years and 5
years
R’000
     More than 5
years
R’000
 

March 31, 2013

              

Borrowings

     595         3,112           —           —           —   

Trade payables

     28,103         28,922                           

Accruals and other payables

     37,619         47,882                           

Bank overdraft

     32,294         23,711                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     98,611         103,627                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

              

Borrowings

     2,621         21,479                           

Trade payables

     23,908         30,220                           

Accruals and other payables

     23,073         42,477                           

Bank overdraft

     19,339         30,826                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     68,941         125,002                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There have been no significant changes in the Group’s financial risk management described above relative to the prior year.

41. Fair value estimation

Effective April 1, 2009, the Group adopted the amendment to IFRS 7 for financial instruments that are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value. This requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following measurement hierarchy:

 

  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1).

 

  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (level 2).

 

  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (level 3).

 

F-76


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

For the Group, these instruments are available-for-sale financial assets—listed securities, in level 2 and comprise 1,288,920 ordinary shares held in Datatrak Malta Limited (note 9).

As there is no demonstrable active market for trading of these shares and no income is expected to be derived from this investment in the foreseeable future, these shares were fully impaired to the income statement in the 2011 fiscal year. The position has remained unchanged at the end of the 2013 fiscal year.

42. Restatement

The Group has certain tracking devices which are installed in customer vehicles (“In-vehicle devices”). In prior years, the Group classified in-vehicle devices installed as inventory held in client vehicles, which was included as a separate financial statement line item under current assets in the statement of financial position. In addition, devices which were designated for installation in client vehicles were accounted for as inventory.

During the current year, the Group corrected the classification of in-vehicle devices to property, plant and equipment, since they represent tangible items that are held for use in the supply of services, and are expected to be used for more than one period. Management have corrected their accounting policy accordingly.

The correction has been adopted retrospectively and the comparative amounts have been restated accordingly.

The effect on the consolidated statement of financial position at April 1, 2011 (beginning of the comparative fiscal year) is an increase in property, plant and equipment of R36.2 million (comprising both installed and uninstalled in-vehicle devices), the elimination of inventory held in client vehicles of R28.0 million (representing installed in-vehicle devices) and a decrease in inventory of R8.2 million (representing uninstalled in-vehicle devices).

The effect on the consolidated statement of financial position at March 31, 2012 (comparative year) is an increase in property, plant and equipment of R39.8 million (comprising both installed and uninstalled in-vehicle devices), the elimination of inventory held in client vehicles of R29.7 million (representing installed in-vehicle devices) and a decrease in inventory of R10.1 million (representing uninstalled in-vehicle devices).

The Group’s income statement continues to include a systematic allocation of the cost of installed in-vehicle devices in cost of sales in the form of depreciation (previously rental units consumed), and the correction in classification therefore has no impact on the Group’s income statement or statement of comprehensive income or basic or diluted earnings per share for the year ended March 31, 2012.

The Group classifies cash payments to acquire property, plant and equipment as investing activities, and the correction in classification on in-vehicle devices from inventory to property, plant and equipment therefore resulted in a correction in classification of cash flows associated with the acquisition of such items. This is because the Group now considers the expenditure associated with the acquisition of in-vehicle devices to have been made for resources intended to

 

F-77


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

generate future income and cash flows. The effects on the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2012 is an increase in cash generated from operations of R26.7 million, and an increase in net cash used in investing activities of R26.7 million.

43. Exchange rates

The following major rates of exchange were used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

          March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  

SA Rand : United States Dollar

  

—     closing

     9.24         7.69   
  

—     average

     8.50         7.43   

SA Rand : British Pound

  

—     closing

     14.04         12.29   
  

—     average

     13.43         11.84   

44. List of Group companies

MIX Telematics Limited is the parent company of the MiX Telematics Group of companies outlined below.

All of the entities listed have been consolidated apart from Matrixvtrack Nig. Limited which is a joint venture (note 9) and has been equity accounted for due to the remaining shareholder having significant participating rights in controlling the financial and operating policies of the entity.

 

Name

 

Principal activity

 

Place of
incorporation

  Legal % ownership  
      March 31, 2013
%
    March 31, 2012
%
 

Direct

       

MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited

 

Vehicle tracking and recovery

  RSA     100        100   

MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited

 

Fleet services and research and development

  RSA     100        100   

Sunstore Limited

  Liquidated during the 2013 fiscal year   Cyprus            100   

MiX Telematics Europe Limited

 

Fleet management products and services

  UK     100        100   

MiX Telematics North America Incorporated

 

Fleet management products and services

  USA     100        100   

MiX Telematics Australasia Proprietary Limited

 

Fleet management products and services

  Australia     100        100   

MiX Telematics Serviços De Telemetria E Rastreamento De Veículos Do Brazil Limitada

 

Fleet management products and services

  Brazil     99.9          

 

F-78


Table of Contents

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

 

 

Name

 

Principal activity

 

Place of
incorporation

  Legal % ownership  
      March 31, 2013
%
    March 31, 2012
%
 

Indirect

       

MiX Telematics Technology Holdings Proprietary Limited

  Dormant   RSA     100        100   

MiX Telematics Europe GmbH

 

Fleet management products and services

  Germany     100        100   

MiX Telematics Middle East FZE

 

Fleet management products and services

  UAE     100        100   

MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited *

 

Fleet management products and services

  RSA     85.1        85.1   

Matrixvtrack Nig. Limited

  Vehicle tracking and recovery   Nigeria     60        60   

MiX Telematics Fleet Support Services Proprietary Limited *

 

Fleet management products and services

  RSA     49        49   

MiX Telematics East Africa Limited

 

Fleet management products and services

  Uganda     99.9        99.9   

 

* The remaining shareholdings in these companies are owned by special purpose vehicles which have been fully consolidated.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

 

 

             American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Representing                  Ordinary Shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES    WILLIAM BLAIR

 

CANACCORD GENUITY    OPPENHEIMER & CO.

                    , 2013

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The Memorandum of Incorporation of MiX Telematics Limited provides that, subject to the provisions of the South African Companies Act, 2008, MiX Telematics Limited may indemnify its directors, managers, secretaries, and other officers or servants against all costs, losses and expenses they may incur or become liable to pay by reason of any contract entered into, or any act or omission done or omitted to be done by them in the discharge of their duties, including traveling expenses. Upon the completion of the offering of ADSs, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors providing for indemnification of, and the advancement of, expenses to the fullest extent under the South African Companies Act, 2008.

Under the South African Companies Act, 2008, a company may not indemnify a director or officer in respect of any liability for any loss, damages or costs arising as a direct or indirect consequence of:

 

  Ÿ  

the director or officer having acted in the name of the company, signed anything on behalf of the company, or purported to bind the company or authorize the taking of any action by or on behalf of the company, despite knowing that he or she lacked the authority to do so;

 

  Ÿ  

the director or officer having acquiesced in the carrying on of the company’s business despite knowing that it was being conducted recklessly, with gross negligence, with intent to defraud any person or for any fraudulent purposes;

 

  Ÿ  

the director or officer having been a party to an act or omission by the company despite knowing that the act or omission was calculated to defraud a creditor, employee or shareholder of the company, or had another fraudulent purpose; or

 

  Ÿ  

willful misconduct or willful breach of trust on the part of the director or officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

any fine that may be imposed on a director as a consequence of that director having been convicted of an offense, unless the conviction was based on strict liability.

Proceedings to recover any loss, damages or costs for which a person is or may be held liable may generally not be commenced more than three years after the act of omission that gave rise to that liability.

A company may claim reimbursement from any director or officer of the company for any money paid directly or indirectly to or on behalf of such director or officer in any manner inconsistent with the provisions of the South African Companies Act, 2008.

The South African Companies Act, 2008 provides that, except to the extent that the company’s Memorandum of Incorporation disallows it, a company may purchase insurance to protect a director or officer against any liability or expense for which the company may indemnify a director or officer and any expenses that the company is permitted to advance to a director or officer.

We purchase directors and officers liability insurance from third parties for indemnification of our directors, officers and other employees for wrongful acts, as well as to reimburse us for any indemnification that we provide to our directors, officers and other employees for wrongful acts.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2010, we have granted options to purchase an aggregate of 44,900,000 ordinary shares to our directors, officers and employees, in each case having an exercise price ranging from R1.12 to R2.46 per ordinary share.

Since January 1, 2010, we have issued 3,212,500 ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of options held by our directors, officers and employees, in each case having an exercise price per ordinary share ranging from R0.70 to R1.25.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation S promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or involving offers and sales of securities outside the United States.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Registration Statement.

 

Exhibit
number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Memorandum of Incorporation of the Registrant
  4.1    Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of American depositary shares issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipts
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Werksmans Attorneys, South African legal counsel of the Registrant
  8.1    Form of Tax Opinion of Werksmans Attorneys, South African legal counsel of the Registrant (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  8.2    Form of Tax Opinion of Akerman Senterfitt LLP, U.S. legal counsel of the Registrant
10.1    TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme, adopted by TeliMatrix Limited, dated October 8, 2007 including the Deed of Amendment, dated January 31, 2011 and the Second Deed of Amendment, dated September 13, 2011
10.2    Agreement of Lease, dated October 2, 2007 between Thynk Industrial One (PTY) LTD and Matrix Vehicle Tracking (PTY) LTD and addendum thereto
10.3    Updated Terms and Conditions of Employment of Stefan Joselowitz, dated November 18, 2008
10.4    Contract of Employment between MiX Telematics North America, Inc. and Howard Guy Scott, dated May 24, 2011
10.5    Offer of Employment and Standard Terms and Conditions, dated December 7, 2009 between the Registrant and Megan Pydigadu
10.6    Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated September 10, 2007 between TeliMatrix Group and Subsidiary Companies and Riëtte Botha
10.7    Letter of Appointment, dated March 31, 2008 between Charles Tasker and TeliMatrix Limited
10.8    Appointment to the TeliMatrix Board, dated September 10, 2007 between Terence Edward Buzer and TeliMatrix Limited
10.9    Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated January 1, 2012 between the Registrant and Brendan Patrick Horan

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

  

Description

10.10    Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012, between the Registrant and Brendan Patrick Horan
10.11    Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated January 1, 2012 between the Registrant and Gert Pretorius
10.12    Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012 between the Registrant and Gert Pretorius
10.13    Facility Letter, dated February 25, 2013 between The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and the Registrant
10.14    Facility Letter, dated March 25, 2013 between Nedbank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited
10.15    Agreement of Loan, dated September 1, 2010 between Investec Bank Limited and the Registrant
10.16    Agreement of Loan, dated August 18, 2008 between Investec Bank Limited and Telimatrix Ltd
10.17    Agreement of Loan, dated January 17, 2011 between Investec Bank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited
10.18    Amendment to Agreement of Loan, dated November 30, 2011 between Investec Bank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited
10.19    Amendment to Agreement of Loan, dated October 10, 2012 between Investec Bank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited
10.20*    Corporate Network Services Subscription Agreement, dated September 11, 2009 between MTN Service Provider (Proprietary) Limited and MiX Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited
10.21*    Provision of Cellular Telephony Network Services Agreement, effective August 1, 2000 between Mobile Telephone Networks (Proprietary) Limited and the Registrant, as amended by Addendum effective July 10, 2012
10.22†    Agreement, effective May 7, 2007 between Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Limited and Control Instruments (Pty) Limited
10.23†    Google Maps API Premier License Agreement, effective April 1, 2012 between Google Ireland Limited and MiX Telematics International (Pty) Limited
10.24†    Agreement, effective September 2, 2005 between Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Proprietary) Limited and Super Group Trading (Proprietary) Limited
10.25    Form of Indemnification Agreement
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Werksmans Attorneys (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement)

 

  

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
(a) Schedules and exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

None.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the registrant by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Johannesburg, South Africa, on July 3, 2013.

 

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Stefan Joselowitz

Name: Stefan Joselowitz
Title: Director and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Howard Scott and Megan Pydigadu, or either of them, each acting alone, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, in connection with the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including to sign the Registration Statement in the name and on behalf of the registrant or on behalf of the undersigned as a director or officer of the registrant, and any and all amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any applicable securities exchange or securities self-regulatory body, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on July 3, 2013 in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Stefan Joselowitz

Stefan Joselowitz

  

Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Megan Pydigadu

Megan Pydigadu

  

Group Financial Director

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Richard Bruyns

Richard Bruyns

   Chairman of the Board

/s/ Riëtte Botha

Riëtte Botha

   Director and Executive—Special Projects

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Terence Buzer

Terence Buzer

   Director and Executive—Development and Engineering

/s/ Howard Scott

Howard Scott

   Director and Executive—Strategy and Acquisitions

/s/ Charles Tasker

Charles Tasker

   Director and Executive—Fleet Solutions

/s/ Hubert Brody

Hubert Brody

   Director

/s/ Robin Frew

Robin Frew

   Director

/s/ Christopher Ewing

Christopher Ewing

   Director

/s/ Enos Banda

Enos Banda

   Director

/s/ Royston Shough

Royston Shough

   Director

/s/ Anthony Welton

Anthony Welton

   Director

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of MiX Telematics Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the Boca Raton, Florida, on July 3, 2013.

 

MIX TELEMATICS NORTH AMERICA INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Stefan Joselowitz

Name:  

Stefan Joselowitz

Title:  

Chairman

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO

MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

For approval at the MiX Telematics Limited

Annual General Meeting

Tuesday 11 September 2012


THE COMPANIES ACT, NO. 71 OF 2008

(AS AMENDED)

MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

of

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

a public company

Registration Number: 1995/013858/06

Registration Date: 21 December 1995

 

LOGO


WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 In this Memorandum of Incorporation, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.1.1. Act ” means the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, as amended, consolidated or re-enacted from time to time, and includes all schedules to such Act;

 

  1.1.2. the Board ” means the board of Directors from time to time of the Company;

 

  1.1.3. Certificated Securities ” means Securities issued by the Company that are not Uncertificated Securities;

 

  1.1.4. Central Securities Depositary ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act;

 

  1.1.5. Commission ” means the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission established by section 185 of the Act;

 

  1.1.6. Company ” means the company named on the first page of this document, duly incorporated under the registration number endorsed thereon;

 

  1.1.7. Director ” means a member of the Board as contemplated in section 66 of the Act, or an alternate director, and includes my person occupying the position of a director or alternate director, by whatever name designated;

 

  1.1.8. Electronic Communication ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, No 25 of 2002;

 

  1.1.9. IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board, or its successor body, and approved for use in the Republic from time to time by the Financial Reporting Standards Council established in terms of section 203 of the Act;

 

  1.1.10. JSE ” means the exchange, licensed under the Securities Services Act, operated by JSE Limited (Registration number 2005/022939/06), a public company duly incorporated in the Republic;

 

  1.1.11. JSE Listings Requirements ” means the Listings Requirements of the JSE applicable from time to time;

 

LOGO

2


  1.1.12. Participant ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act;

 

  1.1.13. Prescribed Officer ” means a person who, within the Company, performs say function that has been designated by the Minister in terms of section 66(10) of the Act, as defined in the Act;

 

  1.1.14. Regulations ” means the regulations published in terms of the Act from time to time;

 

  1.1.15. Republic ” means the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.1.16. Securities ” means –

 

  1.1.16.1. any shares, notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments, irrespective of their form or title, issued, or authorised to be issued, by the Company; or

 

  1.1.16.2. anything falling within the meaning of “securities” as set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act, and includes shares held in a private company;

 

  1.1.17. Securities Register ” means the register of issued Securities of the Company required to be established in terms of section 50(1) of the Act and referred to in clause 10 hereof;

 

  1.1.18. Securities Services Act ” means the Securities Services Act. No 36 of 2004, including any amendment, consolidation or re-enactment thereof;

 

  1.1.19. SENS ” means the Securities Exchange News Service established and operated by the Listings Division of the JSE;

 

  1.1.20. Share ” means one of the units into which the proprietary interest in the Company is divided, which at the date of adoption of this Memorandum of Incorporation comprises only ordinary shares;

 

  1.1.21. Shareholder ” means the holder of a Share who is entered as such in the Securities Register, subject to the provisions of section 57 of the Act;

 

  1.1.22. Solvency and Liquidity Test ” has the meaning attributed thereto in section 4 of the Act;

 

  1.1.23. ‘‘ Sub-register ” means the record of Uncertificated Securities administered and maintained by a Participant, which forms part of the Securities Register in terms of the Act;

 

  1.1.24. Uncertificated Securities ” means any “securities” defined as such in section 29 of the Securities Services Act; and


  1.1.25. Uncertificated Securities Register ” means the record of Uncertificated Securities administered and maintained by a Participant or Central Securities Depositary, as determined in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depositary.

 

  1.2. In this Memorandum of Incorporation, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise –

 

  1.2.1. words and expressions defined in the Act and which are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Act;

 

  1.2.2. a reference to the Act shall include reference to the Regulations;

 

  1.2.3. a reference to a section by number refers to the corresponding section of the Act;

 

  1.2.4. a reference to a clause by number refers to a corresponding provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  1.2.5. in any instance where there is a conflict between a provision (be it expressed, implied or tacit) of this Memorandum of Incorporation and –

 

  1.2.5.1. an alterable or elective provision of the Act, the provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall prevail to the extent of the conflict; and

 

  1.2.5.2. an unalterable or non-elective provision of the Act, the unalterable or non-elective provision of the Act shall prevail to the extent of the conflict unless the Memorandum of Incorporation imposes on the Company a higher standard, greater restriction, longer period of time or similarly more onerous requirement, in which event the relevant provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall prevail to the extent of the conflict;

 

  1.2.6. clause headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.2.7. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.2.7.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.2.7.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa; and

 

  1.2.7.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.8. if the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated), the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately succeeding business day;


  1.2.9. any words or expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout the whole of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  1.2.10. any reference to a notice shall be construed as a reference to a written notice, and shall include a notice which is transmitted electronically in a manner and form permitted in terms of the Act and/or the Regulations.

 

  1.3. Any reference in this Memorandum of Incorporation to -

 

  1.3.1. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic from time to time;

 

  1.3.2. law ” means any law of general application, as amended and re-enacted from time to time, and includes the common law and any statute, constitution, decree, treaty, regulation, directive, ordinance, by-law, order or any other enactment of legislative measure of government (including local and provincial government) statutory or regulatory body which has the force of law; and

 

  1.3.3. writing ” means legible writing and in English and includes printing, typewriting, lithography or any other mechanical process, as well as any electronic communication in a manner and a form permitted in terms of the Act and/or the Regulations.

 

  1.4. The words “include” and “including” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “include” and “including” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  1.5. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Memorandum of Incorporation in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  1.6. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.


  1.7. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  1.8. Any reference herein to “this Memorandum of Incorporation” shall be construed as a reference to this Memorandum of Incorporation as amended from time to time.

 

  1.9. Whenever any person is required to act “as an expert and not as an arbitrator” in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation, then –

 

  1.9.1. the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding;

 

  1.9.2. subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for his or its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

  1.9.3. the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as he or it may, in his or its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

  1.9.4. the expert shall consult with the relevant: Parties (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

  1.9.5. having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 

2. JURISTIC PERSONALITY

 

  2.1. The Company is a pre-existing company as defined in the Act and, as such, continues to exist as a public company as if it had been incorporated and registered in terms of the Act, as contemplated in item 2 of the Fifth Schedule to the Act, and this Memorandum of Incorporation replaces and supersedes the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company applicable immediately prior to the filing hereof.

 

  2.2. The Company is incorporated in accordance with and governed by –

 

  2.2.1. the unalterable provisions of the Act, save to the extent that this Memorandum of Incorporation imposes on the Company a higher standard, greater restriction, longer period of time or similarly more onerous requirement; and

 

  2.2.2. the alterable provisions of the Act, subject to the limitations, extensions, variations or substitutions set out in this Memorandum of Incorporation; and

 

  2.2.3. the other provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation.


3. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

No person shall, solely by reason of being an incorporator, Shareholder or Director of the Company, be liable for any liabilities or obligations of the Company.

 

4. POWERS OF THE COMPANY

 

  4.1. The Company has all of the legal powers and capacity contemplated in the Act, and no provision contained in this Memorandum of Incorporation should be interpreted or construed as negating, limiting, or restricting those powers in any way whatsoever.

 

  4.2. The legal powers and capacity of the Company are not subject to any restrictions, limitations or qualifications, as contemplated in section 19(1)(b)(ii) of the Act.

 

5. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

This Memorandum of Incorporation does not contain any special conditions applicable to the Company as contemplated in section 15(2)(b) or (c) of the Act.

 

6. CONSTRUCTIVE NOTICE

The Board shall be responsible for assessing if and when a person should be provided with a copy of a document relating to the Company notwithstanding that such document has been filed or is made available for inspection at an office of the Company, so that such person must be regarded as having received actual notice or knowledge of the contents of such document.

 

7. ACQUISITION AND CESSATION OF RIGHTS

A person –

 

  7.1. acquires the rights associated with any particular securities of the company when that person’s name is entered in the Company’s Securities Register as a person to whom those securities have been issued; and

 

  7.2. ceases to have the rights associated with any particular securities of the company when the transfer to another person, re-acquisition by the Company of those Securities has been entered in the Company’s Securities Register.

 

8. ISSUE OF SHARES AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

  8.1. The Company is authorised to issue –

 

  8.1.1. 1,000,000, 000 ordinary no par value Shares, of the same class, each of which ranks pari passu in respect of all rights and entitles the holder to – [LR 10.5(a)]

 

  8.1.1.1. vote on any matter to be decided by the Shareholders of the Company and to 1 (one) vote in respect of each Share held by a Shareholder in the case of a vote by means of a poll and to vote at every general meeting of annual general meeting, in person or by proxy; [LR 10.5(b)]


  8.1.1.2. participate proportionally in any distribution made by the Company; and

 

  8.1.1.3. receive proportionally the net assets of the Company upon its liquidation;

 

  8.2. The Board shall not have the power to –

 

  8.2.1. increase or decrease the number of authorised Shares of any class of the Company’s Shares; or [LR 10.5(d)(iv)]

 

  8.2.2. consolidate and reduce the number of the Company’s issued and authorised Shares of any class; or [LR 10.5(d)(v)]

 

  8.2.3. subdivide its Shares of any class by increasing the number of its issued and authorised Shares of that class without an increase of its capital; or [LR 10.5(d)(vi)

 

  8.2.4. reclassify any classified Shares that have been authorised but not issued; or

 

  8.2.5. classify any unclassified Shares that have been authorised but not issued; or

 

  8.2.6. determine the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms of any Shares, [LR 10.5(d)(ii)

and such powers shall only be capable of being exercised by the Shareholders by way of a special resolution of the Shareholders and amendment to the Memorandum of Incorporation. [LR 10.5(d)]

 

  8.3. Each Share issued by the Company has associated with it an irrevocable right of the Shareholder to vote on any proposal to amend the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with that Share. The variation of any preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with any class of Shares as set out in this Memorandum of Incorporation may be enacted only by an amendment of this Memorandum of Incorporation approved by special resolution of the ordinary Shareholders. If any amendment of the Memorandum of Incorporation relates to the variation of any preferences, rights, limitation and other Share terms attaching to any other class of Shares already in issue, that amendment must not be implemented without a special resolution, taken by the holders of Shares in that class at a separate meeting. In such instances, the holders of such Shares will be allowed to vote at the meeting of ordinary Shareholders subject to clause 22.2. No resolution of Shareholders of the company shall be proposed or passed, unless a special resolution of the holders of the Shares in that class approve the amendment. [LR 10.5 (c) and (e)]


  8.4. The authorisation and classification of Shares, the creation of any class of Shares, the conversion of one class of Shares into one or more other classes, the consolidation of securities, the sub-division of securities, the change of the name of the company, the increase of number of Securities, and, subject to clause 8.3, the variation of any preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with each class of Shares as set out in this Memorandum of Incorporation may be changed only by an amendment of this Memorandum of Incorporation by special resolution of the ordinary Shareholders and in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements, to the extent required, save if such an amendment is ordered by a court in terms of sections 16(1)(a) and 16(4) of the Act [LR 10.5(d)(i), LR 10.5(d)(ii), LR 10.5(d)(iii), LR 10.5(d)(iv), LR 10.5(d)(v), LR 10.5(d)(vi), LR 10.5(d)(vii), LR 10.5(e) & LR 10.9(c)]

 

  8.5. No Shares may be authorised in respect of which the preferences, rights, limitations or any other terms of any class of Shares may be varied in response to any objectively ascertainable external fact or facts as provided for in sections 37(6) and 37(7) of the Act. [LR 10.5(g)]

 

  8.6. The Company may only issue Shares which are fully paid up and freely transferable and only within the classes and to the extent that those Shares have been authorised by or in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation. [LR 10.2(a)]

 

  8.7. The Board may, subject to clause 8.12 and the further provisions of this clause 8.7, resolve to issue Shares of the Company at any time, but –

 

  8.7.1. only within the classes and to the extent that those Shares have been authorised by or in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation; and

 

  8.7.2. only to the extent that such issue has been approved by the Shareholders in general meeting, either by way of a general authority (which may be either conditional or unconditional) to issue Shares in its discretion or a specific authority in respect of any particular issue of Shares, in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements, provided that, if such approval is in the form of a general authority to the Directors, it shall be valid only until the next annual general meeting of the Company or for 15 (fifteen) months from the date of the ordinary resolution, whichever is the earlier, and it may be varied or revoked by any general meeting of the Shareholders prior to such annual general meeting. [LR 10.1]

 

  8.8. Alterations of share capital, authorised shares and rights attaching to a class/es of Shares; all issues of Shares for cash and all issues of options and convertible securities granted or issued for cash must, in addition to the aforegoing provisions, be in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements. [LR 10.9(a) and (c)]


  8.9. All Securities of the Company for which a listing is sought on the JSE and all Securities of the same class as Securities of the Company which are listed on the JSE must, notwithstanding the provisions of section 40(5) of the Act, but unless otherwise required by the Act, only be issued after the Company has received the consideration approved by the Board for the issuance of such Securities. [ LR 10.2(a) ]

 

  8.10. Subject to section 40(5) to (7) of the Act, when the Company has received the consideration approved by the Board for the issuance of any Shares –

 

  8.10.1. those Shares are fully paid up; and

 

  8.10.2. the Company must issue those Shares and cause the name of the holder to be entered onto the Company’s Securities Register in accordance with sections 49 to 56 of the Act.

 

  8.11. Subject to what may be authorised by the Act, the JSE Listings Requirements and at meetings of Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.13, and subject to clause 8.14, the Board may only issue unissued Shares if such Shares have first been offered to existing ordinary Shareholders in proportion to their shareholding on such terms and in accordance with such procedures as the Board may determine, unless such Shares are issued for the acquisition of assets by the Company. [ LR 10.1 ]

 

  8.12. Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 8.2, 8.8, 8.13 and 8.14, any issue of Shares, Securities convertible into Shares, or rights exercisable for Shares in a transaction, or a series of integrated transactions shall, in accordance with the provisions of section 41(3) of the Act, require the approval of the Shareholders by special resolution if the voting power of the class of Shares that: are issued or are issuable as a result of the transaction or series of integrated transactions will be equal to or exceed 30% (thirty percent) of the voting power of all the Shares of that class held by Shareholders immediately before that transaction or series of integrated transactions.

 

  8.13. Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.11, the Shareholders may at a general meeting authorise the Directors to issue Shares of the Company at any time and/or grant options to subscribe for Shares as the Directors in their discretion think fit, provided that such transaction(s) has/have been approved by the JSE, if so required under the JSE Listings Requirements, and. comply with the JSE Listings Requirements. [ LR 10.1 ]

 

  8.14. Except to the extent that any such right is specifically included as one of the rights, preferences or other terms upon which any class of Shares is issued or as may otherwise be provided in this Memorandum of Incorporation (as is set out in clause 8.11), no Shareholder shall have any pre-emptive or other similar preferential right to be offered or to subscribe for any additional Shares issued by the Company.


9. CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES

 

  9.1. Securities of the Company are to be issued in certificated or uncertificated form, as shall be determined by the Board from time to time. Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Act, the rights and obligations of Security holders shall not be different solely on the basis of their Securities being Certificated Securities or Uncertificated Securities and each provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation applies with respect to any Uncertificated Securities in the same manner as it applies to Certificated Securities, unless otherwise stated or indicated by the context.

 

  9.2. Any Certificated Securities may cease to be evidenced by certificates, and thereafter become Uncertificated Securities.

 

  9.3. Any Uncertificated Securities may be withdrawn from the Uncertificated Securities Register, and certificates issued evidencing those Securities at the election of the holder of those Uncertificated Securities. A holder of Uncertificated Securities who elects to withdraw all or part of the Uncertificated Securities held by it in an Uncertificated Securities Register, and obtain a certificate in respect of those withdrawn Securities, may so notify the relevant Participant or Central Securities Depository as required by the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

  9.4. After receiving notice from a Participant or Central Securities Depository, as the case may be, that the holder of Uncertificated Securities wishes to withdraw all or part of the Uncertificated Securities held by it in an Uncertificated Securities Register, and obtain a certificate in respect thereof, the Company shall –

 

  9.4.1. immediately enter the relevant Security holder’s name and details of its holding of Securities in the Securities Register and indicate on the Securities Register that the Securities so withdrawn are no longer held in uncertificated form; and

 

  9.4.2. within 10 (ten) business days (or 20 (twenty) business days in the case of a holder of Securities who is not resident within the Republic) prepare and deliver to the relevant person a certificate in respect of the Securities and notify the Central Securities Depository that the Securities are no longer held in uncertificated form.

 

  9.5. The Company may charge a holder of its Securities a reasonable fee to cover the actual cost of issuing any certificate as contemplated in this clause.

 

  9.6. At the request of the Company, and on payment of the fee prescribed in the Act or the Regulations, if any, a Participant or Central Securities Depository, as determined in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depository, must furnish the Company with all details of the Company’s Uncertificated Securities reflected in the Uncertificated Securities Register.


10. SECURITIES REGISTER

 

  10.1. The Company must establish or cause to be established a Securities Register in the form prescribed by the Act and the Regulations and maintain the Securities Register in accordance with the prescribed standards.

 

  10.2. As soon as practicable after issuing any Securities the Company must enter or cause to be entered in the Securities Register, in respect of every class of Securities it has issued –

 

  10.2.1. the total number of Uncertificated Securities;

 

  10.2.2. with respect to Certificated Securities –

 

  10.2.2.1. the names and addresses of the persons to whom the Certificated Securities were issued;

 

  10.2.2.2. the number of Certificated Securities issued to each of them;

 

  10.2.2.3. in the case of Securities other than Shares as contemplated in section 43 of the Act, the number of those Securities issued and outstanding, and the names and addresses of the registered owners of the Securities and any holders of beneficial interests therein; and

 

  10.2.2.4. any other prescribed information.

 

  10.3. If the Company has issued Uncertificated Securities, or has issued Securities that have ceased to be Certificated Securities as contemplated in clause 9.2, a record must be administered and maintained by a Participant or Central Securities Depository, in the prescribed form, as the Uncertificated Securities Register, which –

 

  10.3.1. forms part of the Securities Register; and

 

  10.3.2. must contain, with respect to all Uncertificated. Securities contemplated in this clause 10, any details referred to in clause 10.2.2, read with the changes required by the context or as determined by the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

  10.4. The Securities Register or Uncertificated Securities Register maintained in accordance with the Act shall be sufficient proof of the facts recorded in it, in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

 

  10.5. Unless all the Shares rank equally for all purposes, the Shares, or each class of Shares, and any other Securities, must be distinguished by an appropriate numbering system.

 

  10.6. A certificate evidencing any Certificated Securities of the Company –

 

  10.6.1. must state on its face –

 

  10.6.1.1. the name of the Company;


  10.6.1.2. the name of the person to whom the Securities were issued; and

 

  10.6.1.3. the number and class of Shares and designation of the series, if any, evidenced by that certificate;

 

  10.6.2. must be signed by 2 (two) persons authorised by the Board, which signatures may be affixed or placed on the certificate by autographic, mechanical or electronic means; and

 

  10.6.3. is proof that the named Security holder owns the Securities, in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

 

  10.7. A certificate remains valid despite the subsequent departure from office of any person who signed it.

 

  10.8. If, as contemplated in clause 10.5, all of the Shares rank equally for all purposes, and are therefore not distinguished by a numbering system –

 

  10.8.1. each certificate issued in respect of those Shares must be distinguished by a numbering system; and

 

  10.8.2. if the Share has been transferred, the certificate must be endorsed with a reference number or similar device that will enable each preceding holder of the Share in succession to be identified,

provided that in terms of Schedule 5 of the Act, if the Company is a pre-existing company (as defined in the Act), the failure of any Share certificate to satisfy the provisions of clauses 10.6 to 10.8 is not a contravention of the Act and does not invalidate that certificate.

 

11. TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

 

  11.1. The instrument of transfer of any Certificated Securities shall be signed by both the transferor and the transferee and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such Certificated Securities until the name of the transferee is entered in the Securities Register, The Directors may, however, in their discretion in such cases as they deem fit, dispense with requiring the signature of the transferee on the instrument of transfer.

 

  11.2. Subject to such restrictions as may be applicable (whether by virtue of the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms associated with the Securities in question) but in no way derogating from the provisions of clauses 8.6 and 12 regarding Shares and Securities being freely transferable, any Shareholder or holder of other Securities may transfer all or any of its Certificated Securities by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the Directors may approve.


  11.3. Every instrument of transfer shall he delivered to the principal place of business of the Company, accompanied by –

 

  11.3.1. the certificate issued in respect of the Certificated Securities to be transferred; and/or

 

  11.3.2. such other evidence as the Company may require to prove the title of the transferor, or his or her right to transfer the Certificated Securities.

 

  11.4. All authorities to sign transfer deeds or other instruments of transfer granted by holders of Securities for the purpose of transferring Certificated Securities which may be lodged, produced or exhibited with or to the Company at its registered, office shall, as between the Company and the grantor of such authorities, be taken and deemed to continue and remain in full force and effect, and the Company may allow the same to be acted upon until such time as express notice in writing of the revocation of the same shall have been given and lodged at such of the Company’s offices at which the authority was first lodged, produced or exhibited. Even after the giving and lodging of such notice, the Company shall be entitled to give effect to any instruments signed under the authority to sign and certified by any officer of the Company as being in order before the giving and lodging of such notice. [LR 10.2(b)]

 

  11.5. All instruments of transfer, when registered, shall either be retained by the Company or disposed of in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time decide. Any instrument of transfer which the Directors may decline to register shall (unless the Directors shall resolve otherwise) be returned on demand to the person who lodged it.

 

  11.6. The transfer of Uncertificated Securities may be effected only –

 

  11.6.1. by a Participant or Central Securities Depository;

 

  11.6.2. on receipt of an instruction to transfer sent and properly authenticated in terms of the rules of a Central Securities Depository or an order of a Court; and

 

  11.6.3. in accordance with section 53 of the Act and the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

  11.7. Transfer of ownership in any Uncertificated Securities must be effected by debiting the account in the Uncertificated Securities Register from which the transfer is effected and crediting the account in the Uncertificated Securities Register to which the transfer is effected, in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

  11.8. Securities transfer tax and other legal costs payable in respect of any transfer of Securities pursuant to this Memorandum of Incorporation will be paid by the Company to the extent that the Company is liable therefor in law, but shall, to that extent, be recoverable from the person acquiring such Securities.


12. NO LIEN

It is recorded for the avoidance of doubt that fully paid Securities shall not be subject to any lien in favour of the Company and shall be freely transferable. [LR 10.12]

 

13. TRANSMISSION OF SECURITIES

 

  13.1. The executor of the estate of a deceased sole holder of a Security shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to such Security. In the case of a Security registered in the names of 2 (two) or more holders, the survivor or survivors, or the executor of the estate of any deceased Shareholder, as determined by the Board, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Security. Any person who submits proof of his appointment as the executor, administrator, trustee, curator, or guardian in respect of the estate of a deceased Shareholder or holder of other Securities (“Security Holder”) of the Company, or of a Security Holder whose estate has been, sequestrated or of a Security Holder who is otherwise under a disability or as the liquidator of any body corporate which is a Security Holder of the Company, shall be entered in the Securities Register nomine officii , and shall thereafter, for all purposes, be deemed to be a Security Holder. [LR 10.13]

 

  13.2. If when called upon by the Directors to do so the executor fails to register the deceased’s Securities in its name or the names of the heir or legatees, the Securities shall not be capable of being forfeited, but shall continue to be registered in the names of the deceased or the executor’s name nomine officio.

 

  13.3. Subject to the provisions of clause 13.1, any person becoming entitled to any Security by virtue of the death of a Security Holder shall, upon producing such evidence that he has such title or rights as the Directors think sufficient, have the right either to have such Security transferred to himself or to make such other transfer of the Security as such Security Holder could have made, provided that in respect of a transfer other than to himself –

 

  13.3.1. the Directors shall have the same right to refuse or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a proposed transfer of such Security by such Security Holder before his death; and

 

  13.3.2. a person becoming entitled to any Security shall not, unless and until he is himself registered as a Security Holder in respect of such Security, be entitled to exercise any voting or other right attaching to such Security or any other right relating to meetings of the Company.

 

14. DEBT INSTRUMENTS

The Board may authorise the Company to issue secured or unsecured debt instruments as set out in section 43(2) of the Act, but no special privileges associated with any such debt instruments as contemplated in section 43(3) of the Act maybe granted, and the authority of the Board in such regard is limited by this Memorandum of Incorporation. [LR 10.10]


15. CAPITALISATION SHARES [LR 10.6]

 

  15.1. Provided such transaction(s) has/have been approved by the JSE, if so required under the JSE Listings Requirements, (and the JSE Listings Requirements have been complied with), the Board shall, in accordance with section 47 of the Act, have the power or authority to –

 

  15.1.1. approve the issue of any authorised Shares, as capitalisation Shares, on a pro rata basis to the Shareholders of one or more classes of Shares; or

 

  15.1.2. to issue Shares of one class as capitalisation Shares in respect of Shares of another class; or

 

  15.1.3. to resolve to permit Shareholders, that are entitled, to elect to receive a cash payment in lieu of a capitalisation Share.

 

  15.2. The Board may not resolve to offer a cash payment in lieu of awarding a capitalisation Share, as contemplated in clause 15.1.3, unless the Board –

 

  15.2.1. has considered the Solvency and Liquidity Test as required by section 46, on the assumption that every such Shareholder would elect to receive cash; and

 

  15.2.2. is satisfied that the Company would satisfy the Solvency and Liquidity Test immediately upon the completion of the distribution.

 

16. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SECURITIES

The Company’s issued Securities may be held by, and registered in the name of one person for the beneficial interest of another person as set out in section 56(1) of the Act.

 

17. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

The Board may authorise the Company to provide financial assistance by way of loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise to any person for the: purpose of, or in connection with, the subscription of any option, or any Securities, issued or to be issued by the Company or a related or inter-related company, or for the purchase of any such Securities, as set out in section 44 of the Act, and the authority of the Board in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

18. ACQUISITION BY THE COMPANY OF ITS OWN SHARES

 

  18.1. Subject to the JSE Listings Requirements, the provisions of section 48 of the Act and the further provisions of this clause 18 –

 

  18.1.1. the Board may determine that the Company acquire a number of its own Shares; and


  18.1.2. the board of any subsidiary of the Company may determine that such subsidiary acquire Shares of the Company, but –

 

  18.1.2.1. not more than 10% (ten percent), in aggregate, of the number of issued Shares of any class may be held by, or for the benefit of, all of the subsidiaries of the Company, taken together; and

 

  18.1.2.2. no voting rights attached to those Shares may be exercised while the Shares are held by that subsidiary and it remains a subsidiary of the Company.

 

  18.2. Any decision by the Company to acquire its own Shares must satisfy the JSE Listings Requirements and the requirements of section 46 of the Act and, accordingly, the Company may not acquire its own Shares unless –

 

  18.2.1. for as long as it is required in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, the acquisition has been approved by a special resolution of the Shareholders in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, whether in respect of a particular repurchase or generally approved by Shareholders and unless such acquisition otherwise complies with sections 5.67 to 5.69 of the JSE Listings Requirements (or such other sections as may be applicable from time to time); [LR 10.9(b)]

 

  18.2.2. the acquisition –

 

  18.2.2.1. is pursuant to an existing legal obligation of the Company, or a court order; or

 

  18.2.2.2. the Board, by resolution, has authorised the acquisition;

 

  18.2.3. it reasonably appears that the Company will satisfy the Solvency and Liquidity Test immediately after completing the proposed acquisition; and

 

  18.2.4. the Board, by resolution, has acknowledged that it has applied the Solvency and Liquidity Test and reasonably concluded that the Company will satisfy the Solvency and Liquidity Test immediately after completing the proposed acquisition.

 

  18.3. A decision of the Board referred to in clause 18.1.1 –

 

  18.3.1. must be approved by a special resolution of the Shareholders if any Shares are to be. acquired by the Company from a Director or prescribed officer of the Company, or a person related to a Director or prescribed officer of the Company; and

 

  18.3.2. is subject to the requirements of sections 114 and 115 of the Act if considered alone, or together with other transactions in an integrated series of transactions, it involves the acquisition by the Company of more than 5% (five percent) of the issued Shares of any particular class of the Company’s Shares.


  18.4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation, the Company may not acquire its own Shares, and no subsidiary of the Company may acquire Shares of the Company if, as a result of that acquisition, there would no longer be any Shares of the Company in issue other than –

 

  18.4.1. Shares held by one or more subsidiaries of the Company; or

 

  18.4.2. convertible or redeemable Shares.

 

19. RECORD DATE FOR EXERCISE OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

  19.1. The record date for the purpose of determining which Shareholders are entitled to –

 

  19.1.1 receive notice of a Shareholders’ meeting;

 

  19.1.2. participate in and vote at a Shareholders’ meeting;

 

  19.1.3. decide any matter by written consent or by Electronic Communication;

 

  19.1.4. receive a distribution; or

 

  19.1.5. be allotted or exercise other rights,

shall be determined by the Board, provided that, for as long as the JSE Listings Requirements apply to the Company, such record date shall be the record date as required by the JSE Listings Requirements. [LR 10.15]

 

  19.2. Such record date must be published, to the Shareholders in a manner that satisfies the JSE Listings Requirements and any other prescribed requirements.

 

20. SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

  20.1. The Board, or any prescribed officer of the Company authorised by the Board, is entitled to call a Shareholders’ meeting at any time.

 

  20.2. Subject to the provisions of section 60 of the Act, dealing with the passing of resolutions of Shareholders otherwise than at a meeting of Shareholders, and clause 25.4 of this Memorandum of Incorporation, the Company shall hold a Shareholders’ meeting –

 

  20.2.1. at any time, that the Board is required by –

 

  20.2.1.1. the Act, to hold a meeting;

 

  20.2.1.2. the JSE Listings Requirements, to refer a matter to Shareholders for decision; or [LR 10.11(d)]

 

  20.2.1.3. this Memorandum of Incorporation, to hold a meeting; or


  20.2.2. whenever required in terms of the Act to fill a vacancy on the Board; or

 

  20.2.3. when required in terms of clause 20.3 or by any other provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  20.3. The Board shall call a meeting of Shareholders if 1 (one) or more written and signed demands by Shareholders calling for such a meeting are delivered to the Company and –

 

  20.3.1. each such demand describes the specific purpose for which the meeting is proposed; and

 

  20.3.2. in aggregate, demands for substantially the same purpose are made and signed by the holders, as of the earliest time specified in any of those demands, of at least 10% (ten percent) of the voting rights entitled to be exercised in relation to the matter proposed to be considered at the meeting.

 

  20.4. In addition to other meetings of the Company that may he convened from time to time, the Company shall convene an annual general meeting of its Shareholders once in each calendar year, but no more than 15 (fifteen) months after the date of the previous annual general meeting.

 

  20.5. Subject to the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements, any such annual general meeting –

 

  20.5.1. shall be capable of being held by Electronic Communication in accordance with the further provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation; and

 

  20.5.2. shall not be capable of being held in accordance with the provisions of section 60 of the Act set out in clause 25.

 

  20.6. Each annual general meeting of the Company contemplated in clause 20.4 shall provide for at least the following business to be transacted –

 

  20.6.1 the presentation of the directors’ report, audited financial statements for the immediately preceding financial year of the Company and an audit committee report;

 

  20.6.2. the election of Directors, to the extent required by the Act and by clause 26.8 of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  20.6.3. the appointment of an auditor and an audit committee for the following financial year;

 

  20.6.4. the sanctioning or declaration of distributions; and [LR 10.11(g)]

 

  20.6.5. any matters raised by the Shareholders, with or without advance notice to the Company.


  20.7. Each annual general meeting of the Company contemplated in clause 20.4 or any special general meeting of the Company may provide for the passing and adoption of special resolutions, contemplated in clauses 29.1 and 29.4 of this Memorandum of Incorporation, relating to the following business –

 

  20.7.1. the settling of Directors’ fees for the 2 (two) year period following the annual general meeting or special general meeting at which the resolution is approved; and

 

  20.7.2. the granting of financial assistance in terms of section 45 of the Act.

 

  20.8. Save as otherwise provided herein, the Company is not required to hold any other Shareholders’ meetings other than those specifically required by the Act and the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

  20.9. The Board may determine the location of any Shareholders’ meeting, and the Company may hold any such meeting in the Republic or in any foreign country, and the authority of the Board and the Company in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  20.10. Every Shareholder’s meeting shall be reasonably accessible within the Republic for electronic participation by Shareholders, irrespective of whether the meeting is held in the Republic or elsewhere.

 

  20.11. All meetings (whether called for the passing of special or ordinary resolutions) shall be called on not less than 15 (fifteen) business days’ notice. [LR 10.11(a) & (b)]

 

  20.12. The quorum for a Shareholders’ meeting to begin or for a matter to be considered, shall be at least 3 (three) Shareholders entitled to attend and vote and present in person, In addition –

 

  20.12.1. a Shareholders’ meeting may not begin until sufficient persons are present at the meeting to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% (twenty five percent) of the voting rights that are entitled to be exercised in respect of at least one matter to be decided at the meeting; and

 

  20.12.2. a matter to be decided at a Shareholders’ meeting may not begin to be considered unless sufficient persons are present at the meeting to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% (twenty five percent) of all of the voting rights that are entitled to be exercised in respect of that matter at the time the matter is called on the agenda. [LR 10.11(h)]


  20.13. The time periods specified in sections 64(4) and (5) of the Act apply to the Company without variation and, accordingly, if within 1 (one) hour after the appointed time for a meeting to begin, the requirements of clause 20.12 –

 

  20.13.1. for that meeting to begin have not been satisfied, the meeting may be postponed, without any motion, vote or further notice, for 1 (one) week;

 

  20.13.2. for consideration of a particular matter to begin have not been satisfied –

 

  20.13.2.1. if there is other business on the agenda of the meeting, consideration of that matter may be postponed to a later time in the meeting without any motion or vote; or

 

  20.13.2.2. if there is no other business on the agenda of the meeting, the meeting may be adjourned, without any motion or vote, for 1 (one) week,

provided that the person intended to chair a meeting that cannot begin due to the operation of clause 20.12 may extend the 1 (one) hour limit allowed in clause 20.13 for a reasonable period on the grounds that –

 

  20.13.2.3. exceptional circumstances affecting weather, transportation or Electronic Communication have generally impeded or are generally impeding the ability of Shareholders to be present at the meeting; or

 

  20.13.2.4. one or more particular Shareholders, having been delayed, have communicated an intention to attend the meeting, and those Shareholders, together with others in attendance, would satisfy the requirements of clause 20.12.

 

  20.14. The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to any particular Shareholder or Shareholders shall not invalidate any resolution passed at any such meeting.

 

  20.15. The Company shall not be required to give further notice of a meeting that has been postponed or adjourned in terms of clause 20.13 unless the location for the meeting is different from –

 

  20.15.1. the location of the postponed or adjourned meeting; or

 

  20.15.2. the location announced at the time of adjournment, in the case of an adjourned meeting.

 

  20.16. If at the time appointed in terms of clause 20.13 for a postponed meeting to begin, or for an adjourned meeting to resume, the requirements of clause 20.12 have not been satisfied, the Shareholders present in person or by proxy will be deemed to constitute a quorum.


  20.17. After a quorum has been established for a meeting, or for a matter to be considered at a meeting, all the Shareholders forming part of the quorum must be present at the meeting for the matter to be considered at the meeting. [LR 10.11(h)]

 

  20.18. The maximum period allowable for an adjournment of a Shareholders’ meeting is as set out in section 64(12) of the Act, without variation.

 

  20.19. The chairperson, if any, of the Board shall preside as chairperson at every Shareholder’s meeting.

 

  20.20. If there is no such chairperson, or if at any meeting he or she is not present within 15 (fifteen) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairperson, the Directors present shall choose 1 (one) of their number to be chairperson. If no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no Director is present within 15 (fifteen) minutes after the time appointed for commencement of the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

  20.21. The chairperson of a Shareholders’ meeting may –

 

  20.21.1. appoint any firm or persons to act as scrutineers for the purpose of checking any powers of attorney received and for counting the votes at the meeting;

 

  20.21.2. act on a certificate given by any such scrutineers without requiring production at the meeting of the forms of proxy or himself counting the votes.

 

  20.22. If any votes were counted which ought not to have been counted or if any votes were not counted which ought to have been counted, the error shall not vitiate the resolution, unless –

 

  20.22.1. it is brought to the attention of the chairperson at the meeting; and

 

  20.22.2. in the opinion of the chairperson of the meeting, it is of sufficient magnitude to vitiate the resolution.

 

  20.23. Any objection to the admissibility of any vote (whether on a show of hands or on a poll) shall be raised –

 

  20.23.1. at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to was recorded; or

 

  20.23.2.

at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the result of the poll was announced,


and every vote not then disallowed shall be valid for all purposes. Any objection made timeously shall be referred to the chairperson of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

  20.24. Even if he is not a Shareholder –

 

  20.24.1. any Director; or

 

  20.24.2. the company’s attorney and/or advisors (or where the company’s attorneys and/or advisors are a firm, any partner or director thereof),

may attend and speak at any Shareholders’ meeting, but may not vote, unless he is a Shareholder or the proxy or representative of a Shareholder.

 

  20.25. Every shareholder shall be entitled to vote at every general meeting or annual general meeting in person or by proxy. [LR 10.5(b)]

 

21. SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS BY ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

 

  21.1. Subject to the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements, the Company may conduct a Shareholders’ meeting entirely by Electronic Communication or provide for participation in a meeting by Electronic Communication, as set out in section 63 of the Act, and the power of the Company to do so is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation. Accordingly –

 

  21.1.1. any Shareholders’ meeting may be conducted entirely by Electronic Communication; or

 

  21.1.2. one or more Shareholders, or proxies for Shareholders, may participate by Electronic Communication in all or part of any Shareholders’ meeting that is being held in person,

so long as the Electronic Communication employed ordinarily enables all persons participating in that meeting to communicate concurrently with each other and without an intermediary, and to participate reasonably effectively in the meeting.

 

  21.2. Any notice of any meeting of Shareholders at which it will be possible for Shareholders to participate by way of Electronic Communication shall inform Shareholders of the ability to so participate and shall provide any necessary information to enable Shareholders or their proxies to access the available medium or means of Electronic Communication, provided that such access shall be at the expense of the Shareholder or proxy concerned.

 

22. VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

  22.1. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any Shares by or in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, at a meeting of the Company –

 

  22.1.1. every person present and entitled to exercise voting rights shall be entitled to 1 (one) vote on a show of hands, irrespective of the number of voting rights that person would otherwise be entitled to exercise;


  22.1.2. on a poll any person who is present at the meeting, whether as a Shareholder or as proxy for a Shareholder, has the number of votes determined in accordance with the voting rights associated with the Securities held by that Shareholder; and

 

  22.1.3. the holders of Shares other than ordinary Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution at a meeting of Shareholders, except as provided in clause 22.2. [LR 10.5 (c)]

 

  22.2. If any resolution is proposed as contemplated in clause 8.3, the holders of such Shares (“ Affected Shareholders ”) shall be entitled to vote at the meeting of ordinary Shareholders as contemplated in clause 22.1, provided that –

 

  22.2.1. the votes of the Shares held by the Affected Shareholders (“ Affected Shares ”) shall not carry any special rights or privileges and the Affected Shareholder shall be entitled to 1 (one) vote for every Affected Share held in the event of a polled vote, and in the event that voting takes place by a show of hands, the provisions of clause 22.1.1 shall apply to votes cast by Affected Shareholders; and

 

  22.2.2. the total voting rights of the Affected Shareholders in respect of the Affected Shares shall not be more than 24,99% (twenty four comma ninety nine percent) of the total votes (including the votes of the remaining ordinary Shareholders) exercisable at that meeting (with any cumulative fraction of a vote in respect of any Affected Shares held by an Affected Shareholder rounded down to the nearest whole number). [LR 10.5(c) & (e)]

 

  22.3. Voting shall be conducted by means of a polled vote in respect of any matter to be voted on at a meeting of Shareholders if a demand is made for such a vote by –

 

  22.3.1. at least: 5 (five) persons having the right to vote on, that matter, either as Shareholders or as proxies representing Shareholders, as set out in section 63(7)(a) of the Act; or

 

  22.3.2. a Shareholder who is, or Shareholders who together are, entitled, as Shareholders or proxies representing Shareholders, to exercise at least 10% (ten percent) of the voting rights entitled to be voted on that matter, as set out in section 63(7)(b) of the Act; or

 

  22.3.3. the chairperson of the meeting.


  22.4. At any meeting of the Company a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded in accordance with the provisions of clause 22.3, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairperson that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or defeated, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

  22.5. If a poll is duly demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as the chairperson directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. In computing the majority on the poll, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled.

 

  22.6. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairperson of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place, or at which the poll is demanded, shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

  22.7. A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson (as contemplated in clause 20.20) or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairperson of the meeting directs. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuation of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question upon which the poll has been demanded.

 

  22.8. Where there are joint registered holders of any Security, any 1 (one) of such persons may exercise all of the voting rights attached to that Security at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, as if he or she were solely entitled thereto. If more than 1 (one) of such joint holders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, the person so present whose name stands first in the Securities Register in respect of such Security shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof.

 

  22.9. The board of any company or the controlling body of any other entity or person that holds any Securities of the Company may authorise any person to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders of the Company, in which event the following provisions will apply –

 

  22.9.1. the person so authorised may exercise the same powers of the authorising company, entity or person as it could have exercised if it were an individual holder of Securities; and

 

  22.9.2. the authorising company, entity or person shall lodge a resolution of the directors of such company or controlling body of such other entity or person confirming the granting of such authority, and certified under the hand of the chairperson or secretary thereof with the Company before the commencement of any Shareholders’ meeting at which such person intends to exercise any rights of such Shareholder, unless excused from doing so by the chairperson of such meeting.


23. PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES

 

  23.1. Any Shareholder may at any time appoint any natural person (or two or more natural persons concurrently), including a natural person who is not a Shareholder, as a proxy to –

 

  23.1.1. participate in, and speak and vote at, a Shareholders’ meeting on behalf of that Shareholder; or

 

  23.1.2. give or withhold written consent on behalf of that Shareholder to a decision contemplated in section 60 of the Act,

provided that a Shareholder may appoint more than 1 (one) proxy to exercise voting rights attached to different Securities held by the Shareholder.

 

  23.2. A proxy appointment –

 

  23.2.1. must be in writing, dated and signed by the Shareholder; and

 

  23.2.2. remains valid for –

 

  23.2.2.1. 6 (six) months after the date on which it was signed; or

 

  23.2.2.2. any longer or shorter period expressly set out in the appointment,

 

     unless it is revoked in a manner contemplated in the Act or expires earlier as contemplated in the Act.

 

  23.3. The holder of a power of attorney or other written authority from a Shareholder may, if so authorised thereby, represent such Shareholder at any meeting of the Company and such holder shall deliver the power of attorney or other written authority (if any), or a copy thereof, to the Company before such holder exercises any rights of the Shareholder at a Shareholders’ meeting.

 

  23.4. All of the remaining provisions of the Act relating to the appointment and revocation of proxies and the rights of proxies generally shall apply and, in particular –

 

  23.4.1. a Shareholder’s proxy may delegate the proxy’s powers to another person as set out in section 58(3)(b) of the Act;

 

  23.4.2. a Shareholder or his proxy must deliver to the Company a copy of the instrument appointing a proxy not later than 48 (forty eight) hours, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays in the Republic, before the commencement of the meeting at which the proxy intends to exercise that Shareholder’s rights; and


  23.4.3. unless the instrument appointing a proxy provides otherwise, a Shareholder’s proxy may decide, without direction from the Shareholder, whether to exercise or abstain from exercising any voting right of the Shareholder, as set out in section 58(7) of the Act,

and none of such rights or powers are limited, restricted or varied by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  23.5. Every instrument of proxy shall, as far as circumstances permit, be substantially in the following form, or in such other form as the Directors may approve from time to time –

 

     “I/We                                                              

 

     being a shareholder of                      Limited do hereby appoint

 

                                                                              

 

     or failing him/her

 

                                                                              

or failing him/her, the chairperson of the meeting as my/our proxy to vote or abstain from voting on my/our behalf at the meeting of the Company to be held at                      on                      and at any adjournment thereof as follows: –

 

      

In favour of

  

Against

  

Abstain

Special Resolution 1                                                                        
Ordinary Resolution 1                                                                        

(Indicate instruction to proxy by way of a cross in space provided above). Except as instructed above or if no instructions are inserted above, my/our proxy may vote as he/she thinks fit.

SIGNED this      day of              in the year of 20     

 

 

SHAREHOLDER’S SIGNATURE


(Note – A shareholder entitled to attend, speak and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote in his/her stead, and such proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company).”

 

24. SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTIONS

 

  24.1. For an ordinary resolution to be approved it must be supported by more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights of Shareholders exercised on the resolution, as provided in section 65(7) of the Act.

 

  24.2. For a special resolution to be approved it must be supported by the holders of at least 75% (seventy five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution, as provided in section 65(9) of the Act. [LR 10.11(a)]

 

  24.3. No matters, except –

 

  24.3.1. those matters set out in section 65(11) of the Act; or

 

  24.3.2. any other matter required by the Act or this Memorandum of Incorporation to be resolved by means of a special resolution; or

 

  24.3.3. for so long as the Company’s Securities are listed on the JSE, any other matter required by the JSE Listings Requirements to be resolved by means of a special resolution in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements,

require a special resolution adopted at a Shareholders’ meeting of the Company.

 

  24.4. In the event that any Shareholder abstains from voting in respect of any resolution, such Shareholder will, for the purposes of determining the number of votes exercised in respect of that resolution, be deemed not to have exercised a vote in respect thereof.

 

25. SHAREHOLDERS ACTING OTHER THAN AT A MEETING

 

  25.1. In accordance with the provisions of section 60 of the Act, but subject to clause 25.4, a resolution that could be voted on at a Shareholders’ meeting (other than in respect of the election of Directors) may instead be –

 

  25.1.1. submitted by the Board for consideration to the Shareholders entitled to exercise the voting rights in relation to the resolution; and

 

  25.1.2. voted on in writing by such Shareholders within a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the resolution was submitted to them.

 

  25.2. A resolution contemplated in clause 25.1 –

 

  25.2.1. will have been adopted if it is supported by persons entitled to exercise sufficient voting rights for it to have been adopted as an ordinary or special resolution, as the case may be, at a properly constituted Shareholders’ meeting; and

 

  25.2.2. if adopted, will have the same effect as if it had been approved by voting at a meeting.


  25.3. Within 10 (ten) business days after adopting a resolution in accordance with the procedures provided in this clause 25, the Company shall deliver a statement describing the results of the vote, consent process, or election to every Shareholder who was entitled to vote on or consent to the resolution.

 

  25.4. The provisions of this clause 25 shall not apply to any Shareholder meetings that are called for in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements (which for the avoidance of any doubt, must be held in person) or the passing of any resolution in terms of clause 26.2 or to any annual general meeting of the Company, [LR 10.11(c)]

 

26. COMPOSITION AND POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

  26.1 The Board must comprise at least 4 (four) Directors (which shall include the minimum number of directors that the Company must have to satisfy any requirement in terms of the Act, to appoint an audit committee and a social and ethics committee) and the Shareholders shall be entitled, by ordinary resolution, to determine such maximum number of Directors as they from time to time shall consider appropriate. [LR 10.16(a)]

 

  26.2. Subject to clause 26.10.1, all Directors shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of the Shareholders at a general or annual general meeting of the Company and no appointment of a Director in accordance with a resolution passed in terms of section 60 of the Act shall be competent. [LR 10.16(b)] [LR 10.16(h)]

 

  26.3. Every person holding office as a Director, prescribed officer, company secretary or auditor of the Company immediately before the effective date of the Act will, as contemplated in item 7(1) of Schedule 5 to the Act, continue to hold that office.

 

  26.4. In any election of Directors –

 

  26.4.1. the election is to be conducted as a series of votes, each of which is on the candidacy of a single individual to fill a single vacancy, with the series of votes continuing until all vacancies on the Board have been filled; and

 

  26.4.2. in each vote to fill a vacancy –

 

  26.4.2.1. each vote entitled to be exercised may be exercised once; and

 

  26.4.2.2. the vacancy is filled only if a majority of the votes exercised support the candidate.

 

  26.5. The Company shall only have elected Directors and there shall be no appointed or ex officio Directors as contemplated in section 66(4) of the Act.


  26.6. Apart from satisfying the qualification and eligibility requirements set out in section 69 of the Act, a person need not satisfy any eligibility requirements or qualifications to become or remain a Director or a prescribed officer of the Company.

 

  26.7. A Director shall cease to hold office as such if he:

 

  26.7.1. becomes insolvent, or assigns his estate for the benefit of his creditors, or suspends payment or files a petition for the liquidation of his affairs, or compounds generally with his creditors; or

 

  26.7.2. becomes of unsound mind; or

 

  26.7.3. is prohibited from being, is removed as or is disqualified from acting as a director of a company in terms of the Act;

 

  26.7.4. absents himself from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months without the leave of the other Directors and is not represented at such meetings during such 6(six) months by an alternate director, and the directors resolve that his office shall be vacated, provided that the Directors shall have the power to grant any director leave of absence for an indefinite period; or

 

  26.7.5. has given 1 (one) month’s (or with the permission of the Directors, a lesser period) notice in writing of his intention to resign; or

 

  26.7.6. is removed by an ordinary resolution adopted at a general meeting by persons entitled to exercise voting fights in an election of that director, in accordance with the provisions of section 71 of the Act.

 

  26.8. No Director shall be appointed for life or for an indefinite period and the non-executive Directors shall rotate in accordance with the following provisions – [LR 10.16(k)]

 

  26.8.1. at each annual general meeting referred to in clause 20.4, 1/3 (one third) of the non-executive Directors for the time being, or if their number is not 3 (three) or a multiple of 3 (three), the number nearest to 1/3 (one third), but not less than 1/3 (one third), shall retire from office; [LR 10.16(g)]

 

  26.8.2. the non-executive Directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who were elected as non-executive Directors on the same day, those to retire shall, unless they otherwise agree among themselves, be determined by lot;

 

  26.8.3. a retiring non-executive Director may be re-elected, provided he is eligible for election; [LR 10.16(g)]

 

  26.8.4.

the Company, at the general meeting at which a non-executive Director retires in the above manner, or at any other general meeting, may fill the


  vacancy by electing a person thereto, provided that the Company shall not be entitled to fill the vacancy by means of a resolution passed in accordance with clause 25; [LR 10.16(g)]

 

  26.8.5. if at any meeting at which an election of non-executive Directors ought to take place the offices of the retiring non-executive Directors are not filled, unless it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacancies, the meeting shall stand adjourned and the further provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation, including clauses 20.13 to 20.16 (inclusive) will apply mutatis mutandis to such adjournment, and if at such adjourned meeting the vacancies are not filled, the retiring non- executive Directors, or such of them as have not had their offices filled, shall be deemed to have been re-elected at such adjourned meeting.

 

  26.9. The Board shall, through its nomination committee if so constituted in terms of clause 33), provide the Shareholders with a recommendation in the notice of the meeting at which the re-election of a retiring Director is proposed, as to which retiring Directors are eligible for re-election, taking into account that Director’s past performance and contribution. Sufficient time shall be allowed between the date of such notice and the date of the general meeting or annual general meeting at which the re-election of the Director is to be proposed to allow nominations to reach the Company’s office from any part in the Republic. [LR 10.16(g) & (h)]

 

  26.10. The Board has the power to –

 

  26.10.1. fill any vacancy on the Board on a temporary basis, as set out in section 68(3) of the Act, provided that such appointment must be confirmed by the Shareholders, in accordance with clause 24.2, at the next annual general meeting of the Company, as required in terms of section 70(3)(b)(i) of the Act; and [LR 10.16(e)]

 

  26.10.2. exercise all of the powers and perform any of the functions of the Company, as set out in section 66(1) of the Act,

and the powers of the Board in this regard are only limited and restricted as contemplated in this clause 26.

 

  26.11.

The Directors may at any time and from time to time by power of attorney appoint any person or persons to be the attorney or attorneys and agent(s) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation) and for such period and subject to such conditions as the Directors may from time to time think fit. Any such appointment may, if the Directors think fit, be made in favour of any company, the shareholders, directors, nominees or managers of any company or firm, or otherwise in favour of any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors. Any such power of attorney may contain such


  provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorneys and agents as the Directors think fit. Any such attorneys or agents as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in them.

 

  26.12. Save as otherwise expressly provided herein, all cheques, promissory notes, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments, and all documents to be executed by the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time determine.

 

  26.13. All acts performed by the Directors or by a committee of Directors or by any person acting as a Director or a member of a committee shall, notwithstanding that it shall afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of the Directors or persons acting as aforesaid, or that any of them were disqualified from or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

 

  26.14. If the number of Directors falls below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, the remaining Directors must as soon as possible and in any event not later than 3 (three) months from the date that the number falls below such minimum, fill the vacancy/ies in accordance with Clause 26.10.1 or convene a general meeting for the purpose of filling the vacancies, and the failure by the Company to have the minimum number of Directors during the said 3 (three) month period does not limit or negate the authority of the board of Directors or invalidate anything done by the board of Directors while their number is below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation. [LR 10.16(d)]

 

  26.15. The Directors in office may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if after the expiry of the 3 (three) month period contemplated in clause 26.14, their number remains below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, they may, for as long as their number is reduced below such minimum, act only for the purpose of filling vacancies in their body in terms of section 68(3) of the Act or of summoning general meetings of the Company, but not for any other purpose. [LR 10.16(d)]

 

  26.16. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (except that of auditor) or any subsidiary of the Company in conjunction with the office of Director, for such period and on such terms as to remuneration (in addition to the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director) and otherwise as a disinterested quorum of the Directors may determine. [LR 10.16(e)]

 

  26.17. A Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, provided that the appointment and remuneration in respect of such other office must be determined by a disinterested quorum of Directors. [LR 10.16(e)]


  26.18. Each Director and each alternate Director, prescribed officer and member of any committee of the Board (whether or not such latter persons are also members of the Board) shall, subject to the exemptions contained in section 75(2) of the Act and the qualifications contained in section 75(3) of the Act, comply with all of the provisions of section 75 of the Act in the event that they (or any person who is a related person to them) has a personal financial interest in any matter to be considered by the Board.

 

27. ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

  27.1. Any Director shall have the power to nominate another person approved by the Board to act as alternate Director in his place during his absence or inability to act as such Director, and on such appointment being made, the alternate Director shall, in all respects, be subject to the terms and conditions existing with reference to the other Directors of the Company. A person may be appointed as alternate to more than one Director. Where a person is alternate to more than one Director or where an alternate Director is a Director, he shall have a separate vote, on behalf of each Director he is representing in addition to his own vote, if any.

 

  27.2. The alternate Directors, whilst acting in the place of the Directors who appointed them, shall exercise and discharge all the duties and functions of the Directors they represent. The appointment of an alternate Director shall cease on the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to cease to hold office in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation or if the Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director, or gives notice to the secretary of the Company that the alternate Director representing him shall have ceased to do so. An alternate Director shall look to the Director who appointed him for his remuneration.

 

28. DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

  28.1. Save as may be provided otherwise herein, the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

  28.2. The Directors may elect a chairperson and a deputy chairperson and determine the period for which each is to hold office. The chairperson, or in his absence the deputy chairperson, shall be entitled to preside over all meetings of Directors. If no chairperson or deputy chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting neither is present or willing to act as chairperson thereof within 10 (ten) minutes of the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present shall choose 1 (one) of their number to be chairperson of such meeting. [LR 10.16(i)]

 

  28.3. In addition to the provisions of section 73(1) of the Act, any Director shall at any time be entitled to call a meeting of the Directors.


  28.4. The Board has the power to –

 

  28.4.1. consider any matter and/or adopt any resolution other than at a meeting contemplated in section 74 of the Act and, accordingly, any decision that could be voted on at a meeting of the Board may instead be adopted by the written consent of a majority of the Directors, given in person or by Electronic Communication, provided that each Director has received notice of the matter to be decided. Such resolution, inserted in the minute book, shall be as valid and effective as if it has been passed at a meeting of directors. Any such resolution may consist of several documents and shall be deemed to have been passed on the date on which it was signed by the last director who signed it (unless a statement to the contrary is made in that resolution); [LR 10.16(j)]

 

  28.4.2. conduct a meeting entirely by Electronic Communication, or to provide for participation in a meeting by Electronic Communication, as set out in section 73(3) of the Act, provided that, as required by such section, the Electronic Communication facility employed ordinarily enables all persons participating in the meeting to communicate concurrently with each other without an intermediary and to participate reasonably effectively in the meeting; [LR 10.16(j)]

 

  28.4.3. determine the manner and form of providing notice of its meetings contemplated in section 73(4) of the Act, provided that –

 

  28.4.3.1. the notice period for the convening of any meeting of the Board will be at least 7 (seven) days unless the decision of the Directors is required on an urgent basis which justifies a shorter period of notice, in which event the meeting may be called on shorter notice. The decision of the chairperson of the Board, or failing the chairperson for any reason, the decision of any (two) directors as to whether a matter should be decided on an urgent basis, and the period of notice to be given, shall be final and binding on the directors;

 

  28.4.3.2. an agenda of the matters to be discussed at the meeting shall be given to each Director, together with the notice referred to in clause 28.4.3.1;

 

  28.4.4. proceed with a meeting despite a failure or defect in giving notice of the meeting, as provided in section 73(5) of the Act,

and the powers of the Board in respect of the above matters are not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation,

 

  28.5. The quorum requirement for a Directors’ meeting (including an adjourned meeting), the voting rights at such a meeting, and the requirements for approval of a resolution at such a meeting are as set out in section 73(5) of the Act, subject only to clause 28.5.5, and accordingly –


  28.5.1. if all of the Directors of the Company –

 

  28.5.1.1. acknowledge actual receipt of the notice convening a meeting; or

 

  28.5.1.2. are present at a meeting; or

 

  28.5.1.3. waive notice of a meeting,

the meeting may proceed even if the Company failed to give the required notice of that meeting or there was a defect in the giving of the notice;

 

  28.5.2. a majority of the Directors must be present at a meeting before a vote may be called at any meeting of the Directors;

 

  28.5.3. each Director has 1 (one) vote on a matter before the Board;

 

  28.5.4. a majority of the votes cast in favour of a resolution is sufficient to approve that resolution;

 

  28.5.5. in the case of a tied vote –

 

  28.5.5.1. the chairperson may not cast a deciding vote in addition to any deliberative vote; and

 

  28.5.5.2. the matter being voted on fails. [LR 10.16(i)]

 

  28.6. Resolutions adopted by the Board –

 

  28.6.1. must be dated and sequentially numbered; and

 

  28.6.2. are effective as of the date of the resolution, unless any resolution states otherwise.

 

  28.7. Any minutes of a meeting, or a resolution, signed by the chairperson of the meeting, or by the chairperson of the next meeting of the Board, are evidence of the proceedings of that meeting, or the adoption of that resolution, as the case may be.

 

  28.8. Minutes of all board meetings, resolutions and directors’ declarations shall be kept in accordance with the provisions of section 24 of the Act

 

29. DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

 

  29.1. The Company may pay remuneration to the Directors for their services as Directors in accordance with a special resolution approved by the Shareholders within the previous 2 (two) years, as set out in sections 66(8) and (9) of the Act, and the power of the Company in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.


  29.2. Any Director who –

 

  29.2.1. serves on any executive or other committee; or

 

  29.2.2. devotes special attention to the business of the Company; or

 

  29.2.3. goes or resides outside the Republic for the purpose of the Company; or

 

  29.2.4. otherwise performs or binds himself to perform services which, in the opinion of the Directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director,

may be paid such extra remuneration or allowances in addition to or in substitution of the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director, as a disinterested quorum of the Directors may from time to time determine. [LR 10.16(f)]

 

  29.3. The Directors may also be paid all their travelling and other expenses necessarily incurred by them in connection with –

 

  29.3.1. the business of the Company; and

 

  29.3.2. attending meetings of the Directors or of committees of the Directors of the Company. [LR 10.16(f)]

 

  29.4. The Board may, as contemplated in and subject to the requirements of section 45 of the Act, authorise the Company to provide financial assistance to a Director, prescribed officer or other person referred to in section 45(2) of the Act, and the power of the Board in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

30. MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

  30.1. The Directors may from time to time appoint 1 (one) or more of their body to the office of managing Director for such term and at such remuneration as they may think fit (subject only to the requirements of sections 66(8) and (9) of the Act), and may revoke such appointment subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case.

 

  30.2. Subject to the provisions of any contract between himself and the Company, a managing Director shall be subject to the same provisions as to disqualification and removal as the other Directors of the Company.

 

  30.3.

The Directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon a managing Director for the time being such of the powers exercisable in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation by the Directors as they may think fit, and may confer such powers for such time and to be exercised for such objects and purposes, and upon such terms and conditions, and with such restrictions, as they think expedient; and they may confer


  such powers either collaterally with or to the exclusion of and in substitution for all or any of the powers of the Directors in that behalf, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

31. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

  31.1. The Company may –

 

  31.1.1. advance expenses to a Director or directly or indirectly indemnify a Director in respect of the defence of legal proceedings, as set out in section 78(4) of the Act;

 

  31.1.2. indemnify a Director in respect of liability as set out in section 78(5) of the Act; and/or

 

  31.1.3. purchase insurance to protect the Company or a Director as set out in section 78(7) of the Act,

and the power of the Company in this regard is not limited, restricted or extended by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  31.2. The provisions of clause 31.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any former Director, prescribed officer or member of any committee of the Board, including the audit committee.

 

32. BORROWING POWERS

 

  32.1. The Directors may from time to time exercise all of the powers of the Company to –

 

  32.1.1. borrow for the purposes of the Company such sums as they think fit; and

 

  32.1.2. secure the payment or repayment of any such sums, or my other sum, as they think fit, whether by the creation and issue of Securities, mortgage or charge upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company.

 

  32.2. For the purposes of clause 32.1, the borrowing powers of the Company shall be unlimited.

 

33. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

 

  33.1. The Board may –

 

  33.1.1. appoint committees of Directors and delegate to any such committee any of the authority of the Board as contemplated in section 72(1) of the Act; and/or

 

  33.1.2. include in any such committee persons who are not Directors, as contemplated in section 72(2)(a) of the Act, and the power of the Board in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.


  33.2. The authority of a committee appointed by the Board as contemplated in sections 72(2)(b) and (c) of the Act is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  33.3. If and for as long as it is required to do so in terms of the Act or the Regulations and unless the Company is exempted from doing so by the Tribunal in terms of section 72(5) of the Act, the Board must appoint a social and ethics committee having the powers and functions prescribed in terms of section 72 of the Act and the Regulations.

 

  33.4. If and for as long as any of the Company’s Securities are listed on the JSE, the Board shall appoint such Board committees as are required by the JSE Listings Requirements, having such functions and powers as are prescribed by or in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

  33.5. The Company must further appoint an audit committee in the manner and for the purposes set out in Part D of Chapter 3 of the Act.

 

34. ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  34.1. The Company shall keep all such accurate and complete accounting records, in English, as are necessary to enable the Company to satisfy its obligations in terms of –

 

  34.1.1. the Act;

 

  34.1.2. the Regulations;

 

  34.1.3. any other law with respect to the preparation of financial statements to which the Company may be subject; and

 

  34.1.4. this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  34.2. The Company shall each year prepare annual financial statements within 6 (six) months after the end of its financial year, or such shorter period as may be appropriate to provide the required notice of an annual general meeting in terms of section 61(7) of the Act.

 

  34.3. The Company shall appoint an auditor each year at its annual general meeting. If the Company appoints a firm as its auditor, any change in the composition of the members of that firm shall not by itself create a vacancy in the office of auditor.

 

  34.4. The annual financial statements of the Company must be prepared and audited in accordance with the provisions of section 30 of the Act.

 

  34.5.

A copy of the annual financial statements must be sent to Shareholders, alternatively a notice of the publication of the annual financial statements setting out the required steps to obtain a copy of the annual financial statements may be sent to Shareholders


  by Electronic Communication at least 15 (fifteen) business days before the date of fee annual general meeting of the Company at which such annual financial statements will be considered. [LR 10.19]

 

  34.6. The annual financial statements shall be prepared on a basis that is not inconsistent with any unalterable or non-elective provision of the Act and shall –

 

  34.6.1. satisfy, as to form and content, the financial reporting standards of IFRS; and

 

  34.6.2. subject to and in accordance with IFRS –

 

  34.6.2.1. present fairly the state of affairs and business of the Company and explain the transactions and financial position of the business of the Company;

 

  34.6.2.2. show the Company’s assets, liabilities and equity, as well as its income and expenses;

 

  34.6.2.3. set out the date on which the statements were produced and the accounting period to which they apply; and

 

  34.6.2.4. bear on the first page thereof a prominent notice indicating that the annual financial statements have been audited and the name and professional designation of the person who prepared them,

 

35. COMPANY SECRETARY

 

  35.1. The Company must appoint a company secretary.

 

  35.2. The company secretary must have the requisite knowledge of, or experience with, relevant laws and be a permanent resident of the Republic.

 

  35.3. The Board must fill any vacancy in the office of company secretary within 60 (sixty) business days after such vacancy arises by a person whom the Directors consider to have the requisite knowledge and experience.

 

36. DISTRIBUTIONS

 

  36.1. Subject to the provisions of the Act, and particularly section 46, the Company may make a proposed distribution if such distribution –

 

  36.1.1. is pursuant to an existing legal obligation of the Company, or a court order; or

 

  36.1.2. is authorised by resolution of the Board,

and in compliance with the JSE Listings Requirements. [LR 10.8]


  36.2. No distribution shall bear interest against the Company, except as otherwise provided under the conditions of issue of the Shares in respect of which such distribution is payable.

 

  36.3. Distributions may be declared either free of or subject to the deduction of income tax and any other tax or duty in respect of which the Company maybe chargeable.

 

  36.4. The Directors may from time to time declare and pay to the Shareholders such interim distributions as the Directors consider to be appropriate.

 

  36.5. No larger distribution shall be declared by the Company in general meeting than is recommended by the Directors, but the Company in general meeting may declare a smaller distribution. [LR 10.17(a)]

 

  36.6. All unclaimed distributions will be held by or on behalf of the Company for the benefit of the Shareholder concerned until claimed, provided that, subject to the Prescription Act, 69 of 1969, as amended from time to time and the laws of prescription, distributions unclaimed for a period of 3 (three) years from the date on which they were declared may be declared forfeited by the Board for the benefit of the Company. The Directors may at any time annul such forfeiture upon such conditions (if any) as they think fit. All unclaimed monies, (other than distributions as dealt with herein before) that are due to any Shareholder/s shall be held by the Company in trust for an indefinite period until lawfully claimed by such Shareholder/s but subject to the laws of prescription. [LR 10.17(c)]

 

  36.7. A distribution may be paid in any way determined by the Directors, and if the directives of the Directors in that regard are complied with, the Company shall not be liable for any loss or damage which a Shareholder may suffer as a result thereof,

 

  36.8. Without limiting clause 36.7 above, the Directors may determine that all or any payments to Shareholders, or any of them, may be made by way of electronic funds transfer directly to the bank account of the Shareholder entitled to such payment and that such payments shall not be made by cheque or warrant. Where the Directors have determined that payments to all Shareholders shall be made by way of electronic funds transfer as aforesaid, no payments shall be made by cheque or warrant unless requested in writing by the Shareholder entitled to such payment, provided that the Directors shall be entitled to suppress the issue of cheques or warrants with a value lower than R 50.00 to any on shareholder. The unpaid dividend will be retained in the Company’s unclaimed dividend account and once the accumulated amount exceeds R50.00, such payment may be claimed by the Shareholder by submitting a written claim.

 

  36.9. Should the Directors determine that any payments to Shareholders, either all or any of them, may be made by cheque or warrant, then the Directors shall be entitled to suppress the issue of cheques or warrants with a value lower than R50.00 to any one Shareholder. The unpaid dividend will be retained in the Company’s unclaimed dividend account and once the accumulated amount exceeds R50.00, such payment may be claimed by the Shareholder by submitting a written claim.


  36.10. Any distribution, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of a Share if paid by cheque or warrant shall be sent by post and addressed to –

 

  36.10.1. the holder at his registered address; or

 

  36.10.2. in the case of joint holders, the holder whose name appears first in the Securities Register in respect of the Share, at his registered address; or

 

  36.10.3. such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.

 

  36.11. Every cheque or warrant referred to in clause 36.10 shall –

 

  36.11.1 be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is addressed; and

 

  36.11.2. be sent at the risk of the holder or joint holders.

 

  36.12. The Company shall not be responsible for the loss in transmission of any cheque or warrant referred to in clause 36.10 or of any document (whether similar to a cheque or warrant or not) sent by post as aforesaid.

 

  36.13. A holder or any one of two or more joint holders, or his or their agent duly appointed in writing, may give valid receipts for any distributions or other moneys paid in respect of a Share held by such holder or joint holders.

 

  36.14. When a cheque or warrant referred to is clause 36.10 is paid, it shall discharge the Company of any further liability in respect of the amount concerned.

 

  36.15. Without detracting from the ability of the Company to issue capitalisation Shares, any distribution may be paid wholly or in part –

 

  36.15.1. by the distribution of specific assets; or

 

  36.15.2. by the issue of Shares, debentures or Securities of the Company or of any other company; or

 

  36.15.3. in cash; or

 

  36.15.4. in any other way which the Directors or the Company in general meeting may at the time of declaring the distribution determine.

 

  36.16. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty as they think expedient, and in particular may fix the value which shall be placed on such specific assets on distribution.


  36.17. The Directors may –

 

  36.17.1. determine that cash payments shall be made to any Shareholder on the basis of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution; and

 

  36.17.2. vest any such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the persons entitled to the distribution as the Directors deem expedient.

 

  36.18. Any distribution must be made payable to Shareholders registered as at a date subsequent to the date of declaration thereof or the date of confirmation thereof, whichever is the later date. [LR 10.17(b)]

 

37. RESERVES

 

  37.1. Prior to authorising any dividends, the Board may set aside out of the amount available for distribution as dividends such sum as it deems proper as a reserve fund or as an addition thereto.

 

  37.2. The Board may divide reserve funds into special funds as it deems fit, with the full power to employ the assets constituting such reserve funds in the business of the company, or may invest the assets upon such investments as they deem fit (other than Shares in the company) without being liable to the Company for any loss or depreciation as a consequence of such investment whether the same be usual or authorised investments for trust funds or not.

 

  37.3. The reserve funds contemplated in this clause 37 shall, at the discretion of the Board, be available for the equalisation of dividends, making provision for exceptional losses, expenses or contingencies, the extension or development of the Company’s business, writing down the value of any assets of the Company, repairing, maintaining or improving any buildings, plant or equipment connected with the business of the Company, or to cover any loss or depreciation in the value of any property owned by the Company as a result of fair wear and tear or any other reasonable depreciation, or any other purpose for which the profits of the business of the Company may reasonably be applied. The Board may at any time divide among the Shareholders any part of the reserve funds which, in its discretion, is not required for such purposes, by way of bonus, special dividends and/or distributions.

 

38. COMPANY AND ACCOUNTING RECORDS

All records of the company contemplated in section 24 of the Act and all accounting records contemplated in section 28 of the Act, shall be kept and maintained, and shall be accessible at or from the registered office of the Company (sections 25 and 28(2)).

 

39. ACCESS TO COMPANY RECORDS

 

  39.1. Each person who holds or has a beneficial interest in any Securities issued by the Company is entitled to inspect and copy, without any charge for any such inspection or upon payment of no more than the prescribed maximum charge for any such copy, the information contained in the records of the Company referred to in section 26(1) of the Act, being –

 

  39.1.1. this Memorandum of Incorporation, and any amendments or alterations thereof;


  39.1.2. a record of the Directors, including the details of any person who has served as a Director, for a period of 7 (seven) years after that person has ceased to serve as a Director, and any information relating to such persons referred to in section 24(5) of the Act;

 

  39.1.3. all –

 

  39.1.3.1. reports presented at an annual general meeting of the Company for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date of any such meeting; and

 

  39.1.3.2. annual financial statements required by the Act for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date on which each such particular statements were issued;

 

  39.1.4. notice and minutes of all Shareholders’ meetings, including –

 

  39.1.4.1. all resolutions adopted by them, far 7 (seven) years after the date each such resolution was adopted; and

 

  39.1.4.2. any document that was made available by the Company to the holders of Securities in relation to each such resolution;

 

  39.1.5. any written communications sent generally by the Company to all holders of any class of the Company’s Securities, for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date on which each of such communications was issued; and

 

  39.1.6. the Securities Register.

 

  39.2. A person not contemplated in clause 39.1 has a right to inspect the Securities Register and the register of Directors of the Company upon payment of an amount not exceeding the prescribed maximum fee, as set out in the Act, for any such inspection.

 

  39.3. A person who wishes to inspect the Uncertificated Securities Register may do so only through the Company in terms of section 26 of the Act, and in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depository. Within 5 (five) business days after the date of a request for inspection, the Company must produce a record of the Uncertificated Securities Register, which record must reflect at least the details referred to in section 50(3)(b) of the Act at the close of business on the day on which the request for inspection was made.


40. RATIFICATION OF ULTRA VIRES ACTS

Unless otherwise agreed with the JSE, the ratification of the Company’s actions as provided for in sections 20(2) and 20(6) of the Act is prohibited to the extent that such ratification is contrary to the JSE Listings Requirements. [LR 10.3]

 

41. PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

 

  41.1. The Company may pay a commission at a rate not exceeding 10% (ten percent) of the issue price of a Security to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any Securities of the Company or for procuring or agreeing to procure, whether absolutely or conditionally, subscriptions for any Securities of the Company. [LR 10.14]

 

  41.2. Commission may be paid out of capital or profits, whether current or accumulated, or partly out of the one and partly out of the other.

 

  41.3. Such commission may be paid in cash or, if authorised by the Company in general meeting, by the allotment of fully or partly paid-up Shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

  41.4. The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Act, pay interest on any Securities issued for the purposes of raising money to defray the expenses of works or buildings or for the provision of a plant.

 

  41.5. The Company may, on any issue of Securities, pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

42. NOTICES

 

  42.1. All notices shall be given by the Company to each Shareholder of the Company and simultaneously to the Issuer Regulation Division of the JSE, and shall be given in writing in any manner authorised by the JSE Listings Requirements and the Regulations, and particularly Table CR 3 annexed to the Regulations. All notices shall, in addition to the above, be released through SENS provided that, in the event that the Shares or other Securities of the Company are not listed on the JSE, all the provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation relating to the publication of notices via SENS shall no longer apply and such notices shall thereafter only be published in accordance with the provisions of the Act. [LR 10.11 (e) and (f)]

 

  42.2. Any notice of a general meeting shall state the place, day and hour of, and the nature of the business to be transacted at the general meeting.

 

  42.3. The notice period required prior to a general meeting convened for the purpose of appointing a new Director must be such to provide sufficient time after receipt of the notice, for nominations to reach the offices of the Company from any part of the Republic. [LR 10.16(h)]


  42.4. Each Shareholder of the Company –

 

  42.4.1 shall notify in writing to the Company an address, which address shall be his registered address for the purposes of receiving written notices from the Company by post and if he has not named such an address he shall be deemed to have waived his right to be so served with notices; and

 

  42.4.2. may notify in writing to the Company an email address and/or facsimile number, which address shall be his address for the purposes of receiving notices by way of Electronic Communication. [LR10.11(e)]

 

  42.5. Any Shareholder whose address in the Securities Register is an address not within the Republic shall be entitled to have notices served upon him at such address. [LR 10.18]

 

  42.6. In the case of joint, holders of a Security, all notices shall, unless such holders otherwise in writing request and the Directors agree, be given to that Shareholder whose name appears first in the Securities Register and a notice so given shall be deemed sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

  42.7. Any notice sent by any means permitted in Table CR 3 annexed to the Regulations shall be deemed to have been delivered as provided for that method of delivery in such Table.

 

  42.8. Every person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever becomes entitled to any Security, shall be bound by every notice in respect of that Security which, previously to his name and address being entered in the Securities Register, was given to the person from whom he derives his title to such Security.

 

  42.9. Any notice or document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Shareholder in pursuance of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall, notwithstanding that such Shareholder was then deceased, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Securities, whether held solely or jointly with other persons by such Shareholder, until some other person be registered in his stead as the sole or joint holder thereof, and such service shall for all purposes of this Memorandum of Incorporation be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on his heirs, executors or administrators, and all persons (if any) jointly interested with him in my such Securities.

 

43. AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

 

  43.1. Every provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation is capable of amendment in accordance with sections 16, 17 and 152(6)(b) of the Act. There is accordingly no provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation which may not be amended as contemplated in sections 15(2)(b) and (c) of the Act.

 

  43.2. This Memorandum of Incorporation may only be altered or amended –

 

  43.2.1. in compliance with a court order as contemplated in section 16(1 )(c) of the Act and in the manner set out in section 16(4) of the Act; or

 

  43.2.2. by way of special resolution of the Shareholders in compliance with the provisions of section 16(1 )(c) of the Act, read with the provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation and the remaining provisions of the Act. [LR 10.5(d)]


  43.3. In the circumstances where the Memorandum of Incorporation is proposed to be amended to remove or eliminate a specific inconsistency or contravention of the Act, which provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation is void in terms of section 15(1)(b) or could be declared void by a court of law in terms of section 218(1) the Shareholders undertake not to object to that amendment on the grounds contemplated in section 164(2)(a) or demand that the company pay the Shareholder fair value for all of the Shares held by that person, in terms of section 164 of the Act.

 

  43.4. Save as set out in clauses 43.2 above, this Memorandum of Incorporation is not capable of amendment by any other method. The provisions of section 16(1)(b) shall accordingly not apply to this Memorandum of Incorporation, nor shall any other alterable provisions of the Act which permit a method of altering or amending the Memorandum of Incorporation not set out in clause 43.2 above, apply to this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  43.5. An amendment of this Memorandum of Incorporation will take effect from the later of –

 

  43.5.1. the date on, and time at, which the Commission accepts the filing of the notice of amendment contemplated in section 16(7) of the Act; and

 

  43.5.2. the date, if any, set out in the said notice of amendment,

save in the case of an amendment that changes the name of the Company, which will take effect from the date set out in the amended registration certificate issued by the Commission.

 

  43.6. Notices of general meetings and annual general meetings shall be delivered to all Shareholders in compliance with section 62(1) of the Act.

 

44. COMPANY RULES

The Board is prohibited from making, amending or repealing any rules as contemplated in section 15(3) of the Act and the Board’s capacity to make, amend or repeal such rules is hereby excluded. [LR 10.4]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Clause

No.

 

Description

  

Page

 
1.  

INTERPRETATION

     2   
2.  

JURISTIC PERSONALITY

     6   
3.  

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     7   
4.  

POWERS OF THE COMPANY

     7   
5.  

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

     7   
6.  

CONSTRUCTIVE NOTICE

     7   
7.  

ACQUISITION AND CESSATION OF RIGHTS

     7   
8.  

ISSUE OF SHARES AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS

     7   
9.  

CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES

     11   
10.  

SECURITIES REGISTER

     12   
11.  

TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

     13   
12.  

NO LIEN

     15   
13.  

TRANSMISSION OF SECURITIES

     15   
14.  

DEBT INSTRUMENTS

     15   
15.  

CAPITALISATION SHARES [LR 10.6]

     16   
16.  

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SECURITIES

     16   
17.  

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

     16   
18.  

ACQUISITION BY THE COMPANY OF ITS OWN SHARES

     16   
19.  

RECORD DATE FOR EXERCISE OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     18   
20.  

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18   
21.  

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS BY ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

     23   
22.  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     23   
23.  

PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES

     26   
24.  

SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTIONS

     28   
25.  

SHAREHOLDERS ACTING OTHER THAN AT A MEETING

     28   
26.  

COMPOSITION AND POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     29   
27.  

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

     33   
28.  

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     33   
29.  

DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

     35   
30.  

MANAGING DIRECTOR

     36   
31.  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     37   
32.  

BORROWING POWERS

     37   
33.  

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

     37   

 

{M151\00102769.DOCX\AGR\AM}    LOGO
25042012   

2


34.

 

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     38   

35.

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

     39   

36.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

     39   

37.

 

RESERVES

     42   

38.

 

COMPANY AND ACCOUNTING RECORDS

     42   

39.

 

ACCESS TO COMPANY RECORDS

     42   

40.

 

RATIFICATION OF ULTRA VIRES ACTS

     44   

41.

 

PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

     44   

42.

 

NOTICES

     44   

43.

 

AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

     45   

44.

 

COMPANY RULES

     46   


MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

NEW CHECKLIST: SCHEDULE 10

MEMORANDUM OF ARTICLES (“MOI”) – LISTCO

This documentation will be subject to the turnaround times as stipulated in paragraph 16.3 in the Listings Requirements or on a 120-hour turnaround dependant on the standard of compliance.

 

                    LR Ref   Paragraph reference where this is addressed or reason why not addressed
1)   4.14   Note as from 1 May 2011 you cannot issue par value shares
2)   16.1(c)  
3)   10   Note and comply
4)   S10.1   8.7.2; 8.11; 8.13;
5)   S10.2(a)   8.6; 8.9;
6)   S10.2(b)   11.4;
7)   S10.3   40;
8)   S10.4   44;
9)   S10.5(a)   8.1.1
10) S10.5(b)   8.1.1.1; 20.25;
11) S10.5(c)   8.3; 22.1.3; 22.2.2;
12) S10.5(d)   8.2; 8.4; 43;
13) S10.5(d) (i)   8.4;
14) S10.5(d)(ii)   8.2.6; 8.4;
15) S10.5(d)(iii)   8.4;
16) S10.5(d)(iv)   8.2.1; 8.4;
17) S10.5(d)(v)   8.2.2; 8.4
18) S10.5(d)(vi)   8.2.3; 8.4
19) S10.5(d)(vii)   8.4;
20) S10.5(d)(viii)  
21) S10.5(e)   8.3; 8.4; 22.2.2;
22) S10.5(f)   Noted, no preference shares issued at present
23) S10.5(g)   8.5
24) S10.5(h)   Noted, no preference shares issued at present.
25) S10.5(h)(i)   Noted, no preference shares issued at present.
26) S10.5(h)(ii)   Noted, no preference shares issued at present.
27) S10.5(h)(iii)   Noted, no preference shares issued at present.
28) S10.6   15;
29) S10.7   Noted, no such provision included in MOI.
30) S10.8   36.1;
31) S10.9  
32) S10.9(a)   8.8;
33) S10.9(b)   18.2.1;
34) S10.9(c)   8.4; 8.8;
35) S10.10   14
36) S10.11(a)   20.11; 24.2;
37) S10.11 (b)   20.11;
38) S10.11 (c)   25.4;
39) S10.11 (d)   Noted, no such prohibition in the MOI; 20.2.1.2;
40) S10.11 (e)   42.1;
41) S10.11(f)   42.1;
42) S10.11 (g)   20.6.4;
43) S10.11(h)   20.12.2; 20.18;
44) S10.12   12;
45) S10.13   13.1;
46) S10.14   41.1;
47) S10.15   19.1;
48) S10.16(a)   26.1;
49) S10.16(b)   26.2;

 

{M151\00102769.DOCX\AGR\AM}4


MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

 

50) S10.16(c)   26.10.1;
51) S10.16(d)   26.14; 26.15;
52) S10.16(e)   26.16; 26.17;
53) S10.16(f)   29.2; 29.3;
54) S10.16(g)   26.8.1; 26.8.3; 26.8.4; 26.9;
55) S10.16(h)   26.2; 26.9; 42.3;
56) S10.16(i)   28.2; 28.5.5.2;
57) S10.16(j)   28.4.1; 28.4.2;
58) S10.16(k)   26.8;
59) S10.17(a)   36.5;
60) S10.17(b)   36.18;
61) S10.17(c)   36.6;
62) S10.18   42.5
63) S10.19   34.5
64) S10.20(a)   n/a
65) S10.20 (b)   n/a
66) S10.20 (c)   n/a
67) S10.20(d)   n/a
68) S10.20 (e)   n/a
69) S10.20 (f)   n/a
70) S10.20 (g)   n/a
71) S10.20 (h)   n/a
72) S10.21   n/a
73) S10.21 (a)   Sections 10.1;10.2(b);10.3;10.4,10.5;10.11;10.12;10.13;10.16;10.17;10.18 &10.20 apply mutatis mutandis to Subco’s
74) S10.22   n/a
75) S10.23   n/a
76) S10.24   n/a

 

{M151\00102769.DOCX\AGR\AM}5

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

                                                              As Depositary

AND

OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Deposit Agreement

Dated as of              , 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1.   DEFINITIONS      1   
  SECTION 1.01     

American Depositary Shares.

     1   
  SECTION 1.02     

Commission.

     2   
  SECTION 1.03     

Company.

     2   
  SECTION 1.04     

Custodian.

     2   
  SECTION 1.05     

Deliver; Surrender.

     2   
  SECTION 1.06     

Deposit Agreement.

     3   
  SECTION 1.07     

Depositary; Corporate Trust Office.

     3   
  SECTION 1.08     

Deposited Securities.

     3   
  SECTION 1.09     

Dollars.

     3   
  SECTION 1.10     

DTC.

     3   
  SECTION 1.11     

Foreign Registrar.

     3   
  SECTION 1.12     

Holder.

     4   
  SECTION 1.13     

Owner.

     4   
  SECTION 1.14     

Receipts.

     4   
  SECTION 1.15     

Registrar.

     4   
  SECTION 1.16     

Restricted Securities.

     4   
  SECTION 1.17     

Securities Act of 1933.

     4   
  SECTION 1.18     

Shares.

     5   
ARTICLE 2.   FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES      5   
  SECTION 2.01     

Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares.

     5   
  SECTION 2.02     

Deposit of Shares.

     6   
  SECTION 2.03     

Delivery of American Depositary Shares.

     7   
  SECTION 2.04     

Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

     7   
  SECTION 2.05     

Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities.

     8   
  SECTION 2.06     

Limitations on Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares.

     9   
  SECTION 2.07     

Lost Receipts, etc.

     10   
  SECTION 2.08     

Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.

     11   
  SECTION 2.09     

Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares.

     11   
  SECTION 2.10      DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System.      12   

 

i


ARTICLE 3.   CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES      12   
  SECTION 3.01     

Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.

     12   
  SECTION 3.02     

Liability of Owner for Taxes.

     13   
  SECTION 3.03     

Warranties on Deposit of Shares.

     13   
  SECTION 3.04     

Disclosure of Interests.

     13   
ARTICLE 4.   THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES      14   
  SECTION 4.01     

Cash Distributions.

     14   
  SECTION 4.02     

Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.

     14   
  SECTION 4.03     

Distributions in Shares.

     15   
  SECTION 4.04     

Rights.

     15   
  SECTION 4.05     

Conversion of Foreign Currency.

     17   
  SECTION 4.06     

Fixing of Record Date.

     18   
  SECTION 4.07     

Voting of Deposited Securities.

     18   
  SECTION 4.08     

Changes Affecting Deposited Securities.

     20   
  SECTION 4.09     

Reports.

     20   
  SECTION 4.10     

Lists of Owners.

     20   
  SECTION 4.11     

Withholding.

     20   
ARTICLE 5.   THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY      21   
  SECTION 5.01     

Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary.

     21   
  SECTION 5.02     

Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company.

     21   
  SECTION 5.03     

Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company.

     22   
  SECTION 5.04     

Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.

     23   
  SECTION 5.05     

The Custodians.

     24   
  SECTION 5.06     

Notices and Reports.

     24   
  SECTION 5.07     

Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc.

     25   
  SECTION 5.08     

Indemnification.

     26   
  SECTION 5.09     

Charges of Depositary.

     28   
  SECTION 5.10     

Retention of Depositary Documents.

     29   
  SECTION 5.11     

Exclusivity.

     29   
  SECTION 5.12     

List of Restricted Securities Owners.

     29   
ARTICLE 6.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION      29   
  SECTION 6.01     

Amendment.

     29   
  SECTION 6.02     

Termination.

     30   

 

ii


ARTICLE 7.   MISCELLANEOUS      31   
  SECTION 7.01     

Counterparts.

     31   
  SECTION 7.02     

No Third Party Beneficiaries.

     31   
  SECTION 7.03     

Severability.

     31   
  SECTION 7.04     

Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect.

     31   
  SECTION 7.05     

Notices.

     31   
  SECTION 7.06     

Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.

     32   
  SECTION 7.07     

Waiver of Immunities.

     33   
  SECTION 7.08     

Governing Law.

     33   

 

iii


DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of                 , 2013 among MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (herein called the Company), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation (herein called the Depositary), and all Owners and Holders (each as hereinafter defined) from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued hereunder.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide, as hereinafter set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the deposit of Shares (as hereinafter defined) of the Company from time to time with the Depositary or with the Custodian (as hereinafter defined) as agent of the Depositary for the purposes set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares; and

WHEREAS, the American Depositary Receipts are to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided in this Deposit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated, apply to the respective terms used in this Deposit Agreement:

SECTION 1.01 American Depositary Shares.

The term “American Depositary Shares” shall mean the securities created under this Deposit Agreement representing rights with respect to the Deposited Securities. American Depositary Shares may be certificated securities evidenced by Receipts or uncertificated securities. The form of Receipt annexed as Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement shall be the prospectus required under the Securities Act of 1933 for sales of both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares. Except for those provisions of this Deposit Agreement that refer specifically to Receipts, all the provisions of this Deposit Agreement shall apply to both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares. Each American Depositary Share shall represent the number of Shares specified in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement, until there shall occur a distribution upon Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.03 or a change in

 

1


Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.08 with respect to which additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered, and thereafter American Depositary Shares shall represent the amount of Shares or Deposited Securities specified in such Sections.

SECTION 1.02 Commission.

The term “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor governmental agency in the United States.

SECTION 1.03 Company.

The term “Company” shall mean MiX Telematics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of South Africa, and its successors.

SECTION 1.04 Custodian.

The term “Custodian” shall mean the principal Johannesburg office of any of Standard Bank of South Africa, FirstRand Bank Limited or Societe Generale (ZA), as agent of the Depositary for the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation which may hereafter be appointed by the Depositary pursuant to the terms of Section 5.05, as substitute or additional custodian or custodians hereunder, as the context shall require and shall also mean all of them collectively.

SECTION 1.05 Deliver; Surrender.

(a) The term “deliver”, or its noun form, when used with respect to Shares or other Deposited Securities, shall mean (i) book-entry transfer of those Shares or other Deposited Securities to an account maintained by an institution authorized under applicable law to effect transfers of such securities designated by the person entitled to that delivery or (ii) physical transfer of certificates evidencing those Shares or other Deposited Securities registered in the name of, or duly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to, the person entitled to that delivery.

(b) The term “deliver”, or its noun form, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) book-entry transfer of American Depositary Shares to an account at DTC designated by the person entitled to such delivery, evidencing American Depositary Shares registered in the name requested by that person, (ii) registration of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt on the books of the Depositary in the name requested by the person entitled to such delivery and mailing to that person of a statement confirming such registration or (iii) if requested by the person entitled to such delivery, delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary to the person entitled to such delivery of one or more Receipts.

(c) The term “surrender”, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) one or more book-entry transfers of American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of the Depositary, (ii) delivery to the Depositary at its Corporate Trust Office of an instruction to surrender American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt or (iii) surrender to the Depositary at its Corporate Trust Office of one or more Receipts evidencing American Depositary Shares.

 

2


SECTION 1.06 Deposit Agreement.

The term “Deposit Agreement” shall mean this Deposit Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

SECTION 1.07 Depositary; Corporate Trust Office.

The term “Depositary” shall mean The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, and any successor as depositary hereunder. The term “Corporate Trust Office”, when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the office of the Depositary which at the date of this Deposit Agreement is 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

SECTION 1.08 Deposited Securities.

The term “Deposited Securities” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited or deemed to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement, including without limitation Shares that have not been successfully delivered upon surrender of American Depositary Shares, and any and all other securities, property and cash received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect thereof and at such time held under this Deposit Agreement, subject as to cash to the provisions of Section 4.05.

SECTION 1.09 Dollars.

The term “Dollars” shall mean United States dollars.

SECTION 1.10 DTC.

The term “DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company or its successor.

SECTION 1.11 Foreign Registrar.

The term “Foreign Registrar” shall mean the entity that presently carries out the duties of registrar for the Shares or any successor as registrar for the Shares and any other agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares, including without limitation any securities depository for the Shares.

 

3


SECTION 1.12 Holder.

The term “Holder” shall mean any person holding a Receipt or a security entitlement or other interest in American Depositary Shares, whether for its own account or for the account of another person, but that is not the Owner of that Receipt or those American Depositary Shares.

SECTION 1.13 Owner.

The term “Owner” shall mean the person in whose name American Depositary Shares are registered on the books of the Depositary maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 1.14 Receipts.

The term “Receipts” shall mean the American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder evidencing certificated American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

SECTION 1.15 Registrar.

The term “Registrar” shall mean any bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, that is appointed by the Depositary to register American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares as herein provided.

SECTION 1.16 Restricted Securities.

The term “Restricted Securities” shall mean Shares, or American Depositary Shares representing Shares, that are acquired directly or indirectly from the Company or its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933) in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving any public offering, or that are subject to resale limitations under Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 or both, or which are held by an officer, director (or persons performing similar functions) or other affiliate of the Company, or that would require registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the offer and sale thereof in the United States, or that are subject to other restrictions on sale or deposit under the laws of the United States or South Africa, or under a shareholder agreement or the articles of association or similar document of the Company.

SECTION 1.17 Securities Act of 1933.

The term “Securities Act of 1933” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.

 

4


SECTION 1.18 Shares.

The term “Shares” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company that are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid, nonassessable and that were not issued in violation of any pre-emptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company; provided , however , that, if there shall occur any change in nominal value, a split-up or consolidation or any other reclassification or, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.08, an exchange or conversion in respect of the Shares of the Company, the term “Shares” shall thereafter also mean the successor securities resulting from such change in nominal value, split-up or consolidation or such other reclassification or such exchange or conversion.

 

ARTICLE 2. FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

SECTION 2.01 Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares.

Definitive Receipts shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A annexed to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided. No Receipt shall be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless such Receipt shall have been (i) executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary or (ii) executed by the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary and countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or a Registrar. The Depositary shall maintain books on which (x) each Receipt so executed and delivered as hereinafter provided and the transfer of each such Receipt shall be registered and (y) all American Depositary Shares delivered as hereinafter provided and all registrations of transfer of American Depositary Shares shall be registered. A Receipt bearing the facsimile signature of a person that was at any time a proper officer of the Depositary shall, subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, bind the Depositary, notwithstanding that such person was not a proper officer of the Depositary on the date of issuance of that Receipt.

The Receipts may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or modifications not inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement as may be reasonably required by the Depositary or required to comply with any applicable law or regulations thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which American Depositary Shares may be listed or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Receipts are subject by reason of the date of issuance of the underlying Deposited Securities or otherwise.

 

5


American Depositary Shares evidenced by a Receipt, when properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in this Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares (but only to the Owner of those American Depositary Shares).

SECTION 2.02 Deposit of Shares.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, Shares or evidence of rights to receive Shares may be deposited by delivery thereof to any Custodian hereunder, accompanied by any appropriate instruments or instructions for transfer, or endorsement, in form satisfactory to the Custodian, together with all such certifications as may be required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, and, if the Depositary reasonably requires, together with a written order directing the Depositary to deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in such order, the number of American Depositary Shares representing such deposit.

No Share shall be accepted for deposit unless accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in each applicable jurisdiction that is then performing the function of the regulation of currency exchange. If required by the Depositary, Shares presented for deposit at any time, whether or not the transfer books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, are closed, shall also be accompanied by an agreement or assignment, or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, which will provide for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property which any person in whose name the Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of such deposited Shares, or in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary.

The Depositary will refuse to accept Shares for deposit whenever it has received written notice from the Company that the deposit of such Shares would violate applicable law or regulation.

At the request and risk and expense of any person proposing to deposit Shares, and for the account of such person, the Depositary may receive certificates for Shares to be deposited, together with the other instruments herein specified, for the purpose of forwarding such Share certificates to the Custodian for deposit hereunder.

 

6


Upon each delivery to a Custodian of a certificate or certificates for Shares to be deposited hereunder, together with the other documents specified above, such Custodian shall, as soon as transfer and recordation can be accomplished, present such certificate or certificates to the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, for transfer and recordation of the Shares being deposited in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or such Custodian or its nominee.

Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary or at such other place or places as the Depositary shall determine.

SECTION 2.03 Delivery of American Depositary Shares.

Upon receipt by any Custodian of any deposit pursuant to Section 2.02 hereunder, together with the other documents required as specified above, such Custodian shall notify the Depositary of such deposit and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order American Depositary Shares are deliverable in respect thereof and the number of American Depositary Shares to be so delivered. In addition, if the transfer books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, are open, the Depositary may in its sole discretion require a proper acknowledgment or other evidence from the Company or the Foreign Registrar that any Deposited Securities have been recorded upon the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or such Custodian or its nominee. Upon receiving such notice from such Custodian, or upon the receipt of Shares or evidence of the right to receive Shares by the Depositary, the Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall deliver, to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto, the number of American Depositary Shares issuable in respect of that deposit, but only upon payment to the Depositary of the fees and expenses of the Depositary for the delivery of such American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.09, and of all taxes and governmental charges and fees payable in connection with such deposit and the transfer of the Deposited Securities.

SECTION 2.04 Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall register transfers of American Depositary Shares on its transfer books from time to time, upon (i) in the case of certificated American Depositary Shares, surrender of the Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares, by the Owner in person or by a duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer or (ii) in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares,

 

7


receipt from the Owner of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.10), and, in either case, duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America. Thereupon the Depositary shall deliver those American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the owner of the same number of uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.10) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and deliver to the Owner the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares.

The Depositary may appoint one or more co-transfer agents for the purpose of effecting registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and combinations and split-ups of Receipts at designated transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary. In carrying out its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by Owners or persons entitled to American Depositary Shares and will be entitled to protection and indemnity to the same extent as the Depositary.

SECTION 2.05 Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities.

Upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, and upon payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.09 and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to delivery, to him or as instructed, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares without unreasonable delay.

 

8


A Receipt surrendered for such purposes may be required by the Depositary to be properly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank. The Depositary may require the surrendering Owner to execute and deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in such order. Thereupon the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to deliver at the office of such Custodian, subject to Sections 2.06, 3.01 and 3.02 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as above provided, the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares, except that the Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of any dividends or distributions with respect to the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares, or of any proceeds of sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which may at the time be held by the Depositary.

At the request, risk and expense of any Owner so surrendering American Depositary Shares, and for the account of such Owner, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property (other than rights) comprising, and forward a certificate or certificates, if applicable, and other proper documents of title for, the Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares to the Depositary for delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary.

The Depositary shall direct the Custodian with respect to delivery of Deposited Securities by cable (which may be through SWIFT) or facsimile transmission and may charge the surrendering Owner a fee and its expenses for doing so.

Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall deliver Shares (other than to the Company or its agent as contemplated by Section 4.08), or otherwise permit Shares to be withdrawn from the facility created hereby, except upon the surrender of American Depositary Shares or in connection with a sale permitted under and subject to the provisions of Section 3.02, 4.03, 4.11 or 6.02.

SECTION 2.06 Limitations on Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares.

As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, Custodian or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or

 

9


withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as herein provided, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.06.

The delivery of American Depositary Shares against deposit of Shares generally or against deposit of particular Shares may be suspended, or the transfer of American Depositary Shares in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding American Depositary Shares generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of this Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the provisions of the following sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Deposit Agreement, the surrender of outstanding American Depositary Shares and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may not be suspended subject only to (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, or the deposit of Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares which would be required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 for public offer and sale in the United States unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares for such offer and sale.

SECTION 2.07 Lost Receipts, etc.

In case any Receipt shall be mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Depositary shall deliver to the Owner the American Depositary Shares evidenced by that Receipt in uncertificated form or, if requested by the Owner, execute and deliver a new Receipt of like tenor in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt, upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and in substitution for such destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt. Before the Depositary shall deliver American Depositary Shares in uncertificated form or execute and deliver a new Receipt, in substitution for a destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt, the Owner thereof shall have (a) filed with the Depositary (i) a request for such execution and delivery before the Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (ii) a sufficient indemnity bond and (b) satisfied any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.

 

10


SECTION 2.08 Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.

All Receipts surrendered to the Depositary shall be cancelled by the Depositary. The Depositary is authorized to destroy Receipts so cancelled.

SECTION 2.09 Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares.

Notwithstanding Section 2.03 hereof, the Depositary may deliver American Depositary Shares prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 (“Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares”) and may deliver Shares prior to the surrender and cancellation of American Depositary Shares if the person to whom such Shares are to be delivered is a banking institution organized pursuant to the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“South African Bank”) (“Pre-Release of Shares” and, together with Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares, “Pre-Release”). The Depositary may, pursuant to Section 2.05, deliver Shares upon the surrender of American Depositary Shares that have been Pre-Released, whether or not such cancellation is prior to the termination of such Pre-Release or the Depositary knows that such American Depositary Shares have been Pre-Released. The Depositary may receive American Depositary Shares in lieu of Shares in satisfaction of a Pre-Release. Each Pre-Release will be (a) preceded or accompanied by a written representation from the person to whom American Depositary Shares or Shares are to be delivered (a “Pre-Releasee”), that such person, or its customer, owns the Shares or American Depositary Shares to be remitted, as the case may be, (b) at all times fully collateralized with cash or such other collateral as the Depositary deems appropriate and in connection with Pre-Release of Shares, preceded or accompanied by an unconditional guaranty by the South-African Bank to deliver American Depositary Shares for cancellation on the same calendar day on which the Shares are delivered to the South-African Bank (or, if such American Depositary Shares are not so delivered, to return the Shares), (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days’ notice, and (d) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The number of Shares represented by American Depositary Shares which are outstanding at any time as a result of Pre-Release will not normally exceed thirty percent (30%) of the Shares deposited hereunder; provided , however , that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems reasonably appropriate. For purposes of enabling the Depositary to fulfill its obligations to the Owners under the Deposit Agreement, the collateral referred to in clause (b) above shall be held by the Depositary as security for the performance of the Pre-Releasee’s obligations to the Depositary in connection with a Pre-Release transaction, including the Pre-Releasee’s obligation to deliver Shares or American Depository Shares upon termination of a Pre-Release transaction (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute Deposited Securities).

The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing.

 

11


SECTION 2.10 DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.04, the parties acknowledge that the Direct Registration System (“DRS”) and Profile Modification System (“Profile”) shall apply to uncertificated American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the Depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Owners entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register such transfer.

(b) In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties understand that the Depositary will not verify, determine or otherwise ascertain that the DTC participant which is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting a registration of transfer and delivery as described in subsection (a) has the actual authority to act on behalf of the Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.08 shall apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS. The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with this Deposit Agreement shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.

 

ARTICLE 3. CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

SECTION 3.01 Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.

Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of American Depositary Shares or the distribution of any dividend or sale or distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is filed or such certificates are executed or such representations and warranties made. If requested in writing, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, at the Company’s expense, provide the Company with copies of any such proofs, certificates or other information it receives pursuant to this Section 3.01, to the extent that disclosure is permitted under applicable law.

 

12


SECTION 3.02 Liability of Owner for Taxes.

If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of such American Depositary Shares to the Depositary. The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions, or may sell for the account of the Owner thereof any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge and the Owner of such American Depositary Shares shall remain liable for any deficiency.

SECTION 3.03 Warranties on Deposit of Shares.

Every person depositing Shares under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that such Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights of the holders of outstanding Shares and that the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every such person shall also be deemed to represent that the deposit of such Shares and the sale of American Depositary Shares representing such Shares by that person are not restricted under the Securities Act of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.

SECTION 3.04 Disclosure of Interests.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement, each Owner and Holder agrees to comply with requests from the Company pursuant to applicable law, the rules and requirements of any stock exchange on which the American Depositary Shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed, the rules and requirements of any clearing system through which transactions in the American Depositary Shares may be settled or the Memorandum of Incorporation of the Company to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such Owner or Holder owns American Depositary Shares (and Shares as the case may be) and regarding the identity of any other person(s) interested in such American Depositary Shares (and Shares, as the case may be) and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are Owners or Holders at the time of such request. The Depositary agrees to use its reasonable efforts to forward, upon the written request of the Company and at the expense of the Company, any such written request from the Company to the Owners and to forward, as promptly as practicable, to the Company any responses to such requests received by the Depositary.

 

13


ARTICLE 4. THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES

SECTION 4.01 Cash Distributions.

Whenever the Depositary shall receive any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, subject to the provisions of Section 4.05, if applicable, convert such dividend or distribution into Dollars and shall distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09) to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively. The Depositary shall distribute only such amount, however, as can be distributed without attributing to any Owner a fraction of one cent. Any such fractional amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent and so distributed to Owners entitled thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing that in the event that the Custodian or the Depositary shall be required by applicable law to withhold and does withhold from such cash dividend or such other cash distribution an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owner of the American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. The applicable withholding agent (or its agent) will remit to the appropriate governmental agency in each applicable jurisdiction all amounts so withheld and owing to such agency. The Depositary will, as promptly as possible, forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental agencies.

SECTION 4.02 Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.11 and 5.09, whenever the Depositary shall receive any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.01, 4.03 or 4.04, the Depositary shall, after consultation with the Company, cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of the Depositary or any taxes or other governmental charges imposed under applicable law, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution; provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners entitled thereto, or if for any other reason (including, but not limited to, any requirement under applicable law that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such securities must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Owners or Holders) the Depositary

 

14


deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the company if practicable, adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09) shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Owners entitled thereto, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.01. The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under this Section 4.02 if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Section 4.02 that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.

SECTION 4.03 Distributions in Shares.

If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may, and shall if the Company shall so request in writing, deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as such dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including withholding of any tax or governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 and after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09 (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of the Shares received sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution). The Depositary may withhold any such delivery of American Depositary Shares if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that such distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares in any such case, the Depositary shall use reasonable efforts to sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.01. If additional American Depositary Shares are not so delivered, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

SECTION 4.04 Rights.

In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary after consultation with the Company, shall have discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to any Owners or in disposing of such rights on behalf of any Owners and making the net

 

15


proceeds available to such Owners or, if by the terms of such rights offering or for any other reason, the Depositary may not either make such rights available to any Owners or dispose of such rights and make the net proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall allow the rights to lapse. If at the time of the offering of any rights the Depositary determines in its discretion that it is lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners but not to other Owners, the Depositary may distribute to any Owner to whom it determines the distribution to be lawful and feasible, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by such Owner, warrants or other instruments therefor in such form as it deems appropriate.

In circumstances in which rights would otherwise not be distributed, if an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or other instruments in order to exercise the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of such Owner hereunder, the Depositary will make such rights available to such Owner upon written notice from the Company to the Depositary that (a) the Company has elected in its sole discretion to permit such rights to be exercised and (b) such Owner has executed such documents as the Company has determined in its sole discretion are reasonably required under applicable law.

If the Depositary has distributed warrants or other instruments for rights to all or certain Owners, then upon instruction from such an Owner pursuant to such warrants or other instruments to the Depositary from such Owner to exercise such rights, upon payment by such Owner to the Depositary for the account of such Owner of an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares to be received upon the exercise of the rights, and upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary and any other charges as set forth in such warrants or other instruments, the Depositary shall, on behalf of such Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the Shares, and the Company shall cause the Shares so purchased to be delivered to the Depositary on behalf of such Owner. As agent for such Owner, the Depositary will cause the Shares so purchased to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.02, and shall, pursuant to Section 2.03, deliver American Depositary Shares to such Owner. In the case of a distribution pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section, such deposit shall be made, and depositary shares shall be delivered, under depositary arrangements which provide for issuance of depositary shares subject to the appropriate restrictions on sale, deposit, cancellation, and transfer under applicable United States laws.

If the Depositary determines in its discretion that it is not lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners, it may sell the rights, warrants or other instruments in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the Owners to whom it has determined it may not lawfully or feasibly make such rights available, and allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09 and all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such rights and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement) for the account of such Owners otherwise entitled to such rights,

 

16


warrants or other instruments, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.

The Depositary will not offer rights to Owners unless both the rights and the securities to which such rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to a distribution to all Owners or are registered under the provisions of such Act; provided , that nothing in this Deposit Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of the Company to file a registration statement with respect to such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have such a registration statement declared effective. If an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or other instruments, notwithstanding that there has been no such registration under the Securities Act of 1933, the Depositary shall not effect such distribution unless it has received an opinion from recognized counsel in the United States for the Company upon which the Depositary may rely that such distribution to such Owner is exempt from such registration.

The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such rights available to Owners in general or any Owner in particular.

SECTION 4.05 Conversion of Foreign Currency.

Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian shall receive foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine such foreign currency into Dollars, and such Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto or, if the Depositary shall have distributed any warrants or other instruments which entitle the holders thereof to such Dollars, then to the holders of such warrants and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation. Such distribution may be made upon an averaged or other reasonably practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners on account of exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09.

If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary shall file such application for approval or license, if any, as it may deem desirable.

If at any time the Depositary shall determine that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or

 

17


license of any government or agency thereof which is required for such conversion is denied or in the judgment of the Depositary is not obtainable, or if any such approval or license is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary in its judgment may distribute the foreign currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such foreign currency) received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.

If any such conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make such conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold such balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled thereto.

SECTION 4.06 Fixing of Record Date.

Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be made, or whenever rights shall be issued with respect to the Deposited Securities, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary shall find it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date (the “Record Date”) (a) for the determination of the Owners who shall be (i) entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights or the net proceeds of the sale thereof, (ii) entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at any such meeting or (iii) responsible for any fee or charge assessed by the Depositary pursuant to this Deposit Agreement, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.01 through 4.05 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owners on such Record Date shall be entitled, as the case may be, to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to such dividend or other distribution or such rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively and to give voting instructions and to act in respect of any other such matter.

SECTION 4.07 Voting of Deposited Securities.

Upon receipt from the Company of notice of any meeting or solicitation of proxies or consents of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail to the Owners a notice, the form of which notice shall be approved by the Company in advance, such approval not being unreasonably withheld, which shall contain (a) such information (including, without limitation, solicitation materials) as is contained in such

 

18


notice of meeting received by the Depositary from the Company, (b) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on the Record Date (as defined in Section 4.06) will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of South African law and of the Memorandum of Incorporation or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their respective American Depositary Shares and (c) a statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given, including an express indication that such instructions may be given or deemed given in accordance with the last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares on the Record Date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the Shares or other Deposited Securities, other than in accordance with such instructions or deemed instructions. If (i) the Company requested the Depositary to act under this paragraph and complied with the second following paragraph at least 30 days prior to the meeting date and (ii) no instructions are received by the Depositary from an Owner with respect to an amount of the Deposited Securities represented by American Depositary Shares of that Owner and a matter on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall deem such Owner to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to that amount of Deposited Securities and that matter and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote that amount of Deposited Securities as to that matter, except that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter as to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company agrees to provide such information as promptly as practicable in writing, if applicable) that (x) the Company does not wish such proxy given, (y) substantial opposition exists or (z) such matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of Shares.

There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in the preceding paragraph sufficiently prior to the instruction cutoff date to ensure that the Depositary will vote the Shares or Deposited Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if the Company will request the Depositary to act under this Section 4.07, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of the meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon as soon as practicable.

 

19


SECTION 4.08 Changes Affecting Deposited Securities.

Upon any change in nominal value, change in par value, split-up, consolidation or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it is a party, or upon the redemption or cancellation by the Company of the Deposited Securities, any securities, cash or property which shall be received by the Depositary or a Custodian in exchange for, in conversion of, in lieu of or in respect of Deposited Securities, shall be treated as new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement, and American Depositary Shares shall thenceforth represent, in addition to the existing Deposited Securities, the right to receive the new Deposited Securities so received, unless additional American Depositary Shares are delivered pursuant to the following sentence. In any such case the Depositary may deliver additional American Depositary Shares as in the case of a dividend in Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing such new Deposited Securities.

SECTION 4.09 Reports.

The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Owners at its Corporate Trust Office any reports and communications, including any proxy solicitation material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary shall also, upon written request by the Company, send to the Owners copies of such reports when furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 5.06. Any such reports and communications, including any such proxy soliciting material, furnished to the Depositary by the Company shall be furnished in English, to the extent such materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.

SECTION 4.10 Lists of Owners.

Promptly upon request by the Company, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company (unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Depositary), furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and holdings of American Depositary Shares by all persons in whose names American Depositary Shares are registered on the books of the Depositary.

SECTION 4.11 Withholding.

In the event that the Depositary determines in its reasonable judgment that any distribution in property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold under applicable law, the Depositary may by public or private sale dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such

 

20


amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes or charges and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale after deduction of such taxes or charges to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.

 

ARTICLE 5. THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY

SECTION 5.01 Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary.

Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, facilities for the execution and delivery, registration, registration of transfers and surrender of American Depositary Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.

The Depositary shall keep books, at its Corporate Trust Office, for the registration of American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Owners and the Company, provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communicating with Owners in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.

The Depositary may close the transfer books, at any time or from time to time, when deemed reasonably expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder or at the reasonable request of the Company.

If any American Depositary Shares are listed on one or more stock exchanges in the United States, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or appoint a Registrar or one or more co-registrars for registry of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with any requirements of such exchange or exchanges.

SECTION 5.02 Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company.

Neither the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder (i) if by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Memorandum of Incorporation or similar document of the Company, or by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof, or by reason of any act of God or war or terrorism or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or be

 

21


subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of this Deposit Agreement or the Deposited Securities it is provided shall be done or performed, (ii) by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of this Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, (iii) by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement, (iv) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders, or (v) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of this Deposit Agreement. Where, by the terms of a distribution pursuant to Section 4.01, 4.02 or 4.03, or an offering or distribution pursuant to Section 4.04, or for any other reason, such distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners, and the Depositary may not dispose of such distribution or offering on behalf of such Owners and make the net proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall not make such distribution or offering, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.

SECTION 5.03 Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company.

Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates assumes any obligation nor shall it or any of them be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder, except that the Company agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.

Neither the Depositary nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates assumes any obligation nor shall it or any of them be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities), except that the Depositary agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.

Neither the Depositary nor the Company or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares on behalf of any Owner or Holder or any other person.

Neither the Depositary nor the Company or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be liable for any action or nonaction by any of them in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or any other person believed by any of them in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary and the Company and their respective directors, officers,

 

22


employees, agents or affiliates may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction or other documents believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary.

The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of Deposited Securities or otherwise.

The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote, provided that any such action or nonaction is in good faith.

No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision of this Deposit Agreement.

SECTION 5.04 Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.

The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.

The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 120 days prior written notice of such removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 120th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.

In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in any other place permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor; but such predecessor, nevertheless, upon payment of all sums due it and on the written request of the Company shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all

 

23


rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest in the Deposited Securities to such successor and shall deliver to such successor a list of the Owners of all outstanding American Depositary Shares. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to the Owners.

Any corporation into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

SECTION 5.05 The Custodians.

The Custodian shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it. The Depositary shall require the Custodian to comply with all applicable provisions of this Deposit Agreement. Any Custodian may resign and be discharged from its duties hereunder by notice of such resignation delivered to the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the date on which such resignation is to become effective. The Depositary will inform the Company of such resignation promptly upon receipt of notice from the Custodian. If upon such resignation there shall be no Custodian acting hereunder, the Depositary shall, promptly after receiving such notice, appoint a substitute custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be a Custodian hereunder. The Depositary will give written notice to the Company of any such action as promptly as practicable, which will be advance notice if practicable. The Depositary in its discretion may appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be one of the Custodians hereunder. Upon demand of the Depositary any Custodian shall deliver such of the Deposited Securities held by it as are requested of it to any other Custodian or such substitute or additional custodian or custodians. Each such substitute or additional custodian shall deliver to the Depositary, forthwith upon its appointment, an acceptance of such appointment satisfactory in form and substance to the Depositary.

Upon the appointment of any successor depositary hereunder, each Custodian then acting hereunder shall forthwith become, without any further act or writing, the agent hereunder of such successor depositary and the appointment of such successor depositary shall in no way impair the authority of each Custodian hereunder; but the successor depositary so appointed shall, nevertheless, on the written request of any Custodian, execute and deliver to such Custodian all such instruments as may be proper to give to such Custodian full and complete power and authority as agent hereunder of such successor depositary.

SECTION 5.06 Notices and Reports.

On or before the first date on which the Company gives notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or of any adjourned meeting of such holders, or of the taking of any action in

 

24


respect of any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights, the Company agrees to transmit to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the notice thereof in the form given or to be given to holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities.

The Company will arrange for the translation into English, if not already in English, to the extent required pursuant to any regulations of the Commission, and the prompt transmittal by the Company to the Depositary and the Custodian of such notices and any other reports and communications which are made generally available by the Company to holders of its Shares. If requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary will arrange for the mailing of copies of such notices, reports and communications to all Owners. The Company will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and communications, as requested by the Depositary from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect such mailings.

SECTION 5.07 Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc.

If the Company or any affiliate of the Company determines to make any issuance or distribution of (1) additional Shares, (2) rights to subscribe for Shares, (3) securities convertible into Shares, or (4) rights to subscribe for such securities (each a “Distribution”), the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing in English as promptly as practicable and in any event before the Distribution starts and, if requested in writing by the Depositary, the Company shall promptly furnish to the Depositary a written opinion from U.S. counsel for the Company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, stating whether or not the Distribution requires, or, if made in the United States, would require, registration under the Securities Act of 1933. If, in the opinion of that counsel, the Distribution requires, or, if made in the United States, would require, registration under the Securities Act of 1933, that counsel shall furnish to the Depositary a written opinion as to whether or not there is a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 in effect that will cover that Distribution.

The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company will at any time deposit any Shares, either originally issued or previously issued and reacquired by the Company or any such affiliate, unless a Registration Statement is in effect as to such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Company delivers to the Depositary an opinion of United States counsel, satisfactory to the Depositary, to the effect that, upon deposit, those Shares will be eligible for public resale without restriction in the United States without further registration under the Securities Act of 1933. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Company to file any registration statement in respect of any proposed transactions.

 

25


SECTION 5.08 Indemnification.

The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and any Custodian against, and hold each of them harmless from, any liability or expense (including, but not limited to any fees and expenses incurred in seeking, enforcing or collecting such indemnity and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) which may arise out of or in connection with (a) any registration with the Commission of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or the offer or sale thereof in the United States, except to the extent any such liability or expense arises out of (x) information relating to the Depositary or any Custodian furnished in writing and not materially changed or altered by the Company expressly for use in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum), or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary placement memorandum) relating to the offer or sale of American Depositary Shares (it being understood that, as of the date of this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary has not furnished any information of that kind) or (y) if such information is provided, the misstatement of a material fact or the failure to state a material fact necessary to make the information provided not misleading, or (b) acts performed or omitted, pursuant to the provisions of or in connection with this Deposit Agreement and the American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of either of them, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates.

The indemnities contained in the preceding paragraph shall not extend to any liability or expense to the extent such liability or expense arises solely and exclusively out of a Pre-Release (as defined in Section 2.09) of American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.09 and which would not otherwise have arisen had those American Depositary Shares not been the subject of a Pre-Release pursuant to Section 2.09; provided, however, that the indemnities provided in the preceding paragraph shall apply to any such liability or expense (i) to the extent that such liability or expense would have arisen had those American Depositary Shares not be the subject of a Pre-Release, or (ii) which arises out of any misstatement or alleged misstatement or omission or alleged omission in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum), or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary placement memorandum) relating to the offer or sale of American Depositary Shares, except to the extent any such liability or expense arises out of (x) information relating to the Depositary or any Custodian (other than the Company), as applicable, furnished in writing and not materially changed or altered by the Company expressly for use in any of the foregoing documents, or, (y) if such information is provided, the misstatement of a material fact or the failure to state a material fact necessary to make the information provided not misleading.

 

26


The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company, its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and hold them harmless from any liability or expense (including, but not limited to any fees and expenses incurred in seeking enforcing or collecting such indemnity and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) which arises out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary or its Custodian or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates due to their negligence or bad faith.

If an action, proceeding (including, but not limited to, any governmental investigation), claim or dispute (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in respect of which indemnity may be sought by either party is brought or asserted against the other party, the party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnitee”) shall promptly (and in no event more than ten (10) days after receipt of notice of such Proceeding) notify the party obligated to provide such indemnification (the “Indemnitor”) of such Proceeding. The failure of the Indemnitee to so notify the Indemnitor shall not impair the Indemnitee’s ability to seek indemnification from the Indemnitor (but only for costs, expenses and liabilities incurred after such notice) unless such failure adversely affects the Indemnitor’s ability to adequately oppose or defend such Proceeding. Upon receipt of such notice from the Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent that it shall so desire and provided no conflict of interest exists as specified in subparagraph (b) below or there are no other defenses available to Indemnitee as specified in subparagraph (d) below, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee (in which case all attorney’s fees and expenses shall be borne by the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor shall in good faith defend the Indemnitee). The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by the Indemnitee unless (a) the Indemnitor agrees in writing to pay such fees and expenses, (b) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably and in good faith concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, (c) the Indemnitor fails, within ten (10) days prior to the date the first response or appearance is required to be made in such Proceeding, to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee or (d) there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are different from or are in addition to those available to the Indemnitor. No compromise or settlement of such Proceeding may be effected by either party without the other party’s consent unless (i) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law and no effect on any other claims that may be made against such other party and (ii) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the party seeking the settlement and for which the Indemnitee will not seek reimbursement of such amount from the Indemnitor. Neither party shall have any liability with respect to any compromise or settlement effected without its consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee from any loss, expense or liability incurred by the Indemnitee as a result of a default judgment entered against the Indemnitee unless such judgment was entered after the Indemnitor agreed, in writing, to assume the defense of such Proceeding.

 

27


SECTION 5.09 Charges of Depositary.

The Company agrees to pay the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Depositary and those of any Registrar only in accordance with separate agreements in writing entered into between the Depositary and the Company from time to time.

The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.03 or 4.04), or by Owners, as applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses as are expressly provided in this Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.05, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.03, 4.03 or 4.04 and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.02, (6) a fee payable by Owners of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to this Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.01 through 4.04 hereof, (7) a fee payable by Owners for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.02, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (for purposes of this clause 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under clause 6, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in clause 9 below, (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary, any of the Depositary’s agents, including the Custodian, or the agents of the Depositary’s agents in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.06 and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Owners for such charges or by deducting such charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.

 

28


The Depositary, subject to Section 2.09 hereof, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.

SECTION 5.10 Retention of Depositary Documents.

The Depositary is authorized to destroy those documents, records, bills and other data compiled during the term of this Deposit Agreement at the times permitted by the laws or regulations governing the Depositary unless the Company requests that such papers be retained for a longer period or turned over to the Company or to a successor depositary.

SECTION 5.11 Exclusivity.

The Company agrees not to appoint any other depositary for issuance of American or global depositary shares or receipts so long as The Bank of New York Mellon is acting as Depositary hereunder.

SECTION 5.12 List of Restricted Securities Owners.

From time to time, the Company shall provide to the Depositary a list setting forth, to the actual knowledge of the Company, those persons or entities who beneficially own Restricted Securities and the Company shall update that list on a regular basis. The Company agrees to advise in writing each of the persons or entities so listed that such Restricted Securities are ineligible for deposit hereunder. The Depositary may rely on such a list or update but shall not be liable for any action or omission made in reliance thereon.

 

ARTICLE 6. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

SECTION 6.01 Amendment.

The form of the Receipts and any provisions of this Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

 

29


SECTION 6.02 Termination.

The Company may at any time terminate this Deposit Agreement by instructing the Depositary to mail a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the termination date included in such notice. The Depositary may likewise terminate this Deposit Agreement if at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and if a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.04; in such case the Depositary shall mail a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the termination date. On and after the date of termination, the Owner of American Depositary Shares will, upon (a) surrender of such American Depositary Shares, (b) payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares referred to in Section 2.05, and (c) payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery, to him or upon his order, of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares. If any American Depositary Shares shall remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares, shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Owners thereof, and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts under this Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell rights and other property as provided in this Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to deliver Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges).

At any time after the expiration of four months from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under this Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that have not theretofore been surrendered, such Owners thereupon becoming general creditors of the Depositary with respect to such net proceeds. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms

 

30


and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). Upon the termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.08 and 5.09.

 

ARTICLE 7. MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.01 Counterparts.

This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Copies of this Deposit Agreement shall be filed with the Depositary and the Custodians and shall be open to inspection by any Owner or Holder during business hours.

SECTION 7.02 No Third Party Beneficiaries.

This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person.

SECTION 7.03 Severability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in the Receipts should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

SECTION 7.04 Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect.

The Owners and Holders from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and of the Receipts by acceptance of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.

SECTION 7.05 Notices.

Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission or email confirmed by letter, addressed to MiX Telematics Limited, Matrix Center, Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand 1685, South Africa, Attention: Group Financial Director, Megan.Pydigadu@mixtelematics.com, with a copy to the CEO, stefan.joss@mixtelematics.com, c/o 750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100, Boca Raton, FL 33487 or any other place to which the Company may have transferred its principal office with notice to the Depositary.

 

31


Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be deemed to have been duly given if in English and personally delivered or sent by mail or cable, or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter, addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: American Depositary Receipt Administration, [email address], or any other place to which the Depositary may have transferred its Corporate Trust Office with notice to the Company.

Any and all notices to be given to any Owner shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by mail or cable, or facsimile transmission or email confirmed by letter, addressed to such Owner at the address of such Owner as it appears on the transfer books for American Depositary Shares of the Depositary, or, if such Owner shall have filed with the Depositary a written request that notices intended for such Owner be given to some other address, at the address designated in such request.

Delivery of a notice sent by mail or facsimile transmission or email shall be deemed to be effected at the time when a duly addressed letter containing the same (or a confirmation thereof in the case of a facsimile transmission or email) is deposited, postage prepaid, in a post-office letter box. The Depositary or the Company may, however, act upon any facsimile transmission or email received by it, notwithstanding that such facsimile transmission or email shall not subsequently be confirmed by letter as aforesaid.

SECTION 7.06 Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.

The Company hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints MiX Telematics North America, Inc. 750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100, Boca Raton, Florida 33487, as the Company’s authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement, (ii) consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the State of New York in which any such suit or proceeding may be instituted and (iii) agrees that service of process upon said authorized agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company agrees to deliver, upon the execution and delivery of this Deposit Agreement, a written acceptance by such agent of its appointment as such agent. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect for so long as any American Depositary Shares or Receipts remain outstanding or this Deposit Agreement remains in force. In the event the Company fails to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect, the Company hereby waives personal service of process upon it and consents that any such service of process may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices hereunder, and service so made shall be deemed completed ten (10) business days after the same shall have been so mailed.

 

32


EACH PARTY TO THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

SECTION 7.07 Waiver of Immunities.

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

SECTION 7.08 Governing Law.

This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted and all rights hereunder and thereunder and provisions hereof and thereof shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, except with respect to its authorization and execution by the Company, which shall be governed by the laws of South Africa.

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above and all Owners and Holders shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.

 

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Depositary
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

34


EXHIBIT A

 

    AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
    (Each American Depositary Share represents
    [25] deposited Shares)

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

FOR ORDINARY SHARES, NO PAR VALUE,

OF

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED.

(INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF SOUTH AFRICA)

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary (hereinafter called the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that                                           , or registered assigns IS THE OWNER OF                                         

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

representing deposited ordinary shares (herein called “Shares”), of MiX Telematics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (herein called the “Company”). At the date hereof, each American Depositary Share represents [25] Shares deposited or subject to deposit under the Deposit Agreement (as such term is hereinafter defined) at the principal Johannesburg office of any of Standard Bank of South Africa, FirstRand Bank Limited or Societe Generale (ZA), (each herein called a “Custodian”). The Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office is located at a different address than its principal executive office. Its Corporate Trust Office is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, N.Y. 10286, and its principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286.

THE DEPOSITARY’S CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE ADDRESS IS

101 BARCLAY STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10286


1. THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT .

This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “Receipts”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the deposit agreement dated as of                  , 2013 (herein called the “Deposit Agreement”) among the Company, the Depositary and all Owners and Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting American Depositary Shares agrees to become a party thereto and become bound by all the terms and conditions thereof. The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights of Owners and Holders and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any and all other securities, property and cash from time to time received in respect of such Shares and held thereunder (such Shares, securities, property, and cash are herein called “Deposited Securities”). Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office in New York City and at the office of the Custodian.

The statements made on the face and reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit Agreement and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms defined in the Deposit Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

2. SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES AND WITHDRAWAL OF DEPOSITED SECURITIES .

Upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of American Depositary Shares, and upon payment of the fee of the Depositary provided in this Receipt, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares is entitled to delivery, to him or as instructed, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares. Such delivery will be made at the option of the Owner hereof, either at the office of the Custodian or at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, provided that the forwarding of certificates for Shares or other Deposited Securities for such delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary shall be at the risk and expense of the Owner hereof.

 

3. TRANSFERS, SPLIT-UPS, AND COMBINATIONS OF RECEIPTS .

Transfers of American Depositary Shares may be registered on the books of the Depositary by the Owner in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of those American Depositary Shares properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, in the case of a Receipt, or pursuant to a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.10 of the Deposit Agreement), in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, and funds sufficient to pay any applicable transfer taxes and the expenses of the Depositary and upon compliance with such regulations, if any, as the

 

1


Depositary may establish for such purpose. This Receipt may be split into other such Receipts, or may be combined with other such Receipts into one Receipt, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered. The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.10 of the Deposit Agreement) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and deliver to the Owner the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares. As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer, or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, the Custodian, or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of the Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as provided in the Deposit Agreement, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.

The delivery of American Depositary Shares against deposit of Shares generally or against deposit of particular Shares may be suspended, or the transfer of American Depositary Shares in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding American Depositary Shares generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the provisions of the following sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt, the surrender of outstanding American Depositary Shares and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may not be suspended subject only to (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, or the deposit of Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares which would be required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares for such offer and sale.

 

2


4. LIABILITY OF OWNER FOR TAXES .

If any tax or other governmental charge imposed by applicable law shall become payable with respect to any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner to the Depositary. The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions, or may sell for the account of the Owner any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge and the Owner shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

5. WARRANTIES ON DEPOSIT OF SHARES .

Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant, that such Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights of the holders of outstanding Shares and that the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every such person shall also be deemed to represent that the deposit of such Shares and the sale of American Depositary Shares representing such Shares by that person are not restricted under the Securities Act of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.

 

6. FILING PROOFS, CERTIFICATES, AND OTHER INFORMATION .

Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any American Depositary Shares or the distribution of any dividend or sale or distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is filed or such certificates are executed or such representations and warranties made. If requested in writing, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, provide the Company, at the expense of the Company, with copies of any such proofs, certificates or other information it receives pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Deposit Agreement, to the extent that disclosure is permitted under applicable law. No Share shall be accepted for deposit unless

 

3


accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in South Africa that is then performing the function of the regulation of currency exchange.

 

7. CHARGES OF DEPOSITARY .

The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.03 or 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement), or by Owners, as applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.05 of that Agreement, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.03, 4.03 or 4.04 of that Agreement and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.02 of that Agreement, (6) a fee payable by Owners of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.01 through 4.04 of that Agreement, (7) a fee payable by Owners for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.02 of that Agreement, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (for purposes of this clause 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under clause 6, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in clause 9 below, and (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary, any of the Depositary’s agents, including the Custodian, or the agents of the Depositary’s agents in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.06 of that Agreement and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Owners for such charges or by deducting such charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.

 

4


The Depositary, subject to Article 8 hereof, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.

From time to time, the Depositary may make reimbursement for expenses of this American Depository Shares program.

 

8. PRE-RELEASE OF RECEIPTS .

Notwithstanding Section 2.03 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may deliver American Depositary Shares prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement ( “Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares”) and may deliver Shares prior to the surrender and cancellation of American Depositary Shares if the person to whom such Shares are to be delivered is a banking institution organized pursuant to the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“South African Bank”) (“Pre-Release of Shares” and, together with Pre-Release of American Depositary Shares, “Pre-Release”). The Depositary may, pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Deposit Agreement, deliver Shares upon the surrender of American Depositary Shares that have been Pre-Released, whether or not such cancellation is prior to the termination of such Pre-Release or the Depositary knows that such American Depositary Shares have been Pre-Released. The Depositary may receive American Depositary Shares in lieu of Shares in satisfaction of a Pre-Release. Each Pre-Release will be (a) preceded or accompanied by a written representation from the person to whom American Depositary Shares or Shares are to be delivered (a “Pre-Releasee”), that such person, or its customer, owns the Shares or American Depositary Shares to be remitted, as the case may be, (b) at all times fully collateralized with cash or such other collateral as the Depositary deems appropriate and in connection with Pre-Release of Shares, preceded or accompanied by an unconditional guaranty by the South-African Bank to deliver American Depositary Shares for cancellation on the same calendar day on which the Shares are delivered to the South-African Bank (or, if such American Depositary Shares are not so delivered, to return the Shares), (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days’ notice, and (d) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The number of Shares represented by American Depositary Shares which are outstanding at any time as a result of Pre-Release will not normally exceed thirty percent (30%) of the Shares deposited under the Deposit Agreement; provided , however , that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. For purposes of enabling the Depositary to fulfill its obligations to the Owners under the Deposit Agreement, the collateral referred to in clause (b) above shall be held by the Depositary as security for the performance of the Pre-Releasee’s obligations to the Depositary in connection with a Pre-Release transaction, including the Pre-Releasee’s obligation to deliver Shares or American Depository Shares upon termination of a Pre-Release transaction (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute Deposited Securities).

 

5


The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing.

 

9. TITLE TO RECEIPTS .

It is a condition of this Receipt and every successive Owner and Holder of this Receipt by accepting or holding the same consents and agrees that when properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in the Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares unless that Holder is the Owner of those American Depositary Shares.

 

10. VALIDITY OF RECEIPT .

This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless this Receipt shall have been executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary; provided , however that such signature may be a facsimile if a Registrar for the Receipts shall have been appointed and such Receipts are countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Registrar.

 

11. REPORTS; INSPECTION OF TRANSFER BOOKS .

The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, accordingly, files reports with the Commission. Those reports will be available for inspection and copying through the Commission’s EDGAR system on the Internet at www.sec.gov or at public reference facilities maintained by the Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

The Depositary will make available for inspection by Owners at its Corporate Trust Office any reports, notices and other communications, including any proxy soliciting material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary will also, upon written request by the Company, send to Owners copies of such reports when furnished by the Company pursuant to the Deposit Agreement. Any such reports and communications, including any such proxy soliciting material, furnished to the Depositary by the Company shall be furnished in English to the extent such materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.

 

6


The Depositary will keep books, at its Corporate Trust Office, for the registration of American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Owners, provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communicating with Owners in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to the Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.

 

12. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS .

Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any Deposited Securities, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into United States dollars transferable to the United States, and subject to the Deposit Agreement, as promptly as possible, convert such dividend or distribution into dollars and will distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners entitled thereto; provided , however , that in the event that the Custodian or the Depositary is required by applicable law to withhold and does withhold from any cash dividend or other cash distribution in respect of any Deposited Securities an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owners of the American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.11 and 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement, whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.01, 4.03 or 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary after consultation with the Company will cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, in any manner that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution; provided , however , that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto, or if for any other reason the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement) will be distributed by the Depositary to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.01 of the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under Section 4.02 of the Deposit Agreement if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The

 

7


Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Article that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.

If any distribution consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may, and shall if the Company shall so request in writing, deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as such dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including withholding of any tax or governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 of the Deposit Agreement and deduction or payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of Shares received sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution). The Depositary may withhold any such delivery of American Depositary Shares if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that such distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares in any such case, the Depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.01 of the Deposit Agreement. If additional American Depositary Shares are not so delivered, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

In the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may by public or private sale dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay any such taxes or charges, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale after deduction of such taxes or charges to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto.

 

13. RIGHTS .

In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary, after consultation with Company, shall have discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to any Owners or in disposing of such rights on behalf of any Owners and making the net proceeds available to such Owners or, if by the terms of such rights offering or for any other reason, the Depositary may not either make such rights available to any Owners or dispose of such rights and make the net proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall

 

8


allow the rights to lapse. If at the time of the offering of any rights the Depositary determines in its discretion that it is lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners but not to other Owners, the Depositary may distribute to any Owner to whom it determines the distribution to be lawful and feasible, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by such Owner, warrants or other instruments therefor in such form as it deems appropriate.

In circumstances in which rights would otherwise not be distributed, if an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or other instruments in order to exercise the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of such Owner under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary will make such rights available to such Owner upon written notice from the Company to the Depositary that (a) the Company has elected in its sole discretion to permit such rights to be exercised and (b) such Owner has executed such documents as the Company has determined in its sole discretion are reasonably required under applicable law.

If the Depositary has distributed warrants or other instruments for rights to all or certain Owners, then upon instruction from such an Owner pursuant to such warrants or other instruments to the Depositary from such Owner to exercise such rights, upon payment by such Owner to the Depositary for the account of such Owner of an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares to be received upon the exercise of the rights, and upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary and any other charges as set forth in such warrants or other instruments, the Depositary shall, on behalf of such Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the Shares, and the Company shall cause the Shares so purchased to be delivered to the Depositary on behalf of such Owner. As agent for such Owner, the Depositary will cause the Shares so purchased to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement, and shall, pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Deposit Agreement, deliver American Depositary Shares to such Owner. In the case of a distribution pursuant to the second paragraph of this Article 13, such deposit shall be made, and depositary shares shall be delivered, under depositary arrangements which provide for issuance of depositary shares subject to the appropriate restrictions on sale, deposit, cancellation, and transfer under applicable United States laws.

If the Depositary determines in its discretion that it is not lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners, it may sell the rights, warrants or other instruments in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the Owners to whom it has determined it may not lawfully or feasibly make such rights available, and allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement and all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such rights and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement) for the account of such Owners otherwise entitled to such rights, warrants or other instruments, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.

 

9


The Depositary will not offer rights to Owners unless both the rights and the securities to which such rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to a distribution to all Owners or are registered under the provisions of such Act; provided, that nothing in the Deposit Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of the Company to file a registration statement with respect to such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have such a registration statement declared effective. If an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or other instruments, notwithstanding that there has been no such registration under the Securities Act of 1933, the Depositary shall not effect such distribution unless it has received an opinion from recognized counsel in the United States for the Company upon which the Depositary may rely that such distribution to such Owner is exempt from such registration.

The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such rights available to Owners in general or any Owner in particular.

 

14. CONVERSION OF FOREIGN CURRENCY .

Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian shall receive foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine, such foreign currency into Dollars, and such Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto or, if the Depositary shall have distributed any warrants or other instruments which entitle the holders thereof to such Dollars, then to the holders of such warrants and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation. Such distribution may be made upon an averaged or other reasonably practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners on account of exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement.

If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary shall file such application for approval or license, if any, as it may deem desirable.

If at any time the Depositary shall determine that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof which is required for such conversion is denied or in the judgment of the Depositary is not obtainable, or if any such approval or license is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute the foreign currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to

 

10


receive such foreign currency) received by the Depositary to, or in its may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.

If any such conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make such conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold such balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled thereto.

 

15. RECORD DATES .

Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be made, or whenever rights shall be issued with respect to the Deposited Securities, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary shall find it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date (the “Record Date”) (a) for the determination of the Owners who shall be (i) entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights or the net proceeds of the sale thereof, (ii) entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at any such meeting or (iii) responsible for any fee assessed by the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.

 

16. VOTING OF DEPOSITED SECURITIES .

Upon receipt from the Company of notice of any meeting or solicitation of proxies or consents of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail to the Owners of Receipts a notice, the form of which notice shall be approved by the Company in advance, such approval not being unreasonably withheld, which shall contain (a) such information (including, without limitation, solicitation materials) as is contained in such notice of meeting received by the Depositary from the Company, (b) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on the Record Date (as defined in Section 4.06 of the Deposit Agreement) will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of law and of the Memorandum of Incorporation or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their respective American Depositary Shares and (c) a statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given, including an express indication that such instructions may be given or deemed given in accordance with the last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person

 

11


designated by the Company. Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares on such record date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor insofar as practicable to vote or cause to be voted the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the Shares or other Deposited Securities, other than in accordance with such instructions or deemed instructions. If (i) the Company requested the Depositary to act under this paragraph and complied with the second following paragraph at least 30 days prior to the meeting date and (ii) no instructions are received by the Depositary from an Owner with respect to an amount of the Deposited Securities represented by American Depositary Shares of that Owner and a matter on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall deem such Owner to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to that amount of Deposited Securities and that matter and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote that amount of Deposited Securities as to that matter, except that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter as to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company agrees to provide such information as promptly as practicable in writing, if applicable) that (x) the Company does not wish such proxy given, (y) substantial opposition exists or (z) such matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of Shares.

There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in the preceding paragraph sufficiently prior to the instruction date to ensure that the Depositary will vote the Shares or Deposited Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if the Company will request the Depositary to act under Section 4.07 of the Deposit Agreement, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of any such meeting or solicitation and details concerning the matters to be voted upon as soon as practicable.

 

17. CHANGES AFFECTING DEPOSITED SECURITIES .

Upon any change in nominal value, change in par value, split-up, consolidation, or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it is a party, or upon the redemption or cancellation by the Company of the Deposited Securities, any securities, cash or property which shall be received by the Depositary or a Custodian in exchange for, in conversion of, in lieu of or in respect of Deposited Securities shall be treated as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, and American Depositary Shares shall thenceforth represent, in addition to

 

12


the existing Deposited Securities, the right to receive the new Deposited Securities so received, unless additional Receipts are delivered pursuant to the following sentence. In any such case the Depositary may deliver additional American Depositary Shares as in the case of a dividend in Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing such new Deposited Securities.

 

18. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY AND DEPOSITARY .

None of the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder, (i) if by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Memorandum of Incorporation or any similar document of the Company, or by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof, or by reason of any act of God or war or terrorism or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement or Deposited Securities it is provided shall be done or performed, (ii) by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, (iii) by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement, (iv) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders, or (v) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Where, by the terms of a distribution pursuant to Section 4.01, 4.02 or 4.03 of the Deposit Agreement, or an offering or distribution pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason, such distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners of Receipts, and the Depositary may not dispose of such distribution or offering on behalf of such Owners and make the net proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall not make such distribution or offering, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse. Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates assumes any obligation nor shall any of them be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder, except that the Company agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith. Neither the Depositary nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates assumes any obligation nor shall any of them be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities) except that the Depositary agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or

 

13


defend any action, suit, or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares on behalf of any Owner or Holder or any other person. Neither the Depositary nor the Company or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agent or affiliates shall be liable for any action or nonaction by any of them in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or Holder, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary and the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction or other documents believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with any previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with a matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises, the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of Deposited Securities or otherwise. The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote, provided that any such action or nonaction is in good faith.

No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

 

19. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE DEPOSITARY; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN .

The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 120 days prior written notice of such removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 120th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary in its discretion may appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians.

 

20. AMENDMENT .

The form of the Receipts and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment which shall impose or increase any fees or

 

14


charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder of American Depositary Shares, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

 

21. TERMINATION OF DEPOSIT AGREEMENT .

The Company may terminate the Deposit Agreement by instructing the Depositary to mail notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the termination date included in such notice. The Depositary may likewise terminate the Deposit Agreement, if at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and if a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement; in such case the Depositary shall mail a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the termination date. On and after the date of termination, the Owner of American Depositary Shares will, upon (a) surrender of such American Depositary Shares, (b) payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares referred to in Section 2.05, and (c) payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery, to him or upon his order, of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares. If any American Depositary Shares shall remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares, shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Owners thereof, and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell rights and other property as provided in the Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to deliver Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). At any time after the expiration of four months from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under the Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold

 

15


uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it thereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that have not theretofore been surrendered, such Owners thereupon becoming general creditors of the Depositary with respect to such net proceeds. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). Upon the termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary with respect to indemnification, charges, and expenses.

 

22. DTC DIRECT REGISTRATION SYSTEM AND PROFILE MODIFICATION SYSTEM .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Deposit Agreement, the parties acknowledge that the Direct Registration System (“DRS”) and Profile Modification System (“Profile”) shall apply to uncertificated American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the Depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Owners entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register such transfer.

(b) In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties understand that the Depositary will not verify, determine or otherwise ascertain that the DTC participant which is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in subsection (a) has the actual authority to act on behalf of the Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.08 of the Deposit Agreement shall apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS. The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.

 

16


23. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES .

In the Deposit Agreement, the Company has (i) appointed MiX Telematics North America, Inc. 750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100, Boca Raton, Florida 33487, as the Company’s authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Agreement, (ii) consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the State of New York in which any such suit or proceeding may be instituted and (iii) agreed that service of process upon said authorized agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.

EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or the Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

24. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement, each Owner and Holder agrees to comply with requests from the Company pursuant to applicable law the rules and requirements of any stock exchange on which the American Depositary Shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed, the rules and requirements of any clearing system through which transactions in the American Depositary Shares may be settled or

 

17


the Articles of Association to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such Owner or Holder owns American Depositary Shares (and Shares as the case may be) and regarding the identity of any other person(s) interested in such American Depositary Shares (and Shares, as the case may be) and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are Owners or Holders at the time of such request. The Depositary agrees to use its reasonable efforts to forward, upon the written request of the Company and at the expense of the Company, any such written request from the Company to the Owners and to forward, as promptly as practicable, to the Company any responses to such requests received by the Depositary.

 

18

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

DELIVERED BY EMAIL

 

 

   Johannesburg Office
   155 5th Street
The Board of Directors    Sandton 2196 South Africa
MiX Telematics Limited    Private Bag 10015
   Sandton 2146
   Docex 111 Sandton
   Tel    +27 11 535 8000
   Fax    +27 11 535 8600
   www.werksmans.com
   enquiries@werksmans.com

 

 

 

YOUR REFERENCE:   
OUR REFERENCE:    Mr E Wood/Mr K Trudgeon/Ms T Potter /tp/MATR4220.25/#2316018v7
DIRECT PHONE:    +27 11 535 8303
DIRECT FAX:    +27 11 535 6303
EMAIL ADDRESS:    ewood@werksmans.com

1 July 2013

Dear Sirs

MiX TELEMATICS LIMITED (the “Registrant”)

 

1 We have acted as South African counsel to the Registrant, MiX Telematics Limited, a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“ South Africa ”) (“ MiX ”) in connection with a registration statement on Form F-1 originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on                  including all amendments and supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) of its ordinary no par value shares, (“ Ordinary Shares ”) in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ ADSs ”).

 

2 For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed and relied upon copies of –

 

2.1 the current amended Memorandum of Incorporation of the Registrant, as adopted by resolution of the Registrant on                 );

 

2.2 a copy of the certificate of incorporation of [MiX Telematics Limited] dated                  and bearing the date                 , affixed by a rubber stamp of the Registrar of Companies;

 

2.3 a copy of the certificate to commence business of [MiX Telematics Limited] dated                  and bearing the date                 , affixed by a rubber stamp of the Registrar of Companies;

 

2.4 a copy of the certificate of change of name from “        ” to “MiX Telematics Limited” bearing the date                 , affixed by a rubber stamp of the Registrar of Companies;

 

 

Werksmans Inc. Reg. No. 1990/007215/21 Registered Office 155 5th Street Sandton 2196 South Africa

Directors DG Williams (Chairman) AL Armstrong DA Arteiro T Bata NMN Bhengu L Bick JM Bortz TK Bortz GT Bossr TJ Boswell MC Brönn W Brown PF Burger PG Cleland JG Cloete PPJ Coetser C Cole-Morgan D Corbett JN de Villiers GW Driver LJ du Preez RJ Feenstra S Fodor SJ Gardiner D Gewer H Goolam R Gootkin ID Gouws GF Griessel D Hertz J Hollesen VR Hosiosky BB Hotz HC Jacobs TL Janse van Rensburg G Johannes S July J Kallmeyer A Kenny BM Kew N Kirby HA Kotze S Krige P le Roux MM Lessing E Levenstein JS Lochner L Louw DA Loxton JS Lubbe BS Mabasa PK Mabaso PM Madala MPC Manaka G Marinus H Masondo TA Mthiyane J Nickig JJ Niemand GA Nott BPF Olivier WE Oosthuizen M Pansegrouw CP Pauw AV Pillay C Pillay BC Price AA Pyzikowski RJ Raath L Rood BR Roothman W Rosenberg NL Scott LK Silberman MB Simon JA Smit CI Stevens PO Steyn J Stockwell JG Theron JJ Truter KJ Trudgeon DN van den Berg HA van Niekerk FJ van Tonder JP van Wyk A Vatalidis RN Wakefield DC Walker D Wegierski M Wiehahn DC Willans E Wood BW Workman-Davies

JOHANNESBURG   CAPE TOWN   STELLENBOSCH   TYGER VALLEY


LOGO

 

2.5 a certificate of confirmation issued by the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (“ CIPC ”) on          in respect of the Registrant;

 

2.6 the resolution of the board of the Registrant dated                 ;

 

2.7 the circular of the Registrant addressed to its shareholders dated                 ; and

 

2.8 the resolution of the shareholders of the Registrant dated                 .

 

3 For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have assumed –

 

3.1 the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken;

 

3.2 the search of the electronic records of CIPC carried out in respect of the Registrant on                  as evidenced by the certificate of confirmation listed in 2.5 above is accurate in all respects and that there has been no change in the corporate status of the Registrant between that date and the date of this opinion;

 

3.3 that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention;

 

3.4 that there has not been any change or alteration to any of the documents examined by us;

 

3.5 the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us;

 

3.6 that the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended;

 

3.7 that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than South Africa, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein;

 

3.8 that the Registration Statement will be declared effective by the Commission; and

 

3.9 that upon issue of any Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the Registrant will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be as set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

4 Except where this opinion indicates otherwise, we have not made any investigation beyond a review of the documentation made available to us, and we have relied exclusively on such documentation in preparing this opinion.

 

5 We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than South Africa. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the Ordinary Shares in the form of ADSs by the Registrant and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

 

6 On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that –

 

6.1 the Registrant is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of South Africa;

 

2


LOGO

 

6.2 when issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Ordinary Shares underlying the ADSs will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).

 

6.3 the statements relating to certain South African tax matters set forth under the caption “Taxation – South African tax considerations” in the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of South African law, are true and accurate based on current law and practice at the date hereof and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

7 We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the summarization of our opinion in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

8 This letter and the opinions expressed herein (“ Opinion ”) are given solely for the purpose of and in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

9 This Opinion encompasses only the matters expressly dealt with herein and its ambit may not be extended by implication or otherwise to deal with or encompass any other matters.

 

10 This Opinion is provided on the basis of the facts recorded above and South African law in force, and in light of judicial decisions given, as at the date of this Opinion. Any change to such facts or law may affect this Opinion. Werksmans Inc (“ Werksmans ”) is not obliged to advise of any matter, or any changes in law or fact, which may affect this Opinion and which may come to Werksmans’ attention after the date of this Opinion. This Opinion shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

11 This opinion is given strictly on the basis that any and all claims (if any) of whatsoever nature arising as a result or in connection with the reliance on the opinions expressed herein shall only be capable of being brought or instituted against Werksmans (as a stipulation for the benefit of the employees, directors and shareholders of Werksmans, which is accepted by Werksmans on their behalf by signing this letter) and not against any or all of the employees, directors and/or shareholders of Werksmans from time to time (and not from the assets or estates of the directors, employees and/or shareholders).

Yours faithfully

WERKSMANS INC.

 

3

Exhibit 8.2

July     , 2013

MiX Telematics Limited

Howick Close

Waterfall Park, Midrand 1686

South Africa

 

Re: American Depository Shares of MiX Telematics Limited (the “Company”)

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as United States counsel to the Company in connection with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form F-1, including the prospectus contained therein (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), related to the public offering of certain American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), which represent ordinary shares, no par value, of the Company.

In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have examined and relied on originals or copies of those corporate and other documents we considered appropriate, including the Registration Statement and such other records, documents, certificates or other instruments, and other written factual representations provided by the Company for us to rely on, as in our judgment were necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. In addition, we have relied on factual statements and representations of the officers and other representatives of the Company and others, and we have assumed that such statements and representations are and will continue to be correct without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief. We have not made an independent investigation of documents submitted or facts represented to us.

Our opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, United States Treasury regulations, judicial decisions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service, and

 

BOCA RATON    DALLAS    DENVER    FORT LAUDERDALE    JACKSONVILLE    LAS VEGAS    LOS ANGELES    MADISON    MIAMI    NAPLES

NEW YORK    ORLANDO    PALM BEACH    SALT LAKE CITY    TALLAHASSEE     TAMPA    TYSONS CORNER    WASHINGTON, D.C.    WEST PALM BEACH


MiX Telematics Limited

July     , 2013

Page 2

 

 

 

such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as in effect as of the date of this opinion and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions expressed herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that the opinion expressed herein will be accepted by the United States Internal Revenue Service or, if challenged, by a court. We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than United States federal income tax law.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein and in the Registration Statement, although the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” does not purport to summarize all possible United States federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs, such discussion, to the extent it relates to United States federal income tax matters, is our opinion as to the material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined therein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs under currently applicable law.

Except as set forth herein, we express no opinions or views regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of any transaction. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise our opinion to reflect any legal developments or factual matters arising subsequent to the date hereof or the impact of any information, document, certificate, record, statement, representation, covenant, or assumption relied upon herein that becomes incorrect or untrue.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the Company’s reference to our name in the “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” sections of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
AKERMAN SENTERFITT LLP

Exhibit 10.1

Telimatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme

adopted by

Telimatrix Limited

(Registration No. 1995/013858/06)

Part I – Interpretation and Introduction

 

1. Interpretation and preliminary

The headings of the clauses in this agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this agreement nor any clause hereof. Unless a contrary intention clearly appears:

 

  1.1. words importing:

 

  1.1.1. any one gender include the other two genders;

 

  1.1.2. the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and

 

  1.1.3. natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and the state and vice versa ;

 

  1.2. the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings, namely:

 

  1.2.1. Act ” means the Companies Act, 1973;

 

  1.2.2. auditors ” means the auditors of the company at the relevant time, at present being PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.;

 

  1.2.3. award ” means the granting of a share option, phantom option, performance option or phantom performance option in terms of this scheme;

 

  1.2.4. capitalisation issue ” means an issue of fully paid shares capitalised from (any or a combination of) the company’s share premium, capital redemption reserve fund or reserve fund to existing shareholders of the company in proportion to their shareholdings at a specific date;

 

  1.2.5. Common Monetary Area ” means South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and Swaziland;

 

  1.2.6. the company ” means Telimatrix Limited (Registration No. 1995/013858/06);
 

 

LOGO

 


  1.2.7. the directors ” means the board of directors for the time being of the company or any committee thereof to whom the powers of the directors in respect of the scheme are properly delegated, presently being the remuneration committee;

 

  1.2.8. employee ” means anyone employed in a full time capacity by the group including, to the extent permitted by the Listings Requirements of the JSE, any non-executive director of or any consultant to the group;

 

  1.2.9. exercise date ” means the date on which an option, phantom option, performance option or phantom performance option is exercised in terms of this scheme;

 

  1.2.10. group ” means the company or any of its subsidiaries or any partnership or joint venture of which the company or any of its subsidiaries is a partner or joint venture participant;

 

  1.2.11. implementation date ” means the date on which the ordinary shares are admitted for listing on the JSE;

 

  1.2.12. the JSE ” means the JSE Limited;

 

  1.2.13. option ” means an option to subscribe for ordinary shares granted in terms of the Share Option Scheme;

 

  1.2.14. option date ” means the date upon which an option, phantom option, performance option or phantom performance option is granted to an option holder;

 

  1.2.15. option holder ” means any employee to whom an option, phantom option, performance option or phantom performance option is granted;

 

  1.2.16. option price ” means the price at which an option, phantom option, performance option or phantom performance option may be exercised by an option holder;

 

  1.2.17. ordinary share ” means an ordinary share in the capital of the company;

 

  1.2.18. participant ” means an employee who has been made an award in terms of this scheme;

 

  1.2.19. performance option ” means an option to subscribe for ordinary shares granted in terms of the Share Performance Scheme;

 

  1.2.20. phantom option ” means a phantom option granted in terms of the Phantom Option Scheme;

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

2


  1.2.21. phantom performance option ” means a phantom option granted in terms of the Phantom Performance Scheme;

 

  1.2.22. Phantom Share Option Scheme ” means the scheme detailed in Part III of this scheme;

 

  1.2.23. Phantom Share Performance Scheme ” means the scheme detailed in Part V of this scheme;

 

  1.2.24. retired employee ” means any participant who retires at or after the normal retirement age laid down by the company from time to time or at an earlier age consented to by the directors;

 

  1.2.25. retrenched employee ” means any participant who is retrenched by the company;

 

  1.2.26. rights issue ” means an offer of any securities of the company to all ordinary shareholders of the company pro rata to their holdings;

 

  1.2.27. Share Option Scheme ” means the scheme detailed in Part II of this scheme;

 

  1.2.28. Share Performance Scheme ” means the scheme detailed in Part IV of this scheme;

 

  1.2.29. this scheme ” means the incentive schemes detailed herein comprising collectively, the Share Option Scheme, the Phantom Share Option Scheme, the Share Performance Scheme and the Phantom Share Performance Scheme as set out in this deed, as amended from time to time in terms hereof;

 

  1.2.30. share price ” means

 

  1.2.30.1. if the ordinary shares are listed on the JSE (or another recognised stock exchange) the volume weighted average price at which the shares in the company traded on the JSE for the 20 trading days immediately preceding the date on which the share price is being calculated; and

 

  1.2.30.2. if the ordinary shares are not listed on the JSE, the fair market price of the ordinary shares on the date in question as determined by the directors of the company;

 

  1.2.31. SRP Code ” means the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers;

 

  1.3. any reference in this agreement to “date of signature hereof” shall be read as meaning a reference to the date of the signature of this scheme;
 

 

LOGO

 

3


  1.4. any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of signature hereof and as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

  1.5. if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this scheme;

 

  1.6. when any number of days is prescribed in this scheme, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday;

 

  1.7. where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail;

 

  1.8. where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this scheme, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause;

 

  1.9. the expiration or termination of this agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

2. Purpose

The purpose of this scheme is to provide a mechanism for the remuneration and incentivisation of the senior executives, management and other employees within the group; to increase employee and shareholder alignment through employee share ownership; and to attract and retain key talent.

 

3. Awards that can be made under the scheme

 

  3.1. The aggregate number of awards that can be made under this scheme is limited to an amount equivalent to 10% of the issued shares of the company from time to time which as at the implementation date shall comprise 64 000 000 ordinary shares.

 

  3.2. The aggregate number of awards that may be made to any particular participant under this scheme is limited to an amount equivalent to 1% of the issued shares of the company from time to time which as at the implementation date shall comprise 6 400 000 ordinary shares.

 

  3.3. The limitations in clauses 3.1 and 3.2 shall apply to the number of awards not yet exercised at the time in question and not to awards that have been duly exercised.
 
 

 

LOGO

 

4


Part II – Share Option Scheme

 

4. Share Option Scheme

 

  4.1. The Share Option Scheme is designed to provide a mechanism to attract and retain key talent and to increase employee and shareholder alignment through employee share ownership.

 

  4.2. The directors may from time to time resolve to award options to any employees.

 

  4.3. Options shall be awarded by delivery to the employee concerned of a letter in the form stipulated by the directors from time to time.

 

5. The options

 

  5.1. Any option awarded in terms of the Share Option Scheme shall be on the following terms:

 

  5.1.1. the option price shall be not less than the share price calculated as at the option date;

 

  5.1.2. options granted on a particular option date may be exercised in multiples of 100 (or in full) as follows:

 

  5.1.2.1. up to 25% of any options granted on the option date in question at any time after the second anniversary of the option date;

 

  5.1.2.2. up to 50% of any options granted on the option date in question at any time after the third anniversary of the option date;

 

  5.1.2.3. up to 75% of any options granted on the option date in question at any time after the fourth anniversary of the option date; and

 

  5.1.2.4. up to 100% of any option granted on the option date in question at any time after the fifth anniversary of the option date,

provided that the directors shall be entitled to permit the exercise of any options granted under the option scheme prior to the dates stipulated above if, in their opinion, special circumstances which would justify the early exercise of any options;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

5


  5.1.3. options shall be personal to and only capable of being exercised by the employee to whom they are granted (or the executor of the deceased estate of the employee concerned) and no employee may sell or otherwise dispose of, transfer, cede or pledge or otherwise encumber any options granted to him in terms of the option scheme;

 

  5.1.4. the exercise of option must be by way of a written notice signed by the employee concerned (or the executor of his deceased estate) and delivered to the secretary of the company or any other person nominated by the directors for this purpose. Exercise of an option must be accompanied by the option price in respect of the option/s in question together with any PAYE or other taxes which the company is required to withhold in respect of the exercise of the options failing which the exercise of the options concerned will be of no force and effect;

 

  5.1.5. any options not duly exercised by an employee (in terms of and subject to clause 5.1):

 

  5.1.5.1.

by the 6 th anniversary of the option date shall lapse;

 

  5.1.5.2. within 6 months of the employee becoming a retired employee or a retrenched employee shall lapse – unless the directors resolve to extend this period;

 

  5.1.5.3. within 12 months of the death of the employee, or the termination of the employee’s employment by virtue of their incapacity, shall lapse – unless the directors resolve to extend this period;

 

  5.1.5.4. prior to any employee ceasing to be employed by the group (for reasons other than those envisaged in clause 5.1.5.2 and 5.1.5.3) shall lapse – unless the directors resolve to provide a period within which such options can be exercised;

 

  5.1.6. save as set out herein options will not entitle participants to any voting, dividend transfer or other rights until such time as they are exercised.

 

  5.2. The ordinary shares in respect of which an option is duly exercised shall rank pari passu with the existing ordinary shares and shall be allotted and issued by the directors within 14 days after the exercise of the option. The directors shall procure that a listing is granted in respect of the shares on the stock exchanges, if any, on which the company’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted (subject to the rules and requirements of the exchanges in question).
 

 

LOGO

 

6


  5.3. For the purposes of clause 5.1.5.4, an employee shall be deemed to have ceased to be employed by the group:

 

  5.3.1. if there are grounds which would have justified a summary dismissal of the employee at common law and the directors elect to rely on them for the purposes of clause 5.1.5.4 (whether or not the employee actually ceases to be employed), on the date upon which such grounds arose; or otherwise

 

  5.3.2. on the day on which notice of termination of his employment is given.

Part III – Phantom Share Option Scheme

 

6. The Phantom Share Option Scheme

 

  6.1. The Phantom Share Option Scheme has the same aims as the Share Option Scheme save that it allows for a cash payment as opposed to the issue of shares.

 

  6.2. The purpose of the Phantom Share Option Scheme is to provide the directors with flexibility in the context of changing tax and accounting treatment of share schemes.

 

  6.3. The directors may from time to time resolve to award phantom options to any employees.

 

  6.4. Phantom options shall be awarded by the delivery to the employee concerned of a letter in a form stipulated by the directors from time to time.

 

7. The phantom options

The provisions of clause 5 of this deed shall apply mutatis mutandis to phantom options on the basis that:

 

  7.1. references to options in clause 5 shall be deemed to be references to phantom options;

 

  7.2. on the exercise of a phantom option the option holder shall be entitled to receipt of a bonus equivalent to the amount by which the share price on the exercise date exceeds the option price multiplied by the number of phantom option being exercised; and

 

  7.3. the bonus referred to in clause 7.2 shall be paid by the company net of any PAYE or other taxes which the company is required to withhold or deduct in respect of such bonus and shall be payable, at the election of the company, either:

 

  7.3.1. in cash within 10 business days of the exercise date; or

 

  7.3.2. by the issue and allotment of ordinary shares at a price equivalent to the share price on the exercise date on mutatis mutandis the basis envisaged in clause 5.2.
 

 

LOGO

 

7


Part IV – The Share Performance Scheme

 

8. The Share Performance Scheme

 

  8.1. The Share Performance Scheme is designed to incentivise employees to achieve pre-determined performance targets that will create sustained value growth for the group.

 

  8.2. The directors may from time to time in their sole discretion resolve to award performance options to employees.

 

  8.3. Performance options shall be awarded by the delivery to the employee concerned of a letter in a form stipulated by the board from time to time.

 

9. Performance options

 

  9.1. Performance options shall have the following terms:

 

  9.1.1. unless otherwise determined by the board, the option price in respect of the performance options shall be Rnil;

 

  9.1.2. the performance options will be subject to the achievement of certain conditions (the “ conditions ”) over a specified period (the “ condition period ”) as determined by the directors. The conditions will include that the employee is still in the employ of the group at the end of the condition period;

 

  9.1.3. at the end of the condition period the directors will determine whether and the extent to which the performance conditions have been met. Depending upon the directors’ determination in this regard, all or any proportion of the performance options granted to the employee will be vested in the employee concerned by the directors by way of written notice to the employee (in a form stipulated by the directors from time to time);

 

  9.1.4. upon vesting of the performance options the provisions of clause 5 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the performance options on the basis that references to options in clause 5 shall be deemed to be references to performance options save that:

 

  9.1.4.1. the option price shall be Rnil (or such other price as was determined by the directors in terms of clause 9.1.1);

 

  9.1.4.2. the restrictions applicable to the exercise of options in terms of clause 5.1.2 shall not apply to the performance options unless the directors have stipulated otherwise either at the time that the performance options were awarded or at the time that they were vested in terms of clause 9.1.3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

8


Part V – The Phantom Share Performance Scheme

 

10. The Phantom Share Performance Scheme

 

  10.1. The Phantom Share Performance Scheme has the same aims as the Share Performance Scheme save that it allows for a cash payment as opposed to the issue of shares.

 

  10.2. The purpose of the Phantom Share Performance Scheme is to provide the directors with flexibility in the context of changing tax and accounting treatment of share schemes.

 

  10.3. The directors may from time to time resolve to award phantom performance options to any employees.

 

  10.4. Phantom performance options shall be awarded by the delivery to the employee concerned of a letter in a form stipulated by the directors from time to time.

 

11. The phantom performance options

The provisions of clause 9 of this deed shall apply mutatis mutandis to phantom performance options on the basis that:

 

  11.1. references to performance options in clause 9 shall be deemed to be references to phantom performance options;

 

  11.2. on the exercise of a phantom performance option the option holder shall be entitled to receipt of a bonus equivalent to the amount by which the share price on the exercise date exceeds the option price (as envisaged in clause 9.1.1) multiplied by the number of phantom performance options being exercised; and

 

  11.3. the bonus referred to in clause 11.2 shall be paid by the company net of any PAYE or other taxes which the company is required to withhold or deduct in respect of such bonus and shall be payable, at the election of the company, either:

 

  11.3.1. in cash within 10 business days of the exercise date; or

 

  11.3.2. by the issue or delivery of ordinary shares at a price equivalent to the share price on the exercise date on mutatis mutandis the basis envisaged in clause 5.2.

Part VI – General

 

12. Directors

 

  12.1. Where this scheme refers to any determination, action, resolution or decision by the directors (collectively “decision” ) such decision will be in the sole and unfettered discretion of the directors and no participant shall have any action against the directors as a result of any such decision decision.

 

  12.2. Decisions of the directors in relation to any matters relating to this scheme shall be final and binding on the participants.
 

 

LOGO

 

9


13. Change to share capital and change of control

 

  13.1. In the event of any increase or variation of the share capital of the company by way of a capitalisation issue or rights issue, sub-division, consolidation or reduction of capital appropriate adjustments will be made to the rights of participants as may be determined by the auditors of the company (and confirmed by the directors) to be fair and reasonable in the circumstances – on the basis that such adjustments should give any participant the entitlement to the same proportion of the equity capital of the company as the proportion to which he was previously entitled.

 

  13.2. If the company is the subject of an affected transaction (as defined in the SRP Code) the directors shall procure that any offer being made to ordinary shareholders be extended to the participants on an appropriate/equivalent basis, it being recorded that (subject to the provisions of the SRP Code) where in terms of the affected transaction provision is being made for participants to be granted awards in respect of shares to be issued by another company on terms, in the opinion of the auditors and the directors, are, not less favourable than those on which the participants are entitled to under this scheme, the participants shall be obliged to accept such awards in lieu of their existing awards.

 

14. Amendments

 

  14.1. This directors may amend this scheme from time to time (with the approval if required of the JSE and any other exchange on which the company’s shares are listed) in any respect including any amendment which:

 

  14.1.1. is necessary to secure or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment of the company or any company in the group;

 

  14.1.2. facilitates the administration of the scheme.

 

  14.2. Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 14.1 no amendment affecting any of the following matters shall be competent unless sanctioned by the shareholders of the company in general;

 

  14.2.1. the category of persons who may participate under this scheme;

 

  14.2.2. the maximum number of awards that may be made under this scheme and the maximum number of awards which may be made to a single participant under this scheme;
 

 

LOGO

 

10


  14.2.3. the option price and the method for determining the option price;

 

  14.2.4. the rights of a participant on termination of employment, retirement or retrenchment; and

 

  14.2.5. the voting, dividend, transfer and other rights attaching to any awards made under this scheme.

 

15. Exchange control and taxation

 

  15.1. Employees who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area, or who are emigrants from the Common Monetary Area, shall only be entitled to participate in the scheme to the extent permitted by all applicable Exchange Control Regulation.

 

  15.2. The company shall be entitled to withhold from any amount payable, or any shares that are required to be issued, in terms of this scheme any amounts that it is required to withhold or deduct in terms of any relevant tax or other legislation or regulation.

THUS DONE and SIGNED at MIDRAND on this 8 day of OCTOBER 2007.

 

LOGO
Telimatrix Limited
Director

Approved by an ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting of the company held at Stellenbosch on 18 September 2007.

 

 

LOGO

 

11


DEED OF AMENDMENT

TO THE MIX TELEMATICS EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE SCHEME

(the “main deed” )

adopted by

Mix Telematics Limited

(previously known as Telimatrix Limited)

(Registration No.1995/013858/06)

 

LOGO


1. INTERPRETATION

In this addendum, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions defined in the main agreement shall bear the same meanings.

 

2. RECITAL

The parties wish to record, in this addendum certain amendments to the main agreement.

 

3. AMENDMENTS TO THE MAIN AGREEMENT

The main agreement is amended as follows:

 

  3.1. By deleting clause 3.1 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“3.1 The aggregate number of awards that can be made under this scheme is limited to an amount of 65 700 000 ordinary shares.”

 

  3.2. By deleting clause 3.2 and replacing it with the following:

“The aggregate number of awards that may be made to any particular participant under this scheme is limited to an amount of 18 000 000 ordinary shares.”

 

  3.3. By deleting clause 3.3 in its entirety.

 

4. APPLICABILITY OF THE MAIN AGREEMENT

 

  4.1. The amendments to the main agreement in terms of clause 3 above shall be deemed to have been made with effect from the date of signature of this addendum.

 

  4.2. Save as amended herein the main agreement shall remain of full force and effect, provided that should there be any conflict between the provisions of the main agreement and this addendum, the provisions of this addendum shall prevail.

 

LOGO


SIGNED by the parties on the following dates and at the following places respectively:

 

DATE        PLACE       SIGNATURE
         For:   Mix Telematics Limited

31 January 2011

    

Midrand

      LOGO
           who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

LOGO


SECOND DEED OF AMENDMENT

TO THE MIX TELEMATICS EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE SCHEME

(the “main deed” )

adopted by

Mix Telematics Limited

(previously known as Telimatrix Limited)

(Registration No. 1995/013858/06)

 

LOGO


1. INTERPRETATION

In this addendum, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions defined in the main deed shall bear the same meanings.

 

2. AMENDMENT TO THE MAIN DEED

Clause 3.1 of the main deed, as amended, is further amended by deleting “65 700 000” and replacing it with “98 550 000” in order thereby to increase the aggregate number of awards that can be made under the scheme governed by the main deed.

 

3. APPLICABILITY OF THE MAIN DEED

 

  3.1. This amendment to the main deed shall be with effect from the date of signature of this addendum.

 

  3.2. Save as amended herein, the main deed shall remain of full force and effect.

SIGNED on the following date and at the following place:

 

DATE        PLACE       SIGNATURE
         For:   Mix Telematics Limited

13 September 2011

    

Midrand

      LOGO
           who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.2

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

Made and entered into

By and between

THYNK INDUSTRIAL ONE (PTY) LTD

(Hereinafter called “the Landlord”)

of the first part represented herein by

ROBIN ASHLEY FREW

(Identify Number 5909085054002)

Who is duly authorized to do so,

and

MATRIX VEHICLE TRACKING (PTY) LTD

(Hereinafter called “the Tenant”)

of the first part represented herein by

RIËTTE BOTHA

(Identify Number 6803150045087)

Who is duly authorized to do so,

 

Page 1


WHEREAS the landlord is the registered owner and developer of certain immovable property situate at Matrix Corner, Waterfall Business Park, Bekker Street Midrand;

AND WHEREAS the tenant is desirous of entering into a lease agreement with the landlord in respect of the above property;

AND WHEREAS the parties have agreed on the essential terms and conditions;

AND WHEREAS they wish to record the above agreement together with the further terms and conditions relating thereto, in writing.

NOW THEREFORE THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS :-

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

1.1    The landlord    means   

Thynk Industrial One [Pty] Ltd

(Registration No. 2005/029033/07),

Office Suite 1, The Old Bakery, cnr

Main & Lincoln Roads, Lakeside;

1.2    The tenant    means   

Matrix Vehicle Tracking [Pty] Ltd

(Registration No. 2004/019797/07)

of Matrix Corner, Waterfall Business Park,

Bekker Street, Midrand;

1.3    The property    means   

Erf 1335 Vorna Valley Ext 12

Township Div IR Gauteng,

Registration Division I.R, Province of

Gauteng;

 

In extent 1 (One) hectare;

1.4    The premises    means   

Matrix Corner, Waterfall Business

Park, Bekker Road, Midrand;

1.5    In this agreement, unless inconsistent with the context –

 

  1.5.1 words referring to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders:

 

  1.5.2 words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa: and

 

  1.5.3 words referring to natural persons shall include companies and vice versa.

 

Page 2


2. LEASE

The landlord lets to the tenant which hires the premises as described in Clause 1.4 above.

 

3. COMMENCEMENT DATE

The commencement date of the lease shall be the 1 November 2007.

 

4. DURATION OF LEASE

Notwithstanding the date of signature of this agreement, the lease shall endure for an initial period of 4 (four) years and 11 (eleven) months calculated from the commencement date with an option to renew for a further period of 4 (four) years and 11 (eleven) months (the renewal period).

 

5. RENTAL

 

  5.1 The net monthly rental [Inclusive of VAT] for the initial period is as follows:-

 

PERIOD

   MONTHLY
RENTAL
(R)
     V.A.T.
(R)
     TOTAL
Net  Monthly
Rental

Incl of VAT
(R)
 

01/11/07 – 31/10/08

   R 284,000.00       R 39,760.00       R 323,760.00   

01/11/08 – 31/10/09

   R 308,140.00       R 43,139.60       R 351,279.60   

01/11/09 – 31/10/10

   R 334,331.90       R 46.806.47       R 381,138.37   

01/11/10 – 31/10/11

   R 362,750.11       R 50,785.01       R 413,535.12   

01/11/11 – 30/09/12

   R 393,583.87       R 55,101.74       R 448,685.61   

 

  5.2 The net monthly rental is to be paid by the tenant to the landlord, in South African currency, with effect from the commencement date, or earlier, on a pro-rata basis, if the tenant occupies a portion of the premises before the commencement date, monthly in advance, on or before the first day (which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) of each month, without deduction or set-off for any reason whatsoever, free of exchange, during office hours in such manner or at such place, within the borders of the Republic of South Africa as the landlord may nominate, from time to time, in writing.

 

Page 3


  5.3 Should the rate of Value Added Tax be amended at any time during the currency of this lease, or the renewal thereof, the rental referred to in 5.1 will be varied in terms of section 67 of the Value Added Tax Act, 1991, to reflect such amendment.

 

  5.4 The net rental and escalation for the renewal period will be at a market related rental and escalation rate for the premises, as assessed by a senior valuer, of not less than 10 years standing, and specialising in industrial / commercial properties, to be nominated by the Chairman of the Institute of Valuers - Gauteng Branch. The assessment is then to be regarded as that of an expert and binding on the parties.

 

  5.5 Once determined, in terms of sub-clause 5.4 above, the net monthly rental for the renewal period will escalate annually on each successive anniversary of the commencement date by the percentage agreed compounded.

 

  5.6 The tenant shall, should it wish to renew the lease for the renewal period, advise the landlord of its intention to do so, in writing not less than 6 (six) calendar months prior to the expiry of the initial period.

 

  5.7 The terms and conditions of this lease shall apply to the renewal period, save for the rental and escalation rate which is to be determined in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 5.4 above.

 

6. MUNICIPAL CHARGES, OPERATING COSTS AND LEVIES

 

  6.1 The tenant shall, from the commencement date, for the duration of this lease and any renewal thereof and in addition to the net monthly rental payable in terms of clause 5 above, be responsible for and pay all municipal / other competent authority charges and/or levies, existing or future, in respect of the property, which obligation shall include, but not be limited to:-

 

  6.1.1 all property assessment rates and taxes;

 

  6.1.2 the cost of all municipal and/or other services including but not limited to water consumption, sewerage and refuse disposal charges;

 

  6.1.3 the cost of the supply of electricity; and

 

  6.1.4 all deposits required by the relevant authorities and any fees charged for the reading of the meters, if any, serving the property.

 

Page 4


  6.2 In addition to the costs referred to in 6.1 above, the tenant agrees and undertakes to assume sole financial responsibility for all and any operating costs associated, directly or indirectly, with its occupation and use of the premises and/or the property, which obligation shall include but not be limited to:-

 

  6.2.1 the maintenance of all buildings and other improvements effected to the property, subject to clause below:

 

  6.2.2 the maintenance of all landscaped / garden areas;

 

  6.2.3 the maintenance and servicing of all plant and equipment in or on the property and/or the premises. In accordance with the relevant operating manuals and instructions relating thereto, as issued by the manufacturer / supplier thereof;

 

  6.2.4 the cleaning of and keeping clean, neat and tidy, the premises, the property and all and any improvements effected thereon;

 

  6.2.5 all security and related expenses;

 

  6.2.6 the short term insurance premiums payable in respect of the policy referred to in clause 14 below;

 

  6.2.7 the monthly levies payable and

 

  6.3 If the tenant fails to pay the charges for any service provided to or consumed on the premises and/or the property within 7 days of due date, then, without prejudice to any other rights the landlord may have, the landlord shall be entitled –

 

  6.3.1. to pay such charges and recover them from the tenant provided that the landlord’s claims will be supported by invoices (if available) in respect of the charges so paid; or,

 

  6.3.2. to terminate such services to the premises.

 

  6.4. Where any such charges are payable by the tenant directly to the authority concerned, the tenant shall, when called upon to do so by the landlord, exhibit to the landlord the receipt in respect of payments for the charges.

 

Page 5


  6.5. As of the commencement date, any proportionate prepayment of rates and taxes and other imposts paid by the landlord shall be refunded to the landlord on demand, together with interest in terms of 20.1 calculated from the date of demand until the date of payment.

 

  6.6 A certificate signed by any director, employee or official of the landlord stating the amount due by the tenant in terms of this clause 6 and the due date for payment, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and the due date for payment.

 

  6.7 Should the tenant believe that the premises has a serious structural defect which needs to be repaired, which defect has not arisen due to the actions or negligence of the tenant, the tenant may require that the cost of repairing such a defect be borne by the landlord. Should any dispute arise between the parties in terms of this clause, such dispute shall be referred to the Chairman for the time being of the Institute of Civil Engineers for determination, who shall determine the matter, or may appoint some other suitably qualified person to determine the matter, as an expert and not as arbitrator, such expert’s determination shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

7. PAYMENT OF RENT IF CANCELLATION DISPUTED

 

  7.1 If the landlord cancels the lease and the tenant disputes the right to cancel and remains in occupation of the premises, the tenant shall, pending settlement of any dispute, either by negotiation, arbitration or litigation, continue to pay [without prejudice to its rights), an amount equivalent to the net monthly rent provided for in this lease, monthly in advance on the first day of each month, and all costs referred to in clause 6 above and the landlord shall be entitled to accept and recover such payments.

 

  7.2 Such payments and their acceptance by the landlord shall be without prejudice to, and shall not in any way whatsoever affect, the landlord’s claim of cancellation then in dispute or any other rights of the landlord.

 

  7.3 If the dispute is resolved in favour of the landlord the payments made and received in terms of this clause shall be deemed to be amounts paid by the tenant on account of damages suffered by the landlord by reason of the cancellation of the lease or the unlawful holding over of the premises by the tenant.

 

Page 6


8. DEFECTS

The tenant shall under no circumstances be entitled to cancel this lease or have any claim or right of action against the landlord for damages, loss or otherwise, nor be entitled to withhold or defer payment of rent nor to claim any remission of rent by reason of the premises, appliances, air-conditioning or other amenities, installations, fittings or fixtures in the premises or the buildings being out of use or out of order for any reason or for any period, or being in a defective condition or falling into disrepair or any particular repairs not being effected.

 

9. USE OF PREMISES

The tenant shall be entitled to use the premises for purposes related to the business of the tenant and for no other purpose whatsoever without the landlord’s prior written consent, which consent will not be withheld unreasonably.

 

10. SUITABILITY OF PREMISES

The landlord does not warrant and this lease is not entered into on the basis –

 

  10.1 that the premises are or will at any time be fit for the use set out in clause 9 or for any other purposes whatsoever;

 

  10.2 that the tenant will be granted licences or permits in respect of the premises or property for the conduct of any business or for any other business, or that any such licences or permits will be renewed from time to time.

 

11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND TITLE DEED

 

  11.1 The tenant shall comply with all laws, by-laws and regulations which may apply to the tenant or the premises or affect the conduct of any business carried on in the premises.

 

  11.2 The tenant shall not –

 

  11.2.1 contravene or permit the contravention of any of the conditions of title under which the premises are held;

 

  11.2.2

contravene or permit the contravention of the provisions of the Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Act, Act 45 of 1965: the Hazardous

 

Page 7


  Substances Act, Act 15 of 1973; the Water Act, Act 54 of 1956; the Health Act, Act 63 of 1977 and the Environmental Conservation Act, Act 73 of 1989 to the extent that same may be applicable to the tenant’s business and/or use of the property;

 

  11.2.3 contravene any of the provisions of the town planning scheme applicable to the premises;

 

  11.2.4 do or cause or permit to be done in or about the premises anything which may be or cause a nuisance or disturbance to occupiers of neighbouring premises.

 

12. ALTERATlONS AND ADDITIONS

 

  12.1. The tenant shall not make any alterations or additions to the premises without the landlord’s prior written consent, which consent will not be withheld unreasonably.

 

  12.2 If it is a condition of any competent authority in respect of a grant or renewal of any licences required by the tenant to carry on business for which the premises are hired, that the premises be altered, added to or renovated, the landlord shall not be obliged, but the tenant shall be entitled at its own expense, to carry out such alterations, additions or renovations, provided that the landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be withheld unreasonably, is obtained and that the work is carried out by a contractor approved by the landlord and under the supervision of an architect nominated by the landlord.

 

  12.3 If any alterations or additions are made by the tenant, the tenant shall, on the expiry of this lease, unless the landlord otherwise agrees in writing (in which case any alterations or improvements shall become the landlord’s property) remove them and reinstate the premises to the condition in which they were before the additions were effected.

 

  12.4 The tenant shall under no circumstances have any claim for compensation for any such alterations, additions or renovations, whether or not they are removed and the premises reinstated.

 

  12.5 The landlord will not be regarded as withholding consent unreasonably if the alterations, additions or renovations referred to in this clause 12 result in any decrease in the floor area of the buildings.

 

  12.6

The tenant may at any time install any fixtures, fittings and equipment in the premises for the purposes of carrying on the tenant’s normal business, with the

 

Page 8


  prior written consent of the landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and shall, prior to the termination of this lease. If so required by the landlord, remove any such fixtures or fittings, provided that the tenant shall repair any damage caused by the installation or removal of such fixtures, fittings or equipment.

 

  12.7 If the tenant fails to remove any fixtures and fittings on vacating the premises, these will become the property of the landlord, and the tenant shall not have any claim against the landlord for any fixtures and fittings not removed on termination. However, if the tenant fails to remove any fixtures and fittings despite being requested to do so, the landlord may remove the same at the expense of the tenant. The landlord shall deliver any fixtures and fittings removed by it, in terms hereof, to the tenant upon payment by the tenant of the costs occasioned by the landlord, in causing same to be removed.

 

  12.8 All alterations, additions, installations of fixtures and fittings or tenant’s equipment, shall be known as “ tenant’s work ”, and shall be done in accordance with the following conditions –

 

  12.8.1 all tenant’s work shall be done at the tenant’s expense in accordance with drawings and specifications approved by the landlord and all relevant laws. The work shall be done by the contractors and sub-contractors approved by the landlord, who shall comply with such reasonable rules and regulations as to safety, administration and coordination as the landlord may make;

 

  12.8.2 the contractors and sub-contractors referred to in 12.8.1 and the suppliers of materials required for the tenant’s work, shall be the tenant’s contractors, sub-contractors and suppliers and the tenant shall ensure that those persons waive, in favour of the landlord, all liens and other rights of retention in respect of the work performed by them; and

 

  12.8.3 the landlord shall at all times retain the overall right to demand from the tenant that any contractor, sub-contractor or supplier be removed from the premises if such contractor, sub-contractor or supplier, in the sole but reasonable opinion of the landlord, causes or is responsible for any disturbance, misconduct, damage or potential damage or any other unacceptable conduct on the premises not flowing normally and naturally from the work being conducted on the premises.

 

Page 9


13 INSURANCE, DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

  13.1. The landlord that shall insure the buildings, including fixtures and fittings –

 

  13.1.1 for not less than the full replacement value of the buildings to the landlord as determined by the landlord in its absolute discretion provided that if the tenant requires the sum insured to be increased from time to time, the landlord shall procure that the sum insured is increased to the amount which the tenant requires;

 

  13.1.2 against the risk of fire, lightning, explosion, storm, flood, earthquake, riots (including political riot), civil commotion, strikes and malicious damage and for any other risks selected by the landlord or the tenant including the contingencies referred to in 16.1.2, which are freely insurable in the local insurance market;

with a reputable insurer nominated by the landlord.

 

  13.2. The tenant’s interest as tenant shall be recorded in the relevant insurance policy. However, the value of the tenant’s work or any other property owned by the tenant will only be covered to the extent agreed between the landlord and the tenant and specifically provided for in the relevant policy.

 

  13.3. The first premium, subsequent renewal premiums, all additional premiums and all stamp duties in respect of the relevant insurance policies, shall be paid by the landlord, who shall be reimbursed by the tenant within 14 days of being requested in writing to do so.

 

  13.4. The landlord shall use its best endeavours to negotiate premiums reasonably competitive with those for which the tenant could insure the buildings if owned by the tenant and insured on a reinstatement value basis and which relate to the risk represented by the buildings without reference to any other premises.

 

  13.5. The landlord shall provide the tenant with full details of the cover provided by the relevant insurance policy and shall endeavour to obtain cover against risk or circumstances not insured, should the tenant so request in writing, but at the expense of the tenant.

 

  13.6. The tenant shall specifically advise the landlord in writing of any change of risk relative to its occupation or the storage of any hazardous commodity or any other material information, and shall abide by the conditions of the relevant insurance policy as notified to it and shall not do or permit to be done anything which may adversely affect or invalidate such insurance.

 

Page 10


  13.7. The insurance shall include an item in respect of rent to cover loss of rent for an amount equivalent to 12 times the monthly rent payable in respect of the month preceding the inception of each period of insurance, or such greater amount as may be agreed in writing between the landlord and the tenant.

 

  13.8. If the premises are totally destroyed or damaged so as to render them wholly untenantable, the buildings shall be reinstated and the landlord shall cause such reinstatement to take place with due expedition; the landlord shall only be obliged to reinstate the premises to the extent of the proceeds received from the insurer in terms of the relevant insurance policy and shall be entitled to delay commencement of reinstatement until the proceeds of the policy have been received from the insurer.

 

  13.9. The tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall be abated during the period from the date of the occurrence to the date upon which the reinstated premises are ready for beneficial occupation by an amount not greater than the amount recovered under any loss of rent policy.

 

  13.10 The period of reinstatement shall not be added to the term of the lease.

 

  13.11 In the event of a partial destruction, the lease shall not terminate and the rent shall be abated to the extent of the loss of beneficial occupation, but subject to the amount of such abatement not exceeding the recovery under any loss of rent policy.

 

  13.12 The landlord shall cause the reinstatement of the damaged portion as expeditiously as possible and the landlord shall apply all proceeds of the insurance policy received in respect of the partial destruction of the buildings to the cost of reinstatement, subject to the provisions of 13.8 concerning the limits imposed on the landlord’s reinstatement obligation.

 

  13.13 If any dispute arises as to the extent of the destruction or whether it does or does not render the premises untenantable, such dispute shall be referred to the Chairman for the time being of the Institute of Civil Engineers for determination, who shall determine the matter, or may appoint some other suitably qualified person to determine the matter, as an expert and not as arbitrator; such expert’s determination shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

  13.14 The costs of such expert shall be borne equally by both parties unless the expert considers that it is equitable that the costs be borne on a different basis.

 

Page 11


14 WAIVER AND INDEMNITY

 

  14.1 Neither the tenant nor anybody obtaining occupation of all or a portion of the premises from the tenant shall hold the landlord responsible and the landlord shall not be liable to the tenant nor to anybody obtaining occupation of all or a portion of the premises if there is any loss or damage to the property or the premises or other interests of the tenant whether caused by the negligence of the landlord or the negligence of persons for whom the landlord is vicariously liable in law.

 

  14.2 The tenant indemnifies the landlord against all sums which the landlord may be liable to pay for any injury, loss or damage sustained by any person on or about the premises, or for any fines or penalties and the like that may be imposed, including costs incurred in defending or contesting any such matter whether such injury, loss, damage, fines, penalties and costs are caused by or result from any negligence on the part of the landlord or any party for whose negligence the landlord is vicariously liable in law.

 

15 NAMING RIGHTS AND SIGNAGE

 

  15.1 The tenant shall be entitled to give the buildings such name as may be reasonably acceptable to the landlord, provided that once the buildings are named, such name will not be changed without the landlord’s prior written consent.

 

  15.2 Any identification and advertising signs will be subject to the prior written approval of the landlord, will be erected by the tenant at its own expense and will be removed and any damage made good by the tenant at its own expense at the termination of the lease.

 

  15.3 Subject to 18.3 and 18.4, no signs other than the name of the buildings, the identity of the tenant, an indication of its business and product signage shall be permitted to appear on any portion of the property or the premises. The tenant has erected a billboard on the property with the prior approval of the landlord. The tenant may place advertising relating to their products and brand on this billboard.

 

  15.4 The tenant shall, in affixing and/or erecting any identification and advertising signs on the property, ensure that same comply with the provisions of all relevant statutes, regulations and by-laws enforce, from time to time.

 

Page 12


16 EXCLUSION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE

 

  16.1 Neither the landlord nor its directors, agents or employees will be liable for any loss, damage or injury which may be caused to –

 

  16.1.1 any of the assets or employees of the tenant;

 

  16.1.2 the tenant or its employees, customers, invitees, or licensees in consequence of the overflow of water supply or of any fault in the plumbing works or any electrical fault or by reason of the elements of the weather or failure on the part of the landlord or its agents or employees to carry out any work required of them in a proper manner or at all or by reason of any defect in the premises or any other act or omission on the part of the landlord whether negligent or not.

 

  16.2 The tenant indemnifies the landlord against any claim by any third party in respect of any such loss, damage or injury.

 

17 LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ENTRY

 

  17.1 The landlord shall be entitled to enter the premises at all reasonable times and on giving reasonable notice either through its representatives or servants or through contractors, for the purposes of inspecting the premises and for carrying out any repairs or other work in respect of the premises.

 

  17.2 The landlord shall, in exercising its rights, not unduly or unreasonably interfere with the conduct of any business lawfully carried on in the premises.

 

  17.3 The tenant shall not have any claim for remission of rent, compensation or damages in connection with the exercise by the landlord of any of its rights.

 

18 RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND EXHIBITION OF NOTICES

 

  18.1 The tenant shall –

 

  18.1.1 at all reasonable times, permit prospective purchasers of the property to view the interior and exterior of the premises; and

 

  18.1.2 during the period of 9 months preceding the termination or expiry of the lease permit at all reasonable times prospective tenants to view the interior and exterior of the premises subject to the tenant’s security arrangements;

 

Page 13


  18.1.3 during the 9 months preceding the termination or expiry of this lease, permit the landlord or any incoming tenant to exhibit on the property any notice that may be required in connection with any application for any licence to carry on business in the premises, and “To Let” notices;

 

  18.1.4 permit the landlord to display “For Sale” signs on the property at any time.

 

19 SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE

 

  19.1 The landlord shall not be obliged to render any service of any nature in respect of the property and/or the premises, with the tenant to assume sole liability for all arrangements that require to be made in order to secure the rendering of services to the property and/or the premises.

 

  19.2 Neither the landlord nor its directors, agents or employees shall be liable for -

 

  19.2.1 the receipt or non-receipt or delivery or non-delivery of goods, postal matter or correspondence.

 

  19.2.2 anything which the tenant or any employee or any client, licensee, customer or invitee of the tenant may have deposited or left in the premises or in any part of the buildings.

 

  19.3 All goods brought by the tenant on to the premises shall be placed there at the sole risk of the tenant.

 

  19.4 The landlord shall not at any time be obliged to maintain, repair (whether structurally or otherwise) or redecorate the premises; the tenant shall be responsible for all maintenance and repairs (including structural repairs) and redecoration of the premises (including, without limitation, all buildings, parking areas and gardens on the premises) at all times and will at the tenant’s own cost

 

  19.4.1 protect all foundations from rain and surface and subterranean water and not permit the foundation of the buildings to be exposed or undermined in any manner;

 

  19.4.2 keep all floors in good condition and replace from time to time any damaged or missing tiles, wood blocks, timber strips or other flooring material including carpeting;

 

  19.4.3 repair and remedy and make good all cracks and other defects in all walls;

 

Page 14


  19.4.4 secure property all ceilings and make good and repair any damaged or defective areas;

 

  19.4.5 maintain, keep in leakproof condition and paint and apply other protective materials to all gutters, roofs, downpipes and flashings;

 

  19.4.6 treat all flat roofs covered with waterproofing materials regularly as specified by the suppliers and as stipulated by any guarantees given by such suppliers;

 

  19.4.7 replace all damaged waterproofing with approved waterproofing;

 

  19.4.8 check all timber, steel or other materials forming roof trusses and roof supports, to keep such in sound condition and replace any faulty or damaged trusses or supports;

 

  19.4.9 keep all paintwork, externally and internally, clean and re-do such work at regular intervals or whenever the paintwork shows signs of deterioration;

 

  19.4.10 replace any glass which has been broken or cracked with glass of a suitable type and thickness;

 

  19.4.11 maintain all internal and external finishes in clean condition and make good or replace any damaged or defective items;

 

  19.4.12 keep all sanitary fittings and plumbing installations in good order and replace any damaged or faulty installations;

 

  19.4.13 keep all bolts, catches, locks, etc. in good working order and replace any damaged or defective bolts, catches, locks, etc;

 

  19.4.14 maintain the whole of the electrical system, including light fittings in good order and condition and in compliance with municipal regulations;

 

  19.4.15 maintain all mechanical equipment, air-conditioning plant and installation and boilers in good order and condition;

 

  19.4.16 keep the premises clean and free from vermin to the satisfaction of any public authority having jurisdiction over the premises in the fields of public health and hygiene;

 

Page 15


  19.4.17 take out and maintain service contracts in respect of the air-conditioning plant and apparatus in the building, with contractors, and upon terms and conditions, approved by the landlord; and

 

  19.4.18 be responsible for maintaining the landscaping and all external and internal works of whatsoever nature on the premises.

 

  19.5 The Landlord shall arrange for the sprinkler system (if applicable) in the leased premises to be checked annually and the Tenant shall bear the cost of such inspection including the cost of any maintenance or repairs and the cost of obtaining a Certificate of Compliance acceptable to the insurers of the building.

 

  19.6 The tenant shall be solely responsible and pay for all operating expenses in connection with the premises and the property, and no liability shall attach to the landlord in this regard.

 

  19.7 Upon the expiry of earlier termination of this lease, for whatever reason, the tenant shall return the premises to the landlord in the same good order and condition as the premises were in at the commencement date.

 

20 OUTSTANDING PAYMENTS AND INTEREST

 

  20.1 Without prejudice to any of the other rights or remedies of the landlord, the tenant shall pay interest on all arrear amounts payable by the tenant in terms of this lease at the prime lending rate charged by Investec Bank Limited on unsecured overdrawn current accounts of its most preferred customers in the private sector plus 2% calculated from due date to date of payment.

 

  20.2 A certificate issued by any manager of that bank will be proof, unless the contrary is proved by the tenant, of the prime lending rate charged from time to time.

 

21 CESSION, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE AND SUB-LETTING

 

  21.1 The tenant shall not cede, assign or pledge any of its rights or obligations in terms of this lease without the prior written consent of the landlord which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably. It is further recorded that the landlord will not be acting unreasonably if, in giving its consent, the landlord stipulates that a suretyship acceptable to the landlord is furnished.

 

Page 16


  21.2 The tenant shall not sub-let the whole or any portion of the premise nor permit any other party to occupy or conduct business on any part of the premises without the prior written consent of the landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The landlord has given consent to the tenant to sub-let to Paym8 (Proprietary) Limited and Thynk Finance (Proprietary) Limited.

 

  21.3 At any time during the currency of this lease the landlord shall be entitled to sell its property and to cede, assign and make over unto and in favour of any person or corporate body, its right, title and interest in and to this lease. In the event of such sale and cession, the tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this lease and the tenant shall be obliged to perform and carry out all his obligations under and in terms of this lease as if the cessionary were the original landlord.

 

22 TENANTS GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

The tenant shall –

 

  22.1 not contravene or permit the contravention of any of the provisions of the Town Planning Scheme applicable to the property;

 

  22.2 replace at its own cost all fluorescent lamps, starters, ballasts, and incandescent lamps used in the premises;

 

  22.3 have no claim whatsoever whether for damages or remissions of rent or cancellation of the lease against the landlord, nor be entitled to withhold or defer payment of rent by reason of any suspension of or interruption in the supply of water, gas, electricity, air-conditioning or heating or by reason of any amenities in or on the premises being out of use or out of order or far any period;

 

  22.4 not permit the accumulation of refuse in or outside the premises, save in refuse bins provided for the purpose:

 

  22.5 not attach to the walls of the premises any fittings or appurtenances which will constitute too heavy a load, nor allow the floors of the premises to be overloaded; the landlord’s decision regarding the weight that can be so attached to the walls or brought on to the floors being final and binding on the tenant;

 

  22.6 not structurally affect the buildings or store any safe or any other heavy article on the premises, save with the approval of a suitably qualified representative of the landlord which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

Page 17


  22.7 maintain any sign, awning, canopy, decoration, lettering, advertising matter or other thing as may be approved by the landlord in good order, condition and repair at all times;

 

  22.8 not make any change to the exterior of the building without the landlord’s prior written consent.

 

23 BREACH

If –

 

  23.1 the tenant fails to pay any amount due by the tenant in terms of this lease and has still failed to pay within 7 days of the giving of written notice calling on the tenant to pay; or

 

  23.2 the tenant commits any other breach of this lease and fails to remedy such breach within 14 days after the landlord has given a written notice to the tenant requiring the tenant to remedy the breach; or

 

  23.3 the tenant in any period of twelve months breaches any provision of this lease on three or more occasions or in any period commits so many breaches of any of the conditions of this lease in such manner as to justify the landlord in holding hat the conduct of the tenant is inconsistent with the intention or ability of the tenant to carry out the conditions of this lease; or

 

  23.4 the tenant effects or attempts to effect a general compromise with the creditors of the tenant; or

 

  23.5 the tenant is provisionally or finally placed under judicial management; or

 

  23.6 without the prior written consent of the landlord which shall not be withheld unreasonably, the beneficial ownership of any shares in the tenant changes after the date on which this lease is entered into to the extent that the control of the tenant passes to a third party from the shareholders who, as at the date on which this lease is entered into, hold a controlling interest in the tenant;

then the landlord shall be entitled to cancel this lease without notice and without prejudice to any other claim of any nature whatsoever that the landlord may have against the tenant.

 

Page 18


24 ARBITRATION

 

  24.1 In the event of any dispute or difference arising between the parties hereto relating to or arising out of this agreement, including the validity, implementation, execution, interpretation, rectification, termination or cancelation of this agreement, the parties shall forthwith meet to attempt to settle such dispute or difference, and failing such settlement within a period of 14 (fourteen) days, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by any party to the dispute be submitted to arbitration in Cape Town in accordance with the rules of the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (“the Foundation”) by an arbitrator or arbitrators appointed by the Foundation and agreed to by the parties.

 

  24.2 Should the parties fail to agree an arbitrator within 10 (ten) days after arbitration has been demanded, the arbitrator shall be nominated at the request of any party to the dispute by the Foundation.

 

  24.3 The parties irrevocably agree that the submission to arbitration in terms of this clause is subject to the parties’ rights of appeal set out hereunder.

 

  24.3.1 Any party to the arbitration may appeal the decision of the arbitrator within a period of 21 (twenty-one) days after the arbitrator’s ruling has been handed down by giving written notice to that effect to the other party or parties to the arbitration. The appeal shall be dealt with in accordance with the rules of the Foundation by a panel of 3 (three) arbitrators appointed by the Foundation.

 

  24.3.2 The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties to the arbitration after the expiry of the period of 21 (twenty-one) business days from the date of the arbitrator’s ruling if no appeal has been lodged by any party. A decision which becomes final and binding in terms of this clause, may be made an order of court at the instance of any party to the arbitration.

 

  24.4 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit either party from applying to the appropriate Court for urgent relief.

 

  24.5 The provisions of this clause will continue to be binding on the parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the agreement.

 

25 JURISDICTION

At the option of the landlord any action or application arising out of this lease may be brought by the landlord in any Magistrate’s Court having jurisdiction in respect of the tenant, notwithstanding that the amount in issue may exceed the jurisdiction of such Court.

 

Page 19


26 COST AND STAMP DUTY

 

  26.1 Each party shall bear its own attorney and client costs in connection with the preparation of this lease.

 

  26.2 The stamp duty on this lease and any annexures to the lease will be payable by the tenant.

 

  26.3 If the tenant requires this lease to be registered against the title deeds in respect of the property, all costs in connection with such registration shall be borne by the tenant and be paid on demand. The landlord will be entitled to nominate the attorneys who will attend to the registration.

 

27 MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

 

  27.1 addresses and notices

 

  27.1.1 For the purposes of this agreement, including the giving of notices and the serving of legal process, the parties choose as their respective domicillum citandi et executandi (“ domicillum ”), the address recorded in clauses 1.1 and 1.2 above.

 

  27.1.2 A party may at any time change that party’s domicillum by notice in writing, provided that the new domicillum is in the Republic of South Africa and consists of, or includes, a physical address at which process can be served.

 

  27.1.3 Any notice given in connection with this agreement shall

 

  27.1.3.1 be marked for the attention of the Manging director and

 

Page 20


  27.1.3.2 be delivered by hand; or

 

  27.1.3.3 be sent by prepaid registered post; or

 

  27.1.3.4 be sent by prepaid telegram or cablegram; or

 

  27.1.3.5 Be sent by facsimile (if the domicillum includes a facsimile number),

to the domicillum chosen by the party concerned.

 

  27.1.4 A notice given as set out above shall be deemed to have been duly given –

 

  27.1.4.1 if delivered, on the date of delivery;

 

  27.1.4.2 if sent by post, 4 days after posting;

 

  27.1.4.3 if sent by telegram or cablegram, on the day following the day on which the text of the notice is given to the post office for transmission; and

 

  27.1.4.4 if sent by facsimile, on the day that the facsimile is transmitted.

 

  27.2 entire contract

This agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties with regard to the matters dealt with in this agreement and no representations, terms, conditions or warranties not contained in this agreement shall be binding on the parties.

 

  27.3 variation and cancellation

No agreement varying, adding to, deleting from or cancelling this agreement, shall be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the parties.

 

Page 21


  27.4 indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a waiver of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other which may have arisen in the past or which may arise in the future.

 

Signed at Midrand on the 2nd day of October 2007.
As witness     for
1.     LOGO    
2.            LOGO              LOGO
     

RIËTTE BOTHA

For and on behalf of Matrix Vehicle Tracking [Pty] Ltd

Signed at Cape Town on the 2nd day of October 2007.
As witness     for
1.            LOGO    
2.                LOGO    

     LOGO

      ROBIN ASHLEY FREW
      For and on behalf of Thynk Industrial One
      [Pty] Ltd

 

Page 22


ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE

between

THYNK PROPERTY FUND (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

(the “ Landlord ”)

and

MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

(the “ Tenant ”)

 

LOGO


LOGO

Table of Contents

 

         Page No

1.

 

Introduction

  

2.

 

Definitions and interpretation

  

3.

 

Recordal

  

4.

 

Additional terms

  

4.1

 

renewal

  

4.2

 

rental

  

4.3

 

escalation

  

4.4

 

Tenant allowance

  

5.

 

Counterparts

  


LOGO

 

 

1. Introduction

The Parties previously entered into the Lease Agreement and wish to add certain provisions thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Addendum.

 

2. Definitions and interpretation

 

2.1 In this Addendum, the following terms and expressions shall, unless otherwise stated or inconsistent with the context in which they appear, bear the following meanings and other words derived from the same origins as such words shall bear corresponding meanings:

 

2.1.1    “Addendum”    means this addendum to the Lease Agreement and the Annexe;
2.1.2    “Annexe”    means an annexe to this document;
2.1.3    “Parties”    means the parties to this Addendum, being the Landlord and the Tenant;
2.1.4    “Lease Agreement”    means the written lease agreement previously entered into between the Parties, dated 2 October 2007 and the addendum thereto dated 17 September 2008;
2.1.5    “Signature Date”    means, when this Addendum has been signed by each Party (whether or not in counterpart), the latest of the dates on which this Addendum (or any counterpart) was signed by any Party;
2.1.6    “Tenant Allowance”    means an allowance in the amount of 3.5 multiplied by the net monthly rental payable exclusive of VAT, as applies on 1 April 2012 in terms of clause 4.2 of this Addendum.

 

2.2 Unless the context requires otherwise, all words defined in the Lease Agreement (but not herein defined) and used in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease Agreement.

 

25


LOGO

 

 

2.3 The amendments to the Lease Agreement set out in this Addendum shall constitute an integral part of the Lease Agreement. For the purposes of interpretation, the Lease Agreement and this Addendum shall at all times be read together. Other than the amendments effected to the Lease Agreement by way of this Addendum, all the provisions of the Lease Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

2.4 If there is any conflict between the terms of this Addendum and the Lease Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall prevail to the extent of the conflict.

 

2.5 This Addendum contains all the express provisions agreed on by the Parties with regard to the subject matter of their agreement and the Parties waive the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in this Addendum.

 

2.6 No addition to, variation or cancellation of this Addendum shall be of any force or effect unless reduced in writing and signed on behalf of both Parties.

 

2.7 Neither Party may rely on any representation, warranty or term which allegedly induced such Party to enter in this Addendum, unless that representation, warranty or term is recorded in this Addendum.

 

3. Recordal

The Parties hereby record that the name of the Landlord has changed to Thynk Property Fund (Proprietary) Limited and the tenant has changed its name to Mix Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited.

 

4. Additional terms

The Parties agree that the Lease Agreement is hereby amended and supplemented on and with effect from the Signature Date, as follows:

 

4.1 Renewal

The Lease Agreement shall renew on and with effect from 1 April 2012 for a further period of 5 years terminating on 31 March 2017, subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease Agreement unless otherwise amended in terms of this Addendum.

 

26


LOGO

 

 

4.2 Rental

Notwithstanding clause 5.1 of the Lease Agreement and the amount of the rental payable prior to 1 April 2012, the net monthly rental payable, exclusive of VAT, on and with effect from 1 April 2012 is R352,481.33 as specified in Annexe “A” hereto.

 

4.3 Escalation

Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 5.4 of the Lease Agreement, the net rental in clause 4.2 above shall escalate on 1 April of each year until 31 March 2017 at the rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually.

 

4.4 Tenant allowance

The Tenant shall be entitled to the Tenant Allowance, against which amount the Tenant may claim for expenses incurred in respect of repairs, maintenance and improvements to the Premises which are effected after 1 April 2012 but prior to 31 March 2013, provided that the Tenant submits invoices to the Landlord in respect of such expenditure on or before 31 March 2013 and provided further that such expenditure has been approved by the Landlord, in writing, in advance of the costs being incurred by the Tenant, failing which such expenditure cannot be claimed against the Tenant Allowance. To the extent that the Tenant has failed to claim any portion of the Tenant Allowance in accordance with this clause 4.4, the Tenant shall have no further claims to the Tenant Allowance.

 

5. Counterparts

This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, including faxed counterparts, and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute on and the same instrument.

 

27


LOGO

 

 

Signed at   on   2012                
Witness     for Thynk Property Fund (Proprietary) Limited
LOGO     LOGO

 

   

 

    duly authorised and warranting such authority
Signed at   on                   2012                 
Witness     for Mix Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited
LOGO     LOGO

 

   

 

    duly authorised and warranting such authority

 

28


LOGO

 

Annexe A

Terms of Addendum to Matrix Lease

 

     Size      Rate      Total Cost excluding
VAT
 

General office area

     3945.39 m 2         67.50 per m 2         266 313.83   

Storage area

     374.5 m 2         35.00 per m 2         13 107.50   
        

 

 

 
           279 421.33   

Basement parking bays

     101         450.00 per bay         45 450.00   

Shadenet parking bays

     19         250.00 per bay         4 750.00   

Open parking bays

     127         180.00 per bay         22 860.00   
        

 

 

 
           73 060.00   

 

29

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

10 th FLOOR | TWIN TOWERS EAST | SANDTON CITY | FIFTH STREET | SANDTON

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

18 November 2008

Mr Stefan Joselowitz

c/o Mix Telematics North America Inc.

2940 N Highway 360, Suite 400

Grand Prairie, Texas 75050

United States of America

Dear Stefan

UPDATED TERMS & CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

1. INTRODUCTION

In terms of our recent Acquisition of Tripmaster Corporation (recently renamed Mix Telematics North America) and your agreement to relocate to the USA to bed down this acquisition and generally drive the global expansion of the group, the board has agreed to update your terms and conditions of employment. For sake of clarity, this document clarifies these terms and conditions and from the 1st November 2008 onwards will supersede all your current conditions of employment.

Kindly sign and return a copy of this letter to me indicating your acceptance of these terms.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

The Company hereby confirms your appointment as:

 

a. Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of MiX Telematics Limited “the Company” (previously named TeliMatrix Limited).

 

b. President and CEO of MiX Telematics Limited North America .

You will be based in Florida, USA and agree to such ongoing travel so as to effectively carry out your regional responsibilities in the USA as well as your responsibilities as global Group CEO.

 

3. DURATION

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions of clause 9, your employment with the Company will continue indefinitely until terminated on not less than three calendar months’ written notice by either party to the other.

www.mixtelematics.com

 

 

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | S EVANS | T WELTON | CWR TASKER COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

You shall, for the duration of your employment, unless amended in writing and assented to by both parties –

 

4.1 report directly to the board of directors;

 

4.2 perform the general duties of the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director as may from time to time be determined by the board of directors;

 

4.3 devote your attention and such reasonable time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of the business of the Company, to the business and the affairs of the Company;

 

4.4 obey the reasonable orders and directions of the board, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your status, and endeavour to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

4.5 perform such service for, and accept such office in subsidiary and/or associate companies of the Company as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Company; and

 

4.6 not, without the prior written consent of the board, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Company.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

5.1 Salary

 

5.1.1 As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay to you an annual remuneration package having a gross value of $300,000 (three hundred thousand United States dollars) excluding performance bonuses.

 

5.1.2 Salaries are paid by the last day of each month by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.

 

5.1.3 Your salary will be subject to review at least once a year on April 1st.

 

5.2 Performance Bonus

 

5.2.1 Part of your remuneration package will be performance bonuses. These will be awarded and paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary from time to time at the entire discretion of the board’s remuneration committee.

 

5.2.2 The bonus period will run in line with the Group’s current financial year, which is currently 1 April to the end of March.

 

5.3 Share Options

 

5.3.1 You will be entitled to share options in MiX Telematics Limited as per the rules of the Company’s share scheme and as determined by the board from time to time.

 

5.4 Other Benefits – Your mobile phone and broadband communication costs will be paid for by the Company.

 

Page 2 of 5


LOGO

 

5.5 Deductions from Salary

 

5.5.1 The Company will also withhold income tax from your salary and pay same over to the relevant tax authority.

 

5.5.2 Other statutory deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, will be deductible from your salary, included but not limited to Medical Aid contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

5.5.3 You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorises the Company in writing to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

5.5.4 On termination of your employment with the Company, you, to the extent required by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Company in writing to deduct any amount owing by you to the Company from any amount owing by the Company to you at termination date.

 

5.6 Hours of Work

 

5.6.1 As a senior executive you are required to work whatever hours are necessary and reasonable.

 

5.7 Medical Aid Scheme

 

5.7.1 The Company offers membership of a medical aid scheme, which is at your sole discretion and cost. The rules of the scheme are available at the Company’s personnel department, should you require them.

 

6. LEAVE

 

6.1 You shall be entitled to leave that you may deem satisfactory.

 

6.2 Leave must be requested in writing and approved in advance by the Group Chairman.

 

6.3 No compensation will be paid for any leave not taken.

 

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1 You agree that you will at all times during your employment with the Company, and subsequent thereto, keep confidential and not divulge to any to any third person or entity or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Company’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Company, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions and any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Company or to any other person or entity doing business with the company, including its associates or subsidiaries.

 

7.2 Upon the termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Company all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession, which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.

 

7.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.

 

7.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

Page 3 of 5


LOGO

 

8. TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT

 

8.1 You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that you might be entitled arising out of your employment or devolving on you during the period that you are employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

 

8.2 You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Company.

 

9. TERMINATION - Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any misconduct or you have committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the company to terminate your employment. You shall be bound by the company’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Matrix Vehicle Tracking Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

10. RESTRAINT OF TRADE - Your existing agreement with the Company in this regard will remain in full force and effect.

 

11. PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS - You must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may fall within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates. You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to execute any papers necessary to give effect to the above.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

12.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or you at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

You at:

3335 NW 53rd Circle

Boca Raton, Florida 33496

United States of America

The Company at:

Marked for the attention of “The Chairman”

Matrix Corner

Howick Close, Waterfall Park

Bekker Road, Midrand

Vorna Valley

South Africa

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

12.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere, provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

Page 4 of 5


LOGO

 

12.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of the notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery (including telegraphic notices) and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

12.1.4 Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

12.2 Entire Contract - This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.

 

12.3 Indulgences - No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

13. VARIATION - It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

 

Sincerely
TELIMATRIX
LOGO
R. Bruyns
Chairman of the Board

I, Stefan Brian Joselowitz, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

 

SIGNATURE   LOGO    PLACE   Sandton    DATE    11/20/2008

 

Page 5 of 5


Appendix A

RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 The following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning –

 

1.1.1    “the restrainee”    -    as defined in annexure B;
1.1.2    “the Company”    -    MiX Telematics Limited (Reg.No.1995/ 013858/06);
1.1.3    “the prescribed areas”    -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
1.1.4    “business”    -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company;
1.1.5    “proprietor”    -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in written form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4

The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set-out in the attached annexure B after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or

 

Page 1 of 4


  indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above;

and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly -

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to terminate his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

  1.5.3

furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed

 

Page 2 of 4


  areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so.

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to -

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

Signed at Cape Town on this 10th day of Nov 2011.

 

LOGO

 

Restrainee

Signed at STELLENBOSCH on this 10 day of NOVEMBER 2011

 

LOGO

 

For and on behalf of the Company

 

Page 3 of 4


Annexure B

 

Restrainee: S. B. Joselowitz    (Id No: 5903235005089)

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

750 PARK OF COMMERCE BOULEVARD, SUITE 100, BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33487

PHONE +1 561 404 2934 | FAX +1 561 994 3979

CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

Entered into between

Mix Telematics North America, Inc.

750 Park of Commerce Boulevard

Suite 100

Boca Raton

Florida

A Texas Corporation

(hereinafter referred to as the “Company”)

and

Howard Guy Scott

3372 NW 53 rd Circle

Boca Raton

Florida

33496

(hereinafter referred to as the “Employee”)


By signing this contract, the Employee accept employment as the executive Director: Strategy, Mergers and Acquisitions, based in Boca Raton, Florida USA, effective from 1 May 2011 , or earlier by mutual agreement, subject to the following conditions of employment:-

 

  1 Remuneration

The Employee’s total employment cost will be $250 000,00 per annum, which shall represent the total cost to Company, which shall be paid monthly. The Employee hereby acknowledges that should he/she receive unauthorised over payment i.e. salary, commission, benefits, leave, incentives etc, he/she will reimburse the Company with said payment within 30 days after receipt of such payment.

In addition to the cost to Company above, the Company shall pay for:

 

  1) your cover under the Company’s policies which provide the following cover:

 

   

Medical Insurance

 

   

Dental Cover

 

   

Vision cover

 

   

Limited life and disability cover

The details of the terms and conditions of these policies are available on request. The Company has the right to alter or terminate these policies upon 30 days notice to you. The Medical coverage is subject to Cobra coverage.

 

  2) additional costs of living, as a result of your temporary relocation to USA, in the amount of:

 

  a) $60 000 per annum;

 

  b) 5 economy class air-tickets per annum between Florida and Australia to facilitate the travel of your immediate family.

 

  3) a cell phone for business purposes. Should the provision of this cell phone result in any liability for taxation, the tax (payg or otherwise) will be for your account.

 

  4) a 3G card in order to access the Company’s email system remotely when away from the group’s offices

 

  5) the costs of obtaining and maintaining any visa requirements to work in the USA.

 

  2 Annual Performance Bonus

 

  1) In addition to your cost to company package you will be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary from time to time depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of your performance by your manager and the remuneration committee.

 

  2) The parameters upon which any such bonus is based will be determined before the period to which it relates but will be finally determined at the discretion of the remuneration committee.

 

Page 2 of 7


  3 Share Scheme and Restraint

You will be entitled to participate in the MiX Telematics Executive Share Incentive Scheme. The quantum of options awarded will be commensurate with your position in the group. The award of share options in terms of this Scheme will be dependent on you signing the restraint of trade set out in Appendix A.

 

  4 Hours of Employment

As a senior executive you are required to work the hours that are necessary but also reasonable.

 

  5 Overtime

If the Employee works overtime this shall not be paid unless specifically requested by the Company and any payment for such hours agreed by your manager in writing in advance of any hours being worked.

 

  6 Leave

The Employee has been granted 20 (twenty) working day’s leave per annum. Leave must be approved in advance and approval thereof is subject to operational requirements.

The Employee may not accrue more than the leave they have accrued over the prior 18 months. (i.e. any accrued leave which exceeds the leave days earned over the prior 18 (eighteen) months will not be paid out when employment terminates). The employee shall not be entitled to take a cash payment in lieu of leave days, other than upon termination of their employment.

 

  7 Personal days

The Employee may, with good cause , take personal days on the following basis:

 

   

During 1 st 3 months of employment, any personal days shall be unpaid

 

   

After the 1 st 3 months of employment, the employee shall accrue personal days at the rate of  1 / 2 of day per month to maximum of 16 days.

The Company shall be entitled to require the employee to provide reasonable proof, such as a doctors certificate, to justify any personal days taken.

The Employee is to notify his/her departmental manager as soon as possible in the event of being absent from work due to illness.

Absence from work for a continuous period of 2 (two) or more days without the necessary authorisation or without the prior notification of same to the immediate superior could be construed as common law breach of contract and the Employee could be deemed to have deserted.

 

Page 3 of 7


  8 Maternity Leave (only applicable to female staff)

The Employee is entitled to 6 (six) weeks unpaid maternity leave and is required to inform her immediate superior in writing of the dates on which she intends to commence and return from maternity leave. During the maternity period of 6 (six) weeks, the Company shall continue to pay the costs of the employee’s Medical, Dental, Vision and Life and Disability cover.

 

  9 Paternity Leave (only applicable to male staff)

The Employee will be entitled to 5 (five) days’ unpaid paternity leave, within the 30 days following the birth of the Employee’s child.

 

  10 Company Rules, Regulations and Procedures

The Employee shall be subject to the Company’s Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures and undertake to acquaint himself/herself with the contents of such procedures and abide by the provisions thereof. The Employee agrees to familiarise himself/herself with the Company’s Codes and Procedures as contained in the Employee Handbook and/or updated from time to time by notices on the Intranet or by other means of communication and that he/she will abide by these Codes and Procedures.

The Employee further agrees to familiarise himself/herself with the Company’s IT Policy which in summary, prohibits the unauthorised use by staff of the Company’s computer, telephone, Internet and e-mail systems for any purpose other than carrying out their duties as required by the Company. To this end the Employee hereby gives irrevocable consent to a duly authorised representative of the Company to monitor, intercept and access e mails sent or received by him/her as well as Internet use.

Copies of the Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures, the IT Policy and the Employee Handbook may be accessed on the Company’s intranet.

 

  11 Disclosure

The Employee acknowledges that he/she is obliged to declare all information that can reasonably be expected to influence the Company’s decision to appoint him/her, e.g. amongst others, trade restraints, licence endorsements, criminal records, qualifications, etc. The Employee will also be required to disclose any conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest that may exist at the present time or at any time during the duration of his/her employment. Conflicts of interest may arise by the Employee’s association with any person employed or otherwise associated with any competitor of the Company or any supplier or customer of the Company. If the Employee is unsure whether such association poses a conflict, ensure it is properly disclosed to avoid problems of any kind in the future.

All disclosures must be in writing and addressed to the Managing Director immediately after the Employee becomes aware of such conflict or potential conflict. If a conflict is of such a nature that it precludes the Employee from remaining in the Company’s employment, he/she hereby agrees that the Company may terminate his/her employment in accordance with the terms of this contract, provided a fair procedure is followed. Examples of conflictual associations or

 

Page 4 of 7


relationships includes having a spouse or family members employed, faithfully or otherwise, by competitive companies, suppliers or customers and where confidential trade secrets of the Company may, in one way or another, be released, either wittingly or unwittingly.

 

  12 Polygraph Examination

It is Company policy for employees to undergo a polygraph examination prior to commencing employment. In light of the nature of our business, the Employee may be requested, within reason, to undergo polygraph examinations from time to time during his/her employment. Failure to undergo polygraph examination at the Company’s request will be considered a material breach of contract, which may result in disciplinary action taken against the Employee. Should the Employee fail the polygraph examination for any reason, he/she will be given a second opportunity to undergo a polygraph examination to clear any misconceptions or misunderstandings that may have attributed to his/her initial failure. The polygraph is also, from time to time, used to investigate disciplinary infractions and is only utilised as a part of a whole process rather than as a means to an end. Should the Employee fail the second polygraph examination, the Company may institute disciplinary action, which can result in dismissal.

 

  13 Confidential Matters

The Employee will not, either before, during or after termination of his/her employment with the Company, use for his/her own benefit or that of any person, firm or company, any confidential information relating to the affairs of the Company or the affairs of any client of the Company, which may have come into his/her possession, or which he/she became aware of whilst in the employment of the Company.

As an employee of the Company, by reason of association and service, the Employee will acquire knowledge of the Company’s trade secrets, source of supply, patents of trade, business methods, suppliers and clientele. Such knowledge could be advantageous to our competitors and is therefore to remain confidential before, during and after you employment.

 

  14 Trade Secrets and Industrial Copyright

You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that you might be entitled arising out of your employment or devolving on you during the period that you are employed by the group or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the group, and the group will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the group.

 

  15 Other employment

While employed by the Company, the Employee is not permitted to undertake any other paid employment, except with the express written permission of the Company.

 

Page 5 of 7


  16 Termination by notice

Your employment with the Group will continue for an indefinite period, terminable on not less than three calendar months’ written notice by either party to the other, such notice to be given by either party with effect from the first working day of any calendar month.

On termination of the Employee’s employment, he/she hereby agrees to immediately return all documentation and other property of the Company, which may be in his/her possession, including but not limited to, lists of customers and written information regarding the business, and he/she undertakes not to make copies thereof for any purposes.

 

17 Termination of Employment other than notice period

The Company will be entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment, other than the termination referred to in clause 16 in the following events;

 

17.1 in terms of the disciplinary code;

 

17.2 for justifiable and/or persistent breach of employment duties due to incapacity or poor performance;

 

17.3 due to abscondment

 

17.4 where the Employee is convicted of any criminal offence other than an offence which in the reasonable opinion of the Company does affect his/her position as an employee;

 

17.5 where the Employee fails to disclose relevant material information pertinent to the job requirements, or do so incorrectly, intentionally, vaguely or falsely in regulation to his/her employment application;

 

17.6 where the Employee is found guilty of any other conduct, which will justify a dismissal at common law;

 

17.7 due to misrepresentation in the Employee’s CV.

 

18 Deductions

In accepting these terms and conditions of employment the Employee hereby authorises the Company to make the following deductions from his/her salary:

 

18.1 all statutory deductions as required by relevant legislation, and

 

18.2 all monies owed to the Company on his/her last day of service.

 

19 On Board Computer

The employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to place an on board computer (OBC) into his/her vehicle. The costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the OBC shall be borne by the Company. The Employee agrees that he/she will not tamper with the OBC or alter any of the configurations or settings that will cause the OBC to malfunction in any way. The employee further agrees that the information gathered by the OBC may be utilised by the Company at its discretion.

 

Page 6 of 7


20 Address for service of notices

The parties agree that their addresses, as set out on the front page, shall be used for all written communications for the purposes of this contract, both during and subsequent to the Employee’s employment, unless written notice is given to the respective parties within 7(seven) days of any change in address.

By acceptance hereof, the Employee agrees to abide not only by the abovementioned terms and conditions of employment, but also by the Company’s policies, procedures, directives, etc. The Employee Handbook is available on the Company Intranet, for perusal to give the Employee, a guideline of Rules and Regulation (updated from time to time, but does not constitute a fully comprehensive list of offences and corrective measures.

The Company wishes to take this opportunity to welcome the Employee to the Company and trust his/her time with us will be long and mutually beneficial.

 

Yours faithfully
LOGO

 

This agreed at BOCA RATON on this the 24 day of MAY 2011.

 

Signed and accepted by                LOGO       Date:   24 MAY 2011

 

Page 7 of 7


Appendix A

RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 The following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning -

 

1.1.1   “the restrainee”    -    as defined in annexure B;
1.1.2   “the Company”    -    MiX Telematics Limited (Reg.No.1995/ 013858/06);
1.1.3   “the prescribed areas”    -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
1.1.4   “business”    -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company ;
1.1.5   “proprietor”    -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in written form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4

The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set-out in the attached annexure B after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or

 

Page 1 of 4


  indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above;

and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly -

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to terminate his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

  1.5.3

furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed

 

Page 2 of 4


  areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so.

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to -

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

Signed at STELLENBOSCH on this 10 day of NOVEMBER 2011

 

         LOGO

Restrainee

Signed at Cape Town on this 10 day of Nov. 2011

 

             LOGO

For and on behalf of the Company

 

Page 3 of 4


Annexure B

 

Restrainee: HOWARD SCOTT    (Id No: 590418 5204 003)

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

7 December 2009

Ms M Pydigadu

PO Box 3792

Rivonia

2128

Dear Megan

OFFER OF EMPLOYMENT AND STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

MiX TELEMATICS LIMITED (“MiX” or “the Group”)

 

1. INTRODUCTION

I am pleased to confirm the offer of employment as defined within this document. I would like you to sign and return a copy to Tony Welton. Please feel free to contact Tony or me with any queries you may have prior to signature or your date of joining.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 MiX hereby appoints you and you hereby accept the appointment as Group Financial Controller of MiX with effect from 1 February 2010, based at the Group’s premises at Midrand. The start date assumes your resignation from your current employer on 1 January 2010.

 

2.2 You will initially report to Tony Welton, the current finance director of the Group. As you are aware, Tony recently transferred from a non-executive directorship position of MiX and has taken on the role of finance director. Tony Welton will be relinquishing this role and will be returning to a non-executive director position and the timing of this is expected by July 2010. At this time, dependent on your performance in the interim, you will be appointed to the role of Finance Director, reporting to me in my capacity of Chief Executive Officer.

 

2.3 The Group has operations within South Africa and offshore and as such your position and the requirements of the business will necessitate both local and international travel from time to time.

 

3. DURATION

 

3.1 Your employment with the Group will continue for an indefinite period, terminable on not less than three calendar months’ written notice by either party to the other, such notice to be given by either party with effect from the first working day of any calendar month.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06    www.mixtelematics.com

 

 


4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

You shall, for the duration of your employment, unless amended in writing and agreed to by both parties:

 

4.1 report initially to Tony Welton (“manager”) and on your appointment as Finance Director of Mix (see cl 2.2 above) you will report directly to me in my capacity as the Group Chief Executive Officer (“manager”);

 

4.2 perform the duties of a financial controller but more specifically undertake the tasks of the finance director of MiX in order to prepare yourself for the future appointment to the finance director position;

 

4.3 devote your attention and such time as may be necessary to the business and the affairs of the Group;

 

4.4 carry out the reasonable requests and instructions of your manager, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your status, and endeavour to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill, and;

 

4.5 not engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Group without the prior written consent of your manager.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

5.1 Salary

 

5.1.1 As remuneration for your services, the Group will pay an annual remuneration package of R1,500,000.00 (One million five hundred thousand Rand). This package shall represent your cost to the Group.

 

5.1.2 Salaries are paid on the last day of each month by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.

 

5.1.3 Salaries are normally reviewed once per year with effect from the beginning of the Group’s financial year, currently 1 April. However in view of your commencement date of 1 February 2010, your salary will be reviewed on 1 October, and this review will take into account your performance for the 8 months since appointment.

 

5.2 Annual Performance Bonus

 

5.2.1 In addition to your cost to Group package you will be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary from time to time depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of your performance by your manager and the remuneration committee.

 

5.2.2 The parameters upon which any such bonus is based will be determined before the period to which it relates but will be finally determined at the discretion of the remuneration committee and any bonuses paid will be at the discretion of the remuneration committee.

 

5.2.3 You will be eligible for the first annual performance bonus for the period from appointment to 30 September 2010 (taking into account your period of employment) and thereafter on a six monthly basis.

 

Page 2 of 6


5.3 Share Scheme and Restraint

 

5.3.1 On your appointment as Finance Director, you will be entitled to participate in the MiX Telematics Executive Share Incentive Scheme. The quantum of options awarded will be commensurate with your position in the Group. The award of share options in terms of this Scheme will be dependent on you signing the restraint of trade set out in Appendix A.

 

5.4 Other Benefits

 

5.4.1 Cellular Phone

The Group will provide you with a cell phone for business purposes. Should the provision of this cell phone result in any liability for taxation, then tax (paye or otherwise) will be for your account.

 

5.4.2 Offsite email access

Mix will provide you with a 3G card in order to access the Group’s email system remotely when away from the Group’s offices.

 

5.5 Deductions from Salary

 

5.5.1 The Group shall deduct from your salary any and all taxes, including paye, UIF, garnishee orders and any other amounts required by current or future law to be deducted.

 

5.5.2 Other deductions, statutory or otherwise, including but not limited to retirement funding and medical aid contributions, will be deductible from your salary.

 

5.5.3 You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Group to effect such deductions.

 

5.5.4 On termination of your employment with the Group, you, to the extent allowed by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Group to deduct from your termination package any amount owing by you to the Group.

 

5.5.5 Should any indebtedness to the Group on your part become known after the termination of your employment, then the Group reserves the right to claim such indebtedness from you, taking whatever action is necessary to recoup such indebtedness, with any costs being incurred in such recovery being for your account.

 

5.6 Hours of Work

 

5.6.1 As a senior executive you are required to work the hours that are necessary but also reasonable.

 

5.7 Provident Fund and Medical Aid Scheme

 

5.7.1 The Group currently has a provident fund and is a member of an approved medical aid scheme. You will be required to become a member of the provident fund and it is recommended that you have appropriate medical aid cover.

 

5.7.2 The rules of both the provident fund and medical aid scheme are available at the Group’s personnel department, should you require them.

 

Page 3 of 6


6. LEAVE

 

6.1 You shall be entitled to 20 working days’ leave in respect of every twelve (12) months of completed continuous service, such leave to be taken at a time convenient to the Group.

 

6.2 Leave must be requested in writing and approved by the manager prior to the date of leave.

 

6.3 Annual leave must be taken within eighteen (18) months of the end of the year in respect of which it becomes due, otherwise unused leave days will be forfeited. The Group reserves the right to enforce leave. Leave is not paid out in cash during employment.

 

7. SICK LEAVE/ABSENCE WITHOUT AUTHORISED LEAVE

 

7.1 You will be entitled to 30 working days sick leave for every 36 completed continuous months’ of employment. Sick leave is not accumulated from one cycle to the next. Sick leave notes, signed by a medical practitioner, are compulsory.

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 You agree that at all times during your employment by the Group, and subsequent thereto, to keep confidential and not divulge to any third person or entity or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Group’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Group, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions and any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Group or to any other person or entity doing business with the Group, including its associates or subsidiaries.

 

8.2 Upon the termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Group all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession, which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.

 

8.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.

 

8.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of the agreement.

 

9. TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT

 

9.1 You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property that you might be entitled to, arising out of your employment or devolving on you during the period that you are employed by the Group or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Group, and the Group will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

 

9.2 You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Group.

 

10. TERMINATION

 

10.1 Misconduct

Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Group after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any misconduct or you have committed a

 

Page 4 of 6


breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Group to terminate your employment, You shall be bound by the Group’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the MiX Telematics Group Employee Handbook, or where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

10.2 Incapacity, Incompatibility, Incompetence and Operational Reasons

The Group shall be entitled to terminate this agreement and your employment in terms of prevailing laws and Code of Good practice of the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995 should operational reasons require such termination, or should you consistently perform poorly, or become incompatible with the culture of the Group, or become incapacitated and be unable to perform, provided that a fair procedure is followed in such termination procedure and this will be subject to the notice period as described under clause 3.1.

 

11. RESTRAINT OF TRADE

The restraint of trade must be signed as a condition of being granted share options (see cl 5.3). The restraint is set out in the attached appendix A.

 

12. PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

You must disclose to the Group all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Group or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may be within the existing or contemplated scope of the Group’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to execute any papers necessary to give effect to the above.

 

13 MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

13.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to MiX and/or you at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

You at:

1 Flint Farm

4 Tessa lane

Riverclub

MiX at:

Matrix Corner

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Midrand

 

Page 5 of 6


which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

13.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere; provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

13.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

13.1.4 Notwithstanding the above, notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

13.2 Entire Contract

This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.

 

13.3 Indulgences

No indulgences granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall be not precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the part or may arise in the future.

 

14 VARIATION

It is agreed that the Group reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties.

 

Yours sincerely
LOGO

 A R Welton

For and on behalf of S. JOSELOWITZ
Chief Executive Officer
MiX Telematics Limited

I, Megan Pydigadu, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I will make myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

 

LOGO

   JOHANNESBURG    8/12/2009
Signature    Place    Date

 

Page 6 of 6


Appendix A (required on award of share options)

RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 The following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning -

 

  1.1.1    “the restrainee”    -    as defined in annexure B;
  1.1.2    “the Company”    -   

MiX Telematics Limited

(Reg.No.1995/ 013858/06);

  1.1.3    “the prescribed areas”    -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
  1.1.4    “business”    -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company;
  1.1.5    “proprietor”    -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in written form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4

The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set- out in the attached annexure B after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or

 

Page 7 of 10


  indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above;

and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to terminate his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

  1.5.3

furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed

 

Page 8 of 10


  areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to -

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

Signed at Midrand on this 16 day of July 2010

 

LOGO

 

Restrainee

Signed at Midrand on this 16 day of July 2010

 

LOGO

 

For and on behalf of the Company

 

Page 9 of 10


Annexure B

Restrainee: Megan Pydigadu (Id Num: 2407310137088)

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

Matrix Corner | Howick Close | Waterfall Park | Midrand

PO Box | 12326 Vorna Valley | 1686 | Gauteng

Tel +27 11 654 8000 | Fax: +27 11 805 7495

10 th  September 2007

Mrs. Riette Botha

p/a Matrix Vehicle Tracking

P O Box 12326

Vorna Valley

1686

Dear Riette

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

TELIMATRIX GROUP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

1. INTRODUCTION

In terms of the proposed merger between Matrix and Control Instruments Omnibridge, it is the intention that all employees will be subject to substantively the same terms and conditions of employment that they currently enjoy. This document clarifies these terms and conditions and from the merger date onwards will supercede all your current conditions of employment.

I would like you to sign and return a copy to the undersigned or contact me with any queries you may have prior to the merger date.

Our current estimated merge date is 1 st  October 2007.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

The Company hereby appoints and you hereby accept appointment as Managing Director of Matrix Vehicle Tracking with effect from merge date, to be based at the company’s premises at the address above.

You may be obliged should it be so required, to be transferred to any subsidiary or associate office of the employer and you acknowledge and agree to such transfer in the event of it being required by the Company, on mutually agreed terms at the time of such requirement.

 

3. DURATION

 

3.1 Your employment with the Company will continue for an indefinite period terminable on not less than three calendar month’s written notice by either party to the other subject to the provisions of clause 9.1 below, such notice to be given by either party with effect from the first working day of any calendar month.

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

You shall, for the duration of your employment, unless amended in writing and assented to by both parties –

 

4.1 report directly to the Group Managing Director;

 

4.2 perform the general duties of Managing Director as may from time to time be determined by your Manager.

 

4.3 devote your attention and such reasonable time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of the business of the Company, to the business and the affairs of the Company;

 

4.4 obey the reasonable orders and directions of your Manager, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to You and are consistent with your status, and endeavour to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN |

A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

 

4.5 perform such service for, and accept such office in subsidiary and/or associate companies of the Company as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Company; and

 

4.6 not without the prior written consent of the Group Managing Director, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Company.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

5.1 Salary

 

5.1.1 As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay to you a monthly remuneration package having a gross value of 107,083 Rands (one hundred and seven thousand and eighty three).

 

5.1.2 Salaries are paid by the 25th of each month by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.

 

5.1.3

Your salary will be subject to review at least once a year on April 1 st .

 

5.2 Annual Performance Bonus

 

5.2.1 Part of your remuneration package will be an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary from time to time.

 

5.2.2 The bonus period would run in line with the Group’s current financial year, which is currently 1 April to the end of March.

 

5.2.3

In order to synchronise such bonus, there will be an interim period from merge date (1 st October) to 31 st  March on which your initial annual bonus will be based.

 

5.2.4 The definition of such a bonus will be determined before the merger date but be subject to ratification by the remuneration committee as will all subsequent annual bonuses.

 

5.3 Share Scheme

 

5.3.1 You will be entitled to share options in Telimatrix as per the rules of Telimatrix’s share scheme and as determined by the Board.

 

5.4 Other Benefits

 

5.4.1 Cell Phone Allowance

You will be required to obtain a Company approved rental contract and the company will provide you free use of this phone.

 

5.4.2 3G Card

You may be required to obtain a 3G Card and the company will reimburse the amount billed per month.

 

5.5 Deductions from Salary

 

5.5.1 The Company shall deduct from your salary any garnishee orders and any other amounts required by law to be deducted from your salary

 

5.5.2 The Company will also withhold your tax from your salary and pay same over to the Receiver of Revenue.

 

5.5.3 Other statutory deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, will be deductible from Your salary, including but not limited to Provident Fund and Medical Aid contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN |

A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

PAGE 2 of 5


LOGO

 

5.5.4 You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorises the Company in writing to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

5.5.5 On termination of your employment with the Company, You, to the extent allowed by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorises the Company in writing to deduct any amount owing by you to the Company from any amount owing by the Company to you at termination date.

 

5.6 Hours of Work

 

5.6.1 As a senior executive you are required to work whatever hours are necessary and reasonable.

 

5.7 Provident Fund and Medical Aid Scheme

 

5.7.1 The Company offers membership of both a provident fund and a medical aid scheme which is at your sole discretion and cost. The rules of both are available at the Company’s personnel department, should you require them.

 

6. LEAVE

 

  6.1 You shall be entitled to leave that you may deem satisfactory.

 

  6.2 Leave must be requested in writing and approved in advance by the Group Managing Director.

 

  6.3 No compensation will be paid for any leave not taken.

 

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1 You agree that you will at all times during your employment with the Company, and subsequent thereto, keep confidential and not divulge to any third person or entity or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Company’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Company, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions and any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Company or to any other person or entity doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries.

 

7.2 Upon the termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Company all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.

 

7.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.

 

7.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

8. TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT

 

8.1 You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that you might be entitled arising out of your employment or devolving on You during the period that You are employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

 

8.2 You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Company.

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN |

A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

PAGE 3 of 5


LOGO

 

9. TERMINATION

 

9.1 Misconduct

Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any misconduct or you have committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate your employment. You shall be bound by the Company‘s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Matrix Vehicle Tracking Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

10. RESTRAINT OF TRADE

See attached addendum A

 

11. PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

You must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may fall within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to execute any papers necessary to give effect to the above.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

12.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or You at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

You at:

164 Roedolf Avenue

Clubview East

Centurion

The Employer at:

Matrix Corner

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Bekker Road

Vorna Valley

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

12.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere; provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

12.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery (including telegraphic notices) and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

12.1.4 Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN |

A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

PAGE 4 of 5


LOGO

 

12.2 Entire Contract

This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.

 

12.3 Indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

13. VARIATION

It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

 

Sincerely
TELIMATRIX
LOGO

 

S. Joselowitz

Group Managing Director

I, Riette Botha, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

 

LOGO   Midrand  

 

SIGNATURE   PLACE   DATE

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN |

A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

PAGE 5 of 5


Appendix A

RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 The following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning -

 

  1.1.1    “the restrainee”    -    as defined in annexure B;
  1.1.2    “the Company”    -   

MiX Telematics Limited

(Reg.No.1995/ 013858/06);

  1.1.3    “the prescribed areas”    -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
  1.1.4    “business”    -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company;
  1.1.5    “proprietor”    -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in written form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4

The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set- out in the attached annexure B after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or

 

Page 1 of 4


  indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above;

and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly -

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to terminate his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

  1.5.3

furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed

 

Page 2 of 4


  areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so.

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to -

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

Signed at Stellenbosch on this 10 day of November 2011

 

LOGO

 

Restrainee

Signed at Cape Town on this 10 day of Nov. 2011.

 

LOGO

 

For and on behalf of the Company

 

Page 3 of 4


Annexure B

Restrainee: LOGO (Id No: 6803150045087)

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 | GAUTENG

TEL +27 11 654 8000 | FAX: +27 11 805 7495

31 st  March 2008

Charles Tasker

9 Van Gogh Road

Spanish Farm

Somerset West

7130

Dear Charles,

Letter of appointment

 

1. INTRODUCTION

I am pleased to confirm in writing your appointment as:

 

  a) Managing Director of MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd, and;

 

  b) Executive Director of TeliMatrix Limited.

I would like to take this opportunity to wish you a belated welcome to our board.

Please read the entire document and sign as an acceptance of its contents and return a copy to me, alternatively please contact me with any queries you may have.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

Your role as Managing Director of OmniBridge (Pty) Ltd is likely to continue to require extensive international travel but your home base is at OmniBridge’s premises in Stellenbosch. Given that TeliMatrix acquired OmniBridge from the CI Group and you were previously employed by OmniBridge, your service will be seen as continuous and will be recognised as such by TeliMatrix.

 

3. DURATION

Either party may terminate this appointment by giving 3 (three) calendar months’ written notice to the other but such notice may not be given prior to the 1 st  July 2010 (other than for reasons of gross misconduct or non-performance as per clause 16).

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

It is expected that for the duration of your employment you would:

 

  4.1. report directly to me, the Group Managing Director & CEO;

 

  4.2. perform the general duties of Divisional Managing Director and Executive Director as may from time to time be determined and endeavour to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED | REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/013858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (CHAIRMAN) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY


LOGO

 

  4.3. fulfil this appointment as your full time occupation and not, without my, or my successor’s, prior written consent, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Company;

 

4.4. be prepared to work for or within a subsidiary on similar terms and conditions as contained in this letter, provided that being required or offered work within a subsidiary on financial terms less beneficial than those contained in this agreement shall be deemed to constitute an immediate constructive dismissal.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

Your total package will consist of three components:

 

  5.1. Monthly salary

 

  5.2. Annual Performance Bonus

 

  5.3. Share option scheme

At your seniority, all reviews of your package will be subject to approval by the Group’s remuneration committee.

 

  5.1. Salary

 

  5.1.1.

To afford you maximum flexibility and to keep administration to a minimum your package will be based on a total cost to company and your monthly remuneration will be R 133,500.00 (One hundred and thirty three thousand, five hundred rands only) with effect from the 1 st  April 2008.

 

  5.1.2. Salaries are paid by the last day of each month (or on an earlier day in the month, at the company’s discretion) by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.

 

  5.1.3.

Your salary will be subject to review by me and the Group’s remuneration committee at least once a year and any adjustment will generally be effective on the 1 st April.

 

  5.1.4. Deductions

 

  5.1.4.1. The Company shall deduct from your salary any garnishee orders and any other amounts required by law to be deducted from your salary.

 

  5.1.4.2. The Company will also withhold PAYE tax from your salary and pay same over to the Receiver of Revenue.

 

  5.1.4.3. Other statutory deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, will be deductible from your salary, including but not limited to Retirement Fund and Medical Aid contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

Page 2 of 9


LOGO

 

  5.1.4.4. You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Company in writing to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

  5.1.4.5. On termination of your employment with the Company, you, to the extent allowed by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Company in writing to deduct any amount owing by you to the Company from any amount owing by the Company to you at termination date.

 

  5.1.4.6. Should indebtedness to the Company on the part of yourself become known after the termination of your employment, the Company reserves the right to claim such indebtedness back from you taking whatever action is otherwise necessary to recoup such indebtedness from you, with any costs being incurred in such recovery being for your account.

 

  5.2. Annual Performance Bonus

 

  5.2.1. All group executives will form part of the group performance bonus programme. The group remuneration committee will evaluate both the Group’s and each individual Executive’s performance typically on a bi-annual basis and bonus awards will be made accordingly. Any and all bonuses will be awarded entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

 

  5.2.2.

The bonus program period will run in line with the Group’s financial year, which is currently 1 st  April to the end of March and the evaluation periods will generally follow the availability of half-year and full-year results.

 

  5.3. Share Scheme

You will be entitled to share options in TeliMatrix as per the rules of TeliMatrix’s share scheme and as determined by the Board. It will be a condition of the scheme that you sign the attached Restraint of Trade.

 

6. Other Benefits

 

  6.1. Travel

It is a condition of the employment that you are in possession of a roadworthy private motor vehicle for business use. A travel allowance which is included in your monthly remuneration package referred to in clause 5.1.1, is paid for the business use of your private motor vehicle including leasing, maintenance, insurance and other motor vehicle travel expenses within one hundred kilometres of Stellenbosch.

The company will provide at its cost adequate travel and medical insurance for overseas travel.

 

  6.2. Cell Phone, 3G card, wireless roaming and ADSL

Your current cell phone, 3G, wireless roaming and ADSL accounts contract/s will continue at the Company’s expense.

 

Page 3 of 9


LOGO

 

  6.3. Expense Reimbursement

You will be timeously reimbursed without deduction for all out-of-pocket expenses (hotel, travel, entertainment and other similar items) reasonably and properly incurred by you in the performance your duties, subject to the production of satisfactory evidence of expenditure and in accordance with the Company’s expenses policy from time to time in force. All international airline travel will be in business class on any major commercial airline of the company’s choice.

 

7. Hours of Work

As a senior executive you are required to work whatever hours are necessary and reasonable.

 

8. Retirement Fund

 

  8.1. You may join the nominated Group Retirement Fund as specified by the company, or an alternate Retirement Fund and will be bound by the rules of the Fund. The company will arrange deductions from your salary applicable to the relevant fund.

 

  8.2. Should you choose to join the nominated fund, you undertake to make yourself aware of the terms and conditions of the Rules of the Fund and such terms and conditions are available upon request from the Group Human Resources Manager or nominee.

 

9. Medical Aid

 

  9.1. All Employees may elect to join the Company’s Nominated Medical Aid scheme which is currently Discovery Health. The company will arrange deductions from your salary applicable to the relevant Scheme.

 

  9.2. You, upon election to join such Scheme, will be bound by the rules of the applicable Scheme as notified from time to time.

 

  9.3. You undertake to acquaint yourself with the Rules of the applicable Scheme. Rules are available upon request from the Group Human Resources Manager or nominee.

 

  9.4. Any schemes available reserve the right to determine eligibility of the Scheme and the Employer cannot guarantee that membership of any scheme will be permitted without certain conditions being applied upon individual members, nor can it guarantee that the Scheme will admit membership. The final decision to admit any member rests with the Scheme concerned.

 

  9.5. If you retire in the employ of the Company, then you may opt to continue membership of the medical aid. The Company does not subsidise pensioner medical aid and contributions payable at that time will be for your account.

 

10. LEAVE

 

  10.1. You shall be entitled to leave that you may deem satisfactory.

 

Page 4 of 9


LOGO

 

  10.2. Leave must be requested in writing and approved in advance by the Group Managing Director.

 

  10.3. No compensation will be paid for any leave not taken.

 

11. SICK LEAVE/ABSENCE WITHOUT AUTHORISED LEAVE

 

  11.1. You are obliged to advise the Company, as soon as practically possible, either personally or through a third person, of the fact that you are unable to attend work due to illness and you are obliged to provide an estimate of the duration for which you will be away from work.

 

  11.2. Absences for reasons other than sick leave, which are unexpected, are to be treated in the same way as sick leave. Where applicable, the Employer may request reasonable documentary evidence of the requirement to be away from work on an urgent basis and such evidence may not be unreasonably withheld by you.

 

12. RESTRAINT OF TRADE

See attached document.

 

13. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  13.1. You agree that you will at all times during your employment with the Company, and subsequent thereto, keep confidential and not divulge to any third person or entity or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Company’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Company, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions and any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Company or to any other person or entity doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries.

 

  13.2. Upon the termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Company all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession, which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.

 

  13.3. The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.

 

  13.4. The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

Page 5 of 9


LOGO

 

14. TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT

 

  14.1. You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that you might be entitled arising out of your employment or devolving on you during the period that you are employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

 

  14.2. You undertake to do all things to effect (and refrain from doing anything that will prevent) the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Company.

 

15. PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

  15.1. You must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may be within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

 

  15.2. You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to execute any papers necessary to give effect to the above.

 

16. TERMINATION

 

  16.1. Misconduct

Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any gross misconduct or substantial non-performance or you have committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty by any lawful authority of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate your employment. You shall be bound by the Company’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Group Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

  16.2. Incapacity, Incompetence and Operational Reasons

 

  16.2.1 Subject as below, the Company shall be entitled to terminate this agreement and your employment should you consistently perform poorly, or become incapacitated and be unable to perform, provided that a fair procedure is followed in such termination decision.

 

Page 6 of 9


LOGO

 

  16.2.3

In the event that the Company terminates this agreement and your employment pursuant to the prevailing laws and Code of Good practice of the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995, for operational reasons, on or before the 1 st  July 2010 (“Minimum Appointment Date”), the Company shall remunerate you all compensation (including all benefits referred to in this agreement) to which you are entitled under this agreement up to and including the 30 th  September 2010.

 

  16.2.4 All remunerations and benefits referred to in this clause 16.2 shall be paid or provided, as the case may be, without any withholdings (other than as required by statute) or discounting of any nature.

 

17. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  17.1. Notices and Domicilia

 

  17.1.1. All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or you at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

You at:

9 Van Gogh Road

Spanish Farm

Somerset West

7130

The Employer at:

10 th Floor, Twin Towers East

Sandton City

Fifth Street

Sandown

2146

Tel (011) 654 8000

Fax (011) 805 7495

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

  17.1.2. Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere; provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

Page 7 of 9


LOGO

 

  17.1.3. Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery (including telegraphic notices) and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

  17.1.4. Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

  17.2. Entire Contract

This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.

 

  17.3. Indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

18. VARIATION

It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

Sincerely

 

For TELIMATRIX LIMITED
LOGO

 

S. JOSELOWITZ

Group Managing Director

 

Page 8 of 9


LOGO

 

I, Charles Tasker, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

 

LOGO      Stellenbosch      29 July 2008

 

SIGNATURE      PLACE      DATE

 

Page 9 of 9


Appendix A

RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 The following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning -

 

1.1.1    “the restrainee”    -    as defined in annexure B;
1.1.2    “the Company’’    -   

MiX Telematics Limited

(Reg.No.1995/013858/06);

1.1.3    “the prescribed areas”    -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
1.1.4    “business”    -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company ;
1.1.5    “proprietor”    -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in written form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4

The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set- out in the attached annexure B after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or

 

Page 1 of 4


  indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above;

and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly -

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to terminate his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

  1.5.3

furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed

 

Page 2 of 4


  areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so.

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to -

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

Signed at Stellenbosch on this 10 th day of November 2011

 

LOGO
Restrainee

Signed at Cape Town on this 10th day of November 2011.

 

LOGO
For and on behalf of the Company

 

Page 3 of 4


Annexure B

Restrainee: Charles Tasker (Id No: 6308095097086)

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1626 | GAUTENG

TEL: +27 11 654 8000 | FAX +27 11 835 74 95

10 th  September 2007

Terence Edward Buzer

6 Nassau Road

Parel Vallei

Somerset West

7130

Dear Terry

APPOINTMENT TO THE TELIMATRIX BOARD

 

1. INTRODUCTION

I am pleased to confirm in writing your appointment as an Executive Director of the TeliMatrix Group and welcome you to the Main Board with effect from the 1 st  October 2007. This letter of appointment consists of 2 sections:

 

  i) The body of the letter covers the scope and general conditions

 

  ii) The attached appendices cover the contractual and legal conditions

Please read the entire document and sign as an acceptance of its contents and return a copy to me, alternatively please contact me with any queries you may have.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

Your appointment as an Executive Director of Telimatrix is based at the company’s premises in Johannesburg and Stellenbosch. From a service perspective your past service with the CI Group will be recognised at TeliMatrix.

 

3. DURATION

Subject to the provisions of clause 7, either party may terminate this appointment by giving three calendar months written notice to the other but such notice may not be given prior to the 1 st  July 2010.

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

It is expected, unless we both agree in writing that for the duration of your employment you would:

 

  4.1 report directly to me, the Group Managing Director;

 

TELIMATRIX LIMITED | REGISTRATION NUMBER 1995/015858/06

DIRECTORS: SR BRYUNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

 

  4.2 perform the general duties of Executive Director as may from time to time be determined and endeavour to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

  4.3 fulfil this appointment as your full time occupation and not, without my, or my successors, prior written consent, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Company;

 

  4.4 be prepared to work for or within a subsidiary on similar terms and conditions as contained in this letter.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

Your total package will consist of three components:

 

  i) Monthly salary

 

  ii) Annual Incentive

 

  iii) Share option scheme

At your seniority, all reviews of your package will be subject to approval by the Group’s remuneration committee.

 

  5.1 Salary

 

  5.1.1 To afford you maximum flexibility and to keep administration to a minimum your package will be based on a total cost to company and your monthly remuneration will be R120,000 (one hundred and twenty thousand)

 

  5.1.2 Salaries are paid by the last day of each month by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.

 

  5.1.3

Your salary will be subject to review by me and the Group’s remuneration committee at least once a year and any adjustment will generally be effective on the 1 st  April,

 

  5.2 Annual Performance Bonus

 

  5.2.2 I will work with you over the next month to determine the details of this incentive which will aim to align your goals with those of the group. The terms and conditions of the applicable bonus program will be amended on an annual basis as will the monetary quantum of the performance bonus itself.

 

  5.2.3

The bonus program period will run in line with the Group’s financial year, which is currently 1 st  April to the end of March.

 

  5.3 Share Scheme

You will be entitled to share options in TeliMatrix as per the rules of Telimatrix’s share scheme and as determined by the Board. It will be a condition of the scheme that you sign the restraint of trade as contained in the Appendices of this document.

 

 

Page 2 of 16


LOGO

 

  5.4 Other Benefits

 

  5.4.1 Travel

It is a condition of the employment that you are in possession of a roadworthy private motor vehicle for business use. A travel allowance which is included in your monthly remuneration package referred to in clause 5.1.1, is paid for the business use of your private motor vehicle including leasing, maintenance, insurance and other travel expenses.

 

  5.4.2 Cell Phone Allowance

You will be required to obtain a Company approved rental contract and the company will provide you free use of this phone.

 

  5.2.3 3G Card

You may be required to obtain a 3G Card and the company will reimburse the amount billed per month.

 

  5.6 Hours of Work

As a senior executive you are required to work whatever hours are necessary and reasonable.

 

  5.7 Retirement Fund

 

  5.7.1 You may join the nominated Group Retirement Fund as specified by the company, or an alternate Retirement Fund and will be bound by the rules of the Fund. The company will arrange deductions from your salary applicable to the relevant fund.

 

  5.7.2 Should you choose to join the nominated fund, you undertake to make yourself aware of the terms and conditions of the Rules of the Fund and such terms and conditions are available upon request from the Group Human Resources Manager or nominee.

 

  5.8 Medical Aid

 

  5.8.1 All Employees may elect to join the Company’s Nominated Medical Aid scheme which is currently Discovery Health. You, upon election to join such Fund, will be bound by the rules of the applicable Scheme as notified from time to time.

 

  5.8.2 You undertake to acquaint yourself with the Rules of the applicable Scheme. Rules are available upon request from the Group Human Resources Manager or nominee.

 

 

Page 3 of 16


LOGO

 

  5.8.3 Any schemes available reserve the right to determine eligibility of the Scheme and the Employer cannot guarantee that membership of any scheme will be permitted without certain conditions being applied upon individual members, nor can it guarantee that the Scheme will admit membership. The final decision to admit any member rests with the Scheme concerned.

 

  5.8.4 If you retire in the employ of the Company, then you may opt to continue membership of medical aid. The Company does not subsidise pensioner medical aid and contributions payable at that time will be for the full account of your pensioner.

 

6. LEAVE

 

  6.1 You shall be entitled to leave that you may deem satisfactory.

 

  6.2 Leave must be requested in writing and approved in advance by the Group Managing Director.

 

  6.3 No compensation will be paid for any leave not taken.

 

7. RESTRAINT OF TRADE

See attached appendices

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  8.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

  8.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or You at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

You at:

6 Nassau Road

Parel Vallei

Somerset West

7130

The Employer at:

Matrix Corner

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Midrand

1686

Tel (011) 654 8000

Fax (011) 805 7495

 

 

Page 4 of 16


LOGO

 

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

  8.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere; provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

  8.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery (including telegraphic notices) and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

  8.1.4 Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

  8.2 Entire Contract

This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.

 

  8.3 Indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

9. VARIATION

It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

 

Sincerely
TELIMATRIX LIMITED
LOGO
S. Joselowitz
Group Managing Director

 

 

Page 5 of 16


LOGO

 

I, Terence Edward Buzer, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

 

LOGO   MIDRAND   29-11-2007
SIGNATURE   PLACE   DATE

 

 

Page 6 of 16


LOGO

 

APPENDICES

 

1. Restraint of Trade

 

2. Special Conditions

 

3. Sick Leave / Absence without authorised leave

 

4. Deductions from Salary

 

5. Confidentiality

 

6. Trade Secrets and Industrial Copyright

 

7. Termination

 

8. Patents, Inventions and Improvements

 

 

Page 7 of 16


LOGO

 

1. RESTRAINT OF TRADE

 

1.1 the following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them and cognate expressions shall have a similar meaning -

 

1.1.1    “the restrainee”   -    Terence Edward Buzer;
1.1.2    “the Company”   -   

TeliMatrix Group Limited

(Reg.No.1995/ 013858/06);

1.1.3    “the prescribed areas”   -    the area of each province of the Republic of South Africa and any country in which a business defined in 1.1.4 below is conducted at a time when the applicable restrainee leaves the employ of a proprietor as defined in 1.1.5 below;
1.1.4    “business”   -    each and every business conducted by the Company and each and every business conducted by each and every subsidiary of the Company as at the date when the applicable restrainee ceases to be an employee of the Company;
1.1.5    “proprietor”   -    The Company or any subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be;

 

1.2 It is recorded that in the course of the restrainee’s involvement with the business prior to his ceasing to be employed by a proprietor, he-

 

 

Page 8 of 16


LOGO

 

  1.2.1 will have acquired considerable know-how in and learnt of proprietary techniques relating to such business;

 

  1.2.2 will have had access to the names of partners, customers, suppliers and consultants with whom each proprietor did business whether embodied in form or otherwise;

 

  1.2.3 generally will have had the opportunity of learning and acquiring the trade secrets, business connections and other confidential information appertaining to each such business.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged that by virtue of the restrainee’s position in the business the only effective and reasonable manner in which the relevant proprietor’s rights in respect can be protected is the restraint imposed upon the restrainee in terms of this agreement. In exchange for the imposition of this restraint the company undertakes to include the restrainee as a participant in the Company’s share incentive scheme.

 

1.4 The restrainee does hereby undertake to the Company that he shall not, for the period set-out in the attached annexure A after leaving the employ of a proprietor without taking up employment with another proprietor, whether as owner, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary or a trust or otherwise and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly, carry on or be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which was competing with a business or tendering for work in direct competition with a business or was party to any contract with the proprietor of any business any subsidiary or associate thereof or was in the habit of doing business with the proprietor of any business or any subsidiary or associate thereof as at the date of his so ceasing to be employed, provided that the restrainee shall not be deemed to have breached this undertaking by reason of his holding shares in any juristic person which are listed on a recognised stock exchange if the shares owned by -

 

  1.4.1 him;

 

 

Page 9 of 16


LOGO

 

  1.4.2 his ascendants and descendants;

 

  1.4.3 his spouse;

 

  1.4.4 any person related to him or his spouse within the third degree of consanguinity;

 

  1.4.5 any trust created primarily for the benefit of one or more of the persons referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.3 above; and

 

  1.4.6 any juristic person effectively controlled by one or more of the persons and trusts referred to in 1.4.1 to 1.4.5;

do not in the aggregate constitute more than 5% of any class of the issued share capital of such juristic person.

 

1.5 The restrainee hereby separately undertakes that neither he nor any juristic person, firm, undertaking or concern in or by which he is directly or indirectly interested or employed will, within the period set out in annexure A, after he ceases to be employed by a proprietor, and without being employed by another proprietor, and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly -

 

  1.5.1 encourage or entice or persuade or induce any employee of the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business to his employment; or

 

  1.5.2 furnish any information or advice to any employee employed by the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof engaged in a business or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which are directly or indirectly intended or likely to persuade such person to be in any way interested in or associated with any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof; or

 

 

Page 10 of 16


LOGO

 

  1.5.3 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person with whom the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof does business that the restrainee intends to or will (whether as proprietor, partner, director, shareholder, member, employee, consultant, contractor, financier, agent, representative or otherwise) directly or indirectly, be interested or engaged in or concerned with or employed by any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern carried on in the prescribed areas which competes with a business at the closing date or will compete with a business during the 365 days succeeding the date he ceases to be an employee of a proprietor without his becoming the employee of another proprietor; or

 

  1.5.4 furnish any information or advice (whether oral or written) to any person doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof or use any other means or take any other action which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such person terminating his association with the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business and/or transferring his business concerning a business to any person other than the Company or any subsidiary or associate thereof concerning a business, or attempt to do so.

 

1.6 Each of the undertakings set out in this agreement are severable inter alia as to

 

  1.6.1 nature of interest, act or activity;

 

  1.6.2 the area and period of the restraint;

and are acknowledged to be reasonably required for the protection of the Company and its subsidiaries and to be generally fair and reasonable.

 

 

Page 11 of 16


LOGO

 

Signed at Midrand on this 29 day of November 2007.

 

LOGO     LOGO   .  
Witness     Restrainee    

Signed at Midrand on this 29 day of November 2007

 

LOGO     LOGO   .  
Witness     for and on behalf of the Company    

 

Restrainee:    LOGO   :   )   

Restraint Period: 24 (Twenty Four) Months

 

 

Page 12 of 16


LOGO

 

2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

  2.1 It is acknowledged that you live in Somerset West and will not be expected to relocate to Johannesburg unless by mutual agreement. The company would pay for reasonable travel and accommodation expenses for you to commute to Johannesburg on a regular basis.

 

  2.2 The parties to this agreement acknowledge that there have been discussions of the employee being relocated to the USA, as part of a TeliMatrix Group move, at some later stage. Should it be decided that the relocation is to take place then prior to this

 

  2.2.1 The parties undertake, within 3 (three) months of the Commencement Date, to negotiate in good faith as far as adjusting the Executive’s US$ cost to company remuneration package, effective on the Effective Date by taking into account fair and appropriate purchasing parity conditions as between the RSA and the USA.

 

  2.2.2 Whilst it may not be possible to match exactly the current terms and conditions as detailed in this document it is specifically noted that full comprehensive medical insurance would be a pre requisite to the transfer

 

  2.3 It is agreed between the parties that any unresolved dispute relevant to any adjustment referred to above shall be referred to independent auditors (who shall act as experts) for determination whose decision shall be binding on the parties. The parties undertake in this regard:

 

  2.3.1 to agree upon the appointment of the independent auditor for the purposes hereof within 14 (fourteen) days of the dispute being declared by either party, and failing agreement as to the auditor’s appointment the appointment shall be made by the chairman of the South African Auditor’s Board;

 

  2.3.2 to use their reasonable endeavours to have any such dispute determined by the auditors within 30 (thirty) days of notifying the auditors of such dispute;

 

  2.3.3 the cost of the auditors and liability for such costs referred to herein shall be determined by the auditors.

 

3. SICK LEAVE/ABSENCE WITHOUT AUTHORISED LEAVE

 

  3.1 You will be entitled to 30 working days sick leave for every 36 completed continuous months of employment with the Company. Sick leave is not accumulated from one cycle to the next.

 

  3.2 You are obliged to advise the Company, as soon as practically possible, either personally or through a third person, by not later than 12h00 on the first day of your absence from work, of the fact that you are unable to attend work due to illness and you are obliged to provide an estimate of the duration for which he/she will be away from work.

 

 

Page 13 of 16


LOGO

 

  3.3 Any failure by you to advise your Manager of your absence from work, within a reasonable time, and any failure to comply with the certification requirement, shall constitute a material breach of this agreement and a disciplinary offence.

 

  3.4 Absences for reasons other than sick leave, which are unexpected, are to be treated in the same way as sick leave. Where applicable, the Employer may request documentary evidence of the requirement to be away from work on an urgent basis and such evidence may not be unreasonably withheld by you. Failure to comply with this requirement may constitute a material breach of this agreement and may be a disciplinary offence.

 

4. DEDUCTIONS FROM SALARY

 

  4.1 The Company shall deduct from your salary any garnishee orders and any other amounts required by law to be deducted from your salary.

 

  4.2 The Company will also withhold PAYE tax from your salary and pay same over to the Receiver of Revenue.

 

  4.3 Other statutory deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, will be deductible from your salary, including but not limited to Retirement Fund and Medical Aid contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

  4.4 You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Company in writing to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

  4.5 On termination of your employment with the Company, you, to the extent allowed by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorise the Company in writing to deduct any amount owing by you to the Company from any amount owing by the Company to you at termination date.

 

  4.6 Should indebtedness to the Company on the part of yourself become known after the termination of your employment, the Company reserves the right to claim such indebtedness back from you taking whatever action is otherwise necessary to recoup such indebtedness from you, with any costs being incurred in such recovery being for your account.

 

5. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  5.1 You agrees that he/she will at all times during your employment with the Company, and subsequent thereto, keep confidential and not divulge to any third person or entity or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Company’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Company, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions and any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Company or to any other person or entity doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries.

 

  5.2 Upon the termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Company all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession, which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.

 

 

Page 14 of 16


LOGO

 

  5.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.

 

  5.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

6. TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1 You agrees that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that You might be entitled arising out of your employment or devolving on You during the period that You is employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.

 

  6.2 You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Company.

 

7. TERMINATION

 

  7.1 Misconduct

Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any misconduct or you have committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate your employment. You shall be bound by the Company’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Control Instruments Group Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

  7.2 Incapacity, Incompatibility, Incompetence and Operational Reasons

The Company shall be entitled to terminate this agreement and your employment in terms of prevailing laws and Code of Good practice of the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995, should operational reasons require the termination of same, or should you consistently perform poorly, be incompatible with the culture of the Company, or become incapacitated and be unable to perform, provided that a fair procedure is followed in such termination decision.

 

8. PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

You must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

 

 

Page 15 of 16


LOGO

 

You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to execute any papers necessary to give effect to the above.

 

 

Page 16 of 16

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

1 January 2012

Dear Brendan

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

We have pleasure in confirming your terms of employment, as set out in this letter. Please find attached a copy for your records. Please acknowledge acceptance of these terms by signing below and returning this letter.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

The parties to this agreement are Mix Telematics Limited (“Mix Telematics”) (“the Company”) and Brendan Patrick Horan (ID# 7409175211081) (“the Employee”).

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company hereby appoints and the Employee hereby accepts appointment as Managing Director – Consumer Solutions Division.

 

2.2 It is agreed that the Company may, at any time, designate any of its subsidiaries or associates to fulfill its obligations and exercise its rights. The Company may therefore oblige the Employee to transfer to a different subsidiary or associate of the Company and the Employee acknowledges and agrees to such transfer, on mutually agreed terms.

 

3. DURATION

The Employee’s employment with the Company will continue for an indefinite period terminable on not less than 3 (Three) calendar months written notice by either party to the other, subject to the provisions of clause 11 below.

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

The Employee shall –

 

4.1 initially report directly to the Group Chief Executive Officer (“the CEO”);

 

4.2 perform the general duties of Managing Director – Consumer Solutions Division as may from time to time be determined by the CEO.

 

4.3 devote such time and attention as may be necessary to the business and the affairs of the Company, considering their seniority and the requirements of the business;

 

4.4 obey the reasonable orders and directions of the CEO, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to the Employee and endeavour at all times to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

4.5 perform such service for, and accept such office in subsidiary and/or associate companies of the Company as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Company; and

 

4.6 not, without the prior written consent of the CEO, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of their employment with the Company.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

5.1 Salary

 

5.1.1 The Employee’s total employment cost will be R1,800,000 (one million, eight hundred thousand rands) per annum, which shall represent the total cost to Company, which shall be paid monthly. The Employee hereby acknowledges that should he/she receive unauthorised over payment i.e. salary, commission, benefits, leave, incentives etc, he/she will reimburse the Company with said payment within 30 days after receipt of such payment.

 

5.1.2 Salaries are paid at the end of each month by way of a direct transfer into the employee’s nominated bank account or earlier at the discretion of the Company.

 

5.1.3

The Employee’s salary will be subject to review once a year and any change shall be effective from July 1 st .

 

5.2 Performance Bonus

 

5.2.1 In addition to the cost to company package the Employee may be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of the Employee’s performance by the CEO and the remuneration committee.

 

5.2.2 The parameters upon which any such bonus is based will be determined before the period to which it relates but will be finally determined at the absolute discretion of the remuneration committee.

 

5.3 Deductions from Salary

 

5.3.1 The Company shall deduct from the Employee’s salary and bonus-

 

  5.3.2 any amounts required by law to be deducted from such payments;

 

  5.3.3 the Employee’s tax and pay same over to the tax authorities in the country from where the payment is made. The Company shall not be responsible to withhold and pay over taxes that the Employee maybe liable for in any other jurisdiction;

 

  5.3.4 other deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, including but not limited to retirement funding and medical scheme contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

5.3.5 The Employee irrevocably authorises the Company to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

5.3.6 Should indebtedness to the Company on the part of the Employee become known after the termination of the Employee’s employment, then the Company reserves the right to claim such indebtedness back from the Employee taking whatever action is otherwise necessary to recoup such indebtedness from the Employee, with any costs being incurred in such recovery being for the Employee’s account.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

5.4 Travel and Entertainment

It is a condition of employment that the Company may require the Employee to travel away from the city in which the Employee is based. The Company shall pay the reasonable costs of any such travel and other business related expenses, which costs shall require the CEO authorization prior to re-imbursement.

 

5.5 Hours of Work

 

5.5.1 As a senior executive the Employee is required to work the hours that are necessary but also reasonable.

 

5.5.2 The Employee will be obliged and hereby agrees to work reasonable amounts of unpaid overtime as required in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.6 Pension Fund

 

5.6.1 The Employee may be obliged to join the retirement fund, applicable to the area in which they are employed, from time to time, and will be bound by the rules of any such Fund.

 

5.6.2 The deduction of the Employee’s contribution to the applicable Fund will be made in terms of the rules of the Fund and such costs will be deducted from the Employee’s Cost to Company Package.

 

5.6.3 If applicable, the Employee undertakes to become aware of the terms and conditions of the rules of the fund.

 

5.7 Medical Scheme

 

5.7.1 The rules of the Company’s medical scheme may make membership compulsory for the Employee.

 

5.7.2 The Employee will be liable for the full cost of the medical scheme and such costs will be deducted from the Employee’s Cost to Company Package.

 

5.7.3 The Employee undertakes to become acquainted with the rules of the applicable scheme.

 

5.7.4 Any schemes available may reserve the right to determine eligibility to the scheme. Therefore the Employer cannot guarantee that membership of any scheme will be permitted, with or without special conditions being applied to individual members. The final decision to admit any member rests with the scheme.

 

5.7.5 If the Employee retires from the Company and the Employee continues membership of the medical scheme. The Company does not subsidise pensioner medical costs and all contributions payable will be for the account of the Employee pensioner.

 

6. MOBILE PHONE and ON BOARD COMPUTER

 

6.1 The Company shall provide the Employee with a mobile phone for business purposes.

 

6.2 The Employee agrees that the company shall be entitled to place an on board computer (OBC) into his/her vehicle, if requested to do so by the company. The costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the OBC shall be borne by the company. The Employee agrees that he/she will not tamper with the OBC or alter any of the configurations or settings that will cause the OBC to malfunction in any way.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

6.3 Should the provision of either of these items result in any liability for taxation, the tax (paye or otherwise) will be for the Employee’s account.

 

7. LEAVE

 

7.1 The Employee shall be entitled to 20 (twenty) working days’ leave in respect of every twelve months of completed continuous service in terms of this agreement, such leave to be taken at a time convenient to the Company.

 

7.2 Leave must be requested by the Employee and approved by the CEO in writing prior to the leave date.

 

7.3 Annual leave must be taken within eighteen months of the end of the year in respect of which it becomes due, otherwise the Employee will forfeit it. The Company reserves the right to enforce leave. Leave is not paid out in cash during employment. The Company reserves the right to enforce a closure period over the Christmas/New Year season which will be allocated to the Employee’s annual leave entitlement.

 

8. SICK LEAVE/ABSENCE WITHOUT AUTHORISED LEAVE

 

8.1 The Employee will be entitled to 30 working days sick leave for every 36 completed continuous months of employment with the Company. Sick leave is not accumulated from one cycle to the next.

 

8.2 The Employee is obliged to advise the Company, as soon as practically possible, either personally or through a third person, by not later than 12h00 on the first day of his/her absence from work, of the fact that he/she is unable to attend work due to illness and he/she is obliged to provide an estimate of the duration for which he/she will be away from work.

 

8.3 The Employee is obliged to submit a certificate of a registered medical/traditional practitioner in respect of any absence in excess of 2 consecutive days, or any absence on a Monday or a Friday, or any day before or after a Public Holiday to the Employer immediately after his/her return to work. Any failure by the Employee to advise his/her Manager of his/her absence from work, within a reasonable time, and any failure to comply with the certification requirement, shall constitute a material breach of this agreement and a disciplinary offence.

 

8.4 Absences for reasons other than sick leave, which are unexpected, are to be treated in the same way as sick leave, barring the certification requirement. Where applicable, the Employer may request documentary evidence of the requirement to be away from work on an urgent basis and such evidence may not be unreasonably withheld by the Employee. Failure to comply with this requirement may constitute a material breach of this agreement and may be a disciplinary offence.

 

9. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1 Confidential information includes but is not limited to financial, technical, business systems, personnel, customer details and any other proprietary information belonging to the Company or to any other party doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries (“Confidential Data”). The Employee agrees, at all times during and after their employment with the Company, to keep confidential and not to divulge or use for any purpose (whether for his/her own financial benefit or the Company’s detriment) any of the Confidential Data of the Company.

 

9.2 Upon the termination of employment, the Employee shall return to the Company all Confidential Data under their control.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

9.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of the Employee.

 

9.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

10.1 The Employee must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which he/she makes during his/her employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

 

10.2 The Employee agrees that any intellectual property, including patents, copyrights or trademark, (“IP”) that the Employee might be entitled to during the period that the Employee is employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such IP.

 

10.3 The employee undertakes to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the IP to the Company.

 

11. TERMINATION

 

11.1 Misconduct

The employment of the Employee may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that he/she is guilty of any misconduct or he/she has acted in a manner that could damage the reputation of the Group or he/she has committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if he/she is found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate his/her employment. The Employee shall be bound by the Company’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Mix Telematics Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

11.2 Incapacity, Incompatibility, Incompetence and Operational Reasons

The Company shall be entitled to terminate this agreement and the Employee’s employment in terms of prevailing laws should operational reasons require the termination of same, or should the Employee consistently perform poorly, be incompatible with the culture of the Company, or become incapacitated and be unable to perform, provided that a fair procedure is followed in such termination decision.

 

11.3 Non-disclosure of a criminal record is a dismissible offence.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

12 MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

12.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or the Employee at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post, where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

The Employee at the address set out at the end of this letter.

The Employer, clearly marked “For the attention of the Group Financial Director’’ at:

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Midrand

1686

South Africa

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

12.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address, provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

12.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

12.1.4 Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

12.2 Entire Contract

This agreement shall replace any pre-existing agreement between the parties and contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties, with regard to the subject matter of the agreement, and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in this agreement or incorporated by reference. It is however noted that the terms of the restraint of trade are recorded in a separate document.

 

12.3 Disclosure

The Employee will also be required to disclose any conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest that may exist at the present time or at any time during the duration of his/her employment. Conflicts of interest may arise by the Employee’s association with any person employed or otherwise associated with any competitor of the Company or any supplier or customer of the Company. If the Employee is unsure whether such association poses a conflict, ensure it is properly disclosed to avoid problems of any kind in the future.

All disclosures must be in writing and addressed to the CEO immediately after the Employee becomes aware of such conflict or potential conflict. If a conflict is of such a nature that it precludes the Employee from remaining in the Company’s employment, he/she hereby agrees that the Company may terminate his/her employment in accordance with the terms of this contract, provided a fair procedure is followed. Examples of conflictual associations or relationships includes having a spouse or family members employed, faithfully or otherwise, by competitive companies, suppliers or customers and where confidential trade secrets of the Company may, in one way or another, be released, either wittingly or unwittingly.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

12.4 Indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

12.5 Variation

It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

 

Yours sincerely
MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
LOGO
Stefan Joselowitz
Group Chief Executive Officer

I, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable. I further acknowledge that all information supplied to Mix Telematics (but not limited to information given in the recruitment process), is true and correct.

 

Brendan Haran    LOGO    2/2/2012
NAME    SIGNATURE    DATE

 

4 Coral Tree Crescent, Fourways Gardens,    2191
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS    POST CODE

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

1 January 2012

Dear Brendan

RESTRAINT OF TRADE AND NON SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

 

1. You have had and will continue to have, during your employment in the group, (consisting of Mix Telematics Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries and associates) (“the Group”), access to the proprietary information including trade secrets, strategic plans, confidential information, employee details, business relationships, know-how and documentation of the Group. (“the PI”).

That knowledge, if used otherwise than by the Group, and more particularly by a competitor of the Group, will be seriously detrimental to the group.

 

2. You have accepted these restraints to be eligible for awards under the Mix Telematics Group Executive Share Incentive Scheme.

 

3. You therefore undertake to the Company and the Group (on behalf of whom the Company accepts the benefit of that undertaking) that you will not at any time during the 24 (twenty four) months after you cease to be employed by the Group, for any reason whatsoever, (“the restraint period”), directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) be interested in or engaged in or associated with or employed by or be interested financially (whether as a beneficial shareholder or otherwise) in the carrying on or management of any business in any country where the Group has a physical presence (“the restraint area”) which is in competition with any of the products and/or services offered by the Group (“competitive business”). However this restraint shall not preclude you from investing in any publically listed company provided that such shareholding does not exceed 3% of their issued share capital;

 

  (b) approach any customer of the Group (which is defined as any customer indicated on the debtors list which has been active during the six months prior to your termination) for the purposes of conducting a similar or competitive business to the Group’s business with such customers;

 

  (c) approach any prospective customer or leads which are being contacted by the Group at the time of termination of your employment or have been contacted during the 6 months prior to the termination of your employment, for the purposes of conducting competitive business with such customer or lead;

 

  (d) take up employment with any supplier of the Group (defines as any business with whom the group has business dealings for the supply of goods and/or services during the six months prior to your termination), unless you are given specific written agreement to same by the Group Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (e) attempt to persuade any employee of the Group, to end his employment and be employed or to be, directly or indirectly, interested or concerned (whether financially or otherwise) in any way in a competitive business;

 

  (f) disclose to anyone any PI;

 

  (g) save with the written consent of the CEO, employ, cause to be employed, or solicit for employment any of the group employees.

If any of these provisions is wholly or partly invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will continue to be enforceable.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

www.mixtelematics.com

 

  
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

3. You acknowledge that:

 

  (a) Each of these restraints:

 

  (i) is reasonable in regard to its subject matter, area and period;

 

  (ii) is reasonably required to protect the PI;

 

  (b) Each restraint is separate from and independent of the others;

 

  (c) You will not be entitled, under any circumstances, to claim at any time that any of these restraints is invalid or unenforceable;

 

  (d) Your skills will enable you to earn a reasonable living in areas of business other than those businesses that compete with the Group, should your contract of employment with the Group terminate.

 

4. This agreement becomes effective on the day your employment with the Group commenced.

 

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
LOGO
Stefan Joselowitz
Group Chief Executive Office

I have read and understood its contents and by my signature accept its provisions.

 

Brendan Horan    LOGO    2/2/2012
NAME    SIGNATURE    DATE

 

4 Coral Tree Crescent, Fourways Gardens    2191
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS    POST CODE

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

www.mixtelematics.com

 

  
      
DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON | COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

1 January 2012

Dear Gert

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

We have pleasure in confirming your terms of employment, as set out in this letter. Please find attached a copy for your records. Please acknowledge acceptance of these terms by signing below and returning this letter.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

The parties to this agreement are Mix Telematics Limited (“Mix Telematics”) (“the Company”) and Gert Pretorius (“the Employee”).

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company hereby appoints and the Employee hereby accepts appointment as Managing Director – Africa Fleet Division.

 

2.2 It is agreed that the Company may, at any time, designate any of its subsidiaries or associates to fulfill its obligations and exercise its rights. The Company may therefore oblige the Employee to transfer to a different subsidiary or associate of the Company and the Employee acknowledges and agrees to such transfer, on mutually agreed terms.

 

3. DURATION

The Employee’s employment with the Company will continue for an indefinite period terminable on not less than 3 (Three) calendar months written notice by either party to the other, subject to the provisions of clause 11 below.

 

4. DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

The Employee shall –

 

4.1 initially report directly to Charles Tasker, the executive responsible for Global Fleet Solutions for the group (“Fleet CEO”);

 

4.2 perform the general duties of Managing Director – Africa Fleet Division as may from time to time be determined by the Fleet CEO.

 

4.3 In addition to your role as Managing Director of the Africa Fleet Division, you are also invited to join the Group Executive Committee (“Exco”) where you will be tasked with the responsibility of developing a central operations strategy for the group;

 

4.4 devote such time and attention as may be necessary to the business and the affairs of the Company, considering their seniority and the requirements of the business;

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

4.5 obey the reasonable orders and directions of the Fleet CEO, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to the Employee and endeavour at all times to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;

 

4.6 perform such service for, and accept such office in subsidiary and/or associate companies of the Company as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Company; and

 

4.7 not, without the prior written consent of the Fleet CEO, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of their employment with the Company.

 

5. REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

5.1 Salary

 

5.1.1 The Employee’s total employment cost will be R1,800,000 (one million, eight hundred thousand rands) per annum, which shall represent the total cost to Company, which shall be paid monthly. The Employee hereby acknowledges that should he/she receive unauthorised over payment i.e. salary, commission, benefits, leave, incentives etc, he/she will reimburse the Company with said payment within 30 days after receipt of such payment.

 

5.1.2 Salaries are paid at the end of each month by way of a direct transfer into the employee’s nominated bank account or earlier at the discretion of the Company.

 

5.1.3

The Employee’s salary will be subject to review once a year and any change shall be effective from July 1 st .

 

5.2 Performance Bonus

 

5.2.1 In addition to the cost to company package the Employee may be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of the Employee’s performance by the Fleet CEO and the remuneration committee.

 

5.2.2 The parameters upon which any such bonus is based will be determined before the period to which it relates but will be finally determined at the absolute discretion of the remuneration committee.

 

5.3 Deductions from Salary

 

5.3.1 The Company shall deduct from the Employee’s salary and bonus-

 

  5.3.2 any amounts required by law to be deducted from such payments;

 

  5.3.3 the Employee’s tax and pay same over to the tax authorities in the country from where the payment is made. The Company shall not be responsible to withhold and pay over taxes that the Employee maybe liable for in any other jurisdiction;

 

  5.3.4 other deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, including but not limited to retirement funding and medical scheme contributions as stipulated from time to time.

 

5.3.5 The Employee irrevocably authorises the Company to effect the deductions as contemplated.

 

5.3.6 Should indebtedness to the Company on the part of the Employee become known after the termination of the Employee’s employment, then the Company reserves the right to claim such indebtedness back from the Employee taking whatever action is otherwise necessary to recoup such indebtedness from the Employee, with any costs being incurred in such recovery being for the Employee’s account.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

5.4 Travel and Entertainment

It is a condition of employment that the Company may require the Employee to travel away from the city in which the Employee is based. The Company shall pay the reasonable costs of any such travel and other business related expenses, which costs shall require the Fleet CEO authorization prior to re-imbursement.

 

5.5 Hours of Work

 

5.5.1 As a senior executive the Employee is required to work the hours that are necessary but also reasonable.

 

5.5.2 The Employee will be obliged and hereby agrees to work reasonable amounts of unpaid overtime as required in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.6 Pension Fund

 

5.6.1 The Employee may be obliged to join the retirement fund, applicable to the area in which they are employed, from time to time, and will be bound by the rules of any such Fund.

 

5.6.2 The deduction of the Employee’s contribution to the applicable Fund will be made in terms of the rules of the Fund and such costs will be deducted from the Employee’s Cost to Company Package.

 

5.6.3 If applicable, the Employee undertakes to become aware of the terms and conditions of the rules of the fund.

 

5.7 Medical Scheme

 

5.7.1 The rules of the Company’s medical scheme may make membership compulsory for the Employee.

 

5.7.2 The Employee will be liable for the full cost of the medical scheme and such costs will be deducted from the Employee’s Cost to Company Package.

 

5.7.3 The Employee undertakes to become acquainted with the rules of the applicable scheme.

 

5.7.4 Any schemes available may reserve the right to determine eligibility to the scheme. Therefore the Employer cannot guarantee that membership of any scheme will be permitted, with or without special conditions being applied to individual members. The final decision to admit any member rests with the scheme.

 

5.7.5 If the Employee retires from the Company and the Employee continues membership of the medical scheme. The Company does not subsidise pensioner medical costs and all contributions payable will be for the account of the Employee pensioner.

 

6. MOBILE PHONE and ON BOARD COMPUTER

 

6.1 The Company shall provide the Employee with a mobile phone for business purposes.

 

6.2 The Employee agrees that the company shall be entitled to place an on board computer (OBC) into his/her vehicle, if requested to do so by the company. The costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the OBC shall be borne by the company. The Employee agrees that he/she will not tamper with the OBC or alter any of the configurations or settings that will cause the OBC to malfunction in any way.

 

6.3 Should the provision of either of these items result in any liability for taxation, the tax (paye or otherwise) will be for the Employee’s account.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

7. LEAVE

 

7.1 The Employee shall be entitled to 20 (twenty) working days’ leave in respect of every twelve months of completed continuous service in terms of this agreement, such leave to be taken at a time convenient to the Company.

 

7.2 Leave must be requested by the Employee and approved by the Fleet CEO in writing prior to the leave date.

 

7.3 Annual leave must be taken within eighteen months of the end of the year in respect of which it becomes due, otherwise the Employee will forfeit it. The Company reserves the right to enforce leave. Leave is not paid out in cash during employment. The Company reserves the right to enforce a closure period over the Christmas/New Year season which will be allocated to the Employee’s annual leave entitlement.

 

8. SICK LEAVE/ABSENCE WITHOUT AUTHORISED LEAVE

 

8.1 The Employee will be entitled to 30 working days sick leave for every 36 completed continuous months of employment with the Company. Sick leave is not accumulated from one cycle to the next.

 

8.2 The Employee is obliged to advise the Company, as soon as practically possible, either personally or through a third person, by not later than 12h00 on the first day of his/her absence from work, of the fact that he/she is unable to attend work due to illness and he/she is obliged to provide an estimate of the duration for which he/she will be away from work.

 

8.3 The Employee is obliged to submit a certificate of a registered medical/traditional practitioner in respect of any absence in excess of 2 consecutive days, or any absence on a Monday or a Friday, or any day before or after a Public Holiday to the Employer immediately after his/her return to work. Any failure by the Employee to advise his/her Manager of his/her absence from work, within a reasonable time, and any failure to comply with the certification requirement, shall constitute a material breach of this agreement and a disciplinary offence.

 

8.4 Absences for reasons other than sick leave, which are unexpected, are to be treated in the same way as sick leave, barring the certification requirement. Where applicable, the Employer may request documentary evidence of the requirement to be away from work on an urgent basis and such evidence may not be unreasonably withheld by the Employee. Failure to comply with this requirement may constitute a material breach of this agreement and may be a disciplinary offence.

 

9. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1 Confidential information includes but is not limited to financial, technical, business systems, personnel, customer details and any other proprietary information belonging to the Company or to any other party doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries (“Confidential Data”). The Employee agrees, at all times during and after their employment with the Company, to keep confidential and not to divulge or use for any purpose (whether for his/her own financial benefit or the Company’s detriment) any of the Confidential Data of the Company.

 

9.2 Upon the termination of employment, the Employee shall return to the Company all Confidential Data under their control.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

9.3 The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of the Employee.

 

9.4 The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

10.1 The Employee must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which he/she makes during his/her employment by the Company or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates.

 

10.2 The Employee agrees that any intellectual property, including patents, copyrights or trademark, (“IP”) that the Employee might be entitled to during the period that the Employee is employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such IP.

 

10.3 The employee undertakes to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the IP to the Company.

 

11. TERMINATION

 

11.1 Misconduct

The employment of the Employee may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that he/she is guilty of any misconduct or he/she has acted in a manner that could damage the reputation of the Group or he/she has committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if he/she is found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate his/her employment. The Employee shall be bound by the Company’s Disciplinary Code and Procedure as outlined in the Mix Telematics Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.

 

11.2 Incapacity, Incompatibility, Incompetence and Operational Reasons

The Company shall be entitled to terminate this agreement and the Employee’s employment in terms of prevailing laws should operational reasons require the termination of same, or should the Employee consistently perform poorly, be incompatible with the culture of the Company, or become incapacitated and be unable to perform, provided that a fair procedure is followed in such termination decision.

 

11.3 Non-disclosure of a criminal record is a dismissible offence.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

12 MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Notices and Domicilia

 

12.1.1 All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand to the Employer and/or the Employee at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post, where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:

The Employee at the address set out at the end of this letter.

The Employer, clearly marked “For the attention of the Group Financial Director” at:

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Midrand

1686

South Africa

which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

12.1.2 Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address, provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.

 

12.1.3 Any notice shall, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.

 

12.1.4 Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.

 

12.2 Entire Contract

This agreement shall replace any pre-existing agreement between the parties and contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties, with regard to the subject matter of the agreement, and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in this agreement or incorporated by reference. It is however noted that the terms of the restraint of trade are recorded in a separate document.

 

12.3 Disclosure

The Employee will also be required to disclose any conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest that may exist at the present time or at any time during the duration of his/her employment. Conflicts of interest may arise by the Employee’s association with any person employed or otherwise associated with any competitor of the Company or any supplier or customer of the Company. If the Employee is unsure whether such association poses a conflict, ensure it is properly disclosed to avoid problems of any kind in the future.

All disclosures must be in writing and addressed to the Fleet CEO immediately after the Employee becomes aware of such conflict or potential conflict. If a conflict is of such a nature that it precludes the Employee from remaining in the Company’s employment, he/she hereby agrees that the Company may terminate his/her employment in accordance with the terms of this contract, provided a fair procedure is followed. Examples of conflictual associations or relationships includes having a spouse or family members employed, faithfully or otherwise, by competitive companies, suppliers or customers and where confidential trade secrets of the Company may, in one way or another, be released, either wittingly or unwittingly.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

12.4 Indulgences

No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly, that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.

 

12.5 Variation

It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.

 

Yours sincerely
MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
LOGO

 

Stefan Joselowitz

Group Chief Executive Officer

I, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the policies and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable. I further acknowledge that all information supplied to Mix Telematics (but not limited to information given in the recruitment process), is true and correct.

 

Gert Pretorius    LOGO    2/2/2012
NAME    SIGNATURE    DATE

 

7 Garfield street, Midstream

RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS    POST CODE                        

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

   www.mixtelematics.com
      

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

1 January 2012

Dear Gert

RESTRAINT OF TRADE AND NON SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

 

1. You have had and will continue to have, during your employment in the group, (consisting of Mix Telematics Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries and associates) (“the Group”), access to the proprietary information including trade secrets, strategic plans, confidential information, employee details, business relationships, know-how and documentation of the Group. (“the PI”).

That knowledge, if used otherwise than by the Group, and more particularly by a competitor of the Group, will be seriously detrimental to the group.

 

2. You have accepted these restraints to be eligible for awards under the Mix Telematics Group Executive Share Incentive Scheme.

 

3. You therefore undertake to the Company and the Group (on behalf of whom the Company accepts the benefit of that undertaking) that you will not at any time during the 24 (twenty four) months after you cease to be employed by the Group, for any reason whatsoever, (“the restraint period”), directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) be interested in or engaged in or associated with or employed by or be interested financially (whether as a beneficial shareholder or otherwise) in the carrying on or management of any business in any country where the Group has a physical presence (“the restraint area”) which is in competition with any of the products and/or services offered by the Group (“competitive business”). However this restraint shall not preclude you from investing in any publically listed company provided that such shareholding does not exceed 3% of their issued share capital;

 

  (b) approach any customer of the Group (which is defined as any customer indicated on the debtors list which has been active during the six months prior to your termination) for the purposes of conducting a similar or competitive business to the Group’s business with such customers;

 

  (c) approach any prospective customer or leads which are being contacted by the Group at the time of termination of your employment or have been contacted during the 6 months prior to the termination of your employment, for the purposes of conducting competitive business with such customer or lead;

 

  (d) take up employment with any supplier of the Group (defines as any business with whom the group has business dealings for the supply of goods and/or services during the six months prior to your termination), unless you are given specific written agreement to same by the Group Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (e) attempt to persuade any employee of the Group, to end his employment and be employed or to be, directly or indirectly, interested or concerned (whether financially or otherwise) in any way in a competitive business;

 

  (f) disclose to anyone any PI;

 

  (g) save with the written consent of the CEO, employ, cause to be employed, or solicit for employment any of the group employees.

If any of these provisions is wholly or partly invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will continue to be enforceable.

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

www.mixtelematics.com

 

 

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

 

3. You acknowledge that;

 

  (a) Each of these restraints:

 

  (i) is reasonable in regard to its subject matter, area and period;

 

  (ii) is reasonably required to protect the PI;

 

  (b) Each restraint is separate from and independent of the others;

 

  (c) You will not be entitled, under any circumstances, to claim at any time that any of these restraints is invalid or unenforceable;

 

  (d) Your skills will enable you to earn a reasonable living in areas of business other than those businesses that compete with the Group, should your contract of employment with the Group terminate.

 

4. This agreement becomes effective on the day your employment with the Group commenced.

 

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
LOGO

 

Stefan Joselowitz

Group Chief Executive Office

I have read and understood its contents and by my signature accept its provisions.

 

Gert Pretorius    LOGO    2/2/2012
NAME    SIGNATURE    DATE

 

7 Garfield street, Midstream

RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS    POST CODE                        

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06

 

www.mixtelematics.com

 

 

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNS (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | RA FREW |

R FRIEDMAN | A PATEL | ML PYDIGADU | F ROJI | HG SCOTT | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON |

COMPANY SECRETARY: PROBITY BUSINESS SERVICES (PTY) LTD

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

The Directors

Mix Telematics Limited

P O Box 12326

Vorna Valley

1686

Attention: Megan Pydigadu

 

Date    Direct telephone number    In reply please quote our reference    Your reference
25 February 2013    (011) 631-2588    C Strydom/J Naidoo/T Rapetswa

Dear Sirs

BANKING FACILITIES

The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited ( “the Bank” ) confirms having granted certain banking facilities ( “the Facilities” ) to Mix Telematics Limited ( “the Customer” ). The facilities shall upon signature of this offer letter ( “the/this Offer Letter” ) by the Customer and any other signatories, be subject to the revised terms and conditions contained in this Offer Letter and in all appendices hereto (hereinafter, this Offer Letter and all appendices hereto are collectively referred to as “the/this Facility Letter” ).

 

1. The Facilities

 

Nature of Facility

  

Maximum Aggregate Limit

General Short Term Banking Facility (“GSTBF”)    R 70 000 000
Vehicle and Asset Finance   

R 8 000 000

(subject to paragraph 7.2 of Appendix B to this Offer Letter)

Fleet Management Services   

R 500 000

(subject to paragraph 7.2 of Appendix B to this Offer Letter)

Guarantees by Bank

•      Performance Guarantees

   R 10 000 000
Derivative Products Trading Facility    R 50 000

 

2. Conditions Precedent

 

  2.1. Any new terms contained in this Facility Letter and which are, in the opinion of the Bank, for the benefit of the Customer (including but not limited to any increased or new limits), shall only become of force and effect upon fulfillment, to the satisfaction of the Bank:

 

  2.1.1. that together with this Facility Letter, the Bank is furnished with a certified copy/ies of the supporting resolution/s in relation to this Facility Letter along the lines of the enclosed specimen/s or in a format otherwise acceptable to the Bank;

Corporate and Investment Banking 3 Simmonds Street Johannesburg 2001

PO Box 61344 Marshalltown 2107 South Africa www.standardbank.co.za

Tel. Switchboard: +27 (0)11 636-9115 Direct: +27 (0)11 636-9115 Fax: +27 (0)11 636-2387

VAT Registration Number 4100105461

The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (Reg.No. 1962/00738/06) Authorised financial services provider and registered credit provider (NCRCP15)

Directors: T M F Phaswana (Chairman), S K Tahabalala* (Chief Executive), D D B Band,

R M W Dunne#, T S Gcabashe, K P Kalyan, S J Macozoma, J H Marae*, Adv K D Moroka,

A C Nissan, M C Ramaphosa, S P Ridley*, M J D Ruck, Lord Smith of Kelvin, KDF E M Woods

Secretary: Z Stephen 01/11/2012

*Executive Director #British

   INITIALS


  2.1.2. that the Customer’s Company Secretary signs the confirmation at the foot of this Offer Letter and to the extent that the memorandum and articles of association, or memorandum of incorporation, as the case may be, of the Customer have/has been amended since the furnishing of same to the Bank, provides the Bank with copies of the amending resolutions together with this Facility Letter;

 

  2.1.3. that the Company Secretary of each of the Additional Parties signs the confirmation at the foot of this Offer Letter and to the extent that the memorandum and articles of association, or memorandum of Incorporation, as the case may be, of the Additional Parties have/has been amended since they were furnished to the Bank, provides the Bank with copies of the amending resolutions together with this Facility Letter;

 

  2.1.4. that the Bank is satisfied that the borrowing powers of the Customer and each of the Additional Parties as provided for in their memorandum and articles of association, or memorandum of incorporation, as the case may be, are unlimited, or alternatively that the Facilities are within the amount authorised by the Customer and each of the Additional Parties in terms of their respective borrowing powers;

 

  2.1.5. that the Bank is satisfied each provider of security in terms of paragraph 3 below is authorised in terms of its constitutional documents to provide the relevant security;

 

  2.1.6. that the Customer has furnished the Bank with a written confirmation, along the lines of the enclosed specimen or in a format otherwise acceptable to the Bank, stating that the Facilities and the suretyship between:

 

  2.1.6.1. the Customer;

 

  2.1.6.2. Mix Telematics Africa (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 2004/019797/07) ( “Mix Telematics Africa” ); and

 

  2.1.6.3. Mix Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1963/006970/07) ( “Mix Telematics International” ),

are within the amount authorised by it in terms of Mix Telematics International’s borrowing powers as provided for in its memorandum and articles of association;

 

  2.1.7. that Mix Telematics International signs the acknowledgement at the foot of this Offer.

 

  2.2. To the extent that the Bank allows the Customer to utilise the Facilities prior to the fulfilment of any or all the conditions precedent, the Customer shall be obliged to ensure the same are fulfilled upon the Bank requiring the Customer to do so ( “the Deferred Conditions” ).

 

  2.3. The above conditions precedent are inserted for the benefit of the Bank, who may waive any of the said conditions in its sole discretion.

 

  2.4. Subject to paragraph 2.2, with respect to any increased limit/s, the limit/s previously in place shall be applicable until such time as the said conditions precedent have been fulfilled, waived or become Deferred Conditions.

 

3. Security

 

  3.1. Any security currently held by the Bank shall also constitute security for the Facilities.

 

  3.2. In addition and without prejudice to any security already held by the Bank, the Bank requires the following as security for all the Customer’s and Additional Parties’ (as defined below) indebtedness to the Bank from time to time, all such security to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

  3.2.1. cross suretyships between the following parties:

 

  3.2.1.1. the Customer;

 

INITIALS

 

Page 2 of 9


  3.2.1.2. Mix Telematics Africa; and

 

  3.2.1.3. Mix Telematics International.

 

  3.3. The Bank hereby confirms that the following security will be released upon receipt by the Bank of the security referred to in paragraph 3.2, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

  3.3.1. Omnibus Suretyship and Cession of Claims dated 06 November 2007 between:

 

  3.3.1.1. the Customer;

 

  3.3.1.2. Mix Telematics International;

 

  3.3.1.3. Mix Telematics Africa;

 

  3.3.1.4. Control Instruments Omnibridge Limited (a company incorporated according to the laws of the United Kingdom) Registration Number: 5998818) (“ Control Instruments Omnibridge ”);

 

  3.3.1.5. Mix Telematics Technology Holdings (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1999/007611/07);

 

  3.3.1.6. Sunstore Limited (a company incorporated according to the laws of Cyprus) (Registration Number: 195070);

 

  3.3.2. Omnibus Suretyship and Cession of Claims dated 08 January 2010 between:

 

  3.3.2.1. the Customer;

 

  3.3.2.2. Mix Telematics Africa;

 

  3.3.2.3. Mix Telematic Enterprise SA (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 2008/008530/07);

 

  3.3.3. Unrestricted Cession of Book Debts dated 06 November 2007 by Mix Telematics Africa;

 

  3.3.4. Cascading Security Cession dated 07 November 2007 by Mix Telematics Africa in favour of;

 

  3.3.4.1. the Bank; and

 

  3.3.4.2. Investec Bank Limited (Registration Number: 1969/004763/06) (“ Investec Bank ”); and

 

  3.3.5. Cascading Security Cession dated 07 November 2007 by Control Instruments Omnibridge in favour of;

 

  3.3.5.1. the Bank; and

 

  3.3.5.2. Investec Bank.

 

4. Additional Terms

 

  4.1. Additional Parties

 

  4.1.1.

Members of the Customer’s group (being subsidiaries of the Customer and/or any other parties over which the Customer has ultimate Control) and any other parties requested by the Customer from time to time, as agreed to by the Bank in its sole discretion (“ the Additional Parties ”) are hereby expressly authorised by the Customer, and shall consequently be entitled, to

 

INITIALS

 

Page 3 of 9


  utilise the Facilities together with the Customer as the Bank may with respect to both the Customer and the Additional Parties, from time to time in its sole discretion allow. Any amounts outstanding at any time in respect of the Facilities so utilised by any Additional Party and not discharged on due date by such Additional Party, shall be discharged in full by the Customer, immediately upon receipt by the Customer of the Bank’s written demand. Any such utilisation by an Additional Party shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Facility Letter and shall further be subject to:

 

  4.1.1.1. all the conditions precedent contained in this Facility Letter having been fulfilled, waived or become Deferred Conditions;

 

  4.1.1.2. the aggregate amount of the utilisation of each of the Facilities by the Customer and the Additional Parties not at any time exceeding the Maximum Aggregate Limit for such Facility except to the extent the Bank, may in its sole discretion allow;

 

  4.1.1.3. the Additional Parties not being entitled to utilise such Facilities in the event the Facilities are terminated by the Bank by notice to the Customer, or otherwise in terms of this Facility Letter;

 

  4.1.1.4. the Additional Parties having signed this Facility Letter and any separate documentation pertaining to any Facility, should the Bank so require.

 

  4.1.2. Should the Bank offer (or have offered) its cash management service ( “the Service” ) to the Customer, any parties ( “the Participating Parties” ) which from time to time participate in the Customer’s cash management arrangement shall also be entitled to utilise the Customer’s overdraft facility subject to the provisions of this Facility Letter. The Participating Parties shall consequently be deemed to be included in the definition of “the Additional Parties” for purposes of this paragraph 4.1.

 

  4.1.3. Without prejudice to the Bank’s rights in terms of any other provisions of this paragraph 4.1, the Customer hereby indemnifies and holds the Bank harmless, against any loss or damage of whatsoever nature, which the Bank may suffer or sustain, arising from, or relating to the utilisation of the Facilities by any Additional Party in terms of this Facility Letter.

 

  4.1.4. “Control” for the purpose of paragraph 4.1 means, with respect to any party, the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management, or policies of such party, whether through the ownership of voting securities (or other ownership interest), by contract or otherwise.

 

  4.2. Provision of Information

 

  4.2.1. The Customer, by its signature hereto, undertakes to furnish the Bank with:

 

  4.2.1.1.

the Customer’s consolidated bi-annual management accounts which are to be delivered to the Bank by no later than the 75 th day following the end of the period to which such accounts relate;

 

  4.2.1.2. signed copies of the consolidated audited financial statements of the Customer as soon as those financial statements are ready and available, but in any event within a period of 210 days from the end of the financial year to which they relate;

 

  4.2.1.3. signed copies of the audited financial statements of Mix Telematics Africa and Mix Telematics International as soon as those financial statements are ready and available, but in any event within a period of 210 days from the end of the financial year to which they relate;

 

INITIALS

 

Page 4 of 9


  4.2.1.4.

a quarterly schedule of all Mix Telematics International’s outstanding book debts and other debts, to be delivered to the Bank by no later than the 25 th day following the end of the period to which such schedule relates.

The said schedule is to incorporate an age analysis of such debts with full details being disclosed of each debt (including by not limited to the identity of the debtor and amount outstanding);

 

  4.2.1.5. such further information as the Bank may require, from time to time.

 

  4.2.2. The Customer will notify the Bank in writing at least 7 days in advance of any change of the Customer’s name during the currency of the Facilities and will on demand, provide the Bank with such information and/or documentation in support thereof as the Bank may request.

 

  4.3. Matters Requiring the Bank’s Consent

 

  4.3.1. The Customer, by its signature hereto, undertakes to the Bank that it will not and it will procure that its subsidiaries do not, without the Bank’s prior written consent:

 

  4.3.1.1. pledge, cede, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or further encumber any of their movable or immovable assets to secure any liability of any nature provided that the Customer and any of its subsidiaries shall be entitled to do so up to a maximum aggregate amount of R50 000 000.00 (fifty million Rand);

 

  4.3.1.2. incur any further borrowings in excess of a maximum aggregate amount of R50 000 000.00 (fifty million Rand).

 

  4.4. Further Undertakings

 

  4.4.1. The Customer, by its signature hereto, undertakes to the Bank:

 

  4.4.1.1. that the security referred to in paragraph 3.2 above will be properly furnished to the Bank by no later than 31 March 2013 and that the parties as referred to in paragraph 3.2 above provide the Bank with the resolution/s adopted by their board/s of directors, and the special resolution/s adopted by their shareholders, in terms of section 45 of the Companies Act (as defined in paragraph 4.3.1.1 above), in respect of the proposed cross suretyship to be provided by parties to the Bank;

 

  4.4.1.2. that within each calendar month there will be wide fluctuations in the overall utilisation of the GSTBF.

 

  4.5. Customer Foreign Currency Account Overdraft Facility

 

  4.5.1. Without prejudice to any of the Bank’s rights under paragraph 2 of Appendix A, the Customer shall be entitled to utilise a maximum amount of R65 000 000.00 (sixty five million Rand) of the Maximum Aggregate Limit of the GSTBF in the form of a customer foreign currency account overdraft facility ( “CFC Overdraft Facility” ), provided that the Bank shall receive any and all receipts of monies from the Customer’s debtors and/or other members of the Customer’s group (being subsidiaries of the Customer and/or any other parties over which the Customer has ultimate Control) for an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be utilised under the CFC Overdraft Facility by the Customer, which is due and owing to the Bank.

“Control” for the purpose of paragraph 4.5.1 means, with respect to any party, the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management, or policies of such party, whether through the ownership of voting securities (or other ownership Interest), by contract or otherwise.

 

  4.5.2. The Customer acknowledges that the utilisation of the CFC Overdraft Facility referred to in paragraph 4.5.1 above, must at all times be in accordance with the provisions of section E(B)(ii)(h) of the South African Reserve Bank Exchange Control Rulings, as amended.

 

INITIALS

 

Page 5 of 9


5. Conflict

 

  5.1. The terms and conditions of this Offer Letter, any appendices to this Offer Letter and any separate written terms and conditions or written agreements relating to a Facility or to the Service, shall be read together, provided that should a conflict exist or arise:

 

  5.1.1. the separate terms and conditions relating to a particular Facility or to the Service shall prevail; and

 

  5.1.2. subject to paragraph 5.1.1 the contents of this Offer Letter shall prevail over any appendices hereto.

 

  5.2. To the extent there are any undertakings, warranties or the like by the Customer or any other party, contained in this Offer Letter or any of its appendices, such undertakings, warranties or the like do not in any way prejudice or detract from the Bank’s rights with respect to Facilities that are repayable or terminable in terms of paragraph 2 of Appendix A.

 

6. Acceptance

 

  6.1. To indicate your acceptance of the aforegoing, kindly initial each page of the attached duplicate of this Offer Letter (including Appendices A and B and any other appendices hereto), sign the acknowledgement on the final page of the Offer Letter and return same to the Bank on or before 31 March 2013, when the offer contained in the Facility Letter expires (“the Expiry Date”) . This Facility Letter shall be of no force or effect unless and until it is signed by both the Bank and the Customer.

 

  6.2. In the event that the Customer has not signed the aforementioned acknowledgement on or before the Expiry Date, the Bank may, without prejudice to any of the Bank’s rights with respect to the Facilities or at law, terminate the maximum aggregate limit/s in place in the Bank’s sole, unfettered discretion (whether in whole or part), whereafter all amounts outstanding in respect of such terminated limits shall be immediately due and payable to the Bank.

 

Yours faithfully

LOGO

 

 

CHARMAINE STRYDOM
RELATIONSHIP MANAGER

 

INITIALS

 

Page 6 of 9


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY ADDITIONAL PARTY

TERMS AND CONDITIONS ACCEPTED

SIGNED AT Midrand ON 7 MARCH 2013.

FOR: MiX Telematics Limited (Registration Number: 1995/013858/06)

 

Signature:

 

  

LOGO

 

 

  

LOGO

 

 

  

LOGO

 

 

 

Physical address:   

Matrix Corner, Howick Close

Waterfall Park, Bekker Road

Midrand

Telephone No:    011 654 8279
Facsimile No:    011 654 8286

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY

I, TANYA DE MENDONCA for Java Capital Trustees and Sponsors (Pty) Ltd, THE COMPANY SECRETARY OF THE CUSTOMER, DO HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE CUSTOMER:

 

x HAVE NOT BEEN AMENDED SINCE HAVING BEEN FURNISHED TO THE BANK;

 

¨ HAVE BEEN AMENDED BY THE SPECIAL RESOLUTION ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

* Tick whichever applicable.

SIGNED AT JOHANNESBURG ON 7 MARCH 2013.

 

LOGO

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY


TERMS AND CONDITIONS ACCEPTED

SIGNED AT                      ON                      2013.

For: Mix Telematics Limited (Registration Number: 1995/013858/06)

 

Signature:  

 

   

 

 

 

Physical Address:   

 

  
  

 

  
Telephone No.:   

 

  
Facsimile No.:   

 

  

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY

I,                                         , THE COMPANY SECRETARY OF THE CUSTOMER, DO HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION / MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION OF THE CUSTOMER:

 

¨ HAVE/HAS NOT BEEN AMENDED SINCE HAVING BEEN FURNISHED TO THE BANK;

 

¨ HAVE/HAS BEEN AMENDED BY THE SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

* Tick whichever applicable

SIGNED AT                      ON                      2013.

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

 

INITIALS

 

Page 7 of 9


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY ADDITIONAL PARTY

TERMS AND CONDITIONS ACCEPTED

SIGNED AT Midrand ON 7 MARCH 2013.

FOR: MiX Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1963/006970/07)

 

Signature:

 

  

LOGO

 

 

  

LOGO

 

 

  

LOGO

 

 

 

Physical address:    Blaauwklip Office Park 2
   Cnr Strand and Webbers Vallei Roads
   Stellenbosch 7600
Telephone No:    021 880 5500
Facsimile No:    021 880 1756

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration number: 1963/006970/07) (“MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL”)

I, TANYA DE MENDONCA for Java Capital Trustee and Sponsors (Pty) Ltd, THE COMPANY SECRETARY OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL, DO HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION / MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL:

 

¨ HAVE NOT BEEN AMENDED SINCE HAVING BEEN FURNISHED TO THE BANK;

 

x HAVE BEEN AMENDED BY THE SPECIAL RESOLUTION ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

* Tick whichever applicable.

SIGNED AT JOHANNESBURG ON 7 MARCH 2013.

 

LOGO

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration number: 1963/006970/07)


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY ADDITIONAL PARTY

TERMS AND CONDITIONS ACCEPTED

SIGNED AT                      ON                      2013.

For: Mix Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1963/006970/07)

 

Signature:  

 

   

 

 

 

Physical Address:   

 

  
  

 

  
Telephone No.:   

 

  
Facsimile No.:   

 

  

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY OF ADDITIONAL PARTY MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED (REGISTRATION NUMBER: 1963/006970/07) (“ MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL ”)

I ,                                         , THE COMPANY SECRETARY OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL, DO HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION / MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL:

 

¨ HAVE/HAS NOT BEEN AMENDED SINCE HAVING BEEN FURNISHED TO THE BANK;

 

¨ HAVE/HAS BEEN AMENDED BY THE SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

* Tick whichever applicable

SIGNED AT                      ON                      2013.

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY OF MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

(REGISTRATION NUMBER: 1963/006970/07)

 

 

INITIALS

 

Page 8 of 9


LOGO

MATRIX CORNER | HOWICK CLOSE | WATERFALL PARK | BEKKER ROAD | MIDRAND

PO BOX 12326 | VORNA VALLEY | 1686 JOHANNESBURG | SOUTH AFRICA

PHONE +27 11 654 8279 | FAX +27 11 654 8286

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY

I, TANYA DE MENDONCA for Java Capital Trustees and Sponsors (Pty) Ltd , the Company Secretary of MiX Telematics Limited (Registration Number: 1995/013858/06) (“ MiX Telematics ”), do hereby confirm that the aggregate principal amount currently outstanding in respect of moneys borrowed, raised or secured by MiX Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1963/006970/07) (“ MiX Telematics International ”) and/or its subsidiaries, taking into account, but not limited to, the Facility Letter to be signed by MiX Telematics, inter alia , MiX Telematics International on or about the date of this confirmation, does not exceed the limit imposed by article 44 of the memorandum and articles of association of MiX Telematics International which currently read as follows:

“Article 44: Borrowing Powers

The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or encumber its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures or debenture stock (whether secured or unsecured), whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or any third party. However, the directors shall restrict the borrowings of the company so as to ensure that the aggregate amount at any one time owning by the company in respect of moneys borrowed by it shall not exceed the amount for the time being authorised by its holding company, if the company is a subsidiary of a holding company whose shares are listed on a stock exchange.”

For the purposes of this confirmation:

Facility letter ” shall mean the banking facilities letter from The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited to MiX Telematics dated 25 February 2013 (as amended, varied or supplemented from time to time) and

SIGNED AT JOHANNESBURG ON 7 MARCH 2013.

 

LOGO

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

 

MiX Telematics Limited registration number 1995/013858/06    www.mixtelematics.com

 

 

DIRECTORS: SR BRUYNE (Chairman) | SB JOSELOWITZ (CEO) | R BOTHA | HR BRODY | TE BUZER | CH EWING | RA FREW | R FRIEDMAN | ML PYDIGADU | P ROJI | HG SCOTT | RA SHOUGH | CWR TASKER | AR WELTON

COMPANY SECRETARY: JAVA CAPITAL TRUSTEES AND SPONSORS PROPRIETARY LIMITED


DOCUMENT TO BE TYPED ON MIX TELEMATIC LIMITED’S LETTERHEAD

CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY SECRETARY

I,                                         , the Company Secretary of Mix Telematics Limited (Registration Number: 1995/013858/06) (“ Mix Telematics ”), do hereby confirm that the aggregate principal amount currently outstanding in respect of moneys borrowed, raised or secured by Mix Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited (Registration Number: 1963/006970/07) (“ Mix Telematics International ”) and/or its subsidiaries, taking into account, but not limited to, the Facility Letter to be signed by Mix Telematics, inter alia , Mix Telematics International on or about the date of this confirmation, does not exceed the limit imposed by article 44 of the memorandum and articles of association of Mix Telematics International which currently reads as follows:

“Article 44: Borrowing Powers

The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or encumber its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures or debenture stock (whether secured or unsecured), whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or any third party. However, the directors shall restrict the borrowings of the company so as to ensure that the aggregate amount at any one time owing by the company in respect of moneys borrowed by it shall not exceed the amount for the time being authorized by its holding company, if the company is a subsidiary of a holding company whose shares are listed on a stock exchange.”

For the purposes of this confirmation:

Facility Letter ” shall mean the banking facilities letter from The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited to Mix Telematics dated 25 February 2013 (as amended, varied or supplemented from time to time) and

SIGNED AT                              ON                              2013.

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

 

INITIALS

 

Page 9 of 9


APPENDIX A

 

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1. In these Appendices A and B to the Facility Letter, words and phrases shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, or the relevant word or phrase is defined separately in this Appendix A to the Facility letter, bear the meanings assigned to them in the letter of offer (“ the/this Offer Letter ”) to which this document forms an appendix.

 

1.2. The Offer Letter together with all appendices thereto is referred to as “ the/this Facility Letter ”.

 

1.3. Business Day ” shall mean any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in South Africa and, in the case of an offshore loan, not a public holiday in the country of the currency in which the loan has been or is requested to be granted, or in the Isle of Man (in the case where the loan has been or is requested to be granted out of the Isle of Man).

 

1.4. Companies Act ” shall mean the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended from time to time.

 

1.5. Old Companies Act ” shall mean the Companies Act 61 of 1973 (as amended).

 

1.6. The term “ subsidiary ” shall bear the meaning prescribed in the Companies Act.

 

2. Duration and Repayment of Facilities

 

2.1. The maximum aggregate limit for each facility may be terminated by the Bank by notice to the Customer to that effect in which event the relevant facility/ies shall either be cancelled immediately or from any subsequent date stated in that notice; and/or

 

2.2. The Bank may, by notice to the Customer, require all amounts outstanding under all or a particular facility/ies (or instrument/s) to be repaid immediately or by any later date stated in such notice; and/or

 

2.3. The maximum aggregate limit for each facility may be reduced by the Bank by notice to that effect to the Customer, in which event all amounts in excess of the limit/s so reduced shall become immediately repayable.

 

2.4. If a payment in terms of a facility falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, or if such day falls in the next calendar month and the Bank so requires, the immediately preceding Business Day, and the relevant interest period shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

3. Interest

 

3.1. Interest shall be

 

3.1.1. payable at a rate which shall initially be determined and may subsequently be altered from time to time by the Bank;

 

3.1.2. calculated on the basis of a 365 day year factor, irrespective of whether or not the year in question is a leap year and on the daily balance owing under a facility, notwithstanding that such balance may have been increased by the debiting of interest to such balance.

 

3.2. Any excess availment above the agreed limit for a facility, shall without prejudice to any other rights the Bank may have, attract additional interest at a rate of 2.5% p.a.

 

4. Exchange Control

Should the Customer (or any Additional Party) become subject to the provisions of Exchange Control Regulation 3(1)(f) the Customer warrants that the Facilities will be duly reported in the Exchange Control questionnaire (Form MP79(a)) submitted

annually by the Customer (or Additional Party, as the case may be).

 

5. Certificate

 

  A certificate signed by any manager of the Bank (whose appointment or authority need not be proved) as to any amount owing to the Bank under the Facility Letter, the rates of interest and any other fact stated therein, shall, on its mere production, be prima facie proof of the content of such certificate.

 

6. Penalty Interest

At any time after the occurrence of an event of default contained in paragraph 21 of this Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Events of Default ”, the Bank shall be entitled to levy interest on any amounts owing under the Facilities and/or the Facility Letter at the rate of 2.5% (two comma five percent) per annum above “ Prime ” which is defined below, compounded monthly in arrears, without prejudice to any right which the Bank may otherwise have as a result of that breach, from the date of the occurrence of such breach up until and including the date of remedy of the breach or date of permanent repayment of all amounts owing under the Facilities and/or the Facility Letter, whichever is the earlier.

Prime ” is the publicly quoted basic rate of interest per annum ruling from time to time (as certified by any manager or director of the Bank, whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove) at which the Bank lends on overdraft.

 

7. Free of Deduction/Allocation of Payments

 

7.1. All amounts paid to the Bank under the Facility Letter shall be made free of deduction. Should the Customer (or any Additional Party) be compelled by law to withhold or deduct any taxes or other charges from any amounts payable to the Bank, the amounts payable to the Bank shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that the Bank receives the amounts payable, free of such withhold or deduction.

 

7.2. The Bank will be entitled to allocate any payments received under the Facility Letter to any indebtedness of the Customer (or any Additional Party) to the Bank.

 

8. Warranties

The Customer by its signature hereto, represents and warrants to the Bank on the date of signature hereof and on each date upon which a facility is utilised, that:

 

8.1. it has full power to enter into and perform in terms of the Facility Letter and has taken all necessary corporate and other actions to authorise the borrowings hereunder;

 

8.2. it has complied with all laws to which it has been subject and it will comply with all laws to which it may be subject from time to time;

 

8.3. the Facilities constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Customer;

 

8.4. all information provided by the Customer to the Bank in the course of the negotiations and discussions leading up to the signature of this Facility Letter are true and correct;

 

8.5. no event of default (referred to in paragraph 21 of this Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Events of Default ”) has occurred or is continuing.

 

9. Environmental Responsibility

 

9.1.

The Customer and each Additional Party warrants and represents to the Bank that the Customer and all

 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


  Additional Parties are in full compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and practices relating to the protection of the environment applicable to them in each jurisdiction in which the Customer and/or the Additional Parties conduct business (its/their “ Environmental Responsibility ”) and hereby undertakes to continue to do so for so long as the Customer and/or any Additional Party is indebted to or owes any obligations to the Bank.

 

9.2. The Customer and each Additional Party warrants that it is not aware of any circumstances which may prevent full compliance by both the Customer and the Additional Parties with its/their Environmental Responsibility in future.

 

9.3. The Customer and each Additional Party hereby indemnify the Bank against any loss, damage, claims, costs or any other liability, which may arise (because of this or any other banking facility and/or the Bank having an interest in the Customer’s assets) in respect of a breach of, or a failure, by the Customer and/or any Additional Party to meet its/their Environmental Responsibility.

 

10. Change in Circumstances and Commitment Fee

 

10.1. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Facility Letter to the contrary, if any change in or introduction of any law, regulations, ruling, directive, policy requirement, request and/or guidelines (whether or not having the force of law) or any other similar event with which the Bank or any of its divisions is obliged to comply and/or which is in accordance with the practice of a responsible banker, or any interpretation or administration thereof, and/or, without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, if:

 

10.1.1. any change in banking practice, as it affects or is applied generally by any financial institution in the Republic of South Africa; and/or;

 

10.1.2. a requirement or a request by any authority, to pay taxes or other amounts whatsoever or to maintain special deposits or reserve assets; and/or

 

10.1.3. any compliance by the Bank with any reserve, cash ratio, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or any other similar requirements) in respect of the Facility Letter; and/or

 

10.1.4. any compliance with and/or application of (whether mandatory or not) any capital adequacy or similar requirements, including but not limited to the provisions of the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (a revised framework) (i.e. BASEL II) by the Bank or any of its divisions, or any interpretation or administration thereof,

results in any Increased Costs (as defined below), the Bank reserves the right to recover such additional costs from the Customer on demand.

 

10.2. For the purposes of paragraph 10.1.4 above, “ Increased Costs ” shall mean any and all additional costs to, or reduction in the amount payable to, or a reduction in the overall return which would have been achieved by the Bank on its capital or regulatory capital but for the Bank having entered into, or which is attributable to the Bank entering into, performing its obligations, maintaining a commitment or funding its obligations under the Facility Letter.

 

10.3. To the extent that the Bank is required to observe reserving requirements for maintaining unutilised facilities, the Bank reserves the right to levy a commitment fee at its usual rates prevailing from time to time and in accordance with normal banking practice, for keeping any unused portion of the Facilities at the Customer’s disposal.
11. Security Valuation

 

11.1. The Bank and the Customer agree that, should the Customer provide security over certain assets to the Bank (including but not limited to those secured by Special Notarial Bonds, General Notarial Bonds, Mortgage Bonds, Cessions of Mortgage Bonds, Pledges and Cessions of Unlisted Equities), then these assets may be valued by external valuators acceptable to the Bank and such assets may be valued by the Bank itself. The Customer agrees that such assets will be valued by the external valuators or the Bank itself, as the case may be, for so long as the Facilities are made available to the Customer.

 

11.2. For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank and the Customer agree that where the Bank, and not any external valuator, is responsible for determining the value or any assets secured, the amount of such valuation and any cost incurred in the calculation thereof will be determined by the Bank in its sole, absolute and unfettered discretion. The Customer agrees that the costs of such valuation shall be borne by the Customer and payable on demand.

 

11.3. In the event that any security is valued by external valuators acceptable to the Bank, the Customer agrees that the costs of such valuation shall be borne by the Customer and payable on demand. In addition, the Customer agrees that it will allow the Bank and, where applicable, the aforesaid external valuators and their agents such access as such party may require to all of the Customer’s books, documents and premises, including the right to take extracts therefrom and take copies thereof.

 

12. Legal Charges

 

  All legal costs and fees (on the attorney and client scale) and other charges and expenses in connection with the Facilities including but not limited to all costs incurred by the Bank in the enforcement of any of its rights under the Facility Letter, the registration and eventual cancellation of any bonds referred to in the Facility Letter, and any stamp duty due on the required security documents, will be for the account of the Customer and payable on demand.

 

13. Whole Agreement, Variation of Terms, No Indulgence

 

13.1. The agreement created upon acceptance of the Facility Letter by the Customer shall constitute the whole agreement between the Bank and the Customer relating to the subject matter of the Facility Letter.

 

13.2. Save for an amendment referred to in paragraph 20 of this Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Switching between Facilities ” or any alteration of the interest rate in terms of paragraph 3.1.1 of this Appendix A to the Facility Letter, no addition to, variation, or amendment, or consensual cancellation of any of the terms contained in the Facility Letter shall be of any force or affect unless it is recorded in writing and is signed on behalf of the Bank by one of its authorised officials and accepted by the Customer.

 

13.3. No indulgence shown or extension of time given by the Bank shall operate as an estoppel against the Bank or waiver of any of the Bank’s rights unless recorded in writing and signed by the Bank.

 

13.4. The Bank shall not be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein, whether it induced the conclusion of any agreement and/or whether it was negligent or not.

 

13.5.

The Facility Letter supersedes and replaces all previous facility letters entered into between the Bank and the Customer in its entirety with effect from the

 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


  date that this Facility Letter is signed by both parties, is returned to the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and becomes unconditional in accordance with its terms. In the event that a separate agreement for banking facilities (in terms of a separate facility letter and/or separate agreement) has been entered into with the Customer, this Facility Letter shall not supersede that separate facility letter and/or separate agreement.

 

14. Severability

Each provision of the Facility Letter is severable, the one from the other and, it at any time any provision is or becomes or is found to be illegal, invalid, defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent court, the remaining provisions shall be of full force and effect and shall continue to be of full force and effect.

 

15. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

15.1. The terms of the Facility Letter shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

15.2. The Customer hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng, Johannesburg Division), or any successor to that division, in regard to all matters arising from the Facility Letter.

 

16. Domicilium and Notices

 

16.1. The Customer chooses as its domicilium citandi et excecutandi for all purposes in connection with the Facility Letter at the address set out under its acceptance of the Facility Letter.

Such domicilium may be changed to another physical address within the Republic of South Africa upon 14 days written notice to the Bank.

 

16.2. Any notices sent or delivered to the Customer shall be deemed to have been received, if sent or delivered to the address nominated by the Customer in terms of this paragraph:

 

16.2.1. by hand, on the date of delivery;

 

16.2.2. by prepaid post, 7 days after the date of posting;

 

16.2.3. by telex or telefacsimile, on the first Business Day following transmission.

 

16.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph a written notice or other communication actually received by any party shall be adequate written notice was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address.

 

16.4. The Bank and the Customer agree that whilst they may correspond via email during the currency of the Facilities for operational reasons, no formal notice required in terms of the Facility Letter, nor any amendment of or variation to the Facility Letter may be given or concluded via email or via any other data message, as such term is defined in the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act 25 of 2002.

 

17. Cession

Neither the Customer nor any Additional Parties shall be entitled to cede or delegate their rights and/or obligations in terms of the Facility Letter to any party without the prior written consent of the Bank which consent shall be granted or withheld in the sole, absolute and unfettered discretion of the Bank.

 

18. Disclosure of Information

 

18.1. The Customer authorises the Bank to:

 

18.1.1 use any information provided to the Bank by the Customer for any purpose that the Bank may require from time to time;

 

18.1.2. furnish Standard Bank Group Limited, any other subsidiary or associate company of Standard Bank Group Limited, and any cessionary of the Bank’s rights in terms hereof, with any information and documentation they may request regarding the Facilities, the Additional Parties or the Customer.

 

19. Counterparts

The Facility Letter may be signed by the signatories hereto in counterparts and each signed copy shall together constitute on document.

 

20. Switching between Facilities

The Customer shall be entitled to request that all or part of any unutilised portions of the maximum aggregate limit for a particular facility be allocated to another facility. Should the Bank agree to such request and whether such agreement is notified to the Customer or not, the maximum aggregate limits for the facilities in question shall be deemed to be amended accordingly. If a re-allocation is made in terms of this paragraph to a type of facility not previously granted, such new facility will be deemed to have been incorporated in the Offer Letter and accordingly in the definition of “ the Facilities ”, and the maximum aggregate limit for such facility shall be the amount allocated thereto.

In the event of the maximum aggregate limit (“ the limit ”) of any of the Facilities being exceeded at any time, the Bank may without notice and without prejudice to any of its other rights as a result of such breach, in its sole discretion elect to eliminate such excess by appropriating the whole or any portion of the limit/s allocated to the remaining Facilities which are not utilised to increase the limit of the facility which is in excess. The Bank shall also be entitled, but not obliged, to reallocate limits in terms of this paragraph to the extent a request from the Customer or an Additional Party to utilise a particular facility would cause the limit in respect of such facility to be exceeded.

 

21. Events of Default

 

21.1. For the purpose of the Facility Letter each of the following events shall be regarded as an event of default:

 

21.1.1. if the Customer fails to pay any sum due by it to the Bank or to Standard Bank Group Limited or any other subsidiary or associate company of Standard Bank Group Limited, on the due date therefor;

 

21.1.2. if the Customer defaults in the due and punctual performance of any other obligation under the Facility Letter or under any other agreement between the Customer and the Bank or between the Customer and Standard Bank Group Limited or any other subsidiary or associate company of Standard Bank Group Limited;

 

21.1.3. if any representation or warranty or undertaking made or represented either in respect of the Customer in or pursuant to the Facility Letter or in any documents delivered under the Facility Letter, is not complied with or is incorrect (or becomes incorrect at any time) in any respect;

 

21.1.4. if, at any time during the currency of the Facilities, the Customer is deemed to be unable to pay its debts in accordance with the provisions of section 345 of the Old Companies Act, becomes financially distressed (as such term is defined in section 128 of the Companies Act), fails to satisfy the solvency and
 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


  liquidity test as set out in section 4 of the Companies Act, defaults in the payment of any of its debts (of whatsoever nature or amount) when due, or defaults generally in the payment of its liabilities;

 

21.1.5. if, at any time during the currency of the Facilities, any process issued on a judgment, decree or order of any court in favour of a creditor of the Customer is returned by the sheriff or the messenger with an endorsement that he has not found sufficient disposable properly to satisfy the judgment, decree or order or that any disposable property found did not upon sale satisfy such process;

 

21.1.6. if a resolution is taken by the members or shareholders of the Customer or the members or shareholders of any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank, to voluntarily wind-up any of the said parties or if any of the said parties or any of their assets become subject to any sequestration, liquidation or judicial management order, whether provisional or final, or if any trustee, liquidator, curator, judicial manager or any similar officer is appointed in respect of any of the said parties or any of their assets;

 

21.1.7. if the Customer or any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank, is unable to pay its debts, suspends or threatens to suspend payment of all or a material part of (or of a particular type of) its indebtedness to any other creditors, commences negotiations or takes any other step with the view to the deferral, rescheduling or other re-adjustment of all of (or all of a particular type of) its indebtedness to creditors (or of any part of such indebtedness which it will or might otherwise be unable to pay when due), proposes or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefits of its creditors or a moratorium is agreed or declared in respect of or affecting all or a part of the indebtedness of the Customer or of any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank (as the case may be);

 

21.1.8. if an attachment, execution or other legal process is levied, enforced, issued or sued out on or against any assets of the Customer or of any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank, and is not discharged or stayed within 30 (thirty) days;

 

21.1.9. if the board of directors of the Customer and/or board of directors of any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank, resolve that the said party voluntarily begins business rescue proceedings and be placed under supervision under section 129(1) of the Companies Act or if any steps of whatsoever nature are taken by the board of directors of any of the aforementioned parties with the objective of commencing business rescue proceeding;

 

21.1.10. if an application is made by any person to place the Customer and/or any surety or guarantor for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank under, or an order is granted by a court of competent jurisdiction placing it under, supervision and commencing business rescue proceeding under section 131(1) of the Companies Act or if any steps of whatsoever nature are taken by any person in respect of any of the aforementioned parties with the objective of commencing business rescue proceedings;

 

21.1.11. if at any time, the amount outstanding under a facility granted to the Customer exceeds the maximum aggregate limit for that facility, or the total amounts outstanding under all of the Facilities exceed the total of the maximum aggregate limits for each facility);

 

21.1.12. if the performance of any rights or obligations under the Facility Letter becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable for whatever reason or any security given to the Bank in respect of the Customer’s
  indebtedness to the Bank becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable for whatever reason;

 

21.1.13. if any other party which owes any obligations to the Bank in connection with the Facilities (including but not limited to obligations in terms of negative pledges, undertakings, security or subordinations), breaches any of such obligations;

 

21.1.14. if the auditors of the Customer in any financial statements of the Customer published after the date of the last set of audited financial statements furnished to the Bank or if none have been so furnished, after the date of signature of the Facility Letter by the Customer, materially qualifies that annual statement in any respects or inserts a note in the supporting documents to that financial statement relating to any material irregularity;

 

21.1.15. if there is a material deterioration in the Customer’s financial position.

Material deterioration ” shall mean material deterioration in the Bank’s reasonable opinion;

 

21.1.16. if the Customer embarks on any process or concludes any transaction in terms of which the Customer assists, or proposes to assist its holding company to acquire its own (i.e. the holding company’s) shares or where the Customer acquires shares in its holding company;

 

21.1.17. should the Bank become aware at any time, of a fact or circumstance (whether same was present at or before the time of acceptance of this Facility Letter by the Customer or arose thereafter), which in the reasonably exercised opinion of the Bank has, or could in the future have, a material adverse effect on the business, operations, performance, assets or prospects and financial condition of the Customer or any of its affiliates or an adverse effect on the Customer’s ability to perform any of its obligations to the Bank in terms of the Facility Letter, or which could prejudice the Bank’s position with respect to the Facilities in any other way;

 

21.1.18. if the Customer embarks on any process or concludes any transaction in terms of which the Customer assists or proposes to assist a third party to acquire shares in the Customer or in a related or inter-related company (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) of the Customer in contravention of the provisions of section 44 of the Companies Act;

 

21.1.19. should the Customer generally do or omit to do anything which may cause the Bank to suffer any loss or damage, including any reputational loss or damage;

 

21.1.20. should the ultimate beneficial Control (as defined below) of the Customer change, without the Bank’s prior written consent, during the subsistence of the Customer vests in persons other than those who Control the Customer on the date that the Facilities are accepted by the Customer and/or should the shareholders of the Customer as at date of acceptance hereof by the Customer change, without the Bank’s prior written consent.

Control ” for the purposes of this paragraph means with respect to any entity, the possession directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of the management, or policies or such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities (or other ownership interest), by contract, or otherwise;

 

21.1.21. should the Customer, any surety, guarantor or other security provider for the Customer’s indebtedness to the Bank, or any person or entity that owns, holds or controls (directly or indirectly), or derives any benefit (in any manner whatsoever) from, one or more of the aforesaid entities (each “ Entity ”) or the country in which an Entity is incorporated, become Sanctioned;
 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


21.1.22. should the Customer use (or otherwise make available the proceeds of any of the Facilities for the purposes of financing, directly or indirectly, the activities of any person or entity which is Sanctioned or in a country which is subject to any Sanctions;

 

21.1.23. should the Customer contribute or otherwise make available, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of any of the Facilities to any other person or entity if such party uses or intends to use such proceeds for the purpose of financing the activities of any person or entity which is Sanctioned or in a country which is subject to any Sanctions;

 

21.1.24. should the Bank become aware, at any time, of a fact or circumstance (whether same was present at or before the date of signature of this Facility Letter or arose thereafter), which leads the Bank to believe or suspect that:

 

21.1.24.1. any of the Customer’s bank accounts held with the Bank are being used fraudulently, negligently, for illegal or terrorist activities, or for any purpose that does not comply with any law; or

 

21.1.24.2. the Customer is involved in any illegal or terrorist activities;

Sanctioned ” shall mean listed on all or any one of the Sanction Lists and/or subject to any Sanctions.

Sanctions ” shall mean sanctions imposed from time to time by any one of the following regimes:

 

   

Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom (“ HMT ”);

 

   

the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America (“ OFAC ”);

 

   

the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”);

 

   

the European Union’s Common Foreign and Security Policy (“ EU ”).

Sanction List ” shall mean the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of OFAC and/or the UNSC list of persons or entities suspected to be involved in terrorist related activities or the funding thereof and/or any other list of HMT and/or EU;

 

21.1.25. if any other indebtedness of any of the Customer’s Group (being the Customer, and its subsidiary, associate and managed entities) is or is declared to be or is capable of being rendered due and payable before its agreed or normal maturity by reason of any actual or potential default, event of default or the like (however described) or is not paid when due or within any applicable grace period in any agreement relating to that indebtedness or, as a result of any actual or potential default, event of default or the like (however described), any facility relating to any such indebtedness is or is declared to be or is capable of being cancelled or terminated before its agreed or normal expiry date, or any person otherwise entitled to use any such facility is not entitled to do so.

 

21.1.26. if any of the above paragraphs apply to any Additional Party;

 

21.2. The Bank may without prejudice to any other rights hereunder or at law, at any time after the happening of an event of default, by written notice to the Customer:

 

21.2.1. decline any request by the Customer (or any Additional Party) to draw down any further monies under the Facilities (or any one or more of them) and/or to further utilise or avail of any of the Facilities (or any one or more of them) and/or terminate the Facilities forthwith; and/or

 

21.2.2. require on demand payment of all indebtedness under the Facilities (or any one or more of them) which is then outstanding and whether or not it is then due for payment, and upon any such demand all that indebtedness shall immediately become due and payable; and/or
21.2.3. require on demand payment of all breakage costs the Bank may have incurred or sustained, being all costs, losses and/or reduced receipts which the Bank may have sustained or incurred in relation to the termination or modification of any arrangements the Bank may have made on account of or in respect of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable or advanced under the Facilities; and/or

 

21.2.4. require on demand cash security for any contingent liabilities under the Facility Letter to the Bank.

 

21.3. The Bank’s rights under this paragraph shall not be exhaustive but shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights which it may have under the Facility Letter or the law.

 

21.4. The contents of this paragraph shall not derogate from the Bank’s rights in relation to any Facilities which are repayable and/or terminable on demand.
 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


APPENDIX B

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SPECIFIC FACILITIES

 

1. Definitions

The provisions of paragraph 1 of Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Definitions ” are repeated.

 

2. Availment of Specific Facilities

The Customer shall, unless the Bank agrees otherwise, only be entitled to avail of those Facilities referred to in the Offer Letter, which Facilities shall in addition to the terms and conditions contained in the Offer Letter and any other appendices thereto and any separate agreement pertaining to such Facilities, be subject to the relevant terms and conditions for each facility as set out in this Appendix B to the Facility Letter.

 

3. GSTBF

 

3.1. Availability

 

3.1.1. Subject to the availability of a particular instrument at a particular time and any contrary indication in the Offer Letter or thereafter, the Customer may utilise any of the instruments referred to below and any other instruments the Bank may from time to time offer to the Customer as part of the GSTBF provided that the aggregate amount outstanding at any point in time, under such instruments together with any limit afforded to the Customer for a Revolving Credit Facility, shall not exceed the aggregate maximum limit granted to the Customer for GSTBF and, neither the Customer nor any of the Additional Parties shall be entitled to utilise an instrument to the extent that such utilisation would result in the said aggregate maximum limit being exceeded.

 

3.1.2. For the purposes of paragraph 3 of this Appendix B to the Facility Letter, the term “instrument” shall mean an instrument with a maturity which is less than one calendar year.

 

3.2. Instruments comprising GSTBF

 

3.2.1. Overdraft (excluding Customer Foreign Currency Account Overdraft “ CFC Overdraft ”))

 

3.2.1.1 Interest

The rate of interest on the overdraft shall be prime less 1.2 %. “ Prime ” is the publicly quoted rate of interest per annum (as certified by the manager of the Bank, whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove) at which the Bank lends on overdraft.

Such interest will be payable in arrears and be debited to the relevant current account on a day convenient to the Bank, once in each calendar month in arrears.

 

3.2.2 CFC Overdraft

 

3.2.2.1 Interest

The rate of interest on the CFC Overdraft shall be:

 

3.2.2.1.1 2.85% plus Libor (Euro). “ Libor ” for the purposes of this paragraph 3.2.2.1.1 is the London Inter Bank Offer Rate denominated in Euro as quoted by the Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page, or any successor or replacement page, at or about 11:00am London time on the date upon which interest is payable; or

 

3.2.2.1.2. 2.9% plus Libor (USD). “ Libor ” for the purposes of this paragraph 3.2.2.1.2 is the United States Dollar London Inter Bank Offer Rate as quoted by the Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page, or any successor or replacement page, at or about 11:00am London time on the date upon which interest is payable

For the purposes of paragraphs 3.2.2.1.1 and 3.2.2.1.2, interest will be payable in arrears and be debited to the CFC Overdraft account on a day convenient to the Bank, once in each calendar month in arrears.

3.2.2. Call Loans

Interest

The rate applicable to each call loan, shall be the rate quoted to the Customer (or an Additional Party) by the Bank prior to the availment of each such call loan and the Bank shall be entitled to adjust the rate at its discretion on a daily basis. Interest shall be payable monthly in arrears on dates convenient to the Bank in each calendar month and on the date of repayment of a call loan.

 

3.2.3. Short Term Loans

Interest

The rate applicable to each short term loan shall be the rate quoted by the Bank to the Customer (or an Additional Party) prior to the availment of each such short term loan. Interest shall be payable on the due date for repayment of a short term loan unless otherwise agreed between the Bank and the Customer (or an Additional Party).

Repayment

Subject to the Bank’s rights in terms of paragraph 2 of Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Duration and Repayment of Facilities ”, all amounts outstanding under each short term loan shall be repayable at the end of a period as stated by the Bank to the Customer (or any Additional Party) for each short term loan prior to the advance of each short term loan.

 

3.2.4. Offshore Trade and Working Capital Loans

 

3.2.4.1 Offshore Loans provided by Standard Finance (Isle of Man) Limited (“SFL”) or Standard Bank Plc (“SBL”):

The availment of this Facility shall be subject to SFL or SBL having agreed to grant the Customer (or Additional Party) such facility and the Customer (or the Additional Party, as the case may be) having accepted SFL’s or SBL’s separate terms and conditions pertaining to such facility (as the case may be).

For the purposes of calculating the amount outstanding under the GSTBF, amounts owed to SFL or SBL under this facility shall also be taken into account and the equivalent rand amount utilised under this facility shall be calculated by notionally converting the balance outstanding under this facility on a daily basis, to the rand equivalent using the Bank’s daily spot rate of exchange or the rate specified in an applicable forward exchange contract, as the Bank may in its sole discretion decide.

 

3.2.4.2 Offshore Loans provided by the Bank :

Interest

The rate applicable to each loan advanced by the Bank under this facility, shall be the rate quoted by the Bank to the Customer (or any Additional Party) prior to the advance of each such loan. Interest will be calculated on each loan on the basis of actual days elapsed on a 360 day period (or 365 days for certain currencies determined by the Bank, such as ZAR or GBP) and will be payable in arrears at the end of each consecutive interest period (the duration of which will be the period agreed upon by the Bank and the Customer (or any Additional Party) prior to the advance of each loan) and on the date of repayment of the loan, unless otherwise agreed by the Bank.

Availment

A request for a draw down under this facility must be made no later than 2 Business Days prior to the date of the proposed draw down and will be irrevocable once made.

Repayment

Subject to the Bank’s rights in terms of paragraph 2 of Appendix A to the Facility Letter headed “ Duration

 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


and Repayment of Facilities ”, all amounts outstanding under each loan shall be repayable at the end of a period as stated by the Bank to the Customer for each loan prior to the advance of each loan.

All amounts outstanding under each loan granted under this facility shall be repayable in the currency in which such loan was made.

Should the Bank terminate this facility and require repayment of all amounts outstanding thereunder, or should amounts otherwise fall due under a loan, the Bank shall be entitled, but not obliged, in its sole discretion, to advance funds under one of the other instruments made available under the GSTBF and to utilise the funds so advanced to settle or reduce the amounts owed to the Bank under this facility. Any funds advanced by the Bank in terms of this paragraph will be converted to the currency in which the offshore loans were made available, at the Bank’s spot rate of exchange on the day on which the funds are used to settle or reduce the amounts outstanding under this facility or in the Bank’s sole discretion the forward exchange rate provided for in any forward exchange contract which may be in force at the relevant point in time.

Calculation of Rand Amount Utilised

For the purposes of calculating the total rand amount utilised under the GSTBF, the balance outstanding under this facility shall be notionally converted on a daily basis to the rand equivalent using the Bank’s daily spot rate of exchange.

Exchange Control Approval

This facility may only be utilised to the extent that such exchange control approval as may be required, has been obtained (proof of which has been furnished to the Bank).

 

4. Derivative Products Trading Facility

 

4.1. Subject to any restrictions which the Bank, in its sole discretion, may impose on the maximum tenor of any Derivative Transaction(s) and subject further to paragraph 4.5 below, the Customer may enter into Derivative Transaction(s) with the Bank. For the purposes of this Facility Letter, “ Derivative Transaction(s) ” shall mean one or more of the following transactions:

 

4.1.1. any over the counter transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transactions, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions);

 

4.1.2. any type of transaction which is similar to any transaction which is referred to in paragraph 4.1.1 above that is currently, or in the future becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets; and

 

4.1.3. any combination of these transactions.

 

4.2. If the Bank and the Customer have entered into a 1992 or 2002 ISDA Master Agreement as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ ISDA ”), together with the schedule and any relevant addenda thereto (collectively an “ ISDA Agreement ”), then all Derivative Transactions entered into between the Bank and the Customer will
  be governed by the ISDA Agreement (unless specifically stated to be governed by another agreement).

If the Bank and the Customer have not yet entered into an ISDA Agreement, it is recorded that they intend to enter into one, based on the Bank’s standard form of schedule. Until such time as this has been executed, the Customer and the Bank agree to be bound by (and that all Derivative Transactions entered into between them, unless specified in another agreement to the contrary, will be subject to) the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement as published by ISDA, with a schedule that contains the following information only:

 

4.2.1. Multiple Transaction Payment Netting ” will apply for the purpose of Section 2(c) of this Agreement to all Transactions in each case starting from the date of this Agreement, provided, however, that failure by any party to the Agreement to effect net settlement in the manner contemplated as a result of Multiple Transaction Payment Netting being made applicable, shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, nor shall it give rise to an Event of Default as contemplated in Section 5 (a) of this Agreement;

 

4.2.2. the Termination Currency will be ZAR;

 

4.2.3. the addresses referred to in Section 12(a) of the Master Agreement shall be:

 

4.2.3.1. in respect of the Bank;

Attention: The Legal Manager, Legal (Risk),

Standard Bank Centre

3 Simmonds Street

Johannesburg

2001

Telephone No. (011) 636-7327

Fax No. (011) 636-2387;

 

4.2.3.2. In respect of the Customer, the address set out under its acceptance of this Facility Letter;

 

4.2.4. the Governing Law in terms of Section 13(a) is South African Law and each party submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng, Johannesburg Division) or any successor to that Division;

 

4.2.5. the representation in Section 3(g) (No Agency. It is entering into this Agreement, including each Transaction, as principal and not as agent of any person or entity) will apply;

 

4.2.6. Cross Default . The “ Cross Default ” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) of the ISDA Agreement will be limited to the Customer, provided that the following proviso will be inserted at the end of Section 5(a)(vi) of this Agreement: “Provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Event of Default will not occur under either (1) or (2) above if (a) the event or condition referred to in (1) or the failure to pay referred to in (2) is caused by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature; and (b) funds were available to such party to enable it to make the relevant payment when due, and (c) such relevant payment is made within three Local Business Days after notice of such failure is given by the other party.”

For purposes of Section 5(a)(vi), “ Threshold Amount ” means, with respect to the Customer, R100 000.00 (one hundred thousand Rand);

 

4.2.7. Additional Termination Event . The following “ Additional Termination Event ” shall apply in respect of the Customer, with the Customer as the sole Affected Party:

“A material adverse change in the financial condition, business, operations or net assets of the Customer or any Specified Entity of the Customer occurs, as determined by the Bank, such that the Bank has reasonable grounds to believe that the Customer will be unable to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement or there is a material adverse impact on its business prospects”;

 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


and such agreement and schedule will, together with any Confirmations forming part thereof, prevail over the terms of the Facility Letter to the extent that a conflict exists between the two.

 

4.3 The Maximum Aggregate Limit of the Derivative Products Trading Facility represents the maximum aggregate exposure that the Bank is willing to make available to the Customer in respect of all Derivative Transactions which the Customer may enter into with the Bank at any time, taking into account, where applicable, any netting and/or margining arrangements which may be in place between the Bank and the Customer in terms of or pursuant to the ISDA Agreement. The Customer’s utilisation of the Derivative Products Trading Facility at any one time shall be equivalent to the Potential Future Exposure of all unmatured Derivative Transactions between the Customer and the Bank at such time, calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.4 below and taking into account any applicable netting and/or margining arrangements as described above.

 

4.4 For the purposes of this Facility Letter, “ Potential Future Exposure ” or “ PFE ” means the Bank’s estimate at such time, in its sole, absolute and unfettered discretion and using the methods of calculation outlined in this paragraph 4.4, of what the Customer could, in a moderately adverse environment, owe to the Bank at a point of time in the future in respect of any unmatured Derivative Transaction(s) between the Bank and the Customer at the time of estimation. The Bank will calculate the PFE of each Derivative Transaction by using its internal and proprietary risk management models (which models have been developed in accordance with generally accepted risk management principles and may be updated and/or modified from time to time by the Bank in its sole discretion) which, in the calculation of the PFE of each Derivative Transaction, take into account the mark-to-market value thereof (calculated as the difference between the current market value of the transaction and the contract price), adjusted for various credit risk factors including, but not limited to, the tenor of the relevant transaction and the volatility of the market factor which, depending on the nature of the transaction, may have the greatest impact on the future market value thereof. Accordingly, the PFE of all unmatured Derivative Transactions between the Bank and the Customer may fluctuate in line with the movement of underlying market factors, which may result in a reduction of the amount of the Derivative Products Trading Facility available for further Derivative Transactions and may also cause the Maximum Aggregate Limit of such facility to be exceeded.

 

4.5. Should the Maximum Aggregate Limit of the Derivative Products Trading Facility be exceeded for any reason whatsoever, including but not limited to adverse market movements, the Bank may refuse to enter into any further Derivative Transactions with the Customer until such time as the Customer’s utilisation of the Derivative Products Trading Facility falls below the Maximum Aggregate Limit for such facility.

 

4.6. For the purposes of this paragraph, “the Customer” shall mean the Customer and/or any Additional Parties to the extent either the Customer and/or the Additional Parties are allowed to utilise the Derivative Products Trading Facility.

 

5. Guarantee and Letter of Credit Facilities

 

5.1. The aggregate amount of any and all guarantees and letters of credit issued by the Bank under guarantee
  and letter of credit facilities respectively shall at no time exceed the maximum aggregate limits for the respective facilities.

 

5.2. The rate of commission applicable to each guarantee and letter of credit issued shall be agreed upon at the time the request to issue the guarantee or letter of credit is made, or alternatively, in the absence of such agreement, the Bank’s usual rates of commission shall apply and shall be paid on demand by the Customer.

 

5.3. Guarantees and letters of credit will only be issued by the Bank under the guarantee facility or letter of credit facility (as the case may be) in formats which are approved of by the Bank and upon the signature on behalf of the Customer (or the relevant Additional Party, as the case may be) of the Bank’s usual form of application for the issue of a guarantee or letter of credit (as the case may be).

 

6. Vehicle and Asset Finance

 

6.1. Utilisation of this Facility shall be subject to the following specific conditions precedent being met, prior to each requested drawdown date (“each/the Request”):

 

6.1.1. that the asset/s being acquired by the Customer (“the Asset/s”) have been approved by the Bank, which approval may require a formal valuation of such Asset/s undertaken by a formal valuation of such Asset/s undertaken by a valuator appointed or approved by the Bank, the costs of such valuation will be paid on demand by the Customer;

 

6.1.2. that the Bank has received written confirmation from the Customer that it has inspected the Asset/s and a formal acknowledgement to release the Asset/s has been signed by the Customer;

 

6.1.3. that the supplier of the Asset/s has been specifically approved by the Bank;

 

6.1.4. that the Bank is furnished with written confirmation (in form and substance acceptable to the Bank) that such insurance cover as the Bank may require, from an Insurer(s) acceptable to the Bank, is in force and effect in respect of the Assets (all such cover to be at levels and in respect of such risks as meets with the satisfaction of the Bank); and

 

6.1.5. that the Bank is furnished with any security, further documentation that the Bank may require or further conditions imposed by the Bank in its sole, absolute and unfettered discretion.

 

6.2. For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, it is specifically recorded that, in addition to the provisions of paragraph 6.1 above, in order to observe current regulatory requirements the Bank is required to undertake individual risk assessments upon each Request by the Customer, and consequently availment by the Customer of the Maximum Aggregate Limit of the Vehicle and Asset Finance facility is not guaranteed. The pricing, tenor, deposit and any other conditions in respect of each Request will be subject to negotiation at the time of receipt by the Bank of the Request. The Bank shall be entitled, in its sole, absolute and unfettered discretion, to approve or decline the Request and if approved, to stipulate such condition/s as the Bank may require.

 

7. Credit Card, Cheques Marked, Vehicle and Asset Finance, Fleet Management Services, Term Loan, Preference Share Facility, Structured Finance Facility, any facility or instrument not specifically referred to in this Appendix B to the Facility Letter and which is offered by the Bank to the Customer now or in the future

 

7.1.

Utilisation of the above facilities/instrument is subject to the Bank’s usual terms and conditions pertaining thereto read together with the Facility Letter or, if so

 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        


  required by the Bank, to the Customer (or such Additional Parties, as the Bank may require) having accepted the Bank’s or other entity’s separate terms and conditions pertaining to the facility in question.

 

7.2. In the event that any of the above facilities are partially or fully repaid in terms of the separate terms and conditions pertaining to the facility in question, and the Customer (or the relevant Additional Party, as the case may be) does not have a right to redraw such repayment/s in terms of the said terms and conditions, then the Maximum Aggregate Limit of such facility/ies, as set out in the table in paragraph 1 of the Offer Letter, shall automatically reduce in line with such repayment/s.
 

 

  

INITIALS

 

T3        

Exhibit 10.14

 

    LOGO
    25 March 2013

The Directors

Mix Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited

Matrix Corner

Howick Close

Waterfall Business Park

1685

Attention: Megan Pydigadu

Dear Sirs / Madam

BANKING FACILITIES

Nedbank Limited (‘ Nedbank ’) is pleased to offer the banking facilities described below to the Borrower upon the terms and conditions contained herein.

For purposes of interpretation, this offer letter (‘ Offer Letter ’), read together with the general facility provisions (including sections 1 and 2) (‘ General Provisions ’) and Appendices hereto, shall be referred to as the ‘ Facility Letter ’.

Terms defined in the General Provisions shall, unless otherwise stated, or the context otherwise requires, apply to the Offer Letter.

 

1. BORROWER

Mix Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited , registration number 2004/019797/07 (‘ Borrower ’).

 

2. AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF FACILITIES

R10,000,000.00

 

3. PURPOSE

The Facilities may be used for general corporate purposes.

 

4. FACILITIES

In this Facility Letter all facilities and instruments described in this clause shall collectively be referred to as the ‘ Facilities ’, and ‘ facility ’ or ‘ instrument ’ shall refer to any of them as suggested by the context.

The terms and conditions contained in this Facility Letter are applicable to the Facilities and to the relevant instruments offered to the Borrower, provided however that some of the Facilities, referred to in clauses 4.1.3, 4.1.4 and 4.2, are subject to additional specific terms and conditions contained in further separate agreements concluded or to be concluded between, inter alia, the Parties, all as amended, novated or extended from time to time and if there is any conflict between the provisions of the further separate agreements governing those Facilities and the terms and conditions of the Facility Letter, the provisions contained in the further separate agreements shall prevail.

 

LOGO   LOGO

CORPORATE BANKING CREDIT RISK

6th Floor Block I Nedbank Sandton 135 Rivonia Road Sandown 2196 PO Box 1144 Johannesburg 2000 South Africa

Tel 011 294 4444 Fax 011 294 1333 www.nedbank.co.za

Nedbank Limited Reg No 1951/000009/06, VAT Reg No 4320116074, 135 Rivonia Road, Sandown, Sandton, 2196, South Africa.

Directors: Dr RJ Khoza (Chairman) MWT Brown (Chief Executive) TA Boardman TCP Chikane GW Dempster (Chief Operating Officer)

MA Enus-Brey ID Gladman* DI Hope**

PM Makwana NP Maxasans RK Morathi (Chief Financial Officer) JK Netshitentenahe JVF Roberts* GT Serobe MI Wyman* (*British) (**New Zealand) Company Secretary; TSB Jall 05.11.2012

We subscribe to the Code of Banking Practice of The Banking Association South Africa and, for unresolved disputes, support resolution through the Ornbudsman for Banking Services.

We are an authorised financial services provider. We are a registered credit provider in terms of the National Credit Act (NCR Reg No NCRCP16).

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

  The following Facilities are made available to the Borrower:

 

  4.1 General Banking Facility

General banking facility up to R10,000,000.00 , subject to the provisions of this facility, by means of one or more of the following instruments:

Direct Facilities :

 

  4.1.1 Overdraft facility.

 

  4.1.2 Overnight loans.

Indirect Facilities :

 

  4.1.3 Letters of guarantee.

 

  4.1.4 Letters of credit.

 

  4.2 Electronic Banking Facility

 

  4.2.1 NetBank Business.

 

  4.2.2 Corporate Payment System.

 

5. SECURITY

  For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that no Security is required and/or held in terms of this Facility Letter.

 

6. SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS

 

  6.1 Except for the provisions of this clause 6 ( Suspensive Conditions ) and of clauses 1 ( Borrower ) of the Offer Letter, 14 ( Certificate of Indebtedness ), 15 ( Costs ), 16 ( Cession & Delegation ), 17 ( Renunciation of Benefits ), and 19 ( Miscellaneous ) of the General Provisions, which shall be of immediate force and effect upon the Signature Date (the ‘ Immediately Effective Clauses ’), the agreement contained in this Facility Letter shall be subject to the fulfilment or waiver of the following suspensive conditions:

 

  6.1.1 The Borrower have complied with all requests for information (including, but not limited to Constitutional Documents) made by Nedbank in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, No. 38 of 2001, the Prevention of Organised Crime Act, No. 121 of 1998 and any other money laundering legislation applicable at the time such requests are made and Nedbank’s policies and practices pertaining thereto.

 

  6.1.2 Receipt by Nedbank of a copy, certified a true copy of a resolution by the board of the Borrower approving the entry into and performance by the Borrower of the Finance Documents to which it is party and giving specified officials of the Borrower the power to execute the aforesaid documents (and all documents required to be delivered thereunder) and to perform all acts required of the Borrower thereunder and in order to render the same unconditional.

 

  6.1.3 Receipt by Nedbank of the Borrower’s group structure organogram;

 

  6.1.4 Receipt by Nedbank of written confirmation from The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and Investec Bank Limited consenting to the entering into by the Borrower of this Facility Letter;

 

  6.1.5 Nedbank to be satisfied that the proposed transaction is not in conflict with, or contravenes, any Sanctions.

 

  6.2 Forthwith after the acceptance of this Offer, the Borrower shall use its best endeavours to procure the fulfilment at its cost, of the suspensive conditions referred to above.

 

  6.3 Unless the suspensive conditions are fulfilled or waived in writing by not later than 15 April 2013 the Immediately Effective Clauses shall continue to be of force and effect, but the remainder of this Facility Letter shall never become effective. The suspensive conditions referred to above have been stipulated for the benefit of Nedbank and Nedbank shall be entitled to waive fulfilment of all or any part of such conditions by giving written notice to that effect to the Borrower, on such terms and conditions or additional terms and conditions as Nedbank may impose at the time and the fulfilment thereof to Nedbank’s satisfaction.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 2 of 26


LOGO

 

7. FEES

For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that no commitment fee is payable to Nedbank in terms of this Facility Letter.

 

8. UNDERTAKINGS

In addition to the undertakings given in the General Provisions, the Borrower undertakes to furnish Nedbank with:

 

  8.1 Audited Financial Statements of the Borrower as soon as they become available but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year.

 

  8.2 All other financial information with which a shareholder is entitled to be furnished by the Borrower within 30 days after such information have become available to the Borrower.

 

  8.3 A copy of the Constitutional Documents of the Borrower, at any time Nedbank requests same from the Borrower.

 

  8.4 Any other information Nedbank may reasonably request from time to time.

 

9. NOMINATION

The Borrower may, with the prior written consent of Nedbank, nominate any of its Subsidiaries to utilise all or part of the Facilities. The Borrower undertakes to advise Nedbank in writing of the name of such Subsidiary and the amount under the Facilities the Borrower wishes to allocate to it. Any such nomination by the Borrower shall be subject to the Borrower binding itself in writing as guarantor for the due and punctual fulfilment by the Subsidiary of all of its obligations under the Facilities, which guarantee shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Nedbank and further subject to the Borrower furnishing Nedbank with proof, to Nedbank’s satisfaction, that the requirements of section 45 of the Companies Act (if applicable) have been complied with.

 

10. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

 

  10.1 The Parties choose the addresses set out opposite their names below as their domicillum citandi et executandi (whether in respect of notices, court processes or any other documents or communications of whatsoever nature) for all purposes of this Facility Letter:

 

  10.1.1 Nedbank:

 

  Physical: 135 Rivonia Road
   

6 th Floor

    Block I
    Sandown
    Sandton
    2196
  Fax: 011 294 1333
  Attention: Head Corporate Banking Credit Risk

 

  10.1.2 Mix Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited:

 

  Physical: MIX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited
    Howick Close
    Waterfall Business Park
    Midrand
    1685
  Fax: 011 654 0000
  Attention: Megan Pydigadu

 

  10.2 Any notice, document, proof, advice, disclosure, consent, approval, condonation, demand, confirmation, certification, request or communication referred to, required, or permitted to be given in terms of this Facility Letter shall be valid and effective only if in writing. It shall be acceptable to give notice by fax provided that proof of such fax transmission is provided to the Party to whom notice is addressed and physical copies of the notice or communication are delivered to the aforesaid address of the Party to whom such notice is addressed within 3 Business Days of such fax transmission.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 3 of 26


LOGO

 

  10.3

Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its chosen address to another physical address in South Africa, provided that the change shall become effective on the 7 th day after delivery of such notice to the addressee.

 

  10.4 Any notice to a Party contained in a correctly addressed envelope and delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its chosen address shall be deemed to have been received, unless the contrary is proved, on the first Business Day after delivery.

 

  10.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

 

11. REVIEW OF FACILITIES AND INTEREST RATE

 

  11.1 Nedbank shall be entitled to review the Facilities throughout the duration of the Facilities, including any renewals and extensions thereof:

 

  11.1.1 at any time; and

 

  11.1.2 once the Financial Statements of the Borrower are made available as required in this Offer Letter.

 

  11.2 Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary which may be contained in the Facility Letter, Nedbank shall, in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, be entitled to review the interest rate applicable to the undermentioned Facilities and if it deems necessary, to amend the interest rate on 90 days prior written notice to the Borrower:

 

  11.2.1 General banking facility.

 

12. REPLACEMENT

On the Signature Date, the Offer contained in this Facility Letter supersedes and replaces all previous facility letters entered into between the Corporate Banking Division of Nedbank and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. In the event that a separate agreement for banking facilities (in terms of a separate facility letter) has been entered into with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Offer contained in this Facility Letter shall not supersede the offer in that separate facility letter or agreement. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, all Security provided or contemplated in all previous facility letters and other facilities shall remain in place and of full force and effect and shall serve as Security under this Facility Letter, unless released in terms of this Facility Letter.

 

13. EXPIRY DATE

The Offer contained in this Facility Letter is open for acceptance until 15 April 2013. If the Offer is not accepted by the Borrower on or before that date, the Offer shall lapse and this Facility Letter shall be of no force and effect.

Should any aspect of this Facility Letter require clarification, please contact Neil Brislin (011) 295 5951.

If the terms of this Facility Letter are acceptable to the Borrower, kindly have an authorised official of the Borrower sign this Facility Letter and return it to Nedbank, together with a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower authorising the signing official to accept the Facilities on behalf of the Borrower.

Yours faithfully

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

A REDDY

CREDIT EXECUTIVE

CORPORATE BANKING CREDIT RISK

 

J JONKER

SENIOR CREDIT MANAGER CORPORATE BANKING CREDIT RISK

 

D SOOBRAMONEY

EXECUTIVE

CORPORATE BANKING

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 4 of 26


LOGO

 

ACCEPTED ON THIS 26 DAY OF MARCH 2013

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of:

MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA

PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(who hereby warrants his authority)

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 5 of 26


LOGO

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

In this Facility Letter, unless clearly inconsistent with or otherwise indicated by the context:

 

  1.1 The following expressions shall bear the meanings ascribed to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

  1.1.1 Accounting Principles ’: IFRS as applied in South Africa.

 

  1.1.2 Accounts ’: any and/or all accounts which the Borrower holds with Nedbank which are current in nature and payable on demand, including but not limited to, current accounts.

 

  1.1.3 Affected Instrument ’: bears the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 3 (Unavailability of Instruments) below.

 

  1.1.4 Applicable Laws ’: including, but not limited to, the Companies Act, the Banks Act, Basel II (the Framework established for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards) and Basel III (upon its implementation) and any standard, understanding, treaty, convention or convergence amending or replacing them or any successor thereto, common or customary law and any constitution, decree, judgement, legislation, order, ordinance, statute, treaty or other legislative measure applicable to Nedbank and/or the Borrower and includes any present or future directive, regulation, guideline, practice, concession, request or requirement issued by any governmental body, agency or department or any central bank or other fiscal, monetary, regulatory, self regulatory or other authority or agency whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, the compliance with which is customary.

 

  1.1.5 Asset ’: includes present, future and contingent property, movables and immovables, revenues and rights of every description.

 

  1.1.6 Authorisation ’: an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, permit, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration.

 

  1.1.7 Banks Act ’: the Banks Act, No. 94 of 1990.

 

  1.1.8 Borrower ’: bears the meaning ascribed thereto in the Offer Letter.

 

  1.1.9 Business Day ’: a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or proclaimed public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg.

 

  1.1.10 Companies Act ’: the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008.

 

  1.1.11 Competition Act ’: the Competition Act, No. 89 of 1998.

 

  1.1.12 Change of Control ’: after the Signature Date, any person or group of persons who exercised Control as at the Signature Date, ceasing to have direct or indirect Control of the Borrower.

 

  1.1.13

Constitutional Documents ’: (1) the up to date articles of association and memorandum, certificate of incorporation and certificate to commence business of any company incorporated in terms of the Previous Companies Act and any amendment to, or replacement thereof, with a new memorandum of incorporation under the Companies Act and/or (2) the ‘memorandum of incorporation’ (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) of a company incorporation under the Companies Act together with the rules of the company (if applicable) the registration certificate, the notice of amendment and/or the notice of incorporation (as may be applicable).

 

  1.1.14 Control ’: bears the meaning ascribed thereto in the Companies Act.

 

  1.1.15 Dispose or Disposal ’: (and all inflections thereof): any sale, transfer, cession, assignment, lease, alienation, donation, renunciation, surrender, abandonment, waiver, relinquishment, release, exchange or other disposal of any nature whatsoever of any Asset and shall include the grant of an option or warrant.

 

  1.1.16 Distribution ’: bears the meaning ascribed to it in the Companies Act.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 6 of 26


LOGO

 

  1.1.17 ‘Environment’: humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

  1.1.17.1 air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

  1.1.17.2 water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

  1.1.17.3 land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

  1.1.18 ‘Environmental Claim’: any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

  1.1.19 ‘Environmental Law’: any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

  1.1.19.1 the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

  1.1.19.2 the conditions of the workplace; or

 

  1.1.19.3 the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

 

  1.1.20 ‘Environmental Permits’: any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Borrower.

 

  1.1.21 ‘Event of Default’: any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 12 (Events of Default) below.

 

  1.1.22 ‘Finance Documents’: the Facility Letter.

 

  1.1.23 ‘Financial Indebtedness’: any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  1.1.23.1 moneys borrowed;

 

  1.1.23.2 any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  1.1.23.3 any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument or any instrument contemplated in section 43 of the Companies Act;

 

  1.1.23.4 the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  1.1.23.5 receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  1.1.23.6 any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  1.1.23.7 any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  1.1.23.8 any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable;

 

  1.1.23.9 any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  1.1.23.10 the amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (1) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance, the acquisition or construction of the Asset or service in question or (2) the agreement is in respect of the supply of Assets or services and payment is due more than 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the date of supply;

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 7 of 26


LOGO

 

  1.1.23.11 any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are either redeemable or are otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles;

 

  1.1.23.12 the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in clauses 1.1.23.1 to 1.1.23.9 (Financial Indebtedness) above

 

  1.1.24

‘Financial Statements’ : the most recent financial statements of the Borrower consolidated, if applicable and prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

  1.1.25 ‘Financial Year’ : the financial year of the Borrower.

 

  1.1.26 ‘Foreign Currency’ : any indebtedness or amounts in a currency other than Rand.

 

  1.1.27 ‘Group’ : the Borrower, its Holding Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

  1.1.28 ‘Holding Company’ : bears the meaning ascribed thereto in the Companies Act.

 

  1.1.29

‘IFRS : international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

  1.1.30 ‘Insolvency Act’ : the Insolvency Act, No. 24 of 1936.

 

  1.1.31 ‘Material Adverse Effect’ : an event, circumstance or matter or combination of events, circumstances or matters which, in Nedbank’s reasonable opinion, has or may have a material adverse effect on:

 

  1.1.31.1

the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower (taken as a whole);

 

  1.1.31.2 the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is party; or

 

  1.1.31.3 the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of Nedbank under any of the Finance Documents.

 

  1.1.32 ‘NACM’ : nominal annual compounded monthly in arrear.

 

  1.1.33 ‘Nedbank’ : collectively Nedbank Limited (Registration Number 1951/000009/06), Nedbank Company or, if the context is appropriate, any one or both of them.

 

  1.1.34 ‘Nedbank Affiliate’ : Nedbank Group Limited and any Nedbank Company.

 

  1.1.35 ‘Nedbank Company’ : any Subsidiary of Nedbank Group Limited.

 

  1.1.36 ‘Nedbank Group Limited’ : Nedbank Group Limited (Registration Number 1966/010630/06).

 

  1.1.37 ‘Offer’ : the offer of banking facilities made by Nedbank to the Borrower in the Facility Letter.

 

  1.1.38 ‘Offer Letter’ : the letter to which these general provisions are attached, addressed to the Borrower and containing amongst other things, the Offer.

 

  1.1.39 ‘Outstanding Amount’ : the aggregate amount by which the Facilities have been drawn down from time to time, together with all accrued and capitalised interest thereon, if any, together with any and all other amounts that may be owing by the Borrower to Nedbank in connection with the Facilities.

 

  1.1.40 ‘Parties’ : collectively the Borrower, Nedbank and any other signatory hereto and ‘Party’ shall, as the context requires, mean any one of them.

 

  1.1.41 ‘Permitted Disposal’ : any:

 

  1.1.41.1 Disposal prior to the Signature Date, which has been disclosed in writing to Nedbank prior to the Signature Date;

 

  1.1.41.2 other Disposal with Nedbank’s prior written consent;

 

  1.1.41.3 Disposal of obsolete Assets and those which are surplus to the business in which they were employed not exceeding R10 000 000 in aggregate per annum.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 8 of 26


LOGO

 

  1.1.42 Permitted Encumbrance ’: any:

 

  1.1.42.1 lien or right of set-off arising by operation of law in respect of its Assets in the ordinary course of trade;

 

  1.1.42.2 title transfer or retention arrangement in the normal course of trading activities;

 

  1.1.42.3 Encumbrance contemplated under any agreement with Nedbank;

 

  1.1.42.4 Encumbrance subsequently created or outstanding with the prior written consent of Nedbank which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

  1.1.42.5 Encumbrance created and existing prior to the Signature Date which has been disclosed to, and agreed upon with, Nedbank in writing, prior to the Signature Date.

 

  1.1.43 Permitted Financial Indebtedness ’; any:

 

  1.1.43.1 Financial Indebtedness subsequently permitted in writing by Nedbank;

 

  1.1.43.2 Financial Indebtedness incurred in respect of, or under any agreement with Nedbank or otherwise required in order to comply with the provisions under any agreement with Nedbank;

 

  1.1.43.3 existing facilities at the Signature Date which are to be retained and not refinanced by the Facilities, provided that such indebtedness has been disclosed and agreed upon in writing with Nedbank.

 

  1.1.44 Previous Companies Act ’: the Companies Act, No. 61 of 1973.

 

  1.1.45 Prime Rate ’: the publicly quoted basic rate of interest (expressed as a nominal annual compounded monthly in arrears rate) levied by Nedbank from time to time on overdraft, calculated on a 365 day year, irrespective of whether the applicable year is a leap year and proved, prima facie, in the event of a dispute and in the absence of manifest error, by a certificate under the hand of any manager of Nedbank, whose appointment and authority need not be proved.

 

  1.1.46 Rand ’: South African Rands, the lawful currency of South Africa.

 

  1.1.47 Sanctions ’:

 

  1.1.47.1

general trade, economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced by (1) the United States Government and administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America (‘ OFAC ’), (2) the United Nations Security Council, (3) the European Union, (4) Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or (5) the South African Government; or

 

  1.1.47.2 general trade, economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed by the United States Government and administered by the US State Department, the US Department of Commerce or the US Department of the Treasury.

 

  1.1.48 Sanctions List ’: any of the lists of specifically designated nationals or designated persons or entities (or equivalent) held by (1) the United States Government and administered by OFAC, the US State Department, the US Department of Commerce or the US Department of the Treasury (as published by OFAC from time to time, and available on the world-wide internet at the following website – http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html or any official successor website), which identifies terrorist organisations, individual terrorists and states which sponsor terrorism that are, in each instance, restricted from doing business with the United States of America and/or American companies and/or Americans), (2) the United Nations Security Council, (3) the European Union or (4) Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

  1.1.49 Security ’ or ‘ Encumbrance ’: a mortgage, notarial bond, cession in security, charge, pledge, hypothec, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

  1.1.50 Signature Date ’: the date of signature of the Party last signing this Facility Letter.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 9 of 26


LOGO

 

  1.1.51 ‘South Africa’ : the Republic of South Africa.

 

  1.1.52 ‘Subsidiary’ : a ‘subsidiary’ as defined in the Companies Act and shall include any person who would, but for not being a ‘company’ under the Companies Act, qualify as a ‘subsidiary’ as defined in the Companies Act.

 

  1.1.53 ‘SARB’ : the South African Reserve Bank.

 

  1.1.54

‘Tax : any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

  1.2 Words referring to any one gender include the other gender.

 

  1.3 Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

  1.4 Any reference to a person shall include a reference to an individual, a firm, a body corporate, a trust, an unincorporated association, government or a partnership and that person’s legal representatives and successors.

 

  1.5 The headings of the clauses in the Facility Letter are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of the Facility Letter nor any clause hereof.

 

  1.6 When any number of days is prescribed in the Facility Letter, such number shall be calculated inclusively of the first and exclusively of the last day.

 

  1.7 Any reference to days (other than a reference to Business Days), months or years shall be a reference to calendar days, months or years, as the case may be.

 

  1.8 Where any act is to be performed on a day which is not a Business Day, such act shall be performed on the next Business Day.

 

  1.9 Any reference to a statute or statutory provision or law includes a reference to that statute or statutory provision as amended, substituted, extended or re-enacted and to any regulation, order, proclamation, directive, code, practice, note, ruling, instrument or subordinate legislation under such statute or statutory provision, provided that a reference to Companies Act shall not be construed as excluding reference to the Previous Companies Act where the Companies Act contemplates that the Previous Companies Act will continue to have effect, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

  1.10

Any reference to any other agreement, document or instrument shall be to that agreement, document or instrument as amended, varied, novated or replaced from time to time.

 

  1.11 Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail.

 

  1.12

Any term defined in this Facility Letter shall have the meaning ascribed to it by such definition, irrespective of where it is used in this Facility Letter and unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to that clause, that term shall bear the meaning ascribed to it in that clause for all purposes in this Facility Letter, notwithstanding that the term has not been defined in this interpretation clause.

 

  1.13

Any date or time limit for the fulfilment or performance of any obligation or condition in terms of this Facility Letter, may, at the absolute discretion of Nedbank, be extended in writing to the Borrower, upon terms and conditions Nedbank may impose at the time.

 

2. FLEXIBILITY

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, and subject to the availability of a particular instrument at a particular time, the Borrower shall be entitled to utilise any or all of the instruments offered in the Facility Letter up to the amount of the limit or the sub-limit, as the case may be, pertaining to a particular instrument set out in the Facility Letter from time to time, provided that instruments with a fixed maturity date shall continue up to such maturity date.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 10 of 26


LOGO

 

3. UNAVAILABILITY OF INSTRUMENTS

Should;

 

  3.1 there be any change in Applicable Law or in the departmental practice of any authority or in the interpretation or application of any such legislation or regulations or departmental practice by any court or competent official or should there be any change in banking practice as it affects or is applied by or to Nedbank and any other financial institutions generally registered as such in the applicable jurisdiction; and/or

 

  3.2 any event (other than as contemplated in the aforesaid sub-clause above) occurs which is beyond the control of Nedbank,

with the result that any instrument offered in the Facility Letter is no longer made available by Nedbank (‘ an Affected Instrument ’), then Nedbank shall notify the Borrower in writing that the Affected Instrument will no longer be made available to the Borrower and the Borrower shall, unless otherwise agreed between the Parties, within 3 Business Days of the despatch of such notice, elect:

 

  3.3 to replace the Affected Instrument with any one or more of the other instruments offered in the Facility Letter; and/or

 

  3.4 to settle the amount owing under the Affected Instrument.

 

4. EARLY REPAYMENT

No early repayment of any Facilities shall be allowed unless Nedbank agrees thereto, subject to any penalty which Nedbank may impose at that time.

 

5. PAYMENTS

 

  5.1 Any payments to be made by the Borrower under this Facility Letter shall be made before 12:00 on due date in such manner as Nedbank may notify the Borrower in writing from time to time and furthermore shall be made free of exchange or right of deferment, avoidance or set-off and without deduction for or on account of any Tax unless the Borrower is, under law, required to make such payment subject to the deduction or withholding of Tax, in which case the amount payable by the Borrower in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of the required deduction or withholding, Nedbank receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net amount equal to the amount which it would have received and so retained had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made.

 

  5.2 All interest, charges, commission, costs and fees which are payable by the Borrower to Nedbank shall be paid in the currency of the relevant instrument and, unless paid directly by the Borrower, shall, at the election of Nedbank, be paid out of any current account of the Borrower held at Nedbank. The Borrower hereby authorises Nedbank to debit and deduct such interest, charges, commissions, costs and fees to such current account.

 

  5.3 Nedbank shall be entitled to allocate all and any payments by the Borrower, after deduction of costs, to any indebtedness of the Borrower to Nedbank and the Borrower waives all and any rights that it may have to name the debt in respect of which such payment is made.

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1 The amount owing by the Borrower in respect of each facility governed by this Facility Letter shall bear interest at the rate agreed to between the Parties and such accrued interest shall be paid by the Borrower on the dates and in the manner agreed to between the Parties.

 

  6.2 If any amount owing to Nedbank is not paid on the due date thereof or any excess over any limit or sub-limit set out in the Facility Letter, then the full amount outstanding, including the arrear amount and any excess, shall bear interest at a rate of 3% per annum above the Prime Rate, calculated from the due date thereof or the date on which any excess occurred, as the case may be, until the date of actual payment thereof by the Borrower to Nedbank.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 11 of 26


LOGO

 

  6.3 All and any amounts owing to Nedbank under the foreign finance facility which are not paid on the due date thereof or any excess over any foreign finance limit or sub-limit, as the case may be, shall bear interest at the prevailing penalty interest rate of Nedbank in respect of such foreign finance from time to time, calculated from the due date thereof or the date on which any excess occurred, as the case may be, until the date of receipt of such amounts by Nedbank.

 

7. TAX GROSS UPS

 

  7.1 In this clause the following expressions shall bear the meanings ascribed to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

  7.1.1 ‘Tax Credit’ : a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

  7.1.2 ‘Tax Deduction’ : a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

 

  7.1.3

‘Tax Payment ’: either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower(s) to Nedbank under clause 7.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 7.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

  7.2 Tax gross-up

 

  7.2.1 The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by them without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  7.2.2 The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that they must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify Nedbank accordingly. Similarly, Nedbank shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to Nedbank.

 

  7.2.3 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by any Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  7.2.4 If any Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  7.2.5

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to Nedbank evidence reasonably satisfactory to Nedbank that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  7.3 Tax indemnity

 

  7.3.1 The Borrower shall within 3 Business Days of demand by Nedbank, pay to Nedbank an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which Nedbank determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by Nedbank in respect of a Finance Document, however this provision shall not apply:

 

  7.3.1.1 with respect to any Tax assessed on Nedbank under the law of the jurisdiction in which Nedbank is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which Nedbank is treated as resident for tax purposes, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by Nedbank; or

 

  7.3.1.2 to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under any other provision of this Facility Letter.

 

  7.4 Tax Credit

If a Borrower makes a Tax Payment and Nedbank determines that:

 

  7.4.1 a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  7.4.2 Nedbank has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 12 of 26


LOGO

 

Nedbank shall pay an amount to that Borrower which Nedbank determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

8. INCREASED COSTS

 

  8.1 Increased Costs

 

  8.1.1 Subject to clause 8.4 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within 3 Business Days of a demand by Nedbank, pay for the account of Nedbank the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by Nedbank or any Nedbank Affiliate as a result of (1) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (2) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signature Date or (3) any increase in Nedbank’s or any Nedbank Affiliate’s cost of funding. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing Nedbank shall be entitled to adjust the interest and or margin for the purposes of recovering the amount of any such Increased Cost.

 

  8.2 In this Facility Letter ‘ Increased Costs ’ means:

 

  8.2.1 a reduction in the rate of return from any Facility or on Nedbank’s (or Nedbank Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by Nedbank); or

 

  8.2.2 an additional or increased cost; or

 

  8.2.3 an increase in Nedbank’s or any Nedbank Affiliate’s cost of funding; or

 

  8.2.4 a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by Nedbank or any Nedbank Affiliate to the extent that it is attributable to Nedbank having entered into the Facility or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

  8.3 Increased cost claims

 

  8.3.1 If Nedbank intends making a claim pursuant to clause 8.1 ( Increased costs ), it shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  8.3.2 Nedbank shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by Nedbank, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

  8.4 Exceptions

 

  8.4.1 Clause 8.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  8.4.1.1 attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  8.4.1.2 compensated for by clause 7.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 7.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 7.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied); or

 

  8.4.1.3 attributable to the wilful breach by Nedbank or any Nedbank Affiliate of any law or regulation.

 

  8.4.2 In this clause 8.4 (Exceptions), a reference to a ‘Tax Deduction’ has the same meaning given to the term in clause 7.1 (Tax gross ups).

 

9. OFFSHORE BUSINESS OR ACTIVITIES

 

  9.1 Without derogating from any other provision in this Facility Letter, except for existing business as at the Signature Date, the Borrower shall notify Nedbank before:

 

  9.1.1 the Borrower makes any offshore investment; or

 

  9.1.2 the Borrower issues a guarantee or indemnity or binds itself as surety and/or co-principal debtor, or grants any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) over its Assets, to a third person as security for the debts of any person which is incorporated or registered or has all or a substantial part of its undertaking or Assets outside South Africa.

 

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 13 of 26


LOGO

 

  9.2 Nedbank shall, in the circumstances contemplated in clauses 9.1.1 or 9.1.2 ( Offshore Business or Activities ) , be entitled to:

 

  9.2.1 call for further and/or detailed information regarding the Borrower’s offshore business, business enterprises, activities, investments;

 

  9.2.2 conduct a review of the Borrower’s financial position and the matters notified to it in clause 9.1 ( Offshore Business or Activities ) ; and/or

 

  9.2.3 review (and pursuant to such review, amend or cancel) the Facilities offered by it to the Borrower.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

The undermentioned undertakings remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any available Facility is in force.

The Borrower undertakes:

 

  10.1 Accounting policy

The Borrower shall not change its Accounting Policies without the prior written consent of Nedbank, unless in accordance with the Accounting Principles (consistently applied, for the time being IFRS), or in terms of any Applicable Law, order of court, or listing requirements of any stock or securities exchange.

 

  10.2 Auditors

The Borrower shall not change its auditor without having given Nedbank 30 days prior written notice of such change, unless required by any Applicable Law, order of court, or listing requirements of any stock or securities exchange.

 

  10.3 Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  10.3.1 obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  10.3.2 supply certified copies to Nedbank of,

any Authorisation required to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

  10.4 Change of business

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower from that carried on at the Signature Date without the prior written consent of Nedbank.

 

  10.5 Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

 

  10.6 Disposals

 

  10.6.1 The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary Dispose of any Asset.

 

  10.6.2 Clause 10.6.1 ( Disposals ) above does not apply to any Disposal which is a Permitted Disposal.

 

  10.7 Distributions

 

  10.7.1 The Borrower shall not make or allow to be made any Distribution while any undertaking, warranty or covenant set out in this Facility Letter is not met or breached or which Distribution will result in a breach of any undertaking, warranty or covenant set out in this Facility.

 

  10.7.2 The Borrower shall not change its dividend policy disclosed to Nedbank as at the Signature Date, without the prior written consent of Nedbank.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 14 of 26


LOGO

 

  10.8 Environmental compliance

The Borrower shall:

 

  10.8.1 comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  10.8.2 obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

  10.8.3 implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  10.9 Environmental claims

The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform Nedbank in writing of:

 

  10.9.1 any Environmental Claim against it which is current or pending; and

 

  10.9.2 any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced against it,

where the claim, if determined against it, has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or might reasonably be expected to result in any liability for Nedbank.

 

  10.10 Financial indebtedness

 

  10.10.1 Except as permitted under clause 10.10.2 (Financial indebtedness) below, the Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

  10.10.2 Clause 10.10.1 (Financial indebtedness) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is a Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  10.11 Financial assistance

 

  10.11.1 Except as permitted under clause 10.11.2 ( Financial assistance ) below, the Borrower shall not enter into any transaction in relation to financial assistance contemplated in section 44 and section 45 of the Companies Act without the prior written consent of Nedbank.

 

  10.11.2 Clause 10.11.1 ( Financial assistance ) above does not apply to any financial assistance:

 

  10.11.2.1 contemplated in the Finance Documents; or

 

  10.11.2.2 with the prior written consent of Nedbank; or

 

  10.11.2.3 arising in the ordinary course of trade; or

 

  10.11.2.4 cash management arrangements.

 

  10.12 Insurance

The Borrower shall insure and keep insured its business and Assets with insurance companies to such an extent and against such risks as companies engaged in a similar business normally insure.

 

  10.13 Loans or credit

 

  10.13.1 Except as permitted under clause 10.13.2 ( Loans or credit ) below, the Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes but is not limited to, loans to companies within the Group).

 

  10.13.2 Clause 10.13.1 ( Loans or credit ) above does not apply to any loan or credit where the prior written consent of Nedbank has been obtained.

 

  10.14 Merger and acquisitions

 

  10.14.1 Except as permitted under clause 10.14.2 ( Merger and acquisitions ) below the Borrower shall not enter into any of the following transactions whether as a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not):

 

  10.14.1.1 any amalgamation, demerger, merger, scheme or arrangement, or corporate reconstruction;

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 15 of 26


LOGO

 

  10.14.1.2 acquire any Subsidiary or any business or business undertaking;

 

  10.14.1.3 any Assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

  10.14.2 Clause 10.14.1 (Merger and acquisitions) above does not apply where the prior written consent of Nedbank has been obtained.

 

  10.15 Negative pledge

 

  10.15.1 The Borrower shall, not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its Assets.

 

  10.15.2 The Borrower shall not:

 

  10.15.2.1 enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) to Dispose of any of its Assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any member of the Group;

 

  10.15.2.2 Dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  10.15.2.3 enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

  10.15.2.4 enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  10.15.2.5 enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity.

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an Asset.

 

  10.15.3 Clause 10.15.1 (Negative pledge) and 10.15.2 (Negative pledge) above do not apply to:

 

  10.15.3.1 any Security (the details of which was disclosed to Nedbank prior to the Signature Date);

 

  10.15.3.2 any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

  10.15.3.3 any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

  10.1.5.3.4 any other Security securing any other debt or liability to Nedbank; or

 

  10.1.5.3.5 any Security given or arising with the prior written consent of Nedbank.

 

  10.16 No guarantees of indemnities

 

  10.16.1 Except as permitted under clause 10.16.2 ( No guarantees ) below, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that each member of the Group shall, not incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.

 

  10.16.2 Clause 10.16.1 ( No guarantees ) does not apply to a guarantee incurred or allowed to remain outstanding where the prior written consent of Nedbank has been obtained.

 

  10.17 Sanctions

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Borrower shall not:

 

  10.17.1 use the proceeds of the Loan for the purpose of financing directly or indirectly (or otherwise make available) the activities of any person or entity which is currently listed on the Sanctions List or in a country which is currently subject to any Sanctions, to the extent financing would currently be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a person in the United States of America; and/or

 

  10.17.2 contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of the Loan to any other person or entity if the Borrower has actual knowledge that such party intends to use such proceeds for the purpose of financing the activities of any person or entity which is currently on the Sanctions List or in a country which is subject to any OFAC Sanctions, to the extent such financing would currently be prohibited by OFAC Sanctions if conducted by a person in the United States of America.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 16 of 26


LOGO

 

  10.18 SARB

The Borrower shall comply with the requirements of the Financial Surveillance Department of the SARB and shall furnish written proof of such compliance to Nedbank on request.

 

  10.19 Share capital

The Borrower shall not issue any shares, reduce its number of shares in issue, consolidate, divide, expropriate, exchange any of its securities or convert any of its securities (more fully defined in the Companies Act) or into shares with voting rights, nor buy back any of its shares as contemplated in section 48 of the Companies Act, nor acquire or attempt to acquire any shares in the issued share capital of its Holding Company or any of its own issued share capital or otherwise reduces its share capital, without prior written notice Nedbank (to the extent permitted by law).

 

  10.20 Share classification

The Borrower shall procure that its board of directors shall not exercise the rights, if any, under sections 36( 1 )(c), 36(1)(d), 36(3) and 36(4) of the Companies Act.

 

11. WARRANTIES

 

  11.1 The Borrower represents and warrants to Nedbank that:

 

  11.1.1 All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  11.1.1.1 to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  11.1.1.2 to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation and

 

  11.1.1.3 for it and the other members of the group to carry on their respective businesses,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  11.1.2 Business Rescue : neither the board of directors of the Borrower, nor of any of its Subsidiaries has resolved to commence business rescue proceedings, nor has any such board or any of its agents, officers or employees taken any other steps contemplated under the Companies Act in anticipation of business rescue proceedings, in respect of itself or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  11.1.3 Business Rescue : no person has applied to court for an order commencing business rescue proceedings in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  11.1.4 Business Rescue : no corporate action, legal proceedings or similar procedure or steps have been taken nor do any circumstances exist which are likely to give rise to steps being taken in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the appointment of a business rescue practitioner or similar officer of it of any of its Assets, nor has anything analogous to any of the foregoing occurred in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

  11.1.5 Conflict : the entry into and performance by it of and, the transactions contemplated by the Facility Letter do not and will not conflict with:

 

  11.1.5.1 any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  11.1.5.2 its and each of its Subsidiaries’ Constitutional Documents; or

 

  11.1.5.3 any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries’ Assets.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 17 of 26


LOGO

 

  11.1.6 Financials : the Financial Statements:

 

  11.1.6.1 fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, where applicable, or the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, where applicable;

 

  11.1.6.2 were prepared in accordance with IFRS;

 

  11.1.6.3 comply with the relevant reporting standards of the Companies Act and in respect of any regulatory authority, as applicable to the Borrower.

 

  11.1.7 Financial Distress : neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries is ‘financially distressed’ (as such term is defined in section 128 of the Companies Act) nor the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries reasonably likely to become ‘financially distressed’ within the immediately ensuing twelve month period.

 

  11.1.8 Incorporated : it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa and its Constitutional Documents are up to date and filed and with the Commission as contemplated in the Companies Act.

 

  11.1.9 Information True : that all of the information supplied by the Borrower in connection with the Facility Letter is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated and the Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances that have not been disclosed to Nedbank.

 

  11.1.10 Legal Proceedings : no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might result in a Material Adverse Effect have, to the knowledge of the Borrower been started against it or against any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  11.1.11. Liabilities : the Borrower has no significant liabilities, present or contingent, (including, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing) liabilities for Taxes or material forward or long term commitments, which are not disclosed or provided for in its Financial Statements.

 

  11.1.12 MAC : there has been no Material Adverse Effect since the date of its most recent Financial Statements.

 

  11.1.13 No Event of Default : no Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the Borrower utilising the Facilities.

 

  11.1.14 No Default : no other event or circumstance which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries which might result in a Material Adverse Effect is continuing.

 

  11.1.15 Obligations Valid : the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Borrower in the Facility Letter are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  11.1.16 Own Assets : it and each of its Subsidiaries have the power to own its Assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  11.1.17 Own Assets : it is the owner of all its Assets which are reflected in its Financial Statements and has not Disposed of any such Assets other than Permitted Disposals.

 

  11.1.18 Pari Passu : the payment obligations under the Facility Letter rank at least pari passu with the claims of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for claims that are preferred solely by insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 

  11.1.19 Power : it has the power to enter into, perform and execute the Facility Letter and has taken all necessary corporate and other actions to authorise its entry into, performance and execution of the Facility Letter.

 

  11.1.20 Solvency : the Assets, fairly valued, of the Borrower, exceed its liabilities, fairly valued.

 

  11.1.21 Tax : the Borrower is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from payment it may make under the Facility Letter.

 

  11.2 Each of the representations and warranties contained in this clause are deemed to be made by the Borrower as at the Signature Date and throughout the duration of the Facilities, including any renewals and extensions thereof.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 18 of 26


LOGO

 

12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

  12.1 Each of the following events or circumstances (whether or not caused by or for any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower or any other person) is an Event of Default:

 

  12.1.1 Breach: the Borrower breaches or does not comply with any provision of the Facility Letter and/or any other agreement between the Parties and fails to remedy such breach within the period of 5 Business Days after delivery by Nedbank to the Borrower of written notice requiring the Borrower to remedy such breach.

 

  12.1.2 Business Rescue : any one or more of the following events occur:

 

  12.1.2.1 the Borrower is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or

 

  12.1.2.2 the Borrower is ‘financially distressed’ (as such term is defined in section 128 of the Companies Act) or reasonably likely to become ‘financially distressed’ within the immediately ensuing twelve month period; or

 

  12.1.2.3 the board of the Borrower resolves to commence business rescue proceedings or the Borrower or any of its agents, officers or employees take/s any other steps contemplated under the Companies Act in anticipation of business rescue proceedings; or

 

  12.1.2.4 any person applies to apply to court for an order commencing business rescue proceedings in respect of the Borrower; or

 

  12.1.2.5 any corporate action, legal proceedings or other similar procedure or steps are taken in relation to the appointment of a business rescue practitioner in respect of the Borrower; or

 

  12.1.2.6 in any proceedings in respect of or against the Borrower, a court orders, or indicates that it may order, the commencement of business rescue proceedings in respect of the Borrower; or

 

  12.1.2.7 a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

  12.1.3 Business Rescue & Insolvency : in relation to the Borrower:

 

  12.1.3.1 any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken by anyone in relation to the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, dissolution, judicial management, curatorship, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise);

 

  12.1.3.2 any order or declaration is made, or any steps are taken, or any meeting of directors or shareholders of any entity is convened to consider the passing of, or a resolution is passed for the administration, custodianship, curatorship, business rescue, bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up, judicial management or dissolution (whether provisional or final) or deregistration of, it or its estate;

 

  12.1.3.3 any compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor occurs;

 

  12.1.3.4 it is unable (or admits inability) to pay its debts generally as they fail due or is (or admits to being) otherwise insolvent or stops, suspends or threatens to stop or suspend payment of all or a material part of its debts or proposes or seeks to make or makes a general assignment or any arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors or a moratorium is agreed or declared in respect of or affecting all or a material part of its indebtedness;

 

  12.1.3.5 any act occurs which, if such act was committed by an individual, would be an act of insolvency within the meaning of section 8 of the Insolvency Act or any equivalent legislation in any jurisdiction to which such person is subject;

 

  12.1.3.6 any circumstances contemplated in sections 311 or 344 of the Previous Companies Act is present or occurred;

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 19 of 26


LOGO

 

  12.1.3.7 it takes any proceeding or other step with a view to the general readjustment, rescheduling or deferral of its indebtedness (or any part thereof which it would otherwise be unable to pay when due) or proposes to take any such step;

 

  12.1.3.8 the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, curator, judicial manager, business rescue practitioner, receiver, administrative receiver, judicial receiver, compulsory manager, trustee in bankruptcy, administrator or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower, or any of the Assets of the Borrower;

 

  12.1.3.9 enforcement by any person of any security granted as an Encumbrance over Assets,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  12.1.4 Business Recue : any position of an agreement to which the Borrower is party is cancelled or suspended (whether entirely, partially or conditionally) by the Borrower, or any liquidator, business rescue practitioner, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer, or by any court, in respect of the Borrower or any of its Assets, including, a cancellation or suspension contemplated under section 136(2) of the Companies Act.

 

  12.1.5 Comply with Laws : the Borrower does not comply in all respects with all Applicable Law to which it may be subject, if failure to so comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Facility Letter.

 

  12.1.6 Control : a Change of Control of the Borrower occurs.

 

  12.1.7 Covenants and Undertakings : the Borrower fails to comply with any undertakings or requirement relating to financial covenants as set out in this Facility Letter or fails to comply with any other undertaking, if any.

 

  12.1.8 Deregistration : deregistration or dissolution of the Borrower.

 

  12.1.9 Delisting : if the Borrower is a listed company, the delisting of any of its shares/securities from any exchange or should any trading in respect of any share or security be suspended for 5 or more consecutive trading days.

 

  12.1.10 Disposals : the borrower enters into a single transaction, or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntarily or involuntarily to Dispose of any Asset other than any Permitted Disposals.

 

  12.1.11 Encumbrances : the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries creates, allows or permits to subsist any Encumbrance or any of its Assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances, without the prior written consent of Nedbank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if the Encumbrances are in the normal course of trade.

 

  12.1.12 Expropriation : any expropriation, attachment, confiscation, nationalisation, sequestration or execution which affects any material Asset or Assets of the Borrower.

 

  12.1.13 Financial Indebtedness : any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower in excess of 5% of its gross Financial indebtedness is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period, or is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity by reason of default (however described), whether or not Nedbank is concerned therewith.

 

  12.1.14 Financial Indebtedness : the Borrower creates, allows or permits to subsist any Financial Indebtedness, other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.15 Financial Indebtedness : the Borrower becomes a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness, other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.16 Insolvency Event : any Insolvency Event occurs.

 

  12.1.17 Laws : the Borrower fails to obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all government, Tax, monetary and other approvals required under any Applicable Law to enable it to perform its obligations under the Facility Letter and to ensure the legality, validity or enforceability of the Facility Letter and to continue its business operations.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 20 of 26


LOGO

 

  12.1.18 Legal Proceedings : any litigation, arbitration, investigative or administrative proceedings of or before any court , arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might result in a Material Adverse Effect, is started against the Borrower or against any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  12.1.19 MAC : a Material Adverse Effect occurs.

 

  12.1.20 Merger & Corporate Restructures : the Borrower enters into any scheme, amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction without the prior written consent of Nedbank and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Borrower consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its Assets to, or re-organises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, re-organisation, reincorporation or reconstitution, the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or its predecessor was a party; or

 

  12.1.21 Nature of Business : the general nature of the business of the Borrower is changed from that carried on at the date of this Facility Letter.

 

  12.1.22 Non-Payment : the Borrower fails to pay any amount due to Nedbank in terms of this Facility Letter on the due date thereof (unless failure to pay is solely due to technical or administrative reasons) and, save for a demand facility (which amount thereunder is due on demand), the relevant amount is not duly paid within 3 Business Days of receipt of written notice from Nedbank calling upon the Borrower to pay such relevant amount.

 

  12.1.23 Representations : a representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in this Facility Letter or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with this Facility Letter, is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

  12.1.24 Repudiation : the Borrower repudiates the Facility Letter.

 

  12.1.25 Unlawful : it is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under this Facility Letter or any of the obligations of the Borrower is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

 

  12.2 On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default Nedbank may, without prejudice to any other remedy, on written notice to the Borrower:

 

  12.2.1 cancel the Facilities whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

  12.2.2 refuse to advance any further amounts to the Borrower or suspend the availability of any Facility; and/or

 

  12.2.3 declare that all or part of the Facilities, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Facilities be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  12.2.4 declare that all or part of the Facilities be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become due and payable on demand by Nedbank; and/or

 

  12.2.5 declare that cash cover in respect of each Letters of Credit, Letters of Guarantee and Guarantee is immediately due and payable, whereupon that cash cover shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  12.2.6 declare that cash cover in respect of each Letters of Credit, Letters of Guarantee and Guarantee is payable on demand, whereupon that cash cover shall become payable on demand by Nedbank; and/or

 

  12.2.7 (in addition to any other right of set-off, offset, combination of accounts, lien, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which Nedbank is at any time otherwise entitled or subject (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise)) set off the indebtedness of the Borrower to Nedbank under or in terms of or arising from the Facilities against any and all amounts standing to the credit of the Borrower in the books of Nedbank (whether or not such other amounts are due and payable or contingent), and for the purposes hereof, the Parties agree that if any such indebtedness is or such amounts are denominated in Foreign Currency, such indebtedness or amounts shall converted from such Foreign Currency to Rand at the spot Rand/Foreign Currency rate quoted by Nedbank on the date of conversion; and/or

 

  12.2.8 waive or renounce any right; and/or

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 21 of 26


LOGO

 

  12.2.9 claim damages; and/or

 

  12.2.10 rely on, or exercise, any other right, remedy available to it in terms of any Finance Document, or recorded in any other agreement between the Parties, or available to it at law.

 

  12.3 It is specifically recorded and agreed that if the Borrower commences business rescue proceedings and the appointed business rescue practitioner suspends conditionally or unconditionally the whole or any part or provision, of this Facility Letter, then Nedbank shall not be obliged to tender any performance or fulfill any of its obligations in terms of this Facility Letter.

 

  12.4 The Borrower hereby indemnified Nedbank and holds it harmless on demand against any loss, liability or cost suffered by Nedbank if any obligation provided for in the Finance Documents is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or is cancelled or suspended entirely, partially or conditionally, including but not limited to:

 

  12.4.1 any damages suffered by Nedbank contemplated in section 136(3) of the Companies Act; and/or

 

  12.4.2 any claim which Nedbank has or may have against the Borrower for restitution,

arising as a result of the exercise by any business rescue practitioner of the power granted to it in accordance with section 136(2) of the Companies Act. The amount of that loss, liability or cost shall at least include the amount which Nedbank would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

13. DETERMINATION OF AVAILABLE FUNDS AND LIMITS

 

  13.1 The Borrower hereby authorises Nedbank as a continuous right, without notice or demand, to, at any time, notionally set-off the balances of all Accounts to determine whether there are sufficient funds for the purposes of meeting any payment, transfer or withdrawal instructions given by the Borrower to Nedbank and/or payment of any forward exchange contract in respect of the Accounts or other financial instrument of the Borrower.

 

  13.2 Nedbank shall be entitled, in its sole and absolute discretion, to disregard or refuse any withdrawal, payment or transfer instruction, whether by electronic or other means, given by the Borrower to withdraw, pay or transfer from any one of the Accounts to any other, if the Borrower’s Net Overall Limit is not sufficient to cover the amount of the cheque so drawn or the withdrawal, payment or transfer instruction so given, irrespective of whether the withdrawal, payment or transfer in question would not exceed the credit balance on the particular Account from which the withdrawal, payment or transfer would have been made.

 

14. CERTIFICATE OF INDEBTEDNESS

A certificate signed or purporting to be signed by a manager or director of Nedbank (whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove) shall be prima facie proof of:

 

  14.1 the amount of any debt owing by the Borrower to Nedbank (including, without limitation, accrued interest and default interest) in terms of this Facility Letter;

 

  14.2 the due dates of performance in respect of any obligations of the Borrower in terms of this Facility Letter;

 

  14.3 any interest rate; or

 

  14.4 the fact that the debts are due and owing and have not been paid or otherwise discharged,

whether for the purposes of provisional sentence or summary judgment proceedings, business rescue proceedings or otherwise and any schedule, certificate or other document provided by Nedbank in terms of this Facility Letter shall, if signed by any manager or director of Nedbank, be deemed to be prima facie proof of the correctness of its contents.

 

15. COSTS

 

  15.1 The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay to Nedbank the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) (if any) reasonably incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

  15.1.1 the Finance Documents and any other documents referred to in this Facility Letter; and

 

  15.1.2 any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.

 

  15.2 All costs and expenses which Nedbank may incur in connection with the enforcement of preservation of any of its rights under any Finance Document, or pursuant to business rescue or any compromise, including, without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, all legal costs on an attorney and client scale, tracing fees and stamp duty, shall be borne by the Borrower and shall be payable on demand.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 22 of 26


LOGO

 

16. CESSION AND DELEGATION

 

  16.1 Nedbank shall be entitled to cede and/or delegate and/or assign or transfer in any way whatsoever all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and to disclose to such information regarding the Borrower as Nedbank may reasonably consider appropriate.

 

  16.2 The Borrower shall not be entitled to cede and/or delegate and/or assign or transfer in any way whatsoever, all or any of their respective rights and obligations under this Facility Letter.

 

17. RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

The Borrower expressly waives and renounces any benefits to which it is entitled in law, including without in any way limiting or affecting the generality of the aforegoing the benefits from the legal exceptions excussion and division, non numeratae pecuniae, non causa debiti, errore calculi, revision of accounts and no value received and declares itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect thereof.

 

18. MONITORING

Nedbank is not obliged to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to the Facility Letter.

 

19. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  19.1 Applicable Law

This Facility Letter shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of South Africa.

 

  19.2 Entire Agreement

This Facility Letter contains all the express provisions agreed on by the Parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and the Parties waive the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in this Facility Letter.

 

  19.3 Independent Advice

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that they have been free to obtain independent legal and other professional advice (including legal, financial and taxation advice) as to the nature and effect of the provisions of this Facility Letter.

 

  19.4 Jurisdiction

Each of the Parties irrevocably agrees that the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action of proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Facility Letter and, for such purposes, irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court.

 

  19.5 No Representations

A Party may not rely on any representation or warranty which allegedly included it to enter into this Facility Letter, unless the representation or warranty is recorded in this Facility Letter.

 

  19.6 Severability

Any provision in this Facility Letter which is or may become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction affected by this Facility Letter shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability and shall be treated pro non scripto and severed from the rest of this Facility Letter without invalidating the remaining provisions of Facility Letter or affecting the validity or unenforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 23 of 26


LOGO

 

  19.7 Survival

The expiration or termination of the Facility Letter shall not affect such of the provisions of the Facility Letter as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  19.8 Variation and Cancellation

No variation, addition to, amendment or cancellation of any term contained in this Facility Letter, shall be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

  19.9 Waivers and Indulgences

No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising on the part of either Party, of any right, power of privilege under this Facility Letter shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver by either Party shall be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Party granting such waiver. The grant of any indulgence by a Party under this Facility Letter shall not constitute a waiver of any right by the grantor or prevent or adversely affect the exercise by the grantor of any existing or future right of the grantor.

 

  19.10 Sanctions and Foreign Jurisdictions

 

  19.10.1 It is recorded that certain payments may, through the operation of:

 

  19.10.1.1 international law; and/or

 

  19.10.1.2 the laws and regulations of other jurisdictions; and/or

 

  19.10.1.3 international or governmental practice; and/or

 

  19.10.1.4 requirements and policies of central banks; and/or

 

  19.10.1.5 Sanctions or Sanctions List.

whether or not having the force of law, be delayed, limited, prohibited, seized, frozen, confiscated, embargoed, withheld or otherwise prevented from being made before such payments have reached the intended recipients(s) (‘ Indemnified Events ’).

 

  19.10.2 Nedbank shall utilise any information that it may receive in relation to this transaction (which may not be limited to information appearing herein), and shall utilise any mechanism that it deems appropriate in order to satisfy applicable international legal and Sanctions requirements. Nedbank undertakes to notify the Borrower (to the extent permitted) if any Indemnified Event occurs or if Nedbank is otherwise prevented from making payment as soon as Nedbank becomes aware thereof.

 

  19.10.3 Each Borrower accordingly indemnifies Nedbank against and holds it harmless from any loss or damage which:

 

  19.10.3.1 any Borrower may suffer or incur, directly or indirectly, as a consequence of any Indemnified Event;

 

  19.10.3.2 Nedbank may suffer or incur, directly or indirectly, as a consequence of any Indemnified Event and acknowledges and agrees that it shall remain liable to Nedbank for any amounts paid by Nedbank.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 24 of 26


LOGO

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2 – TERMS APPLICABLE TO SPECIFIC INSTRUMENTS

 

1. OVERDRAFT

 

  1.1 Rate

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, the applicable rate will be the Prime Rate minus 2% (two percent).

 

  1.2 Interest

Interest on the Outstanding Amount shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365 day year, irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year and shall be payable monthly in arrear. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, interest shall be paid to Nedbank by the debiting of the Borrower’s current account held at any Nedbank branch.

 

  1.3 Negotiable Instruments

Nedbank shall be entitled to request the Borrower to draw negotiable instruments in favour of Nedbank for an amount up to the Outstanding Amount, at no additional cost to the Borrower.

 

  1.4 Duration of facility and repayment

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Facility Letter or in any other agreement concluded between the Parties, the overdraft facility shall be payable to Nedbank on demand.

 

  1.5 Adjustment, Variation and Cancellation

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Facility Letter, Nedbank shall be entitled, subsequent to a review of the Facilities, in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, to adjust, vary, add to, amend or cancel the overdraft facility, on prior written notice to the Borrower.

 

2. OVERNIGHT LOANS

 

  2.1 Rate

The applicable rate shall be the rate quoted by Nedbank at the time of request by the Borrower for a rate or the date on which the draw down takes place as the Parties may agree, adjusted by Nedbank on a daily basis in line with market conditions, and as notified to the Borrower when the Borrower requests such notification of the rate.

 

  2.2 Interest

Interest on the Outstanding Amount shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365 day year, irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year and shall be payable monthly in arrear. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, interest shall be paid to Nedbank by the debiting of the Borrower’s current account at a Nedbank branch.

 

  2.3 Amount

This instrument is subject to the limit/sub-limit set out in the Facility Letter, if any, or any other agreement entered into between the Parties and is available only in tranches of R1,000,000.00.

 

  2.4 Period

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Facility Letter or any other agreement concluded between the Parties, the facility available under this instrument is payable to Nedbank on demand.

 

  2.5 Adjustment, Variation and Cancellation

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Facility Letter, Nedbank shall be entitled, in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, to adjust, vary, add to, amend or cancel the overnight loan facility, on prior written notice to the Borrower.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 25 of 26


LOGO

 

3. LETTERS OF GUARANTEE

 

  3.1 Rate/Commission

The applicable rate or commission shall be the rate agreed in writing between the Parties at the time of request for the issuance of a letter of guarantee.

 

  3.2 Amount

This instrument is subject to the limit/sub-limit set out in the Facility Letter, if any, or in any other agreement concluded between the Parties.

 

  3.3 Period

The applicable period shall be the period agreed to at the time of request for the issue of a guarantee. Under no circumstances will Nedbank issue a guarantee which does not contain an expiry date or an ascertainable period.

 

  3.4 Nedbank’s Obligations

Nedbank’s obligations shall be limited to the payment of money. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all letters of guarantee shall be payable on the beneficiary’s first demand in writing and/or the presentation of the relevant guarantee to Nedbank.

 

  3.5 Condition Precedent

Guarantees shall only be issued after the signature by the Borrower of Nedbank Counter-Guarantee in respect of each guarantee or Nedbank’s Master Counter Guarantee Form, and/or any other forms as the case may be.

 

  3.6 Other Terms

Other terms shall be negotiated by the Parties at the time of request for the issue of a guarantee on terms and conditions acceptable to Nedbank.

 

4. LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

  4.1 Rate

The applicable rate shall be the rate agreed to in writing between the Parties at the time of request for the issuance of a letter of credit.

 

  4.2 Period

The applicable period shall be the period agreed to at the time of request for the issuance of a letter of credit.

 

  4.3 Condition Precedent

Letters of credit shall only be issued after the signature by the Borrower of Nedbank’s General Application for Letters of Credit (Form 7-5) and, in respect of each letter of credit, Nedbank’s Application for Irrevocable Letter of Credit (Form 7-87) and/or any other forms as the case may be.

 

5. ELECTRONIC BANKING SERVICES

The use of NetBank Business and Corporate Payment System by the Borrower is subject to the signature by the Borrower of Nedbank’s standard Electronic Banking Services Agreement.

 

   initial here
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA (PTY) LTD   

Page 26 of 26

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO      
   Annexure B   
   Date    : 04/08/2010
Loan summary    Contract no.    : 003
Quotation : cost of credit    Client no.    : 241824

(for the purposes of section 92 of the National Credit Act, 2005 if the Act is applicable)

 

Name of Credit Provider:    Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06) its successors and assigns (“Investec”)
Contact details of Credit Provider:    100 Grayston Drive   
   Sandown   
   Sandton   
   2196   
   Tel number: (2711) 286-7000
   Fax number: (2711) 286-7777
National Credit Registration Number:    NCRCP9   
Name of Borrower:    Mix Telematics Ltd (Registration No/ID no 1995/013858/06)
Contact details of Borrower:    Tel: 0116548000   
   Email: joss@telimatrix.com   
Physical Address of borrower:    10th Floor   
   Twin Towers East   
   Sandown   
   Johannesburg   
   2196   
Type of Agreement:    Secured loan and credit facility

CAPITAL:

   R30,000,000.00   

ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES

Raising fee:    R570,000.00   
Security preparation fee:    R0.00   
Valuation fee:    R0.00   
   Charges are inclusive of VAT except if expressly stated to exclude VAT.
*TOTAL ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES:    R570,000.00   

* PRINCIPAL DEBT (Capital plus total additional charges):

   R30,570,000.00   
INTEREST      
Applicable annual interest rate:    Base Rate minus 0.50%   
Base rate:    Investec Prime Rate, being currently 10.00%
Initial annual interest rate:    9.5%   
Rand value of interest:    R7,951,614.00   

* TOTAL COST OF CREDIT (Interest plus additional charges):

   R8,521,614.00   
TOTAL AMOUNT REPAYABLE:    R38,521,614.00   
INSTALMENTS See clause 8 of the Loan Document      
*Monthly instalment in respect of the Principal Debt:   

Number of instalments:

  

Amount of each instalment:

   60    642,026.90
Frequency of instalments:    Monthly   
Residual/final instalment:    R0.00   
Date of first instalment and date of final instalment:    Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the monthly instalments will commence on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Principal Debt or any portion thereof is advanced to or on behalf of the borrower and will thereafter be payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month and shall continue to be so paid until all amounts owing to or claimable by Investec in terms of the Loan Agreement have been paid in full. Where the 1st day of the month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, then Investec shall be entitled to obtain payment on the first business day thereafter.
Method of payment:    ACB   

*Total all instalments:

   R38,521,614.00   

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

1 of 8

 
       


SECURITY PROVIDED AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS: See clause 2 of the Loan Document

OTHER ONGOING COSTS: See for example clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 18 ( Insurance ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached to the Loan Document as Annexure A.

INSURANCE CONDITIONS: Please see clause 18 of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       2 of 8  


LOGO         
      Client no.    : 241824
Agreement of loan       Contract no.    : 003

Entered into between

Investec Bank Limited (Reg No: 1969/004763/06)

(A registered credit provider Reg No: NCRCP9)

of 100 Grayston Drive

    Sandown

    Sandton

    2196

and

Mix Telematics Ltd 1995/013858/06

(Jointly and severally hereinafter referred to as “the borrower”)

of 10th Floor

    Twin Towers East

    Sandown

    Johannesburg

    2196

 

1.   Introduction and interpretation
  This Agreement comprises of the following:
  this Loan Document
  the Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to this Loan Document)
  the Loan Summary (Annexure B to this Loan Document)
  any annexure or schedule to such documents, and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any)
1.1.   To the extent of any inconsistency between this Loan Document, the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Property and Building Conditions, this Loan Document will prevail.
1.2.   Capitalised terms used in this Loan Document have been defined either in clause 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions (Definitions) or in clause 1 of the Property and Building Conditions ( Definitions ) (if applicable).
1.3.   For the purposes of this Agreement:
  1.3.1   the Capital is the amount of R30,000,000.00.
1.4.   The borrower acknowledges that some of the amounts set out in the Loan Summary are not determinable, may change over the life of the loan, and are based on an assumption that (among other things) the Base Rate does not change, that all amounts are paid on due date, and that no fee or charge changes or is confirmed to be different from the amount set out in the Loan Summary. Investec will set out any change in an estimated amount in the next applicable statement of account contemplated in clause 8 ( Statement of Account ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions.
2.   Special conditions
2.1.   The following special conditions apply to the Agreement (and the obligation of Investec to advance any amount under the Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment of such special conditions):
  2.1.1.   FICA requirements
    Receipt by Investec from the borrower, to Investec’s sole satisfaction, of all documents and information Investec requires:
    2.1.1.1.   for Investec to comply with its obligations as an accountable institution under FICA, the regulations pertaining to FICA, and any guidance notes applicable to the banking sector; and/or
    2.1.1.2.   in terms of any procedures to which Investec may be required to adhere in order to establish and verify the identity of contracting parties and/or information that Investec receives from the borrower;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

3 of 8

 
       


 

2.1.2.

  Existing mortgage bond/s
    None
 

2.1.3.

  Mortgage bond/s to be registered
    None
 

2.1.4.

  Suretyships to be provided
    2.1.4.1    Execution of a joint and several continuing suretyship by Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (2004/019797/07) LIMITED to R 30,000,000.00 (Thirty Million Rand) plus interest and costs in favour of Investec in a form acceptable to Investec.
 

2.1.5.

  Security conditions
    2.1.5.1    Cession and pledge by Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd of all present and future right, title, benefit and interest in, to and under any agreement in respect of the subscriber contracts concluded between Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd and any third party in favour of Investec on Investec’s standard terms and conditions.
 

2.1.6.

  Special conditions
    2.1.6.1    Receipt by Investec of a resolution in terms of section 226 of the Companies Act, 1971 by the shareholders of Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd in a form acceptable to Investec.
    2.1.6.2    The Borrower agrees that no advances will be made in terms of this loan facility until the amount owing by the Borrower to Investec under the loan agreement referenced 241824/002, has been reduced by an amount of R 33,000,000.00 (Thirty Three Million Rand) and all documentation and resolutions in respect of such reduction have been signed and have become unconditional.
    2.1.6.3    The Borrower agrees to repay the total amount outstanding under the loan agreement entered into between Investec and Mix Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (client number 018835/008) as amended from time to time. Investec reserves all its rights in respect of this clause, including but not limited to, demanding immediate payment of such amount.
    2.1.6.4    The Borrower agrees that Investec shall capitalise the non-refundable raising fee as stated in clause 9.1.1 into this facility on or before 1 April 2011 at Investec’s discretion.
    2.1.6.5    Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 6.3.1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions, Investec agrees that within 6 calendar months after Mix Telematics Limited (Registration number 1995/013858/06) and Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (Registration number 2004/019797/07) financial year-ends, copies of the unaudited and/or audited financial statements will be provided to Investec Bank Limited.

2.2.

  The borrower will use its best endeavours to fulfill or procure the fulfilment of the special conditions as soon as possible after the Signature Date and, in any event, within 5 Business Days of the date of any notice by Investec requiring the fulfilment of the special conditions. Should any special condition be of an ongoing nature, the borrower shall procure that the special conditions remain fulfilled at ail times for the duration of the Agreement.

2.3.

  The special conditions have been inserted for Investec’s benefit. Investec may waive or defer fulfilment of one or more of the special conditions in its sole and unfettered discretion.

2.4.

  If:     
  2.4.1   all the special conditions have not been fulfilled or waived; or
  2.4.2   the borrower has not requested or received any advance under the Agreement for a period of 6 months after the Signature Date,
  Investec shall have no obligation in terms of the Agreement to advance any amount to the borrower and neither party will have any claim against the other except for a claim arising from a breach by the borrower of clause 2.2 and/or any of the clauses stipulated in clause 2.1, provided that:
  2.4.3.   the borrower shall in any event remain liable for and shall pay on written demand all costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges or expenses (including legal fees, costs and expenses) together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec incurs or suffers in connection with the assessment, preparation, arrangement and/or termination of the loan, the drafting of any Finance Documents, the registration or cancellation of any security (including any Bond) and the valuation or realisation of any Security; and
  2.4.4.  

should the Agreement provide for the payment of a raising fee to Investec, the borrower shall remain liable for and shall pay on written demand such raising fee plus VAT thereon.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       4 of 8  


2.5.

  Notwithstanding anything else in clause 2, Investec has the right in its sole discretion to advance the Principal Debt (or any part of it) before the fulfilment of the special conditions. With effect from the date of that advance, all of the terms of this Agreement will apply to that advance (as applicable), whether or not the special conditions have been fulfilled. That advance will not:
  2.5.1.      constitute a waiver of the rights of Investec to require fulfilment of all of the special conditions in terms of clause 2.2 above;
  2.5.2.      oblige Investec to advance any further part of the Principal Debt to the borrower, if the advance was of a part of the Principal Debt only; or
  2.5.3.      prejudice Investec’s rights under or in relation to any Finance Document.

2.6.

  After making any advance in terms of clause 2.5, Investec shall be entitled to require fulfillment of any outstanding special conditions by written notice to the borrower and the borrower shall be obliged to procure the fulfilment of such special conditions within 5 Business Days of the date of such notice, failing which Investec has the right (without prejudice to any other rights or entitlements it may have under the Agreement) by written notice to require the borrower immediately to repay the advance in question, and the borrower will comply with that notice immediately on receipt thereof.

2.7

  Notwithstanding any other term of the Agreement, Investec is not obliged to advance the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or any other amount, if an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Event has occurred or a Potential Event of Default has arisen.

3.

  The loan

3.1.

  Investec agrees to lend the Principal Debt to the borrower and the borrower agrees to borrow the Principal Debt from Investec, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

3.2.

  The borrower will use the loan solely for the purpose set out in clause 4 below. The borrower will not use the loan for any other purpose without Investec’s prior written consent.

3.3.

  Investec may, in its sole discretion and subject to prior written agreement with the borrower, separately advance further amounts to the borrower pursuant to separate loan agreements entered into by Investec and the borrower from time to time.
4.   Utilisation of Principal Debt
  The borrower is obliged to utilise the Principal Debt as follows and for no other purpose:
  4.1.      R30,000,000.00 (Thirty Million Rand) for use by the borrower in its discretion;
  4.2.      R570,000.00 (Five Hundred And Seventy Thousand Rand) - Raising Fee
5.   Advance of Principal Debt

5.1.

  Subject to clauses 2.5 and 4 above, Investec will advance the Principal Debt (or any part thereof that is available for draw down) on fulfilment of the special conditions stipulated in clause 2, as follows:
  5.1.1.      if Investec has agreed to issue a guarantee on behalf of the borrower, by way of payment under the guarantee to the Contractor or any other third party specified by the borrower or its authorised agent (“Guaranteed Party”) and the amount of any such payment shall for all purposes constitute an advance of Capital under the Agreement;
  5.1.2.      by way of set off against the obligations of the borrower or the obligations of any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is party to a Finance Document to Investec under any existing agreement specified in clause 4 above and/or in respect of fees payable by the borrower in terms of this Agreement or in discharge of any amount due by the borrower to Investec in terms of the Agreement; and/or
  5.1.3.      after Investec receives a draw-down notice or other instruction acceptable to Investec from the borrower, by electronic transfer and/or direct deposit into a bank account nominated in writing by the borrower or its authorised agent or the bank account of a person specified in the draw-down notice; and/or
  5.1.4.      by applying the amount against any capitalised interest allowance as stipulated in the Loan Summary;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

5 of 8

 
       


5.2.    Investec may, in its sole discretion and subject to such further terms as Investec may agree, issue a guarantee in favour of the Guaranteed Party in respect of all or certain of the borrower’s obligations to the Guaranteed Party from time to time. If Investec issues a guarantee to a Guaranteed Party, then the amount which Investec is obliged to advance to the borrower under the Agreement will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount guaranteed in terms of the guarantee.
5.3.    The borrower agrees that when Investec has advanced the Principal Debt in accordance with this clause 5, Investec will have fully discharged its obligations to the borrower in terms of this Agreement.
5.4.    The borrower has no entitlement to a re-advance but Investec may, in its sole discretion, agree to re-advance any amount comprising the Capital which it has previously advanced and which the borrower has repaid during the term of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt:
   5.4.1.    any amount so re-advanced forms part of the Principal Debt with effect from the date of that re-advance, and will be governed by the terms of this Agreement (including as to the accrual of interest); and
   5.4.2.    for the purposes of this clause 5.4, “Capital” does not include VAT payments, payments of capitalised interest or payments of capitalised fees as specified in clause 9 ( Fees ).
6.    Duration of loan
6.1.    This loan will begin on the Commencement Date and endure for 60 months thereafter, subject to the provisions of clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions.
7.    Interest
7.1.    Subject to clause 11 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Interest on overdue amounts ), the Principal Debt will bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate, subject to any variation provided for in this Agreement, with effect from the Commencement Date. Interest will accrue daily, be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded monthly in arrears.
7.2.    Any variation in the Applicable Interest Rate due to a variation in the Base Rate will be effective from the date of the variation of the Base Rate.
7.3.    Investec will give the borrower written notice (whether in the monthly statement of account or otherwise) of the variation in the Base Rate in accordance with its normal practice, provided that if the Act applies, Investec will give the borrower written notice of the variation in the Base Rate within 30 Business Days of the variation taking effect.
7.4.    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Investec may at any time (whether before the first advance or, following a request by the borrower, after the first advance) in its sole discretion agree that, subject to clause 12.3 of the Standard Terms and Conditions, the Principal Debt or a portion of the Principal Debt will bear interest at a fixed rate of interest proposed by Investec and agreed to by the borrower in writing. Such fixed interest rate will apply with effect from the agreed date until expiry of the agreed fixed rate period. Interest will accrue daily, be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded monthly in arrears, irrespective of whether that year is a leap year or not.
7.5.    Investec is under no obligation whatsoever to agree to a fixed rate of interest. In particular, the availability of a fixed interest rate, and the applicable fixed interest rate (if any), is subject to prevailing market conditions and to the availability of appropriate matched funding that Investec may seek to obtain. On expiry of the fixed rate period, or if the parties do not agree the fixed interest rate before the time stipulated for the first advance contemplated in clause 5, the interest rate will be linked to the Base Rate.
7.6.    Investec may, subject to such terms of the Agreement and subject to such terms (if any) as Investec may (in Investec’s sole discretion) agree with the borrower in writing, capitalise the interest accruing on the outstanding balance of the Principal Debt for a period determined by Investec in its sole discretion.
8.    Repayments and early repayment
8.1    The borrower will repay the Total Amount to Investec in instalments, in the amounts and in the manner specified in the Loan Summary and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
8.2    The borrower may not, subject to clause 15 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) , anticipate the due date for payment of the Capital or any part of it without the prior written consent of Investec.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

6 of 8

 
       


8.3    Subject to the provisions of the Act (if applicable), the borrower will pay to Investec (or procure payment to Investec) in addition to the borrower’s obligation to pay any instalments to Investec, the amount of any VAT refunds or input tax credits due to or received by the borrower or any of the security providers in respect of the Security, Property and/or the Development (as the case may be). The borrower hereby undertakes to pay (or procure the payment of) such VAT refunds or input tax credits, within a period of 4 (four) months from the date of disbursement thereof, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Investec. Should the borrower fail to pay (or procure the payment of) such VAT refunds or input tax credits timeously in accordance with this clause, Investec shall be entitled to, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, whether in terms of this Agreement or at law, to reduce the amount available for draw down under the Agreement with the amount of such VAT refunds or input tax credits, or to refuse to advance any further amounts and/or to deduct such amount from any drawdown requests.
8.4    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, if Investec has advanced any portion of the Capital to the borrower in circumstances where the special conditions have not yet been fulfilled, then Investec may, at any time (and from time to time), notwithstanding any interest capitalisation allowance granted in terms of this Agreement, by written notice to the borrower require the borrower to pay all accrued but unpaid interest on the date or dates stipulated in the notice.
9.    Fees
9.1.    The borrower shall pay to Investec the following fees (as specified in the Loan Summary):
  

9.1.1.

   a non-refundable raising fee for arranging the Capital, in the amount of R570,000.00 (inclusive of VAT), payable on the Commencement Date;
9.2    Investec may, in its discretion, capitalise the fees referred to in this clause 9, and thereby include those fees in the Principal Debt advanced under the Agreement.
9.3    If the borrower fails to pay any of the specified fees the borrower will be in breach of this Agreement and Investec will be entitled in terms hereof to take appropriate action against the borrower.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

7 of 8

 
       


PLEASE COMPLETE      

SIGNED at Midrand on the 1 day of September 2010.

SIGN HERE LOGO

     

For and on behalf of the borrower and warranting authority

     

AS WITNESS

     

1.

   PAUL MARK DELL       WITNESS HERE LOGO
   Full names       Signature

2.

   Cornelia Folirie       LOGO
   Full names       Signature

 

SIGNED at Sandton LOGO on the 02 day of September 2010.

LOGO      
For and on behalf of Investec and warranting authority      
AS WITNESS      
1.   Leigh Coningham       LOGO
  Full names       Signature
2.            
  Full names       Signature

 

 

Investec Private Bank, a division of Investec Bank Limited registration number 1969/004763/06. Investec Private Bank is committed to the Code of Banking Practice as regulated by the Ombudsman for Banking Services. Copies of the Code and the Ombudsman’s details are available on request or visit www.investecprivatebank.co.za. An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE     LOGO   LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       8 of 8  


 

LOGO

 

   Annexure A   
Annexure -      
standard terms and conditions    Client no.    : 241824
   Contract no.    : 003

 

1.    Definitions
1.1.    In the Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
   1.1.1.    Act ” means the National Credit Act 2005, and any regulations or notices promulgated in terms thereof;
   1.1.2.    Agreement ” means the agreement comprising of the Loan Summary (Annexure B to the Loan Document), the Loan Document, these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document), the Property and Building Conditions (Annexure C to the Loan Document) (if applicable), any annexure or schedule to such aforementioned documents, and if applicable any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond/s and any amendments thereto;
   1.1.3.    Applicable Interest Rate ” means the variable interest rate stipulated in the Loan Summary;
   1.1.4.    Base Rate ” means the variable rate of interest stipulated in the Loan Summary to which the interest rate on the Principal Debt is linked;
   1.1.5.    borrower ” means the party stipulated in the Loan Document;
   1.1.6.    Bond ” means any bond in respect of any Security registered or to be registered in favour of Investec, as specified in clause 2 of the Loan Document ( Special Conditions ) (including, without limitation, a mortgage bond, a notarial bond or a bond in respect of any ship, aircraft, notarial lease or other asset);
   1.1.7.    Break Costs ” means all reasonable market-related costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges or expenses together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec incurs or suffers as a result of any payment of the whole or a portion of the Principal Debt or any interest owed by the borrower on any date other than as scheduled in the Agreement;
   1.1.8.    Business Day ” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday in South Africa;
   1.1.9.    Capital ” means that amount specified in clause 1.3.1 of the Loan Document;
   1.1.10.    Commencement Date ” means the date on which Investec first advances the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or issues a guarantee, to or on behalf of the borrower; provided that for the purpose of determining the date from which interest shall accrue in respects of amounts deemed to be advanced by way of guarantee (and for this purpose only), “ Commencement Date ” shall mean the date upon which Investec pays any amount in terms of the Guarantee in question;
   1.1.11.    Contractor ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Property and Building Conditions;
   1.1.12.    Control ”, in respect of any person other than a natural person, means:
      1.1.12.1.    the beneficial ownership or control (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the fully diluted voting share capital of the relevant person; and/or
      1.1.12.2.    the ability to direct the casting of more than 50% of the fully diluted votes exercisable at a general meeting of the relevant person on all, or substantially all, matters; and/or
      1.1.12.3.    the right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant person holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board of directors (or other principal management body) on all, or substantially all, matters,
  

 

 

1.1.13.

  

and “ Control ” and “ Controlled ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Credit Bureau ” means a person registered as such in terms of section 43(1) of the Act;

   1.1.14.    Development ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Property and Building Conditions;
   1.1.15.    Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, cession or assignment conferring security, hypothecation, security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any other type of preferential agreement or arrangement (including any type of transfer and retention arrangement), the effect of which is the creation of security, whether relating to existing or future assets and whether those assets are inside or outside South Africa and “ Encumbering ” and “ Encumber ” shall have a similar meaning;
   1.1.16.    Event of Default ” means an event of default contemplated in clause 4 (Default);
   1.1.17.    FICA ” means the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001;
   1.1.18.    Finance Document ” means the Agreement and any other document, security or agreement that the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider executes in connection with the Agreement, whether or not expressly contemplated in the Agreement (including, without limitation, any suretyship, any guarantee, any Bond and any other document Encumbering the Security);
   1.1.19.    Group ” means the borrower and the borrower’s holding company, Subsidiaries and associated companies (if any). For the purposes of this definition, “ associated companies ” means any company which is associated with the borrower by reason of the fact that such company is managed or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by substantially the same persons as the borrower;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       1 of 19  


   1.1.20.    Insurance ” means the policy or policies of insurance referred to in clause 18 (Insurance) and clause 2.17 ( Insurance ) in the Property and Building Conditions;
   1.1.21.    Investec ” means Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06);
   1.1.22.    loan ” means the loan contemplated in the Agreement;
   1.1.23.    Loan Document ” means the loan document to which these Standard Terms and Conditions are attached as Annexure A, the Loan Summary is attached as Annexure B and to which the Property and Building Conditions are attached as Annexure C (if applicable), and which forms part of the Agreement;
   1.1.24.    Loan Summary ” means the summary furnished to the borrower and attached to the Agreement as Annexure B, which constitutes the Quotation required to be furnished by Investec in terms of the Act, if the Act applies;
   1.1.25.    Material Adverse Event ” means any event, circumstance or change arising after the Signature Date, which in Investec’s reasonable opinion has or may have a material adverse effect on:
      1.1.25.1.    the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the borrower or any guarantor or surety of the borrower’s obligations to Investec;
      1.1.25.2.    the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document;
      1.1.25.3.    any right or remedy of Investec in respect of any Finance Document;
      1.1.25.4.    the ability of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document; or
      1.1.25.5.    the ability of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is party to a Finance Document to comply with any law applicable to it;
   1.1.26.    Mortgage Bond Rate ” means the quoted rate of interest (expressed as a percentage rate per year, calculated daily and compounded monthly in arrear) levied by Investec in South Africa from time to time, as evidenced by a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec (whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove). Any such certificate will, save in the event of manifest error, be final and binding on the parties;
   1.1.27.    Potential Event of Default ” means any event or the existence of any circumstance which (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) would or could (with the expiry of any remedy period, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of the aforegoing) if not remedied or altered, bring about an Event of Default, whether or not caused by or for any reason whatsoever outside the control of the borrower or any other person;
   1.1.28.    Prime Rate ” means the quoted rate of interest (expressed as a percentage rate per year, calculated daily and compounded monthly in arrear) levied by Investec in South Africa from time to time, as evidenced by a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec (whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove). Any such certificate will, save in the event of manifest error, be final and binding on the parties;
   1.1.29.    Principal Debt ” means the Capital plus the amount of any fee, cost, charge, penalty, premium or interest recoverable by Investec either in terms of the Act (if the Act applies) or in terms of the provisions of the Agreement or at law, and if the borrower makes use of the drawdown facility (if any) provided for in the Agreement or if any amounts due to Investec are capitalised in terms of the Agreement or if Investec re-advances any amount to the borrower or if Investec has paid any expenses or insurance premiums on behalf of the borrower, then such amounts shall be deemed to be included in the Principal Debt and the Agreement will automatically be amended accordingly;
LOGO      
   1.1.30.    Property and Building Conditions ” means the conditions contained in Annexure C to the Loan Document and which will apply if the loan is to be utilised in order to fund any development or building works or if a Bond over immovable property is to be registered in favour of Investec as security for the loan;
   1.1.31.    Security ” means the asset, rights or entitlement that the borrower and/or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider has provided or will provide and which may be charged or otherwise Encumbered to secure the borrower’s obligations under the Agreement and any other obligations of the borrower to Investec (whether or not such Security is contemplated in clause 2 of the Loan Document);
   1.1.32.    Signature Date ” means the date of signature of the Agreement by the borrower;
   1.1.33.    Standard Terms and Conditions ” means the terms and conditions contained in this document, as amended from time to time;
   1.1.34.    Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary company within the meaning of section 1(3) of the Companies Act 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act 2008;
   1.1.35.    Taxes ” means all present and future taxes (including capital gains tax), levies, imposts, duties (including transfer duties), stamp duties, securities transfer tax, charges, fees (including licence fees), deductions and withholdings and any penalties thereon imposed or required by any governmental, fiscal or other authority, and “ Tax ” and “ Taxation ” will be construed accordingly;
   1.1.36.    Total Amount ” means the total amount payable by the borrower to Investec in terms of the Agreement at the relevant time, whether capitalised or not, including Capital, interest, penalty interest, costs (including, to the extent applicable, Break Costs , arrears, Taxes, any fee, VAT (to the extent applicable), and any default administration costs, collection costs, and/or any other amounts to which Investec is entitled or has incurred as a result of a breach by the borrower of the Agreement;
LOGO   
   1.1.37.    VAT ” means value-added tax at the applicable rate in terms of the VAT Act 1991; and
   1.1.38.    ZAR ”, “ Rand ” and “ R ” mean the lawful currency of South Africa at the relevant time.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO      

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       2 of 19  


1.2.    Any reference in the Agreement to “person” will be construed, as applicable, as a reference to any person, firm or trust, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership, whether or not having separate legal personality, or two or more of the foregoing.
1.3.    Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference to “include” or “including” means “include without limitation” or “including without limitation”, as the case may be.
1.4.    Words importing the singular will include the plural and vice versa, and words importing any gender will include the other genders.
1.5.    The head notes to the paragraphs to the Agreement are inserted for reference purposes only and do not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions to which they relate.
1.6.    The Agreement is binding on and enforceable by the successors-in-title, authorised representatives, permitted assigns, trustees or liquidators of the parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Agreement in the first instance, and reference to any party includes that party’s authorised representatives, permitted assigns, trustees or liquidators, as the case may be.
1.7.    If any provision in this clause 1 is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, then notwithstanding that such provision is contained in this clause 1, effect will be given thereto as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.
1.8.    Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in the Agreement, the term so defined will, unless it appears clearly from the clause in question that the term has limited application to the relevant clause, bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of the Agreement, notwithstanding that the term has not been defined in this clause 1.
1.9.    When the Agreement prescribes any number of Business Days, they will be reckoned inclusive of the first and exclusively of the last Business Day.
1.10.    If the day for the performance of any obligation in terms of the Agreement falls on a day which is not a Business Day, then that obligation will be performed on the immediately following Business Day. If the obligation in question relates to the payment of any amount, interest will accrue on that amount at the then-applicable rate for the additional period.
1.11.    Expressions defined in the Agreement bear the same meanings in any schedule or appendices which do not contain their own definitions.

1.12.

   Any reference in the Agreement to legislation or subordinate legislation is to that legislation or subordinate legislation at the Signature Date and as amended, substituted and/or re-enacted from time to time.
1.13.    The rule of interpretation that a contract will be interpreted against the party responsible for drafting or preparing the contract does not apply.

2.

   No deductions
   Except to the extent that the Act provides otherwise (if the Act applies):
2.1.    the borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in full, free of any exchange commissions or bank charges, without any set-off or counterclaim and free from any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes;
2.2.    if the borrower is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding, the borrower will pay to Investec any additional amounts necessary to ensure that Investec receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) the full amount of the relevant payment as if that deduction or withholding had not been made; and
2.3.    if Investec is obliged to pay any withholding or other Tax on any amount it receives from the borrower (other than Tax on Investec’s overall income), that Tax will be for the borrower’s account, and the borrower will refund that amount to Investec immediately on demand.

3.

   Payments
3.1.    The borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in Rand, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
3.2.    Subject to clause 3.3, the borrower will make all payments on the due date in freely transferable and convertible funds at least half an hour before the end of normal commercial banking hours into such account as Investec may specify to the borrower.
3.3.    The borrower hereby authorises Investec to recover any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable:
   3.3.1.    by way of debit order from the bank account/s of the borrower or a third party in the name of the borrower as the borrower or third party (as the case may be) specifies to Investec in writing from time to time; and/or
   3.3.2.    by way of automated clearing bureau (in which event no voucher will be provided to the borrower but details of each debit will be reflected on the borrower’s bank statement), electronic funds transfer or post-dated cheque.
3.4.    The borrower undertakes to co-operate and comply with any directions that Investec issues with respect to the payments in clause 3.3.
3.5.    Without limiting Investec’s rights (including its rights in terms of clause 4 below ( Default ), if at any time:
   3.5.1.    the aggregate amount of money advanced to the borrower exceeds the Capital stipulated in clause 1 of the Loan Document, the borrower must immediately on demand from Investec pay an amount to Investec equal to the excess; and
   3.5.2.    if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement, the schedule of building costs estimate in respect of the Development (if any) reflects an estimate that is less than the Capital, then the Capital will automatically be reduced to reflect the lower amount and the Agreement will be automatically amended accordingly.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

3 of 19

 
       


4.    Default
4.1.    An Event of Default occurs if:
   4.1.1.    any of the events in clause 4.3 below occurs whether or not caused by or for any reason whatsoever outside the control of the borrower or any other person; and
   4.1.2.    in the reasonable opinion of Investec, the event in question is:

LOGO

   4.1.2.1.    incapable of remedy;
  

 

4.1.2.2.

  

 

capable of remedy, and the borrower fails to remedy or procure the remedy of that breach within 5 Business Days (or such other remedy period as may be stipulated in clause 4.3 or such longer period as Investec may in its sole discretion consider necessary in the circumstances) of written notice thereof, but Investec shall not be required to afford the borrower any remedy period in respect of the Event of Default contemplated in clause 4.3.1,

   provided that, if more than one event contemplated in clause 4.3 occurs within a period of 100 Business Days after the first of them, then the second and each subsequent event shall be deemed to be incapable of remedy and the notice period contemplated in this clause 4.1.2.2 will accordingly not apply.
4.2.    For the purposes of this clause 4, if the Act applies, an event as contemplated in clauses 4.3.2 to 4.3.21 shall, if it occurs, give rise to a dispute between the borrower and Investec for the purposes of clause 4.5.1 and section 129 of the Act.
4.3.    The Events of Default, each of which is severable and distinct from the others, are the following, namely:
   4.3.1.    any Material Adverse Event occurs; or
   4.3.2.    the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document fails to pay in full any amount payable to Investec on the due date for payment in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document to which any one of them is party or any other agreement between any one of them and Investec. For the avoidance of doubt the relevant arrears amount may include any residual payable in respect of the loan;
   4.3.3.    the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document breaches any term or condition of any Finance Document to which any of them is party or any other agreement between any of them and Investec (and every such breach shall be deemed to be material), provided that if such term is a special condition as contemplated under clause 2 of the Loan Document, Investec shall not be obliged to permit any remedy period hereunder;
   4.3.4.    a court judgment is granted against the borrower and either that judgment remains unsatisfied within 15 Business Days of it being given, or the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission or to note an appeal within that time, or (in Investec’s opinion) fails to proceed diligently with such application for rescission or such appeal or, having applied for its rescission or noted an appeal, fails (in Investec’s opinion) diligently to pursue it or to obtain it within a reasonable time;
   4.3.5.    the borrower commits an act which would be an act of insolvency as defined in the Insolvency Act, 1936 if it were a natural person;
   4.3.6.    the borrower enters into any compromise, composition or arrangement with all or any class of its creditors, or attempts to do so;
   4.3.7.    if the borrower is a company:
      4.3.7.1.    the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008 in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application, whichever alternative occurs earlier;
      4.3.7.2.    its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution to wind-up the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008;
      4.3.7.3.    it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, liquidated or placed under judicial management or curatorship;
      4.3.7.4.    without the prior written consent of Investec, it sustains a change of shareholders (whether as a result of the transfer of shares, the allotment of shares or otherwise) so that Control of the borrower vests in persons other than the borrower’s controlling shareholders as at the Signature Date, provided that this provision shall not apply where the borrower is a company listed on any recognised stock exchange;
      4.3.7.5.    without the prior written consent of Investec, its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, or the directors or members of any of its Subsidiaries propose, or the members of any of its Subsidiaries pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution in terms of which the borrower or its Subsidiary may acquire any shares issued by the borrower;
      4.3.7.6.    without the prior written consent of Investec, it or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise acquire any shares issued by it;
      4.3.7.7.    without the prior written consent of Investec, its directors or members propose, or its directors or members pass or attempt to pass, any resolution in terms of which the borrower may:
         4.3.7.7.1.    effect a reduction of its capital in any way whatsoever; or
         4.3.7.7.2.    make any payment or distribution to its shareholders (other than by way of a dividend duly declared and paid from profits available for that purpose);
      4.3.7.8    the board of directors of the borrower resolves that the borrower voluntarily begins business rescue proceedings;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

4 of 19

 
       


LOGO

      4.3.7.9    without the prior consent of Investec an application is made to court by any party for an order placing the borrower under supervision and commencing business rescue provisions;
      4.3.7.10    the borrower or any subsidiary of the borrower commences business rescue proceedings;
   4.3.8.    if the borrower is a close corporation:
   LOGO    4 .3.8.1    the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act, 1073 (read with section 66 of the Close Corporations Act, 1984) and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008 in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application, whichever alternative occurs earlier;
   LOGO    4.3.8.2.    its members propose, pass or attempt to pass a resolution to wind-up the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 (read with section 67 of the Close Corporations Act, 1984) and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008;
   LOGO    4.3.8.3.    it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, or liquidated; or

LOGO

   4.3.8.4.    it sustains a change of members (whether as a result of the transfer or disposition of members’ interests or the issue or restructuring of the members’ interests) so that Control of the borrower is vested in persons other than the borrower’s controlling members as at the Signature Date;
LOGO    4.3.9.    if the borrower is a natural person or partnership, it dies or is dissolved (as the case may be), or is provisionally or finally sequestrated;
   4.3.10.    if the borrower is a trust, it is discharged, varied, revoked or wound-up;
   4.3.11.    the borrower sells or attempts to sell the whole or a major part of its assets;
   4.3.12.    any representation, warranty or statement by the borrower to Investec is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to have been made;
   4.3.13.    the borrower is rated as a result of a change in circumstances at any time after the Signature Date, which rating results (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) in a material increase in the level of credit risk with regard to the borrower’s obligations under the Agreement; LOGO
   4.3.14.    the borrower generally does anything which prejudices or could prejudice Investec’s rights or interests in terms of any Finance Document;

LOGO

   4.3.15.    any assets of the borrower are attached under writ of execution and the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission, or (in Investec’s opinion) fails to proceed diligently with such application for rescission or, having applied for its rescission fails to obtain it within a time that Investec (in its sole discretion) considers reasonable;
  

 

4.3.16.

  

 

the borrower ceases to carry on business;

  

 

4.3.17.

  

 

the Bond (or any of them) is cancelled or rendered void for whatever reason;

   4.3.18.    any representation or warranty made by the borrower in, or any information provided by the borrower to Investec in terms of any finance application form is incorrect or materially incomplete or is misleading;

LOGO

   4.3.19.    the borrower (if a natural person) or a director or member of the borrower (if the borrower is a corporate entity) is arrested on suspicion of failure to comply with any law;
   4.3.20.    the Development is unduly or unnecessarily delayed for whatever reason in Investec’s sole discretion; or
   4.3.21.    the occurrence of any of the events of default set out in clause 2.12 of the Property and Building Conditions.
4.4.    For the purposes of this clause 4, reference to the borrower is deemed also to be a reference to any surety or guarantor for, and/or co-principal debtor with, the borrower in respect of its obligations under the Agreement.
   Accordingly, if any of the Events of Default contemplated above occurs (subject to the necessary alterations) in respect of such a surety, guarantor and/or co-principal debtor, it shall be an Event of Default for the purposes of the Agreement.
4.5.    If an Event of Default occurs and the Act applies, Investec:
   4.5.1.    may propose that the borrower refers the Agreement to a debt counsellor, alternative dispute resolution agent, consumer court or ombud with jurisdiction, with the intent that Investec and the borrower resolve any dispute under the Agreement or develop and agree on a plan to bring the payments under the Agreement up to date; and
   4.5.2.    subject to the Act, may commence legal proceedings to enforce the Agreement after (i) at least 10 Business Days have elapsed since Investec has provided the notice referred to in clause 4.5.1 or a notice terminating the review in terms of section 86(10) of the Act (as the case may be); and (ii) the borrower has been in default for more than 20 Business Days and (iii) Investec has met any further requirements set out in section 130 of the Act.
4.6.    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default then, without prejudice to any other rights which may thereupon be available to it, subject to clause 4.5 and the Act, Investec has the right, at its election, to:
   4.6.1.    terminate the Agreement with immediate effect or to enforce compliance with the Agreement and claim such reasonable damages as it may have suffered as the result of the Event of Default including any collection costs, default administration charges and any other reasonable amounts incurred by Investec as a result of the borrower’s breach in terms of the Agreement and any Break Costs;
   4.6.2.    demand that the borrower pay all of its indebtedness under the Agreement, any Finance Document to which it is a party and any other agreement it may have with Investec, and all such indebtedness shall upon such demand become immediately due and payable, irrespective of any terms or conditions that may be applicable to such indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt the borrower’s indebtedness includes all fees that the borrower is, or would have been, liable to pay to Investec in terms of clause 9 of the Loan

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

5 of 19

 
       


      Document ( Fees ), and any Break Costs and all costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges and expenses (including legal fees, costs and expenses) together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec suffers or incurs in connection with the assessment, preparation, arrangement and/or termination of the loan, the drafting of the Finance Documents, the registration or cancellation of any security (including any Bond) and the valuation or realisation of any Security;
   4.6.3.    pay any amounts on behalf of the borrower and to do all such things as Investec may consider necessary to protect its interests as creditor and to preserve the Security, and to have recourse against the borrower for all those amounts paid or things done, together with interest thereon as provided in clause 11 (Interest on overdue amounts);
   4.6.4.    demand that the borrower immediately pay to Investec all amounts for which Investec may be contingently liable in respect of any guarantee, suretyship, bill of exchange or other instrument issued, signed, endorsed or the like by Investec at the instance, or on behalf, of the borrower, and the borrower will immediately comply with that demand;
   4.6.5.    withhold any further advances of the Capital or any portion thereof, or any other amount, to the borrower, and either forthwith without notice or (should the Act apply) subject to the requirements of the Act, suspend or close any credit facility contained in the Agreement;
   4.6.6.    to the extent it is entitled to do so, revoke or otherwise withdraw, subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant guarantee, any guarantee it has issued in favour of any third party or Contractor to secure the obligations of the borrower whether in connection with the Development or otherwise;
   4.6.7.    to the extent lawful and in the manner required by law, to realise any Security it may have in respect of the loan; and/or
   4.6.8.    in its sole discretion to direct the borrower to renegotiate the terms of the Agreement and, if necessary, by written notice to the borrower and until the renegotiations have been completed to Investec’s sole satisfaction, to extend the term of the Agreement for the period stipulated in that notice, and clause 6 of the Loan Document ( Duration of Loan ) will be deemed to be amended accordingly. If negotiations are not completed to Investec’s sole satisfaction within any extended term of the Agreement, such failure constitutes an Event of Default with effect from the expiry of that extended period; and/or
   4.6.9.    exercise all rights and remedies to which it is entitled under law.
5.    Representations and warranties
5.1.    Each warranty and representation set out in this clause 5 is a separate warranty or representation and is in no way limited to or restricted by reference to or by inference from the terms of any other warranty or representation, or by any words of the Agreement.
5.2.    The borrower acknowledges that it is aware that Investec has entered into the Agreement on the strength of the warranties and representations set out in the Agreement.
5.3.    The rights and remedies of Investec in respect of any misrepresentation or breach of warranty on the part of the borrower will not be prejudiced or affected by any investigation of Investec or any other person by or on behalf of Investec or any other act or matter which, but for this provision, would or might prejudice or affect any such rights or remedies.
5.4.    The provisions of this clause 5 are severable from the remaining provisions of the Agreement and will accordingly remain of full force and effect notwithstanding that the Agreement may otherwise be void, voidable or cancelled for any reason.
5.5.    The borrower represents and warrants to Investec from and after the Signature Date, so that such representations and warranties shall be deemed to apply at all times so long as any amount remains actually or contingently owing to Investec under any Finance Document, that:
   Material interest
   5.5.1.    it has a material interest in entering into the Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is party;
   Foreign exchange
   5.5.2.    the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of Exchange Control Regulations 3(i)(e) and (f), or any similar regulations promulgated from time to time and the borrower has satisfied itself as to its status or the effect of any change of status for exchange control purposes;
   The borrower and authority
   5.5.3.    if the borrower is a company or close corporation, it is a limited liability company or close corporation (as the case may be) duly constituted, incorporated and registered, and validly existing under the laws of South Africa, and has the power and authority to own its property and assets and carry on business;
   5.5.4.    the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has full power and authority (including pursuant to all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action and approvals) to enter into and perform its obligations in terms of any Finance Document to which it is party, and that power and authority is not subject to attack or liable to be set aside for any reason;
   5.5.5.    the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document is not prohibited in terms of its memorandum and/or articles of association (if it is a company), or otherwise in terms of any founding document, deed, constitution or agreement, from entering into any Finance Document to which it is party;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

6 of 19

 
       


  5.5.6.    the Agreement and any other Finance Documents will, when executed, constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations on the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document, enforceable in accordance with their terms;
  5.5.7.    all persons acting on behalf of the borrower, or on behalf of any other party to a Finance Document (other than Investec), if any, have been properly and duly authorised so to act on behalf of the borrower or such other party to a Finance Document in respect of its entry into any Finance Document to which it is party and the fulfilment, and performance of its obligations under any such Finance Document;
  Financial statements
  5.5.8.    to the extent that financial statements are prepared in respect of the borrower and/or the Group, all annual and interim financial statements of the borrower and/or the Group will be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles and reporting standards that apply to the borrower under applicable laws (including the Companies Act, 1973 and the Companies Act, 2008 if applicable);
  Solvency
  5.5.9.    to the best of its knowledge and belief it is not aware of the existence of any factor or circumstance which may impair the borrower’s ability to repay any part of the Total Amount;
  5.5.10.    no steps have been taken and the borrower is not aware of any steps threatened or of any facts which are likely to give rise to steps being taken in respect of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document in terms of sections 73, 311, 346, 349 or 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008 (if the borrower/third party is a company or close corporation) or sections 3 or 9 of the Insolvency Act, 1936, or any other relevant or applicable provision of any law of South Africa, or any corresponding or analogous provision of legislation in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has not taken any action, nor have any steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against it, for its liquidation, winding-up or deregistration, the enforcement of any Encumbrance over its assets, or for the exercise of any rights of attachment, seizure or execution over any of its assets, or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, trustee, curator, judicial manager, business rescue practitioner or similar officer of it or of any of its assets, nor has anything analogous to any of the foregoing occurred in any applicable jurisdiction;
  5.5.11.    on the Signature Date its liabilities do not exceed its assets, fairly valued.
  5.5.12.    on the Signature Date it is not subject to an administration order.
  Default
  5.5.13.    no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing to occur, and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default will occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under the Agreement;
  5.5.14.    the borrower and any surety, guarantor, pledgor or mortgagor in terms of any Finance Document is not in default in respect of any material obligation relating to any borrowed money;
  5.5.15.    the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement does not violate, breach or conflict with any law, court order, judgment or contractual obligation binding on or affecting the borrower or any of its assets;
  Tax
  5.5.16.    the borrower has paid all Taxes due by it by the due date for payment of the relevant Taxes;
  5.5.17.    the borrower is not liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax;
  5.5.18.    the borrower is not subject to any liability as a result of the re-opening of any Tax assessment;
  Regulatory
  5.5.19.    the borrower and all applicable third parties (other than Investec) have obtained and are complying with all consents, authorisations, licences, certificates and approvals required for the due execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document, and they have taken all action and filed all notices and other documents with all competent authorities and regulatory bodies necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document;
  Litigation and disputes
  5.5.20.    save as previously disclosed to Investec in writing, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current, or to the borrower’s knowledge pending or threatened, against it which, if adversely determined, are likely to constitute a Material Adverse Event;
  5.5.21.    no material dispute with any statutory or governmental authority is current or pending or, to the borrower’s knowledge, threatened against it or any of its assets;
  Contracts
  5.5.22.    save as disclosed to Investec in writing before the Signature Date, and other than the transactions envisaged in the Finance Documents, the borrower is not party to any contract, transaction, arrangement or liability which involves or is likely to involve obligations or liabilities which, by reason of their nature or magnitude, ought reasonably to be made known to any intending provider of finance;

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

7 of 19

 
       


   Disclosures   
   5.5.23.    the disclosures (if any) made by the borrower in writing to Investec in respect of the warranties are accurate and complete and reflect all material off-balance sheet liabilities of the borrower, including (without limitation) commitments and obligations under leases of movables and foreign exchange liabilities and losses as at the date of such disclosure;   
   5.5.24.    all information in respect of the warranties and representations, and all of the warranties and representations given by the borrower to Investec relating to the business, activities, affairs, assets or liabilities of the borrower were, when given, and as at each day thereafter until such time as the borrower ceases to be actually or contingently indebted to Investec under the Agreement, accurate and comprehensive in all material respects;   
   5.5.25.    all information supplied by the borrower to Investec in contemplation or for the purpose of the Agreement was, to the best of the borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made all reasonable enquiries), true and accurate in all respects as at the date of supply and not misleading, and such information does not omit anything, nor since the date of such information has anything occurred, which renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect, and all projections and statements of belief and opinion given by the borrower to Investec were made honestly and in good faith after due and careful enquiry and remain valid;   
   5.5.26.    there are no material facts or circumstances in respect of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document or the Group, or any such person’s affairs, business and operations which the borrower has not fully and fairly disclosed in writing to Investec, or which, if disclosed, would be likely to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether to enter into the Agreement;   
   Laws   
   5.5.27.    the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of any law;   
   Companies Act and miscellaneous   
   5.5.28.    the granting of the loan will not in any way cause Investec to contravene or to assist or otherwise be involved in the contravention of section 38 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008;   
   5.5.29.    the borrower has, to the extent necessary in respect of the loan, complied, and procured the compliance by all relevant third parties, with section 226 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008; and   
   5.5.30.    on the Signature Date, neither the borrower nor any party to a Finance Document (if a natural person) is subject to pending or ongoing criminal prosecution   
6.    Financial statements   
6.1.    To the extent that the borrower is required by law to prepare financial statements in respect of its affairs, the borrower will, for the duration of the Agreement, deliver to Investec copies of such financial statements within 6 calendar months of the financial year-end of the borrower.   

LOGO

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

6.2.

  

 

For the duration of the Agreement, should the borrower receive a written notification of any demand for payment or any legal action be instituted or judgment taken against the borrower, then the borrower shall within 2 Business Days after the borrower becomes aware of such demand, legal action or judgment notify Investec thereof and of the steps taken or to be taken by the borrower in relation thereto.

  
6.3.    The borrower will, for the duration of the Agreement, upon written notice from Investec furnish to Investec:   
LOGO   

6.3.1

LOGO

   within 6 calendar months after those companies’ financial year-ends, copies of the unaudited and/or audited financial statements of each member of its Group; and   
LOGO   

6.3.2.

LOGO

   within 7 Business Days after it is approved in the ordinary course of the borrower’s business, the borrower’s annual budget (if applicable), including details of all proposed capital expenditure.   
7.    Covenants   
   From and after the Signature Date and so long as the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has any liability to Investec under any Finance Document, the borrower:   
7.1.    undertakes that its obligations and liability under each Finance Document to which it is party will at all times rank, save in respect of statutory preferential debts, at least equally or higher than all its present and future unsecured indebtedness;   
7.2.    will not, save as contemplated in the Finance Documents, create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance upon the Security, the whole or any part of its present or future property, revenues or assets without Investec’s prior written consent, save for any Encumbrance:   
   7.2.1.    arising solely by operation of law in the ordinary course of the borrower’s business in respect of indebtedness (i) which shall be discharged within 30 Business Days of it so arising or (ii) which is in Investec’s sole opinion being contested in good faith and by appropriate means;   
   7.2.2.    arising out of title retention provisions in a supplier’s standard conditions of supply; or   
   7.2.3.    in respect of cash cover deposited with Investec pursuant to the loan;   
7.3.    will not, without Investec’s prior written consent (which Investec may not unreasonably withhold or delay), factor, sell, assign, discount or otherwise dispose of any book or other debts, claims or securities for money;   

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO      

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

8 of 19

 
       


7.4.    will, immediately upon becoming aware of it, inform Investec of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, and of any steps it has taken or proposes to take to remedy or mitigate the effect of any such event;
7.5.    will comply with all laws and regulations existing in the jurisdiction where the Security is situated including if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement all environmental laws (if applicable);
7.6.    will procure that whenever Investec raises any queries relating to the Finance Documents, the borrower’s employees, officials, authorised agents and/or directors will provide such information to Investec as may be required to verify that the proceeds and use of the amounts advanced under the Agreement are in fact in accordance with the normal ambit of business transactions conducive to the borrower’s business, and will give such assistance in their reply to such queries to allow Investec to discharge fully its obligations in terms of FICA;
7.7.    will procure that all consents, licences, approvals, authorisations and exemptions, if any, as the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document may require under any applicable law, or for the continued due performance of the borrower’s obligations, pursuant to the loan or the obligations of any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document pursuant to any Finance Document, as the case may be, are obtained and maintained in full force and effect; and
7.8    if the borrower is a company or close corporation, it will maintain its corporate existence in accordance with applicable laws.
8.    Statement of account
8.1.    If the Act applies:
   8.1.1.    and unless Investec and the borrower agree a longer period, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower monthly; and
   8.1.2.    Investec will deliver all statements of account to the borrower in accordance with its normal practice unless notified in writing that the borrower has chosen another manner for the delivery of documents from the options available in terms of the Act.
8.2.    If the Act does not apply, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower in accordance with its normal practice.
9.    Ratio of interest to Principal Debt
   If the total amount of interest outstanding in respect of the Agreement at any time exceeds the Principal Debt as a result of a variation in the Base Rate or otherwise, then the borrower will, subject to the Act, if the Act applies, without prejudice to any other rights of Investec and immediately on request from Investec (which Investec may give in its sole discretion), pay to Investec any amount necessary to reduce the total amount of interest outstanding to an amount equal to the Principal Debt.
10.    Repayment of Principal Debt and interest
10.1.    The borrower will repay the Principal Debt and interest as set out in the Loan Document and the Loan Summary in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The borrower and Investec acknowledge that some of the amounts as set out in the Loan Document and/or the Loan Summary on the Signature Date may be estimated amounts and, as such, are subject to variation. If any such estimate is proved to be inaccurate, or if any amount is varied in terms of this clause 10:
   10.1.1.    Investec will recalculate the amounts due and payable by the borrower to Investec at such time; and
   10.1.2.    if the Act applies, Investec will give 5 Business Days’ written notice to the borrower in terms of, and otherwise comply with, the Act; or
   10.1.3.    if the Act does not apply, the Agreement will automatically be amended to reflect the correct amounts, unless the borrower in good faith disputes that amount by written notice to Investec within 5 Business Days after it receives the first statement reflecting the recalculated amount.
11.    Interest on overdue amounts and increase in interest rate in certain circumstances
11.1.    If the borrower fails to pay any amount due in terms of the Agreement (including any fee due to Investec), then the borrower will, without prejudice to Investec’s further or alternative rights and remedies, pay to Investec penalty interest, in addition to any other interest provided for in the Agreement, on all amounts so outstanding from the date those amounts became due and payable to date of payment thereof (both days inclusive), calculated at:

LOGO

LOGO

   11.1.1    if the Act does not apply 3% above the Applicable Interest Rate at the time of default; or
   11.1.2.    if the Act applies, the highest interest rate applicable to any part of the Principal Debt under the Agreement.
11.2    If, in the circumstances contemplated in clause 17.5, Investec is entitled to require additional security and the borrower fails to provide such security following written request by Investec (or the resolution in Investec’s favour of any dispute in respect thereof, if applicable), then the Applicable Interest Rate payable by the Borrower on the Principal Debt under the Agreement will, following written notice to such effect by Investec, with effect from the date indicated in such notice:

LOGO      LOGO

     LOGO

   11.2.1    if the Act does not apply, increase by 3 percentage points above the Applicable Interest Rate applicable immediately prior to such notice; or
  

 

11.2.2.

  

 

if the Act applies, increase to the highest interest rate applicable to any part of the Principal Debt under the Agreement.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO
Borrower initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider.       9 of 19  


12.    Conversion of the Applicable Interest Rate
   Floating rate to Fixed rate
12.1.    If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate and the borrower has complied with all of its obligations in terms of the Agreement, then the borrower has the right at any time to request Investec to convert the Applicable Interest Rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate in accordance with the following provisions:
   12.1.1.    The borrower will give Investec a written request that it would like to convert the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of all or part of the Principal Debt.
   12.1.2.    Within 5 Business Days after receiving the borrower’s notice in terms of clause 12.1.1, Investec will, in its sole discretion, determine whether it is willing (given prevailing market conditions) to make a fixed rate available to the borrower and, if so, inform the borrower in writing of:
      12.1.2.1.    that rate (as a percentage per year);
      12.1.2.2.    the manner in which the interest will be calculated, compounded and payable;
      12.1.2.3.    the date on which Investec will book the funds with its Treasury Department;
      12.1.2.4.    the period for which the fixed rate will apply; and
      12.1.2.5.    subject to the Act (if the Act applies and to the extent the Act permits), the conversion fee (if any) that the borrower must pay to Investec in respect of the conversion.
   12.1.3.    If the borrower accepts the terms stipulated in the notice from Investec contemplated in clause 12.1.2;
      12.1.3.1.    it must inform Investec thereof in writing, and pay the conversion fee contemplated in clause 12.1.2.5 (if applicable), before the date contemplated in clause 12.1.2.3;
      12.1.3.2.    the Applicable Interest Rate will be converted with effect from the date contemplated in clause 12.1.2.3; and
      12.1.4.3.    the fixed interest rate quoted by Investec will apply for the duration of the period contemplated in clause 12.1.2.4.
   12.1.4.    Upon expiry of the fixed rate period, the loan will bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as at the date of conversion, subject to any variation in the Base Rate.
   12.1.5.    If there is a dispute as to the interest rate applicable under the Agreement, the interest rate will be the Applicable Interest Rate.
   Fixed rate to Floating rate
12.2.    If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate, the borrower and Investec may agree to convert that rate to a floating rate on terms acceptable to Investec, and the borrower will pay Investec on demand any Break Costs that arise pursuant to the conversion (subject to the Act, if the Act applies).
   12.2.1.    The borrower will give Investec a written request that it would like to convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate.
   12.2.2.    Within 5 Business Days after receiving the borrower’s notice in terms of clause 12.2.1 above, Investec will in its sole discretion determine the floating interest rate for a specified period of time and inform the borrower in writing of:
      12.2.2.1.    the rate (as a percentage per year);
      12.2.2.2.    the manner in which the interest will be calculated, compounded and payable;
      12.2.2.3.    the date on which the conversion will take effect; and
      12.2.2.4.    the amount of any Break Costs and any fixed rate prepayment penalty (calculated in accordance with clause 12.3) (if any) that the borrower must pay Investec.
   12.2.3.    If the borrower accepts the terms stipulated in the notice from Investec contemplated in clause 12.2.2:
      12.2.3.1.    it must inform Investec thereof in writing before the date stipulated in clause 12.2.2.3;
      12.2.3.2.    the interest rate will be converted with effect from the date stipulated in clause 12.2.2.3;
      12.2.3.3.    the new interest rate will apply for the balance of the Agreement, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing; and
      12.2.3.4.    the borrower will pay the Break Costs (if any) to Investec on or before the date stipulated in clause 12.2.2.3.
12.3.    If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate (and the Act does not apply), then no capital repayments shall be permitted for the period of the fixed rate unless Investec agrees thereto in writing in its sole discretion. If however at any time:
   12.3.1.    the borrower exercises its entitlement (if any) to anticipate payment of its indebtedness under the Agreement in terms of clause 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) or anticipates payment of the whole or portion of its indebtedness in breach of the Agreement; or
   12.3.2.    Investec exercises its right to claim immediate payment of the borrower’s indebtedness in terms of the Agreement pursuant to any Event of Default or otherwise, (the date of each such event being an “ early settlement date ”) then:
   12.3.3.    subject to the Act if the Act applies, the borrower will pay Investec, on request:
      12.3.3.1.    an administration fee (plus VAT) equal to 20 Business Days’ interest calculated in terms of the Agreement using the interest rate in force on the early settlement date;
      12.3.3.2.    in the case of a large agreement (as that term is defined in the Act), an early termination charge as contemplated in clause 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ); and
      12.3.3.3.    if the Act does not apply, the amount by which the value of the instalments falling due after,

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO  

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

10 of 19

 
       
       


     

but repaid on, the early settlement date (“ Repaid Amount ”), when determined in accordance with “A”, is greater than the value of the Repaid Amount when determined in accordance with “B”, where:

     

•     “A” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying the fixed interest rate to the Repaid Amount and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by a rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) from the JSE Actuaries Yield Curve (“ Discount Rate ”); and

     

•     “B” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying an appropriate market-related interest rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) to the Repaid Amount, and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by the Discount Rate.

      For the purposes of this clause, the Discount Rate will be a rate which most closely approximates an investment period that corresponds to the period from the early settlement date to the due date or dates (as the case may be) of the Repaid Amount, converted (if necessary) to a nominal annual rate compounded monthly in arrears (and calculated on the basis of a 365-day year irrespective of whether the year is a leap year or not).
13.    Change in market rates and increased costs
13.1.    The obligation of Investec to advance the Principal Debt under the Agreement is dependent on market rates and conditions prevailing as at the date of signature of the Agreement by the borrower. Should there be any change in prevailing market rates and/or conditions, whether international or local, prior to the date of drawdown of the Principal Debt such that, in Investec’s reasonable opinion, its cost of funding the Principal Debt increases and/or its overall net return on the Principal Debt decreases, Investec shall be entitled at its discretion to review and amend the Agreement, including (but not limited to) the pricing, structure and/or terms hereof.
13.2.    If Investec wishes to amend the terms of the Agreement in these circumstances, then Investec shall advise the borrower thereof and;
   13.2.1.    the borrower will be entitled to obtain alternative quote/s from bona fide third party funders, such quote/s to be obtained on the basis of the same terms and conditions as those set out in the Agreement as amended by Investec;
   13.2.2.    Investec shall have the right to match such bona fide quotes within a reasonable time, and, if it does so, then Investec shall be exclusively entitled to lend the Capital to the borrower;
   13.2.3.    if such bona fide third party quote/s cannot be matched by Investec within a reasonable time, then the borrower shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement. The borrower shall remain liable to Investec for any costs incurred in these circumstances.
13.3.    If at anytime or times during the term of the Agreement, if the Act does not apply:
   13.3.1.    any new law, ruling or regulation is promulgated, given or adopted;
   13.3.2.    there are any changes in any departmental practice of any relevant monetary or fiscal authority;
   13.3.3    there is a change in either banking practice as it applies to Investec or any international banking convention (including, without limitation, Basel II) which applies to Investec;
   13.3.4.    there is any compliance by Investec with any directive or request, whether or not having the force of law, from any monetary or fiscal authority;
   13.3.5.    there is any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of, any law, regulation, directive or official request, including the Income Tax Act, 1962, Banks Act, 1990, or any regulations made in terms thereof;
   13.3.6.    Investec is required or requested by any statutory or monetary authority, to pay any Taxes (other than normal Tax on Investec’s income), or to increase or maintain special deposits or reserve assets, capital assets, liquid assets and cash reserves, in addition to those currently paid, maintained or reserved; or
   13.3.7.    there is any other event beyond the reasonable control of Investec, which would or does:
      13.3.7.1.    subject Investec to any Taxes or other charges in respect of any Finance Document or change the basis of Taxation of Investec in respect of payments of Capital, interest or fees payable to it (except for changes in the rate of normal Taxation on the overall net income of Investec);
      13.3.7.2.    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Investec; or
      13.3.7.3.    impose on Investec any other obligation or condition in relation to the amounts advanced by it or its obligations in terms of the Agreement;
      and the result of any of the above is to increase the cost to Investec of making any advance or maintaining the loan, or to reduce any amount/s received or receivable by Investec in terms of the Agreement by a sum which is (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) material; or
   13.3.8.    if at any time or times during the term of the Agreement the Capital is not fully utilised and Investec would be or is subjected to any limitation, restriction or measurement affecting its ability to continue to hold the unutilised portion available to the borrower without incurring additional cost or suffering loss of revenue, then the borrower will immediately pay to Investec on demand (subject to the Act, if the Act applies) and while such circumstances continue, such additional amount or amounts which will compensate Investec for the additional cost or reduced receipts, and furthermore in the case of an event occurring under this clause 13. Investec has the right to withhold any such unutilised portion of the Capital until such time as arrangements satisfactory to Investec have been concluded to compensate Investec for existing or future costs or reductions in receipts, subject to the Act if the Act applies.
13.4.    Investec will give the borrower notice of all variations to any payments which may be required to be made in terms of clause 13.3.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

11 of 19

 
       


13.5.    If the borrower fails or refuses to pay any additional amount as contemplated in clause 13.3:-
   13.5.1.    if the Act does not apply then either party will be entitled, on 90 (ninety) days’ notice to the other party, to inform such other party that the Total Amount at that time is to be repaid forthwith upon the expiry of the 90 (ninety) day period, subject to clause 12. Upon the giving of such notice by either party the Total Amount shall become due and payable upon the expiry of the said notice period; and
   13.5.2.    if the Act does apply, then the borrower has the right, subject to clause 12.3.3.2, to repay the Total Amount in full.
14.    Increases or decreases in the interest rate
   If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate, and if that rate increases or decreases, then the Applicable Interest Rate charged in respect of the Agreement will automatically and concurrently therewith increase or decrease, as the case may be, by the same percentage points. If the Act applies to the Agreement Investec will give the borrower written notice of any such change in the interest rate within 30 Business Days after the day on which the change in the Base Rate takes effect. Investec may, in its discretion, give such notice in a statement of account contemplated in clause 8 provided that such statement is sent to the borrower within 30 Business Days of the day on which a change in the Base Rate occurs.
15.    Early payment and early termination by the borrower
15.1.    If the Act applies the borrower may:
   15.1.1.    settle the indebtedness owing under this Agreement at any time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept the amount required to settle the Agreement when it is tendered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due, provided that on the date on which the Agreement is settled, the borrower pays to Investec:
      15.1.2.1.    the outstanding Total Amount; and
      15.1.2.2.    in circumstances where the Agreement is a “large agreement” as defined by the Act, an early termination charge determined by Investec equal to (1) the interest that would have been payable under the Agreement for a period equal to the difference between (i) 3 months and (ii) the period of notice (if any) given by the borrower; or, (2) if the rate of interest is fixed and a charge has been prescribed that is greater than the amount calculated in accordance with (1), the prescribed charge; and/or
   15.1.2.    prepay any amount owing from time to time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept any such payment when it is tendered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due.
15.2.    If the Act does not apply:
  

15.2.1.

LOGO

   and the borrower is entitled in terms of the Loan Document to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it, it may exercise its right by giving prior written notice to Investec of at least 30 Business Days; provided that if the Applicable Interest Rate is fixed, the early repayment date must coincide with the expiry of any fixed rate period, failing which the borrower must pay Investec immediately on demand any fixed rate prepayment penalty (calculated in accordance with clause 12.3 above) and Break Costs as may be determined by Investec.
   15.2.2.    If the borrower does not have the right to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it pursuant to clause 8 of the Loan Document ( Repayment and early repayment ), the borrower may not repay the Principal Debt (or the outstanding balance thereof) together with interest before the due date for payment thereof without Investec’s prior written consent. Investec may make any such consent conditional on payment by the borrower of any early settlement fee, and on any other terms, that Investec may determine in its sole discretion.
16.    Drawdown facility
16.1.    If the interest rate is not fixed then the borrower has the right to pay amounts in addition to the instalments it must pay in terms of clause 8 of the Loan Document ( Repayments and early repayment ) read with the Loan Summary, subject to the following:
   16.1.1.    if the Act does not apply, the borrower must notify Investec of any additional payment in terms of this 16.1 in writing at the time of the payment in question;
   16.1.2.    the borrower may withdraw amounts equal to the sum of the additional payments only, subject to the following:
      16.1.2.1.    for the avoidance of doubt, the borrower must continue paying the instalments in terms of clause 8 of the Loan Document ( Repayments and early repayment ) read with the Loan Summary; and
      16.1.2.2.    withdrawals will, in each case, be credited to an account that the borrower specifies in writing to Investec. (When credited, each amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been received by the borrower. A certificate signed by any person authorised to issue a certificate in terms of clause 28 ( Certificate ) will, unless proven otherwise, be proof that the specified account has been credited with the amount withdrawn),
      provided that, should the borrower and Investec have agreed that the borrower may reduce the amount of its instalments pursuant to such additional payments, then the borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw such additional payments in terms of this clause 16.1.2

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

12 of 19

 
       


16.2.    Without limiting Investec’s rights (including its rights under clause 4 ( Default )), Investec may:  
   16.2.1.    suspend the facility granted in terms of this clause 16 without notice, if the borrower commits an Event of Default or (subject to the Act, if the Act applies) Potential Event of Default; or  
   16.2.2.    close the facility granted in terms of this clause 16.1.2 by giving 10 Business Days’ written notice to the borrower if the Act applies; or  
   16.2.3.    if the Act does not apply, close the facility on immediate written notice to the borrower.  
16.3.    For the avoidance of doubt, additional amounts paid by the borrower in accordance with this clause 16 will reduce the amount of the Principal Debt to the extent that such additional amounts have not been withdrawn.  
17.    Security    LOGO  

LOGO

17.1.    As security for the borrower’s due payment of the Total Amount, the borrower will register or procure the registration of the Bond and/or promptly provide or procure the provision of any other Security specified in clause 2 of the Loan Document ( Special conditions ) or otherwise.  

17.2.

LOGO

 

LOGO

   Without limiting or in any manner detracting from any security held by Investec, the Bond will secure the indebtedness of the borrower and if a different person, the mortgagor to Investec in terms of any Finance Document and all other present and future indebtedness of the borrower and, if a different person, the mortgagor to Investec, from whatever other cause arising, together with interest thereon.  

17.3.

LOGO

   If the loan is approved subject to the registration of a Bond, Investec will, subject to the Act (if the Act applies); instruct its attorneys to:  

LOGO

 

   17.3.1.    prepare the Bond(s) in such form and on such terms and conditions as Investec requires; and  
   17.3.2.    register the Bond(s) for the Principal Debt together with an additional sum equal to 20% of the Principal Debt for the purpose of securing certain costs, further advances and disbursements as may be paid or incurred by Investec.  
   Investec will not be obliged to consent to the cancellation of the Bond for as long as the borrower or, if a different person, the mortgagor is indebted to Investec, whether in terms of any Finance Document or any other cause of debt whatsoever, and whether on a contingent basis or not.  

17.4.

LOGO

 

LOGO

   Unless every prior ranking mortgage bond is registered in favour of Investec, the Bond will rank as a first mortgage over the Property. No further mortgage bond over the Property may be registered in favour of a third party without Investec’s prior written consent, which Investec may give subject to such conditions as it, in its sole discretion, requires. Investec will not be liable, howsoever, for any loss that the borrower may sustain as a result of granting of any Security.  
17.5.    Investec has the right at any time to require the borrower to (and the borrower will as soon as possible, and in any event within 7 Business Days) provide additional security on such terms and conditions as Investec requires if, in Investec’s reasonable discretion, the value of any Security provided in terms of the Agreement has diminished. If there is a dispute as to the value by which the Security has diminished, Investec has the right promptly to refer the dispute to an architect or a valuer, of not less than 10 years’ standing practising in the region in which the branch of Investec at which Investec signed the Agreement is situated (if the dispute relates to a property valuation), or to a director of an audit or legal firm (if the dispute relates to any other Security), whose decision will (save in the event of manifest error) be final and binding on the parties. Any additional security provided in terms of this clause 17 will, unless otherwise agreed, secure the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec in terms of the Agreement and any present and future indebtedness of the borrower to Investec, from whatever other cause arising, together with interest thereon.  
17.6.    Neither Investec nor any person employed by, working for, or acting as agent for Investec shall be liable for any loss or damage suffered by the borrower arising from any cause in connection with any Security.  
17.7.    The borrower undertakes to keep the Security and and, if applicable, any improvements on or to the Security in good order and repair for the duration of the Agreement.  
17.8    The borrower will timeously pay or procure the timeous payment of all Taxes, charges, costs, Insurance premiums and any and all other amounts that become due in connection with the Agreement and/or the Security.  
17.9.    The borrower will on the Signature Date deposit with Investec all certificates, deeds, documents, diagrams, leases and policies (as applicable) required by Investec in its sole discretion evidencing title and any Encumbrances relating to the Security.  

18.

LOGO

  

Insurance

    
18.1    The borrower will (subject to the Act, if the Act applies):  
LOGO    18.1.1.    procure and maintain such Insurance as Investec requires with effect from the Commencement Date, covering, in the case of Insurance over immovable property, the full asset value or (in the case where the Act does not apply) the replacement value of the Property, being not less than the minimum replacement value required from time to time by Investec, against all risks normally insured against in terms of a standard South African Market Buildings Combined insurance policy plus SASRIA extension (including, but not limited to, risk of damages by fire, lightning, fuel explosion, storm, earthquake, riot (including political riot), strike and malicious damage);  
   18.1.2.    in addition, where the Act does not apply Investec may require the borrower to insure or procure the insurance of the movable contents of the Property and keep them insured for their full replacement value in accordance with the provisions of this clause 18; and  
   18.1.3.    in any other case, subject to the Act, if the Act applies, Investec may at any time for the duration of the Agreement require the borrower to maintain insurance (including credit life insurance) for the Total Amount;  
   18.1.4.    if the purpose of this Agreement is to fund a Development then in respect of any Property on which a Development is to be, or is being constructed, developed and/or installed, and in addition to (and not in substitution of) its obligations under this clause 18, insure the Property in accordance with clause 2.17 of the Property and Building Conditions.  
   18.1.5    procure that the Insurance is in the borrower’s name or, at Investec’s request, in the name of the borrower  

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

13 of 19

 
       


LOGO       and/or Investec for their respective rights and interests, or for purposes of clause 2.17 of the Property and Building Conditions, in the joint names of the borrower and the Contractor, and procure that Investec’s rights and interests as mortgagee or financier are noted on the policy and, if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of Investec as loss payee;
   18.1.6    immediately after obtaining the Insurance, and unless Investec is already in possession thereof, deliver or procure the delivery of the relevant policy documents in relation to the Insurance to Investec;
   18.1.7    timeously pay, or procure that any applicable third party timeously pays, all premiums in respect of the Insurance, and will, whenever Investec so requires, deliver or procure the delivery of proof to Investec’s reasonable satisfaction that the borrower or any applicable third party has paid all premiums in respect of the Insurance;
   18.1.8    refrain from any act or omission, and will procure that any applicable third party refrains from any act or omission, which would constitute a breach of the Insurance or entitle the insurer to repudiate any claim made under the Insurance; and
   18.2.5.    notify Investec of any matter which could give rise to a claim as soon as possible after that matter arises and of any material change to the property and/or the risks.
18.2.    The Insurance shall, unless the borrower lawfully exercises a free choice to do otherwise, be arranged by insurance brokers specified by Investec (“ approved broker ”) on behalf of and at the cost of the borrower. The Insurance shall be with an insurer and on terms and conditions approved by Investec (including a mortgagee/lender protection clause and the nomination of Investec as loss payee) and at the sole cost of the borrower. The Insurance shall, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Investec, be effective from the Commencement Date. The borrower confirms that it has consented to Investec providing the approved broker with such information as may be necessary in order to give effect to this clause. The borrower further confirms that Investec shall not be liable howsoever for any loss, damage, expense, fee or claim suffered or sustained by the borrower or any third party in connection with the appointment of the approved broker or the arrangement of the insurance cover.
18.3.    If the Act applies and the borrower chooses not to enter into a policy proposed by Investec in writing (of which entitlement the borrower is hereby advised) the borrower must substitute such policy for an alternative insurance policy provided that (i) Investec has consented in writing to the terms of the substitute policy; and (ii) the borrower provides Investec with the following written directions at Investec’s request:
   18.3.1.    a valid direction in the prescribed manner and form requiring and permitting Investec to pay any premiums due under the policy during the term of the Agreement on the borrower’s behalf as they fall due, and to bill the borrower for the amount of those premiums in accordance with the Act; and
   18.3.2.    a valid direction to the Insurer in the prescribed manner and form, naming Investec as a loss payee under the policy up to the Total Amount at the happening of an insured contingency, and requiring the Insurer, if an insured event occurs, to settle the borrower’s obligation under the Agreement as a first charge against the proceeds of that policy at any time during the term of the Agreement.
18.4.    If any immovable property comprises a sectional title unit, the borrower will procure that the body corporate arranges for the Insurance as contemplated above in respect of the immovable property comprising the scheme, for an amount not less than the full asset value (or if the Act does not apply, the full replacement value) of the unit, being not less than any minimum asset value (or replacement value, as the case may be) required by Investec from time to time. Such Insurance is to be effected by and in the name of the body corporate and the borrower undertakes to ensure that Investec’s interest as mortgagee is noted by the body corporate and, if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of Investec as loss payee. The Insurance shall be dealt with as insurance in terms of this clause to the extent that these provisions can be applied to such insurance. To the extent that any improvements are subsequently made to the sectional title scheme and/or the sectional title unit insured in terms of this clause 18.4, and such improvements increase the asset value (or to the extent that the Act does not apply, the replacement value) of the insured property, the borrower must promptly notify the insurance broker or the relevant insurer in writing.
18.5.    The borrower must promptly notify the approved broker or the relevant insurer in writing if alterations or extensions to any insured property are undertaken, which will increase the asset value (or, to the extent that the Act does not apply, the replacement value) of that property. This clause is a stipulatio alteri in favour of the approved broker, which the approved broker may accept at any time without notice to Investec or the borrower.
18.6.    Without limiting Investec’s rights in terms of clause 4 ( Default ) , if the Property (or any improvements) are not insured, or if the borrower fails to maintain or to procure the maintenance of any Insurance in respect of the Property or improvements, or if the borrower fails to comply with the provisions of clause 2.17 of the Property and Building Conditions, Investec has the right (but is not obliged) to insure the Property and/or the Development and/or improvements and/or to pay the premiums in respect of any policy and/or to perform any obligations on behalf of the borrower. The borrower will immediately on demand from Investec pay all costs that Investec incurs in this regard and hereby authorises Investec to include such amounts in the Principal Debt.
18.7.    All money received from any insurer under any Insurance contemplated in this clause 18 or in the Property and Building Conditions will, in Investec’s sole discretion, be applied:
   18.7.1.    either in partial or full repayment of the outstanding Principal Debt; or
   18.7.2.    subject to any condition which Investec may prescribe in the restoration of any property damaged or destroyed by any cause covered by the Insurance.
18.8.    The borrower hereby cedes to Investec by way of a security cession and pledge, or will procure that any applicable third party cedes to Investec by way of a security cession and pledge, all its present and future right, title and interest in and to the proceeds of the Insurance as continuing covering security for the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec under the Agreement, and will promptly inform the insurer in writing of that cession, assignment and transfer. To the extent that Investec requires the borrower or any third party to execute any other documents to give effect to this clause 18.8, the borrower will do so, and/or procure that the third party in question does so, immediately on request

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

     

WITNESS HERE      LOGO

  LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

14 of 19

 
       


   from Investec. This cession will endure and be of force and effect until the borrower has repaid the Total Amount and otherwise discharged all of its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the Bond and any other security granted in respect of the loan has been cancelled.  
18.9.    The borrower shall deliver to all relevant insurers under the Insurance, a written notification and confirmation of the cession provided for in this clause, prior to the commencement of the relevant Insurance or within 10 Business Days of the Signature Date, whichever shall occur later, and shall give proof to Investec of having done so. If the borrower fails to deliver any such written notification and confirmation (and provide proof thereof to Investec), Investec may do so on behalf of the borrower or in any event on its own behalf. If the borrower, after receipt of 3 days’ written notification, fails to sign any documentation required by any relevant insurer, the borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorises Investec to sign and deliver to the insurer the documentation required on its behalf.  
18.10.    The cession provided for in this clause shall remain in force notwithstanding any changes to the terms and conditions of the loan.  
18.11.    Neither Investec nor any person employed by, working for, or acting as an agent for Investec shall be liable for any loss or damage suffered by the borrower arising from any cause in connection with any cession provided for in the Agreement.  
18.12.    The borrower shall obtain any third party consent required in relation to the cession of any Insurance and warrants that no other cessionary of similar rights has any prior or better rights to those of Investec.      LOGO  
19.    Valuation  
19.1.    Investec and the borrower record that as part of Investec’s assessment of the borrower’s loan application, the borrower has procured or, subject to the Act if the Act applies, shall be obliged to procure, a valuation of the Security and, if applicable, any improvements on or to the Security in form and substance acceptable to Investec.   LOGO

 

19.2.

  

 

Investec may in its sole discretion, from time to time, revalue the Security in accordance with the provisions of this clause, as read to fit the context.

 

 

19.3.

  

 

If the Act applies and to the extent permitted by Investec, the borrower hereby authorises Investec to effect payment of the valuation costs, on the borrower’s behalf, out of the proceeds of the Capital.

 
19.4.    If the Act applies and if Investec is not able, for any reason whatsoever, to effect payment of the valuation costs on the borrower’s behalf out of the proceeds of the Capital (as contemplated in clause 19.3), the borrower hereby authorises Investec to pay such valuation costs, on its behalf, and agrees to refund such costs to Investec on demand.  
19.5.    If the Act does not apply all valuation fees and costs, plus VAT, will be paid by the borrower promptly on demand from Investec unless the borrower and Investec agree to the contrary, failing which such fees and costs will be paid by Investec on behalf of the borrower and Investec shall be entitled to capitalise such fees and costs to form part of the Principal Debt.  
19.6.    No valuation conducted by Investec or on behalf of the borrower, nor the advance of any amount to or on behalf of the borrower in terms of the Agreement will be construed as a warranty or representation by Investec as to:  
   19.6.1.    the reasonableness of the valuation;  
   19.6.2.    the soundness of the Security; or  
   19.6.3.    the replacement value thereof for insurance purposes or Tax purposes.  
19.6.    With respect to any loan to be used for the purpose of purchasing immovable property or effecting any improvements thereon, Investec is obliged, in terms of the Code of Banking Practice, to inform the borrower that:  
   19.6.1.    Investec does not have the skills or the resources to monitor or control the quality of the building the borrower is building or buying. The valuation of the property to be mortgaged is solely to enable Investec to assess the value of the security granted to it. It is not intended to be an evaluation of the present or future market value of the property, nor does it have to be the same as the purchase price. Investec has not necessarily inspected the property and does not accept any responsibility or liability for the structural or other conditions of the security, even if the loan is a development or building loan;  
   19.6.2.    should the borrower request Investec to do so, Investec will provide the borrower with the assessed value of the security and the minimum asset value (or, if the Act does not apply, the minimum replacement value) for insurance purposes that Investec has placed on the buildings and improvements on the property; and  
   19.6.3.    issues of home quality are the responsibility of the seller (or builder or developer) and the borrower as buyer. Homes younger than 5 years may also have a National Home Builders Registration Council limited warranty. The borrower must satisfy himself to the best of his ability that he is buying a good product and if necessary obtain assurance as to the structural quality of the property, compliance with local authority requirements and replacement costs of the buildings and improvements from the proper experts.  
19.7.    Valuations are intended for internal use by Investec only and will at all times remain the property of Investec, subject to the provisions of the Act, if the Act is applicable.  
20.    Information sharing  
20.1.    Investec has the right to request consumer credit reports in respect of the borrower or other security provider from one or more credit reporting agencies in connection with the loan and the borrower hereby consents thereto.  
20.2.    The borrower confirms that Investec may transmit to any Credit Bureaux, data about the application, opening and termination of any account in respect of the borrower pursuant to the Agreement.  
20.3.    The borrower consents to Investec disclosing to any credit bureau any information relating to non-compliance by the borrower with the terms and conditions of the Agreement.  
20.4.    If the Act applies, the names and contact details of the Credit Bureaux to which Investec transfers information shall be included in a Schedule to the Loan Document. The Credit Bureaux to which Investec supplies information will provide a credit profile and possibly a credit score on the creditworthiness of the borrower.  
20.5.    The borrower has the right in terms of the Act to contact the Credit Bureaux, have its credit record disclosed, and correct inaccurate information.  

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

15 of 19

 
       


20.6.    Subject to the Act (if the Act applies), Investec may in its discretion disclose information relating to the borrower and, if applicable, the Group and the Agreement and any other Finance Document to i) such other lenders or banks collection agencies, lawyers, accountants, auditors, bank regulators and law enforcement agencies, to the extent necessary to protect, preserve or enforce Investec’s rights and interests in respect of the loan or any Finance Document or to respond to any legal enquiry or to comply with any regulatory obligation of Investec; and ii) any surety or guarantor or potential surety or potential guarantor for the obligations of the borrower under the Agreement who requests such information in order to evaluate any actual or potential liability under such suretyship or guarantee; and iii) any affiliate of Investec and any assignee or potential assignee of Investec’s rights and/or obligations under the Agreement or any person with whom Investec may otherwise consider entering into a contract in relation to the Finance Documents, and the borrower hereby directs that Investec may do so.
20.7.    The borrower further consents to Investec verifying any information provided by the borrower to Investec with any third party.
21.    Financial advice
21.1.    Each party to the Agreement acknowledges that it has acted at arms’ length and for its own account in negotiating, executing and implementing the Agreement.
21.2.    The borrower acknowledges that:
   21.2.1.    in negotiating and implementing the Agreement, and in assessing and implementing the transaction contemplated by the Agreement (“ Transaction ”), it has not sought or received any advice (as that term is defined in the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 2002 (“ Financial Advice ”)) from Investec; and
   21.2.2.    it has either obtained tax, accounting, regulatory, legal and Financial Advice from appropriate independent advisors with respect to the Transaction, or dispensed with the need to do so.
22.    Cession   
22.1.    The borrower does not have the right to cede, delegate, transfer or novate all or any part of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document without Investec’s prior written consent.
22.2.    Investec may at any time:
   22.2.1.    cede and/or delegate to any one or more person or persons (including any bank or other financial institution) all or any part of Investec’s rights, benefits or obligations under any Finance Document, whether that cession or delegation (to which delegation the borrower hereby consents) is made to the cessionary alone or to the cessionary jointly and severally with Investec or any other person. To the extent that any cession may result in a splitting of claims, the borrower hereby expressly consents thereto; or
   22.2.2.    change its lending office.
23.    Set-off
23.1.    Subject to the Act (if the Act applies), nothing in the Agreement restricts Investec’s common law right to set off any amounts standing to the credit of any of the borrower’s accounts in Investec’s books from any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable.
23.2.    If the Act does not apply, the borrower hereby authorises Investec in its sole discretion:
   23.2.1.    to apply any credit balance on any of the borrower’s accounts with Investec in satisfaction of any sum due and payable to Investec by the borrower pursuant to any Finance Document but unpaid by the borrower; and
   23.2.2.    to purchase with the monies standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect that application.
   Clause 23.2 shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set off, combination of accounts, lien, security or other right which Investec has at any time, whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise.
24.    Notices and Faxed Instructions Indemnity
24.1.    All notices to be given by the borrower to Investec must be given by prepaid registered post, fax or delivery by hand to the address stipulated in the Loan Document. Investec will deliver all notices to the borrower by prepaid registered post, ordinary mail, email, statement, printable web-page, fax or delivery by hand to the borrower’s address stipulated in the Loan Document, subject to the Act if the Act applies. The borrower warrants that its address and any other address it selects in terms of the Agreement is an address at which it is ordinarily resident or employed or ordinarily carries on its business, trade or calling.
24.2.    Any notice given in terms of the Agreement must be in writing and will:
   24.2.1.    if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the day of delivery;
   24.2.2.    if posted by pre-paid registered post, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the fifth Business Day following the date of such posting;
   24.2.3.    if transmitted by fax, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the first Business Day after the date of transmission; and
   24.2.4.    in the case of the borrower, if transmitted by email or printable web-page (if applicable), be deemed to have been received on the Business Day of transmission,
   unless the disputing party proves the contrary.
24.3.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in the Agreement, a written notice or communication actually received by one of the parties from the other will be adequate written notice or communication to that party.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

16 of 19

 
       


24.4.    If Investec acts on a notice received by telefax in terms of this Agreement (“ the Faxed Instructions ”) the borrower hereby waives any rights it may have or obtain against Investec arising directly or indirectly from any losses or damages which it may suffer because Investec acts on any Faxed Instructions, and the borrower hereby indemnifies Investec in respect of any claims, demands or actions made against it or losses or damages suffered by it because it so acted.
24.5.    The borrower hereby:
   24.5.1.    acknowledges that it is not practical or reasonable for Investec to establish the authenticity of all messages faxed to Investec which purport to be from the borrower:
   24.5.2.    agrees that all Faxed Instructions, mandates, consents, commitments and the like which purport to be from the borrower shall be deemed to have been given by it in the form actually received by Investec (“ Purported Faxed Instructions ”) and that such Purported Faxed Instructions may, as a result of the malfunction of equipment, the distortion of communication links and the like, be different to that intended or sent and that the borrower shall be bound thereby;
   24.5.3.    agrees to implement and adhere to any procedures and/or restrictions imposed on it by Investec from time to time regarding the sending of Faxed Instructions to Investec;
   24.5.4.    agrees that this indemnity will not be affected by any failure by Investec to impose any or sufficient procedures or restrictions or to ensure that any or all of them are adhered to; and
   24.5.5.    agrees that Investec will not be obliged to act on any Purported Faxed Instructions.
24.6.    Each party chooses the physical address stipulated in the Loan Document as its domicilium citandi et executandi.
   Each party shall be entitled to change its domicilium citandi et executandi to another physical address situated within the Republic of South Africa by giving the other party written notice to that effect.
25.    Governing law
25.1.    All of the Finance Documents will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa
25.2.    The borrower consents in terms of Section 45 of the Magistrate’s Court Act no 32 of 1944 to Investec taking action or enforcing any of its rights under the Agreement in the Magistrate’s Court of any district having jurisdiction in respect of the borrower, by virtue of Section 28(1) of the aforesaid Act.
25.3.    Notwithstanding the preceding clause, if the Act does not apply to the Agreement Investec shall be entitled in its discretion to institute all or any proceedings against the borrower in connection with the Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa which has jurisdiction and the borrower also hereby expressly consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Western Cape High Court, Cape Town and the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg. The borrower agrees that any costs awarded against the borrower be awarded or paid in accordance with clause 38 ( Costs, fees and disbursements ).
25.4.    If the Act applies to the Agreement, then unless the Magistrates’ Court has concurrent jurisdiction, Investec shall be entitled to institute all or any proceedings against the borrower in connection with the Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa which has jurisdiction. The borrower hereby consents and submits to the jurisdiction of that court and agrees that any costs awarded against the borrower be awarded and paid in accordance with the High Court tariff.
26.    Illegality
26.1.    If at any time after the Signature Date it is or becomes unlawful or contrary to any lawful request, decision or notice from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African governmental department or authority, whether or not having the force of law, for Investec to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement, then subject to the applicable provisions of the Act:
   26.1.1.    Investec will promptly after becoming aware thereof notify the borrower to that effect by way of a certificate signed by a director or manager of Investec (or a person of an equivalent or higher level of authority), whose appointment or designation it will not be necessary for Investec to prove; and
   26.1.2.    if Investec so requires, the borrower will by not later than such date as Investec specifies in that certificate (which date may not be earlier than 3 Business Days after the date of that certificate) repay the Total Amount in full.
26.2.    If Investec does not exercise its option pursuant to clause 26.1.2, insofar as any provision of the Agreement conflicts with any law or lawful request from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African government department or authority, that provision shall be deemed to be amended only to the extent necessary to comply with that law, lawful request, decision, notice or requirement.
27.    Right of withdrawal
   For the avoidance of doubt, Investec will not be bound by any clause of the Agreement until such time as it receives and executes the original thereof, duly signed by the borrower and completed as required.
28.    Certificate
   Without limiting section 169 of the Act, a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec as to any indebtedness of the borrower in terms of any Finance Document or any other fact relating to any Finance Document shall, unless proven otherwise by the borrower, be prima facie evidence of the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec in terms of that Finance Document and/or such other fact for the purpose of provisional sentence or summary judgment proceedings or for any other purpose.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO  

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

17 of 19

 
       


29.    Appropriation
   If the Act does not apply but subject to applicable law, Investec shall be entitled to appropriate any payments received by it in terms of the Agreement as it in its sole discretion deems appropriate, provided that if the Act does apply, all payments received by Investec in terms of the Agreement shall be appropriated the following manner:
29.1.    firstly, to satisfy any due or unpaid interest;
29.2.    secondly, to satisfy any due or unpaid fees or other charges; and
29.3.    thirdly, to reduce the Principal Debt.
30.    Renunciation of benefits
30.1.    Should the borrower resist any claim arising out of this Agreement by raising the legal exception that the borrower received no value for its obligations, the onus of proving it will rest on the borrower.
30.2.    In addition, if the Act does not apply, should the borrower resist any claim arising out of this Agreement on the grounds that:
   30.2.1.    there is no reason or basis for the claim ( non causa debiti ); or
   30.2.2.    errors have been made in calculating the amount claimed ( errore calculi ); or
   30.2.3.    the amount claimed has not been advanced ( non numeratae pecuniae ),
   the onus of proving that ground or those grounds shall be on the borrower.
30.3.    The borrower declares that it understands the effect of its waiver in terms of this clause.
31.    Severability
   Each clause of the Agreement is severable, the one from the other. If any clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent court, then the remaining clauses will be and continue to be of full force and effect.
32.    No waiver
   No relaxation, indulgence or extension of time that Investec grants to the borrower will be construed as a waiver of any of Investec’s rights in terms of any Finance Document, or a novation of any of the terms of any Finance Document, or stop Investec from enforcing strict and punctual compliance with the terms of any Finance Document.
33.    No variation
   Subject to clauses 1 ( Definitions ), 4 ( Default ), 10 ( Repayment of Principal Debt and interest ) and 26 ( Illegality ) above and to clause 1 in the Property and Building Conditions ( Definitions ), no variation of, addition to, consensual cancellation of or waiver of any right arising in terms of any Finance Document will be of any force or effect unless it is reduced to writing and signed by a duty authorised representative of each party.
34.    Whole agreement
   The Loan Document, the Loan Summary (Annexure B to the Loan Document), these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document) and if applicable, the Property and Building Conditions (Annexure C to the Loan Document), any annexure or schedule to such documents and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any) constitute the whole agreement between the parties in relation to the subject matter thereof and no party is bound by any undertaking, representation or warranty not recorded therein.
35.    Indemnity
35.1.    Subject to this clause 35.2 and clause 41 ( Indemnity and other terms relating to guarantees ), the borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Investec harmless from all and any loss, expense, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims whatsoever and howsoever arising from or connected with any Finance Document, and whether or not any such loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims are caused by any act of or omission of the borrower or anyone else.
35.2.    The borrower will not be liable under clause 35.1 to the extent that the loss, expense, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties or claim results directly from any breach by Investec of the Agreement which is finally judicially determined to have resulted directly from Investec’s negligence or wilful misconduct.
36.    Subordination
   The borrower undertakes that it and its Subsidiaries, if any, will not without Investec’s prior written consent:
36.1.    grant security to any other person which will have the effect of subordinating the claims of Investec under any Finance Document to the claims of that person; or
36.2.    Encumber any presently unencumbered assets or any assets that the borrower may acquire in future; or
36.3.    borrow further money from any third party.
37.    Counterparts
   The Agreement:
38.1.    may be signed in one or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement; and
38.2.    will become effective when a counterpart has been signed by each party to the Agreement.
38.    Costs, fees and disbursements
   Subject to the Act (if and to the extent that the Act applies):

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO  

LOGO

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

18 of 19

 
       


38.1.    all amounts that Investec may pay or incur pursuant to the Agreement due to the borrower’s default, including legal costs (on the attorney and own client scale), valuation costs, charges and disbursements incurred by Investec in enforcing the Agreement, all costs and disbursements Investec incurs in tracing the borrower and in collecting or endeavouring to collect all or any amounts payable by the borrower to Investec (hereunder or otherwise), and all other collection commission and Taxes, will be payable by the borrower to Investec as soon as such amounts are incurred, all such payments being authorised by the borrower and secured by the Security, and Investec may debit any such amount in accordance with clause 9 (Fees) of the Loan Document; and
38.2.    to the extent that the borrower is required to pay or reimburse any costs, fees, expenses or disbursements pursuant to the Agreement, the borrower agrees that it shall pay such amounts and, in addition, pay any applicable VAT thereon. Any amount stipulated in the Agreement and not expressly stated to include value added tax shall be deemed to be stated exclusive of VAT.
38.3.    if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement, the borrower shall be liable for all costs associated with the preparation, registration and if applicable cancellation of any Bond.
39.    Access to personal information
39.1    In terms of the Code of Banking Practice, the borrower has the right to access the borrower’s personal information held by Investec. Investec shall grant the borrower such access during office hours within a reasonable time after receiving a written request for access.
39.2.    The borrower grants Investec (including its agents and contractors) authority to monitor, keep record of and have access to all forms of correspondence or communications received by or sent from Investec or any of its employees, agents or contractors.
40.    Telephone recordings
   The borrower acknowledges and accepts that Investec shall be entitled at its sole discretion to monitor, intercept, record and use as evidence all telephone communications between the borrower and Investec at any time.
41.    Indemnity and other terms relating to guarantees
41.1.    Should Investec issue any guarantee/s as contemplated in clause 5 of the Loan Document and a Court finally determines that, notwithstanding the provisions to the contrary of the Agreement, any liability, costs and expenses of or payment by Investec under such guarantee is not included in the Principal Debt, then the borrower hereby indemnifies Investec, its directors, employees, servants or agents and holds them harmless from and against all and any claims, losses, demands, liability, costs and expenses of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused and arising, including legal costs between attorney and own client, which may at any time be suffered by or made against Investec by any person or which Investec may sustain or incur arising directly or indirectly out of, or in consequence of, having executed or hereafter executing any such guarantee/s or in relation to any application by it for the discharge or variation of any such guarantee/s.
41.2.    The borrower’s obligations hereunder shall continue and remain of full force and effect until such time as Investec has been entirely and finally released and discharged from all its obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any guarantee/s, and notwithstanding any intermediate payment or legal disability of the borrower, neither the borrower nor its successors in title or assigns shall be entitled to withdraw herefrom and no notice of termination whether by the borrower or any other party shall be of any force or effect until Investec has been so finally released and discharged.
41.3.    In any settlement between the payee under the guarantee and Investec, the vouchers or other proper evidence showing payment by Investec or a certificate under the hand of any director or manager (whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove), for the time being of Investec as to the borrower’s liability in terms of this indemnity, shall be prima facie evidence of such liability and indebtedness for the purpose of provisional sentence, summary judgment proceedings or for any other proceeding/purpose.
41.4.    Investec shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion, without reference to the borrower or any other party to a Finance Document, and without in any way affecting their liability under such Finance Documents, to make any arrangements or compromise with the payee under the applicable guarantee.
42.    Business rescue proceedings
42.1.    The borrower undertakes, to the extent that the borrower is a company and any member of its board intends to propose a resolution to commence business rescue proceedings, to provide written notice to Investec (no later than 5 Business Days prior to the date upon which the board meeting to approve such resolution is to be held) of such intention and therein to notify Investec of the date and place at which the meeting will be held so as to enable Investec in its discretion to attend such meeting. The borrower further agrees that Investec shall be entitled in its discretion to attend the meeting and should it do so then no business rescue practitioner shall be appointed by the borrower without Investec’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.)
42.2.    If the borrower commences business rescue proceedings and the appointed business rescue practitioner suspends conditionally or unconditionally the whole or any part or provision of this Agreement, then Investec shall not be obliged to tender any performance or fulfill any of its obligations in terms of the Agreement, for so long as the Agreement or any provision or part thereof is so suspended.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO       WITNESS HERE      LOGO   LOGO

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

     

Witness initial here

19 of 19

 
       

Exhibit 10.16

LOGO

 

   Annexure B   
Loan summary and quotation : cost of credit    Client no.:    241824
(in terms of section 92 of the National Credit Act. 2005)    Contract no.:    002

 

Name of Credit Provider    Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06) (“Investec” )   
Contact details of Credit Provider    100 Grayston Drive   
   Sandown   
   Sandton   
   2196   
   Tel number (2711) 286-7000   
   Fax number (2711) 286-7777   
National Credit Registration Number    NCRCP9   
Name of Borrower    Telimatrix Ltd (Registration No/ID no 1995/013858/06)   
Contact details of Borrower    Tel 01 16548279   
   Email joss@telimatrix.com and steven.evans@telimatrix.com    LOGO
Type of Agreement    Secured loan and credit facility   
CAPITAL:    R75,000,000.00 (Seventy Five Million Rand)   
   ADDITIONAL CHARGES (including VAT)   
Raising fee:    R855 000 00   
Security preparation fee:    R0.00   
Valuation fee:    R0.00   
*Bond registration fee:    R0.00 (this is the estimated fee for the registration of a mortgage bond calculated in accordance with national guidelines prescribed by the Law Society of South Africa, exclusive of Deeds Office fees and postages and petties and sundries, based on the amount for which the mortgage bond is to be registered)   
*TOTAL ADDITIONAL CHARGES:    R855,000.00   
*PRINCIPAL DEBT (Capital plus total additional charges):    R75,855,000.00   
   INTEREST   
Applicable annual interest rate    Base Rate minus 0.50%   
Base rate    Investec Prime Rate being currently 15 50%   
Initial annual interest rate    15%   
Rand value of interest    R32,740,655.81   
*TOTAL COST OF CREDIT (interest plus additional charges):    R33,595,655.81   
*TOTAL AMOUNT REPAYABLE:    R109,345,655.81   
   INSTALMENTS      
*Monthly instalment in respect of the Principal Debt:    Number of instalments    Amount of each instalment   
   60    1,822,427.62   
Frequency of instalments:    Monthly   
Residual/final instalment:    R0 00   
Date of first instalment and date of final instalment:    The monthly instalments will commence on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Principal Debt is advanced to or on behalf of the borrower and will thereafter be payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month and shall continue to be so paid until all amounts owing to or claimable by Investec in terms of the Loan Agreement have been paid in full. Where the 1st day of the month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, then Investec shall be entitled to obtain payment on the first business day thereafter   
Method of payment    ACE   
*Total all instalments    R109 345 655.81   

SECURITY PROVIDED AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS See clause 2 of the Loan Agreement

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   1 of 8  


OTHER ONGOING COSTS See for example clauses 4.1 and 15 of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached to the Loan Agreement

Statement of marketing options

In terms of section 74 (6) of the National Credit Act Investec is required to provide you with a statement of marketing options Please indicate your preference below and initial in the space provided

 

1   

I want to receive Investec Private Bank marketing communication via email or SMS

 

(Occasionally we may send you information via email on our other financial products or special offers, such as exclusive lifestyle and leisure benefits, that we have negotiated on your behalf as an Investec Private Bank client)

   Yes    LOGO    LOGO  

 

Initial

2   

I want to be included in telemarketing campaigns conducted by or on behalf of Investec Private Bank

 

(We do not conduct telemarketing campaigns)

   Yes    LOGO    LOGO  

 

Initial

3   

I want to be included in customer or marketing lists that may be sold by Investec Private Bank

 

(We treat client information with the utmost confidentiality and do not sell or discuss client lists with third parties)

   Yes    LOGO    LOGO  

 

Initial

I agree that my contact details on page one of this document have been correctly stated       LOGO  

 

Initial

THIS QUOTATION IS VALID FOR A PERIOD OF 5 DAYS ESTIMATED AMOUNTS (INDICATED WITH AN ASTERISK ABOVE) ARE NOT DETERMINABLE, MAY CHANGE OVER THE LIFE OF THE LOAN AND ARE BASED ON AN ASSUMPTION THAT (AMONG OTHER THINGS) THE BASE RATE DOES NOT CHANGE. THAT ALL AMOUNTS ARE PAID ON DUE DATE, AND THAT NO FEE OR CHARGE CHANGES OR IS CONFIRMED TO BE DIFFERENT FROM THE AMOUNT SET OUT ABOVE INVESTEC WILL SET OUT ANY CHANGE IN AN ESTIMATED AMOUNT IN THE NEXT APPLICABLE STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   2 of 8  


LOGO      Client no    241824
Agreement of loan      Contract no    002

Entered into between

 

Investec Bank Limited Reg No: (1969/004763/06)   
(A registered credit provider Reg No: NCRCP9)   
its successors and assigns hereinafter referred to as “Investec”   
of    100 Grayston Drive   
   Sandown   
   Sandton   
   2196   
and               
Telimatrix Ltd 1995/013858/06   
hereinafter referred to as the borrower   
of    Matrix Corner   
   Vorna Valley   
   Midrand   
   Johannesburg   
   7000   
1       Introduction and interpretation   
1.1.       This Agreement comprises of this Loan Document the Loan Summary (Annexure B to this Loan Document) the Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to this Loan Document) any annexure or schedule to such documents and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any)   
1.2.       This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions stipulated in the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Annexure A (Version Terms & Conditions April 2007) hereto To the extent of any inconsistency between this Loan Document and the Standard Terms and Conditions this document will prevail   
1.3.       Capitalised terms used in this Loan Document have been defined in 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions (Definitions)   
1.4.       For the purposes of this Agreement the Capital is the amount of R75,000,000.00   
1.5.       The borrower acknowledges that some of the amounts set out on the Loan Summary are not determinable may change over the life of the loan and are based on an assumption that (among other things) the Base Rate does not change that all amounts are paid on due date and that no fee or charge changes or is confirmed to be different from the amount set out in the Loan Summary Investec will set out any change in an estimated amount in the next applicable statement of account contemplated in 10 of the annexure of standard terms and conditions   
2       Special conditions   
2.1       Operation of this Agreement, except for the following clauses in this Loan Document namely 1 2 and 9 and the following causes in the Standard Terms and Conditions 1 (Definitions) , 4 (Default) , 5 (Representations and warranties) , 11 (Increased costs) , 21 (Valuation) 24 (Cession) , 25 (Addresses) , 26 (Governing law) , 27 (Illegality) , 28 (Right of withdrawal) , 29 (Certificate) , 31 (Severability) , 32 (No waiver) , 33 (No variation) 34 (Whole agreement), 35 (Indemnity) , 36 (Subordination) and 37 (Counterparts) which are of immediate effect is subject to fulfilment of the following special conditions   
      2 1 1    FICA requirements   
      Receipt by Investec from the borrower to Investec’s sole satisfaction of all documents and information Investec requires   
         2 1 1 1    For Investec to comply with FICA the regulations pertaining to FICA and any guidance notes applicable to the banking sector and/or   

 

 

   

LOGO

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   3 of 8  


         2.1.1.2.    In terms of any procedures to which Investec may be required to adhere in order to establish and verify the identity of contracting parties and/or information that Investec receives from the borrower.   
      2.1.2.    Existing mortgage bond/s   
         None   
      2.1.3.    Mortgage bond/s to be registered   
         None   
      2.1.4.    Suretyships to be provided   
         Not applicable   
      2.1.5.    Security conditions   
         1.    Execution of cession pledge of 100% of shares held by Telimatrix Ltd (1995/013858/06) in SafeDrive International in favour of Investec and delivery of original share certificates.   
     

2.1.6.

   Special conditions   
         1    Approval by Standard Bank Limited that the borrower may enter into the agreement.   
         2.    Approval by EXCON of the SDI transaction.   
2.2.       The borrower will use its reasonable commercial endeavours to fulfill or procure the fulfilment of the special conditions as soon as possible after the Signature Date or, if Investec has issued the notice contemplated in 2.4 below within the stipulated 5 Business Day period. To the extent that any of the special conditions listed above are not conditions but rather impose ongoing executory obligations, then, in Investec’s sole discretion operation of this Agreement shall not be conditional on fulfilment of those specific special conditions (notwithstanding clause 2.1) and clause 2.3 shall not apply thereto, and those special conditions shall be interpreted and applied as if they were not in 2 of this Agreement, but in a separate clause   
2.3.       The special conditions have been inserted for Investec’s benefit. Investec may waive or defer fulfilment of one or more of the special conditions in its sole and unfettered discretion   
2.4.       If the special conditions are not fulfilled or waive within 5 Business Days after Investec calls for their fulfilment by giving written notice to the borrower to that effect, this Agreement will (except for the clauses stipulated in 2.1) be of no force or effect, and neither party will have any claim against the other except a claim arising from a breach by the borrower of 2.2 and/or any of the clauses stipulated in 2.1   
2.5.       Notwithstanding anything else in 2, Investec has the right in its sole discretion to advance the Principal Debt (or any part of it) before the fulfilment of the special conditions. With effect from the date of that advance all of the terms of this Agreement will apply to that advance (as applicable), whether or not the special conditions have been fulfilled. That advance will not   
      2.5.1.    constitute a waiver of the rights of Investec to require fulfilment of all of the special conditions in terms of 2.4 above   
      2.5.2.    oblige Investec to advance any further part of the Principal Debt to the borrower if the advance was of a part of the Principal Debt only, or   
      2.5.3.    prejudice Investec’s rights under or in relation to any Finance Document   
2.6.       If Investec calls for fulfilment in terms of 2.4 after making any such advance in terms of 2.5 and the special conditions are not fulfilled within the stipulated 5 Business Day period, Investec has the right (without prejudice to any other right) by written notice to require the borrower immediately to repay the advance in question, and the borrower will comply with that notice immediately on receipt thereof   
3       The loan   
3 1       Investec agrees to lend the Principal Debt to the borrower and the borrower agrees to borrow the Principal Debt from Investec subject to the terms of this Agreement   
3 2       The borrower will use the loan solely for the purpose set out in 4 below. The borrower will not use the loan for any other purpose without Investec’s prior written consent.   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   4 of 8  


4       Utilisation of Principal Debt   
      The borrower is obliged to utilise the Principal Debt as follows and for no other purpose   
      4.1.1    R75,000,000.00 (Seventy Five Million Rand) for use by the borrower in its discretion.   
      4.1.2    R855,000.00 (Eight hundred And Fifty Five Thousand Rand) for fees costs and disbursements owing to Investec in terms of this agreement.   
5       Advance of Principal Debt   
5.1       Subject to 2.5 and 4 above, Investec will advance the Principal Debt (or any part thereof) to the borrower on fulfilment of the special conditions stipulated in 2 as follows   
      5.1.1    by way of guarantee to any other third party specified by the borrower or its authorised agent (“ Guaranteed Party ”) subject to 5.2 below. For the purposes of this clause, the entire amount guaranteed shall be deemed to have been advanced; and/or   
      5.1.2    after Investec receives a draw-down notice from the borrower acceptable to Investec; and/or   
      5.1.3    by way of set off against the borrower’s obligations to Investec or any third party under any existing Loan Agreement specified in 4 above and/or in respect of fees payable by the borrower in terms of this Agreement and/or   
      5.1.4    by electronic transfer and/or direct deposit into a bank account nominated in writing by the borrower or its authorised agent   
5.2       Investec may, in its sole discretion and subject to such terms as Investec may agree issue a guarantee in favour of the Guaranteed Party in respect of all or certain of the borrower’s obligations to the Guaranteed Party from time to time. If Investec issues a guarantee to a Guaranteed Party, then Investec will not be obliged to advance that part of the Principal Debt equal to the amount guaranteed. Without limiting this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt 35 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Indemnity ) applies in respect of any loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and/or claims whatsoever and howsoever arising from or connected with the guarantee contemplated in this clause   
5.3       The borrower agrees that when Investec has advanced (or is deemed to have advanced) the Principal Debt in accordance with this 5 Investec will have fully discharged its obligations to the borrower in terms of this Agreement   
5.4       Investec may, in its sole discretion, agree to re-advance any amount comprising the Capital which it has previously advanced and which the borrower has repaid during the term of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt   
      5.4.1    any amount so re-advanced forms part of the Principal Debt with effect from the date of that re-advance and will be governed by the terms of this Agreement (including as to the accrual of interest); and   
      5.4.2    for the purposes of this 5.4 Capital does not included VAT payments, interest roll-up payments or payments of capitalised fees as specified in 9 (Fees.)   
6       Duration of loan   
6.1       This loan will begin on the Commencement Date and endure for 60 months thereafter subject to the provisions of 4 ( Default ), 11 ( Increased costs ) and 16 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions   
7       Interest   
7.1       Subject to 13 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Interest on overdue amounts ) the Principal Debt outstanding will bear interest at the Investec Prime Rate minus 0.50% subject to any variation provided for in this Agreement with effect from the Commencement Date (“Applicable Interest Rate”). Interest will accrue daily be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded monthly in arrears   
7.2       Any variation in the Applicable Interest Rate due to a variation in the Base Rate will be effective from the date of the variation of the Base Rate   

 

 

   

LOGO

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   5 of 8  


7.3.       Investec will give the borrower written notice of the variation in the Base Rate, provided that if the Act applies. Investec will give the borrower not less than 30 Business Days written notice after the variation in the Base Rate   
7.4       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Investec and the borrower may agree that subject to 14 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Conversion of the Applicable Interest Rate ), the Principal Debt or a portion of the Principal Debt will bear interest at a fixed rate that Investec and the borrower agree in writing before Investec advances to the borrower the Principal Debt or any part thereof That interest rate will apply with effect from the agreed date until expiry of the agreed fixed rate period. Interest will accrue daily, be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded on the last day of each month. Investec is under no obligation whatsoever to agree to a fixed rate of interest. In particular, the availability of a fixed interest rate and the amount of any fixed interest rate is subject to prevailing market conditions and to the availability of appropriate matched funding that Investec may seek to obtain. On expiry of the fixed rate period or if the parties do not agree on the fixed interest rate before the time stipulated for the first advance contemplated in 4 ( Utilisation of Principal Debt ), the interest rate will be the Applicable Interest Rate   
8.       Repayments and early repayment   
8.1.       Payment plan : The Borrower will repay the Total Amount to Investec as follows:   

 

Number of Instalments

   Estimated Amount of
each Instalment
 

60

     1,822,427.62   

 

8.2.       Unless otherwise agreed, the borrower will commence paying its instalments on the first day of the month after the month in which the Commencement Date falls and thereafter will pay instalments on the first day of each succeeding month until the borrower has repaid the Total Amount in full    LOGO

 

8.3.

     

 

Subject to the provisions of the Act (if applicable), the borrower may anticipate the due date for payment of the Capital or any part of it in accordance with 16 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ).

  

 

9

     

 

Fees

  

 

9.1

     

 

The borrower shall pay to Investec the following fees (if the Act applies, to the extent that the Act permits)

  
     

 

9.1.1.

  

 

a non-refundable raising fee for arranging the Capital, in the amount of R855,000.00 (inclusive of VAT), payable on the Commencement Date:

  
     

 

Investec will, capitalise the fees referred to in this clause 9, and thereby include those fees in the Principal Debt advanced under the Agreement.

  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   6 of 8  


SIGNED at SANDTON on the 18 day of AUGUST 2008.

 

LOGO  
For and on behalf of the borrower and warranting authority

 

AS WITNESS      
1.  

CORNELIA FAIRIE

     LOGO   
  Full names      Signature   
2.  

JOHNNE HOLMES

     LOGO   
  Full names      Signature   

SIGNED at Sandton on the 22 day of September 2008.

 

signature  
For and on behalf of the borrower and warranting authority

 

AS WITNESS      
1.  

WILLIAM T. SHABALALA

    

add signature

  
  Full names      Signature   
2.  

WILBAFORCE JAMELA

    

add signature

  
  Full names      Signature   

 

 

Investec Private Bank a division of Investec Bank Limited registration number NCRCP9. Investec Private Bank is committed to the Code of Banking Practice as regulated by the Ombudsman for Banking Services Copies of the Code and the Ombudsman’s details are available on request or visit www.investecprivatebank.co.za. An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   7 of 8  


Annexure A

Consumer Notice

 

This Consumer Notice applies if the Agreement is subject to the National Credit Act, and sets out certain prescribed information in terms of the regulations to the Act  
Dispute Resolution  
1   The Consumer may  
  1.1.   resolve a complaint by way of alternative dispute resolution in terms of the Act;  
  1.2.   apply to a debt counsellor for assessment and debt review in terms of Section 86 of the Act, pursuant to which  
    1.2.1. the debt counsellor may make an appropriate proposal to the Consumer and Investec regarding (among other things)  
      1.2.1.1. a re-arrangement or re-calculation of the total amount outstanding under the Agreement (“total amount”)  
      1.2.1.2. a postponement of the Consumer’s obligations to repay the total amount, and  
      1.2.1.3. an extension of the term of the Agreement  
    1.2.2. the Consumer may be found to be over-indebted, in which case the debt counsellor may make an appropriate recommendation to the relevant Magistrate’s Court regarding (amongst other things) whether the Agreement constitutes reckless credit for the purposes of the Act;  
  1.3.   file a compliant with the national credit regulator established in terms of the Act (“ National Credit Regulator ”);  
  1.4.   file a complaint with the national Consumer tribunal established in terms of the Act (“ Tribunal ”);  
  1.5.   during office hours and upon reasonable, written request to Investec, access any of its personal information which is held by Investec.  
2.   The contact details of  
  2.1.1.   the National Credit Regulator are as follows  
    - PO Box 2694 Houghton 2041  
    - Tel 011 554 2600 or 0860 627 627  
    - Fax 011 484 6122  
  2.1.2.   the Tribunal are as follows  
    - Private Bag x 110 Centurion 0046  
    Tel 012 663 5615  
    - Fax: 012 663 5693  
  2.1.3.   the Ombudsman for Banking Services are as follows  
    - PO Box 5728 Johannesburg 2000  
    - Tel: 011 838 0035 / 0860 800 900  
    - Fax: 011 838 0043  
Disclosure of information and Credit Bureaux  
3   The Consumer confirms that Investec may  
  3.1.   disclose information in respect of  
    3.1.1. the Consumer’s application opening and termination of an account with Investec and any non-compliance with the Agreement to  
      3.1.1.1. any credit bureau, the contact details of which are set out below, and  
      3.1.1.2. any third part to the extent permitted or required by the Act or any other law, and  
  3.2.   request a credit profile or a credit score on the credit worthiness of the Consumer from any credit bureau, and  
  3.3   disclose information relating to the Consumer to any debt counsellor in accordance with the Act  
4   The Consumer may  
  4.1   contact the credit bureau  
  4.2   request its credit record and  
  4.3.   correct any inaccurate information in relation to its credit record  
5.   The contact details of the credit bureaux to which Investec provides credit information are as follows  
  5.1.1   TransUnion ITC  
    - PO Box 4522 Johannesburg, 2000  
    - Tel 011 214 6000  
  5.1.2   Kredit Inform  
    - 15 Philips Street Ferndale Randbury 2194  
    - Tel 011 777 2700  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   8 of 8  


 

LOGO

 

Annexure -    Annexure A     
standard terms and conditions        
   Client no.    : 241824  
   Contract no.    : 002  

 

1.   Definitions  
1.1.   In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:  
  1.1.1.   “Act” means the National Credit Act 2005, and any regulations or notices promulgated in terms thereof.  
  1.1.2.   “Agreement” means the agreement comprised of the Loan Document, the Loan Summary, these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document), any annexure or schedule to such documents, and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond/s (if applicable);  
  1.1.3.   “Applicable Interest Rate” means the variable interest rate stipulated in 7.1 of the Loan Document (Interest) ;  
  1.1.4.   “Base Rate” means the variable rate of interest stipulated in clause 7.1 of the Loan Document (Interest) to which the interest rate on the Principal Debt is linked;  
  1.1.5.   “borrower” means the party stipulated on page 1 of the Loan Document;  
  1.1.6.   “Bond” means any bond, including a mortgage bond or notarial bond in respect of any Security registered or to be registered in favour of Investec as specified in 2 of the Loan Document (Special Conditions) ;  
  1.1.7.   “Break Costs” means all reasonable market-related costs which Investec incurs in connection with the assessment, preparation, arrangement and termination of the loan., and the conversion of interest rates in terms of the loan, including a fixed rate penalty associated with the conversion of a fixed interest rate to a floating interest rate, legal costs associated with drafting any Finance Documents and registering any security (including any Bond), and any break (or similar) costs, and/or costs in connection with the valuation, cancellation or realisation of any Security, which Investec incure pursuant to any event giving rise to Investec’s right to claim Break Costs from the borrower;   LOGO
  1.1.8.   “Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in South Africa, on which commercial banks are open for business in South Africa;  
  1.1.9.   “Capital” means that amount specified in 1.4 of the Loan Document;  
  1.1.10.   “Commencement Date” means the date on which Investec first advances the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or issues a guarantee, to or on behalf of the borrower;  
  1.1.11   “Control” means:  
    1.11.1.1.    the beneficial ownership or Control (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the fully diluted voting share capital of the relevant person; and/or  
    1.11.1.2    the ability to direct the casting of more than 50% of the fully diluted votes exercisable at general meeting of the relevant person on all, or substantially all, matters; and/or  
    1.11.1.3.    the right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant person holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board of directors (or other principal management body) on all, or substantially all, matters.  
    and Control and Controlled shall be construed accordingly.  
  1.1.12   “Credit Bureau” means a person registered as such in terms of section 43(1) of the Act”;  
  1.1.13.   “Credit Limit” means, where applicable, an amount equal to the Capital, which limit may, at the specific instance of the borrower, be automatically increased from time to time, in accordance with section 119 of the Act (to the extent the Act applies).  
  1.1.14   “Early Termination Amount” means the amounts payable by the borrower to Investec pursuant to an early termination of this Agreement in terms of 16. (Early payment and early termination by the borrower) ;   LOGO
  1.1.15.   “Encumbrance” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, cession or assignment by way of security, hypothecation, security interest, lease servitude or any other agreement, arrangement or encumbrance, including a guarantee, having the effect of conferring security or imposing an encumbrance, whether relating to existing or future assets and whether those assets are inside or outside South Africa;  
  1.1.16.   “Event of Default” means an event of default contemplated in 4 (Default) .  
  1.1.17   “FICA” means the Financial Intelligence Centre Act 2001  
  1.1.18   “Finance Document” means the Agreement and any other document, security or agreement that the borrower or any third party is to execute in connection with the Agreement, as contemplated in the Agreement, including the Bond and any other document Encumbering the Security.  
  1.1.19   “Group” means the borrower and the borrower’s holding company. Subsidiaries and associated companies (if any). For the purposes of this definition “associated companies” means any company which is associated with the borrower by reason of the fact that such company is managed or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by substantially the same persons as the borrower  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   1 of 16  


  1.1.20   “Initiation Fee” means the amount stipulated as such in 9 of the Loan Document (Fees)  
  1.1.21   “Insurance” means the policy or policies of insurance referred to in 19 (Insurance) .  
  1.1.22   “Investec” means Investec Bank Limited (Registration No 1969/0047631/06).  
  1.1.23   “JIBAR” means the one month JIBAR (Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate) as quoted at 11 o’clock on such convenient date as may from time to time be determined by invested (“ Reset Date ”) by the South African Futures Exchange (“ SAFEX ”), converted into a rate per year (nominal annual compounded monthly in arrear on the basis of a 365-day year). If SAFEX declines or fails for any reason to quote the one month JIBAR, then “JIBAR” means the arithmetic mean of the mid-market deposit rate for deposits in South African Rand for a period of one month quoted by Investec, the Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and Nedbank Limited in the Johannesburg Interbank Market at 11 o’clock on the Reset Date of that month. (In either event, as certified as such by any director or manager of Investec whose appointment need not be proved):  
  1.1.24   “Loan Document” means the loan document to which these Standard Terms and Conditions are attached as Annexure A and which forms part of the Agreement.  
  1.1.25   “Material Adverse Effect” means a change in an event, circumstance or matter existing at the Signature Date which in Investec’s reasonable opinion has or may have a material adverse effect on:  
    1.1.25.1    the business, operations properties assets or financial condition of the borrower or any guarantor or surety of the borrower’s obligations to Investec.  
    1.1.25.2    the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document:  
    1.1.25.3    any right or remedy of Investec in respect of any Finance Document:  
    1.1.25.4    the ability of the borrower or any third party to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document or  
    1.1.25.5    the ability of the borrower to comply with any law  
  1.1.26   “Potential Event of Default” means any event or the existence of any circumstance which would or (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) could, if not remedied or altered bring about an Event of Default;  
  1.1.27   “Prime Rate” means the quoted rate of interest (expressed as a percentage rate per year, calculated daily and compounded monthly in arrear) levied by Investec in South Africa from time to time, as evidenced by a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec (whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove). Any such certificate will be final and binding on the parties:  
  1.1.28   “Principal Debt” means the Capital plus the amount of any fee, charge premium or interest recoverable by Investec in terms of the Act (to the extent that the Act applies) or in terms of the provisions of this Agreement or at law, and in circumstances where the borrower makes use of the Drawdown Facility provided for in the Agreement any amounts accessed by the borrower in terms thereof will be deemed to be included in the Principal Debt and this Agreement will be automatically amended accordingly, provided that over the duration of the Agreement, the Principal Debt will not exceed the Credit Limit (if any)  
  1.1.29   “Loan Summary” means the summary furnished to the borrower and attached to this Agreement as an annexure, which constitutes the Quotation required to be furnished by Investec in terms of the Act, to the extent that the Act applies;  
  1.1.30   “Security” means the security that the borrower and/or any third party has provided or will provide in favour of Investec in terms of clause 2 of the Loan Document ( Special Conditions ) , which Security may be charged or otherwise Encumbered to satisfy the borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any other obligations of the borrower to Investec as set out in that Security.  
  1.1.31   “Service Fee” means the amount stipulated as such in 9 of the Loan Document ( Fees ) which may be charged as a service fee by Investec to the borrower (subject to the Act to the extent that the Act applies).  
  1.1.32   “Signature Date” means the date of signature of the Agreement by the borrower  
  1.1.33   “Standard Terms and Conditions” means the terms and conditions contained in this document as amended from time to time.  
  1.1.34   “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary company within the meaning of section 1(3) of the Companies Act 1973.  
  1.1.35   “Taxes” means all present and future taxes (including capital gains tax) levies, imposts, duties (including transfer duties), stamp duties, charges, fees (including license fees), deductions and withholdings and any penalties thereon imposed or required by any governmental fiscal or other authority and “Tax” and “Taxation” will be construed accordingly  
  1.1.36   “Total Amount” means any amount payable by the borrower to Investec in terms of the Agreement at the relevant time whether capitalised or not, including Capital interest to the date of calculation penalty interest costs including (to the extent applicable) Break Costs , arrears. Taxes, any fee, the Service Fee, VAT (to the extent applicable), and any default administration costs, collection costs and/or any other amounts to which Investec is entitled as a result of a breach by the borrower of the Agreement.   LOGO
  1.1.37   “VAT” means value-added tax at the applicable rate in terms of the VAT Act 1991, and  
  1.1.38   “ZAR”, “Rand” and “R” mean the lawful currency of South Africa at the relevant time  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   2 of 16  


1.2   Any reference in the Agreement to “person” will be construed as a reference to any person, firm or trust, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership, whether or not having separate legal personality, or two or more of the foregoing  
1.3   Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference to “include” or “including” means “include without limitation” or “including without limitation”, as the case may be.  
1.4   Words importing the singular will include the plural and vice versa, and words importing any gender will include the other genders  
1.5   The head notes to the paragraphs to the Agreement are inserted for reference purposes only and do not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions to which they relate  
1.6   The Agreement is binding on and enforceable by the successors-in-title, authorized representatives, permitted assigns or liquidators of the parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed this Agreement in the first instance, and reference to any party includes that party’s authorised representatives, permitted assigns or liquidators, as the case may be  
1.7   If any provision in this 1 is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, then notwithstanding that such provision is contained in this 1, effect will be given thereto as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.  
1.8   Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in the Agreement, the term so defined will, unless it appears clearly from the clause in question that the term has limited application to the relevant clause, bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of the Agreement, notwithstanding that the term has not been defined in this 1  
1.9   When the Agreement prescribes any number of Business Days, they will be reckoned inclusive of the first and exclusively of the last Business Day  
1.10   If the day for the performance of any obligation in terms of the Agreement falls on a day which is not a Business Day, then that obligation will be performed on the immediately following Business Day. If the obligation in question relates to the payment of any amount, interest will accrue on that amount at the then-applicable rate for the additional period.  
1.11   Expressions defined in the Agreement bear the same meanings in any schedule or appendices which do not contain their own definitions.  
1.12   Any reference in the Agreement to legislation or subordinate legislation is to that legislation or subordinate legislation at the Signature Date and as amended, substituted and/or re-enacted from time to time.  
1.13   The rule of interpretation that a contract will be interpreted against the party responsible for drafting or preparing the contract does not apply  
2.   No Deductions  
  Except to the extent that the Act provides otherwise (if the Act applies)  
2.1   the borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in full, free of any exchange commissions or bank charges, without any set-off or counterclaim and free from any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes, and  
2.2   If Investec is obliged to pay any withholding or other Tax on any amount in receives from the borrower (other than Tax on Investec’s overall income), that Tax will be for the borrower’s account, and the borrower will refund that amount to investec immediately on demand.  
3.   Payments  
3.1   The borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in Rand unless otherwise agreed in writing  
3.2   Subject to 3.3, the borrower will make all payments on the due date into such account as Investec may specify to the borrower  
3.3   The borrower hereby authorizes investec to recover any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable.  
  3.3.1   by way of debit order from the bank account/s of the borrower or a third party in the name of the borrower or that third party that the borrower or third party (as the case may be) may specify to Investec in writing from time to time; and/or  
  3.3.2   by way of automated clearing bureau (in which event no voucher will be provided to the borrower but details of each debit will be reflected on the borrower’s bank statement), electronic funds transfer or post dated cheque  
3.4   The borrower undertakes to co-operate and comply with any directions that Investec issues with respect to the payments in 3.3  
3.5   Subject to the Act (to the extent that the Act applies), nothing in this Agreement restricts Investec’s common law right to set off any amounts standing to the credit of any of the borrower’s accounts in Investec’s books from any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable  
4.   Default  
4.1   An Event of Default occurs if  
  4.1.1   any of the events in 4.3 below occurs, and  
  4.1.2   in the opinion of Investec the event in question is  
    4.1.2.1    incapable of remedy or arises during or after Investec has called for the fulfillment of any of the special conditions in terms of 2 of the Loan Document (Special conditions) , or  
    4.1.2.2    capable of remedy and occurs before invested has called for the fulfillment of any  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   3 of 16  


      special conditions, and the borrower fails to remedy or procure the remedy of that breach within 5 Business Days of written notice thereof (or such longer period as Investec may consider necessary in the circumstances), provided that if more that one event occurs within a period of 100 Business Days after the first of them, then the second and each subsequent event is deemed to be incapable of remedy and the notice period contemplated in this 4.1.2.2 will accordingly not apply.  
4.2   For the purposes of this 4, if the Act applies, an event as contemplated in 4.3.2 to 4.3.17 shall, if it occurs, give rise to a dispute between the borrower and Investec for the purposes of 4.5.1 and section 129 of the Act.  
4.3   The Events of Default, each of which is severable and distinct from the others, are the following, namely.  
  4.3.1   the borrower or any third party fails to pay in full any amount payable to Investec on the due date for payment in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document or any other agreement, or the terms governing the payment of any such amount. For the avoidance of doubt the relevant arrears amount may include any residual payable in respect of the loan.  
  4.3.2   the borrower or any third party breaches any term or condition of any Finance Document or any other agreement between Investec and the borrower and/or that third party (all of which are deemed to be material);  
  4.3.3   a court judgement is granted against the borrower and either that judgement remains unsatisfied within 15 Business Days of it being given, or the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission or to note an appeal within that time, or (in Investec’s unfettered opinion) fails to proceed diligently with that rescission or appeal or, having applied for its rescission or noted an appeal, fails (in Investec’s unfettered opinion) diligently to pursue it or to obtain it within a reasonable time;  
  4.3.4   the borrower commits an act which would be an act of insolvency as defined in the Insolvency Act 1936 if it were a natural person;  
  4.3.5   the borrower enters into any compromise, composition or arrangement with all or any class of its creditors, or attempts to do so;  
  4.3.6   if the borrower is a company:  
    4.3.6.1   the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act 1973 in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application, whichever alternative occurs earlier.  
    4.3.6.2   its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution to wind-up the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act 1973;  
    4.3.6.3   it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, liquidated or placed under judicial management or curatorship;  
    4.3.6.4   it sustains a change of shareholders (whether as a result of the transfer of shares, the allotment of shares or otherwise) so that Control of the borrower vests in persons other than the borrower’s controlling shareholders as at the Signature Date; provided that this shall not apply where the borrower is a company listed on any recognised stock exchange.  
    4.3.6.5   its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, or the directors or members of any of its Subsidiaries propose, or the members of any of its Subsidiaries pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution in terms of which the borrower or its Subsidiary may acquire any shares issued by the borrower;  
    4.3.6.6   it or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise acquire any share issued by it;  
    4.3.6.7   its directors or members propose or its directors or members pass or attempt to pass, any resolution in terms of which the borrower may  
      4.3.6.7.1   effect a reduction of its capital in any way whatsoever, or  
      4.3.6.7.2   make any payment or distribution to its shareholders (other than by way of a dividend duly declared and paid from profits available for that purpose) without obtaining Investec’s prior written consent  
  4.3.7   if the borrowers is a close corporation  
    4.3.7.1   the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act 1973 (read with section 66 of the Close Corporations Act 1984) in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application whichever alternative occurs earlier,  
    4.3.7.2   its members propose, pass or attempt to pass a resolution to windup the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act 1973 (read with section 67 of the Close Corporation Act 1984);  
    4.3.7.3   it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, or liquidated; or  
    4.3.7.4   if sustains a change of members (whether as a result of the transfer or disposition of members’ interest or the issue or restructuring of the members’ interests) so that Control of the borrower is vested in persons other than the borrower’s controlling members as at the Signature Date   LOGO

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   4 of 16  


  4.3.8   if the borrower is a natural person or partnership, it dies or is dissolved (as the case may be), or is provisionally or finally sequestrated,  
  4.3.9   if the borrower is a trust, it is discharged, varied, revoked or wound-up,  
  4.3.10   the borrower sells or attempts to sell the whole or a major part of its assets,  
  4.3.11   any representation, warranty or statement by the borrower to Investec is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to have been made,  
  4.3.12   the borrower is rated as a result of a change in circumstances at any time after the Signature Date which rating results (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) in an increase in the level of credit risk with regard to the borrower’s obligations under the Agreement  
  4.3.13   the borrower generally does anything which prejudices or could prejudice Investec’s rights or interests in terms of any Finance Document;  
  4.3.14   any assets of the borrower are attached under writ of execution and the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission, or (in Investec’s unfettered opinion) fails to proceed diligently with such rescission, or having applied for its rescission fails to obtain it within a time that Investec (in its sole discretion) considers reasonable;  
  4.3.15   the borrower ceases to carry on business;  
  4.3.16   the borrower is arrested on suspicion of a failure to comply with any law; or  
  4.3.17   any other event or series of events or any circumstances including, without limitation, any change, occurs which, individually or collectively, may (in the unfettered opinion of Investec) give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.  
4 4   For the purposes of this clause 4, reference to the borrower is deemed also to be a reference to any surety or guarantor for, and/or co-principal debtor with, the borrower in respect of its obligations under the Agreement. Accordingly, if any of the Events of Default contemplated above occurs (subject to the necessary alterations) in respect of such a surety, guarantor and/or co-principal debtor, it shall be an Event of Default for the purposes of the Agreement.  

 

4.5 .

 

 

If an Event of Default occurs and the Act applies, Investec:

  LOGO
 

 

4.5.1.

 

 

may propose that the borrower refers the Agreement to a debt counsellor, alternative dispute resolution agent, consumer court or embud with jurisdiction, with the intent that Investec and the borrower resolve any dispute under the agreement or develop and agree on a plan to bring the payments under the Agreement up to date; and

 
 

 

4.5.2.

 

 

subject to the Act, may commence legal proceedings to enforce the Agreement after (i) providing the notice referred to in 4.5.1 or terminating the review in terms of section 86(10) of the Act (as the case may be); and (ii) meeting any further requirements set out in section 130 of the Act .

 

 

4.6.

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default then, without prejudice to any other rights which may thereupon be available to it and subject to 4.5., Investec has the right to

 
 

 

4.6.1.

 

 

terminate the Agreement or enforce compliance with the Agreement and claim such reasonable damages as it may have suffered as the result of the Event of Default including any collection costs, default administration charges and any other reasonable amounts incurred by Investec as a result of the borrower’s breach in terms of the Agreement;

 
 

 

4.6.2.

 

 

pay any amounts on behalf of the borrower and to do all such things as Investec may consider necessary to protect its interest, and to have recourse against the borrower for all those amounts paid or things done, together with interest thereon as provided in 13 (Interest on overdue amounts) ;

 
 

 

4.6.3.

 

 

demand that the borrower pay to Investec all amounts for which Investec may be contingently liable in respect of any guarantee, suretyship, bill of exchange or other instrument issued, signed, endorsed, avalised or the like by Investec at the instance, or on behalf, of the borrower, and the borrower will immediately comply with that demand;

 
 

 

4.6.4.

 

 

withhold any further advances of the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or any other amount, to the borrower, and (if the Agreement is a credit facility in terms of the Act) suspend the credit facility without notice and/or close the credit facility by written notice to the borrower at least 10 Business Days before the credit facility will be closed;

 
 

 

4.6.5.

 

 

to the extent it is able to do so revoke or otherwise withdraw any guarantee it has issued in favour of any third party to secure the obligations of the borrower; and/or

 
 

 

4.6.6.

 

 

(to the extent lawful and in the manner required by law) to realise any Security

 

 

4 7

 

 

If an Event of Default occurs the Total Amount shall, without any further action by either party, be immediately due and payable.

 

 

5.

 

 

Representations and warranties

 

 

5.1

 

 

Each warranty and representation is a separate warranty or representation and is in no way limited to or restricted by reference to or by inference from the terms of any other warranty or representation or by any words of the Agreement

 

 

5.2

 

 

The borrower acknowledges that it is aware that Investec has entered into the Agreement on the strength of the warranties and representations set out in the Agreement

 

 

5 3

 

 

The rights and remedies of Investec in respect of any misrepresentation or breach of warranty on the part of the borrower will not be prejudiced or affected by any investigation of the borrower or any other person by or on behalf of Investec or any other act or matter which, but for this provision, would or might prejudice or affect any such rights or remedies

 

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   5 of 16  


5.4   The borrower represents and warrants to Investec from and after the Signature Date, so that those representations and warranties shall be deemed to apply at all times so long as any amount remains actually or contingently owing to Investec under any Finance Document that:  
  Material interest  
  5.4.1   it has a material interest in entering into this Agreement and the Finance Documents  
  Foreign exchange  
  5.4.2   the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of Exchange Control Regulations 3(i)(e) and (f), or any similar regulations promulgated from time to time.  
  The borrower and authority  
  5.4.3   if the borrower is a company or close corporation, it is a limited liability company or close corporation (as the case may be) duly constituted, incorporated and registered, and validly existing under the laws of South Africa, and has the power and authority to own its property and assets and carry on business;  
  5.4.4   the borrower and any applicable third party (except Investec) has full power and authority (including pursuant to all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action) to enter into and perform in terms of any Finance Document, and that power and authority is not subject to attack or to be set aside for any reason;  
  5.4.5   the borrower and any applicable third party (except Investec) is not prohibited in terms of its memorandum and/or articles of association (if it is a company) or otherwise in terms of any founding document, deed, constitution or agreement from entering into any Finance Document;  
  5.4.6   the Agreement and any other Finance Document will, when executed, constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations on the borrower and any applicable third party (except Investec), enforceable in accordance with their terms;  
  5.4.7   all persons acting on behalf of the borrower and any applicable third party (except Investec) in respect of its entry into any Finance Document and the fulfilment, and performance of its obligations under any Finance Document, have been properly and duly authorized so to act on behalf of the borrower (and that third party);  
  Financial statements  
  5.4.8   to the extent that financial statements are prepared in respect of the borrower and/or the Group all annual and interim financial statements of the borrower and/or the Group will be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles and reporting standards that apply to the borrower, and the Companies Act 1973 and/or any other applicable legislation, or their equivalent in any other applicable jurisdiction;  
  Solvency  
  5.4.9   to the best of its knowledge and belief it is not aware of the existence of any factor or circumstance which may impair the borrower’s ability to repay any part of the Total Amount;  
  5.4.10   no steps have been taken and the borrower is not aware of any steps threatened or of any facts which are likely to give rise to steps being taken in respect of the borrower or any applicable third party (except Investec), in terms of sections 73, 311, 346, 349 or 351 of the Companies Act 1973 (if the borrower/third party is a company or close corporation) or sections 3 or 9 of the Insolvency Act 1936, or any other relevant or applicable provision of any law of South Africa, or any corresponding or analogous provision of legislation in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, the borrower/third party has not taken any action, nor have any steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against it, for its liquidation, winding-up or deregistration, the enforcement of any Encumbrance over its assets, or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, trustee, curator, judicial manager or similar officer of it or of any of its assets, nor has anything analogous to any of the foregoing occurred in any applicable jurisdiction.  
  Default  
  5.4.11   no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing to occur and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default will occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under the Agreement;  
  5.4.12   the borrower and any surety, guarantor, pledgor or mortgagor in terms of any Finance Document is not in default in respect of any material obligation relating to any borrowed money;  
  5.4.13   the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement does not violate, breach or conflict with any law, court order, judgment or contractual obligation binding on or affecting the borrower or any of its assets  
  Tax  
  5.4.14   the borrower has paid all Taxes due by it by the due date for payment of the relevant Taxes;   LOGO
  5.4.15   the borrower is not liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax;  
  5.4.16   the borrower is not subject to any liability as a result of the re opening of any Tax assessment;  
  Regulatory  
  5.4.17   the borrower and all applicable third parties (except Investec) have obtained and are complying with all consents, authorisations, licenses, certificates and approvals required for the due execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document and they have all taken all action and filed all notices and other documents with all competent authorities and regulatory bodies necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document.  

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   6 of 16  


   Litigation and disputes   
   5 4 18    save as previously disclosed to Investec in writing, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or to the borrower’s knowledge, pending or threatened which, if adversely determined, are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.   
   5 4 19    no material dispute with any statutory or governmental authority is current or pending or to the borrower’s knowledge threatened against it or any of its assets.   
   Contracts   
   5 4 20    save as disclosed to Investec in writing before the Signature Date, and other than the transactions envisaged in the Finance Documents, the borrower is not party to any contract, transaction, arrangement or liability which involves or is likely to involve obligations or liabilities which by reason of their nature or magnitude, ought reasonably to be made known to any intending provider of finance.   
   Disclosures   
   5 4 21    the disclosures (if any) made by the borrower in writing to Investec in respect of the warranties are accurate and complete and reflect all material off-balance sheet liabilities of the borrower, including commitments and obligations under leases of movables and foreign exchange liabilities and losses as at the date of such disclosure.   
   5.4.22    all information in respect of the warranties and representations and all of the warranties and representations given by the borrower to Investec relating to the business, activities, affairs, assets or liabilities of the borrower were when given, and as at each day thereafter until such time as the borrower ceases to be actually or contingently indebted to Investec under the Agreement, accurate and comprehensive in all material respects.   
   5 4 23    all information supplied by the borrower to Investec in contemplation or for the purpose of the Agreement was, to the best of the borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made all reasonable enquiries), true and accurate in all respects as at the date of supply and not misleading, and such information does not omit anything, nor since the date of such information has anything occurred, which renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect, and all projections and statements of belief and opinion given by the borrower to Investec were made honestly and in good faith after due and careful enquiry and remain valid.   
   5 4 24    there are no material facts or circumstances in respect of the borrower or any applicable third parties (except Investec) or the Group, or the borrower/third party’s or Group’s affairs, business and operations which the borrower has not fully and fairly disclosed in writing to Investec, or which, if disclosed, would be likely to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether to enter into this Agreement.   
   Laws   
   5 4 25    the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of any law   
   Companies Act   
   5 4 26    the granting of the loan will not in any way cause Investec to contravene or to assist or otherwise be involved in the contravention of section 38 of the Companies Act 1973;   
   5 4 27    the borrower has to the extent necessary in respect of the loan, complied, and procured the compliance by all relevant third parties, with section 226 of the Companies Act 1973; and   
   5 4 28    the borrower or any applicable third party (except Investec) has not been arrested on suspicion of a failure to comply with any law.   
6.   

Financial statements

  
   To the extent that the borrower is required by law to prepare financial statements in respect of its affairs the borrower will, for the duration of the Agreement deliver to Investec   
6.1.   

on demand copies of those statements and such additional financial information as Investec may reasonably require during the term of the Agreement; and

  
6.2.   

to the extent applicable copies of the unaudited and/or audited financial statements of each member of its Group within 6 calendar months after those companies’ financial year-ends.

   LOGO

 

7.

  

 

Maintenance of Security

  
  

 

The borrower will timeously pay or procure the timeous payment of all Taxes, charges, costs, insurance premiums and other amounts that become due in connection with this Agreement and/or the Security

  

 

8.

  

 

Covenants

  
   From and after the Signature Date and so long as the borrower or any third party has any liability to Investec under any Finance Document, the borrower   
8.1    undertakes that obligations and liability under each Finance Document: will at all times rank save in respect or statutory preferential debts, at least equally or higher than all its present and future unsecured indebtedness   
8.2    will not create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance upon the Security the whole or any part of its present or future property, revenues or assets in excess of the amount of the borrower’s liability to Investec, without Investec’s prior written consent, save for any Encumbrance   
   8.2.1.    arising solely by operation of law in the ordinary course of the borrower’s business in respect of indebtedness (i) which shall be discharged within 30 Business Days of it so arising or (ii) which is in Investec’s sole opinion being contested in good faith and by appropriate means.   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   7 of 16  


   8 2 2    arising out of title retention provisions in a supplier’s standard conditions of supply or   
   8 2 3    in respect of cash cover deposited with Investec pursuant to the loan.   
8 3    will not, without Investec’s prior written consent (which Investec may not unreasonably withhold or delay), factor, sell, assign, discount otherwise dispose of any book or other debts, claims or securities for money up to the amount of the borrower’s liability to Investec.   
8 4    will immediately upon becoming aware of it, inform Investec of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, and of any steps it has taken or proposes to take to remedy or mitigate the effect of any such event.   
8.5    will comply with all laws and regulations existing in the jurisdiction where the Security is situated   
8.6    will procure that whenever Investec asks questions relating to the Agreement, the borrower’s employees officials, authorised agents and directors will verify that the proceeds and use of the amounts advanced under the Agreement are in fact in accordance with the normal ambit of business transactions conducive to the borrower’s business, and will give such assistance in their reply to those questions to allow Investec to discharge fully its obligations in terms of FICA; and   
8.7.    will procure that all consents, licenses, approvals authorisations and exemptions, if any, as the borrower or any third party may require under any applicable law, or for the continued due performance of the borrower’s obligations, pursuant to the loan or that third party’s obligations pursuant to any Finance Document or the Security, as the case may be are obtained and maintained in full force and effect.   
9.    No obligation to advance
   Notwithstanding any other term of the Agreement, Investec is not obliged to advance the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or any other amount if an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or a Potential Event of Default has arisen, or if any special condition stipulated in 2 of the Loan Document ( Special conditions ) has not been fulfilled.   
10    Statement of account
10 1    If the Act applies:   
   10 1 1    and unless Investec and the borrower agree a longer period, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower monthly, and    LOGO
  

 

10 1 2

  

 

Investec will deliver all statements of account to the borrower in the manner chosen by the borrower in its application for the loan or as it otherwise nominates to Investec in writing for delivery of documents from the options available in terms of the Act.

  

 

10 2

  

 

If the Act does not apply, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower in accordance with its normal practice

  

 

11.

  

 

Increased costs

  

 

11.1

  

 

If at any time or times during the term of the Agreement, and (if the Act applies) only to the extent that the Act permits

  
   11 1 1    any new law, ruling or regulation is promulgated given or adopted;   
   11 1 2    there are any changes in any departmental practice of any relevant monetary or fiscal authority;   
   11 1 3    there is any change in banking practice as it applies to Investec;   
   11 1 4    there is any compliance by Investec with any directive or request whether or not having the force of law from any monetary or fiscal authority;   
   11 1 5    there is any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of any law, regulation, directive or official request, including the Income Tax Act 1962, Banks Act 1990, or any regulations made in terms thereof;   
   11 1 6    Investec is required or requested by any statutory or monetary authority, to pay any Taxes (other than normal Tax on Investec’s income), or to increase or maintain special deposits or reserve assets, capital assets, liquid assets and cash reserves, in addition to those currently paid maintained or reserved or;   
   11 1 7    There is any other event beyond the reasonable control of Investec.   
   Which would or does.   
   11 1 8    subject Investec to any Taxes or other charges in respect of any Finance Document or change the basis of Taxation of Investec in respect of payments of Capital interest or fees payable to it (except for changes in the rate of normal Taxation on the overall net income of Investec)   
   11.1.9.    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve special deposit or similar requirement against assets of deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by Investec, or   
   11.1.10    impose on Investec any other obligation or condition affecting the amounts advanced by it or its obligations in terms of the Agreement.   
  

and the result of any of the above is to increase the cost to Investec of making any advance or maintaining the loan or to reduce any amount/s received or receivable by invested in terms of the Agreement by a sort which is (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) material or

  
   11.1.11    if at any time or times during the term of the Agreement the Capital is not fully utilized and Investec would be or is subjected to any limitation, restriction or measurement affecting its ability to continue to hold the unutilized portion available to the borrower without incurring additional cost or suffering loss of revenue.   
   then the borrower will immediately pay to Investec on demand (subject to the Act if and to the extent that the Act Applies) and while such circumstances continue such additional amount or amounts which will   

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   8 of 16  


   compensate Investec for the additional cost or reduced receipts and furthermore in the case of an event occurring under this 11 Investec has the right to withhold any such unutilised portion until such time as arrangements satisfactory to Investec have been concluded to compensate Investec for existing or future costs or reductions in receipts, subject to the Act if and to the extent that the Act applies   
11.2    Investec will give the borrower reasonable notice of all variations to any payments which may be required to be made in terms of 11.1    LOGO

 

11.3

  

 

If the borrower fails or refuses to pay any additional amount as contemplated in 11.2

  
  

 

11.3.1

  

 

If the Act does not apply then either party will be entitled on 90 (ninety) 30 (thirty) days notice to the other party, to inform such other party that the Total amount at that time is to be repaid forthwith upon the expiry of the 90 (ninety) 30 (thirty) day period. Upon the giving of such notice by either party the Total Amount shall become due and payable upon the expiry of the said notice period; and

  
   11.3.2   

If the Act does apply, then the borrower has the right to repay the Total Amount in full

   LOGO

 

12.

  

 

Repayment of Principal Debt and Interest

  

 

12.1

  

 

The borrower will repay the Principal Debt and interest as set out in the Loan Document on the assumption that Investec will advance the full amount of the Principal Debt to the borrower. The borrower and Investec acknowledge that some of the amounts as set out in the Loan Document and/or the Loan Summary on the Signature Date may be estimated amounts and as such, are subject to variation. If any such estimate is proved to be inaccurate, or if any amount is varied in terms of this 12

  
   12.1.1    Investec will recalculate the amounts due and payable by the borrower to Investec at such time and   
   12.1.2    If the Act applies, Investec will give 5 Business Days written notice to the borrower in terms of and otherwise comply with the Act or   
   12.1.3    If the Act does not apply, the Agreement will automatically be amended to reflect the correct amounts, unless the borrower in good faith disputes that amount by written notice to Investec within 5 Business Days after it receives the first statement reflecting the recalculation amount   
13.    Interest on overdue amounts   
13.1    If the borrower fails to pay any amount due in terms of the Agreement (including any fee due to Investec) then the borrower will, without prejudice to Investec’s further or alternative rights and remedies pay to Investec penalty interest, in addition to any other interest provided for in the Agreement on all amounts so outstanding from the date those amounts became due and payable to date of payment thereof (both days inclusive) calculated at   
   13.1.1    If the Act does not apply 3% above the Applicable interest Rate at the time of default or   
   13.1.2    If the Act does apply, the highest interest rate applicable to any part of the Principal Debt under the Agreement   
14.    Conversion of the Applicable Interest Rate   
14.1    If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate and the borrower has complied with all of its obligations in terms of the Agreement then the borrower has the right at any time to request Investec to convert the Applicable Interest Rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate in accordance with the following provisions   
   14.1.1    The borrower will give Investec a written request that it would like to convert the Applicable interest Rate in respect of all or part of the Principal Debt   
   14.1.2    Within 5 Business Days after receiving the borrower’s notice in terms of 14.1.1 Investec will, in its sole discretion, determine the fixed interest rate for a specified period of time and inform the borrower in writing of   
      14.1.2.1    that rate (as a percentage per year)   
      14.1.2.2    the manner in which the interest will be calculated, compounded and payable   
      14.1.2.3    the date on which Investec will book the funds with its Treasury Department   
      14.1.2.4    the period for which the fixed rate will apply, and   
      14.1.2.5    if the Act applies, then subject to the Act and to the extent the Act permits, the conversion fee (if any), that the borrower must pay to Investec in respect of the conversion   
   The availability of a fixed rate is subject to Investec’s sole discretion and to prevailing market conditions.   
  

14.1.3

   If the borrower accepts the terms stipulated in the notice from Investec contemplated in 14.1.2   
     

14.1.3.1

   it must inform Investec thereof in writing and pay the conversion fee contemplated in 14.1.2.5 (if applicable) before the date contemplated in 14.1.2.3   
     

14.1.3.2

   the Applicable Interest Rate will be converted with effect from the date contemplated in 14.1.2.3. and   
     

14.1.4.3

   the fixed interest rate quoted by Investec will apply for the duration of the period contemplated in 14.1.2.4   
  

14.1.4

  

Upon expiry of the fixed rate period, the loan will bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as at the date of conversion subject to any variation in the Base Rate

  
  

14.1.5

  

If there is a dispute as to the interest rate applicable under the Agreement, the interest rate will be the Applicable Interest Rate

  
14.2    If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate, the borrower and Investec may agree to convert the rate to a floating rate on terms acceptable to Investec and the borrower will pay Investec on demand any Break Costs that arise pursuant to the conversion (subject to the Act if the Act applies)   

 

 

   

LOGO

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   9 of 16  


14.3    If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate, and at any time   
   14.3.1   

the borrower exercises its rights under 16 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower )

or

  
   14.3.2    Investec exercises its right to claim immediate payment of the borrower’s indebtedness in terms of the Agreement pursuant to any Event of Default or otherwise   
   (the date of each event being an “ early settlement date ”) then, subject to the Act if the Act applies the borrower will pay Investec on request (i) an administration fee (plus VAT) equal to 20 Business Days’ interest calculated in terms of the Agreement using the interest rate in force on the early settlement date; (ii) in the case of a large agreement (as that the term is defined in the Act), an early termination charge as contemplated in clause 16 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) and (iii) the amount by which the value of the instalments falling due after but repaid on, the early settlement date (“ Repaid Amount ”), when determined in accordance with “A” is greater than the value of the Repaid Amount when determined in accordance with “B”, where;   
      “A” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying the fixed interest rate to the Repaid Amount and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by a rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) from the JSE Actuaries Yield Curve (“ Discount Rate ”); and   
      “B” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying an appropriate market-related interest rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) to the Repaid Amount, and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by the Discount Rate.   
   For the purposes of this clause, the Discount Rate will be a rate which most closely approximates an investment period that corresponds to the period from the early settlement date to the due date or dates (as the case may be) of the Repaid Amount, converted (if necessary) to a nominal annual rate compounded monthly in arrears (and calculated on the basis of a 365-day year irrespective of whether the year is a leap year or not).   

 

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

15.

  

 

Increases or decreases in the interest rate

  
  

 

If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate, and if that rate increases or decreases, then the Applicable Interest Rate charged in respect of the Agreement will automatically and concurrently therewith increase or decrease, as the case may be, by the same percentage. If the Act applies to this agreement Investec will give the borrower written notice of any such change in the interest rate within 30 Business Days after the day on which the change in the Base Rate takes effect. Investec may, in its discretion, give such notice in a statement of account contemplated in 10.

  

 

16.

  

 

Early payment and early termination by the borrower

  

 

16.1.

  

 

if end to the extent that the Act applies the borrower may:

  
  

 

16.1.1.

  

 

settle this agreement at any time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept the amount required to settle this agreement when it is tentered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due, provided that on the date on which the Agreement is settled the borrower pays to Investec:

  
     

 

16.1.2.1

  

 

the outstanding Total Amount, and

  
     

 

16.1.2.2

  

 

in circumstances where the Agreement is a “large agreement” as defined by the Act, an early termination charge equal to (1) the interest that would have been payable under this agreement for a period equal to the difference between (i) 3 months and (ii) the period of notice (if any) given by the borrower; or (2) if the rate of interest is fixed and a charge has been prescribed that is greater than the amount calculated in accordance with (1), the prescribed charge, and/or

  
  

 

16.1.2.

  

 

prepay any amount owing from time to time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept any such payment when it is tendered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due

  

 

16.2

  

 

if the Act does not apply

  
  

 

16.2.1.

  

 

If the borrower has the right to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it pursuant to 8 of the Loan Document (Repayments and early repayment) , it may exercise its right by giving prior written notice to Investec of at least 30 Business Days provided that if the Applicable Interest Rate is fixed, the early repayment date must coincide with the expiry of any fixed rate period, failing which the borrower must pay Investec immediately on demand any fixed rate penalty (calculated in accordance with 14.3 above (Conversion of the Applicable Interest Rate) ) and/or other Break Costs investee determines.

  
  

 

16.2.2 .

  

 

If the borrower does not have the right to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it pursuant to 8 of the Loan Document, the borrower may not repay the Principal Debt (or the outstanding balance thereof) together with interest before the due date for payment thereof without Investec’s prior written consent. Investee may make any such consent conditional on payment by the borrower of any early settlement fee, and on any other terms, that Investec may determine in its sole discretion

  

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   10 of 16  


17.    Drawdown facility   
17 1    The borrower has the right to pay amounts in addition to instalments it must pay in terms of 8 of the Loan Document (Repayments and early repayment) , subject to the following   
   17 1 1    the borrower must notify Investec of any additional payment in terms of this 17 1 1 in writing at the time of the payment in question   
   17 1 2    the borrower may withdraw amounts equal to the sum of the additional payments subject to the following   
      17 1.2.1.    for the avoidance of doubt, the borrower must continue paying the instalments in terms of 8 of the Loan Document (Repayments and early repayment) ; and   

LOGO

     

 

17.1.2 2

  

 

withdrawals will in each case, be credited to an account that the borrower specifies in writing to investec. When credited, each amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been received by the borrower. A certificate signed by any person authorised to issue a certificate in terms of 29 (Certificate) will, unless proven otherwise, be proof that the specified account has been credited with the amount withdrawn

  
17.2.    Without limiting Investec’s rights (including its rights under 4 (Default) ). Investec may:   
   17.2.1.    suspend the facility granted in terms of this 17 without notice, if the borrower commits an Event or Default if (subject to the Act. of the Act applies) Potential Event of Default; or   

LOGO

  

 

17.2.2.

  

 

close the facility granted in terms of this 17 by giving 10 Business Days written notice to the borrower

  

 

17.3

  

 

For the avoidance of doubt, additional amounts paid in accordance with this 17 do not form part of the Principal Debt and are not repayments of Principal Debt.

  
18.    Security   
18.1.    As security for the borrower’s due payment of the Total Amount, the borrower will register or procure the registration of the Bond and/or promptly provide or procure the provision of any other Security specified in 2 of the Loan Document (Special conditions) .   
18.2    If the loan is approved subject to the registration of a Bond, Investec will subject to 18.3 and (if the Act applies) subject to the Act, instruct its attorneys to:   
  

18.2.1.

   prepare the Bond(s) in such form and on such terms and conditions as Investec requires; and   
  

18.2.2.

   register the Bond(s) for the Principal Debt together with an additional sum of 20% for the purpose of securing certain costs and disbursements as may be paid or incurred by investec   
18 3    The borrower may (subject to invetec’s written approval of such attorney(s)) appoint the borrower’s nominated attorney(s) to attend to the registration of the Bond(s)   
19.    Insurance   
   Subject to the Act (to the extent the Act applies)   
19.1.    The borrower will:   
   19.1.1.    procure and maintain such Insurance as investec requires with effect from the Commencement Date, covering   
   19.1.2.    in the case of insurance over immovable property the full asset value or in the case where the Act does not apply, the replacement value, of the property, and   
   19.1.3.    in any other case (including credit life insurance), the Total Amount at any time during the Agreement;   
   19.1.4.    procure that the insurance is in the borrower’s name or, at investec’s request, in the name of the borrower and/or Investec for their respective rights and interests and procure that Investec’s rights and interests as mortgagee or financier are noted on the policy and if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of investec as loss payee.   
   19.1.5.    immediately after obtaining the Insurance, and unless Investec is already in possession thereof, deliver or procure the delivery of the relevant policy documents in relation to the Insurance to Investec.   
   19.1.6.    subject to 19 5. timeously pay or procure that any applicable third party timeously pays, all premiums in respect of the Insurance and will, whenever Investec so requires, deliver or procure the delivery of proof to Investec’s reasonable satisfaction that the borrower or any applicable third party has paid all premiums in respect of the Insurance   
   19 1 7    refrain from any act or omission, and will procure that any applicable third party refrains from any act or omission, which would constitute a breach of the Insurance or entitle the insurer to repudiate any claim made under the Insurance; and   
   19.1.8.    notify Investec of any matter which could give rise to a claim as soon as possible after that matter arises and of any material change to the property and/or the risks   
19.2    The borrower hereby cedes assigns and transfers to Investec or will procure that any applicable third party cedes assigns and transfers to Investec all its present and future right, title and interest in and to the proceeds of the insurance as continuing covering security for the borrower’s indebtedness to investec under the Agreement and will promptly inform the insurer in writing of that cession, assignment and transfer To the extent that Investec requires the borrower or any third party to execute any other documents to give effect to this 19.2 the borrower will do so and/or procure that the third party in question does so, immediately on request from Investec. This cession will endure and be of force and effect until the borrower has repaid the Total Amount and otherwise discharged all of its obligations under the Finance    LOGO

 

 

   

LOGO

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   11 of 16  


   Documents and the Bond and any other security granted in respect of the loan has been cancelled   
19.3    The Insurance may, subject to agreement with the borrower or any applicable third party and subject to the borrower’s lawful exercise of a free choice to do otherwise be arranged by Investec Insurance Brokers (Proprietary) Limited (“ IIB ”) on behalf of the borrower. The Insurance shall be with an insurer and on terms and conditions approved by Investec (including a mortgagee/lender protection clause and the nomination of Investec as loss payee) and at the sole cost of the borrower. The insurance shall unless otherwise agreed to writing by Investec, be effective from the Commencement Date.   
19.4 .    If the Act applies and the borrower chooses not to enter into a policy proposed by Investec of IIB in writing, the borrower must substitute such policy for an alternative insurance policy provided that (i) Investec has consented in writing to the terms of the substitute policy; and (ii) the borrower provides Investec with the following written directions and Investec’s request.   
   19.4.1 .    a valid direction in the prescribed manner and form requiring and permitting Investec to pay any premiums due under the policy during the term of this Agreement on the borrower’s behalf as they fall due, and to bill the borrower for the amount of those premiums in accordance with the Act; and   
   19.4.2 .    a valid direction to the Insurer in the prescribed manner and form, naming Investec as a loss payee under the policy up to the Total Amount at the happening of an insured contingency, and requiring the Insurer, if an insured event occurs, to settle the borrower’s obligation under this Agreement as a first charge against the proceeds of that policy at any time during the term of this Agreement .   
19.5 .    Unless otherwise agreed by Investec, and notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the Agreement, the borrower hereby authorises Investec to capitalise the premium/s payable under any policy of insurance contemplated in this Agreement, to form part of the Principal Debt, and the instalments required to be paid in terms of this Agreement shall be increased accordingly .   
19.6 .    If any immovable property comprises a sectional title unit, the borrower will procure that the body corporate arranges for the Insurance as contemplated above in respect of the immovable property comprising the scheme for an amount not less that the full asset value (or to the extent that the Act does not apply, the full replacement value) of the unit, being not less than any minimum asset value (or replacement value, as the case may be) required by Investec from time to time. Such Insurance is to be effected by and in the name of the body corporate and the borrower undertakes to ensure that Investec’s interest as mortgagee is noted by the body corporate and, if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of Investec as loss payee. The Insurance shall be dealt with as insurance in terms of this clause to the extent that these provisions can be applied to such insurance   
19.7 .    The borrower must promptly notify IIB or the relevant insurer in writing if alterations or extensions to any insured property are undertaken, which will increase the asset value (or, to the extent that the Act does not apply, the replacement value) of that property. This clause is a stipulatio allen in favour of IIB, which IIB may accept at any time without notice to Investec or the borrower   
19.8 .    Without limiting Investec’s rights in terms of 4 ( Default ). If the property (or any improvements) are not insured, or if the borrower fails to maintain or to procure the maintenance of any insurance in respect of the property or improvements. Investec has the right (but is not obliged) to insure the property and/or improvements and/or to pay the premiums in respect of any policy and/or to perform any obligations on behalf of the borrower. The borrower will immediately on demand from Investec pay all costs that Investec incurs in this regard and hereby authorises Investec to include such amounts in the Principal Debt.   
19.9 .    All money received from any insurer by virtue or the cession/s above will, in Investec’s sole discretion be applied either in partial or full repayment of the outstanding Principal Debt or in the restoration of any property damaged or destroyed by any cause covered by the Insurance and under such conditions as Investec may specify.   
19.10 .    The borrower shall obtain any third party consent required in relation to the cession of any Insurance and warrants that no other cessionary of similar rights has any prior or better rights to those of Investec   
19.11 .    The borrower shall deliver to all relevant insurers under the Insurance a written notification and confirmation of the cession provided for in this clause, prior to the commencement of the relevant Insurance, and shall give proof to Investec of having done so. If the borrower fails to deliver any such written notification and confirmation (and provide proof thereof to Investec); Investec may do so on behalf of the borrower or in any event on its own behalf. If the borrower, after receipt of 3 days written notification fails to sign any documentation required by any relevant insurer, the borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorises IIB to sign and deliver to the insurer the documentation required on its behalf   

LOGO

 

19.12 .

  

 

The cession provided for in this clause shall remain in force notwithstanding any changes to the terms and conditions of the loan.

  
20 .    Delivery of Security documentation   
   The borrower will on the Signature Date deposit with Investec all deeds, documents, diagrams, leases and policies (as applicable) which evidence in Investec’s sole discretion title and any Encumbrances relating to the Security   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   12 of 16  


21    Valuation   
21.1    Investec and the borrower record that as part of Investec’s assessment of the borrower’s loan application the borrower has procured or, subject to the Act if and to the extent that the Act applies, shall be obliged to procure, a valuation of the Security and any improvements on or to the Security in form and substance acceptable to Investec. If the Act applies and to the extent permitted by Investec, the borrower hereby authorises Investec to effect payment of the valuation costs, on the borrower’s behalf, out of the proceeds of the Capital   
21.2 .    No valuation conducted by Investec or on behalf of the borrower, nor the advancing of any amount to or on behalf of the borrower in terms of the Agreement will be construed as a warranty or representation as to   
   21.2.1.    the reasonableness of the valuation;   
   21.2.2.    the soundness of the Security; or   
   21.2.3.    the replacement value thereof for insurance purposes of Tax purposes.   
21.3 .    Investec is obliged, in terms of the Code of Banking Practice, to inform the borrower that   
   21.3.1    Investec does not have the skills or the resources to monitor or control the quality of the building the borrower is building or buying. The valuation of the property to be mortgaged is solely to enable it to assess the value of the security to it. It is not intended to be an evaluation of the present of future market value of the property nor does it have to be the same as the purchase price. Investec has not necessarily inspected the property and does not accept any responsibility or liability for the structural or other conditions of the security. even if the loan is a development or building loan.   
   21.3.2    should the borrower require it Investec will provide the borrower with the assessed value of the security and the minimum asset value (or, to the extent that the Act does not apply the minimum replacement value) for insurance purposes that Investec has placed on the buildings and improvements on the property and   
   21.3.3    issues of home quality are the responsibility of the seller (or builder or developer) and the borrower as buyer. Homes younger than 5 years may also have a National Home Builders Registration Council limited warranty. The borrower must satisfy himself to the best of his ability that he is buying a good product and if necessary obtain assurance as to the structural quality of the property, compliance with local authority requirements and replacement costs of the buildings and improvements from the proper experts   

LOGO

 

2.1.4

  

 

If the Act applies and if Investec is not able, for any reason whatsoever, to effect payment of the valuation costs, on the borrower’s behalf, out of the proceeds of the Capital (as contemplated in clause 21.1), the borrower hereby authorises Investec to pay such valuation costs, on its behalf, and agrees to refund such costs to the consumer on demand

  

 

22.

  

 

Information sharing

  
22.1.    The borrower confirms that Investec may transmit to any Credit Bureau, data about the application, opening and termination of any account in respect of the borrower pursuant to this Agreement   
22.2.    Investec will transfer to any credit bureau any non-compliance by the borrower with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The names and contact details of the Credit Bureaux to which Investec transfers information is included in the Schedule to these Standard Terms and Conditions. The Credit Bureaux to which Investec supplies information will provide a credit profile and possibly a credit score on the creditworthiness of the borrower   
22.3.    The borrower has the right in terms of the Act to contact the Credit Bureaux, have its credit record disclosed, and correct inaccurate information   
23.    Financial advice   
23.1.    Each party to the Agreement acknowledges that it has acted at arms’ length and for its own account in negotiating, executing and implementing the Agreement.   
23.2.    The borrower acknowledges that:   
   23.2.1.    in negotiating and implementing the Agreement, and in assessing and implementing the transaction contemplated by the Agreement (“ Transaction ”), it has not sought or received any advice (as that term is defined in the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 2002 (“ Financial Advice ”)) from Investec; and   
   23.2.2.    it has either obtained tax accounting, regulatory, legal and Financial Advice from appropriate independent advisors with respect to the Transaction, or dispensed with the need to do so   
24.    Cession   
24.1    The borrower does not have the right to cede, delegate, transfer or novate all or any part of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document without Investec’s prior written consent   
24.2    Investec may at any time   
   24.2.1.    cede and/or delegate to any one or more person or persons (including any bank or other financial institution) all or any part of Investec’s rights benefits or obligations under any Finance Document whether that cession or delegation (to which delegation the borrower hereby consents) is made to the cessionary alone or to the cessionary jointly and severally with Investec or any other person. To the extent that any cession may result in a splitting of claims the borrower hereby expressly consents thereto, or   
   24.2.2.    changes its lending office.   

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   13 of 16  


24.3    Without limiting 22 ( information sharing ), Investec may, subject to the Act (if the Act applies) disclose any relevant credit-related information that it may have regarding the borrower and the Group to any third party, including any surety or guarantor or any of Investec’s affiliates and to any assignee, whether actual or potential, or any person with whom Investec may otherwise consider entering into contractual relations in relation to the Finance Documents  
25.    Notices     
25.1    All notices to be given by the borrower to Investec must be given by prepaid registered post, fax or delivery by hand to address on page 1 of the Loan Document. Investec will deliver all notices to the borrower by prepaid registered post, ordinary mail, email, statement, printable web-page, fax or delivery by hand to the borrower’s address on page 1 of the Loan Document, subject to the Act to the extent that the Act applies. The borrower warrants that its address and any other address it selects in terms of the Agreement is an address at which it is ordinarily resident or employed or ordinarily carries on its business, trade or calling.  
25.2    Any notice given in terms of the Agreement must be in writing and will:  
   25.2.1    if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the day of delivery;  
   25.2.2    if posted by pre-paid registered post be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the fifth Business Day following the date of such posting.  
   25.2.3    if transmitted by fax, be deemed to have been given received by the addressee on the first Business Day after the date of transmission, and  
   25.2.4    in the case of the borrower if transmitted by email or printable web-page (if applicable) on the Business Day of transmission.  
   unless the disputing party proves the contrary  
25.3.    Notwithstanding anything on the contrary contained or implied in the Agreement a written notice or communication actually received by one of the parties from the other will be adequate written notice or communication to that party.  
25.4.    Each party shall be entitled to change its domicilium citandi of executandi to another physical address situated within the Republic of South Africa by giving the other party written notice to that effect.  
26.    Governing law  
   All of the Finance Documents will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.  
27.    Illegality  
27.1    if at any time after the Signature Date it is or becomes unlawful or contrary to any lawful request from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African governmental department or authority, whether or not having the force of law, for Investec to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement, then subject to the applicable provisions of the Act.  
   27.1.1.    Investec will promptly after becoming aware thereof notify the borrower to that effect by way of a certificate signed by a director or manager of Investec (or a person of an equivalent or higher level of authority) whose appointment or designation it will not be necessary for Investec to prove, and  
   27.1.2.    if Investec so requires, the borrower will by not later than such date as Investec specifies in that certificate (which date may not be earlier than 3 Business Days after the date of that certificate) repay the Total Amount in full.  
27.2    if Investec does not exercise its option pursuant to 27.1.2 insofar as any provision of the Agreement conflicts with any law or lawful request from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African government department or authority, that provision shall be deemed to be amended only to the extent necessary to comply with that law, lawful request or requirement  
28.    Right of withdrawal  
   For the avoidance of doubt, Investec will not be bound by any clause of the Agreement until such time as it receives and executes the original thereof, duly signed by the borrower and completed as required.  
29.    Certificate  
   Without limiting section 169 of the Act a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec as to any indebtedness of the borrower in terms of any Finance Document or any other fact relating to any Finance Document shall, unless proven otherwise by the borrower, be prima facie evidence of the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec in terms of that Finance Document and/or such other fact for the purpose of provisional sentence or summary judgment proceedings or for any other purpose.  
30.    Appropriation  
   If the Act does not apply but subject to applicable law Investec shall be entitled to appropriate any payments received by if in terms of the Agreement as it in its sole discretion appropriate, provided that if the Act does apply, all payments received by Investec in terms of the Agreement shall be appropriated the following manner  
   30.1    firstly, to satisfy any due or unpaid interest  
   30.2    secondly, to satisfy any due or unpaid fees or other charges and  
   30.3    thirdly to reduce the Principal Debt.  

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   14 of 16  


31.    Severability  
   Each clause of the Agreement is severable, the one from the other if any clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent court, then the remaining clauses will be and continue to be of full force and effect.  
32.    No waiver  
   No relaxation, indulgence or extension of time that Investec grants to the borrower will be construed as a waiver of any of Investec’s rights in terms of any Finance Document, or a novation of any of the terms of any Finance Document, or stop Investec from enforcing strict and punctual compliance with the terms of any Financial Document.  
33.    No variation  
   Subject to 1 (Definitions) , 4 (Default) , 12 (Repayment of Principal Debt and interest) and 27 (Illegality) above, no variation of, addition to, consensual cancellation of or waiver of any right arising in terms of any Finance Document will be of any force or effect unless it is reduced to writing and signed by a duly authorised representative of each party.  
34.    Whole agreement  
   The Loan Document, the Loan Summary (Annexure B to the Loan Document), these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document), any annexure or schedule to such documents and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any) constitute the whole agreement between the parties in relation to the subject matter thereof and no party is bound by any undertaking, representation or warranty not recorded therein.  
35.    Indemnity  
   35.1.    Subject to 35.2, the borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Investec harmless from all and any loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims whatsoever and howsoever arising from or connected with any Finance Document, and whether or not any such loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims are caused by any act of or omission of the borrower or anyone else  
   35.2.    The borrower will not be liable under 35.1 to the extent that the loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties or claim results directly from any breach by Investec of the Agreement which is finally judicially determined to have resulted directly from Investec’s negligence or willful misconduct.  
36.    Subordination  
   The borrower undertakes that it and its Subsidiaries, if any, will not without Investec’s prior written consent  
   36.1.    grant security to any other person which will have the effect of subordinating the claims of Investec under any Finance Document to the claims of that person, or  
   36.2.    encumber any presently unencumbered assets or any assets that the borrower may acquire in future; or  
   36.3.    borrow further money from any third party  
37.    Counterparts  
   The Agreement:  
   37.1.    may be signed in one or more counterparts all of which will be considered one and the same agreement; and  
   37.2.    will become effective when a counterpart has been signed by each party to the Agreement  
38.    Costs, fees and disbursements  
   Subject to the Act (if and to the extent that the Act applies)  
   38.1    all amounts that Investec may pay or incur pursuant to this Agreement due to the borrower’s default, including legal costs on the attorney and own client scale and collection commission, will be payable by the borrower to Investec as soon as such amounts are incurred, all such payments being authorised by the borrower and secured by the Security, and Investec may debit any such amount in accordance with 8 of the Loan Document and  
   38.2    to the extent that the borrower is required to pay or reimburse any costs, fees, expenses or disbursements pursuant to this Agreement the borrower agrees that such obligation includes the payment or reimbursement of value-added tax thereon, where applicable  
39.    Access to personal information  
   39.1    In terms of the Code of Banking Practice, the borrower has the right to access the borrower’s personal information held by Investec, Investec shall grant the borrower such access during office hours within a reasonable time after receiving a written request for access  
   39.2    The borrower grants Investec (including its agents and contractors) authority to monitor, keep record of and have access to all forms of correspondence or communications received by or sent from Investec or any of its employees, agents or contractors  
   39.3    If Investec accepts a suretyship/s or other security from a third party for the loan the borrower acknowledges and agrees that the surety or other third party is entitled by law to the borrower’s confidential financial information  

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   15 of 16  


40.    Telephone recordings
   The borrower acknowledges and accepts that Investec shall be entitled at its sole discretion to monitor intercept, record and use as evidence all telephone communications between the borrower and Investec at any time.

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   16 of 16  


 

LOGO

 

Deed of pledge and cession    Client no.    : 241824
   Contract no.    : 001/002

In this Agreement, unless inconsistent with or otherwise indicted by the context.

Investec ’ means Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06)

(A registered credit provider Reg No NCRCP9)

and its succesors and assigns

of    100 Grayston Drive
   Sandown
   Sandton
   2196

NCA ’ means the National Credit Act 2005

I/We, the undersigned

Telimatrix Ltd 1995/013858/06

of    Matrix Corner
   Vorna Valley
   Midrand
   Johannesburg
   7000

(business or residential address, not a PO Box number)

 

do hereby pledge, cede and make over unto and in favour of Investec as security for the due and punctual payment by me/us of all and any monies which I/we may now or from time to time hereafter owe to Investec limited to an amount of R 101 140 000 (One Hundred And One Million One Hundred And Forty Thousand Rand), for the due and punctual performance and discharge by me/us of my/our obligations under, or arising from, loan agreements number 241824/001 and 241824/002 (the “Facility”) entered into or to be entered into by me/us with Investec including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, such charges and costs as may from time to time, and howsoever arising become due and payable by me/us to Investec in respect of or in connection with the Facility, including interest and/or finance charges, discount, commission, taxes, stamps, damages arising out of the statutory or other intervention of my/our trustee or liquidator on insolvency or liquidation, as the case may be, and all costs including legal costs as between attorney and own client which are incurred by Investec in exercising its rights to recover all the amounts mentioned above (including through the institution of legal proceedings against me/us) together with all other necessary and usual charges and expenses, all my/our right, title and interest in and to  
A    The securities, rights or other assets specified in the Schedule hereto, and  
B    All and any documents, instruments (whether negotiable or not) and other assets of whatsoever nature or description and whether corporeal or incorporeal which have been or may at any time hereafter be deposited with or delivered to Investec (whether by way of physical delivery or delivery by electronic book entry in the accounts of the Central Securities Depository registered in terms of the Securities Services Act No. 36 of 2004 (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities Services Act”) and the rules of such Depository) by me/us or on my/our behalf or at my/our instance or request including but without restricting the generality of the foregoing, shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, options, letters of allotments, letters of right, letters of allocation, bills of exchange, promissory notes, cheques, other negotiable instruments, acknowledgments of debt, undertakings, leases, bills of lading, consignment notes, receipts, bank notes, coins, goods, merchandise and policies of insurance, debtors and other receivables.  
the securities, rights, documents, instruments and/or other assets specified in paragraphs A and B hereinafter being referred to as the “Pledged Assets”.  
General cession and pledge terms  
1    I/we shall, to the extent required under this cession and pledge, simultaneously with the signing hereof, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, deliver to Investec such of the Pledged Assets as are capable of delivery, whether such delivery be real or constructive (including by way of electronic entry of the pledge/cession against any account with the central securities depository or its participants, where the asset is immobilised or dematerialized therein)  

 

 

    LOGO
Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   1 of 11  


2.    I/we declare and warrant that:  
2.1    I/we am/are the legal holder/s of the Pledged Assets:  
2.2    there are no material facts or circumstances relating to the Pledged Assets which have not been fully and fairly disclosed to Investec and which, if disclosed, might reasonably have been expected to affect the decision of Investec to enter to this Agreement:  
2.3    all the information supplied by me/us in relation to the Pledged Assets or otherwise disclosed to Investec for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all respects as at the date of supply and was not misleading and such information does not omit anything nor since the date of such information has anything occurred which renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect;  
2.4    I/we am/are entitled to pledged and cede the Pledged Assets in terms of this Agreement;  
2.5    save as may be disclosed by me/us in writing simultaneously with the execution hereof, none of the Pledged Assets is subject to any right of retention, pledge or other limitation or encumbrance or has been ceded or otherwise disposed of and may be pledged, ceded and delivered by me/us without any limitation, provided that should any of the Pledged Assets be subject to any such right, pledge, limitation or encumbrance or have been ceded or otherwise disposed of in breach of this declaration and warranty, any reversionary rights and/or all my/our remaining right, title and interest in and to such Pledged Assets, including any of my/our rights of action whatsoever against any prior cessionary, pledgee or other holder of such Pledged Assets for the time being which I/we may have are also ceded and/or pledged to Investec; and provided further that if the pledge, cession, limitation or encumbrance in favour of such prior cessionary, pledgee or holder ceases to be of any force, then this cession and pledge shall thereupon immediately operate as a first cession and pledge by me/us to Investec of all right title and interest in such Pledged Assets, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and not only of my/our reversionary right, title and interest in and to such Pledged Assets; and  
2.6    no right of pre-emption or option exists or will exist in respect of the Pledged Assets for so long as this Agreement is in force  
3    This cession and pledge shall remain in force as a continuing security for the whole amount now due or owing to Investec or which at any time hereafter may become due or owing to Investec by me/us under or in connection with the Facility, notwithstanding  
3.1    any intermediate settlement of account or novation.  
3.2    any fluctuation in the amount of my/our indebtedness to Investec.  
3.3    any variation or amendment to any agreement or other undertaking for the time being in existence between me/us. Investec and/or any other person.  
3.4    any indulgence shown or given by Investec to me/us;  
3.5    the receipt by Investec of any dividend or other benefit in any liquidation, judicial management, compromise or composition:  
3.6    the release in whole or in part by Investec of any other security and/or any other person to any suretyship or other undertaking; or the death, insolvency, sequestration, surrender, winding up, judicial management (whether provisional or final) or legal disability of one or more of the undersigned, and shall remain of full force and effect until such time as Investec has, once all amounts due or owing to Investec by me/us has/have been fully paid, agreed in writing to the termination hereof. Should this Agreement be terminated in respect of one or more of us, this cession and pledge shall remain as a continuing security as to the other or others of us, unless Investec determines otherwise  
4    It is agreed that it shall always be in the discretion of Investec to determine the extent, nature and duration of facilities or obligations to be allowed to me/us, and that the security afforded by this cession and pledge shall not be in substitution of but shall be in addition and without prejudice to any other security which Investec may now or from time to time hold  
5    If the value of the Pledged Assets ceases to provide a margin of security satisfactory to Investec. I/we will provide to Investec, on demand, additional security to Investec’s satisfaction or pay so much to Investec so as to result in such margin being reinstated to such level as Investec may require. Any additional security provided in terms of this clause 5 will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement  
6    In respect of all the Pledged Assets held by Investec from time to time, this cession and pledge will include the cession and pledge to Investec on the same terms and conditions as those affecting the  

 

    LOGO

 

   

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   2 of 11  


   Pledged Assets themselves, of all my/our right, title and interest in and to all rent, interest, dividends income and other benefits and rights accruing or arising from time to time from, upon, in relation to or in connection with such Pledged Assets  
7.    In respect of all securities held from time to time by Investec hereunder, and to which voting rights attach, such voting rights shall, at the sole election of Investec, be vested in and exercisable by Investec, and I/we will, upon request, issue to Investec such proxy, power of attorney or other document as may be required to enable Investec to exercise such voting rights, provided that if this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA I/we will, at Investec’s election, not appoint Investec as our agent but will instead exercise those voting rights at Investec’s direction.  
8.    Subject to the preceding clause, Investec may in its discretion at any time cause any security held by it hereunder to be registered in its own name or that of its nominee, for the purposes of enabling it to exercise any voting rights thereon, or for any other purpose considered by Investec to be necessary or desirable in the protection of its interests or rights in relation to such security and I/we will, on demand, duly execute or cause to be executed such transfer or other document as may be necessary for any such registration or carrying out or giving effect to any realisation as provided herein.  
9.    I/we shall bear and pay all costs of and incidental to the holding of all Pledged Assets including, but not limited to, the holding, storage, transportation and insurance thereof and the maintenance of such Pledged Assets in good order and repair  
10.    I/we shall keep the Pledged Assets insured (to the extent that the Pledged Assets are capable of being insured) either in the joint names of me/us and Investec, or with the interest of Investec endorsed or noted on the policies of insurance in such manner as Investec may require, against loss or damage from any cause arising and all risks to the value thereof or as Investec shall direct and all such policies shall be deposited with Investec on demand.  
11.    Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 1, 9 and 10, and without relieving or affecting my/our obligations under such clauses, Investec is hereby authorised and empowered irrevocably and in rem suam to take all such steps and to do all such things as it may in its discretion deem necessary to take possession of, control, store, conserve, transport, insure and otherwise protect or deal with any security given to or held by Investec in terms hereof or pursuant hereto, but notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, Investec shall not be obliged to take such steps or do anything by virtue hereof Any amounts expended by Investec in that regard shall be added to the amounts owing by me/us to Investec, provided that if this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA the rights granted in this clause will exclude all rights referred to in section 90(1)(k)(l) of the NCA, and this clause must be read accordingly.  
Exercise of rights  
12.    In the event of my/our defaulting in the payment when due of any amount for the time being owing by me/us to Investec under or in connection with the Facility or being in breach of any other obligation for the time being due by me/us to Investec under or in connection with the Facility, or by being in breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement encumbent on me/us, or any facilities allowed to me/us are terminated by Investec, or I, or any of us, am/is sequestrated or surrenders my/our estate (in the case of an individual), is liquidated or placed under judicial management (in the case of a company or close corporation) (whether provisionally or finally), or a meeting of the shareholders or members of any of us (in the case of a company or close corporation) is called for the purpose of a voluntary liquidation, or a resolution to that effect is taken, or I, or any of us, enter/s into or attempt/s to enter into a compromise or composition with any of my/our creditors, or any of my/our property is attached pursuant to an order of court, or a judgment is given against me or any of us which is not satisfied within 30 days of it being given, or against which an application for rescission or an appeal is not noted within that time (provided that such application or appeal is proceeded with expeditiously and with due care and diligence), then notwithstanding any prior concession made or extension granted by Investec or anything to the contrary contained in any other agreement or arrangement between Investec and me/us, or any other person, but subject to the NCA (to the extent that this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA), and if it is such a document then subject also to Investec having first complied with those terms of the relevant credit agreement governing debt enforcement, Investec shall be entitled, but not obliged, to claim and recover from me/us forthwith the full amount of every indebtedness then owing by me/us to Investec in correction with the Facility, whether then due for payment or not, together with interest thereon at the prime rate from time to time quoted by Investec as being its prime lending rate as certified by any manager of, whose appointment and designation need not be proved plus 3%, and should Investec so deem fit, then or at any time thereafter, without prejudice to any other rights which it may have   LOGO
12.1    to cede, assign, transfer, call up, realise by sale, (whether by realisation on an exchange, public auction or private treaty) or otherwise dispose of all or any of the Pledged Assets for the time being held by Investec at the fair market value thereof and on terms and conditions, all of which as reasonably determined by, whether or not such Pledged Assets will then have reached maturity or become payable and/or  

 

 

   

LOGO

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   3 of 11  


12.2    to collect, recover, receive, take up and/or exercise any such rent, interest, dividends, income benefits and rights as are referred to in clause 6 above for Investec’s own benefit, and/or  
12.3    to convey valid and lawful title in respect of any Pledged Assets realised by Investec in terms hereof by cession, transfer, delivery or otherwise as may be necessary; and/or  
12.4    to give valid and effectual receipts for any amounts received by Investec in consequence of any such realisation, provided that  
12.4.1    the proceeds of all realisations effected by Investec in terms hereof shall, after deducting all the costs, expenses, premiums, commissions, charges and other amounts which Investec may incur or pay in terms of clause 15, be applied in reduction or, as the case may be, satisfaction of my/our indebtedness to Investec for the time being (or any part thereof), whether then due for payment or not, or at Investec’s option be treated as cash security and held by Investec (together with all interest accruing thereon) accordingly until such time as Investec may in its discretion decide to apply the same in reduction of satisfaction of any such indebtedness (or any part thereof) or any indebtedness which may have subsequently become owing by me/us to Investec (or any part thereof), or be partially applied towards my/our indebtedness to Investec for the time being and partially treated as cash security as aforesaid.  
12.4.2    to the extent to which such proceeds will not be applied or treated as aforesaid, the same shall be paid by Investec to me/us or my/our order on demand;  
12.4.3    the exercise by Investec of any of its rights in terms of this clause 12 shall not relieve me/us from my/our liability to Investec for the amount or balance of any indebtedness to Investec to the extent that the proceeds of any such realisation as aforesaid applied for the time being in reduction of such indebtedness may fall short of the full amount thereof, or from any other liability or obligation to Investec in terms hereof or otherwise arising, and  
12.4.4    the rights conferred by this clause 12 on Investec shall not preclude Investec from claiming and recovering from me/us such sums as will remain due by me/us to Investec for the time being or at any time thereafter and from claiming and receiving performance of any other obligations which I/we for the time being or at any time thereafter may be bound to perform in favour of Investec, whether in terms hereof or otherwise and from levying execution against any of my/our assets or property, including any such securities hereby given or promised as will not have been realised in terms of this clause 12  
13.    I/we acknowledge that:  
13.1    my/our obligations secured by this Agreement are obligations of a commercial nature, and  
13.2    the applications of the provisions of clause 12, will confer upon Investec certain benefits in relation to the realisation of its securities, which in the light of the commercial nature of the transactions secured by this Agreement are fair, reasonable and necessary to ensure that Investec does not suffer unfair commercial prejudice by being deprived of those benefits, and I/we have expressly agreed to the inclusion of these provisions in order to give effect to the commercial nature of our relationship  
14.    The provisions of clause 12 shall be severable and divisible each from the other and each from the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement and, if the whole or any portion thereof is found by a competent court of law to be invalid or unenforceable, Investec shall retain the right to enforce all the other terms of this Agreement and shall retain such rights as are validly and enforceably conferred upon it in terms of this Agreement.  
15.    Subject to the NCA (to the extent that this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA), Investec shall be entitled to claim and recover from me/us on demand, all costs, expenses, premiums, commissions, tracing fees, charges and other amounts whatever which Investec may incur or pay in or about the exercise of any of its rights in terms hereof or otherwise, and such amounts shall include, without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, insurance premiums, collection commissions, tracing fees, storage charges, costs of valuation, costs of maintenance, costs and expenses of realisation, advertising costs, agents and auctioneers commissions and other disbursements, stamp duties, taxes and other fiscal charges and all legal costs, including costs as between attorney and his own client. If this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA, this clause shall be deemed to be amended to exclude all fees and charges which Investec may not recover from me/us in terms of section 101(1) of the NCA.  
16.    I/we hereby absolve and hold Investec harmless from any and all loss, damage, fines, taxes or other fiscal charges, penalties and claims whatsoever and howsoever arising which I/we may directly or indirectly sustain as a result of the exercise by Investec of the rights conferred upon it by the provisions of this Agreement, and in particular by the realisation and transfer of any of the Pledged Assets or by  

 

    LOGO

 

   

 

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   4 of 11  


   reason of Investec’s failure or omission to take up or collect any of the Pledged Assets, or by reason of Investec’s failure or omission to take up or collect any rights, dividends, interests, rents, income or benefits or other monies, or to insure or protect my/our interest in any way.   
17.    In the event that the exercise of any of Investec’s rights in terms of this Agreement gives rise to a statutory obligation not to implement the exercise of such rights until approval is granted by any relevant competition authority in terms of the Competition Act. 89 of 1998, as amended from time to time (“the Competition Act”), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement, the exercise by Investec of such of its rights as may give rise to such an obligation shall be subject to the fulfilment of the suspensive condition that such approval is granted (or is deemed to have been granted) by the relevant competition authority, either unconditionally, or on terms and conditions acceptable to Investec, subject to the provisions of clause 19.   
18.    Subject to the NCA (to the extent that this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA). I/we agree to be represented by Investec in any merger control proceedings in terms of the Competition Act (and shall include a statement to that effect in any relevant Statement of Merger Information) on the following basis.   
18.1    I/we shall not file any notice or document or make any representation to any relevant competition authority without the prior written approval of Investec, and   
18.2    I/we shall co-operate and shall provide Investec with such assistance as may be reasonably required by Investec for the purposes of participating in any merger control proceedings under the Competition Act.   
19.    Investec shall be entitled to appeal against any conditional approval or prohibition of the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, and in such event I/we shall in all respects co-operate with Investec in all such appeal proceedings.   
20.    Cession and pledge of shares   
20.1    The provisions of this clause 20 shall, in addition and without prejudice or limitation to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, apply in respect of all shares, bonds or other instruments or securities (as that term is defined under the Securities Services Act) ceded and pledged hereunder to Investec (hereinafter referred to as “shares”) as set out in the Schedule hereto.   
20.2    In circumstances where the shares are represented by share certificates or evidenced by any written document, or are otherwise not in a dematerialised form:   
20.2.1    the share certificates or written document in respect of such shares together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer forms in respect thereof without having inserted therein the name of the transferee, shall be delivered to Investec within 72 hours from the date of execution hereof, and   
20.2.2    all bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of all such shares shall accrue to and be taken up by me/us and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer forms in respect thereof without having inserted the name of the transferee, shall be delivered to Investec as soon as practicable after I/we have taken up such bonus or new shares and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.   
20.3    In circumstances where the shares are uncertificated (as that term is defined under the Securities Services Act):   
20.3.1    I/we shall forthwith deliver to Investec a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to Investec’s satisfaction).   
20.3.1.1    my/our ownership of the shares and that the shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant, and   
20.3.1.2    the entry, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Services Act and any other applicable rules of this cession and pledge in favour of Investec in my/our securities account/s kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the shares, and   
20.3.1.3    that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry entry referred to in clause 20.3.1.2 from the securities account/s nor will the shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of Investec first having been obtained, and   
20.3.1.4    no other security cession or pledge was noted against the share at the time that the entry referred to in clause 20.3.1.2 was made against the securities account/s.   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   5 of 11  


20.3.2    and in the event that Investec is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of the cession and pledge, I/we will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to Investec by effecting the necessary entries into the securities account/s, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Services Act;   
20.3.3    and should the shares at any time in the future no longer be uncertified, then I/we shall forthwith upon the happening of that event, deliver the share certificates in respect of the shares to Investec together with transfer forms in respect of the shares duly signed but blank as to transferee; and   
20.3.4    all bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of such shares shall accrue to and be taken up by me/us and I/we undertake to take all such steps as may be required to ensure that such shares are pledged and ceded to Investec and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the provisions of clauses 20.3.1 to 20.3.3 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , in this regard   
20.4    In respect of securities that are certificated (as that term is defined under the Securities Services Act) and have been deposited for immobilisation with the central securities depository or its participants, the provisions of clauses 20.3 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , in relation to the co-ownership interest in these deposited securities created under section 41 of the Securities Services Act   
20.5    I/we shall forthwith procure that the directors of any private company whose shares are pledged hereunder pass irrevocable resolutions authorising the transfers of such shares to Investec or its nominee, at their fair market value as reasonably determined by Investec, and shall deliver certified copies of the said resolutions to Investec and shall furthermore procure any further or other steps to be taken which may be necessary for the transfer of such shares to Investec of its nominee in the event of Investec being entitled to execute thereon in terms of this Agreement   
20.6    I/we shall bear and pay all costs of and incidental to complying with the provisions of this clause 20, including, but not limited to, any costs resulting from:   
20.6.1    obtaining the acknowledgement referred to in clause 20.3.1,   
20.6.2    the entry of the shares into my/our securities account/s as contemplated in clause 20.3.1.2, and   
20.6.3    the taking or procuring the taking of the steps and/or actions contemplated in clauses 20.3.2 and 20.3.4   
21.    Cession and pledge of account rights   
21.1    The provisions of this clause 21 shall, in addition and without prejudice or limitation to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, apply in respect of all rights to cash deposits or credit balances on any bank accounts ceded and pledged hereunder to Investec (“the Account Rights”) as set out in the Schedule hereto.   
21.2    I/we warrant and undertake to Investec that for as long as this cession and pledge is in effect:   
21.2.1    any account, the rights in respect of which have been ceded and pledged hereunder (each an “Account”), will not be closed without the prior written consent of Investec.   
21.2.2    I/we shall not, without the prior written consent of Investec withdraw any sum from any Account and I/we expressly waive any right I/we may have to do so; provided that should Investec stipulate in writing that the amount of funds in an Account may not fall below a particular level. I/we shall be entitled to withdraw and/or deposit funds to the extent that the funds in the Account do not fall below such level: and   
21.2.3    I/we shall, not without the prior written consent of Investec, cede, pledge, dispose of, deal with or otherwise encumber the Account Rights otherwise than in accordance with clause 21.2.2, or agree to do any such thing   
21.3    If Investec provides its consent in accordance with clauses 21.2.2 or 21.2.3, such consent will not constitute a waiver of any of Investec’s rights or constitute an indication that Investec will, on any future occasion, consent to any further withdrawal or dealings in respect of the relevant Account.   
21.4    Should any of the events in clause 12 occur, Investec shall, notwithstanding any prior concession made or extension granted by Investec or anything to the contrary contained in any other agreement or arrangement between Investec and me/us, or any other person, be entitled, in addition, and without prejudice, to any other rights Investec may have (whether in terms of clause 12 or otherwise), to:   
21.4.1    demand and receive forthwith all and any monies standing to the credit of an Account; and   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   6 of 11  


21.4.2    exercise, in relation to an Account, all such rights as I/we would otherwise have been entitled to exercise but for the terms of this Agreement.   
   provided that the provisions of clauses 12.4.1 and 12.4.2 will apply to any amounts received by Investec pursuant to the exercise by Investec of its rights in terms of this clause or clause 12.   
21.5    It is specifically recorded and agreed, without limiting the generality of clause 21.1, that the provisions of clauses 12.4.3, 12.4.4, 13 and 14 will apply to the cession and pledge of any Account Rights   
22.    Cession of specific claims   
22.1    The provisions of this clause 22 shall, in addition and without prejudice or limitation to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, apply in respect of all incorporeal rights ceded hereunder to Investec which are reflected in the Schedule hereto and which do not fall under clauses 20 or 21 (each a “Claim”).   
22.2    Subject to the NCA (to the extent that this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA), I/we hereby authorize Investec at any time or times to   
22.2.1    give notice of the cession under this Agreement to any of my/our debtors under a Claim and to take such steps as may be deemed fit by Investec to recover any amount/s owing, from time to time, to me/us by such debtor, including, without limitation, collecting amounts directly from such debtor and deducting from such amounts due to Investec by me/us; and   
22.2.2    instruct any such debtor to make payment of any monies due to me/us into any banking account which Investec may nominate from time to time by notice to such debtor   
   If this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA I/we will, at Investec’s election not appoint Investec as our agent to perform the functions listed above, but will instead perform those functions at Investec’s direction.   
22.3    Where Investec collects the amounts under the Claims directly from the debtors, Investec shall account to me/us for all amounts so collected. If any excess remains after the deduction of all amounts due to Investec by me/us and all costs and taxes incurred by Investec in the collection of amounts under the Claims then Investec shall refund such excess to me/us. A failure by Investec in regard to the aforegoing shall not affect the force or continuity of this cession.   
22.4    Notwithstanding the aforegoing and the cession to Investec of all my/our rights in respect of the Claims, any money received by me/us in respect of the Claims shall be received, at my/our expense and without charge to Investec, as agent for and on behalf of Investec and I/we shall deliver to Investec, free of exchange or commission, all amounts so collected. To the extent that the amounts so collected exceed the full extent of my/our indebtedness to Investec the excess may be retained by me/us. Non-compliance with the aforegoing provisions of this clause 22.5 shall not affect the force or continuity of this cession insofar as it concerns debts subsequently arising.   
22.5    Investec shall have the right at any time to call upon me/us to hand over and deliver to Investec all instalments and other payments received or receivable under the Claims together with all cheques, bills of exchange and promissory notes in respect thereof. All such negotiable instruments received by me/us shall be held in trust on behalf of Investec and shall forthwith on demand be handed by me/us to Investec duly and properly endorsed in favour of Investec, and if incapable of such endorsement, shall be presented for any payment by me/us, and I/we shall forthwith pay to Investec all amounts paid to me/us pursuant thereto.   
22.6    Notwithstanding anything aforesaid, Investec and each of its directors, servants or agents shall be under no obligation to me/us to bring any proceedings in respect of the Claims or to take any other steps in respect of the Claims and shall be at liberty to withdraw, settle or compromise any proceedings instituted by Investec and be entitled generally to act, or to refrain from acting against any of my/our debtors.   
22.7    Investec shall at all times while this cession remains in force be entitled through its authorised representative/s to inspect all or any of my/our records relating to any of the Claims and to take such extracts therefrom as Investec may deem fit. Insofar as Investec may require any evidence or assistance from me/us for the purposes of collecting any amounts in respect of the Claims or in order to obtain any judgement or order of court, such evidence and assistance shall be duly and timeously furnished at Investec’s request (provided that this undertaking shall not be construed as (i) obliging me/us to give or procure any false or non-existent evidence, or (ii) if this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA, obliging me/us to sign any documentation relating to the endorsement of any credit agreement between Investec and me/us). Without limiting the aforegoing, I/we undertake to make available to Investec’s duly authorised legal or other representatives, upon request, any of my/our records for the purposes of any legal proceedings instituted by or at Investec’s instance in respect of the Claims.   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   7 of 11  


22.8    Where the Claims ceded hereunder include claims that may arise in future upon entering into any written agreement giving rise to a debt or receiving any instrument of debt negotiable or otherwise representing or relating to a debt or any other documents recording or evidencing any debt due or to become due to me/us. I/we will deliver such agreement document or instrument to Investec as soon as such agreement is signed or such document or instrument is received and (without derogation from the cession of such debt to Investec in terms hereof, but in addition therefore Investec shall ipso facto be vested as pledge and cessionary with all my/our right, title and interest in to and under such agreement document or instrument, which shall be held by Investec, provided that the non-delivery or late delivery of any such agreement document or instrument (whether due to my/our default or to any act omission or delay on Investec’s part) shall not affect the force or continuity of this cession.   
Pledge of other assets   
23.    The specific provision of clauses 20.21 and 22 shall in no way limit or prejudice the applicability of the provisions of this Agreement to any assets pledged and ceded under this Agreement which are not mentioned in those clauses.   
Scope of cession and pledge   
24 .    Without restricting the generality of the description of the indebtedness and obligations secured hereby as set out in this Agreement this Agreement shall cover and secure Investec on respect inter alia of   
24 1    any claims/ against me/us acquired for the time being from a third party/ies whether by cession or otherwise and whether prior to or after me or any of us has been sequestrated, liquidated wound up or placed under judicial management;   
24.2    any present or future liability of me/us as surety/ies and/or co-principal debtor/s and/or indemnities and/or intercessor/s for or with any third party/ies or as avail/s endorser/s, marker/s, drawer/s or acceptor/s to of or on any negotiable instruments and   
24.3    any other actual, contingent or prospective liability of me/us to Investec ,   
   in each case without limitation as to cause and all references herein to any indebtedness liability of obligation of mine/ours shall be construed accordingly   

Miscellaneous provisions

 

   LOGO
25.    I/we undertake that I/we will do not act or suffer any omission and will permit no other person to do any act nor suffer any omission which may have the effect of diminishing or adversely affecting the rights of Investec under this Agreement or the effectiveness of this cession and pledge   
26.    A certificate under the hand of any Director or Manager (whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove) for the time being of Investec as to any indebtedness under this Agreement or any other fact shall be prima facie evidence of my/our indebtedness to Investec hereunder and/or such other fact for the purpose of provisional sentence or summary judgment proceedings or for any other purpose.   
27    No relaxation or indulgence granted by Investec to me/us shall be deemed to be a waiver of any of Investec’s rights in terms hereof nor shall any such relaxation or indulgence be deemed to be a novation of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement   
28.    No agreement at variance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and no waiver by Investec of any rights shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by the parties hereto   
29    Investec shall be at liberty, in its absolute discretion, to give time to release, discharge or compound or make any other arrangements with any one or more of the undersigned or any third party without in any way prejudicing Investec’s rights hereunder against the other or others or the undersigned.   
30    For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Agreement restricts Investec’s common law right to set off any payment due or arising or which may become due or owing by Investec to me/us from whatsoever cause under this Agreement against all and any indebtedness from whatsoever cause and howsoever arising which is or may become due or owing by me/us to Investec.   
31    Subject to the NCA (to the extent that this Agreement as a document as referred to in section 9.1(a) of the NCA), I/we hereby irrevocably and in rem suam, appoint Investec to make, sign and execute any and all   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   8 of 11  


   documents and to do such things as may be necessary or requested to enable Investec to exercise its rights hereunder and in order to give due and proper effect to the terms hereof hereby ratifying allowing and confirming all and whatsoever Investec will lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.   
32.    In this Agreement, unless the context or subject shall otherwise require the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and reference to persons shall include companies. In the case of plurality, this Agreement applies to all their indebtedness and obligations to Investec whether joint and/or several. Where two or more persons execute this Agreement:   
32.1    they hereby renounce by their signature the benefits of excussion, division, cession of actions, de duohus vel pluribus reis debendi, cession of actions and no value received, with the full force, meaning and effect whereof they declare themselves to be acquired, and are liable in solidum hereunder severally as well as jointly. In addition, if this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA, they hereby also renounce the benefits of errore calculi and non numeratae pecuniae and   
32.2    in the event of this Agreement for any reason being inoperative or unenforceable against one or more of them, whether by reason of not having executed the same or otherwise, it shall nevertheless be binding on and enforceable against the other signatory or signatories hereto   
33.    I/we hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the Magistrate’s Court in respect of all proceedings connected with this Agreement, notwithstanding that the amount claimed or the value of the matter in dispute exceeds such jurisdiction.   
34.    Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 33, if this Agreement is not a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA. Investec shall be entitled to institute all or any proceedings against me/us in connection with this Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa and I/we hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction of that court and agree that any costs awarded against me/us be awarded or paid in accordance with clause 15 of this Agreement on the High Court scale. If this Agreement is a document as referred to in section 91(a) of the NCA, then, unless the Magistrates’ Court has concurrent jurisdiction, Investec shall be entitled to institute all or any proceedings against me/us in connection with this Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa and I/we hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction of that court.   
35.    The parties hereto respectively choose domicilia citandi el executandi for all notices and processes to be given and served in pursuance hereof, at their respective addresses given on page 1 of this Agreement and I/we warrant that such address and any other address selected by me/us hereunder shall be an address at which I/we am/are ordinarily resident or employed or shall be my/or business address. The parties shall be entitled to change their domicilia from time to time provided that any new domicilium selected by them shall be situate in the Republic of South Africa, shall be a physical address and any such change shall be effective only upon receipt of notice in writing delivered by hand or prepaid registered post, by the other party of such change.   
36.    All notices, demands or communications intended for either party, shall be made or given at such party’s domicilium for the time being, and if forwarded by Investec by prepaid registered post, shall be deemed to have been made or given 7 (seven) days after the date of posting. The provisions of this clause 36 shall not be construed as constituting the Post Office as agent of Investec for any purpose and all risk of theft, loss or destruction in the post of any payment made by or on my/our behalf shall at all times remain with me/us.   
37.    I/we undertake to pay all costs of and incidental to the preparation and stamping of this Agreement   
38.    The parties hereby agree that each clause of this Agreement is severable, the one from the other, and if any clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent Court, then the remaining clauses shall be and continue to be of full force and effect.   
39.    In the interpretation hereof the contra proferentem rule of construction shall not apply and accordingly this document shall not in any way be interpreted against the party responsible for its drafting or preparation   

 

Schedule of pledged/ceded assets   
1.    Execution of cession and pledge of 100% of shares held by Telimatrix Ltd (1995/013858/06) in SafeDrive International, in favour of Investec and delivery of original share certificates   

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   9 of 11  


This done and signed at                      on this      day of              2008

 

AS WITNESS (Full name in block letters)

    Witness signature
   1       1  
            
For and on behalf of    2         2    
Investec Bank limited           
This done and signed at S ANDTON on this 15 day of August 2008      

AS WITNESS (Full name in block letters)

    Witness signature
   1   C ORNELIA F OURIE     1   LOGO
LOGO           

LOGO

For and on behalf of

   2   J OHNNE H OLMES     2  
Telimatrix Ltd           

 

 

   

LOGO

Initial here     Initial here  
An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.   10 of 11  

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO             
      Annexure B       
      Date   :      15/12/2010
Loan summary       Contract no.   :      009
Quotation : cost of credit       Client no.   :      224342

(for the purposes of section 92 of the National Credit Act, 2005 if the Act is applicable)

 

Name of Credit Provider    Investec Bank Limited (Registration No 1969/004763/06) its successors and assigns (“Investec”)
Contact details of Credit Provider   

100 Grayston Drive

Sandown

Sandton

2196

Tel number: (2711) 286-7000

Fax number: (2711) 286-7777

National Credit Registration Number    NCRCP9
Name of Borrower    Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (Registration No/ID no 2004/019797/07)
Contact details of Borrower   

Tel 0116548000

Email paddy fitzgerald@mixtelematics com

Physical Address of borrower   

28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

Type of Agreement    Secured loan and credit facility
CAPITAL:    R50,000,000.00
ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES
Raising fee    R114.000 00
Security preparation fee    R0 00
Valuation fee    R0 00
   Charges are inclusive of VAT except if expressly stated to exclude VAT
*TOTAL ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES:    R114,000 00
*PRINCIPAL DEBT (Capital plus total additional charges):    R50,114,000.00
INTEREST         
Applicable annual interest rate    Base Rate minus 0 50%
Base rate    Investec Prime Rate, being currently 9 00%
Initial annual interest rate    8 5%
Rand value of interest    R4,255,316 64
*TOTAL COST OF CREDIT (interest plus additional charges):    R4,369,316 64
*TOTAL AMOUNT REPAYABLE:    R54,369,316 64
INSTALMENTS See clause 8 of the Loan Document
*Monthly instalment in respect of the
Principal Debt
  

Number of instalments

   Amount of each instalment
   12    364,109 72
Frequency of instalments    Monthly
Residual/final instalment    R50,000,000 00
Date of first instalment and date of final instalment    Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the monthly instalments will commence on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Principal Debt or any portion thereof is advanced to or on behalf of the borrower and will thereafter be payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month and shall continue to be so paid until all amounts owing to or claimable by Investec in terms of the Loan Agreement have been paid in full Where the 1st day of the month falls on a

 

LOGO

 

 

Borrower initial here

     

LOGO

 

 

Witness initial here

 
An authorized financial services provider       1 of 8  
       


   Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, then Investec shall be entitled to obtain payment on the first business day thereafter
Method of payment    ACB
*Total all instalments    R54,369,316 64

SECURITY PROVIDED AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS See clause 2 of the Loan Document

OTHER ONGOING COSTS See for example clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 18 ( Insurance ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached to the Loan Document as Annexure A

INSURANCE CONDITIONS Please see clause 18 of the Standard Terms and Conditions

 

LOGO

 

 

Borrower initial here

     

LOGO

 

 

Witness initial here

 
An authorized financial services provider       2 of 8  
       


LOGO      
   Client no.    : 224342
Agreement of loan    Contract no.    : 009
Entered into between      

Investec Bank Limited (Reg No: 1969/004763/06)

(A registered credit provider Reg No: NCRCP9)

of 100 Grayston Drive

Sandown

Sandton

2196

and

Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd 2004/019797/07

(Jointly and severally hereinafter referred to as “the borrower”)

of 28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

 

1    Introduction and interpretation   
   This Agreement comprises of the following   
     
   this Loan Document   
   the Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to this Loan Document)   
   the Loan Summary (Annexure B to this Loan Document)   
   any annexure or schedule to such documents, and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any)   

 

1 1    To the extent of any inconsistency between this Loan Document, the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Property and Building Conditions, this Loan Document will prevail  
1 2    Capitalised terms used in this Loan Document have been defined either in clause 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Definitions ) or in clause 1 of the Property and Building Conditions ( Definitions ) (if applicable).  
1 3    For the purposes of this Agreement:  
   1.3.1    the Capital is the amount of R50,000,000.00.  
1 4    The borrower acknowledges that some of the amounts set out in the Loan Summary are not determinable, may change over the life of the loan, and are based on an assumption that (among other things) the Base Rate does not change, that all amounts are paid on due date, and that no fee or charge changes or is confirmed to be different from the amount set out in the Loan Summary. Investec will set out any change in an estimated amount in the next applicable statement of account contemplated in clause 8 ( Statement of Account ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions  
2    Special conditions  
2 1    The following special conditions apply to the Agreement (and the obligation of Investec to advance any amount under the Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment of such special conditions)  
   2 1 1    FICA requirements  
      Receipt by Investec from the borrower, to Investec’s sole satisfaction, of all documents and information Investec requires  
      2 1 1 1    for Investec to comply with its obligations as an accountable institution under FICA, the regulations pertaining to FICA, and any guidance notes applicable to the banking sector, and/or  

 

LOGO       LOGO

 

Borrower initial here

     

 

Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider       3 of 8
     


      2 1 1 2    in terms of any procedures to which Investec may be required to adhere in order to establish and verify the identity of contracting parties and/or information that Investec receives from the borrower,
   2 1 2    Existing mortgage bond/s
      None
   2 1 3    Mortgage bond/s to be registered
      None
   2 1 4    Suretyships to be provided
      2 1 4 1    Execution of a joint and several continuing suretyship by Mix Telematics Ltd (1995/013858/06) LIMITED to R50,000,000 00 (Fifty Million Rand) plus interest and costs in favour of Investec in a form acceptable to Investec
   2 1 5    Security conditions
      2 1 5 1    Cession of all right, title and interest in and to the subscriber contracts with a minimum valuation of R500,000,000 00 (Five Hundred Million Rand) including any future subscriber contracts entered into by the borrower and third party clients in favour of Investec on Investec’s standard terms and conditions
      2 1 5 2    An undertaking by the Borrower Mix Telematics Limited that no dividends will be declared and paid without the express written consent of Investec, for the duration of the loan facility, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd Shareholders Agreement or any other agreement
      2 1 5 3    Deals 224342 007 and 224342 008 to be settled from this facility
   2 1.6    Special conditions
      2 1 6 1    Receipt by Investec of a resolution in terms of section 226 of the Companies Act, 1973 by the shareholders of Mix Telematics Limited in a form acceptable to Investec
2 2    The borrower will use its best endeavours to fulfill or procure the fulfilment of the special conditions as soon as possible after the Signature Date and, in any event, within 5 Business Days of the date of any notice by Investec requiring the fulfilment of the special conditions Should any special condition be of an ongoing nature, the borrower shall procure that the special conditions remain fulfilled at all times for the duration of the Agreement
2 3    The special conditions have been inserted for Investec’s benefit Investec may waive or defer fulfilment of one or more of the special conditions in its sole and unfettered discretion
2 4    If
   2 4 1    all the special conditions have not been fulfilled or waived, or
   2 4 2    the borrower has not requested or received any advance under the Agreement for a period of 6 months after the Signature Date,
   Investec shall have no obligation in terms of the Agreement to advance any amount to the borrower and neither party will have any claim against the other except for a claim arising from a breach by the borrower of clause 2 2 and/or any of the clauses stipulated in clause 2 1, provided that
   2 4 3    the borrower shall in any event remain liable for and shall pay on written demand all costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges or expenses (including legal fees, costs and expenses) together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec incurs or suffers in connection with the assessment, preparation, arrangement and/or termination of the loan, the drafting of any Finance Documents, the registration or cancellation of any security (including any Bond) and the valuation or realisation of any Security, and
   2 4 4    should the Agreement provide for the payment of a raising fee to Investec, the borrower shall remain liable for and shall pay on written demand such raising fee plus VAT thereon
2 5    Notwithstanding anything else in clause 2, Investec has the right in its sole discretion to advance the Principal Debt (or any part of it) before the fulfilment of the special conditions With effect from the date of that advance, all of the terms of this Agreement will apply to that advance (as applicable), whether or not the special conditions have been fulfilled That advance will not
   2 5 1    constitute a waiver of the rights of Investec to require fulfilment of all of the special conditions in terms of clause 2 2 above,

 

LOGO       LOGO

 

Borrower initial here

     

 

Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider       4 of 8
     


   2 5 2    oblige Investec to advance any further part of the Principal Debt to the borrower, if the advance was of a part of the Principal Debt only, or
   2 5 3    prejudice Investec’s rights under or in relation to any Finance Document
2 6    After making any advance in terms of clause 2.5, Investec shall be entitled to require fulfillment of any outstanding special conditions by written notice to the borrower and the borrower shall be obliged to procure the fulfilment of such special conditions within 5 Business Days of the date of such notice, failing which Investec has the right (without prejudice to any other rights or entitlements it may have under the Agreement) by written notice to require the borrower immediately to repay the advance in question, and the borrower will comply with that notice immediately on receipt thereof
2.7    Notwithstanding any other term of the Agreement, Investec is not obliged to advance the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or any other amount, if an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Event has occurred or a Potential Event of Default has arisen
3    The loan
3 1    Investec agrees to lend the Principal Debt to the borrower and the borrower agrees to borrow the Principal Debt from Investec, subject to the terms of this Agreement
3 2    The borrower will use the loan solely for the purpose set out in clause 4 below The borrower will not use the loan for any other purpose without Investec’s prior written consent
3 3    Investec may, in its sole discretion and subject to prior written agreement with the borrower, separately advance further amounts to the borrower pursuant to separate loan agreements entered into by Investec and the borrower from time to time
4    Utilisation of Principal Debt
   The borrower is obliged to utilise the Principal Debt as follows and for no other purpose
   4 1    R114,000 00 (One Hundred And Fourteen Thousand Rand) for fees, costs and disbursements owing to Investec in terms of this agreement,
   4 2    R50,000,000 00 (Fifty Million Rand) - To settle deals 224342 007 and 224342 008
5    Advance of Principal Debt
5 1    Subject to clauses 2 5 and 4 above, Investec will advance the Principal Debt (or any part thereof that is available for draw down) on fulfilment of the special conditions stipulated in clause 2, as follows
   5 1 1    if Investec has agreed to issue a guarantee on behalf of the borrower, by way of payment under the guarantee to the Contractor or any other third party specified by the borrower or its authorised agent (“ Guaranteed Party ”) and the amount of any such payment shall for all purposes constitute an advance of Capital under the Agreement,
   5 1 2    by way of set off against the obligations of the borrower or the obligations of any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is party to a Finance Document to Investec under any existing agreement specified in clause 4 above and/or in respect of fees payable by the borrower in terms of this Agreement or in discharge of any amount due by the borrower to Investec in terms of the Agreement, and/or
   5 1 3    after Investec receives a draw-down notice or other instruction acceptable to Investec from the borrower, by electronic transfer and/or direct deposit into a bank account nominated in writing by the borrower or its authorised agent or the bank account of a person specified in the draw-down notice, and/or
   5 1 4    by applying the amount against any capitalised interest allowance as stipulated in the Loan Summary,
5 2.    Investec may, in its sole discretion and subject to such further terms as Investec may agree, issue a guarantee in favour of the Guaranteed Party in respect of all or certain of the borrower’s obligations to the Guaranteed Party from time to time If Investec issues a guarantee to a Guaranteed Party, then the amount which Investec is obliged to advance to the borrower under the Agreement will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount guaranteed in terms of the guarantee
5 3    The borrower agrees that when Investec has advanced the Principal Debt in accordance with this clause 5, Investec will have fully discharged its obligations to the borrower in terms of this Agreement.

 

LOGO

      LOGO  
Borrower Initial here       Witness initial here  
An authorised financial services provider       5 of 8  
       


5 4    The borrower has no entitlement to a re advance but Investec may Investec has, in its sole discretion, agreed to re-advance any amount comprising the Capital which it has previously advanced and which the borrower has repaid during the term of this Agreement For the avoidance of doubt
   5 4 1    any amount so re-advanced forms part of the Principal Debt with effect from the date of that re-advance, and will be governed by the terms of this Agreement (including as to the accrual of interest), and
   5 4 2    for the purposes of this clause 5 4, “Capital’’ does not include VAT payments, payments of capitalised interest or payments of capitalised fees as specified in clause 9 ( Fees )
6    Duration of loan
6 1    This loan will begin on the Commencement Date and endure for 12 months thereafter, subject to the provisions of clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions
7    Interest
7 1    Subject to clause 11 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Interest on overdue amounts ), the Principal Debt will bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate, subject to any variation provided for in this Agreement, with effect from the Commencement Date Interest will accrue daily, be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded monthly in arrears
7 2    Any variation in the Applicable Interest Rate due to a variation in the Base Rate will be effective from the date of the variation of the Base Rate
7 3    Investec will give the borrower written notice (whether in the monthly statement of account or otherwise) of the variation in the Base Rate in accordance with its normal practice, provided that if the Act applies, Investec will give the borrower written notice of the variation in the Base Rate within 30 Business Days of the variation taking effect
7 4    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Investec may at any time (whether before the first advance or, following a request by the borrower, after the first advance) in its sole discretion agree that, subject to clause 12 3 of the Standard Terms and Conditions, the Principal Debt or a portion of the Principal Debt will bear interest at a fixed rate of interest proposed by Investec and agreed to by the borrower in writing. Such fixed interest rate will apply with effect from the agreed date until expiry of the agreed fixed rate period Interest will accrue daily, be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and be compounded monthly in arrears, irrespective of whether that year is a leap year or not
7 5    Investec is under no obligation whatsoever to agree to a fixed rate of interest In particular, the availability of a fixed interest rate, and the applicable fixed interest rate (if any), is subject to prevailing market conditions and to the availability of appropriate matched funding that Investec may seek to obtain On expiry of the fixed rate period, or if the parties do not agree the fixed interest rate before the time stipulated for the first advance contemplated in clause 5, the interest rate will be linked to the Base Rate
7 6    Investec may, subject to such terms of the Agreement and subject to such terms (if any) as Investec may (in Investec’s sole discretion) agree with the borrower in writing, capitalise the interest accruing on the outstanding balance of the Principal Debt for a period determined by Investec in its sole discretion
8    Repayments and early repayment
8 1    The borrower will repay the Total Amount to Investec in instalments, in the amounts and in the manner specified in the Loan Summary and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
8 2    The borrower may not, subject to clause 15 of the Standard Terms and Conditions ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ), anticipate the due date for payment of the Capital or any part of it without the prior written consent of Investec
8 3    Subject to the provisions of the Act (if applicable), the borrower will pay to Investec (or procure payment to Investec) in addition to the borrower’s obligation to pay any instalments to Investec, the amount of any VAT refunds or input tax credits due to or received by the borrower or any of the security providers in respect of the Security, Property and/or the Development (as the case may be) The borrower hereby undertakes to pay (or procure the payment of) such VAT refunds or input tax credits, within a period of 4 (four) months from the date of disbursement thereof, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Investec Should the borrower fail to pay (or procure the payment of) such VAT refunds or input tax credits timeously in accordance with this clause, Investec shall be entitled to, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, whether in terms of this Agreement or at law, to reduce the amount available for draw down under the Agreement with the amount of such VAT refunds or input tax credits, or to refuse to advance any further amounts and/or to deduct such amount from any drawdown requests

 

LOGO       LOGO  

 

Borrower initial here

     

 

Witness initial here

 
An authorised financial services provider       6 of 8  
       


8 4    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, if Investec has advanced any portion of the Capital to the borrower in circumstances where the special conditions have not yet been fulfilled, then Investec may, at any time (and from time to time), notwithstanding any interest capitalisation allowance granted in terms of this Agreement, by written notice to the borrower require the borrower to pay all accrued but unpaid interest on the date or dates stipulated in the notice
9    Fees
9 1    The borrower shall pay to Investec the following fees (as specified in the Loan Summary)
   9 1 1    a non-refundable raising fee for arranging the Capital, in the amount of R114,000 00 (inclusive of VAT), payable on the Commencement Date,
9 2    Investec may, in its discretion, capitalise the fees referred to in this clause 9, and thereby include those fees in the Principal Debt advanced under the Agreement
9 3    If the borrower fails to pay any of the specified fees the borrower will be in breach of this Agreement and Investec will be entitled in terms hereof to take appropriate action against the borrower

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

     

LOGO

Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider       7 of 8
     


SIGNED at SANDTON on the 17 day of JANUARY 2011.

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of the borrower and warranting authority

 

AS WITNESS    
1  

N ICOLE S NAID

   

LOGO

  Full names     Signature
2  

Leeanne Neilson

   

LOGO

  Full names     Signature

SIGNED at Sandton on the 20 day of January 2010

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of Investec and warranting authority

 

AS WITNESS    
1  

Magdeline Ramatio

   

LOGO

  Full names     Signature
2  

 

   

 

  Full names     Signature

 

 

Investec Private Bank, a division of Investec Bank Limited registration number 1969/004763/06 Investec Private Bank is committed to the Code of Banking Practice as regulated by the Ombudsman for Banking Services Copies of the Code and the Ombudsman’s details are available on request or visit www investecprivatebank co za An authorised financial services provider A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9

 

LOGO

Borrower initial here

     

LOGO

Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider       8 of 8
     


UNDERTAKING AND WARRANTY BY SHAREHOLDER

 

  1 We, the undersigned, Mix Telematics Ltd (“the Shareholder”) of Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (“the Borrower”), hereby acknowledge that Investec Bank Limited (“Investec”) has granted lending facilities to the Borrower in terms of a Loan Agreement concluded or to be concluded between Investec and the Borrower, and any amendments thereto, (“the Loan”)

 

  2 The Loan was granted on condition that no dividends will be declared and paid by the Borrower without the prior written consent of Investec, for the duration of the Loan, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in any other agreement (“Condition”) The Shareholder acknowledges the Condition and acknowledges further that Investec must provide their prior written consent in the event that the Borrower wishes to declare a dividend during the course of the Loan.

 

  3 The Shareholder accordingly undertakes to cause or procure that the Borrower complies with the Condition, as warranted, to ensure that dividends are not declared without the prior written consent of Investec and for so long as the Borrower is indebted to Investec under the Loan

 

  4. The Shareholder agrees to effect such amendments to the Shareholders Agreement and to procure such amendments to the Borrower’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as the case may be, to give effect to this Undertaking.

 

  5. The Shareholder hereby undertakes not to change or amend or approve any amendments to the Borrower’s dividend policy, nor the provisions of any Shareholders Agreement concluded by the Shareholder, nor the Borrower’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as the case may be, specifically relating to the Borrower’s dividend policy, without first obtaining Investec’s written consent thereto

 

  6. It is agreed that this Undertaking constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Borrower, the Shareholder and Investec in regard to the subject matter hereof No party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein.

 

  7 In the event that the provisions of this Undertaking are inconsistent with the provisions of the Borrower’s Memorandum and Articles of Association or any Shareholders Agreement concluded by the Shareholder, the provisions of this Undertaking shall prevail.

 

  8 This document is and shall at all times remain the property of Investec

 

  9 At Investec’s option, any claim arising hereunder may be recovered in any Magistrate’s Court having jurisdiction notwithstanding that such claim might otherwise exceed the jurisdiction of such court, or such claim may be recovered in any division of the High Court of South Africa (South Local Gauteng Division) as Investec in its sole and absolute discretion may elect and the Borrower hereby consents and submits to the jurisdiction of those courts in respect of any such claim

 

  10. No variation of the terms of this Undertaking shall be of any force or effect unless it is reduced to writing and signed by all parties hereto. No indulgence which Investec may grant to the Shareholder shall constitute a waiver of any of the rights of Investec, who shall not hereby be precluded from exercising any rights against the Shareholder which may have arisen in the past or which may arise in the future


  11. The parties choose domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes of the giving of any notice, the serving of any process and for any other purpose arising from this Undertaking, at the addresses set out below The parties shall be entitled from time to time, by written notice to the other to vary their domicilium to any other physical addresses within the Republic of South Africa. Any notice given by one party to the other which is delivered by hand at their domicilia for the time being shall be rebuttably presumed to have been received by them at the time of delivery

 

11.1    the Shareholder    Matrix Corner, Howick Close
   Waterfall Park
   Bekker Road
   Midrand
11.2    Investec    c/o Head of Private Bank
   100 Grayston Drive
   Sandown
   Sandton

 

  12. The Shareholder undertakes to act in the utmost good faith in any matter relating to this Undertaking

 

  13 If any Shareholder breaches any material provision or term of this Undertaking and fails to remedy such breach within 7 (seven) days of receipt of written notice requiring it to do so, then the other party (the “Aggrieved Party”) shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy available to it at law, to cancel this Agreement or to claim specific performance, in either event without prejudice to the Aggrieved Party’s right to claim damages

SIGNED AT M IDRAND ON THIS 13 DAY OF J ANUARY 2011

As Witnesses :

 

1.   

LOGO

      LOGO
         For and on behalf of Mix Telematics Ltd who warrants his authority hereto
2.   

LOGO

     


LOGO

Annexure A

Annexure -

standard terms and conditions

Client no.               : 224342

Contract no.           : 009

 

1 Definitions

 

1 1 In the Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires

 

  1 1 1 “Act” means the National Credit Act 2005, and any regulations or notices promulgated in terms thereof,

 

  1 1 2 “Agreement” means the agreement comprising of the Loan Summary (Annexure B to the Loan Document), the Loan Document, these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document), the Property and Building Conditions (Annexure C to the Loan Document) (if applicable), any annexure or schedule to such aforementioned documents, and if applicable any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond/s and any amendments thereto,

 

  1 1 3 “Applicable Interest Rate” means the variable interest rate stipulated in the Loan Summary,

 

  1 1 4 “Base Rate” means the variable rate of interest stipulated in the Loan Summary to which the interest rate on the Principal Debt is linked,

 

  1 1 5 “borrower” means the party stipulated in the Loan Document,

 

  1 1.6 “Bond” means any bond in respect of any Security registered or to be registered in favour of Investec, as specified in clause 2 of the Loan Document (Special Conditions) (including, without limitation, a mortgage bond, a notarial bond or a bond in respect of any ship, aircraft, notarial lease or other asset),

 

  1 1 7 “Break Costs” means in relation to a fixed interest rate only, all reasonable market-related costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges or expenses together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec incurs or suffers as a result of any payment of the whole or a portion of the Principal Debt or any interest owed by the borrower on any date other than as scheduled in the Agreement,

 

  1 1 8 “Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday in South Africa,

 

  1 1 9 “Capital” means that amount specified in clause 1 3.1 of the Loan Document,

 

  1 1 10 “Commencement Date” means the date on which Investec first advances the Principal Debt or any part thereof, or issues a guarantee, to or on behalf of the borrower, provided that for the purpose of determining the date from which interest shall accrue in respects of amounts deemed to be advanced by way of guarantee (and for this purpose only), “Commencement Date” shall mean the date upon which Investec pays any amount in terms of the Guarantee in question,

 

  1 1 11 “Contractor” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Property and Building Conditions,

 

  1 1 12 “Control” , in respect of any person other than a natural person, means

 

  1.1 12.1 the beneficial ownership or control (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the fully diluted voting share capital of the relevant person, and/or

 

  1 1 12.2 the ability to direct the casting of more than 50% of the fully diluted votes exercisable at a general meeting of the relevant person on all, or substantially all, matters, and/or

 

  1 1 12 3 the right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant person holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board of directors (or other principal management body) on all, or substantially all, matters,

 

     and “Control” and “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly,

 

  1 1 13 “Credit Bureau” means a person registered as such in terms of section 43(1) of the Act,

 

  1 1 14 “Development” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Property and Building Conditions,

 

  1 1 15 “Encumbrance” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, cession or assignment conferring security, hypothecation, security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any other type of preferential agreement or arrangement (including any type of transfer and retention arrangement), the effect of which is the creation of security, whether relating to existing or future assets and whether those assets are inside or outside South Africa and “Encumbering” and “Encumber” shall have a similar meaning,

 

  1 1 16 “Event of Default” means an event of default contemplated in clause 4 (Default),

 

  1 1 17 “FICA” means the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001,

 

  1 1 18 “Finance Document” means the Agreement and any other document, security or agreement that the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider executes in connection with the Agreement, whether or not expressly contemplated in the Agreement (including, without limitation, any suretyship, any guarantee, any Bond and any other document Encumbering the Security),

 

  1 1 19 “Group” means the borrower and the borrower’s holding company, Subsidiaries and associated companies (if any) For the purposes of this definition, “associated companies” means any company which is associated with the borrower by reason of the fact that such company is managed or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by substantially the same persons as the borrower,

 

LOGO

     LOGO

Borrower initial here

     Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

     1 of 19


  1 1 20 “Insurance” means the policy or policies of insurance referred to in clause 18 (Insurance) and clause 2 17 (Insurance ) in the Property and Building Conditions,

 

  1 1 21 “Investec” means Investec Bank Limited (Registration No 1969/004763/06),

 

  1 1 22 “loan” means the loan contemplated in the Agreement,

 

  1 1 23 “Loan Document” means the loan document to which these Standard Terms and Conditions are attached as Annexure A, the Loan Summary is attached as Annexure B and to which the Property and Building Conditions are attached as Annexure C (if applicable), and which forms part of the Agreement,

 

  1 1 24 “Loan Summary” means the summary furnished to the borrower and attached to the Agreement as Annexure B, which constitutes the Quotation required to be furnished by Investec in terms of the Act, if the Act applies;

 

  1 1.25 “Material Adverse Event” means any event, circumstance or change arising after the Signature Date, which in Investec’s reasonable opinion has or may have a material adverse effect on

 

  1 1 25 1. the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the borrower or any guarantor or surety of the borrower’s obligations to Investec,

 

  1 1 25 2 the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document,

 

  1 1 25 3 any right or remedy of Investec in respect of any Finance Document,

 

  1 1 25.4 the ability of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document, or

 

  1 1 25 5 the ability of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is party to a Finance Document to comply with any law applicable to it,

 

  1 1 26 “Mortgage Bond Rate” means the quoted rate of interest (expressed as a percentage rate per year, calculated daily and compounded monthly in arrear) levied by Investec in South Africa from time to time, as evidenced by a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec (whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove) Any such certificate will, save in the event of manifest error, be final and binding on the parties,

 

  1 1 27 “Potential Event of Default” means any event of the existence of any circumstance which (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) would or could (with the expiry of any remedy period, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of the aforegoing) if not remedied or altered, bring about an Event of Default, whether or not caused by or for any reason whatsoever outside the control of the borrower or any other person,

 

  1 1 28 “Prime Rate” means the quoted rate of interest (expressed as a percentage rate per year, calculated daily and compounded monthly in arrear) levied by Investec in South Africa from time to time, as evidenced by a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec (whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove) Any such certificate will, save in the event of manifest error, be final and binding on the parties,

 

  1 1 29 “Principal Debt” means the Capital plus the amount of any fee, cost, charge, penalty, premium or interest recoverable by Investec either in terms of the Act (if the Act applies) or in terms of the provisions of the Agreement or at law, and if the borrower makes use of the drawdown facility (if any) provided for in the Agreement or if any amounts due to Investec are capitalised in terms of the Agreement or if Investec re-advances any amount to the borrower or if Investec has paid any expenses or insurance premiums on behalf of the borrower, then such amounts shall be deemed to be included in the Principal Debt and the Agreement will automatically be amended accordingly,

 

  1 1 30 “Property and Building Conditions” means the conditions contained in Annexure C to the Loan Document and which will apply if the loan is to be utilised in order to fund any development or building works or if a Bond over immovable property is to be registered in favour of Investec as security for the loan,

 

  1 1 31 “Security” means the asset, rights or entitlement that the borrower and/or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider has provided or will provide and which may be charged or otherwise Encumbered to secure the borrower’s obligations, under the Agreement and any other obligations of the borrower to Investec (whether or not such Security is contemplated in clause 2 of the Loan Document),

 

  1 1 32 “Signature Date” means the date of signature of the Agreement by the borrower,

 

  1 1 33 “Standard Terms and Conditions” means the terms and conditions contained in this document, as amended from time to time,

 

  1 1 34 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary company within the meaning of section 1(3) of the Companies Act 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act 2008,

 

  1 1 35 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes (including capital gains tax), levies, imposts, duties (including transfer duties), stamp duties, securities transfer tax, charges, fees (including licence fees), deductions and withholdings and any penalties thereon imposed or required by any governmental, fiscal or other authority, and “Tax” and “Taxation” will be construed accordingly,

 

  1 1 36 “Total Amount” means the total amount payable by the borrower to Investec in terms of the Agreement at the relevant time, whether capitalised or not, including Capital, interest, penalty interest, costs (including, to the extent applicable, Break Costs, arrears, Taxes, any fee, VAT (to the extent applicable), and any default administration costs, collection costs, and/or any other amounts to which Investec is entitled or has incurred as a result of a breach by the borrower of the Agreement,

 

  1 1 37 “VAT” means value-added tax at the applicable rate in terms of the VAT Act 1991, and

 

  1 1 38 “ZAR”, “Rand” and “R” mean the lawful currency of South Africa at the relevant time

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    2 of 19


1 2 Any reference in the Agreement to “person” will be construed, as applicable, as a reference to any person, firm or trust, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership, whether or not having separate legal personality, or two or more of the foregoing

 

1 3 Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference to “include” or “including” means “include without limitation” or “including without limitation”, as the case may be.

 

1 4 Words importing the singular will include the plural and vice versa, and words importing any gender will include the other genders

 

1 5 The head notes to the paragraphs to the Agreement are inserted for reference purposes only and do not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions to which they relate

 

1 6 The Agreement is binding on and enforceable by the successors-in-title, authorised representatives, permitted assigns, trustees or liquidators of the parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Agreement in the first instance, and reference to any party includes that party’s authorised representatives, permitted assigns, trustees or liquidators, as the case may be

 

1 7 If any provision in this clause 1 is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, then notwithstanding that such provision is contained in this clause 1, effect will be given thereto as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement

 

1 8 Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in the Agreement, the term so defined will, unless it appears clearly from the clause in question that the term has limited application to the relevant clause, bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of the Agreement, notwithstanding that the term has not been defined in this clause 1

 

1 9 When the Agreement prescribes any number of Business Days, they will be reckoned inclusive of the first and exclusively of the last Business Day

 

1 10 If the day for the performance of any obligation in terms of the Agreement falls on a day which is not a Business Day, then that obligation will be performed on the immediately following Business Day. If the obligation in question relates to the payment of any amount, interest will accrue on that amount at the then-applicable rate for the additional period

 

1 11 Expressions defined in the Agreement bear the same meanings in any schedule or appendices which do not contain their own definitions

 

1 12 Any reference in the Agreement to legislation or subordinate legislation is to that legislation or subordinate legislation at the Signature Date and as amended, substituted and/or re-enacted from time to time

 

1 13 The rule of interpretation that a contract will be interpreted against the party responsible for drafting or preparing the contract does not apply

 

2. No deductions

 

   Except to the extent that the Act provides otherwise (if the Act applies)

 

2 1 the borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in full, free of any exchange commissions or bank charges, without any set-off or counterclaim and free from any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes,

 

2 2 if the borrower is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding, the borrower will pay to Investec any additional amounts necessary to ensure that Investec receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) the full amount of the relevant payment as if that deduction or withholding had not been made, and

 

2 3. if Investec is obliged to pay any withholding or other Tax on any amount it receives from the borrower (other than Tax on Investec’s overall income), that Tax will be for the borrower’s account, and the borrower will refund that amount to Investec immediately on demand.

 

3. Payments

 

3 1 The borrower will make all payments under the Agreement in Rand, unless otherwise agreed in writing

 

3 2 Subject to clause 3 3, the borrower will make all payments on the due date in freely transferable and convertible funds at least half an hour before the end of normal commercial banking hours into such account as Investec may specify to the borrower

 

3 3 The borrower hereby authorises Investec to recover any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable

 

  3 3 1 by way of debit order from the bank account/s of the borrower or a third party in the name of the borrower as the borrower or third party (as the case may be) specifies to Investec in writing from time to time, and/or

 

  3 3 2 by way of automated clearing bureau (in which event no voucher will be provided to the borrower but details of each debit will be reflected on the borrower’s bank statement), electronic funds transfer or post-dated cheque

 

3 4 The borrower undertakes to co-operate and comply with any directions that Investec issues with respect to the payments in clause 3 3

 

3 5 Without limiting Investec’s rights (including its rights in terms of clause 4 below (Default ), if at any time

 

  3 5 1 the aggregate amount of money advanced to the borrower exceeds the Capital stipulated in clause 1 of the Loan Document, the borrower must immediately on demand from Investec pay an amount to Investec equal to the excess, and

 

  3 5 2 if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement, the schedule of building costs estimate in respect of the Development (if any) reflects an estimate that is less than the Capital, then the Capital will automatically be reduced to reflect the lower amount and the Agreement will be automatically amended accordingly

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    3 of 19
 


4. Default

 

4 1 An Event of Default occurs if

 

  4 1 1 any of the events in clause 4 3 below occurs whether or not caused by or for any reason whatsoever outside the control of the borrower or any other person, and

 

  4 1 2 in the good faith opinion of Investec, the event in question is

 

  4 1 2 1 incapable of remedy,

 

  4 1 2 2 capable of remedy, and the borrower fails to remedy or procure the remedy of that breach within 5 Business Days (or such other remedy period as may be stipulated in clause 4 3 or such longer period as Investec may in its sole discretion consider necessary in the circumstances) of written notice thereof, but Investec shall not be required to afford the borrower any remedy period in respect of the Event of Default contemplated in clause 4 3 1,

provided that, if more than one event contemplated in clause 4 3 occurs within a period of 100 Business Days after the first of them, then the second and each subsequent event shall be deemed to be incapable of remedy and the notice period contemplated in this clause 4 1 2 2 will accordingly not apply

 

4 2 For the purposes of this clause 4, if the Act applies, an event as contemplated in clauses 4 3 2 to 4 3 21 shall, if it occurs, give rise to a dispute between the borrower and Investec for the purposes of clause 4 5 1 and section 129 of the Act

 

4 3 The Events of Default, each of which is severable and distinct from the others, are the following, namely

 

  4 3 1 any Material Adverse Event occurs, or

 

  4 3 2 the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document fails to pay in full any amount payable to Investec on the due date for payment in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document to which any one of them is party or any other agreement between any one of them and Investec For the avoidance of doubt the relevant arrears amount may include any residual payable in respect of the loan,

 

  4 3 3 the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document breaches any term or condition of any Finance Document to which any of them is party or any other agreement between any of them and Investec (and every such breach shall be deemed to be material), provided that if such term is a special condition as contemplated under clause 2 of the Loan Document, Investec shall not be obliged to permit any remedy period hereunder,

 

  4 3 4 a court judgment is granted against the borrower and either that judgment remains unsatisfied within 15 Business Days of it being given, or the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission or to note an appeal within that time, or (in Investec’s opinion) fails to proceed diligently with such application for rescission or such appeal or, having applied for its rescission or noted an appeal, fails (in Investec’s opinion) diligently to pursue it or to obtain it within a reasonable time,

 

  4 3 5 the borrower commits an act which would be an act of insolvency as defined in the Insolvency Act, 1936 if it were a natural person,

 

  4 3.6 the borrower enters into any compromise, composition or arrangement with all or any class of its creditors, or attempts to do so,

 

  4 3 7 if the borrower is a company

 

  4 3 7.1 the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008 in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application, whichever alternative occurs earlier,

 

  4 3.7 2 its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution to wind-up the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008,

 

  4 3 7.3 it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, liquidated or placed under judicial management or curatorship,

 

  4 3.7 4. without the prior written consent of Investec, it sustains a change of shareholders (whether as a result of the transfer of shares, the allotment of shares or otherwise) so that Control of the borrower vests in persons other than the borrower’s controlling shareholders as at the Signature Date, provided that this provision shall not apply where the borrower is a company listed on any recognised stock exchange,

 

  4 3 7 5 without the prior written consent of Investec, its directors or members propose, or its members pass or attempt to pass, or the directors or members of any of its Subsidiaries propose, or the members of any of its Subsidiaries pass or attempt to pass, a special resolution in terms of which the borrower or its Subsidiary may acquire any shares issued by the borrower,

 

  4 3 7 6 without the prior written consent of Investec, it or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise acquire any shares issued by it,

 

  4 3 7 7 without the prior written consent of Investec, its directors or members propose, or its directors or members pass or attempt to pass, any resolution in terms of which the borrower may

 

  4 3 7 7.1. effect a reduction of its capital in any way whatsoever, or

 

  4 3 7 7 2 make any payment or distribution to its shareholders (other than by way of a dividend duly declared and paid from profits available for that purpose),

 

  4 3 7.8 the board of directors of the borrower resolves that the borrower voluntarily begins business rescue proceedings,

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    4 of 19


  4 3 7 9 without the prior consent of Investec an application is made to court by any party for an order placing the borrower under supervision and commencing business rescue provisions,

 

  4.3 7 10 the borrower or any subsidiary of the borrower commences business rescue proceedings,

 

  4 3 8 if the borrower is a close corporation

 

  4 3 8 1 the Master of the High Court of South Africa issues a certificate as contemplated in section 346(3) of the Companies Act, 1973 (read with section 66 of the Close Corporations Act, 1984) and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008 in respect of an application to wind-up the borrower, alternatively, the deponent thereto signs the founding affidavit delivered in support of such an application, whichever alternative occurs earlier,

 

  4 3 8 2 its members propose, pass or attempt to pass a resolution to wind up the borrower as contemplated in section 349 and section 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 (read with section 67 of the Close Corporations Act, 1984) and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008,

 

  4 3 8 3 it is otherwise provisionally or finally wound-up, or liquidated, or

 

  4 3 8 4 it sustains a change of members (whether as a result of the transfer or disposition of members’ interests or the issue or restructuring of the members’ interests) so that Control of the borrower is vested in persons other than the borrower’s controlling members as at the Signature Date,

 

  4 3 9 if the borrower is a natural person or partnership, it dies or is dissolved (as the case may be), or is provisionally or finally sequestrated,

 

  4 3 10 if the borrower is a trust, it is discharged, varied, revoked or wound-up,

 

  4 3 11 the borrower sells or attempts to sell the whole or a major part of its assets,

 

  4 3 12 any representation, warranty or statement by the borrower to Investec is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to have been made,

 

  4 3 13 the borrower is rated as a result of a change in circumstances at any time after the Signature Date, which rating results (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) in an increase in the level of credit risk with regard to the borrower’s obligations under the Agreement,

 

  4 3 14 the borrower generally does anything which prejudices or could prejudice Investec’s rights or interests in terms of any Finance Document,

 

  4 3 15 any assets of the borrower are attached under writ of execution and the borrower fails to take steps for its rescission, or (in Investec’s opinion) fails to proceed diligently with such application for rescission or, having applied for its rescission fails to obtain it within a time that Investec (in its sole discretion) considers reasonable,

 

  4 3 16 the borrower ceases to carry on business,

 

  4 3 17 the Bond (or any of them) is cancelled or rendered void for whatever reason,

 

  4.3 18 any representation or warranty made by the borrower in, or any information provided by the borrower to Investec in terms of any finance application form is incorrect or materially incomplete or is misleading,

 

  4 3 19 the borrower (if a natural person) or a director or member of the borrower (if the borrower is a corporate entity) is arrested on suspicion of failure to comply with any law,

 

  4 3 20 the Development is unduly or unnecessarily delayed for whatever reason in Investec’s sole discretion; or

 

  4 3 21 the occurrence of any of the events of default sel out in clause 2 12 of the Property and Building Conditions

 

4 4 For the purposes of this clause 4, reference to the borrower is deemed also to be a reference to any surety or guarantor for, and/or co-principal debtor with, the borrower in respect of its obligations under the Agreement Accordingly, if any of the Events of Default contemplated above occurs (subject to the necessary alterations) in respect of such a surety, guarantor and/or co-principal debtor, it shall be an Event of Default for the purposes of the Agreement

 

4 5 If an Event of Default occurs and the Act applies, Investec

 

  4 5 1 may propose that the borrower refers the Agreement to a debt counsellor, alternative dispute resolution agent, consumer court or ombud with jurisdiction, with the intent that Investec and the borrower resolve any dispute under the Agreement or develop and agree on a plan to bring the payments under the Agreement up to date, and

 

  4 5 2 subject to the Act, may commence legal proceedings to enforce the Agreement after (i) at least 10 Business Days have elapsed since Investec has provided the notice referred to in clause 4 5 1 or a notice terminating the review in terms of section 86(10) of the Act (as the case may be), and (ii) the borrower has been in default for more than 20 Business Days and (iii) Investec has met any further requirements set out in section 130 of the Act

 

4 6 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default then, without prejudice to any other rights which may thereupon be available to it, subject to clause 4 5 and the Act, Investec has the right, at its election, to

 

  4 6 1 terminate the Agreement with immediate effect or to enforce compliance with the Agreement and claim such reasonable damages as it may have suffered as the result of the Event of Default including any collection costs, default administration charges and any other reasonable amounts incurred by Investec as a result of the borrower’s breach in terms of the Agreement and any Break Costs,

 

  4 6 2 demand that the borrower pay all of its indebtedness under the Agreement, any Finance Document to which it is a party and any other agreement it may have with Investec, and all such indebtedness shall upon such demand become immediately due and payable, irrespective of any terms or conditions that may be applicable to such indebtedness For the avoidance of doubt the borrower’s indebtedness includes all fees that the borrower is, or would have been, liable to pay to Investec in terms of clause 9 of the Loan

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    5 of 19


     Document (Fees), and any Break Costs and all costs, losses, liabilities, damages, charges and expenses (including legal fees, costs and expenses) together with an amount equal to any VAT (if applicable) and any other applicable Taxes thereon which Investec suffers or incurs in connection with the assessment, preparation, arrangement and/or termination of the loan, the drafting of the Finance Documents, the registration or cancellation of any security (including any Bond) and the valuation or realisation of any Security,

 

  4 6 3 pay any amounts on behalf of the borrower and to do all such things as Investec may consider necessary to protect its interests as creditor and to preserve the Security, and to have recourse against the borrower for all those amounts paid or things done, together with interest thereon as provided in clause 11 (Interest on overdue amounts),

 

  4 6 4 demand that the borrower immediately pay to Investec all amounts for which Investec may be contingently liable in respect of any guarantee, suretyship, bill of exchange or other instrument issued, signed, endorsed or the like by Investec at the instance, or on behalf, of the borrower, and the borrower will immediately comply with that demand,

 

  4 6 5 withhold any further advances of the Capital or any portion thereof, or any other amount, to the borrower, and either forthwith without notice or (should the Act apply) subject to the requirements of the Act, suspend or close any credit facility contained in the Agreement,

 

  4 6 6 to the extent it is entitled to do so, revoke or otherwise withdraw, subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant guarantee, any guarantee it has issued in favour of any third party or Contractor to secure the obligations of the borrower whether in connection with the Development or otherwise,

 

  4 6 7 to the extent lawful and in the manner required by law, to realise any Security it may have in respect of the loan, and/or

 

  4 6.8 in its sole discretion to direct the borrower to renegotiate the terms of the Agreement and, if necessary, by written notice to the borrower and until the renegotiations have been completed to Investec’s sole satisfaction, to extend the term of the Agreement for the period stipulated in that notice, and clause 6 of the Loan Document (Duration of Loan) will be deemed to be amended accordingly If negotiations are not completed to Investec’s sole satisfaction within any extended term of the Agreement, such failure constitutes an Event of Default with effect from the expiry of that extended period, and/or
  4 6 9 exercise all rights and remedies to which it is entitled under law

 

5. Representations and warranties

 

5 1 Each warranty and representation set out in this clause 5 is a separate warranty or representation and is in no way limited to or restricted by reference to or by inference from the terms of any other warranty or representation, or by any words of the Agreement

 

5 2 The borrower acknowledges that it is aware that Investec has entered into the Agreement on the strength of the warranties and representations set out in the Agreement

 

5 3 The rights and remedies of Investec in respect of any misrepresentation or breach of warranty on the part of the borrower will not be prejudiced or affected by any investigation of Investec or any other person by or on behalf of Investec or any other act or matter which, but for this provision, would or might prejudice or affect any such rights or remedies

 

5 4 The provisions of this clause 5 are severable from the remaining provisions of the Agreement and will accordingly remain of full force and effect notwithstanding that the Agreement may otherwise be void, voidable or cancelled for any reason

 

5 5 The borrower represents and warrants to Investec from and after the Signature Date, so that such representations and warranties shall be deemed to apply at all times so long as any amount remains actually or contingently owing to Investec under any Finance Document, that

Material interest

 

  5 5 1 it has a material interest in entering into the Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is party,

Foreign exchange

 

  5.5 2 the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of Exchange Control Regulations 3(i)(e) and (f), or any similar regulations promulgated from time to time and the borrower has satisfied itself as to its status or the effect of any change of status for exchange control purposes,

The borrower and authority

 

  5 5 3 if the borrower is a company or close corporation, it is a limited liability company or close corporation (as the case may be) duly constituted, incorporated and registered, and validly existing under the laws of South Africa, and has the power and authority to own its property and assets and carry on business,

 

  5 5 4 the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has full power and authority (including pursuant to all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action and approvals) to enter into and perform its obligations in terms of any Finance Document to which it is party, and that power and authority is not subject to attack or liable to be set aside for any reason,

 

  5 5 5 the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document is not prohibited in terms of its memorandum and/or articles of association (if it is a company), or otherwise in terms of any founding document, deed, constitution or agreement, from entering into any

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    6 of 19


     Finance Document to which it is party,

 

  5 5 6 the Agreement and any other Finance Documents will, when executed, constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations on the borrower and each surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document, enforceable in accordance with their terms,

 

  5 5 7 all persons acting on behalf of the borrower, or on behalf of any other party to a Finance Document (other than Investec), if any, have been properly and duly authorised so to act on behalf of the borrower or such other party to a Finance Document in respect of its entry into any Finance Document to which it is party and the fulfilment, and performance of its obligations under any such Finance Document,

Financial statements

 

  5 5 8 to the extent that financial statements are prepared in respect of the borrower and/or the Group, all annual and interim financial statements of the borrower and/or the Group will be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles and reporting standards that apply to the borrower under applicable laws (including the Companies Act, 1973 and the Companies Act, 2008 if applicable),

Solvency

 

  5 5 9 to the best of its knowledge and belief it is not aware of the existence of any factor or circumstance which may impair the borrower’s ability to repay any part of the Total Amount,

 

  5 5 10 no steps have been taken and the borrower is not aware of any steps threatened or of any facts which are likely to give rise to steps being taken in respect of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document in terms of sections 73, 311, 346, 349 or 351 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant sections in the Companies Act, 2008 (if the borrower/third party is a company or close corporation) or sections 3 or 9 of the Insolvency Act, 1936, or any other relevant or applicable provision of any law of South Africa, or any corresponding or analogous provision of legislation in any other jurisdiction Without limiting the foregoing, the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has not taken any action, nor have any steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against it, for its liquidation, winding-up or deregistration, the enforcement of any Encumbrance over its assets, or for the exercise of any rights of attachment, seizure or execution over any of its assets, or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, trustee, curator, judicial manager, business rescue practitioner or similar officer of it or of any of its assets, nor has anything analogous to any of the foregoing occurred in any applicable jurisdiction,

 

  5 5 11 on the Signature Date its liabilities do not exceed its assets, fairly valued

 

  5 5 12 on the Signature Date it is not subject to an administration order

Default

 

  5 5 13 no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing to occur, and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default will occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under the Agreement;

 

  5 5 14 the borrower and any surety, guarantor, pledgor or mortgagor in terms of any Finance Document is not in default in respect of any material obligation relating to any borrowed money,

 

  5 5 15 the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement does not violate, breach or conflict with any law, court order, judgment or contractual obligation binding on or affecting the borrower or any of its assets;

Tax

 

  5 5 16 the borrower has paid all Taxes due by it by the due date for payment of the relevant Taxes,

 

  5 5 17 the borrower is not liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax;

 

  5 5 18 the borrower is not subject to any liability as a result of the re-opening of any Tax assessment,

Regulatory

 

  5 5 19 the borrower and all applicable third parties (other than Investec) have obtained and are complying with all consents, authorisations, licences, certificates and approvals required for the due execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document, and they have taken all action and filed all notices and other documents with all competent authorities and regulatory bodies necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of any Finance Document,

Litigation and disputes

 

  5 5 20 save as previously disclosed to Investec in writing, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current, or to the borrower’s knowledge pending or threatened, against it which, if adversely determined, are likely to constitute a Material Adverse Event,

 

  5.5 21 no material dispute with any statutory or governmental authority is current or pending or, to the borrower’s knowledge, threatened against it or any of its assets;

Contracts

 

  5 5 22. save as disclosed to Investec in writing before the Signature Date, and other than the transactions envisaged in the Finance Documents, the borrower is not party to any contract, transaction, arrangement or liability which involves or is likely to involve obligations or liabilities which, by reason of their nature or magnitude, ought reasonably to be made known to any intending provider of finance,

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    7 of 19


Disclosures

 

  5 5 23 the disclosures (if any) made by the borrower in writing to Investec in respect of the warranties are accurate and complete and reflect all material off-balance sheet liabilities of the borrower, including (without limitation) commitments and obligations under leases of movables and foreign exchange liabilities and losses as at the date of such disclosure,

 

  5 5 24 all information in respect of the warranties and representations, and all of the warranties and representations given by the borrower to Investec relating to the business, activities, affairs, assets or liabilities of the borrower were, when given, and as at each day thereafter until such time as the borrower ceases to be actually or contingently indebted to Investec under the Agreement, accurate and comprehensive in all material respects,

 

  5 5 25 all information supplied by the borrower to Investec in contemplation or for the purpose of the Agreement was, to the best of the borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made all reasonable enquiries), true and accurate in all respects as at the date of supply and not misleading, and such information does not omit anything, nor since the date of such information has anything occurred, which renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect, and all projections and statements of belief and opinion given by the borrower to Investec were made honestly and in good faith after due and careful enquiry and remain valid,

 

  5 5 26 there are no material facts or circumstances in respect of the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document or the Group, or any such person’s affairs, business and operations which the borrower has not fully and fairly disclosed in writing to Investec, or which, if disclosed, would be likely to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether to enter into the Agreement,

Laws

 

  5 5 27 the granting of the loan will not in any way be or constitute a contravention of any law,

Companies Act and miscellaneous

 

  5 5 28 the granting of the loan will not in any way cause Investec to contravene or to assist or otherwise be involved in the contravention of section 38 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008,

 

  5 5 29 the borrower has, to the extent necessary in respect of the loan, complied, and procured the compliance by all relevant third parties, with section 226 of the Companies Act, 1973 and the relevant section in the Companies Act, 2008, and

 

  5 5 30 on the Signature Date, neither the borrower nor any party to a Finance Document (if a natural person) is subject to pending or ongoing criminal prosecution

 

6. Financial statements

 

6 1 To the extent that the borrower is required by law to prepare financial statements in respect of its affairs, the borrower will, for the duration of the Agreement, deliver to Investec copies of such financial statements within 3 6 calendar months of the financial year-end of the borrower

 

6 2 For the duration of the Agreement, should the borrower receive a written notification of any demand for payment or any legal action be instituted or judgment taken against the borrower, then the borrower shall within 2 Business Days after the borrower becomes aware of such demand, legal action or judgment notify Investec thereof and of the steps taken or to be taken by the borrower in relation thereto

 

6 3 The borrower will, for the duration of the Agreement, upon written notice from Investec furnish to Investec

 

  6 3 1 within 3 6 calendar months after those companies’ financial year-ends, copies of the unaudited and/or audited financial statements of each member of its Group, and

6 3 2 within 7 Business Days after it is approved in the ordinary course of the borrower’s business, the borrower’s annual budget (if applicable), including details of all proposed capital expenditure

 

7. Covenants

 

   From and after the Signature Date and so long as the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document has any liability to Investec under any Finance Document, the borrower

 

7 1 undertakes that its obligations and liability under each Finance Document to which it is party will at all times rank, save in respect of statutory preferential debts, at least equally or higher than all its present and future unsecured indebtedness,

 

7 2 will not, save as contemplated in the Finance Documents, create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance upon the Security, the whole or any part of its present or future property, revenues or assets without Investec’s prior written consent, save for any Encumbrance

 

  7 2 1. arising solely by operation of law in the ordinary course of the borrower’s business in respect of indebtedness (i) which shall be discharged within 30 Business Days of it so arising or (ii) which is in Investec’s sole opinion being contested in good faith and by appropriate means,

 

  7 2 2 arising out of title retention provisions in a supplier’s standard conditions of supply, or

 

  7 2 3 in respect of cash cover deposited with Investec pursuant to the loan,

 

7 3 will not, without Investec’s prior written consent (which Investec may not unreasonably withhold or delay), factor, sell, assign, discount or otherwise dispose of any book or other debts, claims or securities for money,

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    8 of 19


7 4 will, immediately upon becoming aware of it, inform Investec of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, and of any steps it has taken or proposes to take to remedy or mitigate the effect of any such event;

 

7 5 will comply with all laws and regulations existing in the jurisdiction where the Security is situated including if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement all environmental laws (if applicable),

 

7 6 will procure that whenever Investec raises any queries relating to the Finance Documents, the borrower’s employees, officials, authorised agents and/or directors will provide such information to Investec as may be required to verify that the proceeds and use of the amounts advanced under the Agreement are in fact in accordance with the normal ambit of business transactions conducive to the borrower’s business, and will give such assistance in their reply to such queries to allow Investec to discharge fully its obligations in terms of FICA,

 

7 7 will procure that all consents, licences, approvals, authorisations and exemptions, if any, as the borrower or any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document may require under any applicable law, or for the continued due performance of the borrower’s obligations, pursuant to the loan or the obligations of any surety, guarantor, co-principal debtor or security provider who is a party to a Finance Document pursuant to any Finance Document, as the case may be, are obtained and maintained in full force and effect, and

 

7 8 if the borrower is a company or close corporation, it will maintain its corporate existence in accordance with applicable laws

 

8. Statement of account

 

8 1 If the Act applies

 

  8 1 1 and unless Investec and the borrower agree a longer period, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower monthly; and

 

  8 1 2 Investec will deliver all statements of account to the borrower in accordance with its normal practice unless notified in writing that the borrower has chosen another manner for the delivery of documents from the options available in terms of the Act

 

8 2 If the Act does not apply, Investec will deliver statements of account to the borrower in accordance with its normal practice

 

9. Ratio of interest to Principal Debt

If the total amount of interest outstanding in respect of the Agreement at any time exceeds the Principal Debt as a result of a variation in the Base Rate or otherwise, then the borrower will, subject to the Act, if the Act applies, without prejudice to any other rights of Investec and immediately on request from Investec (which Investec may give in its sole discretion), pay to Investec any amount necessary to reduce the total amount of interest outstanding to an amount equal to the Principal Debt

 

10. Repayment of Principal Debt and interest

 

10 1 The borrower will repay the Principal Debt and interest as set out in the Loan Document and the Loan Summary in accordance with the terms of the Agreement The borrower and Investec acknowledge that some of the amounts as set out in the Loan Document and/or the Loan Summary on the Signature Date may be estimated amounts and, as such, are subject to variation. If any such estimate is proved to be inaccurate, or if any amount is varied in terms of this clause 10

 

  10 1 1 Investec will recalculate the amounts due and payable by the borrower to Investec at such time, and

 

  10 1 2 if the Act applies, Investec will give 5 Business Days’ written notice to the borrower in terms of, and otherwise comply with, the Act, or

 

  10 1 3 if the Act does not apply, the Agreement will automatically be amended to reflect the correct amounts, unless the borrower in good faith disputes that amount by written notice to Investec within 5 Business Days after it receives the first statement reflecting the recalculated amount

 

11. Interest on overdue amounts and increase in interest rate in certain circumstances

 

11 1 If the borrower fails to pay any amount due in terms of the Agreement (including any fee due to Investec), then the borrower will, without prejudice to Investec’s further or alternative rights and remedies, pay to Investec penalty interest, in addition to any other interest provided for in the Agreement, on all amounts so outstanding from the date those amounts became due and payable to date of payment thereof (both days inclusive), calculated at

 

  11 1 1 if the Act does not apply 5 3% above the Applicable Interest Rate at the time of default, or

 

  11 1 2 if the Act applies, the highest interest rate applicable to any part of the Principal Debt under the Agreement

 

11 2 If, in the circumstances contemplated in clause 17 5, Inveslec is entitled to require additional security and the borrower fails to provide such security following written request by Investec (or the resolution in Investec’s favour of any dispute in respect thereof, if applicable), then the Applicable Interest Rate payable by the Borrower on the Principal Debt under the Agreement will, following written notice to such effect by Investec, with effect from the date indicated in such notice

 

  11 2 1 if the Act does not apply, increase by 5 3 percentage points above the Applicable Interest Rate applicable immediately prior to such notice; or

 

  11 2 2 if the Act applies, increase to the highest interest rate applicable to any part of the Principal Debt under the Agreement

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    9 of  19


12. Conversion of the Applicable Interest Rate

 

  Floating rate to Fixed rate

 

12 1 If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate and the borrower has complied with all of its obligations in terms of the Agreement, then the borrower has the right at any time to request Investec to convert the Applicable Interest Rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate in accordance with the following provisions

 

  12 1 1 The borrower will give Investec a written request that it would like to convert the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of all or part of the Principal Debt

 

  12 1 2 Within 5 Business Days after receiving the borrower’s notice in terms of clause 12 1 1, Investec will, in its sole discretion, determine whether it is willing (given prevailing market conditions) to make a fixed rate available to the borrower and, if so, inform the borrower in writing of

 

  12 1 2 1 that rate (as a percentage per year),

 

  12 1 2 2 the manner in which the interest will be calculated, compounded and payable,

 

  12 1 2 3 the date on which Investec will book the funds with its Treasury Department,

 

  12 1 2 4 the period for which the fixed rate will apply, and

 

  12 1 2 5 subject to the Act (if the Act applies and to the extent the Act permits), the conversion fee (if any) that the borrower must pay to Investec in respect of the conversion

 

  12 1 3 If the borrower accepts the terms stipulated in the notice from Investec contemplated in clause 12 1 2

 

  12 1 3 1 it must inform Investec thereof in writing, and pay the conversion fee contemplated in clause 12 1.2 5 (if applicable), before the date contemplated in clause 12 1 2 3,

 

  12 1 3 2 the Applicable Interest Rate will be converted with effect from the date contemplated in clause 12 1 2 3; and

 

  12 1 4 3. the fixed interest rate quoted by Investec will apply for the duration of the period contemplated in clause
12 1 2 4

 

  12 1 4 Upon expiry of the fixed rate period, the loan will bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as at the date of conversion, subject to any variation in the Base Rate

 

  12 1 5 If there is a dispute as to the interest rate applicable under the Agreement, the interest rate will be the Applicable Interest Rate

 

     Fixed rate to Floating rate

 

12 2 If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate, the borrower and Investec may agree to convert that rate to a floating rate on terms acceptable to Investec, and the borrower will pay Investec on demand any Break Costs that arise pursuant to the conversion (subject to the Act, if the Act applies)

 

  12 2 1 The borrower will give Investec a written request that it would like to convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate.

 

  12 2 2 Within 5 Business Days after receiving the borrower’s notice in terms of clause 12 2 1 above, Investec will in its sole discretion determine the floating interest rate for a specified period of time and inform the borrower in writing of.

 

  12 2 2 1 the rate (as a percentage per year),

 

  12 2 2 2 the manner in which the interest will be calculated, compounded and payable,

 

  12 2 2 3 the date on which the conversion will take effect, and

 

  12 2 2 4 the amount of any Break Costs and any fixed rate prepayment penalty (calculated in accordance with clause 12 3) (if any) that the borrower must pay Investec

 

  12 2 3 If the borrower accepts the terms stipulated in the notice from Investec contemplated in clause 12 2.2

 

  12 2 3 1 it must inform Investec thereof in writing before the date stipulated in clause 12 2 2 3,

 

  12.2 3 2 the interest rate will be converted with effect from the date stipulated in clause 12 2.2 3,

 

  12 2 3 3 the new interest rate will apply for the balance of the Agreement, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing, and

 

  12 2 3 4 the borrower will pay the Break Costs (if any) to Investec on or before the date stipulated in clause 12.2.2 3

 

12 3 If the Applicable Interest Rate is a fixed rate (and the Act does not apply), then no capital repayments shall be permitted for the period of the fixed rate unless Investec agrees thereto in writing in its sole discretion. If however at any time’

 

  12 3 1 the borrower exercises its entitlement (if any) to anticipate payment of its indebtedness under the Agreement in terms of clause 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ) or anticipates payment of the whole or portion of its indebtedness in breach of the Agreement, or
  12 3 2 Investec exercises its right to claim immediate payment of the borrower’s indebtedness in terms of the Agreement pursuant to any Event of Default or otherwise,

(the date of each such event being an “early settlement date”) then

 

  12 3 3 subject to the Act if the Act applies, the borrower will pay Investec, on request

 

  12 3.3 1 an administration fee (plus VAT) equal to 20 Business Days’ interest calculated in terms of the Agreement using the interest rate in force on the early settlement date,

 

  12 3.3 2 in the case of a large agreement (as that term is defined in the Act), an early termination charge as contemplated in clause 15 ( Early payment and early termination by the borrower ); and

 

  12.3 3 3 if the Act does not apply, the amount by which the value of the instalments falling due after,

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    10 of 19


but repaid on, the early settlement date (“Repaid Amount”), when determined in accordance with “A”, is greater than the value of the Repaid Amount when determined in accordance with “B”, where.

 

  - “A” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying the fixed interest rate to the Repaid Amount and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by a rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) from the JSE Actuaries Yield Curve (“ Discount Rate”), and

 

  - “B” is the aggregate of the amount derived by applying an appropriate market-related interest rate selected by Investec (in its reasonable discretion) to the Repaid Amount, and discounting the Repaid Amount plus the interest so calculated by the Discount Rate

For the purposes of this clause, the Discount Rate will be a rate which most closely approximates an investment period that corresponds to the period from the early settlement date to the due date or dates (as the case may be) of the Repaid Amount, converted (if necessary) to a nominal annual rate compounded monthly in arrears (and calculated on the basis of a 365-day year irrespective of whether the year is a leap year or not)

 

13. Change in market rates and increased costs

 

13 1 The obligation of Investec to advance the Principal Debt under the Agreement is dependent on market rates and conditions prevailing as at the date of signature of the Agreement by the borrower Should there be any change in prevailing market rates and/or conditions, whether international or local, prior to the date of drawdown of the Principal Debt such that, in Investec’s reasonable opinion, its cost of funding the Principal Debt increases and/or its overall net return on the Principal Debt decreases, Investec shall be entitled at its discretion to review and amend the Agreement, including (but not limited to) the pricing, structure and/or terms hereof

 

13 2 If Investec wishes to amend the terms of the Agreement in these circumstances, then Investec shall advise the borrower thereof and,

 

  13 2 1 the borrower will be entitled to obtain alternative quote/s from bona fide third party funders, such quote/s to be obtained on the basis of the same terms and conditions as those set out in the Agreement as amended by Investec,

 

  13 2 2 Investec shall have the right to match such bona fide quotes within a reasonable time, and, if it does so, then Investec shall be exclusively entitled to lend the Capital to the borrower,

 

  13 2.3 if such bona fide third party quote/s cannot be matched by Investec within a reasonable time, then the borrower shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement. The borrower shall remain liable to Investec for any costs incurred in these circumstances

 

13 3 If at any time or times during the term of the Agreement, if the Act does not apply

 

  13 3 1 any new law, ruling or regulation is promulgated, given or adopted,

 

  13 3 2 there are any changes in any departmental practice of any relevant monetary or fiscal authority,

 

  13 3 3 there is a change in either banking practice as it applies to Investec or any international banking convention (including, without limitation, Basel II) which applies to Investec,

 

  13 3 4 there is any compliance by Investec with any directive or request, whether or not having the force of law, from any monetary or fiscal authority,

 

  13 3 5 there is any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of, any law, regulation, directive or official request, including the Income Tax Act, 1962, Banks Act, 1990, or any regulations made in terms thereof,

 

  13 3 6 Investec is required or requested by any statutory or monetary authority, to pay any Taxes (other than normal Tax on Investec’s income), or to increase or maintain special deposits or reserve assets, capital assets, liquid assets and cash reserves, in addition to those currently paid, maintained or reserved, or

 

  13 3 7 there is any other event beyond the reasonable control of Investec, which would or does

 

  13 3 7 1 subject Investec to any Taxes or other charges in respect of any Finance Document or change the basis of Taxation of Investec in respect of payments of Capital, interest or fees payable to it (except for changes in the rate of normal Taxation on the overall net income of Investec),

 

  13 3 7 2 impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Investec, or

 

  13 3 7.3 impose on Investec any other obligation or condition in relation to the amounts advanced by it or its obligations in terms of the Agreement,

and the result of any of the above is to increase the cost to Investec of making any advance or maintaining the loan, or to reduce any amount/s received or receivable by Investec in terms of the Agreement by a sum which is (in Investec’s reasonable opinion) material, or

 

  13 3 8 if at any time or times during the term of the Agreement the Capital is not fully utilised and Investec would be or is subjected to any limitation, restriction or measurement affecting its ability to continue to hold the unutilised portion available to the borrower without incurring additional cost or suffering loss of revenue, then the borrower will immediately pay to Investec on demand (subject to the Act, if the Act applies) and while such circumstances continue, such additional amount or amounts which will compensate Investec for the additional cost or reduced receipts, and furthermore in the case of an event occurring under this clause 13 Investec has the right to withhold any such unutilised portion of the Capital until such time as arrangements satisfactory to Investec have been concluded to compensate Investec for existing or future costs or reductions in receipts, subject to the Act if the Act applies

 

13 4 Investec will give the borrower notice of all variations to any payments which may be required to be made in terms of clause 13 3

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    11 of  19


  13 5 If the borrower fails or refuses to pay any additional amount as contemplated in clause 13 3-

 

  13 5 1 if the Act does not apply then either party will be entitled, on 90 (ninety) days’ notice to the other party, to inform such other party that the Total Amount at that time is to be repaid forthwith upon the expiry of the 90 (ninety) day period, subject to clause 12 Upon the giving of such notice by either party the Total Amount shall become due and payable upon the expiry of the said notice period, and

 

  13 5 2 if the Act does apply, then the borrower has the right, subject to clause 12 3 3 2, to repay the Total Amount in full

 

14. Increases or decreases in the interest rate

 

   If the Applicable Interest Rate is linked to the Base Rate, and if that rate increases or decreases, then the Applicable Interest Rate charged in respect of the Agreement will automatically and concurrently therewith increase or decrease, as the case may be, by the same percentage points If the Act applies to the Agreement Investec will give the borrower written notice of any such change in the interest rate within 30 Business Days after the day on which the change in the Base Rate takes effect Investec may, in its discretion, give such notice in a statement of account contemplated in clause 8 provided that such statement is sent to the borrower within 30 Business Days of the day on which a change in the Base Rate occurs

 

15. Early payment and early termination by the borrower

 

15 1 If the Act applies the borrower may

 

  15 1 1 settle the indebtedness owing under this Agreement at any time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept the amount required to settle the Agreement when it is tendered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due, provided that on the date on which the Agreement is settled, the borrower pays to Investec

 

  15.1 2 1 the outstanding Total Amount; and

 

  15 1 2 2 in circumstances where the Agreement is a “large agreement” as defined by the Act, an early termination charge determined by Investec equal to (1) the interest that would have been payable under the Agreement for a period equal to the difference between (i) 3 months and (ii) the period of notice (if any) given by the borrower, or, (2) if the rate of interest is fixed and a charge has been prescribed thai is greater than the amount calculated in accordance with (1), the prescribed charge, and/or

 

  15 1 2 prepay any amount owing from time to time, with or without advance notice to Investec and Investec must accept any such payment when it is tendered even if that is before the date on which the payment is due.

 

15 2. If the Act does not apply

 

  15 2 1 and the borrower is entitled in terms of the Loan Document to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it, it may exercise its right by giving prior written notice to Investec of at least 30 Business Days, provided that if the Applicable Interest Rate is fixed, the early repayment date must coincide with the expiry of any fixed rate period, failing which the borrower must pay Investec immediately on demand any fixed rate prepayment penalty (calculated in accordance with clause 12 3 above) and Break Costs as may be determined by Investec

 

  15 2 2 If the borrower does not have the right to anticipate the due date for payment of the Principal Debt or any part of it pursuant to clause 8 of the Loan Document (Repayment and early repayment ), the borrower may not repay the Principal Debt (or the outstanding balance thereof) together with interest before the due date for payment thereof without Investec’s prior written consent Investec may make any such consent conditional on payment by the borrower of any early settlement fee, and on any other terms, that Investec may determine in its sole discretion

 

16. Drawdown facility

 

16 1 If the interest rate is not fixed then the borrower has the right to pay amounts in addition to the instalments it must pay in terms of clause 8 of the Loan Document (Repayments and early repayment) read with the Loan Summary, subject to the following.

 

  16 1 1 if the Act does not apply, the borrower must notify Investec of any additional payment in terms of this 16 1 in writing at the time of the payment in question,

 

  16 1 2. the borrower may withdraw amounts equal to the sum of the additional payments only, subject to the following

 

  16 1 2 1 for the avoidance of doubt, the borrower must continue paying the instalments in terms of clause 8 of the Loan Document (Repayments and early repayment) read with the Loan Summary, and

 

  16 1.2 2 withdrawals will, in each case, be credited to an account that the borrower specifies in writing to Investec (When credited, each amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been received by the borrower A certificate signed by any person authorised to issue a certificate in terms of clause 28(Certificate) will, unless proven otherwise, be proof that the specified account has been credited with the amount withdrawn),

 

     provided that, should the borrower and Investec have agreed that the borrower may reduce the amount of its instalments pursuant to such additional payments, then the borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw such additional payments in terms of this clause 16 1 2

 

16 2 Without limiting Investec’s rights (including its rights under clause 4 (Default)), Investec may

 

  16 2 1 suspend the facility granted in terms of this clause 16 without notice, if the borrower commits an Event of Default or (subject to the Act, if the Act applies) Potential Event of Default, or

 

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    12 of 19


  16 2 2 close the facility granted in terms of this clause 16 1 2 by giving 10 Business Days’ written notice to the borrower if the Act applies, or

 

  16 2 3 if the Act does not apply, close the facility on immediate written notice to the borrower.

 

16 3 For the avoidance of doubt, additional amounts paid by the borrower in accordance with this clause 16 will reduce the amount of the Principal Debt to the extent that such additional amounts have not been withdrawn

 

17. Security

 

17 1 As security for the borrower’s due payment of the Total Amount, the borrower will register or procure the registration of the Bond and/or promptly provide or procure the provision of any other Security specified in clause 2 of the Loan Document (Special conditions) or otherwise

 

17 2 Without limiting or in any manner detracting from any security held by Investec, the Bond will secure the indebtedness of the borrower and, if a different person, the mortgagor to Investec in terms of any Finance Document, and all other present and future indebtedness of the borrower and, if a different person, the mortgagor to Investec, from whatever other cause arising, together with interest thereon

 

17.3 If the loan is approved subject to the registration of a Bond, Investec will, subject to the Act (if the Act applies), instruct its attorneys to

 

  17 3 1 prepare the Bond(s) in such form and on such terms and conditions as Investec requires; and

 

  17 3 2 register the Bond(s) for the Principal Debt together with an additional sum equal to 20% of the Principal Debt for the purpose of securing certain costs, further advances and disbursements as may be paid or incurred by Investec

Investec will not be obliged to consent to the cancellation of the Bond for as long as the borrower or, if a different person, the mortgagor is indebted to Investec, whether in terms of any Finance Document or any other cause of debt whatsoever, and whether on a contingent basis or not

 

17 4 Unless every prior-ranking mortgage bond is registered in favour of Investec, the Bond will rank as a first mortgage over the Property No further mortgage bond over the Property may be registered in favour of a third party without Investec’s prior written consent, which Investec may give subject to such conditions as it, in its sole discretion, requires Investec will not be liable, howsoever, for any loss that the borrower may sustain as a result of granting of any Security

 

17 5 Investec has the right at any time to require the borrower to (and the borrower will as soon as possible, and in any event within 7 Business Days) provide additional security on such terms and conditions as Investec requires if, in Investec’s reasonable discretion, the value of any Security provided in terms of the Agreement has diminished If there is a dispute as to the value by which the Security has diminished, Investec has the right promptly to refer the dispute to an architect or a valuer, of not less than 10 years’ standing practising in the region in which the branch of Investec at which Investec signed the Agreement is situated (if the dispute relates to a property valuation), or to a director of an audit or legal firm (if the dispute relates to any other Security), whose decision will (save in the event of manifest error) be final and binding on the parties Any additional security provided in terms of this clause 17 will, unless otherwise agreed, secure the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec in terms of the Agreement and any present and future indebtedness of the borrower to Investec, from whatever other cause arising, together with interest thereon.

 

17 6 Neither Investec nor any person employed by, working for, or acting as agent for Investec shall be liable for any loss or damage suffered by the borrower arising from any cause in connection with any Security

 

17 7 The borrower undertakes to keep the Security and and, if applicable, any improvements on or to the Security in good order and repair for the duration of the Agreement

 

17 8 The borrower will timeously pay or procure the timeous payment of all Taxes, charges, costs, Insurance premiums and any and all other amounts that become due in connection with the Agreement and/or the Security.

 

17 9 The borrower will on the Signature Date deposit with Investec all certificates, deeds, documents, diagrams, leases and policies (as applicable) required by Investec in its sole discretion evidencing title and any Encumbrances relating to the Security

 

18. Insurance

 

18 1 The borrower will (subject to the Act, if the Act applies)

 

  18 1 1 procure and maintain such Insurance as Investec requires with effect from the Commencement Date, covering, in the case of Insurance over immovable property, the full asset value or (in the case where the Act does not apply) the replacement value of the Property, being not less than the minimum replacement value required from time to time by Investec, against all risks normally insured against in terms of a standard South African Market Buildings Combined insurance policy plus SASRIA extension (including, but not limited to, risk of damages by fire, lightning, fuel explosion, storm, earthquake, not (including political not), strike and malicious damage);

 

  18 1.2 in addition, where the Act does not apply Investec may require the borrower to insure or procure the insurance of the movable contents of the Property and keep them insured for their full replacement value in accordance with the provisions of this clause 18, and

 

  18.1 3. in any other case, subject to the Act, if the Act applies, Investec may at any time for the duration of the Agreement require the borrower to maintain insurance (including credit life insurance) for the Total Amount,

 

  18.1 4 if the purpose of this Agreement is to fund a Development then in respect of any Property on which a Development is to be, or is being constructed, developed and/or installed, and in addition to (and not in substitution of) its obligations under this clause 18, insure the Property in accordance with clause 2 17 of the Property and Building Conditions

 

  18 1 5

procure that the Insurance is in the borrower’s name or, at Investec’s request, in the name of the borrower

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    13 of 19


  and/or Investec for their respective rights and interests, or for purposes of clause 2 17 of the Property and Building Conditions, in the joint names of the borrower and the Contractor, and procure that Investec’s rights and interests as mortgagee or financier are noted on the policy and, if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of Investec as loss payee,

 

  18 1.6 immediately after obtaining the Insurance, and unless Investec is already in possession thereof, deliver or procure the delivery of the relevant policy documents in relation to the Insurance to Investec,

 

  18 1 7 timeously pay, or procure that any applicable third party timeously pays, all premiums in respect of the Insurance, and will, whenever Investec so requires, deliver or procure the delivery of proof to Investec’s reasonable satisfaction that the borrower or any applicable third party has paid all premiums in respect of the Insurance,

 

  18 1 8 refrain from any act or omission, and will procure that any applicable third party refrains from any act or omission, which would constitute a breach of the Insurance or entitle the insurer to repudiate any claim made under the Insurance; and

 

  18 2 5 notify Investec of any matter which could give rise to a claim as soon as possible after that matter arises and of any material change to the property and/or the risks

 

18 2 The Insurance shall, unless the borrower lawfully exercises a free choice to do otherwise, be arranged by insurance brokers specified by Investec (“approved broker “) on behalf of and at the cost of the borrower The Insurance shall be with an insurer and on terms and conditions approved by Investec (including a mortgagee/lender protection clause and the nomination of Investec as loss payee) and at the sole cost of the borrower The Insurance shall, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Investec, be effective from the Commencement Date The borrower confirms that it has consented to Investec providing the approved broker with such information as may be necessary in order to give effect to this clause The borrower further confirms that Investec shall not be liable howsoever for any loss, damage, expense, fee or claim suffered or sustained by the borrower or any third party in connection with the appointment of the approved broker or the arrangement of the insurance cover.

 

18 3 If the Act applies and the borrower chooses not to enter into a policy proposed by Investec in writing (of which entitlement the borrower is hereby advised) the borrower must substitute such policy for an alternative insurance policy provided that (i) Investec has consented in writing to the terms of the substitute policy, and (ii) the borrower provides Investec with the following written directions at Investec’s request

 

  18 3 1 a valid direction in the prescribed manner and form requiring and permitting Investec to pay any premiums due under the policy during the term of the Agreement on the borrower’s behalf as they fall due, and to bill the borrower for the amount of those premiums in accordance with the Act, and

 

  18 3 2 a valid direction to the Insurer in the prescribed manner and form, naming Investec as a loss payee under the policy up to the Total Amount at the happening of an insured contingency, and requiring the Insurer, if an insured event occurs, to settle the borrower’s obligation under the Agreement as a first charge against the proceeds of that policy at any time during the term of the Agreement

 

18 4 If any immovable property comprises a sectional title unit, the borrower will procure that the body corporate arranges for the Insurance as contemplated above in respect of the immovable property comprising the scheme, for an amount not less than the full asset value (or if the Act does not apply, the full replacement value) of the unit, being not less than any minimum asset value (or replacement value, as the case may be) required by Investec from time to time Such Insurance is to be effected by and in the name of the body corporate and the borrower undertakes to ensure that Investec’s interest as mortgagee is noted by the body corporate and, if Investec requires, that the policy contains a nomination of Investec as loss payee The Insurance shall be dealt with as insurance in terms of this clause to the extent that these provisions can be applied to such insurance. To the extent that any improvements are subsequently made to the sectional title scheme and/or the sectional title unit insured in terms of this clause 18 4, and such improvements increase the asset value (or to the extent that the Act does not apply, the replacement value) of the insured property, the borrower must promptly notify the insurance broker or the relevant insurer in writing

 

18 5 The borrower must promptly notify the approved broker or the relevant insurer in writing if alterations or extensions to any insured property are undertaken, which will increase the asset value (or, to the extent that the Act does not apply, the replacement value) of that property This clause is a stipulatio alteri in favour of the approved broker, which the approved broker may accept at any time without notice to Investec or the borrower

 

18 6 Without limiting Investec’s rights in terms of clause 4 (Default), if the Property (or any improvements) are not insured, or if the borrower fails to maintain or to procure the maintenance of any Insurance in respect of the Property or improvements, or if the borrower fails to comply with the provisions of clause 2 17 of the Property and Building Conditions, Investec has the right (but is not obliged) to insure the Property and/or the Development and/or improvements and/or to pay the premiums in respect of any policy and/or to perform any obligations on behalf of the borrower The borrower will immediately on demand from Investec pay all costs that Investec incurs in this regard and hereby authorises Investec to include such amounts in the Principal Debt

 

18 7 All money received from any insurer under any Insurance contemplated in this clause 18 or in the Property and Building Conditions will, in Investec’s sole discretion, be applied

 

  18 7 1 either in partial or full repayment of the outstanding Principal Debt, or

 

  18.7.2 subject to any condition which Investec may prescribe in the restoration of any property damaged or destroyed by any cause covered by the Insurance

 

18 8 The borrower hereby cedes to Investec by way of a security cession and pledge, or will procure that any applicable third party cedes to Investec by way of a security cession and pledge, all its present and future right, title and interest in and to the proceeds of the Insurance as continuing covering security for the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec under the Agreement, and will promptly inform the insurer in writing of that cession, assignment and transfer To the extent that Investec requires the borrower or any third party to execute any other documents to give effect to this clause 18 8, the borrower will do so, and/or procure that the third party in question does so, immediately on request

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    14 of 19


   from Investec This cession will endure and be of force and effect until the borrower has repaid the Total Amount and otherwise discharged all of its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the Bond and any other security granted in respect of the loan has been cancelled

 

18 9 The borrower shall deliver to all relevant insurers under the Insurance, a written notification and confirmation of the cession provided for in this clause, prior to the commencement of the relevant Insurance or within 10 Business Days of the Signature Date, whichever shall occur later, and shall give proof to Investec of having done so If the borrower fails to deliver any such written notification and confirmation (and provide proof thereof to Investec), Investec may do so on behalf of the borrower or in any event on its own behalf If the borrower, after receipt of 3 days’ written notification, fails to sign any documentation required by any relevant insurer, the borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorises Investec to sign and deliver to the insurer the documentation required on its behalf

 

18 10 The cession provided for in this clause shall remain in force notwithstanding any changes to the terms and conditions of the loan

 

18 11 Neither Investec nor any person employed by, working for, or acting as an agent for Investec shall be liable for any loss or damage suffered by the borrower arising from any cause in connection with any cession provided for in the Agreement.

 

18 12. The borrower shall obtain any third party consent required in relation to the cession of any Insurance and warrants that no other cessionary of similar rights has any prior or better rights to those of Investec

 

19. Valuation

 

19 1 Investec and the borrower record that as part of Investec’s assessment of the borrower’s loan application, the borrower has procured or, subject to the Act if the Act applies, shall be obliged to procure, a valuation of the Security and, if applicable, any improvements on or to the Security in form and substance acceptable to Investec

 

19 2 Investec may in its sole discretion, from time to time, revalue the Security in accordance with the provisions of this clause, as read to fit the context

 

19 3 If the Act applies and to the extent permitted by Investec, the borrower hereby authorises Investec to effect payment of the valuation costs, on the borrower’s behalf, out of the proceeds of the Capital

 

19 4 If the Act applies and if Investec is not able, for any reason whatsoever, to effect payment of the valuation costs on the borrower’s behalf out of the proceeds of the Capital (as contemplated in clause 19 3), the borrower hereby authorises Investec to pay such valuation costs, on its behalf, and agrees to refund such costs to Investec on demand

 

19.5 If the Act does not apply all valuation fees and costs, plus VAT, will be paid by the borrower promptly on demand from Investec unless the borrower and Investec agree to the contrary, failing which such fees and costs will be paid by Investec on behalf of the borrower and Investec shall be entitled to capitalise such fees and costs to form part of the Principal Debt

 

19 6 No valuation conducted by Investec or on behalf of the borrower, nor the advance of any amount to or on behalf of the borrower in terms of the Agreement will be construed as a warranty or representation by Investec as to

 

  19 6 1 the reasonableness of the valuation,

 

  19 6 2 the soundness of the Security, or

 

  19 6 3 the replacement value thereof for insurance purposes or Tax purposes

 

19 6 With respect to any loan to be used for the purpose of purchasing immovable property or effecting any improvements thereon, Investec is obliged, in terms of the Code of Banking Practice, to inform the borrower that

 

  19 6 1 Investec does not have the skills or the resources to monitor or control the quality of the building the borrower is building or buying The valuation of the property to be mortgaged is solely to enable Investec to assess the value of the security granted to it It is not intended to be an evaluation of the present or future market value of the property, nor does it have to be the same as the purchase price Investec has not necessarily inspected the property and does not accept any responsibility or liability for the structural or other conditions of the security, even if the loan is a development or building loan,

 

  19 6 2 should the borrower request Investec to do so, Investec will provide the borrower with the assessed value of the security and the minimum asset value (or, if the Act does not apply, the minimum replacement value) for insurance purposes that Investec has placed on the buildings and improvements on the property, and

 

  19 6 3 issues of home quality are the responsibility of the seller (or builder or developer) and the borrower as buyer Homes younger than 5 years may also have a National Home Builders Registration Council limited warranty The borrower must satisfy himself to the best of his ability that he is buying a good product and if necessary obtain assurance as to the structural quality of the property, compliance with local authority requirements and replacement costs of the buildings and improvements from the proper experts

 

19 7 Valuations are intended for internal use by Investec only and will at all times remain the property of Investec, subject to the provisions of the Act, if the Act is applicable

 

20. Information sharing

 

20 1 Investec has the right to request consumer credit reports in respect of the borrower or other security provider from one or more credit reporting agencies in connection with the loan and the borrower hereby consents thereto

 

20 2 The borrower confirms that Investec may transmit to any Credit Bureaux, data about the application, opening and termination of any account in respect of the borrower pursuant to the Agreement

 

20 3 The borrower consents to Investec disclosing to any credit bureau any information relating to non-compliance by the borrower with the terms and conditions of the Agreement

 

20 4 If the Act applies, the names and contact details of the Credit Bureaux to which Investec transfers information shall be included in a Schedule to the Loan Document The Credit Bureaux to which Investec supplies information will provide a credit profile and possibly a credit score on the creditworthiness of the borrower

 

20 5 The borrower has the right in terms of the Act to contact the Credit Bureaux, have its credit record disclosed, and correct inaccurate information

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    15 of 19


20 6 Subject to the Act (if the Act applies), Investec may in its discretion disclose information relating to the borrower and, if applicable, the Group and the Agreement and any other Finance Document to i) such other lenders or banks collection agencies, lawyers, accountants, auditors, bank regulators and law enforcement agencies, to the extent necessary to protect, preserve or enforce Investec’s rights and interests in respect of the loan or any Finance Document or to respond to any legal enquiry or to comply with any regulatory obligation of Investec, and ii) any surety or guarantor or potential surety or potential guarantor for the obligations of the borrower under the Agreement who requests such information in order to evaluate any actual or potential liability under such suretyship or guarantee, and iii) any affiliate of Investec and any assignee or potential assignee of Investec’s rights and/or obligations under the Agreement or any person with whom Investec may otherwise consider entering into a contract in relation to the Finance Documents, and the borrower hereby directs that Investec may do so

 

20.7. The borrower further consents to Investec verifying any information provided by the borrower to Investec with any third party

 

21. Financial advice

 

21 1 Each party to the Agreement acknowledges that it has acted at arms’ length and for its own account in negotiating, executing and implementing the Agreement

 

21 2 The borrower acknowledges that

 

  21 2 1. in negotiating and implementing the Agreement, and in assessing and implementing the transaction contemplated by the Agreement (“Transaction”), it has not sought or received any advice (as that term is defined in the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 2002 (“Financial Advice”)) from Investec, and

 

  21 2 2 it has either obtained tax, accounting, regulatory, legal and Financial Advice from appropriate independent advisors with respect to the Transaction, or dispensed with the need to do so

 

22. Cession

 

22 1 The borrower does not have the right to cede, delegate, transfer or novate all or any part of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document without Investec’s prior written consent

 

22 2 Investec may at any time

 

  22 2 1 cede and/or delegate to any one or more person or persons (including any bank or other financial institution) all or any part of Investec’s rights, benefits or obligations under any Finance Document, whether that cession or delegation (to which delegation the borrower hereby consents) is made to the cessionary alone or to the cessionary jointly and severally with Investec or any other person To the extent that any cession may result in a splitting of claims, the borrower hereby expressly consents thereto, or

 

  22 2 2 change its lending office.

 

23. Set-off

 

23.1 Subject to the Act (if the Act applies), nothing in the Agreement restricts Investec’s common law right to set off any amounts standing to the credit of any of the borrower’s accounts in Investec’s books from any portion of the Total Amount which has become due and payable.

 

23.2 If the Act does not apply, the borrower hereby authorises Investec in its sole discretion

 

  23.2 1 to apply any credit balance on any of the borrower’s accounts with Investec in satisfaction of any sum due and payable to Investec by the borrower pursuant to any Finance Document but unpaid by the borrower, and

 

  23 2 2 to purchase with the monies standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect that application.

Clause 23 2 shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set off, combination of accounts, lien, security or other right which Investec has at any time, whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise

 

24. Notices and Faxed Instructions Indemnity

 

24 1 All notices to be given by the borrower to Investec must be given by prepaid registered post, fax or delivery by hand to the address stipulated in the Loan Document Investec will deliver all notices to the borrower by prepaid registered post, ordinary mail, email, statement, printable web-page, fax or delivery by hand to the borrower’s address stipulated in the Loan Document, subject to the Act if the Act applies. The borrower warrants that its address and any other address it selects in terms of the Agreement is an address at which it is ordinarily resident or employed or ordinarily carries on its business, trade or calling.

 

24 2 Any notice given in terms of the Agreement must be in writing and will

 

  24 2 1 if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the day of delivery,

 

  24 2 2 if posted by pre-paid registered post, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the fifth Business Day following the date of such posting;

 

  24.2 3 if transmitted by fax, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the first Business Day after the date of transmission; and

 

  24 2 4 in the case of the borrower, if transmitted by email or printable web-page (if applicable), be deemed to have been received on the Business Day of transmission, unless the disputing party proves the contrary

 

24 3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in the Agreement, a written notice or communication actually received by one of the parties from the other will be adequate written notice or communication to that party

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    16 of 19


24 4 If Investec acts on a notice received by telefax in terms of this Agreement (“the Faxed Instructions”) the borrower hereby waives any rights it may have or obtain against Investec arising directly or indirectly from any losses or damages which it may suffer because Investec acts on any Faxed Instructions, and the borrower hereby indemnifies Investec in respect of any claims, demands or actions made against it or losses or damages suffered by it because it so acted, provided that all notices (whereby Fax as otherwise) must be signed by 2 (two) signature of the borrower.

 

24 5 The borrower hereby

 

  24 5 1 acknowledges that it is not practical or reasonable for Investec to establish the authenticity of all messages faxed to Investec which purport to be from the borrower,

 

  24 5 2 agrees that all Faxed Instructions, mandates, consents, commitments and the like which purport to be from the borrower shall be deemed to have been given by it in the form actually received by Investec (“ Purported Faxed Instructions”) and that such Purported Faxed Instructions may, as a result of the malfunction of equipment, the distortion of communication links and the like, be different to that intended or sent and that the borrower shall be bound thereby,

 

  24 5 3 agrees to implement and adhere to any procedures and/or restrictions imposed on it by Investec from time to time regarding the sending of Faxed Instructions to Investec,

 

  24 5 4 agrees that this indemnity will not be affected by any failure by Investec to impose any or sufficient procedures or restrictions or to ensure that any or all of them are adhered to; and

 

  24 5.5 agrees that Investec will not be obliged to act on any Purported Faxed Instructions

 

24 6 Each party chooses the physical address stipulated in the Loan Document as its domicilium citandi et executandi Each party shall be entitled to change its domicilium citandi et executandi to another physical address situated within the Republic of South Africa by giving the other party written notice to that effect

 

25. Governing law

 

25 1 All of the Finance Documents will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa

 

25 2 The borrower consents in terms of Section 45 of the Magistrate’s Court Act no 32 of 1944 to Investec taking action or enforcing any of its rights under the Agreement in the Magistrate’s Court of any district having jurisdiction in respect of the borrower, by virtue of Section 28(1) of the aforesaid Act

 

25.3 Notwithstanding the preceding clause, if the Act does not apply to the Agreement Investec shall be entitled in its discretion to institute all or any proceedings against the borrower in connection with the Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa which has jurisdiction and the borrower also hereby expressly consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Western Cape High Court, Cape Town and the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg The borrower agrees that any costs awarded against the borrower be awarded or paid in accordance with clause 38 ( Costs, fees and disbursements )

 

25 4 If the Act applies to the Agreement, then unless the Magistrates’ Court has concurrent jurisdiction, Investec shall be entitled to institute all or any proceedings against the borrower in connection with the Agreement in any division of the High Court of South Africa which has jurisdiction The borrower hereby consents and submits to the jurisdiction of that court and agrees that any costs awarded against the borrower be awarded and paid in accordance with the High Court tariff.

 

26. Illegality

 

26 1 If at any time after the Signature Date it is or becomes unlawful or contrary to any lawful request, decision or notice from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African governmental department or authority, whether or not having the force of law, for Investec to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement, then subject to the applicable provisions of the Act

 

  26 1 1 Investec will promptly after becoming aware thereof notify the borrower to that effect by way of a certificate signed by a director or manager of Investec (or a person of an equivalent or higher level of authority), whose appointment or designation it will not be necessary for Investec to prove, and

 

  26.1.2. if Investec so requires, the borrower will by not later than such date as Investec specifies in that certificate (which date may not be earlier than 3 Business Days after the date of that certificate) repay the Total Amount in full

 

26 2 If Investec does not exercise its option pursuant to clause 26 1 2, insofar as any provision of the Agreement conflicts with any law or lawful request from or requirement of the South African Reserve Bank or other South African government department or authority, that provision shall be deemed to be amended only to the extent necessary to comply with that law, lawful request, decision, notice or requirement

 

27. Right of withdrawal

 

   For the avoidance of doubt, Investec will not be bound by any clause of the Agreement until such time as it receives and executes the original thereof, duly signed by the borrower and completed as required

 

28. Certificate

 

   Without limiting section 169 of the Act, a certificate issued by any manager or assistant manager of Investec as to any indebtedness of the borrower in terms of any Finance Document or any other fact relating to any Finance Document shall, unless proven otherwise by the borrower, be pri ma facie evidence of the borrower’s indebtedness to Investec in terms of that Finance Document and/or such other fact for the purpose of provisional sentence or summary judgment proceedings or for any other purpose

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    17 of 19


29. Appropriation

If the Act does not apply but subject to applicable law, Investec shall be entitled to appropriate any payments received by it in terms of the Agreement as it in its sole discretion deems appropriate, provided that if the Act does apply, all payments received by Investec in terms of the Agreement shall be appropriated the following manner

 

29 1 firstly, to satisfy any due or unpaid interest,

 

29.2 secondly, to satisfy any due or unpaid fees or other charges, and

 

29 3. thirdly, to reduce the Principal Debt

 

30. Renunciation of benefits

 

30 1 Should the borrower resist any claim arising out of this Agreement by raising the legal exception that the borrower received no value for its obligations, the onus of proving it will rest on the borrower

 

30.2 In addition, if the Act does not apply, should the borrower resist any claim arising out of this Agreement on the grounds that

 

  30 2 1 there is no reason or basis for the claim (non causa debiti ); or

 

  30 2 2 errors have been made in calculating the amount claimed (errore calculi ); or

 

  30.2.3. the amount claimed has not been advanced ( non numeratae pecuniae ), the onus of proving that ground or those grounds shall be on the borrower

 

30.3 The borrower declares that it understands the effect of its waiver in terms of this clause

 

31. Severability

Each clause of the Agreement is severable, the one from the other If any clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent court, then the remaining clauses will be and continue to be of full force and effect

 

32. No waiver

No relaxation, indulgence or extension of time that Investec grants to the borrower will be construed as a waiver of any of Investec’s rights in terms of any Finance Document, or a novation of any of the terms of any Finance Document, or stop Investec from enforcing strict and punctual compliance with the terms of any Finance Document

 

33. No variation

Subject to clauses 1 (Definitions), 4 (Default), 10 (Repayment of Principal Debt and interest) and 26 (Illegality) above and to clause 1 in the Property and Building Conditions (Definitions ), no variation of, addition to, consensual cancellation of or waiver of any right arising in terms of any Finance Document will be of any force or effect unless it is reduced to writing and signed by a duly authorised representative of each party

 

34. Whole agreement

The Loan Document, the Loan Summary (Annexure B to the Loan Document), these Standard Terms and Conditions (Annexure A to the Loan Document) and if applicable, the Property and Building Conditions (Annexure C to the Loan Document), any annexure or schedule to such documents and any written terms and conditions applicable to the Bond(s) (if any) constitute the whole agreement between the parties in relation to the subject matter thereof and no party is bound by any undertaking, representation or warranty not recorded therein

 

35. Indemnity

 

35 1 Subject to this clause 35.2 and clause 41 (Indemnity and other terms relating to guarantees ), the borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Investec harmless from all and any loss, expense, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims whatsoever and howsoever arising from or connected with any Finance Document, and whether or not any such loss, injury, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties and claims are caused by any act of or omission of the borrower or anyone else

 

35 2 The borrower will not be liable under clause 35 1 to the extent that the loss, expense, damage, fines, Taxes, penalties or claim results directly from any breach by Investec of the Agreement which is finally judicially determined to have resulted directly from Investec’s negligence or wilful misconduct

 

36. Subordination

The borrower undertakes that it and its Subsidiaries, if any will not without Investec’s prior written consent

 

36 1 grant security to any other person which will have the effect of subordinating the claims of Investec under any Finance Document to the claims of that person, or

 

36 2 Encumber any presently unencumbered assets or any assets that the borrower may acquire in future, or

 

36 3 borrow further money from any third party.

 

37. Counterparts

The Agreement

 

38 1 may be signed in one or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement, and

 

38 2 will become effective when a counterpart has been signed by each party to the Agreement

 

38. Costs, fees and disbursements

Subject to the Act (if and to the extent that the Act applies)

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    18 of 19


38 1 all amounts that Investec may pay or incur pursuant to the Agreement due to the borrower’s default, including legal costs (on the attorney and own client scale), valuation costs, charges and disbursements incurred by Investec in enforcing the Agreement, all costs and disbursements Investec incurs in tracing the borrower and in collecting or endeavouring to collect all or any amounts payable by the borrower to Investec (hereunder or otherwise), and all other collection commission and Taxes, will be payable by the borrower to Investec as soon as such amounts are incurred, all such payments being authorised by the borrower and secured by the Security, and Investec may debit any such amount in accordance with clause 9 (Fees ) of the Loan Document; and

 

38.2 to the extent that the borrower is required to pay or reimburse any costs, fees, expenses or disbursements pursuant to the Agreement, the borrower agrees that it shall pay such amounts and, in addition, pay any applicable VAT thereon Any amount stipulated in the Agreement and not expressly stated to include value added tax shall be deemed to be stated exclusive of VAT

 

38 3 if the Property and Building Conditions form part of the Agreement, the borrower shall be liable for all costs associated with the preparation, registration and if applicable cancellation of any Bond

 

39. Access to personal information

 

39 1 In terms of the Code of Banking Practice, the borrower has the right to access the borrower’s personal information held by Investec Investec shall grant the borrower such access during office hours within a reasonable time after receiving a written request for access

 

39 2 The borrower grants Investec (including its agents and contractors) authority to monitor, keep record of and have access to all forms of correspondence or communications received by or sent from Investec or any of its employees, agents or contractors.

 

40. Telephone recordings

The borrower acknowledges and accepts that Investec shall be entitled at its sole discretion to monitor, intercept, record and use as evidence all telephone communications between the borrower and Investec at any time

 

41. Indemnity and other terms relating to guarantees

 

41 1 Should Investec issue any guarantee/s as contemplated in clause 5 of the Loan Document and a Court finally determines that, notwithstanding the provisions to the contrary of the Agreement, any liability, costs and expenses of or payment by Investec under such guarantee is not included in the Principal Debt, then the borrower hereby indemnifies Investec, its directors, employees, servants or agents and holds them harmless from and against all and any claims, losses, demands, liability, costs and expenses of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused and arising, including legal costs between attorney and own client, which may at any time be suffered by or made against Investec by any person or which Investec may sustain or incur arising directly or indirectly out of, or in consequence of, having executed or hereafter executing any such guarantee/s or in relation to any application by it for the discharge or variation of any such guarantee/s.

 

41 2 The borrower’s obligations hereunder shall continue and remain of full force and effect until such time as Investec has been entirely and finally released and discharged from all its obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any guarantee/s, and notwithstanding any intermediate payment or legal disability of the borrower, neither the borrower nor its successors in title or assigns shall be entitled to withdraw herefrom and no notice of termination whether by the borrower or any other party shall be of any force or effect until Investec has been so finally released and discharged

 

41 3 In any settlement between the payee under the guarantee and Investec, the vouchers or other proper evidence showing payment by Investec or a certificate under the hand of any director or manager (whose appointment it shall not be necessary to prove), for the time being of Investec as to the borrower’s liability in terms of this indemnity, shall be prima facie evidence of such liability and indebtedness for the purpose of provisional sentence, summary judgment proceedings or for any other proceeding/purpose

 

41 4 Investec shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion, without reference to the borrower or any other party to a Finance Document, and without in any way affecting their liability under such Finance Documents, to make any arrangements or compromise with the payee under the applicable guarantee

 

42. Business rescue proceedings

 

42 1 The borrower undertakes, to the extent that the borrower is a company and any member of its board intends to propose a resolution to commence business rescue proceedings, to provide written notice to Investec (no later than 5 Business Days prior to the date upon which the board meeting to approve such resolution is to be held) of such intention and therein to notify Investec of the date and place at which the meeting will be held so as to enable Investec in its discretion to attend such meeting The borrower further agrees that Investec shall be entitled in its discretion to attend the meeting and should it do so then no business rescue practitioner shall be appointed by the borrower without Investec’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.)

 

42 2 If the borrower commences business rescue proceedings and the appointed business rescue practitioner suspends conditionally or unconditionally the whole or any part or provision of this Agreement, then Investec shall not be obliged to tender any performance or fulfill any of its obligations in terms of the Agreement, for so long as the Agreement or any provision or part thereof is so suspended

 

LOGO

    LOGO

Borrower initial here

    Witness initial here

An authorised financial services provider

    19 of 19

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO

Client No: 224342

Deal No: 009

Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd

Registration no. 2004/019797/07

28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

30 November 2011

Dear Sirs,

Amendment - Agreement of Loan

 

1. We confirm that you previously concluded an Agreement of Loan with Investec Bank Limited, which was signed by you on 17 January 2011, as amended from time to time (the “ Existing Agreement of Loan ”).

 

2. In terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan you were obliged to repay the total amount outstanding under the Existing Agreement of Loan on or before 31 January 2012 (the “ loan term ”).

 

3. At your specific instance and request, Investec has agreed to extend the loan term, commencing on 1 February 2012 and terminating on 31 January 2013, provided that a raising fee of R100,000.00 (One Hundred Thousand Rand) excluding VAT is paid.

 

4. Accordingly, the Existing Agreement of Loan will be amended as follows:

 

  4.1 By the deletion of the Loan summary Quotation: cost of credit and the replacement thereof with the Loan summary Quotation: cost of credit attached hereto.

 

  4.2 By the deletion of clause 2.1.5.2 in its entirety.

 

  4.3 By the deletion of clause 6 and the replacement thereof with the following clause 6:

 

  6 Duration of loan

 

  6.1 This loan will begin on the Commencement Date and will endure until 31 January 2013, subject to the provisions of 4 (Default), 11 (Increased costs) and 16 (Early payment and early termination by the borrower) of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

  4.4 By the deletion of clause 9.1 and the replacement thereof with the following clause 9.1:

 

  9.1 The borrower shall pay to Investec the following fees:

 

  9.1.1 a non-refundable raising fee for arranging the Capital in the amount of R114,000.00 (inclusive of VAT) payable on the date upon which the Existing Agreement of Loan is restructured. For the avoidance of doubt it is recorded and agreed that the aforesaid raising fee is In addition to the raising fee which was included in the Principal Debt on the Commencement Date.

 

5. The extension of the loan term and the amendments contained herein are made entirely without prejudice to or limitation of Investec’s rights under the Existing Agreement of Loan. For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  5.1 the Existing Agreement of Loan (amended as set out in clause 4 above) will continue in full force and effect; and

An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9

 

LOGO


  5.2 save as set out above, this extension and amendment will in no way affect the terms or the operation of the Existing Agreement of Loan or the continuing covering security afforded by any mortgage bond registered at any time in favour of Investec or the security afforded by any suretyship, insurance policy or other collateral security furnished in terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan, or constitute a novation of the debt or affect any of Investec’s rights under the Existing Agreement of Loan or otherwise.

 

6. If the total amount outstanding under the Existing Agreement of Loan is not irrevocably discharged in full on or before the termination date specified in clause 3 above, you will be deemed to be in default of your obligations in terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan and Investec will have the right to exercise whatever rights it may have or acquire thereunder or in law.

 

7.

The amendment will be effective on the 1 st business day following the date of this letter.

 

8. If you have any queries do not hesitate to Nicola Silcock on (011) 286 8797

 

Yours faithfully     
Investec Bank Limited     
LOGO      LOGO
External Consultant      Risk Officer

I the undersigned, duly authorised and warranting such authority, hereby acknowledge, and to the extent necessary, agree to the amendments to the Existing Agreement of Loan as provided for in this letter of amendment.

Signed at MIDRAND on 16 TH day of JANUARY 2012.

 

LOGO
For and on behalf of:
Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd
Registration no. 2004/019797/07

An authorised financial services provider. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9

 

LOGO


LOGO      
   Annexure B   
   Date    : 30/11/2011
Loan summary    Contract no.    : 009
Quotation : cost of credit    Client no.    : 224342

 

(for the purposes of section 92 of the National Credit Act, 2005 if the Act is applicable)

 

Name of Credit Provider:    Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06) its successors and assigns (“Investec”)
Contact details of Credit Provider:   

100 Grayston Drive

Sandown

Sandton

2196

Tel number: (2711) 286-7000

Fax number (2711) 286-7777

  
National Credit Registration Number:    NCRCP9   
Name of Borrower:    Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (Registration No/ID no 2004/019797/07)
Contact details of Borrower:   

Tel: 0116548000

Email: paddy.fitzgerald@mixtelematics.com

Physical Address of borrower:   

28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

  
Type of Agreement:    Secured loan and credit facility
CAPITAL:    R50,000,000.00 (Fifty Million Rand)
ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES      
Raising fee:    R114,000.00   
Security preparation fee:    R0.00   
Valuation fee:    R0.00   
   Charges are inclusive of VAT except if expressly stated to exclude VAT.

*TOTAL ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES:

   R114,000.00   

*PRINCIPAL DEBT (Capital plus total additional charges):

   R50,114,000.00   
INTEREST
Applicable annual interest rate:    Base Rate minus 0.50%   
Base rate:    Investec Prime Rate, being currently 9.00%
Initial annual interest rate:    8.5%   
Rand value of interest:    R4,255,316.64   

*TOTAL COST OF CREDIT (interest plus additional charges):

   R4,369,316.64   

*TOTAL AMOUNT REPAYABLE:

   R54,369,316.64   
INSTALMENTS See clause 8 of the Loan Document      
*Monthly Instalment in respect of the Principal Debt:   

Number of instalments:

  

Amount of each instalment:

   12    364,109.72
Frequency of instalments:    Monthly   
Residual/final instalment:    R50,000,000.00   
Date of first Instalment and date of final instalment:    Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the monthly instalments will commence on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Principal Debt or any portion thereof is advanced to or on behalf of the borrower and will thereafter be payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month and shall continue to be so paid until all amounts owing to or claimable by Investec in terms of the Loan Agreement have been paid in full. Where the 1st day of the month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, then Investec shall be entitled to obtain payment on the first business day thereafter.
Method of payment:    ACB   
*Total all instalments:    R54,369,316.64   

 

LOGO     Witness Here   LOGO  

LOGO

Borrower initial here         Witness initial here
An authorised financial services provider.         1 of 8


SECURITY PROVIDED AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS: See clause 2 of the Loan Document

OTHER ONGOING COSTS: See for example clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 18 ( Insurance ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached to the Loan Document as Annexure A.

INSURANCE CONDITIONS: Please see clause 18 of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

LOGO     Witness Here      

LOGO LOGO

Borrower initial here         Witness initial here
An authorised financial services provider.         2 of 8

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

LOGO

   Johannesburg
  

 

Investec Specialist Bank

   100 Grayston Drive Sandown Sandton 2196
   PO Box 785700 Sandton 2146 South Africa
   T +27 (0) 11 286 7000 F +27 (0) 11 286 9555
   www.investecprivatebank.co.za
  

 

Client No: 224342

   Deal No: 009

Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd

28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

10 October 2012

Dear Sirs,

Amendment - Agreement of Loan

 

1. We confirm that you previously concluded an Agreement of Loan with Investec Bank Limited on or about 20 January 2011 (“ Agreement of Loan ”), as amended from time to time (the “ Existing Agreement of Loan ”).

 

2. In terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan you were obliged to repay the total amount outstanding under the Existing Agreement of Loan on or before 31 January 2013 (the “ loan term ”).

 

3. At your specific Instance and request, Investec has agreed to extend the loan term, commencing on 1 February 2013 and terminating on 31 January 2015, provided that a raising fee of R150,000.00 (One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Rand) excluding VAT is paid.

 

4. Accordingly, the Existing Agreement of Loan will be amended as follows:

 

  4.1 By the deletion of the Loan summary Quotation: cost of credit and the replacement thereof with the Loan summary Quotation : cost of credit attached hereto.

 

  4.3 By the deletion of clause 6 and the replacement thereof with the following clause 6:

 

  6 Duration of loan

 

  6.1 This loan will begin on the Commencement Date and will endure until 31 January 2015, subject to the provisions of 4 (Default), 11 (Increased costs) and 16 (Early payment and early termination by the borrower) of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

  4.4 By the deletion of clause 9.1 and the replacement thereof with the following clause 9.1:

 

  9.1 The borrower shall pay to Investec the following fees:

 

  9.1.1 a non-refundable raising fee for arranging the Capital In the amount of R171,000.00 (Inclusive of VAT) payable on the date upon which the Existing Agreement of Loan is restructured. For the avoidance of doubt it is recorded and agreed that the aforesaid raising fee is in addition to the raising fee which was included in the Principal Debt on the Commencement Date and/or any date of amendment of the Agreement of Loan.

Investec Private Bank, a division of Investec Bank Limited registration number 1969/004763/06. Investec Private Bank is committed to the Code of Banking Practice as regulated by the Ombudsman for Banking Services. Copies of the Code and the Ombudsman’s details are available on request or visit www.investecprivatebank.co.za. A registered credit provider registration number NCRCP9.

Australia  Botswana  Canada  Guernsey  Hong Kong  Ireland  Jersey  Mauritius  Namibia  South Africa  Switzerland  Taiwan  United Kingdom  United States

 

LOGO


5. The extension of the loan term and the amendments contained herein are made entirely without prejudice to or limitation of Investec’s rights under the Existing Agreement of Loan. For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  5.1 the Existing Agreement of Loan (amended as set out in clause 4 above) will continue in full force and effect; and

 

  5.2 save as set out above, this extension and amendment will in no way affect the terms or the operation of the Existing Agreement of Loan or the continuing covering security afforded by any mortgage bond registered at any time in favour of Investec or the security afforded by any suretyship, insurance policy or other collateral security furnished in terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan, or constitute a novation of the debt or affect any of Investec’s rights under the Existing Agreement of Loan or otherwise.

 

6. If the total amount outstanding under the Existing Agreement of Loan is not Irrevocably discharged in full on or before the termination date specified in clause 3 above, you will be deemed to be In default of your obligations in terms of the Existing Agreement of Loan and Investec will have the right to exercise whatever rights it may have or acquire thereunder or in law.

 

7. The amendment will be effective on the 1st business day following the date of this letter.

 

8. If you have any queries do not hesitate to Jarred Roberts on (011) 286 7468.

 

Yours faithfully      
Investec Bank Limited      
LOGO       LOGO
Private Banker       Authorised signatory

I the undersigned, duly authorised and warranting such authority, hereby acknowledge, and to the extent necessary, agree to the amendments to the Existing Agreement of Loan as provided for in this letter of amendment.

Signed at MIDRAND on 15 day of NOVEMBER 2012.

 

SIGN HERE     LOGO
For and on behalf of:
Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd
Registration no. 2004/019797/07

 

LOGO


LOGO

     
   Annexure B   
   Date    : 09/10/2012
Loan summary    Contract no.    : 009
Quotation : cost of credit    Client no.    : 224342

(for the purposes of section 92 of the National Credit Act, 2005 if the Act is applicable)

 

Name of Credit Provider:    Investec Bank Limited (Registration No. 1969/004763/06) Its successors and assigns (“Investec”)
Contact details of Credit Provider:   

100 Grayston Drive

Sandown

Sandton

2196

Tel number: (2711) 286-7000

Fax number: (2711) 286-7777

National Credit Registration Number:    NCRCP9   
Name of Borrower:   

Mix Telematics Africa (Pty) Ltd (Registration No/ID no

2004/019797/07)

Contact details of Borrower:   

Tel: 0116548000

Email: paddy.fitzgerald@mixtelematics.com

Physical Address of borrower:   

28 Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Vorna Valley

Johannesburg

1682

Type of Agreement:    Secured loan and credit facility
CAPITAL:    R50,000,000.00 (Fifty Million Rand)
ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES   
Raising fee:    R171,000.00   
Security preparation fee:    R0.00   
Valuation fee:    R0.00   
   Charges are inclusive of VAT except if expressly stated to exclude VAT.
*TOTAL ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AND CHARGES:    R171,000.00   

*PRINCIPAL DEBT (Capital plus total additional charges):

   R50,171,000.00   
INTEREST      
Applicable annual interest rate:    Base Rate minus 0.50%

Base rate:

   Investec Prime Rate, being currently 8.50%

Initial annual interest rate:

   8%   
Rand value of interest:    R8,014,612.80   

*TOTAL COST OF CREDIT (Interest plus additional charges):

   R8,185,812.80   

*TOTAL AMOUNT REPAYABLE:

   R58,185,612.80   
INSTALMENTS See clause 8 of the Loan Document   
*Monthly instalment in respect of the Principal Debt:   

Number of instalments:

  

Amount of each instalment:

   24    341,067.20
Frequency of instalments:    Monthly   
Residual/final instalment:    R50,000,000.00   
Date of first instalment and date of final instalment:    Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the monthly instalments will commence on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Principal Debt or any portion thereof is advanced to or on behalf of the borrower and will thereafter be payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month and shall continue to be so paid until all amounts owing to or claimable by Investec in terms of the Loan Agreement have been paid in full. Where the 1st day of the month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, then Investec shall be entitled to obtain payment on the first business day thereafter.
Method of payment:    ACB

*Total all Instalments:

   R58,185,612.80

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO     Witness Here    

LOGO

  LOGO

Borrower Initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

        Witness initial here  
         
         


SECURITY PROVIDED AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS: See clause 2 of the Loan Document

OTHER ONGOING COSTS: See for example clauses 4 ( Default ), 13 (Change in market rates and increased costs ) and 18 ( Insurance ) of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached to the Loan Document as Annexure A.

INSURANCE CONDITIONS: Please see clause 18 of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

SIGN HERE      LOGO

      Witness Here     LOGO  

Borrower initial here

An authorised financial services provider.

        Witness initial here   LOGO
         
         

Exhibit 10.22

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

Mapit Agreement 19/06

Control Instruments

AGREEMENT

 

Between

 

MAP INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGIES (PTY) LIMITED

 

a company incorporated and registered according to the Company Laws of the Republic of South Africa with Registration No. 1963/006481/07

     (“the Supplier”)    

and

CONTROL INSTRUMENTS (PTY) LIMITED trading as CONTROL INSTRUMENTS OMNIBRIDGE

 

a company incorporated and registered according to the Company Laws of the Republic of South Africa with Registration No. 1963/006970/07      (“the Client”)    

Hereafter jointly referred to as “the parties”

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1. MapIT, Map Studio and Georigin, hereafter known as the Data Suppliers, specialise in commercial cartography and create, publish, own and distribute cartographical data in both printed and electronic formats. The Supplier warrants that it has acquired the rights to exploit the cartographical data owned by the Data Suppliers, enabling a user to track vehicles over the area depicted by the cartographical data.

 

1.2. The Client wishes to utilise the data together with the technology for the authorised purpose and requires the rights to do so from the Supplier.

 

1.3. It is the intention of the parties to conclude an agreement to govern the grant of rights in the data and the technology from the Supplier to the Client.


Accordingly it is agreed as follows:

 

2. DEFINITIONS

The following expressions shall bear the meanings assigned to them below and cognate expressions shall bear corresponding meanings:

 

2.1. “the agreement” shall mean this agreement together with any annexures;

 

2.2. “authorised purpose” shall mean the incorporation of the data in the Product;

 

2.3. “data” shall mean the cartographical information in a digital and/or printed format owned by the Data Suppliers including, but not limited to, any maps, graphics, text, databases, indexes, literary or artistic material the rights to which have been acquired by the Supplier;

 

2.4. “effective date” shall mean the date of signature of this agreement by the party signing last in time

 

2.5. “Georigin” shall mean Georigin (Pty) Ltd, its successors or assigns, a private company incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa with registration number 2003/000554/07, the creator and owner of the African map data excluding Nigeria.

 

2.6. “MapIT” shall mean Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Ltd, its successors or assigns, a private company incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa with registration number 1963/006481/07, the creator and owner of the Nigerian and some of the South African map data.

 

2.7. “Map Studio” shall mean a division of New Holland Publishing S.A, (Pty) Ltd, its successors or assigns, a private company incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa with registration number 1971/009721/07, the creator and owner of some of the South African map data.

 

2


2.8. “Product” shall mean the following product and/or service which will be developed, or produced, for the Client:

Refer Annexure A attached

 

2.9. “the territory” shall mean the African Continent.

 

3. CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that the information regarded by them as confidential is of significant value to each and accordingly, it is essential that their modus operandi, Client base, strategic information & operating procedures, as well as intellectual property remain confidential and is not disseminated by the Parties in any manner which would advance the interests of any other persons and/or any other company and/or each other.

Having regard to the facts recorded above, the Parties undertake that in order to protect their confidential information, the Parties:

 

3.1 shall not disclose or permit access to any confidential information to any persons other than to such representatives and advisors of the Parties, whose knowledge of such confidential information is essential.

 

3.2 shall use all confidential information only for the purposes & benefit of each other.

 

3.3 shall not, except for disclosures required by law or regulation, disclose to any third party the existence or substance of any of the Parties’ modus operandi, Client base, strategic information, operating procedures & intellectual property without obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

3.4 shall not initiate, accept or engage in any discussions or make contact with, nor enter into any Agreement with any person who may form part of the “Parties” projects or Clients, whether or not such person is connected with each of the Parties, without the written consent of the other party.

 

3.5

shall not retain any written instructions, drawings, notes, memoranda or records (“Documents”) relating to the Parties’ confidential information

 

3


  which are made available to them, or which have come into their possession during the period of their association, and such Documents shall be deemed to be the property of the Parties and shall be surrendered to the Parties on demand by them and in any event on the termination of any association between them;

 

3.6 shall not retain any copies of copies of extracts from the Documents as provided for in clause 3.5 above.

 

4. TERM

This Agreement supersedes any previous Agreements and will commence on the effective date and continue for an indefinite period. Should either party elect to discontinue the Agreement then the discontinuing party shall give the other party 3 (three) months written notice of its intention to discontinue the Agreement.

 

5. LICENCE

 

5.1. In consideration of the licence fee, the Supplier hereby grants to Client, for the term of this agreement, a non-exclusive licence to utilise the data and the technology for the authorised purpose in the territory in accordance with the terms and conditions of this agreement.

 

5.2. The Client agrees that it may not use or authorise the use of the data for any purpose other than the authorised purpose without the prior written consent of the Supplier.

 

5.3. The Client agrees that it may not amend, adapt or in any way alter the data without the prior written consent of the Supplier.

 

6. LICENCE FEE

 

6.1. In consideration of the rights granted by the Supplier, the Client will pay to the Supplier a fee based on the model as per Annexure A.

 

6.2. The Client will keep up to date accurate records and books of account in respect of its exploitation of the rights to the data and the technology and shall provide the Supplier with a statement of the amounts due to the Supplier together with payment of any such amount due on a monthly basis. The statements will be submitted to the Supplier together with any amount owing within 10 days of the last day of each month.

 

4


6.3. The Supplier shall have the right to have its nominated representative examine the records of the relevant to the exploitation of the rights granted in this Agreement for the purposes of verifying the statements furnished to the Supplier in terms of clause 6.2. Such examination shall take place at the premises of the company during normal business hours on one week’s prior written notice.

 

6.4. The Supplier shall provide the Client with a Tax Invoice, indicating the agreed fee, on the last day of each month for the period of the Agreement. Payment of this invoice will be made within 30 (thirty) days of the date of invoice.

 

6.5. The Client acknowledges that it will be responsible for and undertakes to make payments in accordance with the schedule as per Annexure A.

 

6.6. Should the Client fail to make payment in terms of this Agreement the Client shall be deemed to be in default and should remedy not be made then the Supplier can elect to either:

 

6.6.1. cancel the Agreement forthwith and claim the full balance outstanding

 

6.6.2. or charge the Client interest at a rate equivalent to the Prime Rate charged by its bankers on the outstanding amount.

 

6.7. The amounts referred to in this Agreement will exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

7. OBLIGATIONS OF THE SUPPLIER

 

7.1.

The Supplier shall deliver the data and the technology to the Client on or before 31 st  August 2006.

 

7.2. The Supplier shall provide the Client with regular updates to the data, as and when the Supplier makes such updates available to the public.

 

7.3.

In addition to the rights to the data and the technology granted in this agreement, the Supplier undertakes to implement adjustments and/or

 

5


  modifications to the data and the technology insofar as may be reasonably required by the Client in order to use the rights granted in this agreement for the authorised purpose, provided that such adjustments and/or modifications are requested by the Client in writing in a timely manner.

 

8. OBLIGATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CLIENT

 

8.1. The Client warrants that:

 

8.1.1. it is entitled to enter into this agreement and is not bound by any previous agreement which adversely effects this agreement;

 

8.1.2. the Product will be safe for its intended use and shall comply with all statutes, regulations, directives and/or codes in force at the time of production of the product.

 

8.2. Should the Client breach any of the warranties provided in clause 8.1, it hereby indemnifies the Supplier and its directors, employees, Clients, subsidiaries and agents against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, actions, causes of action, costs and expenses, including legal fees (on an attorney and own Client basis), judgments, penalties of any kind resulting from the breach.

 

8.3. The Client acknowledges that all costs relating to the incorporation of the data into its software shall be its sole responsibility and that the Supplier shall bear no responsibility or costs in this regard.

 

8.4. The Client will make available information to support an audit trail on the usage of the product as defined in clause 2.8 on a monthly basis to the Supplier in order to ensure adherence to the fee structure as defined in clause 6.1

 

9. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

9.1. The Client confirms and acknowledges that all copyright and any other rights in and to the data are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Data Suppliers and that the Client shall not acquire any rights or interest in the data or any related software, computer programmes and/or application, logos or trademarks, other than the rights licensed herein.

 

9.2. The Client acknowledges that, other than the rights specifically granted herein, this agreement is not intended to transfer any copyright or any other rights in the data.

 

6


10. INFRINGEMENTS OF THE RIGHTS BY A THIRD PARTY

 

10.1. In the event that either party becomes aware of an infringement of the rights granted in terms of this agreement, by any third party, the Supplier and the Client agree to provide full details in writing to the other party at the earliest opportunity.

 

10.2. Notwithstanding the above, the Client undertakes to notify the Supplier on a quarterly basis of all third parties who have been provided with copies of, or access to the data and/ or the technology. The notice will take the form of a list which will set out the names and contact details of such third parties and which will be supplied to the Supplier on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year.

 

10.3. Should the Supplier elect not to institute proceedings against any third party, which decision must be recorded in writing, the Client shall be entitled to institute the necessary proceedings.

 

10.4. The costs of proceedings instituted in terms of clause 10.3 by the Client shall be for the account of the Client who hereby indemnifies the Supplier against all and any claims, whether for costs, damages or otherwise arising out of any proceedings brought by the Client and the Supplier shall have no claim in respect of damages recovered by the Client in terms of this clause.

 

10.5. For the purposes of proceedings contemplated in clause 10.4 above, the Supplier shall, when called upon to do so, provide reasonable co-operation and assistance to the Client in order to assist the Client in proving the rights in question.

 

11. DEFAULT

 

11.1. Should either party:

 

11.1.1. commit a breach of any provision of this agreement and fail to remedy such breach within thirty days of being given written notice to do so;

 

7


11.1.2. take any steps to place itself or is placed into liquidation or sequestration, whether voluntary or compulsory;

 

11.1.3. take steps to deregister itself;

then that party shall be in default.

 

11.2. Without derogating from the provisions contained in clause 11.1. above, should the Client breach any of the provisions of clause 5, then it shall be in default.

 

11.3. Should one of the parties be in default, (“the defaulting party”) then the party which is not in default (“the aggrieved party”) shall be entitled, in addition to any and all other remedies which it may have in law to:

 

11.3.1. cancel the agreement forthwith; or

 

11.3.2. uphold the agreement and require specific performance of the defaulting party’s obligations without prejudice to any rights which it may have in law.

 

12. CANCELLATION OF LICENCE

Should this agreement be terminated for whatever reason, the licence granted to the Client shall be terminated and the Client shall cease to exercise the rights granted in terms of this agreement from the date of termination. The Client shall return to the Supplier, within 30 days of termination of this agreement, all versions and copies of the data, which the Supplier furnished or made available to the Client prior to the effective date and during the term of this agreement.

 

13. CESSION AND ASSIGNMENT

The Client agrees that it shall not be entitled to assign, sub-licence, transfer, pledge, lease, rent or share the rights acquired under this agreement without prior written notice being given to the Supplier, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Supplier acknowledges the right of the Client to sub-licence the use of the product to its identified customers.

 

8


14. INDEMNITY

The Client hereby indemnifies the Supplier and its directors, employees, Clients, subsidiaries and agents against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, actions, causes of action, costs and expenses, including legal fees (on an attorney and own Client basis), judgments, penalties of any kind which may result, directly or indirectly, from the use of the Product by any third party.

 

15. NO PARTNERSHIP OR EMPLOYMENT

This agreement shall not be deemed to create a partnership or employment relationship between the parties.

 

16. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS

Should any provision of this agreement be void, invalid or unenforceable, the validity of the remainder of this agreement shall not be effected and shall remain in full force and effect as between the parties.

 

17. NO VARIATION

No addition to, variation of, novation, or agreed cancellation of this agreement, including this clause shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the parties.

 

18. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This agreement constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous agreement. Neither party shall be bound by any representation, express or implied term, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein.

 

19. NO WAIVER

No relaxation or indulgence which any party may grant to any other shall constitute a waiver of the rights of that party and shall not preclude that party from exercising any rights which may have arisen in the past or which might arise in the future.

 

9


20. DOMICILIUM

 

20.1. The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for the purpose of the giving of any notice, the payment of any sum, the serving of any process and for any other purpose arising from this agreement, as follows:

The Supplier

28 Regency Drive

Route 21 Corporate Park

Nellmapius Drive

Irene

Postal Communication to be addressed to:

P.O. Box 972

Irene

0062

Fax No: (012) 345-5489

Attention: Trevor Morgan

The Client

Blaauwklip Office Park 2

Cnr Strand and Webersvallei Roads

Stellenbosch

Postal Communication to be addressed to:

PO Box 12377

Die Boord

7613

Attention: Managing Director

 

20.1.1. or at such other address, not being a post office box or poste restante, of which the party concerned may notify the other party in writing

 

20.2. Any notice given in terms of the agreement shall be in writing and shall:

 

20.2.1. if delivered by hand be deemed to have been duly received by the addressee on the date of delivery;

 

10


20.2.2. if posted by prepaid registered post be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the 8th (eighth) business day following the date of such posting;

 

20.2.3. if transmitted by facsimile be deemed to have been received by the addressee 1 (one) business day after the successful transmission thereof.

 

20.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this agreement, a written notice or communication actually received by one of the parties from another including by way of facsimile transmission shall be adequate written notice or communication to such party.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

This agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the procedural and substantive laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

11


Signed at Pretoria on this the 7th day of May 2007

For and on behalf of the SUPPLIER, being duly authorized

 

LOGO      

 

     
Name:       Designation:   Director
 

 

     

 

As Witness:   LOGO      
 

 

     
Name:   T. Morgan     Designation:   Ops Manager
 

 

     

 

Signed at Stellenbosch on this the 4 day of May 2007

For and on behalf of the CLIENT, being duly authorized

 

LOGO      

 

     
Name:  

G. Pretorius

    Designation:   Ops Director
 

 

     

 

As Witness:   LOGO      
 

 

     
Name:   Rebecca     Designation:   Receptionist
 

 

     

 

 

12


Annexure A

Service or product to be supplied:

The following service or product will be supplied:

 

   

The Supplier will provide a dataset enabling the client to track vehicles on the African Continent.

Fees Payable:

The following fees will be payable:

Passive Tracking Environment

 

   

A once off fee of * per seat or license.

 

   

Updates to the data will be supplied annually.

Active Tracking Environment

 

   

A minimum fee of * per month will be applied to the first * assets being tracked or managed. Thereafter the fee will be in accordance with the table listed below.

The following economies of scale will apply to the number of vehicles being tracked:

 

  1. * vehicles @ * per vehicle per month.

 

  2. * + vehicles * per vehicle per month.

As each of the target levels is achieved the lower rate will apply only to those vehicles above each of the previous target levels.

Please note that all the above figures exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

13


LOGO

Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to include the following costs for map data for South Africa.

Coverage:

MiX Telematics will use MAPIT maps for their SVR applications, including the new MiX Internet Tracking user interface available to consumer customers, and MiX Control which is only available for internal use.

Fees:

Usage as part of MiX Control will be at *

A fee of * per vehicle per month will be payable to MAPIT for active vehicles. i.e. vehicles that are actively being tracked and monitored or reported on from within the MiX Internet Tracking application within a calendar month. Currently customers making use of this service is averaging around * per month.

A maximum annual fee of * applies and usage will remain unlimited, i.e. there is a cap on the licensing fee, not the usage.

Please note that the above figures exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

LOGO

    LOGO

 

   

 

Catherine Lewis    

Accepted: Trevor Morgan

Marketing Director    

Who warrants he is duly authorised

MiX Telematics International (Proprietary) Limited    

www.mixtelematics.com

 

 

MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL (PTY) LTD | REGISTRATION NUMBER ILLEGIBLE

DIVISIONAL DIRECTORS ILLEGIBLE

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Mapit Agreement 19/06

Mix Telematics – 2 nd addendum

2nd Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to include the following costs for map data for Malaysia and Singapore.

Fees Payable:

The following fees will be payable:

Active Tracking Environment

All vehicles operating in the Malaysian and/or Singapore environments will attract a fee of *

Map Updates

Map updates will be delivered to Mix Telematics at least once a year. Updates are included in the monthly fee and will not attract additional charges.

Please note that all the above figures exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Signed at Pretoria on this the 14th day of September 2009

For and on behalf of the SUPPLIER, being duly authorized

 

LOGO

   

 

   
Ray Wilkinson     Managing Director

 

   

 

Name     Designation
As Witnessed:    
LOGO    

 

   
Charles Bates     Financial Manager

 

   

 

Name     Designation

Signed at Stellenbosch on this 24 day of August 2009

For and on behalf of the CLIENT, being duly authorized

 

LOGO

   

 

   
Zoe Jenkins     Product Manager

 

   

 

Name     Designation
As Witnessed:    
LOGO    

 

   
Claire Golding     Product Manager

 

   

 

Name     Designation

 

2


Mapit Agreement 19/06

Mix Telematics – 3 rd Addendum

3rd Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original Agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to amend the existing Agreement with the following clauses that will supersede all previous pricing models.

 

1. Deliverable

 

1.1 Maps and map data

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (“MiX Telematics”) will be allowed full use of all TeleAtlas, Digital Globe and mapIT map data for all territories world-wide, except for Australia, China, Japan, Republic of Korea and New Zealand (“third party territories”), for which mapIT, at the time of signing this 3 r d Addendum, will be required to source the map data from third party sources. Map data sourced from a third party for the third party territories will incur additional fees (over and above the fixed fee described in paragraph 4 of this 3 rd Addendum) at a fee to be negotiated and agreed by both parties.

 

1.2 deCarta

As exclusive distributors for deCarta in South Africa, mapIT is entitled to extend, and shall provide, an unrestricted license to MiX Telematics to make full use of the deCarta engine, suite of services and functionality for all applications (web and mobile) developed as noted below and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide.

 

2. Usage

Use of the deCarta products and associated TeleAtlas, Digital Globe and mapIT map data shall be possible for all applications developed and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide, including but not limited to:

 

   

Use of map data in all applications including Fleet and SVR/ consumer applications.

 

   

Use of map data for internal use in MiX Control and/or other internal applications/reporting systems, which may be developed for internal use.

 

   

Use of the deCarta engine with maps not sourced from mapIT (e.g. custom maps provided by end customers and/or dealers),

 

   

Use of the deCarta engine with mapIT maps and additional data layers not sourced from mapIT.


   

Full suite of attributes, for example, but not limited to, road speed limits, truck attributes, routing.

 

   

Provide the data and imagery through an SDK.

MiX Telematics will be permitted to use the map data as per the original Agreement and the subsequent Addenda, the deCarta Platform and Aerial Imagery from both local sources and DigitalGlobe.

 

3. Term

This Addendum will be in full force and effect and be bound by the terms and conditions of the original Agreement, save for this change, for the period from 1 st  April 2012 to 30 th  April 2013.

In the event of a significant technical issue or constraint that will render the proposed mapping solution redundant and that cannot be resolved of MiX Telematics or with the full technical support of mapIT, MiX Telematics reserves the right to terminate this Addendum and revert to the pricing model immediately preceding the price model set forth in this addendum with immediate effect, provided such notice to terminate is communicated to mapIT prior to 1 May 2012.

 

4. Fees Payables

The following fees will be payable:

MIX Telematics will pay * per month (excluding VAT) for all inclusive and unlimited use of the map data as described in clause 1.1. However, use of Digital Globe imagery will be capped at * vehicles for the term, after which MiX Telematics will be required to pay * vehicle per month (excluding VAT) over and above the aforementioned cap.

The first * will be invoiced as of 31 st  March 2012 for March (billing is monthly in arrears)

MiX Telematics will continue to report * in arrears, for the period. At the end of the period the quantity of vehicles being tracked at that time will *

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

2


Signed at Pretoria on this the 28 day of March 2012

For and on behalf of Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorized

 

LOGO    

Etienne Louw

   

Managing Director

Name     Designation
As Witnessed:    
LOGO    

Charlene Botes

   

Financial Manager

Name     Designation

Signed at Stellenbosch on this the 23 day of March 2012

For and on behalf of Mix Telematics International (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorised

 

LOGO    

Charles Tasker

   

Managing Director

Name     Designation

As Witnessed:

 

LOGO

   

Jason Jones

   

Commercial Manager

Name     Designation

 

3


Mapit Agreement 19/06

MiX Telematics – 4 th Addendum

4th Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original Agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to replace the 3 rd Addendum to Agreement 19/06 signed on 28 March 2012 with this 4 th Addendum to Agreement 19/06 that will supersede all previous pricing models.

 

1. Deliverable

 

1.1 Maps and Map Data

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (“MiX Telematics”) will be allowed full use of all TomTom and mapIT map data (“Map Data”) for all territories world-wide, except for Australia, China, Japan, Republic of Korea and New Zealand(“Third Party Territories”), for which mapIT, at the time of signing this 4 th Addendum, will be required to source the date (“Third Party Data”) from third party sources. Third Party Data sourced for the Third Party Territories will incur additional fees at a fee to be negotiated and agreed by both parties (over and above * described in paragraph 4 of this Addendum).

 

1.2 deCarta

As exclusive distributors for deCarta in South Africa, mapIT is entitled to extend, and shall provide, an unrestricted license to MiX Telematics to make full use of the deCarta engine, suite of services and for all applications (web and mobile) developed as noted below and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide.

 

2. Usage

Use of the deCarta products and associated Map Data shall be possible for all applications developed and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide, including but not limited to:

 

   

Use of Map Date in all applications including Fleet and SYR/consumer applications.

 

   

Use of Map Data for internal use in MiX Control and/or other internal applications/reporting systems which may be developed for internal use.

 

   

Use of the deCarta engine with maps not sourced from mapIT (e.g. custom maps provided by MiX Telematics’ end customers and/or dealers).

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


   

Use of the deCarta engine with mapIT maps together with additional data layers not sourced from mapIT.

 

   

Full suite of attributes, for example, but not limited to, road speed limits, truck attributes, routing.

 

   

Provision of the data through an SDK.

MiX Telematics will be permitted to use the deCarta platform and the Map Data as per the original Agreement and the subsequent Addenda.

 

3. Term

This Addendum will be in full force and effect and be bound by the terms and conditions of the original Agreement, save for this change, for the period from 1 st May 2012 to 30 th  April 2013. MiX Telematics reserves the right to terminate this Addendum and revert to the pricing model immediately preceding the price model set forth in this addendum with immediate effect, provided such notice to terminate is communicated to mapIT prior to 1 st  June 2012. A notice to terminate shall only be valid as a direct result of a significant technical issue or constraint that will render the proposed mapping solution redundant and that cannot be solved by MiX Telematics or with the full technical support of mapIT.

 

4. Fees Payables

The following fees will be payable:

MiX Telematics will pay a * for March 2012 and April 2012.

MiX Telematics shall then pay a * per month for * of the Map Data and deCarta platform as described above. The first * will be invoiced on 31 st  May 2012 for May 2012.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

2


mapIT shall place pressure on Digital Globe to scrap all charges for use of the Digital Globe imagery for the month of April 2012. In the event of Digital Globe not changing for use of their imagery by MiX Telematics, mapIT will credit MiX Telematics an amount of * in the month following notification from Digital Globe that no payment is required.

The fee noted above is based on a pricing proposal submitted by Mix Telematics to mapIT and accepted by mapIT. The quantity of vehicles used for the basis of deriving the amount noted above was *

It is understood that whilst * has been agreed, MiX Telematics will continue to report * in arrears, for the period *

Please note that all the above figures exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

3


Signed at Pretoria on this the 4 day of June 2012

For and on behalf of Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorized

 

LOGO    

Etienne Louw

   

Managing Director

Name     Designation

As Witnessed:

 

LOGO    

Trevor Morgan

   

Operations Manager

Name     Designation

Signed at Stellenbosch on this the 31 day of May 2012

For and on behalf of MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorized

 

LOGO    

Charles Tasker

   

Managing Director

Name     Designation
As Witnessed:    
LOGO    

Jason Jones

   

Commercial Manager

Name     Designation

 

4


5th Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original Agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to amend the existing Agreement with the following clauses that will be in addition to the previous pricing models.

1. Deliverable - Maps and Map Data

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (“MiX Telematics”) entered into the 4 th Addendum on 4 June 2012 for full use of the Map Data as set out in clause 1.1 and clause 2 of the aforementioned Addendum.

MiX Telematics wishes to have full access to map data for certain Third Party Territories for which an * is payable, in addition to the * of the 4 th Addendum, which additional fee is set out in clause 3 of this addendum.

2. Term

This Addendum will be in full force and effect and be bound by the terms and conditions of the original Agreement, save for this change, for the period from 1 st  September 2012 to 30 th  April 2013.

3. Fees Payable

The following fees will be payable by MiX Telematics:

 

   

Australia and New Zealand - * per vehicle per month.

The above fee will be converted to ZAR (South African Rand) on the invoice date at the mid-point of the bank buying and bank selling rates for foreign notes, published by the Standard Bank of South Africa.

Please note that all the above figures exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

Page 1 of 2


Signed at Centurion on this the 1 day of November 2012

For and on behalf of Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorized

 

LOGO    

Etienne Louw

   

Managing Director

Name     Designation

As Witnessed:

 

LOGO    

Charlene Botes

   

Financial Manager

Name     Designation

Signed at Stellenbosch on this the 29th day of October 2012

For and on behalf of MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd, being duly authorised

 

LOGO    

Catherine Lewis

   

Marketing Director

Name     Designation
As Witnessed:    
LOGO    

ZOE JENKINS

   

PRODUCT MANAGER

Name     Designation

 

Page 2 of 2


6th Addendum to Agreement 19/06

The parties to the original Agreement 19/06 signed in May 2007 hereby mutually agree to replace the * set out in the 4 th and 5 th Addendum to Agreement 19/06 signed on 4 June 202 and 1 November 2012 respectively, with this 6 th Addendum to Agreement 19/06 that will supersede all previous *

 

1. Deliverable

 

1.1 Maps and Map Data

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (“MiX Telematics”) will be allowed full use of all TomTom and mapIT map data (“Map Data”) for all territories world-wide, except Australia, China, Japan, the Republic of Korea and New Zealand (“Third Party Territories”), for which mapIT, at the time of signing this 6 th Addendum, will be required to source the data (“Third Party Data”) from third party sources, if necessary and agreed to by both parties, mapIT will source Third Party Data for the Third Party Territories which will incur additional fees * at the costs set out in clause 3.2 or at a fee to be negotiated and agreed by both parties for those territories not covered in clause 3.2.

 

1.2 deCarta

As exclusive distributors for deCarta in South Africa, mapIT is entitled to extend, and shall provide, an unrestricted license to MiX Telematics to make full use of the deCarta engine, suite of service and functionality for all applications (web and mobile) developed as noted below and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide.

 

2. Usage

Use of the deCarta products and associated Map Data shall be possible for all applications developed and/or offered by MiX Telematics to its customers world-wide, including but not limited to:

 

   

Use of Map Data in all applications including Fleet and SVR/consumer applications.

 

   

Use of Map Data for Internal use in MiX Control and/or other Internal applications/reporting systems which may be developed for internal use.

 

   

Use of the deCarta engine with maps not sourced from mapIT (e.g. custom maps provided by MiX Telematics’ end customers and/or dealers).

 

   

Use of the deCarta engine with mapIT maps together with additional data layers not sourced from mapIT.

 

   

Full suite of attributes, for example, but not limited to, road speed limits, truck attributes, routing.

 

   

Provision of the data through an SDK.

MiX Telematics will be permitted to use the deCarta platform and the Map Data as per the original Agreement and the subsequent Addenda.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

Page 1 of 3


3. Term and Fees Payable

3.1 MIX Telematics will pay *

 

   

*

 

   

*

for a fixed period of twelve months commencing on 1 April 2013. The first of these fixed monthly payments will be invoiced on 30 April 2013 for April 2013.

MIX Telematics reserves the right, at its sole discretion * The following prices shall apply:

 

   

* (excl/incl VAT) per vehicle per month (excluding deCarta).

 

   

* (excl/incl VAT) per vehicle per month (including deCarta).

* based on a pricing proposal submitted by MiX Telematics to mapIT. It is understood that * MiX Telematics will continue * for the period. The number of vehicles on the deCarta platform will be reported separately *

3.2 MiX Telematics will pay the following fees for Australia and New Zealand:

 

   

* per vehicle per month (excluding deCarta).

 

   

* per vehicle per month (including deCarta).

The above fee (AUD) will be converted to ZAR (South African Rand) at the mid-point of the bank buying and selling rates for foreign notes, published by the Standard Bank of South Africa, and 14% VAT will be added on the Invoice date.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

Page 2 of 3


SIGNATURES

This amendment has been signed on behalf of the parties by their duly authorised representatives.

 

SIGNED by:   LOGO

 

NAME: Catherine Lewis
DATE: 16 April 2013
POSITION: Marketing Director
Duly authorised for and on behalf of
MIX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd

 

SIGNED by:   LOGO

 

NAME: Etienne Louw
DATE: 18 April 2013
POSITION: Managing Director
Duly authorised for and on behalf of
Map Integration Technologies (Pty) Ltd

 

Page 3 of 3

Exhibit 10.23

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

Google Maps API Premier Licence Agreement

This GMA shall be effective on and from [1 st April 2012](“GMA Effective Date”).

This agreement (the “GMA”) for the purchase of Google Maps API Premier is made and entered into by and between Google Ireland Limited, whose principal place of business is at Gordon House, Barrow Street, Dublin 4 (“Google”) and [MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd] whose principal place of business is at [Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr Strand & Webers Valley Roads Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa] (“Customer”). All capitalised terms used herein have the meanings stated in Schedule One (definitions), unless stated otherwise.

 

1. Ordering Documents.

 

  1.1 Ordering Documents. This GMA contains general terms relating to the provision by Google from time to time of the Services. Before Google provides the Services, Google and Customer will first agree details in relation to the Services including the quantity, Licence Term and Fees. All such details shall be agreed in an Ordering Document. Nothing in this GMA shall oblige either party to enter into an Ordering Document.

 

  1.2 Agreements. Each agreed Ordering Document will form a separate agreement (an “Agreement”) between Customer and Google on the terms contained in the Ordering Document and in this GMA. In the event of any conflict between the documents forming any Agreement, the following order of precedence shall govern: (i) the Ordering Document, (ii) the GMA and (iii) the terms located at any URL which is referenced in such Ordering Document or this GMA.

 

2. Licences .

 

  2.1 From Google to Customer . Subject to the Agreement, and in consideration of Customer’s payment of Fees, Google grants to Customer, and Customer agrees to comply with a non-sublicensable, non-transferable, non-exclusive, terminable licence, during the applicable Licence Term to: (a) use the Services to Track Assets solely in the Customer Implementation; and (b) access, use, publicly perform and publicly display the Content in the Customer Implementation.

 

  2.2 From Customer to Google . When Customer submits queries via the Services that include Customer Content, Google requires a licence to that Customer Content so it can process the query and return results to Customer. Therefore, by submitting Customer Content to Google through the Services, Customer grants to Google an irrevocable, royalty-free, and non-exclusive licence, in the Territory, during the applicable Agreement Term, to reproduce, adapt, modify, translate, publicly perform, publicly display and distribute this Customer Content solely to enable Google to provide and improve the Services to Customer.

 

3. Modifications.

 

  3.1 To the Services. Google may make commercially reasonable modifications to the Services from time to time. Google will use best endeavours to notify Customer of any such changes.

 

  3.2 To URL Terms. If Google makes a material change to any of the URL Terms, then Google will notify Customer including the information to which Customer has the right to object as set out below. If the change has a material adverse impact on Customer and Customer does not agree to the change, Customer must so notify Google within thirty days after receiving notice of the change. If Customer notifies Google as required, then Customer will remain governed by the terms in effect immediately prior to the change until the end of the then current term for the affected Services. If the affected Services are renewed in accordance with this Agreement, they will be renewed under Google’s then current URL Terms.

 

4. Restrictions .

 

  4.1 Licence Restrictions . Unless Google specifically agrees otherwise in writing, Customer will not (a) use, distribute, or sell any Content outside of the Customer Implementation or incorporate or embed the Services into any of Customer’s products that it sells to third parties; (b) attempt to reverse engineer the Services or any component thereof or attempt to create a substitute or similar service through use of or access to the Services; or (c) use the Services for High Risk Activities. Customer may only use the Services in the Licensed Configuration specified in the applicable Ordering Document and in accordance with the Usage Limits (to which Customer may purchase Upgrades as described in Section 9). Customer agrees to comply with the Legal Notices and AUP at all times.

 

  4.2 Territory Restrictions. The primary place of business of Customer must be in the Territory. For the avoidance of doubt, End Users may be anywhere in the world, provided that Customer may not actively target End Users in countries prohibited by applicable Export Control Laws.

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

1


  4.3 Client IDs . Client IDs are required, must be used according to the Documentation, and will be forwarded to Customer electronically. Google may not respond to requests with an invalid Client ID. Customer’s failure to use a Client ID provided by Goggle will nullify the application of the SLA, and will relieve Google of its obligations to provide TSS.

 

  4.4 Third Party Components . Any third party component embedded, included or provided by Google for use with the Services may only be used in conjunction with the Services, and this use is subject to the Agreement and the Documentation. However, to the extent Services Include components governed by open source licences with provisions inconsistent with the Agreement, those components are instead governed solely by the applicable open source licences. To the extent Services include components covered by open source licences requiring the provision of corresponding source code for those components, Google hereby offers the provision of such source code consistent with those licences.

 

  4.5 Cache Restrictions. Customer may not pre-fetch, retrieve, cache, index; or store any Content, or portion of the Services with the exception being Customer may store limited amounts of Content solely to improve the performance of the Customer Implementation due to network latency, and only if Customer does so temporarily, securely, and in a manner that (a) does not permit use of the Content outside of the Services; (b) is session-based only (once the browser is closed, any additional storage is prohibited); (c) does not manipulate or aggregate any Content or portion of the Services; (d) does not prevent Google from accurately tracking Page Views; and (e) does not modify or adjust attribution in any way.

 

  4.6 Development Kits. Development Kits may only be used for development or educational purposes, or both, Services from a Development Kit may not be used in a production environment.

 

5. Customer Obligations .

 

  5.1 Advertising .

 

  a. From Google . Customer can configure the Services to display Ads, or not, to End Users in its sole discretion. Customer can enable Ads in the Customer Implementation by following the instructions in the Documentation and by registering for an Adsense Account.

 

  b. From Third Parties . Customer may display Third Party Ads on the website which displays the Customer Implementation, provided that such Third Party Ads cannot be confused with Ads. Third Party Ads within the Customer Implementation itself may only be displayed with Google’s prior approval (which may be given by email).

 

  5.2 Linking to Maps Terms and End User Compliance . If Customer is using the Javascript API or Maps API for Flash to receive the Content, a link to the Maps Terms is provided on the Content. If Customer is using the static Maps API to receive the Content, Customer will incorporate a link to the Maps Terms and the Legal Notices in a licence agreement governing End Users’ use of the Customer Implementation. Customer will notify Google if Customer becomes aware of any End User’s non-compliance with the Maps Terms, Legal Notices or the AUP.

 

  5.3 Domain. Customer must own the Domain(s) listed on the Ordering Document. Additional domains may be added with the prior written approval of Google, which will be via email. Prior to providing the Services Google may verify that Customer owns or controls the Domains. If Customer does not own or control the Domains, then Google will have no obligation to provide Customer with the Services.

 

6. Ownership and Publicity .

 

  6.1 Generally . Except as expressly set forth therein, the Agreement does not grant either party any rights, Implied or otherwise, to the other’s (or its licensor’s) content or any of the other’s (or its licensor’s) Intellectual Property Rights. Intellectual Property Rights In and to the content accessed through the Services and Services are the property of the applicable content owner and may be protected by applicable laws.

 

  6.2 Brand Features . If Customer wants to display Google Brand Features in connection with its use of the Services, Customer will comply with the Trademark Guidelines. Customer will not alter any images generated by the Services to remove any Brand Feature or proprietary notice of Google or its licensors. Any goodwill arising from the use of a party’s Brand Features will inure to the benefit of the party holding rights in those Brand Features. Each party agrees not to: (a) challenge or assist others to challenge the other party’s Brand Features or registration thereof (except to protect such party’s rights with respect to its own Brand Features); or (b) attempt to register any Brand Features that are confusingly similar to those of the other party.

 

  6.3 Publicity. Neither party may make any public statement regarding the relationship contemplated by this Agreement, without the other’s prior written approval.

 

7. Export Compliance . Customer will comply with, and will obtain all required authorisations from the applicable government authorities under the Export Control Laws. This Section 7 will survive termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

2


8. Support .

 

  8.1 TSS . Google will provide TSS to Customer in accordance with the TSSG for the Licence Term. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, to receive TSS Customer must provide Google with reasonably required access to the Services in accordance with the TSSG. Customer’s failure to provide this access will be at Customer’s own risk and Google shall be relieved from its obligation to provide TSS to the extent prevented by Customer’s failure to provide access. If the Ordering Document does not identify a support level, then Google will provide Standard Support. Google may change the TSS from time to time, but not if the changes materially adversely impact Customer.

 

  8.2 Updates . TSS may include Updates. Customer’s use of Updates is subject to the Agreement. Customer will install Updates in accordance with the TSSG.

 

9. Ordering, Overages, Upgrades and Reporting .

 

  9.1 Ordering . The Ordering Document shall indicate the particular Services ordered by Customer by referring to the relevant SKUs describing the Service. The Fees will be based on the applicable Billing Unit and SKU ordered by Customer. If Customer orders Asset Tracking as part of the Services, the Ordering Document will indicate (a) whether this Asset Tracking is Tier 1 or Tier 2 and (b) the countries which are authorised for use.

 

  9.2 Overages .

 

  9.2.1 Page Views . For Customer using Page Views, Google will notify Customer before the usage indicated on the Ordering Document has been exceeded. If Customer exceeds its usage of Page Views during the License Term, Customer will be charged Overages for fifteen days following written notice (which may be via email) by Google that Customer has exceeded its Page View usage.

 

  9.2.2 Other Billing Units . For Customers using other Billing Units, Customer must notify Google of any Overages within sixty days of the day the Overage occurred. If there is an Overage, Google will invoice Customer, and Customer agrees to pay, for the Overage at the Overage rates indicated in the Ordering Document.

 

  9.3 Upgrades. Customer my purchase Upgrades to the Usage Limits in an Ordering Document.

 

  9.4 Navigation and Reporting. Customer shall not use the Customer Implementation to provide any form of Navigation without Google’s prior written consent. Customer will promptly report to Google in writing if, after the Effective Date, any changes occur such that: (a) the Customer Implementation provides Navigation; (b) the Customer Implementation enables a device to detect its own location through use of a Sensor, in order to display the location of the device on a map or to calculate a route; (c) the Customer Implementation is placed behind or withdrawn from behind a Customer’s firewall; and (d) there is a change in the number of Assets Tracked per country per month. Customer may be charged additional fees for any usage pursuant to this Section.

 

10. Delivery . The Services will not be made available until Google receives a complete and duly executed Ordering Document. Google will provide Customer with Documentation on using the Services.

 

11. Payment Terms

 

  11.1 Payment. All Fees are due thirty days from the invoice date. All payments due are in the currency specified on the Ordering Document. Payments made via wire transfer must include the following instructions:

 

For US Dollar Payments:

  

For British Pound Sterling Payments:

  

For Euro Payments:

Bank: Citibank N.A.

Canary Wharf, United Kingdom

SWIFT: CITIGB2L

Sort Code 18-50-08

Acct Name: Google Ireland Limited

Acct#: 10615307

IBAN GB38 CITI 1850 0810

6153 07

  

Bank: Citibank N.A.

Canary Wharf, United Kingdom

SWIFT: CITIGB2L

Sort Code 18-50-08

Acct Name: Google Ireland Limited

Acct#: 10616250

IBAN GB25 CITI 1850 0810

6152 50

  

Bank: Citibank International PLC

Dublin, Ireland

SWIFT: CITI IE 2X

Acct Name: Google Ireland Limited

Acct#: 11475043

IBAN: IE29 CITI 9900 5111

4750 43

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

3


  11.2 Revising Rates. Google may revise its rates for the Services with at least thirty days prior written notice to Customer but the revised rates shall not come into effective until the next Renewal Term (if any).

 

  11.3 Renewal Fees. Where an Agreement automatically renews under Section 14.2. Google shall be entitled to Invoice Customer for the Renewal Fees on or after the first day of the Renewal Term.

 

12. Taxes.

 

  12.1 Customer’s Responsibility. Customer is responsible for any Taxes, and Customer will pay Google for the Services without any reduction for such amounts. If Google is obliged to collect or pay Taxes, the Taxes will be invoiced to Customer, unless Customer provides Google with a valid tax exemption certificate authorised by the appropriate taxing authority. If Customer is required by law to withhold any Taxes from its payments to Google, Customer must provide Google with an official tax receipt or other appropriate documentation to support such withholding.

 

  12.2 Late Payments. Customer will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including legal fees) incurred by Google in collecting overdue amounts, except where such overdue amounts are due to Google’s billing inaccuracies, Google shall have the right to charge interest at the rate of 2% per annum above the base rate of Barclays Bank PLC from time to time (or at the Statutory rate if higher), from the due date until the date of actual payment, whether before or after judgment, on any Fees which are overdue.

 

  12.3 Purchase Orders.

 

  a. Whether Required. If Customer requires a Purchase Order number to be included on any invoice from Google under any Agreement then Customer shall either: (a) insert such Purchase Order number on the relevant Ordering Document before It has been signed by either Party; or (b) provide the Purchase Order number to Google within the five day period following the date on which the relevant Ordering Document was signed by both Parties. If Customer does not require a Purchase Order number to be included on an invoice, Customer shall select “N/A” in the Purchase Order section of the Order Form, in which case Google will invoice without a Purchase Order.

 

  b. Terms not Incorporated. Any terms and conditions included in a Purchase Order are null and void and do not in any way form part of any Agreement.

 

13. Confidentiality.

 

  13.1 Obligations . Each party will: (a) protect the other party’s Confidential Information with the same standard of care it uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event less than reasonable cars; and (b) not disclose the Confidential Information, except to Affiliates, employees, professional advisers and agents who need to know it and who have agreed in writing to keep it confidential. Each party (and any Affiliates, employees, professional advisers and agents to whom it has disclosed Confidential Information) may use Confidential Information only to exercise rights and fulfill obligations under the Agreement, while using reasonable care to protect it. Each party is responsible for any actions of its Affiliates, employees and agents in breach of this Section.

 

  13.2 Exceptions . Confidential Information does not include information that; (a) the recipient already knew; (b) becomes public through no fault of the recipient; (c) was independently developed by the recipient; or (d) was rightfully given to the recipient by another party

 

  13.3 Required Disclosure . Each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information when required by law, but only after it, if legally permissible: (a) uses commercially reasonable efforts to notify the other party; and (b) gives the other party the chance to challenge the disclosure.

 

14. Term and Termination .

 

  14.1 Term . This GMA shall commence on the GMA Effective Date and shall remain in force until terminated as set forth below, or until 5 days following the termination or expiry of all Agreements entered into pursuant to this GMA, whichever is the earlier, Subject to Customer’s payment of Fees, the term for the licence granted in any Agreement for the Services, will begin on the Shipment Date and will continue for the period set forth in the applicable Ordering Document (the “Licence Term”), unless terminated earlier as set forth below. The term of each Agreement (the “Agreement Term”) will begin on the applicable Order Form Effective Date and will continue for the Licence Term unless terminated earlier by either party in accordance with the GMA.

 

  14.2

Auto-Renewal . At the end of an Agreement Term, the Licence Term and the Agreement Term for the applicable Agreement will automatically renew for consecutive renewal terms of twelve months (each a “Renewal Term”). If a party does not want the Agreement to renew, then it must provide the other party with written notice to this effect at least thirty days prior to the end of the then current Agreement Term. This notice of non renewal will be effective upon the conclusion of the then current

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

4


  Agreement Term. For the avoidance of doubt, at the end of an Agreement Term, and any subsequent Renewal Term, any unused Billing Units (including any Upgrades) for such term shall automatically expire and shall not carry over in to the next Renewal Term (if any).

 

  14.3 Termination for Breach . Either party may terminate any Agreement, in whole or in part, with immediate effect if: (i) the other party is in material breach of such Agreement and fails to cure that breach within thirty days after receipt of written notice; or (ii) the other party is in material breach of such Agreement more than twice notwithstanding any cure of such breaches. Either party may terminate this GMA (and accordingly, all Agreements entered into pursuant to it) if the other party enters into an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors, goes into administration, receivership or administrative receivership, is declared bankrupt or insolvent or is dissolved or otherwise ceases to carry on business, or any analogous event happens to the other party in any jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or resident or in which it carries on business or has assets.

 

  14.4 Effect of Termination .

 

  a. Termination for Google’s Breach . If any Agreement is terminated for Google’s breach, the licences granted therein regarding Customer’s use of the Services may, at Customer’s option, continue for the remainder of the applicable Licence Term, subject to Customer’s continued compliance with such Agreement.

 

  b. Termination for Customer’s Breach . If any Agreement expires or is terminated by Google pursuant to Section 14.3 or 20.3 then: (i) the Services, and all other rights and licences granted by one party to the other will cease immediately; (ii) the Licence Term shall automatically terminate; (iii) upon request, each party will promptly return all Confidential Information of the other party (save to the extent required for the continued performance of any other Agreement); (iv) all payments owed by Customer to Google pursuant to such Agreement are immediately due; and (v) Customer must delete any data it received from Google as part of receiving the Services under such Agreement.

 

  c. Expiration of the Licence Term . Subject to Section 14.1, on the expiration of the Licence Term the Services will cease functioning and the Agreement for those Services will terminate.

 

  d. Termination of an Agreement . The termination or expiry of an individual Agreement shall not have the effect of terminating any other Agreement or this GMA unless provided in the GMA or expressly agreed to by the parties in writing.

 

15. Representations and Warranties .

 

  15.1 Authority. Each party warrants that it has the right, power and authority necessary to enter into this GMA and any Ordering Document.

 

  15.2 Services. During the applicable Licence Term, Google will provide the Services in accordance with the Service Level Agreement.

 

16. Disclaimer . Except as expressly provided for herein, subject to Section 17.3 and otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no other warranties, conditions or terms of any kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, including without limitation warranties of satisfactory quality, fitness for a particular purpose or conformance with description apply to the Services or to any other goods or services supplied by Google or its Affiliates, licensors and its or their suppliers under any Agreement. Google, its Affiliates, licensors and its or their suppliers, do not warrant that the operation of the Software will be error-free or uninterrupted. The Services are not designed, manufactured, or intended for High Risk Activities.

 

17. Limitation of Liability .

 

  17.1 Limitation on Indirect Liability . Subject to Section 17.3, neither party will be liable under any Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) for lost revenues or indirect, special, incidental or consequential losses suffered or incurred by the other party (whether or not such losses were within the contemplation of the parties at the date of such Agreement).

 

  17.2 Limitation on Amount of Liability . Subject to Section 17.1 and 17.3, each party’s total aggregate liability under each Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) is limited to the amount paid by Customer to Google pursuant to such Agreement during the twelve months immediately preceding the event giving rise to liability.

 

  17.3 Exceptions to Limitations . Nothing in any Agreement shall exclude or limit either party’s liability for: (a) death or personal injury resulting from the negligence of either party or their servants, agents or employees; (b) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation; (c) breach of any implied condition as to title or quiet enjoyment; (d) breach of confidentiality obligations; (e) infringement of the other party’s Intellectual Property Rights; (f) indemnification obligations; or (g) payment of the Fees.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

5


18. Indemnification .

 

  18.1 By Google . Google will defend and indemnify, or at its option settle, Customer from and against all liabilities, damages, and costs, arising out of a third party claim that the Services used in accordance with the Documentation and the Agreement infringes any patent, copyright, trade secret or trademark of that third party.

 

  18.2 Exceptions . The obligations set forth in Section 18.1 do not apply if the third party claim is caused by, or results from: (a) Customer’s combination or use of the Services with software, services, or products developed by Customer or third parties, if the claim would have been avoided by the non-combined or independent use of the Services; (b) modification of the Services and/or Content, by anyone other than Google if the third party claim would have been avoided by use of the unmodified Services and Content; (c) Customer’s continued allegedly infringing activity after being notified thereof or after being provided modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement; (d) Customer’s use of the Services or Content in a manner not in accordance with the Agreement or the Documentation; or (e) use of other than Google’s most current release of the Services if the third party claim would have been avoided by use of the most current release or revision.

 

  18.3 By Customer . Customer will defend and indemnify, or at its option settle, Google from and against all liabilities damages, and costs arising out of; (a) a third party claim made against Google for infringement of the third party rights referred to in Section 18.1 based on conduct by Customer as described in Section 18.2; or (b) Customer’s breach of Section 7 (Export Compliance).

 

  18.4 Possible Infringement .

 

  a. Repair, Replace, or Modify . If Google reasonably believes the Services infringes a third party’s Intellectual Property Rights, then Google will: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue to use the Services; (b) replace the Services; or (c) modify the Services to avoid the alleged infringement.

 

  b. Termination and Refund . If Google does not reasonably believe the options in Section 18.4(a) are commercially reasonable, Google may terminate the licence for the allegedly Infringing Services and refund the Fees paid by Customer for the period up until the date that the termination occurs for the allegedly Infringing Services, less depreciation for use assuming straight line depreciation over twenty-four months.

 

  18.5 General . The party seeking indemnification must promptly notify the other party of the claim and cooperate with the other party in defending the claim. The Indemnification in Sections 18.1 and 18.2 is limited to the payment by the Indemnifying party of all damages and costs finally awarded for such claim, or settlement costs approved in writing by the indemnifying party. The Indemnifying party shall be granted full control and authority over the defence and settlement of the claim, except that: (a) any settlement requiring the party seeking indemnification to admit liability or to pay any money will require that party’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (b) the party seeking indemnification may join in the defence of the claim with its own legal counsel at its own expense. The foregoing states Google’s entire liability and Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy for Intellectual Properly Rights infringement.

 

19. Verification and Audit .

 

  19.1 Verification . At Google’s written request, not more than once per calendar year during the Agreement Term, Customer will provide Google with a certificate signed by an officer of Customer verifying the Services are being used pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

 

  19.2 Audit . Upon at least thirty days prior written notice, Google (or an independent auditor appointed by Google) may audit Customer’s use of the Services, and the related records, to verify that Customer is in compliance with the Agreement. Audits will be conducted during normal business hours at Customer’s facilities, will not unreasonably interfere with Customer’s business activities, and may not occur more than once per calendar year. Customer will provide Google with reasonable access to the relevant Customer records and facilities.

 

  19.3 Underpayment . If an audit reveals that Customer has underpaid Fees to Google during the period audited, then Google will Invoice Customer, and Customer will promptly pay Google, for the underpaid Fees based on the higher of the price specified in the Agreement or Google’s price list in effect at the time the audit is completed. If the underpaid Fees exceed five percent of the Fees paid by Customer for the Services during the preceding six month period, then Customer will also pay Google’s reasonable costs of conducting the audit.

 

20. Miscellaneous .

 

  20.1 Notices . All notices must be in English, in writing and addressed to the attention of the other party’s Legal Department and primary point of contact and sent to Company’s address set out on the applicable order form or to legal-notices@google.com (as applicable) or such other address as either party has notified the other in accordance with this Section. Notice will be deemed given: (a) when verified by written receipt if sent by personal courier, overnight courier, or mail; or (b) when verified by automated receipt or electronic logs if sent by facsimile or email.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

6


  20.2 Assignment . Neither party may assign any of its rights or obligations under, or transfer any part of this GMA or any Agreement without the written consent of the other party, except to an Affiliate but only if: (a) the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this GMA (and each Agreement entered into pursuant to it); and (b) the assigning party remains liable for obligations incurred under this GMA (and each Agreement entered into pursuant to it) prior to the assignment and has notified the other party of such assignment. Any other attempt to transfer or assign is void.

 

  20.3 Change of Control . Upon a change of Control (for example, through a share purchase or sale, merger, or other form of corporate transaction), other than in the context of an internal restructuring or reorganisation of its Affiliates: (a) the party experiencing the change of Control will provide written notice to the other party within 30 days after the change of Control; and (b) the other party may immediately terminate this GMA (and accordingly all Agreements entered into pursuant to it) at any time between the change of Control and thirty days after it receives the written notice in subsection (a).

 

  20.4 Force Majeure . Neither party shall be liable for failure to perform or delay in performing any obligation under an Agreement if the failure or delay is caused by any circumstances beyond its reasonable control, Google may (at its sole discretion) suspend the provision of any Services or modify any Services at any time to comply with any applicable law. If any suspension under this Section continues for more than 30 days, Customer may, at any time until use of the applicable Services are reinstated, terminate such Agreement immediately upon written notice.

 

  20.5 No Agency . Except as expressly stated otherwise, nothing in any Agreement shall create an agency, partnership or joint venture of any kind between the parties.

 

  20.6 No Waiver . Failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy under any Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such (or any other) right or remedy.

 

  20.7 Severability . The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any term (or part of a term) of any Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of the term (if any) and such Agreement.

 

  20.8 Rights of Third Parties . Except as expressly stated otherwise, nothing in any Agreement shall create or confer any rights or other benefits in favour of any person other than the parties to this GMA.

 

  20.9 Governing Law . This GMA and each Agreement are governed by English law and the parties submit to the exclusive Jurisdiction of the English courts in relation to any dispute (contractual or non-contractual) concerning this GMA and/or any Agreement save that either party may apply to any court for an injunction or other relief to protect its Intellectual Property Rights. If any Agreement is translated into any other language. If there is conflict the English text will take precedence.

 

  20.10 Amendments . Any amendments to this GMA and/or any Ordering Document must be agreed upon in writing.

 

  20.11 Survival . Those provisions that by their nature should survive termination of any Agreement, will survive termination of such Agreement.

 

  20.12 Interpretation . The words “include” and “including” will not limit the generality of any words preceding them.

 

  20.13 Entire Agreement . Subject to Section 17.3(b), the Agreement sets out all terms agreed between the parties in relation to its subject matter and supersedes all previous agreements between the parties relating to the same. In entering into the Agreement neither party has relied on any statement, representation or warranty not expressly set out in such Agreement. The terms located at a URL and referenced in the Agreement are hereby incorporated by this reference.

Signed by the parties on the dates shown below.

 

Google Ireland Limited     Customer
By:   LOGO   2012.03.29     By:   LOGO
Print Name:   Ailis Daly         Print Name:   Charles Tasker
Title:   Contracts Administrator   12:41:55     Title:   Managing Director
Date:   Google Ireland Limited   +01’00’     Date:   23/03/2012

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

7


SCHEDULE ONE

DEFINITIONS

Acceptable Use Policy ” or “ AUP ” means the acceptable use policy for the Services available at support.google.com/enterprise/doc/gme/terms/maps_AUP.html or other such URL as may be provided by Google.

Ads ” means advertisements served by Google through the Services.

AdSense Account ” means the Google Adsense account registered by Customer with Google. “ Affiliate ” means any entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such party.

Affiliate ” means any corporate body of which one of the parties directly or indirectly has Control or which is directly or indirectly Controlled by the same person or group of parsons as the party.

Agreement Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

Assets ” means those assets actively Tracked by Customer, such as personnel, vehicles or other assets.

Billing Units ” means the number of Page Views, Assets Tracked, or number of End Users, or all three, as applicable. Billing Units will be determined by the nature of the Services and SKUs ordered by Customer.

Brand Features ” means each party’s trade names, trademarks, logos, domain names, and other distinctive brand features.

Client ID ” means an alphanumeric key assigned to Customer by Google that is uniquely associated with Customer’s Google account. Client IDs will be issued after the Effective Date, and after Customer supplies Google with its account information.

Confidential Information ” means information disclosed by (or on behalf of) a party to the other party under any Agreement that is marked as confidential or would reasonably be considered to be confidential under the circumstances.

Content ” means any content provided through the Services (whether created by Google or its third party licensors), and includes map and terrain data, photographic imagery, traffic data.

Control ” means the possession by any person(s) directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of another person.

Customer Content ” means any content that Customer provides in the Customer implementation, including data, images, video, or software. Customer Content does not include the Content.

Customer Implementation ” means an internal or external software application or website that incorporates the Services to obtain and display Content in conjunction with Customer Content, according to the Agreement.

Development Kit ” means a non-production license to use the Services for the license term specified on the applicable Ordering Document or, If a license term is not specified on the Ordering Document, then for a period of twelve months.

Documentation ” means the Google proprietary documentation in the form generally made available by Google to its customers for use with the Software and set forth at the following URL: http://code.google.com/apis/maps/documentation/premier/guide.html (or such other URL as may be updated by Google).

End Users ” mean the individual human end users who use the Customer Implementation.

Export Control Laws ” means all applicable export and re-export control laws and regulations, Including the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) maintained by the U.S. Department of Commerce, trade and economic sanctions maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”) maintained by the U.S. Department of State.

Fees ” means the applicable fees set forth in an Ordering Document and any applicable Taxes.

Geocoding ” means the online or offline assigning of a longitude/latitude coordinate to an address in relation to the Content by means of interpolation, or information in the form of either the street address or intersection of streets, at which a point of interest or address, is located, and additionally may include a raster image depicting this location on a map.

GMA Effective Date ” has the meaning given to it at the head of this GMA.

High Risk Activities ” means uses such as the operation of nuclear facilities, air traffic control or life support systems, where the use of or failure of he Services could lead to death, personal injury, or environmental damage.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

8


Intellectual Property Rights ” means all copyright, moral rights, patent rights, trade marks, design right, rights in or relating to databases, rights in or relating to confidential information, rights in relation to domain names, and any other intellectual property rights (registered or unregistered) throughout the world.

Legal Notices ” mean the legal notices set forth at the following URL (or such other URL as may be updated by Google) http://www.maps.google.com/help/legalnotices_maps.html

Licensed Configuration ” means the Billing Unit metrics and Domain(s) as specified in an Ordering Document.

Licence Term ” means the period of time during which Customer is authorised to use the Services pursuant to the relevant Agreement, as defined in Section 14.1.

Maps APIs ” means the APIs referenced at support.google.com/enterprise/doc/gme/terms/maps_included_APIs.html or other URL as Google may periodically provide.

Maps API Terms ” means the terms found at the following URL, http://code.google.com/apis/maps/documentation/ , or other URL as Google may provide from time to time.

Maps Terms ” mean the terms for Google Maps set forth at the following URL, ( http://maps.google.com/help/terms_maps.html , or other such URL as may be periodically provided by Google).

Navigation ” is where a Customer Implementation: provides real-time, visual or audible “turn-by-turn” directions based on position input from a Sensor, and accesses the Content in doing so.

Order Form Effective Date ” means the effective date of the applicable Ordering Document, as set out in that Ordering Document.

Ordering Document ” means either an order form or quote, issued by Google and signed by or otherwise agreed by Customer to provide the Services to Customer, subject to this GMA. The Ordering Document will incorporate this GMA and will contain: (i) a SKU (including the Licence Term, if applicable); (ii) a description of the Licensed Configuration; (iii) price; and (iv) a reference number.

Overage ” means: (a) for Page Views, when Customer’s number of Page Views exceeds the applicable Licensed Configuration; and (b) for Asset Tracking, when either Customer’s number of Tracked Assets exceeds the applicable Licensed Configuration, or when the Customer moves from Tier 2 to Tier 1.

Page View ” means a single load of the script from the Javascript API, Maps API for Flash, or static Maps API by the End User’s browser. Page Views may be for internal use or external use. Use of external Page Views is limited to freely and publicly available websites.

Purchase Order ” means a Customer issued purchase order.

Queries Per Second ” or “ QPS ” means queries per second for requests through the HTTP interface.

Renewal Fees ” means the fees payable by Customer to Google for the Services for each Renewal Term such fees to be calculated by reference to Google’s then current rates for the Services (unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing).

Routing ” means one or more textual, audible, or visual routing directions between a single origin and one or more destinations, and the travel time or distance, or both, for the entire, or any portion of, the route.

Sensor ” means the use of any technology to automatically determine an End User’s location.

Services ” means, to the extent ordered by Customer pursuant to an Ordering Document, the Google Maps API Premier service, described here http://www.google.com/enterprise/maps/ (or other such URL as may be provided by Google) and Customer’s use of the Software to display the Content and the Customer Content, or to Track Assets, in the Customer implementation.

Service Level Agreement ” or “ SLA ” means the Google Maps Service Level Agreement available at the following URL: http://www.google.com/enterprise/maps/sla.html .

Shipment Date ” means the date upon which Google provides Customer the Client ID for the Services.

SKU ” or “ Stock Keeping Unit ” is the unique identifier which describes the particular configuration of the Services ordered by Customer.

Software ” means the Google proprietary application programme interface provided by Google to Customer pursuant to an Ordering Document.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

 

9


“Standard Support” shall have the meaning set out in the TSSG.

Taxes ” means any duties, customs fees, or taxes (other than Google’s Income tax) associated with the sale of the Services, including any related penalties or interest.

Territory ” means any of the countries listed at the following URLs: http://support.google.com/enterprise/doc/gme/terms/maps_territory_emea.html (or other such URL(s) as may be provided by Google).

“Third Party Ads” means advertisements served by a third party.

Tier 1 Asset Tracking Applications ” or “ Tier 1 ” means any application in which a Customer uses the Services to Track Assets, with Routing allowed.

Tier 2 Asset Tracking Applications ” or “ Tier 2 ” means any application in which a Customer uses the Services to Track Assets, with Routing prohibited.

Track ” means the use of an application to locate a moving physical asset on a map based on current latitude/longitude coordinates, which are provided to the application via a personal sensor.

“Trademark Guidelines” means Google’s Guidelines for Third Party Use of Google Brand Features, located at the following URL: http://www.google.com/permissions/guidelines.html (or other such URL as may be provided by Google).

TSS ” means the technical support services provided by Google, in accordance with Google’s TSSG, for the Services, and for the time period, set forth in the Ordering Document.

TSSG ” means Google’s then current Technical Support Services Guidelines, which may be may be accessed at the following URL: http://support.google.com/enterprise/doc/gme/terms/maps_tssg.html

Update ” is described in the TSSG.

Upgrade ” means the purchase of an increase of QPS.

“URL Terms” means the following URL terms; AUP, SLA, Territory, TSSG, and Usage Limits.

“Usage Limits” means the limits for use of the Services, which may be accessed at the following URL: http://support.google.com/enterprise/doc/gme/terms/maps_usage_limits.html (or other such URL as may be provided by Google). Customer may purchase Upgrades to these usage limits.

 

Google Ireland Limited - Maps API Premier GMA - English law English language – v5 – 18 May 2011

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GMA 110212.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL

1


LOGO   

Google Ireland Limited

Gordon House, Barrow

Street, Dublin 4, Ireland

Tel: +353 1 436 1000

Fax: 353 1 436 1001

 

ORDER FORM:

 

Google Maps API Premier

 

CUSTOMER TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION
 

       CUSTOMER (Enter Company’s Full Legal Name):             MiX Telematic International (Pty) Ltd

 

       
     Corporate Contact Information:    Account Payable Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)    Technical Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)
       
Attention:    Zoe Jenkins    Willem van Dyk     
       
Position:    Product Manager    Finance Manager     
       
Address, City, County, Postal, Code, Country:   

Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr

Strand & Webers Valley Roads

Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

  

Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr

Strand & Webers Valley Roads

Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

    
       
Phone:    + 272 1 880 5500    +24 21 880 5500     
       
Fax:    +27 21 880 1784    +27 21 880 0881     
       
Email:    Zoo.Jenkins@mixtelematics.com    Willem.vanDyk@mixtelematics.com     
     

Domain: [http://fm-web.co.za]

 

[ Insert URL(s) of webpages on which Google maps will appear. ]

   Maps API Usage (Asset Tracking)    VAT or applicable tax #: [4210168483]
   
SSL Required (https: or http)? ¨ Yes, ¨ No, x Both    Purchase Order #: [N/A]
   
Order Form Effective Date: [1st April 2012]    GMA Effective Date: [1st April 2012]

 

SKU (SKU Description)   Order Type   Volume   Quantity   Billing Unit   Licence Term   Fees Per  Unit
             

*

  New   1     *   Asset   One year     *
             

*

  New   1     *   Asset   One year     *
             

*

  New   1     *   Asset   One year     *
             

*

  New   *     *   Geocodes   One Year     *
             

*

  New   1     *   Geocodes   One Year     *
             

N/A

          Overage Cost       N/A   per 1000 sessions    

 

Total Fees Due (excluding applicable taxes):

                              *   

Account Manager: [Neil Gyte]

        

Order Form Terms and Conditions

“GMA” means the Google Maps API Premier License Agreement entered into between Google Ireland Limited (“Google”) and Customer with the GMA Effective Date stated in the above table.

This Order Form is subject to and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the GMA. All capitalized terms used herein have the meanings stated in the GMA, unless stated otherwise. If there is any conflict between this Order Form and the GMA then this Order Form will take precedence in relation to the Services to be supplied under this Order Form.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 19.150A 2012Q1.docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 19.150A 2012Q1.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL        


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Order Form has been executed by the parties as of the date signed by Google below:

 

Google Ireland Limited         Customer: MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd
By:   LOGO           By:   LOGO
Print Name:   Allis Daly    2012.03.29      Print Name:  

Charles Tasker

Title:   Contracts Administrator    12:43:23      Title:  

Managing Director

Date:   Google Ireland Limited    +01’00’      Date:  

23/03/2012

 

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GME 19.150A 2012 Q1.docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GME 19.150A 2012 Q1.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL           


LOGO    Google Ireland Limited   ORDER FORM:
   Gordon House, Barrow  
   Street, Dublin 4, Ireland   Google Maps API Premier
   Tel: +353 1 436 1000  
   Fax: 353 1 436 1001  

 

CUSTOMER TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION
 

       CUSTOMER (Enter Company’s Full Legal Name):             MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd

 

     
     Corporate Contract Information:    Account Payable Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)    Technical Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)
     
Attention:    Zoe Jenkins    Willem van Dyk     
     
Position:    Product Manager    Finance Manager     
     

Address, City,

County, Postal

Code, Country:

   Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr Strand & Webers Valley Roads Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa   

Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr

Strand & Webers Valley Roads

Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

    
     
Phone:    +27 21 880 5500    +27 21 880 5500     
     
Fax:    +27 21 880 1784    +27 21 880 0881     
     
Email:    Zoe_Jenkins@mixtelematics.com    Willem.vanDyk@mixtelematics.com       
     
Domain: (Upgrade - Domains as per existing account)    Maps API Usage [Asset Tracking]    VAT or applicable tax #: (4210168483)

 

[ Insert URL(s) of webpages on which Google maps will appear. ]

     
   
SSL Required (https: or http)? ¨ Yes, ¨ No, x Both    Purchase Order #: [N/A]
   
Order Form Effective Date: [1st May 2012]    GMA Effective Date: [1st April 2012]

 

SKU (SKU Description)   Order Type   Volume   Quantity   Billing Unit   Licence Term   Fees Per Unit
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

*

  Upgrade   1    *   Asset   11 Months    *
             

N/A

          Overage Cost       N/A   per 1000 sessions    

 

Total Fees Due (excluding applicable taxes):

                              *   

Account Manager: [Neil Gyte]

        

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 48177A 2012 Q2.docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 48177A 2012 Q2.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL           


Order Form Terms and Conditions

GMA ” means the Google Maps API Premier Licence Agreement entered into between Google Ireland Limited (“ Google ”) and Customer with the GMA Effective Date stated in the above table.

This Order Form is subject to and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the GMA. All capitalised terms used herein have the meanings stated in the GMA, unless stated otherwise. If there is any conflict between this Order Form and the GMA then this Order Form will take precedence in relation to the Services to be supplied under this Order Form.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Order Form has been executed by the parties as of the date signed by Google below.

 

Google Ireland Limited       Customer: MiX Telematics International Pty Ltd
By:         By:   LOGO
Print Name:   LOGO   2012.05.03     Print Name:   CHARLES TASKER
  OLWYN LONGMORE          
Title:   Contracts Administrator   09:22:34     Title:   Managing Director
Date:   Google Ireland Limited   +01’00’     Date:   02/05/2012

 

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 48177A 2012 Q2.docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 48177A 2012 Q2.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL           


LOGO   

Google Ireland Limited

Gordon House, Barrow

Street, Dublin 4, Ireland

Tel: +353 1 436 1000

Fax: 353 1 436 1001

 

ORDER FORM:

 

Google Maps API Premier

 

CUSTOMER TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION
 

       CUSTOMER (Enter Company’s Full Legal Name):             MIX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd

 

     
     Corporate Contact Information:    Account Payable Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)    Technical Contact Information: (If different from corporate contact)
     
Attention:    Zoe Jenkins    Willem Van Dyk     
     
Position:    Product Manager    Finance Manager     
     
Address, City, County, Postal, Code, Country:     

Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr

Strand & Webers Valley Roads

Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

  

Blaauwklip Office Park 2 Cnr

Strand & Webers Valley Roads

Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

    
     
Phone:    - 27 21 880 5500    - 27 21 880 5500     
     
Fax:    +27 21 880 1784    +27 21 880 0881     
     
Email:    Zoe.Jenkins@mixtelematics.com    Willem.VanDyk@mixtelematics.com       
     

Domain: [Renewal (domains as per existing account)]

 

[ Insert URL(s) of webpages on which Google maps will appear. ]

   Maps API Usage [Asset Tracking]    VAT or applicable tax #: [4210158483]
   
SSL Required (https: or http)? ¨ Yes, ¨ No, x Both    Purchase Order #: [N/A]
   
Order Form Effective Date: [1st April 2013]    GMA Effective Date: [1st April 2012]

 

SKU (SKU Description)   Order Type   Volume   Quantity   Billing Unit   License Term   Fees Per  Unit
       

*

  Renewal   1   *   Asset   One Year   *
             

*

  Renewal   1   *   Asset   One Year   *
       

*

  Renewal   1   *   Asset   One Year   *
             

*

  Renewal   1   *  

Asset

  One Year   *
       

N/A

          Average Cost       N/A   per 1000 sessions    

 

Total Fees Due (excluding applicable taxes):

                            *

Account Manager: [Neil Gyte]

    

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

Order Form Terms and Conditions

GMA ” means the Google Maps API Premier License Agreement entered into between Google Ireland Limited (“ Google ”) and Customer with the GMA Effective Date stated in the above table.

This Order Form is subject to and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the GMA. All capitalised terms used herein have the meanings stated in the GMA, unless stated otherwise. If there is any conflict between this Order Form and the GMA then this Order Form will take precedence in relation to the Services to be supplied under this Order Form.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 58817A 2013.docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd – GME 58817A 2013.docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL           


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Order Form has been executed by the parties as of the date signed by Google below.

 

    Google Ireland Limited       Customer: MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd
  By:  

 

    By:  

LOGO

  LOGO  

2013.03.28

    Print Name:  

Catherine Lewis

  Mick McCarthy  

 

    Title:  

Marketing Director

  For: Graham Law (Board Director)  

09:38:44 Z

    Date:  

26 March 2013

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GME 53817A 2013 docx

MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd - GME 58817A 2013 docx

GOOGLE CONFIDENTIAL        

Exhibit 10.24

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

Agreement

between

Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Proprietary) Limited

Registration Number: 2004/019797/07

(“Matrix”)

and

Super Group Trading (Proprietary) Limited

T/A RENTRAK

Registration Number 1995/000920/07

(“the Contractor”)


1 Introduction

 

1.1 this Agreement, unless otherwise required or indicated by the context the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and masculine gender shall include all other genders and vice versa, natural persons shall include legal and juristic persons and vice versa.

 

1.2 The Annexures attached to this Agreement form part hereof and words and expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear, unless the context otherwise indicates, the same meanings in such Annexures

 

1.3 The headings used in this Agreement shall be deemed not to be part of the Agreement and will not be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

1.4 In this Agreement, unless otherwise required or indicated by the context, the following expressions and words shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder:-

 

1.4.1 “Agreement” means this Agreement and all annexures hereto;

 

1.4.2 “Ancillary Services” means those services supplied by agreement between the parties as recorded in annexure E;

 

1.4.3 “business day” - any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Republic of South Africa;

 

1.4.4 ‘‘Customer” - any party who has an agreement with Matrix for the supply of tracking and/or recovery services;

 

1.4.5 “Equipment” shall mean the direction finding antennae and radios and associated tracking and monitoring devices;

 

1.4.6 “Helicopter services” shall mean a Helicopter no smaller than a Robinson 44 type fitted with Equipment and piloted by a suitably qualified commercial pilot. The pilot shall also have been trained in the use of the Equipment failing which an observer shall be supplied with each helicopter team to operate the Equipment;


1.4.7 “Installed Vehicles’ shall mean any motor vehicles or other equipment in which an IVU has been installed;

 

1.4.8 “intellectual property” shall mean all intellectual property of every nature whatever owned and/or controlled by Matrix including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the trade marks, marks, logos and trade names and all of Matrix’s right, title and interest in and to all technology, trade secrets, insignias, designs, patents and copyrights relating to the products, whether registered or not;

 

1.4.9 “IVU” shall mean any equipment which has the capability being used to determine its geographic location;

 

1.4.10 “public announcement” shall mean any communication whether written or oral, whether conveyed by an employee, manager or contractor, which is intended or could reasonably be anticipated to result in any information about Matrix or any client of Matrix appearing in any media;

 

1.4.11 “Recovery Supervisor” shall mean a person nominated by the Contractor as their representative for operational management of the Services;

 

1.4.12 “Recovery Team” shall mean a motor vehicle in good working order in which Equipment has been installed and which is manned by no less than 2 (two) fully trained security officers;

 

1.4.13 “Services” shall mean;

 

1.4.13.1 the supply of Recovery Teams as set out in annexure A;

 

1.4.13.2 the tracking and recovery of Installed Vehicles;

 

1.4.13.3 such additional services as may be agreed between the Parties from time to time;

 

1.4.14 “Site” shall mean any location at which a Recovery Team shall be stationed when not involved in a recovery as set out in Annexure A. Such locations may be varied at Matrix’s discretion on not less than 30 days notice;


1.4.15 “Standard Procedures” shall mean the standard procedures with regard to the Services as may be agreed in writing between Matrix and the Contractor and which procedure shall form an integral part of this Agreement;

 

1.4.16 “System/System Software” means the software owned by and licensed to Matrix and used by Matrix to track IVUs;

 

1.4.17 “Uncontrollable Costs” means those which are outside the control of the Contractor and are specified as such in the annexures;

 

1.4.18 “VAT” - Value Added Tax in terms of the VAT Act of the Republic of South Africa;

 

1.4.19 “VAT Act” - Value Added Tax Act, No 89 of 1991, as amended;

 

1.5 any reference to any legislation is to such legislation as at the signature date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

1.6 if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring any right or imposing any obligation on any party, then notwithstanding that it is only in the interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in this agreement; and

 

1.7 when any number of days is prescribed such number shall exclude the first and include the last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Republic of South Africa, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Republic of South Africa.

 

2 Introduction

 

2.1 Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Proprietary) Limited is a company with limited liability duly incorporated in terms of the company laws of the Republic of South Africa.


2.2 The Contractor, Super Group Trading (Proprietary) Limited is a company with limited liability duly incorporated in terms of the company laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

2.3 Matrix requires the Contractor to render the Services.

 

2.4 The Contractor has the necessary expertise and experience to render the Services to Matrix.

 

2.5 The parties herein record the terms and conditions by which they wish their relationship to be governed.

 

3 Commencement and Term

 

3.1 This agreement shall commence on 1 October 2005 and shall endure indefinitely until terminated in terms of clause 9 or clause 11 hereof.

 

4 Price and Payment

 

4.1 The prices to be paid by Matrix for the Services are set out in the annexures hereto and shall remain as such until altered by mutual agreement between the parties, save that the contractor shall:

 

4.1.1 on a monthly basis adjust the prices to reflect the actual impact of any change in the Uncontrollable Costs;

 

4.1.2 once per year on the anniversary of the commencement date, have the right to adjust the prevailing price, other than the portion of the price made up of Uncontrollable Costs, by the inflation rate prevailing over the past year as measured by the Consumer Price Index.

 

4.2 Payment shall be:

 

4.2.1 monthly in advance for all fixed monthly retainers provided suitable tax invoices have been furnished by the Contractor;


4.2.2 after receipt of taxation invoices, which invoices must have attached the basis upon which the amount has been calculated. Details to be disclosed on the invoice for each service provided include inter-alia:

 

4.2.2.1 type of service;

 

4.2.2.2 date and time;

 

4.2.2.3 duration;

 

4.2.2.4 description of the incident;

to enable Matrix to verify proof of delivery of service together with any other documents that may be relevant and payment shall be made thirty (30) days after the date of the statement which shall show all the invoices due for payment.

 

4.3 Statements must be dated the last day of the month in which relevant invoices were raised and received by Matrix.

 

4.4 The Contractor will provide Matrix with it’s banking details, VAT registration documents and a cancelled cheque together with the first invoice sent to Matrix.

 

5 Obligations of the Contractor

 

5.1 The Contractor undertakes:-

 

5.1.1 to provide all the necessary labour, materials, and equipment necessary to effectively render the Services to the standards as specified in the annexures;

 

5.1.2 to take all reasonable and necessary precautions to ensure the safety of its employees,

 

5.1.3 to operate with the highest ethical standards and take all reasonable and necessary steps to ensure the honesty and integrity of all employees and sub-contractors, including inter-alia polygraph testing every six months and rigorous background checking;


5.1.4 take the utmost care to avoid injuring any third party, employee or sub-contractor or damaging any property during the execution of the Services;

 

5.1.5 to ensure that the quality of the Services is and will remain in accordance with the requirements specified herein;

 

5.1.6 to execute the Services in terms of this agreement and in compliance with the laws, regulations or any other statutory or Governmental Act governing the Contractor and the Services;

 

5.1.7 to use all reasonable endeavours to track IVU as directed by Matrix and recover the Installed Vehicles in good condition;

 

5.1.8 to comply with all reasonable instructions of Matrix;

 

5.1.9 that recovery resources dedicated to Matrix shall solely be used for Matrix’s work unless Matrix expressly agrees to the contrary;

 

5.1.10 that when there are conflicting demands on recovery resources, the Contractor and all his sub-contractors, shall at all times give preference to Matrix’s requirements including stopping a non-Matrix operation to be able to immediately devote the resource to Matrix’s requirements;

 

5.1.11 that recovery vehicles shall be unbranded, until such time as Matrix decides to brand such vehicles, which branding shall be determined with input from the Contractor, with the costs of any such branding being paid by Matrix;

 

5.1.12 the recovery teams shall carry the agreed, Matrix supplied, Matrix branded clothing for use whenever handing vehicles back to Customers. The Contractor shall ensure that no Customer shall interact with any recovery team bearing the brand of any competitor of Matrix;

 

5.1.13 to allow any authorised representative of Matrix access to any facilities, maintained by the Contractor and from which the Services are provided, to evaluate the quality of the operations of the Contractor;


5.1.14 not to do, permit or omit to do anything which might have the effect of prejudicing or impeding the bona fide activities of Matrix or the interest or the goodwill of Matrix, or which might bring Matrix or its clients into disrepute;

 

5.1.15 not to provide any service to any third party other than those listed in annexure D without the written permission of Matrix which permission shall be given or withheld in Matrix’s absolute discretion;

 

5.1.16 not to make, or allow any employee or agent to make, any Public Announcement without the express written permission of Matrix;

 

5.1.17 to be responsible for the security and maintenance of the Equipment supplied by Matrix, other than any costs resulting from fair wear and tear which shall be borne by Matrix;

 

5.1.18 to during the currency of this agreement and for 36 months thereafter, maintain the confidentiality of all know-how which it may acquire in relation to-

 

5.1.18.1 the intellectual property;

 

5.1.18.2 the IVUs and the Services;

 

5.1.18.3 Matrix’s software;

 

5.1.18.4 Matrix’s business operations and it’s relationship with any business associate or client; and

 

5.1.18.5 Matrix’s employees;

and the Contractor undertakes that it will not disclose any portion of such know-how to any third party during the currency of this agreement or at any time thereafter. Furthermore the Contractor undertakes not to use any such information in any manner which may be detrimental to Matrix’s business and to provide every assistance to Matrix to protect it’s rights.


6 The Contractor warrants

 

6.1 The Contractor warrants:

 

6.1.1 that it has the necessary licenses, approvals and authority to render the Services to Matrix, and the Contractor indemnifies Matrix from all claims by any third party to the contrary;

 

6.1.2 that it has suitable insurance cover in place including public liability insurance;

 

6.1.3 that the Contractor specifically indemnifies and holds Matrix harmless from and against any loss, claim, action, damage or expense suffered or sustained by any member of the Contractor’s personnel in the course of effecting the Services and the Contractor indemnifies Matrix against any claim whatsoever arising from the provision of the Services;

 

6.1.4 that the Contractor specifically indemnifies and holds Matrix harmless from and against any claim or action from a Customer as a consequence of the actions or inaction of the Contractor. This includes an indemnity against claims arising from damage to, or loss of, any Customer’s vehicle during the course of any recovery procedure;

 

6.1.5 that the contractor shall at all times have a suitable contingency plan which will enable the contractor to continue to deliver the Services without disruption.

 

7 Matrix’s Obligations

 

7.1 Matrix shall:

 

7.1.1 provide that Equipment and software which is proprietary to Matrix, to facilitate tracking IVUs, in the quantities which the Contractor may reasonably require to provide the Services;

 

7.1.2 timeously report all incidents which require the Contractor to supply Services in order to maximize the chances of recovery and reduce the costs of providing the Services;

 

7.1.3 communicate all material information to the Contractor to assist the Contractor to efficiently provide the Services;


7.1.4 allow reasonable access to the Sites so that the Contractor may provide the Services and to allow the Contractor to connect and/or remove his Systems should this agreement terminate;

 

7.1.5 during the currency of this agreement and for 36 months thereafter, maintain the confidentiality of all know-how which it may acquire in relation to-

 

7.1.5.1 the Contractor’s business operations and it’s relationship with any business associate and client;

 

7.1.5.2 the Contractor’s employees;

and shall not disclose any portion of such know-how to any third party during the currency of this agreement or at any time thereafter. Furthermore Matrix undertakes not to use any such information in any manner which may be detrimental to the Contractor’s business and to provide every assistance to the Contractor to protect it’s rights.

 

7.1.6 timeously pay all amounts owing to the Contractor for Services which have been rendered in accordance with the terms of this agreement.

 

8 Impossibility of performance

 

8.1 Should any party (“the requisitionist”) be prevented or delayed from fulfilling any of its obligations in terms of this agreement as a result of any circumstances beyond its control, the requisitionist shall, subject to the provisions of clauses 6.1.5 and 8.3, be excused from performing that particular obligation or part thereof for so long as such circumstances exist, provided that if the performance by the requisitionist of any such obligation persists for a period in excess of 14 (fourteen) days, either party shall be entitled to terminate this agreement forthwith.

 

8.2 For the purposes of this clause 8 “circumstances beyond its control” shall mean vis major (including without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, any act of God and any other occurrence that is generally understood as constituting vis major including war, hostilities, insurrection, embargo, riot, fire, flood, cyclone, earthquake, landslide or explosion).


8.3 The requisitionist shall not be excused from performing any obligation in terms of this agreement as a result of any circumstance beyond its control if –

 

8.3.1 the requisitionist fails to inform the other party of such circumstance as soon as is reasonably possible after any such circumstance occurs; and

 

8.3.2 the requisitionist fails to take all steps reasonably possible to prevent, avoid or limit the duration and effects of any such circumstances; or

 

8.3.3 any act or omission on the part of the requisitionist caused the circumstance envisaged in clause 8.1 to arise.

 

9 Breach

 

9.1 If either party breaches any provision or term of this agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 7 (seven) days of the date of receipt of written notice requiring it to do so, then the aggrieved party may declare a dispute in writing whereupon the parties will arrange to meet forthwith to resolve the dispute and failing the resolution of the dispute then the aggrieved party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy available to it at law, to cancel this agreement or to hold the other party to the terms of this agreement and claim specific performance, in either event without prejudice to the aggrieved party’s rights to claim damages.

 

10 Arbitration

 

10.1 Save where otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event of any dispute or difference arising between the Parties hereto relating to or arising out of this Agreement, including the validity, implementation, execution, interpretation, rectification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, the Parties shall forthwith meet to attempt to settle such dispute or difference, and failing such settlement within a period of 14 (fourteen) days, the said dispute or difference shall, on written demand by any Party to the dispute, be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the rules of the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (“the Foundation”) by an arbitrator or arbitrators appointed by the Foundation and agreed to by the Parties.


10.2 Should the Parties fail to agree in writing on an arbitrator within 10 (ten) days after arbitration has been demanded, the arbitrator shall be nominated at the request of any Party to the dispute by the Foundation.

 

10.3 The Parties irrevocably agree that the submission to arbitration in terms of this clause is subject to the Parties’ rights of appeal set out hereunder.

 

10.3.1 Any Party to the arbitration may appeal the decision of the arbitrator within a period of 21 (twenty one) days after the arbitrator’s ruling has been handed down by giving written notice to that effect to the other Party or Parties to the arbitration. The appeal shall be dealt with in accordance with the rules of the Foundation by a panel of 3 (three) arbitrators appointed by the Foundation.

 

10.3.2 The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the Parties to the arbitration after the expiry of the period of 21 (twenty one) days from the date of the arbitrator’s ruling if no appeal has been lodged by any Party. A decision which becomes final and binding in terms of this clause 10.3.1 may be made an order of court at the instance of any Party to the arbitration.

 

10.4 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit any Party from applying to the appropriate Court for urgent relief.

 

11 Termination

 

11.1 Matrix reserves the right to terminate this agreement, without notice and without limiting Matrix’s rights to claim for damages, if the Contractor:

 

11.1.1 commits any material breach which goes to the root of the agreement; or

 

11.1.2 persistently breaches any of the provisions of this agreement; or

 

11.1.3 fails to carry out any of the Services in a fit and proper manner; or

 

11.1.4 is guilty of any criminal offence.


11.2 Matrix may terminate this Contract upon three hundred and sixty five (365) days written notice to the Contractor however such notice may not given before 30 September 2008.

 

11.3 the Contractor may terminate this Contract upon three hundred and sixty five (365) days written notice to Matrix however such notice may not given before 30 September 2008.

 

12 Domicilium

 

12.1 Each party chooses as its domicilium citandi et executandi (“domicilium”) for all purposes under this agreement, whether for serving any court process or documents, giving any notice, or making any other communications of whatsoever nature and for any other purpose arising from this agreement (“notice”) as follows:-

Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Proprietary) Limited

Matrix Corner

Howick Close

Waterfall Park

Midrand

Attention: The Managing Director

Telefax No: (011) 805 7495

Super Group Trading (Proprietary) Limited:

Sandhurst Office Park, Block E,

Corner Katherine and Rivonia Road,

Sandton,

2193

Telefax No: (011) 523 4791

Attention: CEO


12.2 Any notice required or permitted to be given under this agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing

 

12.3 Any party may by notice to the other party change its domicilium to another physical address in the Republic of South Africa and such change shall take effect on the seventh day after the date of receipt by the other party of the notice

 

12.4 Any notice to a party contained in a correctly addressed envelope and delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its domicilium shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery.

 

12.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a written notice actually received by a party, including a notice sent by telefax (“the first notice”), shall be adequate notice to it notwithstanding that it was not sent or delivered to its chosen domicilium, provided that, within the next three succeeding business days a copy of the first notice is delivered to the chosen domicilium accompanied by a notice giving the following particulars:-

 

12.5.1 where the first notice was sent by telefax, the date and time of dispatch and the telefax number to which it was sent; and

 

12.5.2 where the first notice was delivered in a manner other than by telefax, the manner of delivery, the date on which it was delivered, the person by whom it was received and where it was received.

 

13 General

 

13.1 This agreement and its annexures constitute the sole record of the agreement between the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

13.2 No party shall be bound by any representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein.

 

13.3 The Parties will at all times owe each other a duty of the utmost good faith.

 

13.4 No addition to, variation, or agreed cancellation of this agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the parties.


13.5 No indulgence which either party may grant to the other shall constitute a waiver of any of the rights of the grantor, who shall not thereby be precluded from exercising any rights against the grantee which may have arisen in the past or which might arise in the future.

 

13.6 This agreement supersedes all prior agreements, undertakings and arrangements existing between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

13.7 Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as creating a partnership between the parties or as creating an agency or employment relationship between the parties.

 

13.8 Neither party may cede or assign that party’s rights or delegate that party’s obligations without the prior written consent of the other party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.9 Each party represents that it has authority to enter into this agreement and to do all things necessary to procure the fulfilment of its obligations in terms of this agreement.

 

14 Governing law

 

14.1 This agreement and the relationship of the parties in connection with the subject matter of this agreement and each other shall be governed and determined in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

14.2 The parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of South Africa.

 

15 Severability

 

15.1 In the event of any one or more of the provisions of this agreement being held for any reason to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this agreement, and this agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision was not a part of this agreement, and the agreement shall be carried out as nearly as possible in accordance with its original terms and intent.


Signed at Sandton on 2 September 2005

As Witnesses:

 

1.   LOGO
2.    

 

LOGO
For: Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Proprietary) Limited
Warranting authority hereto
Name:
Capacity:

Signed at Sandton on 2 September 2005

As Witnesses:

 

1    
2.    

 

LOGO

For: Super Group Trading (Proprietary) Limited
Warranting authority hereto
Name:
Capacity:


Annexure A

Services to be provided by the contractor

 

1 Recovery of Stolen Installed Vehicles

The contractor shall ensure recovery teams are available at the following locations.

Recovery Team

 

*

Matrix may vary the site locations of recovery teams. The variation shall be requested in writing and maybe either a:

 

 

Temporary variation is for new location for up to 30 days shall require 7 days notice. If the new site is within 80 Kms of the current site there will be no cost to Matrix of such variation. If the new site is more than 80kms away from the existing site then the Contractor shall be permitted to claim for the actual additional costs resulting directly from the site variation. The Contractor shall notify Matrix of any such additional costs in writing within 5 days of Matrix’s request for the Site variation. Temporary relocations only apply to the Johannesburg recovery teams; or

 

 

Permanent variation which shall require 30 days notice.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Matrix may cancel any recovery team upon 30 days written notice.

Each ground recovery team to be equipped with the following items:

 

   

Cellular Telephone

 

   

Ground to air radio

 

   

Global Positioning System

 

   

Bullet Proof vests

 

   

Firearm for self defence

 

2 Identification of Faulty IVU’s

The Contractor shall assist Matrix to locate any malfunctioning IVU.

 

3 Fixed Monthly Cost

These costs (which exclude value added tax) shall be charged monthly in advance. The Ground teams *. Included in this total is the individual cost of * per dedicated Johannesburg team. The Uncontrollable Costs included in this price are:

 

   

Fuel * relating to the 3 Johannesburg ground teams.

 

4 Variable Costs

These costs (which exclude value added tax) shall be charged monthly in arrears and shall vary depending on the actual usage of the services made by Matrix

Ground Team Services

These hourly charges shall only apply to the actual usage of the ground teams.

 

   

Johannesburg Hourly Rate *

 

   

Regional Hourly Rate (excluding Durban and Pietermaritzburg) *

 

   

Hourly rate for Durban and Pietermaritzburg *

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Annexure B

Service Level Agreement

 

1 The contractor shall ensure that recovery teams and Recovery Supervisor are available 24 hours per day seven days per week and at least 95% of telephone calls from Matrix shall be answered within 30 seconds.

 

2 The response times required for the Recovery service are:

 

2.1 Peak Time (06h00 – 20h30 on every business day)

 

   

Recovery Team – Teams are to be mobilised within 5 minutes i.e. driving the recovery vehicle towards the location of the incident. This service level must be met for at least 95% of all peak time recoveries.

 

2.2 Off peak Time – all times outside of peak time

 

   

Recovery Team – Teams are to be mobilised within 15 minutes i.e. driving the recovery vehicle towards the location of the incident. This service level must be met for at least 95% of all off-peak time recoveries.

 

3 The Contractor shall provide a detailed written recovery report to Matrix by 10h00 hrs on the business day immediately after any incident.


Annexure C

Standard Procedures to be followed

 

1 Matrix shall despatch the appropriate recovery team or teams. If Matrix’s deems it appropriate they will instruct the Recovery Supervisor to use the Helicopter Services.

 

2 Matrix shall contact the Recovery Supervisor telephonically and inform him of the incident to enable the Contractor to ensure the appropriate service levels are maintained.

 

3 The Recovery Supervisor shall constantly communicate with Matrix throughout the recovery process.

 

4 The Recovery Supervisor shall be responsible for enlisting the necessary support from the various police services however it shall be at Matrix’s sole discretion to authorise the use of Helicopter services or any other air-support which might be deemed appropriate.

 

5 Matrix will decide when the Recovery Team and the Helicopter are to stand down.

 

6 Once a vehicle has been recovered the Contractor and/or its sub-contractors will return the said vehicle to the rightful owner, unless the South African Police Service demands possession of the vehicle. Should a vehicle towing service be required, the Contractor shall, upon Matrix’s authorization and at Matrix’s expense, organize with the client for the vehicle to be taken to a safe place as determined by Matrix.


Recovery Process

 

LOGO


Annexure D

Permitted customer of the Contractor

Bandit

Datatrak

Startrak

Comtech

Powertrac

Duo Solutions

Clearcall

MobileTracker

Soltrak

Any company owned by Super Group as at date of signature of this agreement

Control Instruments

Rentrak Client Portfolio

Super Group clients: Alex Carriers

 

   Super Rent
   Supply Chain Partners
   GDC
   Fleet Africa
   Afrox
   Vector Logistics

C-Track (Bayer)

C-Track (Agfa)

C-Track (Cargo Carriers)

C-Track (Debis)

Enviroserv

Hulls Transport

FedEx

DHL

Stuarts Transport

Time Freight

Laser Group

C-Track (Courier Freight Group)

SA Post Office

Speed Services


C-Track (XPS)

Triton Express

C-Track (Micon Transport)

C-Track (Sujmel Transport)

C-Truck (Truckmec)

C-Track (HV Transport)

Tracking Suppliers/Recovery Services

Clearcall

Comtech

Control Instruments

PowerTrack

Datatrak

C-Track

Duo Solutions

Startrack

Mobile Tracker

Scope

Bandit

Tracker only to recover Super Group vehicles fitted with Tracker

Soltrack

ITA as a sub contractor

Tough


Annexure E.1

Ancillary Services – Helicopter Services

The contractor shall utilize a sub-contractor approved by Matrix, to supply the Helicopter Services to Matrix on the following terms:

 

  1. A Helicopter Service shall be permanently available to Matrix, from Rand Airport, 24 hours per day 7 days per week.

 

  2. The dedicated helicopter shall be airborne within 8 minutes for at least 90% of call outs.

 

  3. The sub-contractor shall endeavour to have additional suitably equipped Helicopters available should more than one Helicopter be required at any one time.

 

  4. The service shall be terminable upon no more than 60 days notice.

 

  5. The costs which (exclude value added tax) shall be:

 

  a. Monthly retainer to be charged monthly in advance:

* plus

* Tracking Assistants

Plus

 

  b. An Hourly charge per hour flown charged monthly in arrears

 

  i. Hourly rate for Jet Ranger *

The Uncontrollable Costs included in this price are:

 

   

Fuel *

  ii. Hourly rate for Robinson 44 *

The Uncontrollable Costs included in this price are:

 

   

Fuel *

Plus

 

  c. Any landing fees incurred when Matrix requires that a helicopter lands for refuelling at any airport other than at their home airport.

The approved sub-contractor shall initially be Henley Air.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Annexure E.2

Ancilliary Services – Fraud Investigations

The Contractor shall upon request from Matrix provide suitable personnel to conduct Theft and/or Fraud Investigations on behalf of Matrix. These services shall be provided as and when required and shall be charged at an hourly rate of * (which excludes value added tax) plus any costs of travelling outside of Gauteng which will be for Matrix’s account i.e., Air Travel / Accommodation. Such travel costs shall be authorised by Matrix in advance.

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission


Annexure A.2

This addendum is further to the signed agreement between Matrix and The Contractor on the 2 nd  September 2005.

The increase as set out in paragraph 4.1.2 of the Main Agreement will come into effect on the 1 st  October 2006.

The purpose of this addendum is to document the increase in costs as agreed between both parties.

 

1. Uncontrollable Costs

 

  1.1 Fuel Costs

Matrix agrees to cover any variance to the fuel costs as stipulated in the original agreement in Annexure A point 3.

 

  1.2 Overtime Costs

With effect from 1 October 2006, overtime will be considered an “Uncontrollable Cost” and as such Rentrak will submit a monthly invoice for such costs. The overtime will be limited to time and a half. Overtime will only be time requested by Matrix.

 

2. Retainer Costs

Matrix agrees to the following increases in the Retainer Costs payable to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 1 of 3

October 2006


Annexure A.2

 

Matrix agrees to the following increases in the Hourly Rates to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 2 of 3

October 2006


Annexure A.2

 

Signed at Midrand on 22 November 2006

As Witnesses:

 

1.   LOGO
2.   LOGO

 

LOGO

For: Matrix Vehicle Tracking

 

(Proprietary) Limited

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

R. Botha

Capacity:  

Chief Operating Officer

Signed at Elandsfontein on 29th November 2006

As Witnesses:

 

1.

  LOGO

2.

  LOGO

 

LOGO

For: Super Group Trading

 

(Proprietary) Limited T/A Rentrak

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

D. Renton

Capacity:  

M /Director

 

Page 3 of 3

Octobers 2006


Annexure A.3

This addendum is further to the signed agreement between Matrix and The Contractor on the 2 nd  September 2005.

The increase as set out in paragraph 4.1.2 of the Main Agreement will come into effect on the 1 st  October 2007.

The purpose of this addendum is to document the increase in costs as agreed between both parties.

 

1. Retainer Costs

Matrix agrees to the following increases in the Retainer Costs payable to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 1 of 3

October 2007


Annexure A.3

 

Matrix agrees to the following increases in the Hourly Rates to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 2 of 3

October 2007


Annexure A.3

 

Signed at Midrand on 25 September 2007

 

As Witnesses:
1.  

 

2.  

 

 

LOGO

For: Matrix Vehicle Tracking

 

(Proprietary) Limited

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

R. Botha

Capacity:  

Chief Operating Officer

Signed at                      on                      2007

 

As Witnesses:
1.  

 

2.  

 

 

LOGO

For: Super Group Trading

 

(Proprietary) Limited T/A Rentrak

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

Dave Renton

Capacity:  

M/D

 

Page 3 of 3

October 2007


Annexure A.4

This addendum is further to the signed agreement between MIX Telematics and The Contractor on the 2 nd  September 2005.

The increase as set out in paragraph 4.1.2 of the Main Agreement will come into effect on the 1 st  October 2008.

The purpose of this addendum is to document the increase in costs as agreed between both parties.

 

1. Retainer Costs

Matrix agrees to the following increases in the Retainer Costs payable to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 1 of 3

October 2008


Annexure A.4

 

MIX Telematics agrees to the following increases in the Hourly Rates to The Contractor. This has been calculated on the percentage increase which is then rounded to the nearest Rand.

*

 

* Material omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission

 

 

Page 2 of 3

October 2008


Annexure A.4

 

Signed at Midrand on 8 October 2008

 

As Witnesses:
1.  

 

2.  

 

 

LOGO

For: MiX Telematics

 

(Proprietary) Limited

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

R. Botha

Capacity:  

Managing Director

Signed at Midrand on 14th October 2008

 

As Witnesses:
1.       LOGO  14/10/08
2.        LOGO  Rooij 14/10/2008

 

LOGO

For: Super Group Trading

 

(Proprietary) Limited T/A Rentrak

Warranting authority hereto
Name:  

Dave Renton

Capacity:  

M/D Rentrak

 

Page 3 of 3

October 2008

Exhibit 10.25

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into effective as of _____________, 20____, by and between MiX Telematics Limited, a company incorporated in South Africa (the “Company”), and the indemnitee identified on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “Indemnitees,” and each, an “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS , the board of directors has proposed that the Company offer, issue and sell ordinary shares of the Company in the form of American Depositary Shares in an underwritten U.S. initial public offering (the “U.S. IPO”);

WHEREAS , the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS , the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations; and

WHEREAS , in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued and effective service to the Company, and in order to induce the Indemnitee to provide services to the Company, in connection with the U.S. IPO and otherwise, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event the Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses, liability or loss, judgments, fines, penalties, disgorgement, rescissory damages, excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute and/or in the Company’s memorandum of incorporation.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement pursuant to


this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the board of directors of the Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; or (ii) the Proceeding is one to (A) enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement or (B) recover under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”) within twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Expense Advances shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expense Advances and without regard to the Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement. Each Indemnitee agrees to repay any Expense Advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a final, nonappealable ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction that said the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement and otherwise. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement.

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, or has been unsuccessful but has not been found to be grossly negligent or guilty of willful misconduct, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

  2. Indemnification Process .

(a) Indemnification Payment . An Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement within twenty (20) calendar days after the Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification (which written demand shall include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification).

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . If the Indemnitee has not received advancement of Expenses within twenty (20) calendar days after making such a request in accordance with Section 1(c), then the Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking an initial determination by the court. The remedy provided for in this Section 2 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to the Indemnitee in law or equity. Not withstanding these rights, nothing contained in this agreement shall preclude the parties from utilizing a mutually agreed arbitration proceedings to ensure a rapid and confidential resolution of any dispute.

 

2


  (c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions .

(i) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification (or advancement of expenses) hereunder, the Company shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (or advancement of expenses) under this Agreement if the Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

(ii) In connection with any action brought as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall be on the Company.

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

  3. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee except to the extent the Company is materially prejudiced.

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. Such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in such Proceeding, and all Expenses related thereto shall be at the Company’s expense. The Company shall cooperate with the Indemnitee with respect to the defense of the Proceeding, including making documents, witnesses and other reasonable information related to the defense available to the Indemnitee and such counsel pursuant to joint-defense agreements or confidentiality agreements, as appropriate.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent unless such penalty is paid by the Company. Neither the Company nor any Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

  4. Certain Definitions :

(a) Expenses : any expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and expenses of experts, including

 

3


accountants and other advisors, travel expenses, duplicating costs, postage, delivery service fees, filing fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types typically paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event, and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(b) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place in connection with the U.S. IPO, either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, or related to the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of the Company, or while a director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, advisor, consultant, affiliate, trustee, agent, limited partner, member or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or related to anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of the Company. Such event shall be an Indemnifiable Event whether or not the U.S. IPO is consummated, and whether or not such Indemnifiable Event occurs before or after the consummation of the U.S. IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an event or occurrence shall not be an Indemnifiable Event to the extent it constitutes the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee.

(c) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism, inquiry, administrative or legislative hearing, investigation or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other, and in each case whether or not commenced prior to the date of this Agreement, that relates to an Indemnifiable Event.

5.        Non-Exclusivity . The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under applicable law, the Company’s memorandum of incorporation or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s memorandum of incorporation, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that the Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

6.        Liability Insurance . To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ or officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee, if a director or officer of the Company, shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall advance all Expenses to the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 1(c) without regard to whether such Expense is covered by the Company’s policy or policies.

7.        Amendment or Waiver of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement, or waiver of any provision hereof, shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Company on one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

4


8.        Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall not be subrogated to any of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee.

9.        Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Indemnitee regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer or employee of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

10.        Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

11.        Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at its principal address, attention: Chief Executive Officer, and to the Indemnitee at the address set forth with its signature hereto. Notice of change of address shall be effective only when done in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery.

12.        Independent Agreements . The Company’s Agreement hereunder with the Indemnitee is a separate agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee, enforceable by the Indemnitee against the Company without reference to or consent of any other Indemnitee hereunder.

13.        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5


14.        Governing Law; Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED, AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF SOUTH AFRICA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD APPLY THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE THIS DAY RECEIVED, THE COMPANY AND EACH OF THE INDEMNITEES HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SOUTH GAUTENG HIGH COURT OF SOUTH AFRICA FOR A DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNITEE WAIVE ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE BASED ON LACK OF JURISDICTION OR IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY ANY PARTY HERETO IN THE SOUTH GAUTENG HIGH COURT OF SOUTH AFRICA AND CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY ANY SUCH COURT.

15.        No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder, except for the Indemnitee as specifically provided herein.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

COMPANY:
MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE:
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 21.1

MiX Telematics Limited

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS EUROPE LIMITED    United Kingdom
MIX TELEMATICS NORTH AMERICA INCORPORATED    United States of America
MIX TELEMATICS AUSTRALASIA PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Australia
MIX TELEMATICS EUROPE GMBH    Germany
MIX TELEMATICS MIDDLE EAST FZE    United Arab Emirates
MIX TELEMATICS ENTERPRISE SA PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Republic of South Africa

MIX TELEMATICS SERVIÇOS DE TELEMETRIA E RASTREAMENTO DE VEÍCULOS DO BRAZIL LIMITED

   Brazil
MIX TELEMATICS FLEET SUPPORT SERVICES PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS EAST AFRICA LIMITED    Uganda
MIX TELEMATICS TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED    Republic of South Africa

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of MiX Telematics Limited of our report dated May 24, 2013 relating to the financial statements of MiX Telematics Limited, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Johannesburg, South Africa
July 3, 2013